Onderwerp: Bezoek-historie

01 SOLAS 1974 International convention for the safety of life at sea, 1974 (MSC.202(81))
Geldigheid:25-05-1980 t/m 30-04-1981Versie:vergelijk Status: Was geldig

Dit onderwerp bevat de volgende rubrieken.

SOLAS 1974 -International convention for the safety of life at sea, 1974

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
SOLAS 1974 -International convention for the safety of life at sea, 1974

CHAPTER 01 General provisions

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Part A Application definitions, etc.

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Reg. 01 Application

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Application

  1. Unless expressly provided otherwise, the present Regulations apply only to ships engaged on international voyages.

  2. The classes of ships to which each Chapter applies are more precisely defined, and the extent of the application is shown, in each Chapter.

Reg. 02 Definitions

For the purpose of the present Regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise :


(a) "Regulations" means the Regulations contained in the Annex to the present Convention.

(b) "Administration" means the Government of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly.

(c) "Approved" means approved by the Administration.

(d) "International voyage" means a voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely.

(e) A passenger is every person other than:

(i) the master and the members of the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship on the business of that ship; and
(ii) a child under one year of age.

(f) A passenger ship is a ship which carries more than twelve passengers.

(g) A cargo ship is any ship which is not a passenger ship.

(h) A tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of liquid cargoes of an inflammable* nature.

(i) A fishing vessel is a vessel used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea.

(j) A nuclear ship is a ship provided with a nuclear power plant.

(k) "New ship" means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.

(l) "Existing ship" means a ship which is not a new ship.

(m) A mile is 1,852 metres or 6,080 feet.


* "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable"

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

For the purpose of the present Regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise :


(a) "Regulations" means the Regulations contained in the Annex to the present Convention.

(b) "Administration" means the Government of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly.

(c) "Approved" means approved by the Administration.

(d) "International voyage" means a voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies to a port outside such country, or conversely.

(e) A passenger is every person other than:

(i) the master and the members of the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on board a ship on the business of that ship; and
(ii) a child under one year of age.

(f) A passenger ship is a ship which carries more than twelve passengers.

(g) A cargo ship is any ship which is not a passenger ship.

(h) A tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of liquid cargoes of an inflammable* nature.

(i) A fishing vessel is a vessel used for catching fish, whales, seals, walrus or other living resources of the sea.

(j) A nuclear ship is a ship provided with a nuclear power plant.

(k) "New ship" means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.

(l) "Existing ship" means a ship which is not a new ship.

(m) A mile is 1,852 metres or 6,080 feet.


* "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable"

Reg. 03 Exceptions

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Exceptions

  1. The present Regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise, do not apply to :
    1. Ships of war and troopships.
    2. Cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage.
    3.  Ships not propelled by mechanical means.
    4. Wooden ships of primitive build.
    5. Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade.
    6. Fishing vessels.

  2. Except as expressly provided in Chapter V, nothing herein shall apply to ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and the River St. Lawrence as far east as a straight line drawn from Cap des Rosiers to West Point, Anticosti Island and, on the north side of Anticosti Island, the 63rd Meridian.

Reg. 04 Exemptions

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Exemptions

  1. A ship which is not normally engaged on international voyages but which, in exceptional circumstances, is required to undertake a single international voyage may be exempted by the Administration from any of the requirements of the present Regulations provided that it complies with safety requirements which are adequate in the opinion of the Administration for the voyage which is to be undertaken by the ship.

  2. The Administration may exempt any ship which embodies features of a novel kind from any of the provisions of Chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV of these Regulations the application of which might seriously impede research into the development of such features and their incorporation in ships engaged on international voyages. Any such ship shall, however, comply with safety requirements which, in the opinion of that Administration, are adequate for the service for which it is intended and are such as to ensure the overall safety of the ship and which are acceptable to the Governments of the States to be visited by the ship. The Administration which allows any such exemption shall communicate to the Organization particulars of same and the reasons therefor which the Organization shall circulate to the Contracting Governments for their information.

Reg. 05 Equivalents

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Equivalents

  1. Where the present Regulations require that a particular fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, shall be fitted or carried in a ship, or that any particular provision shall be made, the Administration may allow any other fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, to be fitted or carried, or any other provision to be made in that ship, if it is satisfied by trial thereof or otherwise that such fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, is at least as effective as that required by the present Regulations.

  2. Any Administration which so allows, in substitution, a fitting, material, appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof together with a report on any trials made and the Organization shall circulate such particulars to other Contracting Governments for the information of their officers.

Part B Surveys and certificates*


Refer to "Global and uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC)" and to the "Survey guidelines under the harmonized system of survey abd certification" adopted by the Organization by resolutions A.883(21) and A.746(18) respectively

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Refer to "Global and uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC)" and to the "Survey guidelines under the harmonized system of survey abd certification" adopted by the Organization by resolutions A.883(21) and A.746(18) respectively

Reg. 06 Inspection and survey

The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcement of the provisions of the present Regulations and the granting of exemptions therefrom, shall be carried out by officers of the State whose flag the ship is registered, provided that the Government of each country may entrust the inspection and survey either to surveyors nominated for the purpose or to organizations recognized by it. In every case the Government concerned fully guarantees the completeness and efficiency of the inspection and survey.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcement of the provisions of the present Regulations and the granting of exemptions therefrom, shall be carried out by officers of the State whose flag the ship is registered, provided that the Government of each country may entrust the inspection and survey either to surveyors nominated for the purpose or to organizations recognized by it. In every case the Government concerned fully guarantees the completeness and efficiency of the inspection and survey.

Reg. 07 Surveys of passenger ships


(a) A passenger ship shall be subjected to the surveys specified below :

(i) A survey before the ship is put in service.
ii) A periodical survey once every twelve months.
(iii) Additional surveys, as occasion arises.

b)The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows :

(i) The survey before the ship is put in service shall include a complete inspection of its structure, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installation, radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats, portable radio apparatus for survival craft, life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire detecting and extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device, gyro-compass, pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists and other equipment, fully comply with the requirements of the present Convention, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration for ships of the service for which it is intended. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the ship and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship is provided with the lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals as required by the provisions of the present Convention and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

(ii) The periodical survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the ship, as regards the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installation, radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats, portable radio apparatus for survival craft, life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire detecting and extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device, gyro-compass, pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists and other equipment, is in satisfactory condition and fit for the service for which it is intended, and that it complies with the requirements of the present Convention, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration. The lights, shapes and means of making sound signals and the distress signals carried by the ship shall also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with the requirements of the present Convention and of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

(iii) A survey either general or partial, according to the circumstances, shall be made every time an accident occurs or a defect is discovered which affects the safety of the ship or the efficiency or completeness of its life-saving appliances or other equipment, or whenever any important repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have been effectively made, that the material and workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship complies in all respects with the provisions of the present Convention and of the International Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea in force, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration.

(c) (i) The laws, decrees, orders and regulations referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation shall be in all respects such as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for the service for which it is intended.

(ii) They shall among other things prescribe the requirements to be observed as to the initial and subsequent hydraulic or other acceptable alternative tests to which the main and auxiliary boilers, connexions, steam pipes, high pressure receivers, and fuel tanks for internal combustion engines are to be submitted including the test procedures to be followed and the intervals between two consecutive tests.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

(a) A passenger ship shall be subjected to the surveys specified below :

(i) A survey before the ship is put in service.
ii) A periodical survey once every twelve months.
(iii) Additional surveys, as occasion arises.

b)The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows :

(i) The survey before the ship is put in service shall include a complete inspection of its structure, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers. This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installation, radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats, portable radio apparatus for survival craft, life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire detecting and extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device, gyro-compass, pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists and other equipment, fully comply with the requirements of the present Convention, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration for ships of the service for which it is intended. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the ship and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship is provided with the lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals as required by the provisions of the present Convention and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

(ii) The periodical survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the ship, as regards the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installation, radiotelegraph installations in motor lifeboats, portable radio apparatus for survival craft, life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire detecting and extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device, gyro-compass, pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists and other equipment, is in satisfactory condition and fit for the service for which it is intended, and that it complies with the requirements of the present Convention, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration. The lights, shapes and means of making sound signals and the distress signals carried by the ship shall also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with the requirements of the present Convention and of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

(iii) A survey either general or partial, according to the circumstances, shall be made every time an accident occurs or a defect is discovered which affects the safety of the ship or the efficiency or completeness of its life-saving appliances or other equipment, or whenever any important repairs or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals have been effectively made, that the material and workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship complies in all respects with the provisions of the present Convention and of the International Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea in force, and of the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration.

(c) (i) The laws, decrees, orders and regulations referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation shall be in all respects such as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for the service for which it is intended.

(ii) They shall among other things prescribe the requirements to be observed as to the initial and subsequent hydraulic or other acceptable alternative tests to which the main and auxiliary boilers, connexions, steam pipes, high pressure receivers, and fuel tanks for internal combustion engines are to be submitted including the test procedures to be followed and the intervals between two consecutive tests.

Reg. 08 Surveys of Life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships

The life-saving appliances, except a radiotelegraph installation in a motor lifeboat or a portable radio apparatus for survival craft, the echo-sounding device, the gyro-compass, and the fire-extinguishing appliances of cargo ships to which Chapters II-1, II-2, III and V apply shall be subject to initial and subsequent surveys as provided for passenger ships in Regulation 7 of this Chapter with the substitution of 24 months for 12 months in sub-paragraph (a) (ii) of that Regulation. The fire control plans in new ships and the pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists, lights, shapes and means of making sound signals carried by new and existing ships shall be included in the surveys for the purpose of ensuring that they comply fully with the requirements of the present Convention and, where applicable, the International Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea in force.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
The life-saving appliances, except a radiotelegraph installation in a motor lifeboat or a portable radio apparatus for survival craft, the echo-sounding device, the gyro-compass, and the fire-extinguishing appliances of cargo ships to which Chapters II-1, II-2, III and V apply shall be subject to initial and subsequent surveys as provided for passenger ships in Regulation 7 of this Chapter with the substitution of 24 months for 12 months in sub-paragraph (a) (ii) of that Regulation. The fire control plans in new ships and the pilot ladders, mechanical pilot hoists, lights, shapes and means of making sound signals carried by new and existing ships shall be included in the surveys for the purpose of ensuring that they comply fully with the requirements of the present Convention and, where applicable, the International Regulations for preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

Reg. 09 Surveys of radio and radar installations of cargo ships

The radio and radar installations of cargo ships to which ChaptersIV and V apply and any radiotelegraph installation in a motor lifeboat or portable radio apparatus for survival craft which is carried in compliance with the requirements of Chapter III shall be subject to initial and subsequent surveys as provided for passenger ships in Regulation 7 of this Chapter.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
The radio and radar installations of cargo ships to which ChaptersIV and V apply and any radiotelegraph installation in a motor lifeboat or portable radio apparatus for survival craft which is carried in compliance with the requirements of Chapter III shall be subject to initial and subsequent surveys as provided for passenger ships in Regulation 7 of this Chapter.
Reg. 09 Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships

The radio installations of cargo ships, including those used in life-saving appliances, to which chapters III and IV apply, shall be subject to initial and subsequent surveys as provided for passenger ships in regulation 7 of this chapter

Reg. 10 Surveys of Hull, Machinery and Equipment of Cargo Ships

The hull, machinery and equipment (other than items in respect of which Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificates or Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificates are issued) of a cargo ship shall be surveyed on completion and thereafter in such manner and at such intervals as the Administration may consider necessary in order to ensure that their condition is in all respects satisfactory. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installations and other equipment are in all respects satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
The hull, machinery and equipment (other than items in respect of which Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificates or Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificates are issued) of a cargo ship shall be surveyed on completion and thereafter in such manner and at such intervals as the Administration may consider necessary in order to ensure that their condition is in all respects satisfactory. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, material, and scantlings of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installations and other equipment are in all respects satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended.

Reg. 11 Maintenance of conditions after survey

After any survey of the ship under Regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10 of this Chapter has been completed, no change shall be made in the structural arrangements, machinery, equipment, etc. covered by the survey, without the sanction of the Administration.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
After any survey of the ship under Regulations 7, 8, 9 or 10 of this Chapter has been completed, no change shall be made in the structural arrangements, machinery, equipment, etc. covered by the survey, without the sanction of the Administration.

Reg. 12 Issue of Certificates


(a)
(i) A certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a passenger ship which complies with the requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(ii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey set out in regulation 10 of this Chapter and complies with the applicable requirements of Chapters II-1 and II-2 other than those relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans.

(iii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2 and III and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(iv) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship, fitted with a radiotelegraph installation, which complies with the requirements of Chapter IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(v) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship, fitted with a radiotelephone installation, which complies with the requirements of Chapter IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(vi) When an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of the present Regulations, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates prescribed in this paragraph.

(vii) Passenger Ship Safety Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificates and Exemption Certificates shall be issued either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by it. In every case, that Administration assumes full responsibility for the Certificate.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the present Convention any certificate issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, which is current when the present Convention comes into force in respect of the Administration by which the certificate is issued, shall remain valid until it expires under the terms of Regulation 14 of Chapter I of that Convention.

(c) A Contracting Government shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which acceptance of the present Convention by the Government takes effect.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992

(a)
(i) A certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a passenger ship which complies with the requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2, III and IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(ii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey set out in regulation 10 of this Chapter and complies with the applicable requirements of Chapters II-1 and II-2 other than those relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans.

(iii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2 and III and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(iv) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship, fitted with a radiotelegraph installation, which complies with the requirements of Chapter IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(v) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship, fitted with a radiotelephone installation, which complies with the requirements of Chapter IV and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

(vi) When an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of the present Regulations, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates prescribed in this paragraph.

(vii) Passenger Ship Safety Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificates and Exemption Certificates shall be issued either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by it. In every case, that Administration assumes full responsibility for the Certificate.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of the present Convention any certificate issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, which is current when the present Convention comes into force in respect of the Administration by which the certificate is issued, shall remain valid until it expires under the terms of Regulation 14 of Chapter I of that Convention.

(c) A Contracting Government shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which acceptance of the present Convention by the Government takes effect.
Reg. 12 Issue of certificates
(a) (i) A certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a passenger ship which complies with the requirements of chapters II-1, II-2, III and III I and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations.
(ii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate* shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey set out in regulation 10 of this chapter and complies with the applicable requirements of chapters II-1 and II-2 other than those relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans.
(iii) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate* shall be issued after inspection to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1, II-2 and III and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations.
(iv) A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate shall be issued to a cargo ship which complies with the requirements of chapter IV and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations.
(v) The Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate, referred to in subparagraphs (i), (iii) and (iv), shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment adopted by the Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, on the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System., 1988, by resolution 2 as it may be amended.
(vi) When an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of the present regulations, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates prescribed in this paragraph.
(vii) Passenger Ship Safety Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificates and Exemption Certificates shall be issued either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by it. In every case, that Administration assumes full responsibility for the certificate.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the present Convention, any certificate which is issued under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Convention and which is current on 1 February 1992 shall remain valid until it expires.

(c) A Contracting Government shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which acceptance of the present Convention by the Government takes effect.


* Refer to the circular concerning issue of supplements and attachments(PSLS.2/Circ.1).
Reg. 12 Issue of endorsement of certificates*
[Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

Reg. 13 Issue of Certificate by another Government

A Contracting Government may, at the request of the Administration, cause a ship to be surveyed and, if satisfied that the requirements of the present Regulations are complied with, shall issue certificates to the ship in accordance with the present Regulations. Any certificate so issued must contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Government of the country in which the ship is or will be registered, and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under Regulation 12 of this Chapter.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 02-02-2000
A Contracting Government may, at the request of the Administration, cause a ship to be surveyed and, if satisfied that the requirements of the present Regulations are complied with, shall issue certificates to the ship in accordance with the present Regulations. Any certificate so issued must contain a statement to the effect that it has been issued at the request of the Government of the country in which the ship is or will be registered, and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under Regulation 12 of this Chapter.
Reg. 13 Issue of endorsement of certificates by another Government
[Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

Reg. 14 Duration of certificates


(a) Certificates other than Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates and Exemption Certificates shall be issued for a period of not more than 12 months. Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates shall be issued for a period of not more than 24 months. Exemption Certificates shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificates to which they refer.

(b) If a survey takes place within two months before the end of the period for which a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate or a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate issued in respect of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards, but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, was originally issued, that certificate may be withdrawn, and a new certificate may be issued which shall expire 12 months after the end of the said period.

(c) If a ship at the time when its certificate expires is not in a port of the country in which it is registered, the certificate may be extended by the Administration, but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the country in which it is registered or in which it is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable so to do.

(d) No certificate shall be thus extended for a longer period than five months, and a ship to which such extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the country in which it is registered or the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port or country without having obtained a new certificate.

(e) A certificate which has not been extended under the foregoing provisions of this Regulation may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace of up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

(a) Certificates other than Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificates, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates and Exemption Certificates shall be issued for a period of not more than 12 months. Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificates shall be issued for a period of not more than 24 months. Exemption Certificates shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificates to which they refer.

(b) If a survey takes place within two months before the end of the period for which a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate or a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate issued in respect of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards, but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, was originally issued, that certificate may be withdrawn, and a new certificate may be issued which shall expire 12 months after the end of the said period.

(c) If a ship at the time when its certificate expires is not in a port of the country in which it is registered, the certificate may be extended by the Administration, but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the country in which it is registered or in which it is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable so to do.

(d) No certificate shall be thus extended for a longer period than five months, and a ship to which such extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the country in which it is registered or the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port or country without having obtained a new certificate.

(e) A certificate which has not been extended under the foregoing provisions of this Regulation may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace of up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it.
Reg. 14 Duration and validity of certificates

(a) Certificates other than the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and any Exemption Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 12 months. The Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding five years. The Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 24 months. Exemption Certificates shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificates to which they refer.

(b) No extension of the five-year period of validity of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be permitted.

(c) If a survey takes place within two months before the end of the period for which a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate or a Cargo Ship Safety Radiotelephony Certificate issued in respect of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards, but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, was originally issued, that certificate may be withdrawn, and a new certificate may be issued which shall expire 12 months after the end of the said period.

(d) If the ship at the time when a certificate, other than that referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation, expires is not in a port of the country in which it is registered or is to be surveyed, the Administration may extend the certificate, but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the country in which it is registered or is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so.

(e) No certificate shall be extended under the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Regulation for a longer period than five months, and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the country in which it is registered or the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port or country without having obtained a new certificate.

(f) A certificate, other than that referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation, which has not been extended under the foregoing provisions of this Regulation, may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it.

(g) A certificate shall cease to be valid :

(i) if the inspections and surveys are not carried out within the periods specified under Regulations 7(a), 8, 9, and 10(a) of Chapter I of the Convention and the present Protocol or as they may have been extended in accordance with paragraphs (d), (e) or (f) of this Regulation, or

(ii) upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another Government. A new certificate shall only be issued when the Government issuing the new certificate is fully satisfied that the ship is in compliance with the requirements of Regulation 11 (a) and (b) of this Chapter. In the case of a transfer between Parties, if requested within three months after the transfer has taken place, the Government of the Party whose flag the ship was formerly entitled to fly shall, as soon as possible, transmit to the Administration copies of the certificates carried by the ship before the transfer and, if available, copies of the relevant survey reports.
Reg. 14 Duration and validity of certificates*

(a) Certificates other than the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and any Exemption Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 12 months. The Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding five years. The Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 24 months. Exemption Certificates shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificates to which they refer.

(b) No extension of the five-year period of validity of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be permitted.

(c) If a survey takes place within two months before the end of the period for which a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate issued in respect of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards, but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, was originally issued, that certificate may be withdrawn, and a new certificate may be issued which shall expire 12 months after the end of the said period.

(d) If the ship at the time when a certificate, other than that referred to in paragraph (b) of this regulation, expires is not in a port of the State whose flag it is entitled to fly or in which it is to be surveyed, the Administration may extend the certificate, but such extension shall be granted only for the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the State whose flag it is entitled to fly or in which it is to be surveyed, and then only in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so.

(e) No certificate shall be extended under the provisions of paragraph (d) of this regulation for a longer period than five months, and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the State whose flag it is entitled to fly or the port in which it is to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port or State without having obtained a new certificate.

(f) A certificate, other than that referred to in paragraph (b) of this regulation, which has not been extended under the foregoing provisions of this regulation, may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace up to one month from the date of expiry stated on it.

(g) A certificate shall cease to be valid:
(i) if the inspections and surveys are not carried out within the periods specified under regulations 7(a), 8, 9 and 10(a) of this chapter or as they may have been extended in accordance with paragraphs (d), (e) or (f) of this regulation, or
(ii) upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another Government. A new certificate shall only be issued when the Government issuing the new certificate is fully satisfied that the ship is in compliance with the requirements of regulation 11(a) and (b) of this chapter. In the case of a transfer between Parties, if requested within three months after the transfer has taken place, the Government of the Party whose flag the ship was formerly entitled to fly shall, as soon as possible, transmit to the Administration copies of the certificates carried by the ship before the transfer and, if available, copies of the relevant survey reports.



* Refer to the circular relating to requests by Parties to the SOLAS Protocol 1978 to Contracting Governments to SOLAS 1974 which are non-Parties to the Protocol to carry out safety radio surveys (PSLS.2/Circ.3)
Reg. 14 Duration and validity of certificates
[Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

Reg. 15 Form of certificates

(a) All certificates shall be drawn up in the official language or languages of the country by which they are issued.

(b) The form of the certificates shall be that of the models given in the Appendix to the present Regulations. The arrangement of the printed part of the model certificates shall be exactly reproduced in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, and the particulars inserted in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, shall be in Roman characters and Arabic figures.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 02-02-2000
(a) All certificates shall be drawn up in the official language or languages of the country by which they are issued.

(b) The form of the certificates shall be that of the models given in the Appendix to the present Regulations. The arrangement of the printed part of the model certificates shall be exactly reproduced in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, and the particulars inserted in the certificates issued, or in certified copies thereof, shall be in Roman characters and Arabic figures.
Reg. 15 Forms of certificates and records of equipment
[Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

Reg. 16 Posting up of Certificates

All certificates or certified copies thereof issued under the present Regulations shall be posted up in a prominent and accessible place in the ship.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 02-02-2000
All certificates or certified copies thereof issued under the present Regulations shall be posted up in a prominent and accessible place in the ship.
Reg. 16 Availability of certificates
[Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

Reg. 17 Acceptance of certificates

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Government shall be accepted by the other Contracting Governments for all purposes covered by the present Convention. They shall be regarded by the other Contracting Governments as having the same force as certificates issued by them.

Reg. 18 Qualification of certificates

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

(a) If in the course of a particular voyage a ship has on board a number of persons less than the total number stated in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate and is in consequence, in accordance with the provisions of the present Regulations, free to carry a smaller number of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances than that stated in the Certificate, an annex may be issued by the Government, person or organization referred to in Regulation 12 or 13 of this Chapter.

(b) This annex shall state that in the circumstances there is no infringement of the provisions of the present Regulations. It shall be annexed to the Certificate and shall be substituted for it in so far as the life-saving appliances are concerned. It shall be valid only for the particular voyage for which it is issued.

Reg. 19 Control

Every ship holding a certificate issued under Regulation 12 or Regulation 13 of this Chapter is subject in the ports of the other Contracting Governments to control by officers duly authorized by such Governments in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that there is on board a valid certificate. Such certificate shall be accepted unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition of the ship or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of that certificate. In that case, the officer carrying out the control shall take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea without danger to the passengers or the crew. In the event of this control giving rise to intervention of any kind, the officer carrying out the control shall inform the Consul of the country in which the ship is registered in writing forthwith of all the circumstances in which intervention was deemed to be necessary, and the facts shall be reported to the Organization.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
Every ship holding a certificate issued under Regulation 12 or Regulation 13 of this Chapter is subject in the ports of the other Contracting Governments to control by officers duly authorized by such Governments in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that there is on board a valid certificate. Such certificate shall be accepted unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition of the ship or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of that certificate. In that case, the officer carrying out the control shall take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea without danger to the passengers or the crew. In the event of this control giving rise to intervention of any kind, the officer carrying out the control shall inform the Consul of the country in which the ship is registered in writing forthwith of all the circumstances in which intervention was deemed to be necessary, and the facts shall be reported to the Organization.

Reg. 20 Privileges

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour of any ship unless it holds appropriate valid certificates.

Part C Casualties

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Reg. 21 Casualties

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


(a) Each Administration undertakes to conduct an investigation of any casualty occurring to any of its ships subject to the provisions of the present Convention when it judges that such an investigation may assist in determining what changes in the present Regulations might be desirable*.

(b) Each Contracting Government undertakes to supply the Organization with pertinent information concerning the findings of such investigations. No reports or recommendations of the Organization based upon such information shall disclose the identity or nationality of the ships concerned or in any manner fix or imply responsibility upon any ship or person.


* .Refer to the following resolution adopted by the Organization:
Resolution A.894(20): Code for the investigation of marine casualties and incidents, as amended by resolution A.884(21).

Refer also to:
MSC/Circ.953 - MEPC/Circ.372: Reports on marine casualties and incidents. Revised harmonized reporting procedures - Reports required under SOLAS regulation I/21 and MARPOL 73/78 articles 8 and 12.

CHAPTER 02-02 Construction - Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Part A General

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

Reg. 01 Application


________
* Reference is made to Recommendation on Safety Measure for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII)

(a) For the purpose of this Chapter :
(i) A new passenger ship is a passenger ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention, or a cargo ship which is converted to a passenger ship on or after that date, all other passenger ships being considered as existing ships.
(ii) A new cargo ship is a cargo ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.
(iii) A ship which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the ship. An existing ship in such a case shall not as a rule comply to a lesser extent with the requirements for a new ship than it did before. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for a new ship in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

(b) Unless expressly provided otherwise:
(i) Regulations 4 to 16 of Part A of this Chapter apply to new ships.
(ii) Part B of this Chapter applies to new passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.
(iii) Part C of this Chapter applies to new passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers.
(iv) Part D of this Chapter applies to new cargo ships.
(v) Part E of this Chapter applies to new tankers.

(c)
(i) Part F of this Chapter applies to existing passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.
(ii) Existing passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers existing cargo ships shall comply with the following :

(1) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with ;

(2) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, but before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of the 1948 Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with ;

(3) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,1948, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with.

(d) For any existing ship as defined in the present Convention the Administration, in addition to applying the requirements of sub-paragraph (c)(i) of this Regulation, shall decide which of the requirements of this Chapter not contained in Chapter II of the 1948 and 1960 Conventions shall be applied.

(e) The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

(f) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of :
(i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971, and
(ii) the Rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it comes into force.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

________
* Reference is made to Recommendation on Safety Measure for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII)

(a) For the purpose of this Chapter :
(i) A new passenger ship is a passenger ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention, or a cargo ship which is converted to a passenger ship on or after that date, all other passenger ships being considered as existing ships.
(ii) A new cargo ship is a cargo ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.
(iii) A ship which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the ship. An existing ship in such a case shall not as a rule comply to a lesser extent with the requirements for a new ship than it did before. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for a new ship in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

(b) Unless expressly provided otherwise:
(i) Regulations 4 to 16 of Part A of this Chapter apply to new ships.
(ii) Part B of this Chapter applies to new passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.
(iii) Part C of this Chapter applies to new passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers.
(iv) Part D of this Chapter applies to new cargo ships.
(v) Part E of this Chapter applies to new tankers.

(c)
(i) Part F of this Chapter applies to existing passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.
(ii) Existing passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers existing cargo ships shall comply with the following :

(1) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with ;

(2) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, but before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of the 1948 Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with ;

(3) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea,1948, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with.

(d) For any existing ship as defined in the present Convention the Administration, in addition to applying the requirements of sub-paragraph (c)(i) of this Regulation, shall decide which of the requirements of this Chapter not contained in Chapter II of the 1948 and 1960 Conventions shall be applied.

(e) The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

(f) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of :
(i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971, and
(ii) the Rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it comes into force.

Reg. 02 Basic principles


The purpose of this Chapter is to require the fullest practicable degree of fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction in ships. The following basic principles underlie the Regulations in this Chapter and are embodied in the Regulations as appropriate, having regard to the type of ships and the potential fire hazard involved :

(a) division of ship into main vertical zones by thermal and structural boundaries ;
(b) separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries ;
(c) restricted use of combustible materials ;
(d) detection of any fire in the zone of origin ;
(e) containment and extinction of any fire in the space of origin ;
(f) protection of means of escape or access for fire fighting ;
(g) ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances ;
(h) minimization of possibility of ignition of inflammable* cargo vapour.

__________
* "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable."
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

The purpose of this Chapter is to require the fullest practicable degree of fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction in ships. The following basic principles underlie the Regulations in this Chapter and are embodied in the Regulations as appropriate, having regard to the type of ships and the potential fire hazard involved :

(a) division of ship into main vertical zones by thermal and structural boundaries ;
(b) separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries ;
(c) restricted use of combustible materials ;
(d) detection of any fire in the zone of origin ;
(e) containment and extinction of any fire in the space of origin ;
(f) protection of means of escape or access for fire fighting ;
(g) ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances ;
(h) minimization of possibility of ignition of inflammable* cargo vapour.

__________
* "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable."

Reg. 03 Definitions


For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise :

(a) "Non-combustible material" means a material which neither burns nor gives off inflammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750 °C (1,382º F) this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure†. Any other material is a combustible material.

_______________________
† Reference is made to Recommendation on Test Method for Qualifying Marine Construction Materials as Non-Combustible, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.270(VIII)

(b) "A Standard Fire Test" is one in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard time-temperature curve. The specimen shall have an exposed surface of not less than 4.65 square metres (50 square feet) and height (or length of deck) of 2.44 metres (8 feet) resembling as closely as possible the intended construction and including where appropriate at least one joint. The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve drawn through the following points :

at  the  end  of the  first  5  minutes -  538 °C ( 1,000°F )

"         "        "        "       "     "      10           "         - 704 °C (1,300º F )

"         "         "        "     "      "      30           "         - 843 °C (1,550º F)

"         "         "       "      "      "      60           "        - 927 °C (1,700º F)                                


(c) "A" Class Divisions" are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following :
(i) they shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material ;
(ii) they shall be suitably stiffened ;
(iii) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of the one-hour standard fire test ;
(iv) they shall be insulated with approved non-combustible materials such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 ° C (250º F ) above the original temperature, nor will the temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 180 ° (325&$186 F) above the original temperature, within the time listed below :
Class "A-60"        60 minutes
Class "A-30"        30 minutes
Class "A-15"        15 minutes
Class "A- 0"         0 minutes

(v) the Administration may require a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise. *

________________
* Reference is made to Recommendation for Fire Test Procedures for "A" and "B" Class Divisions, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.163(ES.IV) and A.215(VII).

(d) ""B" Class Divisions" are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with the following :
(i) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test ;
(ii) they shall have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 °C (250º F ) above the original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 225 °C (405º F ) above the original temperature, within the time listed below :
Class "B-15"          15 minutes
Class "B- 0"          0 minutes
(iii) they shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials entering into the construction and erection of "B" Class divisions shall be non-combustible, except where in accordance with Parts C and D of this Chapter the use of combustible material is not precluded, in which case it shall comply with the temperature rise limitation specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph up to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test ;
(iv) the Administration may require a test of a prototype division to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise . *

________________
* Reference is made to Recommendation for Fire Test Procedures for "A" and "B" Class Divisions, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.163(ES.IV) and A.215(VII).

(e)"C" "Class Divisions" shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet no requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor the limiting of temperature rise.

(f) "Continuous "B" Class Ceilings or Linings" are those "B" Class ceilings or linings which terminate only at an "A" or "B" Class division.

(g) "Steel or Other Equivalent Material". Where the words "steel or other equivalent material" occur, "equivalent material" means any material which, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).

(h) "Low Flame Spread" means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure.

(i) "Main Vertical Zones" are those sections into which the hull, superstructure, and deckhouses are divided by "A" Class divisions, the mean length of which on any one deck does not in general exceed 40 metres (131 feet).

(j) "Accommodation Spaces" are those used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, crew quarters, barber shops, isolated pantries and lockers and similar spaces.

(k) "Public Spaces" are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces.

(l) "Service Spaces" are those used for galleys, main pantries, stores (except isolated pantries and lockers), mail and specie rooms, workshops other than those forming part of machinery spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.

(m) "Cargo Spaces" are all spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunks to such spaces.

(n) "Special Category Spaces" are those enclosed spaces above or below the bulkhead deck intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion, into and from which such vehicles can be driven and to which passengers have access.

(o) "Machinery Spaces of Category A" are all spaces which contain :
(i) internal combustion type machinery used either for main propulsion purposes, or for other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 373 kW, or
(ii) any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit; and trunks to such spaces.

(p) "Machinery Spaces" are all machinery spaces of Category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces; and trunks to such spaces.

(q) "Oil Fuel Unit" means the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation for delivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure more than 1.8 kilograms per square centimetre (25 pounds per square inch) gauge.

(r) "Control Stations" are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.

(s) "Rooms containing Furniture and Furnishings of Restricted Fire Risk" are, for the purpose of Regulation 20 of this Chapter, those rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices or other types of accommodation) in which :
(i) all case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux, dressers, is constructed entirely of approved non-combustible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding 2 millimetres (1/12 inch) may be used on the working surface of such articles ;
(ii) all free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas, tables, is constructed with frames of non-combustible materials ;
(iii) all draperies, curtains and other suspended textile materials have, to the satisfaction of the Administration, qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of wool weighing 0.8 kilogrammes per square metre (24 ounces per square yard) ;
(iv) all floor coverings have, to the satisfaction of the Administration, qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of an equivalent woollen material used for the same purpose ; and
(v) all exposed surfaces of bulkheads, linings and ceilings have low flame spread characteristics.

(t) "Bulkhead deck" is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

(u) "Deadweight" is the difference in metric tons between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load water line corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.

(v) "Lightweight" is the displacement of a ship in metric tons without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, together with passengers, and crew and their effects.

(w) "Combination carrier" is a tanker designed to carry oil or alternatively solid cargoes in bulk.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise :

(a) "Non-combustible material" means a material which neither burns nor gives off inflammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750 °C (1,382º F) this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure†. Any other material is a combustible material.

_______________________
† Reference is made to Recommendation on Test Method for Qualifying Marine Construction Materials as Non-Combustible, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.270(VIII)

(b) "A Standard Fire Test" is one in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard time-temperature curve. The specimen shall have an exposed surface of not less than 4.65 square metres (50 square feet) and height (or length of deck) of 2.44 metres (8 feet) resembling as closely as possible the intended construction and including where appropriate at least one joint. The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve drawn through the following points :

at  the  end  of the  first  5  minutes -  538 °C ( 1,000°F )

"         "        "        "       "     "      10           "         - 704 °C (1,300º F )

"         "         "        "     "      "      30           "         - 843 °C (1,550º F)

"         "         "       "      "      "      60           "        - 927 °C (1,700º F)                                


(c) "A" Class Divisions" are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following :
(i) they shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material ;
(ii) they shall be suitably stiffened ;
(iii) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of the one-hour standard fire test ;
(iv) they shall be insulated with approved non-combustible materials such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 ° C (250º F ) above the original temperature, nor will the temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 180 ° (325&$186 F) above the original temperature, within the time listed below :
Class "A-60"        60 minutes
Class "A-30"        30 minutes
Class "A-15"        15 minutes
Class "A- 0"         0 minutes

(v) the Administration may require a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise. *

________________
* Reference is made to Recommendation for Fire Test Procedures for "A" and "B" Class Divisions, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.163(ES.IV) and A.215(VII).

(d) ""B" Class Divisions" are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with the following :
(i) they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test ;
(ii) they shall have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 °C (250º F ) above the original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 225 °C (405º F ) above the original temperature, within the time listed below :
Class "B-15"          15 minutes
Class "B- 0"          0 minutes
(iii) they shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials entering into the construction and erection of "B" Class divisions shall be non-combustible, except where in accordance with Parts C and D of this Chapter the use of combustible material is not precluded, in which case it shall comply with the temperature rise limitation specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph up to the end of the first one-half hour of the standard fire test ;
(iv) the Administration may require a test of a prototype division to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise . *

________________
* Reference is made to Recommendation for Fire Test Procedures for "A" and "B" Class Divisions, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.163(ES.IV) and A.215(VII).

(e)"C" "Class Divisions" shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet no requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor the limiting of temperature rise.

(f) "Continuous "B" Class Ceilings or Linings" are those "B" Class ceilings or linings which terminate only at an "A" or "B" Class division.

(g) "Steel or Other Equivalent Material". Where the words "steel or other equivalent material" occur, "equivalent material" means any material which, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).

(h) "Low Flame Spread" means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined to the satisfaction of the Administration by an established test procedure.

(i) "Main Vertical Zones" are those sections into which the hull, superstructure, and deckhouses are divided by "A" Class divisions, the mean length of which on any one deck does not in general exceed 40 metres (131 feet).

(j) "Accommodation Spaces" are those used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, crew quarters, barber shops, isolated pantries and lockers and similar spaces.

(k) "Public Spaces" are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces.

(l) "Service Spaces" are those used for galleys, main pantries, stores (except isolated pantries and lockers), mail and specie rooms, workshops other than those forming part of machinery spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.

(m) "Cargo Spaces" are all spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunks to such spaces.

(n) "Special Category Spaces" are those enclosed spaces above or below the bulkhead deck intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion, into and from which such vehicles can be driven and to which passengers have access.

(o) "Machinery Spaces of Category A" are all spaces which contain :
(i) internal combustion type machinery used either for main propulsion purposes, or for other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 373 kW, or
(ii) any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit; and trunks to such spaces.

(p) "Machinery Spaces" are all machinery spaces of Category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces; and trunks to such spaces.

(q) "Oil Fuel Unit" means the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation for delivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure more than 1.8 kilograms per square centimetre (25 pounds per square inch) gauge.

(r) "Control Stations" are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.

(s) "Rooms containing Furniture and Furnishings of Restricted Fire Risk" are, for the purpose of Regulation 20 of this Chapter, those rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices or other types of accommodation) in which :
(i) all case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux, dressers, is constructed entirely of approved non-combustible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding 2 millimetres (1/12 inch) may be used on the working surface of such articles ;
(ii) all free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas, tables, is constructed with frames of non-combustible materials ;
(iii) all draperies, curtains and other suspended textile materials have, to the satisfaction of the Administration, qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of wool weighing 0.8 kilogrammes per square metre (24 ounces per square yard) ;
(iv) all floor coverings have, to the satisfaction of the Administration, qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of an equivalent woollen material used for the same purpose ; and
(v) all exposed surfaces of bulkheads, linings and ceilings have low flame spread characteristics.

(t) "Bulkhead deck" is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

(u) "Deadweight" is the difference in metric tons between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load water line corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.

(v) "Lightweight" is the displacement of a ship in metric tons without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, together with passengers, and crew and their effects.

(w) "Combination carrier" is a tanker designed to carry oil or alternatively solid cargoes in bulk.

Reg. 04 Fire Control Plans


There shall be permanently exhibited in all new and existing ships for the guidance of the ship's officers general arrangement plans showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" Class division, the sections enclosed by "B" Class divisions (if any), together with particulars of the fire alarms, detecting systems, the sprinkler installation (if any) the fire extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section. Alternatively, at the discretion of the Administration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet, a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy at all times shall be available on board in an being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the national language. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall be included. In addition, instructions concerning the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations on board for the fighting and containment of fire shall be kept under one cover, readily available in an accessible position.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

There shall be permanently exhibited in all new and existing ships for the guidance of the ship's officers general arrangement plans showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" Class division, the sections enclosed by "B" Class divisions (if any), together with particulars of the fire alarms, detecting systems, the sprinkler installation (if any) the fire extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section. Alternatively, at the discretion of the Administration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet, a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy at all times shall be available on board in an being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the national language. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall be included. In addition, instructions concerning the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations on board for the fighting and containment of fire shall be kept under one cover, readily available in an accessible position.
Reg. 04 Fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants and hoses

1 Every ship shall be provided with fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants and hoses complying as applicable with the requirements of this Regulation.

2 Capacity of fire pumps

2.1 The required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the pressure specified in paragraph 4, as follows:
.1 pumps in passenger ships, not less than two-thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping; and
.2 pumps in cargo ships, other than any emergency pump, not less than four-thirds of the quantity required under Regulation II-1/21 to be dealt with by each of the independent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the same dimension when employed in bilge pumping, provided that in no cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumps exceed 180./hour.

2.2 Each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump required in paragraph 3.3.2 for cargo ships)shall have a capacity not less than 80 percent of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number of required fire pumps but in any case not less than 25./hour and each such pump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum of required pumps are installed the capacity of such additional pumps shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3 Arrangements of fire pumps and of fire mains



3.2 Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of oil fuel, suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.

3.3 The arrangement of sea connections, fire pumps and their sources of power shall be such as to ensure that :
.1 In passenger ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards, in the event of a fire in any one compartment all the fire pumps will not be put out of action.
.2 In cargo ships of 2,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumps out of action there shall be an alternative means consisting of a fixed independently driven emergency pump which shall be capable of supplying two jets of water to the satisfaction of the Administration.
The pump and its location shall comply with the following requirements :

.2.1 The capacity of the pump shall not be less than 40 percent of the total capacity of the fire pumps required by this Regulation. and in any case not less than 25 ./hour.

.2.2 When the pump is delivering the quantity of water required by paragraph 3.3.2.1 the pressure at any hydrant shall be not less than the minimum pressures given in paragraph 4.2.

.2.3 Any diesel driven power source for the pump shall be capable of being readily started in its cold condition down to a temperature of 0°C by hand (manual) cranking. If this is impracticable, or if lower temperatures are likely to be encountered, consideration is to be given to the provision and maintenance of heating arrangements, acceptable to the Administration, so that ready starting will be assured. If hand (manual) starting is impracticable the Administration may permit other means of starting. These means shall be such as to enable the diesel driven power source to be started at least 6 times within a period of 30 minutes, and at least twice within the first 10 minutes.

.2.4 Any service fuel tank shall contain sufficient fuel to enable the pump to run on full load for at least three hours and sufficient reserves of fuel shall be available outside the main machinery space to enable the pump to be run on full load for an additional 15 hours.

.2.5 The total suction head of the pump shall not exceed 4.5 m under all conditions of list and trim likely to be encountered in service and the suction piping shall be designed to minimize suction losses.

.2.6 The boundaries of the space containing the fire pump shall be insulated to a standard of structural fire protection equivalent to that required for a control room in Regulation 44.

.2.7 No direct access shall be permitted between the machinery space and the space containing the emergency fire pump and its source of power. When this is impracticable an Administration may accept an arrangement where the access is by means of an airlock, each of the two doors being self-closing, or through a watertight door capable of being operated from a space remote from the machinery space and the space containing the emergency fire pump and unlikely to be cut off in the event of fire in those spaces. In such cases a second means of access to the space containing the emergency fire pump and its source of power shall be provided.

.2.8 Ventilation arrangements to the space containing the independent source of power for the emergency fire pump shall be such as to preclude, as far as practicable, the possibility of smoke from a machinery space fire entering or being drawn into that space.

.3 In passenger ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage and cargo ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage, if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumps out of action the alternative means of providing water for fire-fighting purposes are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

.4 In addition, in cargo ships where other pumps, such as general service, bilge and ballast, etc., are fitted in a machinery space, arrangements shall be made to ensure that at least one of these pumps, having the capacity and pressure required by paragraphs 2.2 and 4.2, is capable of providing water to the fire main.

3.4 The arrangements for the ready availability of water supply shall be :
.1 in passenger ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards such that at least one effective jet of water is immediately available from any hydrant in an interior location and so as to ensure the continuation of the output of water by the automatic starting of a required fire pump ;
.2 in passenger ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage and in cargo ships to the satisfaction of the Administration ;
.3 in cargo ships with a periodically unattended machinery space or when only one person is required on watch there shall be immediate water delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure, either by remote starting of one of the main fire pumps with remote starting from the navigating bridge and fire control station, if any, or permanent pressurization of the fire main system by one of the main fire pumps, except that the Administration may waive this requirement for cargo ships of less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage if the arrangement of the machinery space access makes it unnecessary ;
.4 in passenger ships, if fitted with periodically unattended machinery spaces in accordance with Reg. II-1/54, the Administration shall determine provisions for fixed water fire-extinguishing arrangement for such spaces equivalent to those required for normally attended machinery spaces.

3.5 Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with all fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses.
These valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.

3.6 In tankers isolation valves shall be fitted in the fire main at poop front in a protected position and on the tank deck at intervals of not more than 40 m to preserve the integrity of the fire main system in case of fire or explosion.

4 Diameter of and pressure in the fire mains

4.1 The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously, except that in the case of cargo ships the diameter need only be sufficient for the discharge of 140 ./hour

4.2 With the two pumps simultaneously delivering through nozzles specified in paragraph 8 the quantity of water specified in paragraph 4.1, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimum pressures shall be maintained at all hydrants :
Passenger ships :
Cargo ships :

4.3 The maximum pressure at any hydrant shall not exceed that at which the effective control of a fire hose can be demonstrated.

5 Number and position of hydrants

5.1 The number and position of hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated and any part of any cargo space when empty, any ro-ro cargo space or any special category space in which latter case the two jets shall reach any part of such space, each from a single length of hose. Furthermore, such hydrants shall be positioned near the accesses to the protected spaces.

5.2 In the accommodation, service and machinery spaces of passenger ships the number and position of hydrants shall be such that the requirements of paragraph 5.1 may be complied with when all watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed.

5.3 Where, in a passenger ship, access is provided to a machinery space of category A at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, two hydrants shall be provided external to, but near the entrance to that machinery space. Where such access is provided from other spaces, in one of those spaces two hydrants shall be provided near the entrance to the machinery space of category A. Such provision need not be made where the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of the escape route.

6 Pipe and hydrantss

6.1 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. The arrangement of pipes and hydrants shall be such as to avoid the possibility of freezing. In ships where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall bear ranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo. Unless one hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant in the ship, there shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.

6.2 A valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hose so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are at work.


6.3 Isolating valves to separate the section of the fire main within the machinery space containing the main fire pump or pumps from the rest of the fire main shall be fitted in an easily accessible and tenable position outside the machinery spaces. The fire main shall be so arranged that when the isolating valves are shut all the hydrants on the ship, except those in the machinery space referred to above, can be supplied with water by a fire pump not located in this machinery space through pipes which do not enter this space. Exceptionally, the Administration may permit short lengths of the emergency fire pump suction and discharge piping to penetrate the machinery space if it is impracticable to route it externally provided that the integrity of the fire main is maintained by the enclosure of the piping in a substantial steel casing.

7 Fire hoses

7.1 Fire hoses shall be of material approved by the Administration and shall be sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Their maximum length shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Each hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Hoses specified in this Chapter as "fire hoses" shall together with any necessary fittings and tools be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connections. Additionally in interior locations in passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers fire hoses shall be connected to the hydrants at all times.

7.2 Ships shall be provided with fire hoses the number and diameter of which shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

7.3 In passenger ships there shall be at least one fire hose for each of the hydrants required by paragraph 5 and these hoses shall be used only for the purposes of extinguishing fires or testing the fire-extinguishing apparatus at fire drills and surveys.

7.4.1 In cargo ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards the number of fire hoses to be provided shall be one for each 30 m length of the ship and one spare but in no case less than five in all. This number does not include any hoses required in any engine or boiler room. The Administration may increase the number of hoses required so as to ensure that hoses in sufficient number are available and accessible at all times, having regard to the type of ship and the nature of trade in which the ship is employed.

7.4.2 In cargo ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage the number of fire hoses to be provided shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

8 Nozzles

8.1 For the purposes of this Chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be 12㎜, 16㎜ and 19㎜ or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.

8.2 For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12㎜ need not be used.

8.3 For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in paragraph 4 from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19㎜ need not be used.

8.4 All nozzles shall be of an approved dual purpose type (i.e.spray/jet type) incorporating a shut-off.

9 Location and arrangement of water pumps, etc., for other fire-extinguishing systems. Pumps required for the provision of water for other fire-extinguishing systems required by this Chapter, their sources of power and their controls shall be installed outside the space or spaces protected by such systems and shall be so arranged that a fire in the space or spaces protected will not put any such system out of action.

Reg. 05 Fire Pumps, Fire Mains, Hydrants and Hoses


(a) Total Capacity of Fire Pumps

(i) In a passenger ship, the required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the appropriate pressure prescribed below, not less than two-thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping.
(ii) In a cargo ship, the required fire pumps, other than the emergency pump (if any), shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the appropriate pressure prescribed, not less than four-thirds of the quantity required under Regulation 18 of Chapter II-1 to be dealt with by each of the independent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the same dimensions when employed on bilge pumping, provided that in no cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumps exceed 180 cubic metres per hour.

(b) Fire Pumps
(i) The fire pumps shall be independently driven. Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of fuel oil, suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.
(ii) (1) In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, each of the required fire pumps shall have a capacity not less than 80 per cent of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number of required fire pumps and each such pump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum of required pumps are installed the capacity of such additional pumps shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
(2) In all other types of ships (e. g. passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers), each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump required by Regulation 52 of this Chapter) shall have a capacity not less than 80 per cent of the total required capacity divided by the number of required fire pumps, and shall in any event be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than required are installed their capacity shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(iii) Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with all fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.

(c) Pressure in the Fire Main
(i) The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously, except that in the case of cargo ships the diameter need only be sufficient for the discharge of 140 cubic metres per hour.
(ii) With the two pumps simultaneously delivering through nozzles specified in paragraph (g) of this Regulation the quantity of water specified in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimum pressures shall be maintained at all hydrants :


(d) Number and Position of Hydrants The number and position of the hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated.

(e) Pipes and Hydrants
(i) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. In ships where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo. Unless there is provided one hose and nozzle for each hydrant in the ship, there shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.
(ii) A cock or valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hose so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are at work.

(f) Fire Hoses
Fire hoses shall be of material approved by the Administration and sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Their maximum length shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Each hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Hoses specified in this Chapter as "fire hoses" shall together with any necessary fittings and tools be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connections. Additionally in interior locations in passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, fire hoses shall be connected to the hydrants at all times.

(g) Nozzles
(i) For the purposes of this Chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be 12 millimetres ( ½ inch), 16 millimetres( ⅝ inch) and 19 millimetres ( ¾ inch) or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.
(ii) For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 millimetres (½inch) need not be used.
(iii) For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in paragraph (c) of this Reg. from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19 millimetres ( ¾ inch) need not be used.
(iv) For machinery spaces or in similar spaces where the risk of spillage of oil exists, the nozzles shall be suitable for spraying water on oil or alternatively shall be of a dual purpose type.

(h) International Shore Connection Standard dimensions of flanges for the international shore connection required in this Chapter to be installed in the ship shall be in accordance with the following table :

The connection shall be constructed of material suitable for 10.5 kilogrammes per square centimetre (150 pounds per square inch) service. The flange shall have a flat face on one side and the other shall have permanently attached thereto a coupling that will fit the ship's hydrant and hose. The connection shall be kept aboard the ship together with a gasket of any material suitable for 10.5 kilogrammes per square centimetre (150 pounds per square inch) service, together with four 16 millimetres ( 8/5 inch) bolts, 50 millimetres (2 inches) in length and eight washers.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) Total Capacity of Fire Pumps

(i) In a passenger ship, the required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the appropriate pressure prescribed below, not less than two-thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping.
(ii) In a cargo ship, the required fire pumps, other than the emergency pump (if any), shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the appropriate pressure prescribed, not less than four-thirds of the quantity required under Regulation 18 of Chapter II-1 to be dealt with by each of the independent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the same dimensions when employed on bilge pumping, provided that in no cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumps exceed 180 cubic metres per hour.

(b) Fire Pumps
(i) The fire pumps shall be independently driven. Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of fuel oil, suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.
(ii) (1) In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, each of the required fire pumps shall have a capacity not less than 80 per cent of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number of required fire pumps and each such pump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum of required pumps are installed the capacity of such additional pumps shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
(2) In all other types of ships (e. g. passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers), each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump required by Regulation 52 of this Chapter) shall have a capacity not less than 80 per cent of the total required capacity divided by the number of required fire pumps, and shall in any event be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than required are installed their capacity shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(iii) Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with all fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.

(c) Pressure in the Fire Main
(i) The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously, except that in the case of cargo ships the diameter need only be sufficient for the discharge of 140 cubic metres per hour.
(ii) With the two pumps simultaneously delivering through nozzles specified in paragraph (g) of this Regulation the quantity of water specified in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimum pressures shall be maintained at all hydrants :


(d) Number and Position of Hydrants The number and position of the hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated.

(e) Pipes and Hydrants
(i) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. In ships where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo. Unless there is provided one hose and nozzle for each hydrant in the ship, there shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.
(ii) A cock or valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hose so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are at work.

(f) Fire Hoses
Fire hoses shall be of material approved by the Administration and sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Their maximum length shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Each hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Hoses specified in this Chapter as "fire hoses" shall together with any necessary fittings and tools be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connections. Additionally in interior locations in passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, fire hoses shall be connected to the hydrants at all times.

(g) Nozzles
(i) For the purposes of this Chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be 12 millimetres ( ½ inch), 16 millimetres( ⅝ inch) and 19 millimetres ( ¾ inch) or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.
(ii) For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 millimetres (½inch) need not be used.
(iii) For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in paragraph (c) of this Reg. from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19 millimetres ( ¾ inch) need not be used.
(iv) For machinery spaces or in similar spaces where the risk of spillage of oil exists, the nozzles shall be suitable for spraying water on oil or alternatively shall be of a dual purpose type.

(h) International Shore Connection Standard dimensions of flanges for the international shore connection required in this Chapter to be installed in the ship shall be in accordance with the following table :

The connection shall be constructed of material suitable for 10.5 kilogrammes per square centimetre (150 pounds per square inch) service. The flange shall have a flat face on one side and the other shall have permanently attached thereto a coupling that will fit the ship's hydrant and hose. The connection shall be kept aboard the ship together with a gasket of any material suitable for 10.5 kilogrammes per square centimetre (150 pounds per square inch) service, together with four 16 millimetres ( 8/5 inch) bolts, 50 millimetres (2 inches) in length and eight washers.
Reg. 05 Fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems

1 General.

1.1 The use of a fire-extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

1.2 The necessary pipes for conveying fire-extinguishing medium into protected spaces shall be provided with control valves so marked as to indicate clearly the spaces to which the pipes are led. Suitable provision shall be made to prevent inadvertent admission of the medium to any space. Where a cargo space fitted with a gas fire-extinguishing system is used as a passenger space the gas connection shall be blanked during such use.

1.3 The piping for the distribution of fire-extinguishing medium shall be arranged and discharge nozzles so positioned that a uniform distribution of medium is obtained.

1.4 Means shall be provided to close all openings which may admit air to or allow gas to escape from a protected space.

1.5 Where the volume of free air contained in air receivers in any space is such that, if released in such space in the event of fire, such release of air within that space would seriously affect the efficiency of the fixed fire-extinguishing system, the Administration shall require the provision of an additional quantity of fire-extinguishing medium.

1.6 Means shall be provided for automatically giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing medium into any space in which personnel normally work or to which they have access. The alarm shall operate for a suitable period before the medium is released.

1.7 The means of control of any fixed gas fire-extinguishing system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in a protected space. At each location there shall be clear instructions relating to the operation of the system having regard to the safety of personnel.

1.8 Automatic release of fire-extinguishing medium shall not be permitted, except as permitted by paragraph 3.3.5 and in respect of local automatically operated units referred to in paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5.

1.9 Where the quantity of extinguishing medium is required to protect more than one space, the quantity of medium available need not be more than the largest quantity required for any one space so protected.

1.10 Except as otherwise permitted by paragraphs 3.3, 3.4 or 3.5 pressure containers required for the storage of fire-extinguishing medium, other than steam, shall be located outside protected spaces in accordance with paragraph 1.13.

1.11 Means shall be provided for the crew to safely check the quantity of medium in the containers.

1.12 Containers for the storage of fire-extinguishing medium and associated pressure components shall be designed to pressure codes of practice to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to their locations and maximum ambient temperatures expected in service.

1.13 When the fire-extinguishing medium is stored outside a protected space, it shall be stored in a room which shall be situated in a safe and readily accessible position and shall be effectively ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Any entrance to such a storage room shall preferably be from the open deck and in any case shall be independent of the protected space. Access doors shall open outwards, and bulkheads and decks including doors and other means of closing any opening therein, which form the boundaries between such rooms and adjoining enclosed spaces shall be gastight. For the purpose of the application of the integrity tables in Regulations 26, 27, 44 and 58, such storage rooms shall be treated as control stations.

1.14 Spare parts for the system shall be stored on board and be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2 Carbon dioxide systems

2.1 For cargo spaces the quantity of carbon dioxide available shall, unless otherwise provided, be sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 30 percent of the gross volume of the largest cargo space so protected in the ship.

2.2 For machinery spaces the quantity of carbon dioxide carried shall be sufficient to give a minimum quantity of free gas equal to the larger of the following quantities, either :
.1 40 percent of the gross volume of the largest machinery space so protected, the volume to exclude that part of the casing above the level at which the horizontal area of the casing is 40 percent or less of the horizontal area of the space concerned taken midway between the tank top and the lowest part of the casing ;
or

.2 35 percent of the gross volume of the largest machinery space protected, including the casing; provided that the above-mentioned percentages may be reduced to 35 percent and 30 percent respectively for cargo ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage; provided also that if two or more machinery spaces are not entirely separate they shall be considered as forming one space.

2.3 For the purpose of this paragraph the volume of free carbon dioxide shall be calculated at 0.56㎡/kg.

2.4 For machinery spaces the fixed piping system shall be such that 85 percent of the gas can be discharged into the space within 2 minutes.

3 Halogenated hydrocarbon systems

3.1 The use of halogenated hydrocarbons as fire-extinguishing media is only permitted in machinery spaces, pumprooms and in cargo spaces intended solely for the carriage of vehicles which are not carrying any cargo.

3.2 When halogenated hydrocarbons are used as the fire-extinguishing media in total flooding systems :
.1 The system shall be arranged for manual initiation of power release only.
.2 If the charge of halogenated hydrocarbon is required to supply more than one space, the arrangements for its storage and release shall be such that compliance with paragraphs 3.2.9 or 3.2.10 respectively, is obtained.
.3 Means shall be provided for automatically stopping all ventilation fans serving the protected space before the medium is released.
.4 Means shall be provided to manually close all dampers in the ventilation system serving a protected space.
.5 The discharge arrangements shall be so designed that the minimum quantity of medium required for cargo spaces or machinery spaces in paragraphs 3.2.9 or

3.2.10 respectively can be substantially discharged in a nominal 20 seconds or less based on the discharge of the liquid phase.
.6 The system shall be designed to operate within a temperature range to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.7 The discharge shall not endanger personnel engaged on maintenance of equipment or using the normal access ladders and escapes serving the space.
.8 Means shall be provided for the crew to safely check the pressure within containers.
.9 The quantity of extinguishing medium for cargo spaces intended solely for the carriage of vehicles which are not carrying any cargo shall be calculated in accordance with table 5.1. This quantity shall be based on the gross volume of the protected space. In respect of Halon 1301 and 1211, the quantity shall be calculated on a volumetric ratio basis, and in respect of Halon 2402 on a mass per unit volume basis.

TABLE 5.1

Halon Minimum Maximum
130  1 5 per cent             7 per cent       
121          1 5 per cent         5.5 per cent 
2402        0.23 kg/  0.30 kg/㎡   

.10 The quantity of extinguishing media for machinery spaces shall be calculated in accordance with table 5.2. This quantity shall be based on the gross volume of the space in respect of the minimum concentration and the net volume of the space in respect of the maximum concentration, including the casing. In respect of Halon 1301 and 1211, the quantity shall be calculated on a volumetric ratio basis, and in respect of Halon 2402 on a mass per unit volume basis.

TABLE 5.2

Halon Minimum Maximum
1301  4.25 per cent             7 per cent       
1211          4.25 per cent         5.5 per cent 
2402        0.20 kg/  0.30 kg/   
.
11 For the purpose of paragraphs 3.2.9 and 3.2.10, the volume of Halon 1301 shall be calculated at 0.16./kg and the volume of Halon 1211 shall be calculated at 0.14㎡/kg.

3.3 Only Halon 1301 may be stored within a protected machinery space. Containers shall be individually distributed throughout that space and the following requirements shall be complied with :
.1 A manually initiated power release, located outside the protected space, shall be provided. Duplicate sources of power shall be provided for this release and shall be located outside the protected space and be immediately available except that for machinery spaces, one of the sources of power may be located inside the protected space.
.2 Electric power circuits connecting the containers shall be monitored for fault conditions and loss of power. Visual and audible alarms shall be provided to indicate this.
.3 Pneumatic or hydraulic power circuits connecting the containers shall be duplicated. The sources of pneumatic or hydraulic pressure shall be monitored for loss of pressure. Visual and audible alarms shall be provided to indicate this.
.4 Within the protected space, electrical circuits essential for the release of the system shall be heat resistant e.g. mineral insulated cable or equivalent. Piping systems essential for the release of systems designed to be operated hydraulically or pneumatically shall be of steel or other equivalent heat-resisting material to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.5 Each pressure container shall be fitted with an automatic over-pressure release device which, in the event of the container being exposed to the effects of fire and the system not being operated, will safely vent the contents of the container into the protected space.
.6 The arrangement of containers and the electrical circuits and piping essential for the release of any system shall be such that in the event of damage to any one power release line through fire or explosion in a protected space, i.e. a single fault concept, at least two-thirds of the fire-extinguishing charge required by paragraphs 3.2.9 or 3.2.10 for that space can still be discharged having regard to the requirement for uniform distribution of medium throughout the space. The arrangements in respect of systems for spaces requiring only one or two containers shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.7 Not more than two discharge nozzles shall be fitted to any pressure container and the maximum quantity of agent in each container shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to the requirement for uniform distribution of medium throughout the space.
.8 The containers shall be monitored for decrease in pressure due to leakage and discharge. Visual and audible alarms in the protected area and on the navigating bridge or in the space where the fire control equipment is centralized shall be provided to indicate this condition, except that for cargo spaces, alarms are only required on the navigating bridge or the space where the fire control equipment is centralized.

3.4 Local automatically operated fixed fire-extinguishing units containing Halon 1301 or 1211, fitted in enclosed areas of high fire risk within machinery spaces, in addition to, and independent of, any required fixed fire-extinguishing system may be accepted subject to compliance with the following :
.1 The space in which such additional local protection is provided shall preferably be on one working level and on the same level as the access. At the discretion of the Administration more than one working level may be permitted subject to an access being provided on each level.
.2 The size of the space and arrangements of accesses thereto and machinery therein, shall be such that escape from anywhere in the space can be effected in not more than 10 seconds.
.3 The operation of any unit shall be signalled both visually and audibly outside each access to the machinery space and at the navigating bridge or in the space where the fire control equipment is centralized.
.4 A notice indicating that the space contains one or more automatically operated fire-extinguishing units and stating which medium is used, shall be displayed outside each access thereto.
.5 Discharge nozzles shall be so positioned that the discharge does not endanger personnel using the normal access ladders and escapes serving the compartment. Provision shall also be made to protect personnel engaged in maintenance of machinery from inadvertent discharge of the medium.
.6 The fire-extinguishing units shall be designed to operate within a temperature range to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.7 Means shall be provided for the crew to safely check the pressure within the containers.
.8 The total quantity of extinguishing medium provided in the local automatically operated units shall be such that a concentration of 7 percent in respect of Halon 1301 and 5.5 percent in respect of Halon 1211 at 20 °C based on the net volume of the enclosed space is not exceeded. This requirement applies when either a local automatically operated unit or a fixed system fitted in compliance with paragraph 3.2 has operated, but not when both have operated.
The volume of Halon 1301 shall be calculated at 0.16./kg and the volume of Halon 1211 shall be calculated at 0.14㎡/kg.
.9 The time of discharge of a unit, based on the discharge of the liquid phase, shall be 10 seconds or less.
.10 The arrangement of local automatically operated fire-extinguishing units shall be such that their release does not result in loss of electrical power or reduction of the manoeuvr ability of the ship.

3.5 Automatically operated fire-extinguishing units, as described in paragraph 3.4, fitted in machinery spaces over equipment having a high fire risk, in addition to and independent of any required fixed fire-extinguishing system, may be accepted subject to compliance with paragraphs 3.4.3 to 3.4.6, 3.4.9 and 3.4.10 and with the following :
.1 The quantity of medium provided in local automatically operated units shall be such that a vapour in air concentration not greater than 1.25 percent at 20 °C based on the gross volume of the machinery space is obtained in the event of their simultaneous operation.
.2 The volume of Halon 1301 shall be calculated at 0.16./kg and the volume of Halon 1211 shall be calculated at 0.14㎡/kg.

4 Steam systems
In general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as afire-extinguishing medium in fixed fire-extinguishing systems. Where the use of steam is permitted by the Administration it shall be used only in restricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing medium and with the proviso that the boiler or boilers available for supplying steam shall have an evaporation of at least 1.0kg of steam per hour for each 0.75.of the gross volume of the largest space so protected. In addition to complying with the foregoing requirements the systems in all respects shall be as determined by, and to the satisfaction of, the Administration.

5 Other gas systems

5.1 Where gas other than carbon dioxide or halogenated hydrocarbons, or steam as permitted by paragraph 4 is produced on the ship and is used as a fire-extinguishing medium, it shall be a gaseous product of fuel combustion in which the oxygen content, the carbon monoxide content, the corrosive elements and any solid combustible elements have been reduced to a permissible minimum.

5.2 Where such gas is used as the fire-extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of machinery spaces it shall afford protection equivalent to that provided by a fixed system using carbon dioxide as the medium.

5.3 Where such gas is used as a fire-extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of cargo spaces, a sufficient quantity of such gas shall be available to supply hourly a volume of free gas at least equal to 25 percent of the gross volume of the largest space protected in this way for a period of 72 hours.

Reg. 06 Miscellaneous Items


(a) Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

(b) Cellulose-nitrate based films shall not be used for cinematograph installations
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

(b) Cellulose-nitrate based films shall not be used for cinematograph installations
Reg. 06 Fire extinguishers*

_______________
* Refer to the Revised Guidelines for Marine Portable Fire Extinguishers adopted by Organization by resolution A.602(15).

1 All fire extinguishers shall be of approved types and designs.

1.1 The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 13.5 ℓ and not less than 9 ℓ Other extinguishers shall be at least as portable as the 13.5 ℓ fluid extinguisher and shall have a fire-extinguishing capability at least equivalent to that of a 9 ℓ fluid extinguisher.

1.2 The Administration shall determine the equivalents of fire extinguishers.

2 Spare charges shall be provided in accordance with requirements to be specified by the Administration.

3 Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

4 A portable foam applicator unit shall consist of an air-foam nozzle of an induct or type capable of being connected to the fire main by a fire hose, together with a portable tank containing at least 20. of foam-making liquid and one spare tank. The nozzle shall be capable of producing effective foam suitable for extinguishing an oil fire, at the rate of at least 1.5㎡ /minute.

5 Fire extinguishers shall be periodically examined and subjected to such tests as the Administration may require.

6 One of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be stowed near the entrance to that space.

7 Accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers of appropriate types and in sufficient number to the satisfaction of the Administration. Ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall carry at least five portable fire extinguishers.

Reg. 07 Fire extinguishers


(a) All fire extinguishers shall be of approved types and designs.
(i) The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 13.5 litres (3 gallons) and not less than 9 litres (2 gallons). Other extinguishers shall not be in excess of the equivalent portability of the 13.5 litre (3 gallons) fluid extinguisher and shall not be less than the fire-extinguishing equivalent of a 9 litre (2 gallons) fluid extinguisher.
(ii) The Administration shall determine the equivalents of fire extinguishers.

(b) Spare charges shall be provided in accordance with requirements to be specified by the Administration.

(c) Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

(d) A portable froth applicator unit shall consist of an inductor type of airfroth nozzle capable of being connected to the fire main by a fire hose, together with a portable tank containing at least 20 litres (4 ½ gallons) of froth-making liquid and one spare tank. The nozzle shall be capable of producing effective froth suitable for extinguishing an oil fire, at the rate of at least 1.5 cubic metres (53 cubic feet) per minute.

(e) Fire extinguishers shall be periodically examined and subjected to such tests as the Administration may require.

(f) One of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be stowed near the entrance to that space.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) All fire extinguishers shall be of approved types and designs.
(i) The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 13.5 litres (3 gallons) and not less than 9 litres (2 gallons). Other extinguishers shall not be in excess of the equivalent portability of the 13.5 litre (3 gallons) fluid extinguisher and shall not be less than the fire-extinguishing equivalent of a 9 litre (2 gallons) fluid extinguisher.
(ii) The Administration shall determine the equivalents of fire extinguishers.

(b) Spare charges shall be provided in accordance with requirements to be specified by the Administration.

(c) Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

(d) A portable froth applicator unit shall consist of an inductor type of airfroth nozzle capable of being connected to the fire main by a fire hose, together with a portable tank containing at least 20 litres (4 ½ gallons) of froth-making liquid and one spare tank. The nozzle shall be capable of producing effective froth suitable for extinguishing an oil fire, at the rate of at least 1.5 cubic metres (53 cubic feet) per minute.

(e) Fire extinguishers shall be periodically examined and subjected to such tests as the Administration may require.

(f) One of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be stowed near the entrance to that space.
Reg. 07 Fire-extinguishing arrangements in machinery

1 Spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil fuel units

1.1 Machinery spaces of category A containing oil-fired boilers or oil fuel units shall be provided with any one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing systems :
.1 a gas system complying with the provisions of Regulation 5;
.2 a high expansion foam system complying with the provisions of Regulation 9;
.3 a pressure water-spraying system complying with the provisions of Regulation 10. In each case if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.

1.2 There shall be in each boiler room at least one set of portable air-foam equipment complying with the provisions of Regulation 6.4.

1.3 There shall be at least two portable foam extinguishers or equivalent in each firing space in each boiler room and in each space in which a part of the oil fuel installation is situated. There shall be not less than one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least 135 ㎾ capacity or equivalent in each boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room. In the case of domestic boilers of less than 175 ㎾ in cargo ships the Administration may consider relaxing the requirements of this paragraph.

1.4 In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing sand, sawdust impregnated with soda, or other approved dry material in such quantity as may be required by the Administration. An approved portable extinguisher may be substituted as an alternative.

2 Spaces containing internal combustion machinery Machinery spaces of category A containing internal combustion machinery shall be provided with :
.1 One of the fire-extinguishing systems required by paragraph 1.1.
.2 At least one set of portable air-foam equipment complying with the provisions of Regulation 6.4.
.3 In each such space approved foam type fire extinguishers, each of at least 45 ℓ capacity or equivalent, sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the fuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. In addition, there shall be provided a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 m walking distance from an extinguisher and that there are at least two such extinguishers in each such space. For smaller spaces of cargo ships the Administration may consider relaxing this requirement.

3 Spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines In spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines used either for main propulsion or for other purposes when such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 ㎾ there shall be provided :
.1 Approved foam fire extinguishers each of at least 45 ℓ capacity or equivalent sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system, on to any part of the casings enclosing pressure lubricated parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing, and any other fire hazards. However, such extinguishers shall not be required if protection at least equivalent to that required by this sub-paragraph is provided in such spaces by a fixed fire-extinguishing system fitted in compliance with paragraph 1.1.
.2 A sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 m walking distance from an extinguisher and that there are at least two such extinguishers in each such space, except that such extinguishers shall not be required in addition to any provided in compliance with paragraph 1.3.
.3 One of the fire-extinguishing systems required by paragraph 1.1, where such spaces are periodically unattended.

4 Fire-extinguishing appliances in other machinery spaces Where, in the opinion of the Administration, a fire hazard exists in any machinery space for which no specific provisions for fire-extinguishing appliances are prescribed in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3, there shall be provided in, or adjacent to, that space such a number of approved portable fire extinguishers or other means of fire extinction as the Administration may deem sufficient.

5 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems not required by this Chapter Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this Chapter is installed, such a system shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

6 Machinery spaces of category A in passenger ships In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers each machinery space of category A shall be provided with at least two suitable water fog applicators.*
_____________
* A water fog applicator might consist of a metal "L"-shaped pipe the long limb being about 2 m in length capable of being fitted to a fire hose and the short limb being about 250 ㎜ in length fitted with a fixed water fog nozzle or capable of being fitted with a water spray nozzle.

Reg. 08 Fixed Gas Fire-Extinguishing Systems


(a) The use of a fire-extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

(b) Where provision is made for the injection of gas for fire-extinguishing purposes, the necessary pipes for conveying the gas shall be provided with control valves or cocks so marked as to indicate clearly the compartments to which the pipes are led. Suitable provision shall be made to prevent inadvertent admission of the gas to any compartment. Where cargo spaces fitted with such a system for fire protection are used as passenger spaces the gas connection shall be blanked during such use.

(c) The piping shall be arranged so as to provide effective distribution of fire-extinguishing gas.

(d)
(i) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium in cargo spaces, the quantity of gas available shall be sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 30 per cent of the gross volume of the largest cargo compartment in the ship which is capable of being sealed.
(ii) When carbon dioxide is used as an extinguishing medium for machinery spaces of Category A the quantity of gas carried shall be sufficient to give a minimum quantity of free gas equal to the larger of the following quantities, either :

(1) 40 per cent of the gross volume of the largest space, the volume to include the casing up to the level at which the horizontal area of the casing is 40 per cent or less of the horizontal area of the space concerned taken midway between the tank top and the lowest part of the casing ; or

(2) 35 per cent of the entire volume of the largest space including the casing; provided that the above-mentioned percentages may be reduced to 35 percent and 30 per cent respectively for cargo ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage; provided also that if two or more machinery spaces of Category A are not entirely separate they shall be considered as forming one compartment.

(iii) Where the volume of free air contained in air receivers in any machinery space of Category A is such that, if released in such space in the event of fire, such release of air within that space would seriously affect the efficiency of the fixed fire-extinguishing installation, the Administration shall require the provision of an additional quantity of carbon dioxide.

(iv) When carbon dioxide is used as an extinguishing medium both for cargo spaces and for machinery spaces of Category A the quantity of gas need not be more than the maximum required either for the largest cargo compartment or machinery space.

(v) For the purpose of this paragraph the volume of carbon dioxide shall be calculated at 0.56 cubic metres to the kilogramme (9 cubic feet to the pound).

(vi) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium for machinery spaces of Category A the fixed piping system shall be such that 85 per cent of the gas can be discharged into the space within 2 minutes.

(vii) Carbon dioxide bottle storage rooms shall be situated at a safe and readily accessible position and shall be effectively ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Any entrance to such storage rooms shall preferably be from the open deck, and in any case shall be independent of the protected space. Access doors shall be gastight and bulkheads and decks which form the boundaries of such rooms shall be gastight and adequately insulated.

(e)
(i) Where gas other than carbon dioxide or steam as permitted by paragraph (f) of this Regulation is produced on the ship and is used as an extinguishing medium, it shall be a gaseous product of fuel combustion in which the oxygen content, the carbon monoxide content, the corrosive elements and any solid combustible elements have been reduced to a permissible minimum.
(ii) Where such gas is used as the extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of machinery spaces of Category A it shall afford protection equivalent to that provided by a fixed carbon dioxide system.
(iii) Where such gas is used as the extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of cargo spaces a sufficient quantity of such gas shall be available to supply hourly a volume of free gas at least equal to 25 per cent of the gross volume of the largest compartment protected in this way for a period of 72 hours.

(f) In general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as a fire-extinguishing medium in fixed fire-extinguishing systems of new ships. Where the use of steam is permitted by the Administration it shall be used only in restricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing medium and with the proviso that the boiler or boilers available for supplying steam shall have an evaporation of at least 1 kilogramme of steam per hour for each 0.75 cubic metres (1 pound of steam per hour per 12 cubic feet) of the gross volume of the largest space so protected. In addition to complying with the foregoing requirements the systems in all respects shall be as determined by, and to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(g) Means shall be provided for automatically giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing gas into any space to which personnel normally have access. The alarm shall operate for a suitable period before the gas is released.

(h) The means of control of any such fixed gas fire-extinguishing system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) The use of a fire-extinguishing medium which, in the opinion of the Administration, either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons shall not be permitted.

(b) Where provision is made for the injection of gas for fire-extinguishing purposes, the necessary pipes for conveying the gas shall be provided with control valves or cocks so marked as to indicate clearly the compartments to which the pipes are led. Suitable provision shall be made to prevent inadvertent admission of the gas to any compartment. Where cargo spaces fitted with such a system for fire protection are used as passenger spaces the gas connection shall be blanked during such use.

(c) The piping shall be arranged so as to provide effective distribution of fire-extinguishing gas.

(d)
(i) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium in cargo spaces, the quantity of gas available shall be sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 30 per cent of the gross volume of the largest cargo compartment in the ship which is capable of being sealed.
(ii) When carbon dioxide is used as an extinguishing medium for machinery spaces of Category A the quantity of gas carried shall be sufficient to give a minimum quantity of free gas equal to the larger of the following quantities, either :

(1) 40 per cent of the gross volume of the largest space, the volume to include the casing up to the level at which the horizontal area of the casing is 40 per cent or less of the horizontal area of the space concerned taken midway between the tank top and the lowest part of the casing ; or

(2) 35 per cent of the entire volume of the largest space including the casing; provided that the above-mentioned percentages may be reduced to 35 percent and 30 per cent respectively for cargo ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage; provided also that if two or more machinery spaces of Category A are not entirely separate they shall be considered as forming one compartment.

(iii) Where the volume of free air contained in air receivers in any machinery space of Category A is such that, if released in such space in the event of fire, such release of air within that space would seriously affect the efficiency of the fixed fire-extinguishing installation, the Administration shall require the provision of an additional quantity of carbon dioxide.

(iv) When carbon dioxide is used as an extinguishing medium both for cargo spaces and for machinery spaces of Category A the quantity of gas need not be more than the maximum required either for the largest cargo compartment or machinery space.

(v) For the purpose of this paragraph the volume of carbon dioxide shall be calculated at 0.56 cubic metres to the kilogramme (9 cubic feet to the pound).

(vi) When carbon dioxide is used as the extinguishing medium for machinery spaces of Category A the fixed piping system shall be such that 85 per cent of the gas can be discharged into the space within 2 minutes.

(vii) Carbon dioxide bottle storage rooms shall be situated at a safe and readily accessible position and shall be effectively ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Any entrance to such storage rooms shall preferably be from the open deck, and in any case shall be independent of the protected space. Access doors shall be gastight and bulkheads and decks which form the boundaries of such rooms shall be gastight and adequately insulated.

(e)
(i) Where gas other than carbon dioxide or steam as permitted by paragraph (f) of this Regulation is produced on the ship and is used as an extinguishing medium, it shall be a gaseous product of fuel combustion in which the oxygen content, the carbon monoxide content, the corrosive elements and any solid combustible elements have been reduced to a permissible minimum.
(ii) Where such gas is used as the extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of machinery spaces of Category A it shall afford protection equivalent to that provided by a fixed carbon dioxide system.
(iii) Where such gas is used as the extinguishing medium in a fixed fire-extinguishing system for the protection of cargo spaces a sufficient quantity of such gas shall be available to supply hourly a volume of free gas at least equal to 25 per cent of the gross volume of the largest compartment protected in this way for a period of 72 hours.

(f) In general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as a fire-extinguishing medium in fixed fire-extinguishing systems of new ships. Where the use of steam is permitted by the Administration it shall be used only in restricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing medium and with the proviso that the boiler or boilers available for supplying steam shall have an evaporation of at least 1 kilogramme of steam per hour for each 0.75 cubic metres (1 pound of steam per hour per 12 cubic feet) of the gross volume of the largest space so protected. In addition to complying with the foregoing requirements the systems in all respects shall be as determined by, and to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(g) Means shall be provided for automatically giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing gas into any space to which personnel normally have access. The alarm shall operate for a suitable period before the gas is released.

(h) The means of control of any such fixed gas fire-extinguishing system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space.
Reg. 08 Fixed Low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces
[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 09 Fixed froth fire-extingquishing systems in machinery spaces


(a) Any required fixed froth fire-extinguishing system in machinery spaces shall be capable of discharging through fixed discharge outlets in not more than five minutes, a quantity of froth sufficient to cover to a depth of 150 millimetres (6 inches) the largest single area over which oil fuel is liable to spread. The system shall be capable of generating froth suitable for extinguishing oil fires. Means shall be provided for effective distribution of the froth through a permanent system of piping and control valves or cocks to suitable discharge outlets, and for the froth to be effectively directed by fixed sprayers on other main fire hazards in the protected space. The expansion ratio of the froth shall not exceed 12 to 1.

(b) The means of control of any such systems shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) Any required fixed froth fire-extinguishing system in machinery spaces shall be capable of discharging through fixed discharge outlets in not more than five minutes, a quantity of froth sufficient to cover to a depth of 150 millimetres (6 inches) the largest single area over which oil fuel is liable to spread. The system shall be capable of generating froth suitable for extinguishing oil fires. Means shall be provided for effective distribution of the froth through a permanent system of piping and control valves or cocks to suitable discharge outlets, and for the froth to be effectively directed by fixed sprayers on other main fire hazards in the protected space. The expansion ratio of the froth shall not exceed 12 to 1.

(b) The means of control of any such systems shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space.
Reg. 09 Fixed high-expansin foam fire-extingquishing systems in machinery spaces*
[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 10 Fixed High expension froth fire-extinguishing sytems in machiney spaces


(a)
(i) Any required fixed high expansion froth system in machinery spaces shall be capable of rapidly discharging through fixed discharge outlets a quantity of froth sufficient to fill the greatest space to be protected at a rate of at least 1 metre (3.3 feet) in depth per minute. The quantity of froth - forming liquid available shall be sufficient to produce a volume of froth equal to five times the volume of the largest space to be protected.
The expansion ratio of the froth shall not exceed 1,000 to 1.
(ii) The Administration may permit alternative arrangements and discharge rates provided that it is satisfied that equivalent protection is achieved.

(b) Supply ducts for delivering froth, air intakes to the froth generator and the number of froth-producing units shall in the opinion of the Administration be such as will provide effective froth production and distribution.

(c) The arrangement of the froth generator delivery ducting shall be such that a fire in the protected space will not affect the froth-generating equipment.

(d) The froth generator, its sources of power supply, froth-forming liquid and means of controlling the system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by fire in the protected space.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a)
(i) Any required fixed high expansion froth system in machinery spaces shall be capable of rapidly discharging through fixed discharge outlets a quantity of froth sufficient to fill the greatest space to be protected at a rate of at least 1 metre (3.3 feet) in depth per minute. The quantity of froth - forming liquid available shall be sufficient to produce a volume of froth equal to five times the volume of the largest space to be protected.
The expansion ratio of the froth shall not exceed 1,000 to 1.
(ii) The Administration may permit alternative arrangements and discharge rates provided that it is satisfied that equivalent protection is achieved.

(b) Supply ducts for delivering froth, air intakes to the froth generator and the number of froth-producing units shall in the opinion of the Administration be such as will provide effective froth production and distribution.

(c) The arrangement of the froth generator delivery ducting shall be such that a fire in the protected space will not affect the froth-generating equipment.

(d) The froth generator, its sources of power supply, froth-forming liquid and means of controlling the system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by fire in the protected space.
Reg. 10 Fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing sytems in machiney spaces
[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 11 Fixed Pressure Water-Spraying Fire-Extinguishing Systems in Machinery Spaces


(a) Any required fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system in machinery spaces shall be provided with spraying nozzles of an approved type.

(b) The number and arrangement of the nozzles shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and be such as to ensure an effective average distribution of water of at least 5 litres per square metre (0.1 gallon per square foot) per minute in the spaces to be protected. Where increased application rates are considered necessary, these shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Nozzles shall be fitted above bilges, tank tops and other areas over which oil fuel is liable to spread and also above other specific fire hazards in the machinery spaces.

(c) The system may be divided into sections, the distribution valves of which shall be operated from easily accessible positions outside the spaces to be protected and which will not be readily cut off by an outbreak of fire.

(d) The system shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and the pump supplying the water for the system shall be put automatically into action by a pressure drop in the system.

(e) The pump shall be capable of simultaneously supplying at the necessary pressure all sections of the system in any one compartment to be protected. The pump and its controls shall be installed outside the space or spaces to be protected. It shall not be possible for a fire in the space or spaces protected by the water-spraying system to put the system out of action.

(f) The pump may be driven by independent internal combustion type machinery but if it is dependent upon power being supplied from the emergency generator fitted in compliance with the provisions of Regulation 25 or Regulation 26 as appropriate of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention that generator shall be arranged to start automatically in case of main power failure so that power for the pump required by paragraph (e) of this Regulation is immediately available. When the pump is driven by independent internal combustion type machinery it shall be so situated that a fire in the protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

(g) Precautions shall be taken to prevent the nozzles from becoming clogged by impurities in the water or corrosion of piping, nozzles, valves and pump.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a) Any required fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system in machinery spaces shall be provided with spraying nozzles of an approved type.

(b) The number and arrangement of the nozzles shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and be such as to ensure an effective average distribution of water of at least 5 litres per square metre (0.1 gallon per square foot) per minute in the spaces to be protected. Where increased application rates are considered necessary, these shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Nozzles shall be fitted above bilges, tank tops and other areas over which oil fuel is liable to spread and also above other specific fire hazards in the machinery spaces.

(c) The system may be divided into sections, the distribution valves of which shall be operated from easily accessible positions outside the spaces to be protected and which will not be readily cut off by an outbreak of fire.

(d) The system shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and the pump supplying the water for the system shall be put automatically into action by a pressure drop in the system.

(e) The pump shall be capable of simultaneously supplying at the necessary pressure all sections of the system in any one compartment to be protected. The pump and its controls shall be installed outside the space or spaces to be protected. It shall not be possible for a fire in the space or spaces protected by the water-spraying system to put the system out of action.

(f) The pump may be driven by independent internal combustion type machinery but if it is dependent upon power being supplied from the emergency generator fitted in compliance with the provisions of Regulation 25 or Regulation 26 as appropriate of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention that generator shall be arranged to start automatically in case of main power failure so that power for the pump required by paragraph (e) of this Regulation is immediately available. When the pump is driven by independent internal combustion type machinery it shall be so situated that a fire in the protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

(g) Precautions shall be taken to prevent the nozzles from becoming clogged by impurities in the water or corrosion of piping, nozzles, valves and pump.
Reg. 11 Special arrangements in machinery spacess

1 The provisions of this Regulation shall apply to machinery spaces of category A and, where the Administration considers it desirable, to other machinery spaces.

2.1 The number of skylights, doors, ventilators, openings in funnels to permit exhaust ventilation and other openings to machinery spaces shall be reduced to a minimum consistent with the needs of ventilation and the proper and safe working of the ship.

2.2 Skylights shall be of steel and shall not contain glass panels. Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke in the event of fire, from the space to be protected.

2.3 In passenger ships, doors other than power-operated watertight doors, shall be so arranged that positive closure is assured in case of fire in the space, by power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision of self-closing doors capable of closing against an inclination of 3.5° opposing closure and having a fail-safe hook-back facility, provided with a remotely operated release device.

3 Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. This does not preclude the use of glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces.

4 Means of control shall be provided for :
.1 opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaust ventilation, and closure of ventilator dampers ;
.2 permitting the release of smoke ;
.3 closing power-operated doors or actuating release mechanism on doors other than power-operated watertight doors ;
.4 stopping ventilating fans; and
.5 stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps.

5 The controls required in paragraph 4 and in Regulation 15.2.5 shall be located outside the space concerned, where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve. In passenger ships such controls and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.

6 When access to any machinery space of category A is provided at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, there shall be provided in the shaft tunnel, near the watertight door, a light steel fire-screen door operable from each side.

7 For periodically unattended machinery spaces in cargo ships, the Administration shall give special consideration to maintaining fire integrity of the machinery spaces, the location and centralization of the fire-extinguishing system controls, the required shut-down arrangements (e.g. ventilation, fuel pumps, etc.) and may require additional fire-extinguishing appliances and other fire-fighting equipment and breathing apparatus. In passenger ships these requirements shall be at least equivalent to those of machinery spaces normally attended.

8 An approved automatic fire detection and alarm system complying with the provisions of Regulation 14 shall be fitted in any machinery space :
.1 where the installation of automatic and remote control systems and equipment has been approved in lieu of continuous manning of the space; and
.2 where the main propulsion and associated machinery including sources of main electrical supply are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manned supervision from a control room.

Reg. 12 Automatic sprinkler and Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems


(a)
(i) Any required automatic sprinkler and fire alarm and fire detection system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action by the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation. It shall be of the wet pipe type but small exposed sections may be of the dry pipe type where in the opinion of the Administration this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to freezing temperatures in service shall be suitably protected against freezing. It shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shall have provision for a continuous supply of water as required in this Regulation.
(ii) Each section of sprinklers shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler comes into operation. Such units shall give an indication of any fire and its location in any space served by the system and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station, which shall be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew. Such alarm systems shall be constructed so as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

(b)
(i) Sprinklers shall be grouped into separate sections, each of which shall contain not more than 200 sprinklers. Any section of sprinklers shall not serve more than two decks and shall not be situated in more than one main vertical zone, except that an Administration, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of sprinklers to serve more than two decks or to be situated in more than one main vertical zone.
(ii) Each section of sprinklers shall be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section shall be readily accessible and its location shall be clearly and permanently indicated. Means shall be provided to prevent them operation of the stop valves by any unauthorized person.
(iii) A gauge indicating the pressure in the system shall be provided at each section stop valve and at a central station.
(iv) The sprinklers shall be resistant to corrosion by marine atmospheres. In accommodation and service spaces the sprinklers shall come into operation within the temperature range of 68 ºC(155 ºF) and 79 º(175 ºF), except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be expected, the operating temperature may be increased by not more than 30 º (54 ºF) above the maximum deck head temperature.
(v) A list or plan shall be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.

(c) Sprinklers shall be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 litres per square metre (0.1 gallon per square foot) per minute over the nominal area covered by the sprinklers. Alternatively, the Administration may permit the use of sprinklers providing such other amount of water suitably distributed as has been shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be not less effective.

(d)
(i) A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water specified in this sub-paragraph shall be provided. The tank shall contain a standing charge of fresh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in sub-paragraph (e)(ii) of this Regulation, and the arrangements shall provide for maintaining such air pressure in the tank to ensure that where the standing charge of fresh water in the tank has been used the pressure will be not less than the working pressure of the sprinkler, plus the pressure due to a head of water measured from the bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the fresh water charge in the tank shall be provided. A glass gauge shall be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.
(ii) Means shall be provided to prevent the passage of sea water into the tank.

(e)
(i) An independent power pump shall be provided solely for the purpose of continuing automatically the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump shall be brought into action automatically by the pressure drop in the system before the standing fresh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.
(ii) The pump and the piping system shall be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the simultaneous coverage of a minimum area of 280 square metres (3,000 square feet) at the application rate specified in paragraph (c) of this Regulation.
(iii) The pump shall have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and pipe shall be adequate to permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system specified in sub-paragraph (d)(i) of this Regulation.
(iv) The sea inlet to the pump shall wherever possible be in the space containing the pump and shall be so arranged that when the ship is afloat it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of sea water to the pump for any purpose other than the inspection or repair of the pump.

(f) The sprinkler pump and tank shall be situated in a position reasonably remote from any machinery space of Category A and shall not be situated in any space required to be protected by the sprinkler system.

(g) There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the sea water pump and automatic alarm and detection system. Where the sources of power for the pump are electrical, these shall be a main generator and an emergency source of power. One supply for the pump shall be taken from the main switchboard, and one from the emergency switchboard by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. The feeders shall be arranged so as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboards, and shall be run to an automatic change-over switch situated near the sprinkler pump. This switch shall permit the supply of power from the main switchboard so long as a supply is available therefrom, and be so designed that upon failure of that supply it will automatically change over to the supply from the emergency switchboard. The switches on the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard shall be clearly labelled and normally kept closed. No other switch shall be permitted in the feeders concerned. One of the sources of power supply for the alarm and detection system shall be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion-type engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph (f) of this Regulation, be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

(h) The sprinkler system shall have a connexion from the ship's fire main by way of a lockable screw-down non-return valve at the connexion which will prevent a backflow from the sprinkler system to the fire main.

(I)
(i) A test valve shall be provided for testing the automatic alarm for each section of sprinklers by a discharge of water equivalent to the operation of one sprinkler. The test valve for each section shall be situated near the stop valve for that section.
(ii) Means shall be provided for testing the automatic operation of the pump, on reduction of pressure in the system.
(iii) Switches shall be provided at one of the indicating positions referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(ii) of this Reg. which will enable the alarm and the indicators for each section of sprinklers to be tested.
(j) Spare sprinkler heads shall be provided for each section of sprinklers to the satisfaction of the Administration.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

(a)
(i) Any required automatic sprinkler and fire alarm and fire detection system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action by the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation. It shall be of the wet pipe type but small exposed sections may be of the dry pipe type where in the opinion of the Administration this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to freezing temperatures in service shall be suitably protected against freezing. It shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shall have provision for a continuous supply of water as required in this Regulation.
(ii) Each section of sprinklers shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler comes into operation. Such units shall give an indication of any fire and its location in any space served by the system and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station, which shall be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew. Such alarm systems shall be constructed so as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

(b)
(i) Sprinklers shall be grouped into separate sections, each of which shall contain not more than 200 sprinklers. Any section of sprinklers shall not serve more than two decks and shall not be situated in more than one main vertical zone, except that an Administration, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of sprinklers to serve more than two decks or to be situated in more than one main vertical zone.
(ii) Each section of sprinklers shall be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section shall be readily accessible and its location shall be clearly and permanently indicated. Means shall be provided to prevent them operation of the stop valves by any unauthorized person.
(iii) A gauge indicating the pressure in the system shall be provided at each section stop valve and at a central station.
(iv) The sprinklers shall be resistant to corrosion by marine atmospheres. In accommodation and service spaces the sprinklers shall come into operation within the temperature range of 68 ºC(155 ºF) and 79 º(175 ºF), except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be expected, the operating temperature may be increased by not more than 30 º (54 ºF) above the maximum deck head temperature.
(v) A list or plan shall be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.

(c) Sprinklers shall be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 litres per square metre (0.1 gallon per square foot) per minute over the nominal area covered by the sprinklers. Alternatively, the Administration may permit the use of sprinklers providing such other amount of water suitably distributed as has been shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be not less effective.

(d)
(i) A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water specified in this sub-paragraph shall be provided. The tank shall contain a standing charge of fresh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in sub-paragraph (e)(ii) of this Regulation, and the arrangements shall provide for maintaining such air pressure in the tank to ensure that where the standing charge of fresh water in the tank has been used the pressure will be not less than the working pressure of the sprinkler, plus the pressure due to a head of water measured from the bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the fresh water charge in the tank shall be provided. A glass gauge shall be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.
(ii) Means shall be provided to prevent the passage of sea water into the tank.

(e)
(i) An independent power pump shall be provided solely for the purpose of continuing automatically the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump shall be brought into action automatically by the pressure drop in the system before the standing fresh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.
(ii) The pump and the piping system shall be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the simultaneous coverage of a minimum area of 280 square metres (3,000 square feet) at the application rate specified in paragraph (c) of this Regulation.
(iii) The pump shall have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and pipe shall be adequate to permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system specified in sub-paragraph (d)(i) of this Regulation.
(iv) The sea inlet to the pump shall wherever possible be in the space containing the pump and shall be so arranged that when the ship is afloat it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of sea water to the pump for any purpose other than the inspection or repair of the pump.

(f) The sprinkler pump and tank shall be situated in a position reasonably remote from any machinery space of Category A and shall not be situated in any space required to be protected by the sprinkler system.

(g) There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the sea water pump and automatic alarm and detection system. Where the sources of power for the pump are electrical, these shall be a main generator and an emergency source of power. One supply for the pump shall be taken from the main switchboard, and one from the emergency switchboard by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. The feeders shall be arranged so as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboards, and shall be run to an automatic change-over switch situated near the sprinkler pump. This switch shall permit the supply of power from the main switchboard so long as a supply is available therefrom, and be so designed that upon failure of that supply it will automatically change over to the supply from the emergency switchboard. The switches on the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard shall be clearly labelled and normally kept closed. No other switch shall be permitted in the feeders concerned. One of the sources of power supply for the alarm and detection system shall be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion-type engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph (f) of this Regulation, be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

(h) The sprinkler system shall have a connexion from the ship's fire main by way of a lockable screw-down non-return valve at the connexion which will prevent a backflow from the sprinkler system to the fire main.

(I)
(i) A test valve shall be provided for testing the automatic alarm for each section of sprinklers by a discharge of water equivalent to the operation of one sprinkler. The test valve for each section shall be situated near the stop valve for that section.
(ii) Means shall be provided for testing the automatic operation of the pump, on reduction of pressure in the system.
(iii) Switches shall be provided at one of the indicating positions referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(ii) of this Reg. which will enable the alarm and the indicators for each section of sprinklers to be tested.
(j) Spare sprinkler heads shall be provided for each section of sprinklers to the satisfaction of the Administration.
Reg. 12 Automatic sprinkler fire detection and fire alarm systems

1.1 Any required automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action by the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation. It shall be of the wet pipe type but small exposed sections may be of the dry pipe type where in the opinion of the Administration this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to freezing temperatures in service shall be suitably protected against freezing. It shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shall have provision for a continuous supply of water as required in this Regulation.

1.2 Each section of sprinklers shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler comes into operation. Such alarm systems shall be such as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

1.2.1 In passenger ships such units shall give an indication of any fire and its location in any space served by the system and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station, which shall be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

1.2.2 In cargo ships such units shall indicate in which section served by the system fire has occurred and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge and in addition, visible and audible alarms from the unit shall be placed in a position other than on the navigating bridge, so as to ensure that the indication of fire is immediately received by the crew.

2.1 Sprinklers shall be grouped into separate sections, each of which shall contain not more than 200 sprinklers. In passenger ships any section of sprinklers shall not serve more than two decks and shall not be situated in more than one main vertical zone. However, the Administration may permit such a section of sprinklers to serve more than two decks or be situated in more than one main vertical zone, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced.

2.2 Each section of sprinklers shall be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section shall be readily accessible and its location shall be clearly and permanently indicated. Means shall be provided to prevent the operation of the stop valves by any unauthorized person.

2.3 A gauge indicating the pressure in the system shall be provided at each section stop valve and at a central station.

2.4 The sprinklers shall be resistant to corrosion by marine atmosphere. In accommodation and service spaces the sprinklers shall come into operation within the temperature range from 68 ºC to 79 ºC, except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be expected, the operating temperature may be increased by not more than 30 ºC above the maximum deck head temperature.
2.5 A list or plan shall be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.

3 Sprinklers shall be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 ℓ/㎡ uper minute over the nominal area covered by the sprinklers. However, the Administration may permit the use of sprinklers providing such an alternative amount of water suitably distributed as has been shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be not less effective.

4.1 A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water specified in this sub-paragraph shall be provided. The tank shall contain a standing charge of fresh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in paragraph 5.2, and the arrangements shall provide for maintaining an air pressure in the tank such as to ensure that where the standing charge of fresh water in the tank has been used the pressure will be not less than the working pressure of the sprinkler, plus the pressure exerted by a head of water measured from the bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the fresh water charge in the tank shall be provided. A glass gauge shall be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.

4.2 Means shall be provided to prevent the passage of sea-water in to the tank.

5.1 An independent power pump shall be provided solely for the purpose of continuing automatically the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump shall be brought into action automatically by the pressure drop in the system before the standing fresh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.

5.2 The pump and the piping system shall be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the simultaneous coverage of a minimum area of 280㎡ at the application rate specified in paragraph 3.

5.3 The pump shall have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and pipe shall be adequate to permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system specified in paragraph 4.1.

5.4 The sea inlet to the pump shall wherever possible be in the space containing the pump and shall be so arranged that when the ship is afloat it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of sea-water to the pump for any purpose other than the inspection or repair of the pump.

6 The sprinkler pump and tank shall be situated in a position reasonably remote from any machinery space of category A and shall not be situated in any space required to be protected by the sprinkler system.

7.1 In passenger ships there shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the sea-water pump and automatic alarm and detection system. Where the sources of power for the pump are electrical, these shall be a main generator and an emergency source of power. One supply for the pump shall be taken from the main switchboard, and one from the emergency switchboard by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. The feeders shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboards, and shall be run to an automatic change-over switch situated near the sprinkler pump. This switch shall permit the supply of power from the main switchboard so long as a supply is available therefrom, and be so designed that upon failure of that supply it will automatically change over to the supply from the emergency switchboard. The switches on the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard shall be clearly labelled and normally kept closed. No other switch shall be permitted in the feeders concerned. One of the sources of power supply for the alarm and detection system shall bean emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph 6, be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

7.2 In cargo ships there shall not be less than two sources of power supply for the sea-water pump and automatic alarm and detection system. If the pump is electrically driven it shall be connected to the main source of electrical power, which shall be capable of being supplied by at least two generators. The feeders shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboards. One of the sources of power supply for the alarm and detection system shall be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph 6, be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.

8 The sprinkler system shall have a connection from the ship's fire main by way of a lockable screw-down non-return valve at the connection which will prevent a back flow from the sprinkler system to the fire main.

9.1 A test valve shall be provided for testing the automatic alarm for each section of sprinklers by a discharge of water equivalent to the operation of one sprinkler. The test valve for each section shall be situated near the stop valve for that section.

9.2 Means shall be provided for testing the automatic operation of the pump on reduction of pressure in the system.

9.3 Switches shall be provided at one of the indicating positions referred to in paragraph 1.2 which will enable the alarm and the indicators for each section of sprinklers to be tested.

10 Spare sprinkler heads shall be provided for each section of sprinklers to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Reg. 13 Automatic Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems


Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.

(a)
(i) Any required automatic fire alarm and fire detection system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action of the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation.
(ii) Each section of detectors shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any detector comes into operation. Such units shall give an indication of any fire and its location in any space served by the system and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station which shall be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew. Such alarm system shall be constructed so as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

(b) Detectors shall be grouped into separate sections each covering not more than 50 rooms served by such a system and containing not more than 100 detectors. A section of detectors shall not serve spaces on both the port and starboard sides of the ship nor on more than one deck and neither shall it be situated in more than one main vertical zone except that the Administration, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of detectors to serve both the port and starboard sides of the ship and more than one deck.

(c) The system shall be operated by an abnormal air temperature, by an abnormal concentration of smoke or by other factors indicative of incipient fire in any one of the spaces to be protected. Systems which are sensitive to air temperature shall not operate at less than 57 ºC (135 ºF) and shall operate at a temperature not greater than 7 4 ºC (165.) when the temperature increase to those levels is not more than 1ºC (1.8 ºF) per minute. At the discretion of the Administration the permissible temperature of operation may be increased to 30 ºC (54 ºF) above the maximum deckhead temperature in drying rooms and similar places of a normally high ambient temperature. Systems which are sensitive to smoke concentration shall operate on the reduction of the intensity of a transmitted light beam by an amount to be determined by the Administration. Other equally effective methods of operation may be accepted at the discretion of the Administration. The detection system shall not be used for any purpose other than fire detection.

(d) The detectors may be arranged to operate the alarm by the opening or closing of contacts or by other appropriate methods. They shall be fitted in an overhead position and shall be suitably protected against impact and physical damage. They shall be suitable for use in a marine atmosphere. They shall be placed in an open position clear of beams and other objects likely to obstruct the flow of hot gases or smoke to the sensitive element. Detectors operated by the closing of contacts shall be of the sealed contact type and the circuit shall be continuously monitored to indicate fault conditions.

(e) At least one detector shall be installed in each space where detection facilities are required and there shall be not less than one detector for each 37 square metres (400 square feet) of deck area. In large spaces the detectors shall be arranged in a regular pattern so that no detector is more than 9 metres (30 feet) from another detector or more than 4.5 metres (15 feet) from a bulkhead.

(f) There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the electrical equipment used in the operation of the fire alarm and fire detection system, one of which shall be an emergency source. The supply shall be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall run to a change-over switch situated in the control station for the fire detection system. The wiring system shall be so arranged to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to provide for fire detection in such spaces or to reach the appropriate switchboard.

(g)
(i) A list or plan shall be displayed adjacent to each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.
(ii) Provision shall be made for testing the correct operation of the detectors and the indicating units by supplying means for applying hot air or smoke at detector positions.

(h) Spare detector heads shall be provided for each section of detectors to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Requirements for all other type of ships.

(i) All required fire detection systems shall be capable of automatically indicating the presence or indication of fire and also its location. Indicators shall be centralized either on the navigating bridge or in other control stations which are provided with a direct communication with the bridge. The Administration may permit the indicators to be distributed among several stations.

(j) In passenger ships electrical equipment used in the operation of required fire detection systems shall have two separate sources of power, one of which shall be an emergency source.

(k) The alarm system shall operate both audible and visible signals at the main stations referred to in paragraph (i) of this Regulation. Detection systems for cargo spaces need not have audible alarms.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers.

(a)
(i) Any required automatic fire alarm and fire detection system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action of the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation.
(ii) Each section of detectors shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any detector comes into operation. Such units shall give an indication of any fire and its location in any space served by the system and shall be centralized on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station which shall be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any alarm from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew. Such alarm system shall be constructed so as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.

(b) Detectors shall be grouped into separate sections each covering not more than 50 rooms served by such a system and containing not more than 100 detectors. A section of detectors shall not serve spaces on both the port and starboard sides of the ship nor on more than one deck and neither shall it be situated in more than one main vertical zone except that the Administration, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of detectors to serve both the port and starboard sides of the ship and more than one deck.

(c) The system shall be operated by an abnormal air temperature, by an abnormal concentration of smoke or by other factors indicative of incipient fire in any one of the spaces to be protected. Systems which are sensitive to air temperature shall not operate at less than 57 ºC (135 ºF) and shall operate at a temperature not greater than 7 4 ºC (165.) when the temperature increase to those levels is not more than 1ºC (1.8 ºF) per minute. At the discretion of the Administration the permissible temperature of operation may be increased to 30 ºC (54 ºF) above the maximum deckhead temperature in drying rooms and similar places of a normally high ambient temperature. Systems which are sensitive to smoke concentration shall operate on the reduction of the intensity of a transmitted light beam by an amount to be determined by the Administration. Other equally effective methods of operation may be accepted at the discretion of the Administration. The detection system shall not be used for any purpose other than fire detection.

(d) The detectors may be arranged to operate the alarm by the opening or closing of contacts or by other appropriate methods. They shall be fitted in an overhead position and shall be suitably protected against impact and physical damage. They shall be suitable for use in a marine atmosphere. They shall be placed in an open position clear of beams and other objects likely to obstruct the flow of hot gases or smoke to the sensitive element. Detectors operated by the closing of contacts shall be of the sealed contact type and the circuit shall be continuously monitored to indicate fault conditions.

(e) At least one detector shall be installed in each space where detection facilities are required and there shall be not less than one detector for each 37 square metres (400 square feet) of deck area. In large spaces the detectors shall be arranged in a regular pattern so that no detector is more than 9 metres (30 feet) from another detector or more than 4.5 metres (15 feet) from a bulkhead.

(f) There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the electrical equipment used in the operation of the fire alarm and fire detection system, one of which shall be an emergency source. The supply shall be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall run to a change-over switch situated in the control station for the fire detection system. The wiring system shall be so arranged to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to provide for fire detection in such spaces or to reach the appropriate switchboard.

(g)
(i) A list or plan shall be displayed adjacent to each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.
(ii) Provision shall be made for testing the correct operation of the detectors and the indicating units by supplying means for applying hot air or smoke at detector positions.

(h) Spare detector heads shall be provided for each section of detectors to the satisfaction of the Administration.

Requirements for all other type of ships.

(i) All required fire detection systems shall be capable of automatically indicating the presence or indication of fire and also its location. Indicators shall be centralized either on the navigating bridge or in other control stations which are provided with a direct communication with the bridge. The Administration may permit the indicators to be distributed among several stations.

(j) In passenger ships electrical equipment used in the operation of required fire detection systems shall have two separate sources of power, one of which shall be an emergency source.

(k) The alarm system shall operate both audible and visible signals at the main stations referred to in paragraph (i) of this Regulation. Detection systems for cargo spaces need not have audible alarms.
Reg. 13 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems

1 General requirements

1.1 Any required fixed fire detection and fire alarm system with manually operated call points shall be capable of immediate operation at all times.

1.2 Power supplies and electric circuits necessary for the operation of the system shall be monitored for loss of power or fault conditions as appropriate. Occurrence of a fault condition shall initiate a visual and audible fault signal at the control panel which shall be distinct from a fire signal.

1.3 There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the electrical equipment used in the operation of the fire detection and fire alarm system, one of which shall be an emergency source. The supply shall be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall run to an automatic change-over switch situated in or adjacent to the control panel for the fire detection system.

1.4 Detectors and manually operated call points shall be grouped into sections. The activation of any detector or manually operated call point shall initiate a visual and audible fire signal at the control panel and indicating units. If the signals have not received attention within two minutes an audible alarm shall be automatically sounded throughout the crew accommodation and service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces of category A. This alarm sounder system need not be an integral part of the detection system.

1.5 The control panel shall be located on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station.

1.6 Indicating units shall denote the section in which a detector or manually operated call point has operated. At least one unit shall be so located that it is easily accessible to responsible members of the crew at all times, when at sea or in port except when the ship is out of service. One indicating unit shall be located on the navigating bridge if the control panel is located in the main fire control station.

1.7 Clear information shall be displayed on or adjacent to each indicating unit about the spaces covered and the location of the sections.

1.8 No section covering more than one deck within accommodation, service and control stations shall normally be permitted except a section which covers an enclosed stairway. In order to avoid delay in identifying the source of fire, the number of enclosed spaces included in each section shall be limited as determined by the Administration. In no case shall more than fifty enclosed spaces be permitted in any section.

1.9 In passenger ships a section of detectors shall not serve spaces on both sides of the ship nor on more than one deck and neither shall it be situated in more than one main vertical zone except that the Administration, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of detectors to serve both sides of the ship and more than one deck.

1.10 A section of fire detectors which covers a control station, a service space or an accommodation space shall not include a machinery space of category A.

1.11 Detectors shall be operated by heat, smoke or other products of combustion, flame, or any combination of these factors. Detectors operated by other factors indicative of incipient fires may be considered by the Administration provided that they are no less sensitive than such detectors. Flame detectors shall only be used in addition to smoke or heat detectors.

1.12 Suitable instructions and components spares for testing and maintenance shall be provided.

1.13 The function of the detection system shall be periodically tested to the satisfaction of the Administration by means of equipment producing hot air at the appropriate temperature, or smoke or aerosol particles having the appropriate range of density or particle size, or other phenomena associated with incipient fires to which the detector is designed to respond. All detectors shall be of a type such that they can be tested for correct operation and restored to normal surveillance without the renewal of any component.

1.14 The fire detection system shall not be used for any other purpose, except that closing of fire doors and similar functions maybe permitted at the control panel.

2 Installation requirements

2.1 Manual call points shall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations. One manual call point shall be located at each exit. Manual call points shall be readily accessible in the corridors of each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 m from a manual call point.

2.2 Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces. Consideration shall be given to the installation of special purpose smoke detectors within ventilation ducting.

2.3 Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system is required for the protection of spaces other than those specified in paragraph 2.2, at least one detector complying with paragraph 1.11 shall be installed in each such space.

2.4 Detectors shall be located for optimum performance. Positions near beams and ventilation ducts or other positions where patterns of air flow could adversely affect performance and positions where impact or physical damage is likely shall be avoided. In general, detectors which are located on the overhead shall be a minimum distance of 0.5 m away from bulkheads.


The Administration may require or permit other spacings based upon test data which demonstrate the characteristics of the detectors.

2.6 Electrical wiring which forms part of the system shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces of category A, and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except where it is necessary to provide for fire detection or fire alarm in such spaces or to connect to the appropriate power supply.

3 Design requirements

3.1 The system and equipment shall be suitably designed to withstand supply voltage variation and transients, ambient temperature changes, vibration, humidity, shock, impact and corrosion normally encountered in ships.

3.2 Smoke detectors required by paragraph 2.2 shall be certified to operate before the smoke density exceeds 12.5 percent obscuration per metre, but not until the smoke density exceeds 2 percent obscuration per metre. Smoke detectors to be installed in other spaces shall operate within sensitivity limits to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to the avoidance of detector insensitivity or oversensitivity.

3.3 Heat detectors shall be certified to operate before the temperature exceeds 78 ºC but not until the temperature exceeds 54 ºC when the temperature is raised to those limits at a rate less than 1 ºC per minute. At higher rates of temperature rise, the heat detector shall operate within temperature limits to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to the avoidance of detector insensitivity or over sensitivity.

3.4 At the discretion of the Administration, the permissible temperature of operation of heat detectors may be increased to 30 ºC above the maximum deck head temperature in drying rooms and similar spaces of a normal high ambient temperature.

Reg. 13-1 Sample extraction smoke detection systems

[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 14 Fireman's outfit


A fireman's outfit shall consist of:

(a) Personal equipment comprising :
(i) Protective clothing of material to protect the skin from the heat radiating from the fire and from burns and scalding by steam. The outer surface shall be water-resistant
(ii) Boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically non-conducting material.
(iii) A rigid helmet providing effective protection against impact.
(iv) An electric safety lamp (hand lantern) of an approved type with a minimum burning period of three hours.
(v) An axe to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(b) A breathing apparatus of an approved type which may be either :
(i) A smoke helmet or smoke mask which shall be provided with a suitable air pump and a length of air hose sufficient to reach from the open deck, well clear of hatch or doorway, to any part of the holds or machinery spaces. If, in order to comply with this subparagraph, an air hose exceeding 36 metres(120 feet) in length would be necessary, a self-contained breathing apparatus shall be substituted or provided in addition as determined by the Administration, or
(ii) a self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be capable of functioning for a period of time to be determined by the Administration For each breathing apparatus a fireproof lifeline of sufficient length and strength shall be provided capable of being attached by means of a snaphook to the harness of the apparatus or to a separate belt in order to prevent the breathing apparatus becoming detached when the lifeline is operated.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

A fireman's outfit shall consist of:

(a) Personal equipment comprising :
(i) Protective clothing of material to protect the skin from the heat radiating from the fire and from burns and scalding by steam. The outer surface shall be water-resistant
(ii) Boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically non-conducting material.
(iii) A rigid helmet providing effective protection against impact.
(iv) An electric safety lamp (hand lantern) of an approved type with a minimum burning period of three hours.
(v) An axe to the satisfaction of the Administration.

(b) A breathing apparatus of an approved type which may be either :
(i) A smoke helmet or smoke mask which shall be provided with a suitable air pump and a length of air hose sufficient to reach from the open deck, well clear of hatch or doorway, to any part of the holds or machinery spaces. If, in order to comply with this subparagraph, an air hose exceeding 36 metres(120 feet) in length would be necessary, a self-contained breathing apparatus shall be substituted or provided in addition as determined by the Administration, or
(ii) a self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be capable of functioning for a period of time to be determined by the Administration For each breathing apparatus a fireproof lifeline of sufficient length and strength shall be provided capable of being attached by means of a snaphook to the harness of the apparatus or to a separate belt in order to prevent the breathing apparatus becoming detached when the lifeline is operated.
Reg. 14 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems for periodically unattended machinery spaces

1 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system in accordance with the relevant provisions of Regulation 13 shall be installed in periodically unattended machinery spaces.

2 This fire detection system shall be so designed and the detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly the onset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal conditions of operation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by the possible range of ambient temperatures.
Except in spaces of restricted height and where their use is specially appropriate, detection systems using only thermal detectors shall not be permitted.
The detection system shall initiate audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not indicating fire, insufficient places to ensure that the alarms are heard and observed on the navigating bridge and by a responsible engineer officer. When the navigating bridge is unmanned the alarm shall sound in a place where a responsible member of the crew is on duty.

3 After installation the system shall be tested under varying conditions of engine operation and ventilation.

Reg. 15 Ready Availability to Fire- Extinguishing Appliance


In all new and existing ships, fire-extinguishing appliances shall be kept in good order and available for immediate use at all times during the voyage.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

In all new and existing ships, fire-extinguishing appliances shall be kept in good order and available for immediate use at all times during the voyage.
Reg. 15 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils
1 Limitations in the use of oil as fuel
The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel:
.1 Except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60&degC shall be used.
.2 In emergency generators oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43&degC may be used.
.3 Subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the ambient temperature of the space in which such oil fuel is stored or used shall not be allowed to rise to within 10&degC below the flashpoint of the oil fuel, the Administration may permit the general use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60&degC but not less than 43&degC.
.4 In cargo ships the use of fuel having a lower flashpoint than otherwise specified in this paragraph, for example crude oil, may be permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in any machinery space and subject to the approval by the Administration of the complete installation.
The flashpoint of oils shall be determined by an approved closed cup method.

2 Oil fuel arrangements
In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions:
.1 As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0.18 N/.shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.
.2 The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.
.3 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60&degC. In general the use of free standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall be prohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Where permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.
.4 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.
.5 Every oil fuel pipe, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be operated from a position outside this space.
.6 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided. Sounding pipes shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. Other means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank may be permitted:
.6.1 in passenger ships, if such means do not require penetration below the top of the tank, and providing their failure or over-filling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel;
.6.2 in cargo ships, providing the failure of such means or over-filling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit the use of oil level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and oil tanks. Such other means shall be acceptable to the Administration and shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.
.7 Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes. Any relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position which, in the opinion of the Administration, is safe.
.8 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3 Lubricating oil arrangements
The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board, and such arrangements in machinery spaces of category A and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 except that this does not preclude the use of sight flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by test to have a suitable degree of fire resistance.

4 Arrangements for other flammable oils
The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.4 and 2.6 and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8 in respect of strength and construction.

5 Periodically unattended machinery spaces
In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems shall comply with the following:
.1 Where necessary, oil fuel and lubricating oil pipelines shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid as far as practicable oil spray or oil leakages on to hot surfaces or into machinery air intakes. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum and, where practicable, leakages from high pressure oil fuel pipes shall be collected and arrangements provided for an alarm to be given.
.2 Where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically, e.g. oil fuel purifiers, which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages.
.3 Where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.
Reg. 15 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable

1 Limitations in the use of oil as fuel

The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel :
.1 Except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60 ºC shall be used.
.2 In emergency generators oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43 ºC may be used.
.3 Subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the ambient temperature of the space in which such oil fuel is stored or used shall not be allowed to rise to within 10 ºC below the flashpoint of the oil fuel, the Administration may permit the general use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 ºC but not less than 43 ºC.
.4 In cargo ships the use of fuel having a lower flashpoint than otherwise specified in this paragraph, for example crude oil, may be permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in any machinery space and subject to the approval by the Administration of the complete installation.
The flashpoint of oils shall be determined by an approved closed cup method.

2 Oil fuel arrangements In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions :
.1 As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0.18 N/㎟ shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.
.2 The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.
.3 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 ºC.
In general the use of free standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall be prohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Where permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.
.4 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.
.5 Every oil fuel pipe, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be operated from a position outside this space.
.6 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided. Sounding pipes shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. Other means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank may be permitted :
6.1 in passenger ships, if such means do not require penetration below the top of the tank, and providing their failure or over-filling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel;
6.2 in cargo ships, providing the failure of such means or over-filling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit the use of oil level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and oil tanks. Such other means shall be acceptable to the Administration and shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.
.7 Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes. Any relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position which, in the opinion of the Administration, is safe.
.8 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3 Lubricating oil arrangements The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board, and such arrangements in machinery spaces of category A and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8, except that this does not preclude the use of sight flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by test to have a suitable degree of fire resistance.

4 Arrangements for other flammable oils The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.4, and 2.6, and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8 in respect of strength and construction.

5 Periodically unattended machinery spaces In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems shall comply with the following :
.1 Where necessary, oil fuel and lubricating oil pipelines shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid as far as practicable oil spray or oil leakages on to hot surfaces or into machinery air intakes. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum and, where practicable, leakages from high pressure oil fuel pipes shall be collected and arrangements provided for an alarm to be given.
.2 Where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically, e.g. oil fuel purifiers, which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages.
.3 Where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.

6 Prohibition of carriage of flammable oils in forepeak tanks. Oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils shall not be carried in forepeak tanks.
Reg. 15 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils

(Paragraphs 2.6 and 3 of this regulation apply to ships constructed on or after 1 February 1992)

1 Limitations in the use of oil as fuel
The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel :
.1 Except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60 ºC shall be used.**
___________
** Refer to resolution A.565(14) concerning recommended procedures to prevent the illegal or accidental use of low-flashpoint cargo as fuel, adopted by the Organization.

.2 In emergency generators oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43 ºC may be used
.3 Subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the ambient temperature of the space in which such oil fuel is stored of used shall not be allowed to rise to within 10 ºC below the flashpoint of the oil fuel, the Administration may permit the general use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 ºC but not less than 43ºC.
.4 In cargo ships the use of fuel having a lower flashpoint than other-wise specified in this paragraph, for example crude oil, may be permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in any machinery space and subject to the approval by the Administration of the complete installation.
The flashpoint of oils shall be determined by an approved closed cup method.

2 Oil fuel arrangements In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions :
.1 As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0.18 N/.shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.
.2 The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.
.3 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 6 0 ºC. In general the use of free standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall be prohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Where permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.
.4 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.
.5 Every oil fuel pipe, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be operated from a position outside this space.
.6 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided.
.6.1 Where sounding pipes are used, they shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. As a general rule, they shall not terminate in machinery spaces. However, where the Administration considers that these latter requirements are impracticable, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery spaces on condition that all the following requirements are met :
.6.1.1 in addition, an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements of subparagraph .6.2;
.6.1.2 the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are taken such as the fitting of effective screens to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillage through the terminations of the sounding pipes from coming into contact with a source of ignition;
.6.1.3 the termination of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closing blanking devices and with a small-diameter self-closing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel is not present. Provision shall be made so as to ensure that any spillage of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignition hazard.
.6.2 Other oil-level gauges may be used in place of sounding pipes. Such means, like the means provided in subparagraph .6.1.1, are subject to the following conditions :
.6.2.1 in passenger ships, such means shall not require penetration below the top of the tank and their failure or overfilling of the tanks shall not permit release of fuel ;
.6.2.2 in cargo ships, the failure of such means or overfilling of the tank shall not permit release of fuel into the space. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit the use of oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel tanks.
.6.3 Means prescribed in .6.2.1 or .6.2.2 which are acceptable to the Administration shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.
.7 Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes. Any relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position which, in the opinion of the Administration, is safe.
.8 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration.
3 Lubricating oil arrangements
The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board.
The arrangements made in machinery spaces of category A, and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces, shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 except that :
.1 this does not preclude the use of sight-flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by test to have a suitable degree of fire resistance;
.2 sounding pipes may be authorized in machinery spaces; the requirements of paragraphs 2.6.1.1 and 2.6.1.3 need not be applied on condition that the sounding pipes are fitted with appropriate means of closure.

4 Arrangements for other flammable oils
The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.4 and 2.6 and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.7 and 2.8 in respect of strength and construction.

5 Periodically unattended machinery spaces In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems shall comply with the following :
.1 Where necessary, oil fuel and lubricating oil pipelines shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid as far as practicable oil spray or oil leakages on to hot surfaces or into machinery air intakes. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum and, where practicable, leakages from high pressure oil fuel pipes shall be collected and arrangements provided for an alarm to be given.
.2 Where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically, e.g. oil fuel purifiers, which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages.
.3 Where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.

6 Prohibition of carriage of flammable oils in forepeak tanks. Oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils shall not be carried in forepeak tanks.
Reg. 15 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable
[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 16 Acceptance of substitutes


Where in this Chapter any special type of appliance, apparatus, extinguishing medium or arrangement is specified in any new and existing ships, any other type of appliance etc., may be allowed, provided the Administration is satisfied that is not less effective.
Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

Where in this Chapter any special type of appliance, apparatus, extinguishing medium or arrangement is specified in any new and existing ships, any other type of appliance etc., may be allowed, provided the Administration is satisfied that is not less effective.
Reg. 16 Ventilation systems in ships other than passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

1 Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. Short ducts, however, not generally exceeding 2m in length and with a cross-section not exceeding
0.02 ㎡ need not be non-combustible, subject to the following conditions :
.1 these ducts shall be of a material which, in the opinion of the Administration, has a low fire risk ;
.2 they may only be used at the end of the ventilation device;
.3 they shall not be situated less than 600 ㎜, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division including continuous "B" class ceilings.

2 Where the ventilation ducts with a free-sectional area exceeding 0.02 13217 pass through class "A" bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve unless the ducts passing through the bulkheads or decks are of steel in the vicinity of passage through the deck or bulkhead and the ducts and sleeves shall comply in this part with the following :
.1 The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 13212 and a length of at least 900 ㎜.
When passing through bulkheads, this length shall be divided preferably into 450 ㎜ on each side of the bulkhead. These ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, shall be provided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes. Equivalent penetration protection may be provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.2 Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 ㎡ shall be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of paragraph 2.1.
The fire damper shall operate automatically but shall also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the divisions which they pierce.

3 Ducts provided for the ventilation of machinery spaces of category A, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces shall not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations unless the ducts are either :
.1.1 constructed of steel having a thickness of at least 3 ㎜ and 5 ㎜ for ducts the widths or diameters of which are up to and including 300 ㎜ and 760 ㎜ and over respectively and, in the case of such ducts, the widths or diameters of which are between 300 ㎜ and 760 ㎜ having a thickness to be obtained by interpolation;
.1.2 suitably supported and stiffened ;
.1.3 fitted with automatic fire dampers close to the boundaries penetrated; and
.1.4 insulated to "A-60" standard from the machinery spaces, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces to a point at least 5 m beyond each fire damper; or

.2.1 constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 3.1.1 and 3.1.2; and .2.2 insulated to "A-60" standard throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations ; except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 8.

4 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not pass through machinery spaces of category A, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces unless either :
.1.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 3.1.1 and 3.1.2;
.1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and
.1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space boundaries is maintained at the penetrations; or

.2.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 3.1.1 and 3.1.2; and
.2.2 are insulated to "A-60" standard within the machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space; except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 8.

5 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 ㎡ passing through "B" class bulkheads shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of 900 ㎜ in length divided preferably into 450 ㎜ on each side of the bulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.

6 Such measures as are practicable shall be taken in respect of control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained, so that in the event of fire the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively. Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided; air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized.
At the discretion of the Administration, such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck, or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective.

7 Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of "A" class divisions.
Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with :
.1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;
.2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;
.3 arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans; and
.4 fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

8 Where in a passenger ship it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the division and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of Reg. 18.1.1. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position.

9 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated.

10 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, cargo spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served. This position should not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.

Reg. 17 Fireman's outfit


1 A fireman's outfit shall consist of :

1.1 Personal equipment comprising :
.1 Protective clothing of material to protect the skin from the heat radiating from the fire and from burns and scalding by steam. The outer surface shall be water-resistant.
.2 Boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically non-conducting material.
.3 A rigid helmet providing effective protection against impact.
.4 An electric safety lamp (hand lantern) of an approved type with a minimum burning period of three hours.
.5 An axe to the satisfaction of the Administration.

1.2 A breathing apparatus of an approved type which may be either :
.1 a smoke helmet or smoke mask which shall be provided with a suitable air pump and a length of air hose sufficient to reach from the open deck, well clear of hatch or doorway, to any part of the holds or machinery spaces. If, in order to comply with this sub-paragraph, an air hose exceeding 36 m in length would be necessary, a self-contained breathing apparatus shall be substituted or provided in addition as determined by the Administration; or
.2 a self-contained compressed air-operated breathing apparatus, the volume of air contained in the cylinders of which shall be at least 1,200 ., or other self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be capable of functioning for at least 30 minutes. A number of spare charges, suitable for use with the apparatus provided, shall be available on board to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2 For each breathing apparatus a fireproof lifeline of sufficient length and strength shall be provided capable of being attached by means of a snap hook to the harness of the apparatus or to a separate belt in order to prevent the breathing apparatus becoming detached when the lifeline is operated.

3 All ships shall carry at least two fireman's outfits complying with the requirements of paragraph 1.

3.1 In addition, there shall be provided :
.1 in passenger ships for every 80 m, or part thereof, of the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck which carries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, two fireman's outfits and two sets of personal equipment, each set comprising the items stipulated in paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2 and 1.1.3;
.2 in tankers, two fireman's outfits.

3.2 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers for each pair of breathing apparatus there shall be provided one water fog applicator which shall be stored adjacent to such apparatus.

3.3 The Administration may require additional sets of personal equipment and breathing apparatus, having due regard to the size and type of the ship.

4 The fireman's outfits or sets of personal equipment shall be so stored as to be easily accessible and ready for use and, where more than one fireman's outfit or more than one set of personal equipment is carried, they shall be stored in widely separated positions. In passenger ships at least two fireman's outfits and one set of personal equipment shall be available at any one position.

Reg. 18 Miscellaneous items


1.1 Where "A" class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for girders, beams or other structural members, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired, subject to the provisions of Regulation 30.5.

1.2 Where "B" class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

2.1 Pipes penetrating "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of materials approved by the Administration having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand.

2.2 Where the Administration may permit the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk.

2.3 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the water-line and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.

3 Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

4 Cellulose-nitrate based films shall not be used for cinematograph installations.

5 All waste-receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides or bottom.

6 In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours.

Reg. 19 International shore connection

[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Reg. 20 Fire control plans


1 In all ships general arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the ship's officers, showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" class divisions, the sections enclosed by "B" class divisions together with particulars of the fire detection and fire alarm systems, the sprinkler installation, the fire-extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section.
Alternatively, at the discretion of the Administration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy shall at all times be available on board in an accessible position. Plans and booklets shall be kept up to date, any alterations being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the national language of the flag state. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall be included. In addition, instructions concerning the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations on board for the fighting and containment of fire shall be kept under one cover, readily available in an accessible position.

2 In all ships a duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet containing such plans shall be permanently stored in a prominently marked weather tight enclosure outside the deckhouse for the assistance of shore side fire-fighting personnel.
Reg. 20 Fire control plans


1 In all ships general arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the ship's officers, showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" class divisions, the sections enclosed by "B" class divisions together with particulars of the fire detection and fire alarm systems, the sprinkler installation, the fire-extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section.
Alternatively, at the discretion of the Administration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy shall at all times be available on board in an accessible position. Plans and booklets shall be kept up to date, any alterations being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the official language of the flag state. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall be included. In addition, instructions concerning the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations on board for the fighting and containment of fire shall be kept under one cover, readily available in an accessible position.

2 In all ships a duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet containing such plans shall be permanently stored in a prominently marked weathertight enclosure outside the deckhouse for the assistance of shore side fire-fighting personnel.
Reg. 20 Fire control plans*; and fire drills

________________
* Refer to resolution A.654(16) concerning graphical symbols for fire control plans, adopted by the Organization. (This regulation applies to all ships)

1 In all ships general arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the ship's officers, showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" class divisions, the sections enclosed by "B" class divisions together with particulars of the fire detection and fire alarm systems, the sprinkler installation, the fire-extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section.
Alternatively, at the discretion of the Administration, the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy shall at all times be available on board in an accessible position. Plans and booklets shall be kept up to date, any alterations being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the official language of the flag state. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of those languages shall be included. In addition, instructions concerning the maintenance and operation of all the equipment and installations on board for the fighting and containment of fire shall be kept under one cover, readily available in an accessible position.

2 In all ships a duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet containing such plans shall be permanently stored in a prominently marked weathertight enclosure outside the deckhouse for the assistance of shoreside fire-fighting personnel.**
____________
** Refer also to MSC/Circ 451 : Guidance concerning the location of fire control plans for assistance of shoreside fire-fighting personnel.

3 Fire drills shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of regulation III/18.

4 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, plans and booklets required by this regulation shall provide the information regarding fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction based on the guidelines issued by the Organization ***.
_________________
*** Reference is made to the resolution A.756(18) : Guidlines to be provided with fire control plans and booklets by SOLAS II-2/20 and 41.2.

Reg. 21 Ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances


In all ships, fire-extinguishing appliances shall be kept in good order and available for immediate use at all times during the voyage.

Reg. 22 Acceptance of substitutes

[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

Part B Fire safety measures for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

Part B Fire safety measures for passenger ships

Reg. 23 Structure
[Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
Reg. 24 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones

1.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary they shall also be "A" class divisions.
These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in Regulation 26.

1.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in Regulation 27.

2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck.

3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between sprinklered and non-sprinklered zones of the ship, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 26.3 or in table 27.2.

5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration.

5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, any such space shall comply with the applicable provisions of Regulation 37 and in so far as such compliance would be inconsistent with compliance with other requirements of this Part, the requirements of Regulation 37 shall prevail.
Reg. 24 Main verticalzones and horizontal zones

1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by A-60 class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum but where they are necessary, they shall also be A-60 class divisions. Where a category 26.2.2(5), 26.2.2(9) or 26.2.2(10) space is on one side of the division the standard may be reduced to A-0.

1.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in regulation 27.

2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with subdivision watertight bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 ㎡ on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.

3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between sprinklered and non-sprinklered zones of the ship, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 27.2.

5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration.

5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, any such space shall comply with the applicable provisions of regulation 37 and in so far as such compliance would be inconsistent with compliance with other requirements of this Part, the requirements of regulation 37 shall prevail.
Reg. 25 Bulkheads within a main verticalzone

1.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers all bulkheads which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in Regulation 26.

1.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers all bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in Regulation 27.

1.3 All such divisions may be faced with combustible materials in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 34.

2. All corridor bulkheads where not required to be "A" class shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except :
.1 when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions but which shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration;
.2 in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 the corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such a ceiling is of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions.
Notwithstanding the requirements of Regulations 26 and 27 such bulkheads and ceiling s shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the
Administration. All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall be so constructed and erected as to provide substantial fire resistance to the satisfaction of the Administration.

3 All bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries unless continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
Reg. 26 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36 passengers

1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this Part, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 26.1 to 26.4. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Administration.

2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables :
.1 Table 26.1 shall apply to bulkheads bounding main vertical zones or horizontal zones.
Table 26.2 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones.
Table 26.3 shall apply to decks forming steps in main vertical zones or bounding horizontal zones.
Table 26.4 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones.
.2 for determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this Regulation, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
    (1) Control stations
    Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
    Wheelhouse and chartroom.
    Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
    Fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations.
    Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space.
    Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
    Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.
    (2) Stairways
    Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto.
    In this connexion a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
    (3) Corridors
    Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.
    (4) Lifeboat and liferaft handling and embarkation stations
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
    (5) Open deck spaces
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
    Air spaces (the spaces outside superstructures and deckhouses).
    (6) Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk
    Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
    Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 ㎡.
    (7) Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk
    Spaces as in category (6) above but containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50㎡ or more.
    Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodation spaces.
    Sale shops.
    Motion picture projection and film stowage rooms.
    Diet kitchens (containing no open flame).
    Cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
    Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
    Pharmacies.
    Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 ㎡ or less).
    Specie rooms.
    (8) Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 ㎡ or more.
    Barber shops and beauty parlours.
    (9) Sanitary and similar spaces
    Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, water closets, etc.
    Small laundry rooms.
    Indoor swimming pool area.
    Operating rooms.
    Isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances in accommodation spaces.
    Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located.
    (10) Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk
    Water tanks forming part of the ship's structure.
    Voids and cofferdams.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as : ventilation and air-conditioning rooms; windlass room; steering gear room; stabilizer equipment room; electrical propulsion motor room; rooms containing section switch-boards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 ㎸A); shaft alleys and pipe tunnels; spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using flammable liquids).
    Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
    Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.
    (11) Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, special category spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk Cargo oil tanks.
    Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
    Refrigerated chambers.
    Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
    Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
    Oil fuel filling stations.
    Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 ㎸A).
    Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110㎾ driving emergency generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
    Special category spaces (tables 26.1 and 26.3 only apply).
    Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
    (12) Machinery spaces and main galleys
    Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
    Main galleys and annexes.
    Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.
    (13) Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.
    Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
    Main laundry.
    Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 ㎡).
    Miscellaneous stores.
    Mail and baggage rooms.
    Garbage rooms.
    Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.)
    (14) Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed
    Lamp rooms.
    Paint rooms.

    Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
    Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed). .3 Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases.
    .4 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.
    .5 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a sprinklered zone and a non-sprinklered zone meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.
    .6 Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 35 there are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables.
    .7 The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in table 26.1 or 26.2 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in table 26.3 or 26.4 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of category (5) of tables 26.1 to 26.4 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need not be enclosed.

    3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    4 In approving structural fire protection details, the Administration shall have regard to the risk of heat transmission at intersections and terminal points of required thermal barriers.


    * See note under table 26.4


    * See note under table 26.4




    Notes : To be applied to tables 26.1 to 26.4 , as appropriate
    a/ Where adjacent spaces are in the same numerical category and superscript a/appears, a bulkhead or deck between such spaces need not be fitted if deemed unnecessary by the Administration. For example, in category (12) a bulkhead need not be required is, however, required between a galley and a machinery space even though both spaces are in category(12).
    b/ Where superscript b/ appears the lesser insulation value may be permitted only if at least one of the adjoining spaces is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12.
    Reg. 27 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

    1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this Part the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in table 27.1 and table 27.2.

    2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
    1 Tables 27.1 and 27.2 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.
    .2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
    (1) Control stations
    Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
    Wheelhouse and chartroom.
    Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
    Fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations.
    Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
    Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
    (2) Corridors
    Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.
    (3) Accommodation spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.10 excluding corridors.
    (4) Stairways
    Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
    In this connexion, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
    (5) Service spaces (low risk)
    Lockers and store-rooms having areas of less than 2㎡, drying rooms and laundries.
    (6) Machinery spaces of category A
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.19.
    (7) Other machinery spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.20 excluding machinery spaces of category A.
    (8) Cargo spaces
    All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other than special category spaces.
    (9) Service spaces (high risk)
    Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 2 ㎡ or more and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.


    _______
    Note : To be applied to both tables 27.1 and 27.2, as appropriate
    a/ For clarification as to which applies see Regulations 25 and 29.
    b/ Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the ratings shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are a different purpose, e.g. in category (9). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0"bulkhead.
    c/ Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse and chartroom from each other may be "B-0" rating.
    d/ See 2.3 and 2.4 of this Regulation.
    e/ For the application og Regulation 24.1.1, "B-0" and "C", where appearing in table 27.1, shall be read as "A-0".
    f/ Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space of category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.
    _____
    * Where an asterisk appears in the table, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material but is not required to be "A" class standard..
    For the application of Regulation 24.1.2 an asterisk, where appearing in table 27.2, except for categories (8) and (10), shall be read as "A-0"


    (10) Open decks
    Open deck spaces and enclosed Promenades having no fire risk. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).
    (11) Special category spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.18
    .3 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.
    .4 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a sprinklered zone and a non-sprinklered zone meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.

    3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    4 External boundaries which are required in Regulation 23.1 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity elsewhere in this Part. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A"class integrity, doors may be of materials to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    Reg. 28 Means of escape

    1 Stairways and ladders shall be arranged to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck from all passenger and crew spaces and from spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with :
    .1 Below the bulkhead deck two means of escape, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided from each watertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces. Exceptionally, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who might normally be accommodated or employed there.
    .2 Above the bulkhead deck there shall be at least two means of escape from each main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces at least one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape.
    .3 If a radiotelegraph station has no direct access to the open deck, two means of escape from or access to such station shall be provided, one of which may be a porthole or window of sufficient size or another means to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    .4 A corridor or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape shall not exceed : 13 m in length for ships carrying more than 36 passengers, and 7 m in length for ships carrying not more than 36 passengers.
    .5 At least one of the means of escape required by paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 shall consist of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks or the highest level served by the stairway, whichever level is the highest. However, where the Administration has granted dispensation under the provisions of paragraph 1.1 the sole means of escape shall provide safe escape to the satisfaction of the Administration. The width, number and continuity of the stairways shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    .6 Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    .7 Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

    2.1 In special category spaces the number and disposition of the means of escape both below and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and in general the safety of access to the embarkation deck shall be at least equivalent to that provided for under paragraphs 1.1, 1.2, 1.5 and 1.6.

    2.2 One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew is normally employed shall avoid direct access to any special category space.

    3.1 Two means of escape shall be provided from each machinery space. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with :
    .1 Where the space is below the bulkhead deck the two means of escape shall consist of either :
    .1.1 two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. One of these ladders shall provide continuous fire shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe position outside the space; or
    .1.2 one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the embarkation deck and additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the embarkation deck.
    .2 Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shall be as widely separated as possible and the doors leading from such means of escape shall be in a position from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. Where such means of escape require the use of ladders, these shall be of steel.

    3.2 In a ship of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape, due regard being paid to the width and disposition of the upper part of the space; and in a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and above, the Administration may dispense with one means of escape from any such space so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe escape route to the embarkation deck, due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normally employed in that space.

    4 In no case shall lifts be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.
    Reg. 28-1 Escape routes on Ro-Ro passengerships
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1999-01-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 29 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation and service spaces

    1 All stairways shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration sanctions the use of other equivalent material and shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:
    .1 a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or doors in one 'tweendeck space. When a stairway is closed in one 'tweendeck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in Regulations 26 or 27;
    .2 stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within such public space.

    2 Stairway enclosures shall have direct communication with the corridors and be of sufficient area to prevent congestion, having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency. In sofar as is practicable, stairway enclosures shall not give direct access to cabins, service lockers, or other enclosed spaces containing combustibles in which a fire is likely to originate.

    3 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one tweendeck to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke.
    Reg. 30 Openings in "A" class divisions

    1 Except for hatches between cargo, special category, store, and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, all openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    2 The construction of all doors and door frames in "A" class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame, as far as practicable, equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated. Such doors and door frames shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    3 It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads and stairway enclosures, other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall be of the self-closing type capable of closing against an inclination of 3.5° opposing closure. The speed of door closure shall, if necessary, be controlled so as to prevent undue danger to persons. All such doors, except those that are normally closed, shall be capable of release from a control station, either simultaneously or in groups, and also individually from a position at the door. The release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system; however, approved power-operated watertight doors will be considered acceptable for this purpose. Hold-back hooks not subject to control station release will not be permitted. When double swing doors are permitted, they shall have a latch arrangement which is automatically engaged by the operation of the door release system.

    5 Where a space is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 or fitted with a continuous "B" class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "A" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.

    6 The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "A" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses.
    Reg. 31 Openings in "B" class divisions

    1 Doors and door frames in "B" class divisions and means of securing them shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fire as far as practicable equivalent to that of the divisions except that ventilation openings may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such openings is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 ㎡. When such opening is cut in a door it shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non-combustible.

    2 The requirements for "B" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "B" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary spaces such as showers.

    3 Where an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 is fitted:
    .1 openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "B" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and
    .2 openings in corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 25.
    Reg. 32 Ventilation systems

    1 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

    1.1 The ventilation system of a passenger ship carrying more than 36 passengers shall, in addition to this part of this Regulation, also be in compliance with the requirements of Regulation 16.2 to 16.9.

    1.2 In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.

    1.3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall betaken, in addition to those relating to the fire integrity of the deck required by Regulations 18.1.1 and 30.5, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing from one 'tweendeck space to another through the system. In addition to insulation requirements contained in this Regulation, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required by the appropriate tables in Regulation 26.

    1.4 Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials:
    .1 ducts not less than 0.075㎡ in sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a single 'tweendeck space shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;
    .2 ducts less than 0.075 ㎡ in sectional area other than the vertical ducts referred to in paragraph 1.4.1, shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ducts penetrate "A" or "B" class divisions due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division;
    .3 short lengths of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02 ㎡ in sectional area nor 2m in length, need not be non-combustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:

    .3.1 the duct is constructed of a material of restricted fire risk to the satisfaction of the Administration; .
    3.2 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system; and
    .3.3 the duct is not located closer than 600 ㎜ measured along its length to a penetration of an "A" or "B" class division, including continuous "B" class ceilings.

    1.5 Where a stairway enclosure is ventilated, the duct or ducts shall be taken from the fan room independently of other ducts in the ventilation system and shall not serve any other space.

    1.6 All power ventilation, except machinery space and cargo space ventilation an any alternative system which may be required under Regulation. 16.6, shall be fitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shall also be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall be outside such spaces. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces.

    2 Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

    2.1 The ventilation system of passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers shall be in compliance with Regulation 16.
    Reg. 33 Windows and sidescuttles

    1 All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations other than those to which the provisions of Regulation 30.6 and of Regulation 31.2 apply, shall be so constructed as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted.

    2 Notwithstanding the requirements of the tables in Regulations 26 and 27:
    .1 all windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation and service spaces and control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bead or angle;
    .2 special attention shall be given to the fire integrity of windows facing open or enclosed lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas and to the fire integrity of windows situated below such areas in such a position that their failure during a fire would impede the launching of, or embarkation into, lifeboats or liferafts.
    Reg. 34 Restricted use of combstible materials

    1 Except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms, or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all linings, grounds, ceilings and insulations shall be of non-combustible materials. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible material.

    2 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3 The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics:*
    _____________________

    * Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.166(ES.IV).
    .1 exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures, and of bulkheads, wall and ceiling linings in all accommodation and service spaces and control stations;
    .2 concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation, service spaces and control stations.

    4 The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in any accommodation and service space shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.5 ㎜ veneer on the combined area of the wall sand ceilings. In the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" class divisions.

    5 Veneers used on surfaces and linings covered by the requirements of paragraph 3 shall have a calorific value not exceeding 45 MJ/㎡ of the area for the thickness used.

    6 Furniture in the corridors and stairway enclosures shall be kept to a minimum.

    7 Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products.

    8 Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures.**
    ______________
    ** Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidelines on Test Procedures for Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.214(VII).
    Reg. 34 Restricteduse ofcomb.stible materials

    1 Except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms, or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all linings, grounds, draught stops, ceilings and insulations shall be of non-combustible materials. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible material.

    2 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3 The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics:*
    __________
    *Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.166(ES.IV), and to the Recommendation on Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability of Bulkhead, Ceiling and Deck Finish Materials adopted by the Organization by resolution A.653(16).

    .1 exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures, and of bulkheads, wall and ceiling linings in all accommodation and service spaces and control stations;
    .2 concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation, service spaces and control stations.

    4 The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in any accommodation and service space shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.5㎜ veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceilings. In the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Reg. 12, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" class divisions.

    5 Veneers used on surfaces and linings covered by the requirements of paragraph 3 shall have a calorific value not exceeding 45 MJ/㎡of the area for the thickness used.**
    ________________
    **Refer to the Recommendation on Fire Test Procedures for Upholstered Furniture, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.652(16), and to the Fire Test Procedures for Ignitability of Bedding Components, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.688(17)

    6 Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed, limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restricted fire risk, and shall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration may permit additional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure if it is fixed, non-combustible and does not restrict the passenger escape route. Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors forming escape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-combustible material, providing storage for safety equipment required by regulations, may be permitted.

    7 Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products.

    8 Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures. ***
    ______________
    *** Refer to the Fire Test Procedures for Ignitability of Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.687(17).
    Reg. 34 Restricted use of combstible materials
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 35 Details of construction
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 36 Automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems or automatic fire detection and fire alarm systems

    1 In any ship to which this Part applies there shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk (such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc.) either :
    .1 an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type, complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 and so installed and arranged as to protect such spaces; or
    .2 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type, complying with the provisions of Regulation 13 and so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces, except that the smoke detectors required by Regulation 13.2.2 need not be provided.
    Reg. 36 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems and automatic sprinkler

    In any ship to which this Part applies, there shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., either :

    .1 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of regulation 13 and so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces; or
    .2 an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of regulation 12 and so installed and arranged as to protect such spaces and in addition a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of regulation 13 so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.
    Reg. 37 Protection of special category spaces

    1 Provisions applicable to special category spaces whether above or below the bulkhead deck

    1.1 General
    1.1.1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this Regulation is that as normal main vertical zoning may not be practicable in special category spaces, equivalent protection must be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone concept and by the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Under this concept a horizontal zone for the purpose of this Regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.
    1.1.2 The requirements of Regulations 16, 18, 30 and 32 for maintaining the integrity of vertical zones shall be applied equally to decks and bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder of the ship.

    1.2 Structural protection
    1.2.1 Boundary bulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required for category (11) spaces in table 26.1 or in table 27.1 and the horizontal boundaries as required for category (11) spaces in table 26.3 or in table 27.2.
    1.2.2 Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed.

    1.3 Fixed fire-extinguishing system*
    ____________
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

    Each special category space shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in such space, provided that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a special category space to be not less effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.

    1.4 Patrols and detection
    1.4.1 An efficient patrol system shall be maintained in special category spaces. In any such space in which the patrol is not maintained by a continuous fire watch at all times during the voyage there shall be provided an automatic fire detection system of an approved type.
    1.4.2 Manually operated call points shall be provided as necessary throughout the special category spaces and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces.

    1.5 Fire-extinguishing equipment.
    There shall be provided in each special category space:
    .1 at least three water fog applicators;
    .2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of Regulation 6.4, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such spaces; and
    .3 such number of portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem sufficient, provided that at least one portable extinguisher is located at each access to such spaces.

    1.6 Ventilation system
    1.6.1 There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system for the special category spaces sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour. The system for such spaces shall be entirely separated from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded and unloaded. Ventilation ducts serving special category spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each such space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.
    1.6.2 The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
    1.6.3 Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.
    1.6.4 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shut-down and effective closure of the ventilation system in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.
    1.6.5 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, shall be made of steel and their arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces above the bulkhead deck

    2.1 Scuppers
    In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directly overboard.

    2.2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours
    2.2.1 On any deck on which vehicles are carried and on which explosive vapours might be expected to accumulate, equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours and, in particular, electrical equipment and wiring, shall be installed at least 450㎜ above the deck. Electrical equipment installed at more than 450㎜ above the deck shall be of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks. However, if the Administration is satisfied that the installation of electrical equipment and wiring at less than 450㎜ above the deck is necessary for the safe operation of the ship, such electrical equipment and wiring may be installed provided that it is of a type approved for use in an explosive petrol and air mixture.
    2.2.2 Electrical equipment and wiring if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    3 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces below the bulkhead deck

    3.1 Bilge pumping and drainage
    In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or tank top consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, the Administration may require pumping and drainage facilities to be provided additional to the requirements of Regulation II-1/21.

    3.2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours
    3.2.1 Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.
    3.2.2 Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.
    Reg. 37 Protection of special category spaces

    1 Provisions applicable to special category spaces whether above or below the bulkhead deck

    1.1 General
    1.1.1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this Regulation is that as normal main vertical zoning may not be practicable in special category spaces, equivalent protection must be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone concept and by the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Under this concept a horizontal zone for the purpose of this Regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.
    1.1.2 The requirements of Regulations 16, 18, 30 and 32 for maintaining the integrity of vertical zones shall be applied equally to decks and bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder of the ship.

    1.2 Structural protection
    1.2.1 Boundary bulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required for category (11) spaces in table 26.1 or in table 27.1 and the horizontal boundaries as required for category (11) spaces in table 26.3 or in table 27.2.
    1.2.2 Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed.

    1.3 Fixed fire-extinguishing system*
    _______________
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

    Each special category space shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in such space, provided that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a special category space to be not less effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.

    1.4 Patrols and detection
    1.4.1 An efficient patrol system shall be maintained in special category spaces. In any such space in which the patrol is not maintained by a continuous fire watch at all times during the voyage there shall be provided a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of regulation 13. The fixed fire detection system shall be capable of rapidly detecting the onset of fire. The spacing and location of detectors shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Administration taking into account the effects of ventilation and other relevant factors.
    1.4.2 Manually operated call points shall be provided as necessary throughout the special category spaces and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces.

    1.5 Fire-extinguishing equipment
    There shall be provided in each special category space:
    .1 at least three water fog applicators;
    .2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of Regulation 6.4, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such spaces; and
    .3 such number of portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem sufficient, provided that at least one portable extinguisher is located at each access to such spaces.

    1.6 Ventilation system
    1.6.1 There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system for the special category spaces sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour. The system for such spaces shall be entirely separated from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded and unloaded. Ventilation ducts serving special category spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each such space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.
    1.6.2 The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
    1.6.3 Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.
    1.6.4 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shut-down and effective closure of the ventilation system in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.
    1.6.5 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, shall be made of steel and their arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces above the bulkhead deck

    2.1 Scuppers In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directly overboard.

    2.2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours
    2.2.1 On any deck or platform, if fitted, on which vehicles are carried and on which explosive vapours might be expected to accumulate, except platforms with openings of sufficient size permitting penetration of petrol gases downwards, equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours and, in particular, electrical equipment and wiring, shall be installed at least 450㎜ above the deck or platform. Electrical equipment installed at more than 450㎜ above the deck or platform shall be of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks. However, if the Administration is satisfied that the installation of electrical equipment and wiring at less than 450㎜ above the deck or platform is necessary for the safe operation of the ship, such electrical equipment and wiring may be installed provided that it is of a type approved for use in an explosive petrol and air mixture.
    2.2.2 Electrical equipment and wiring if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    3 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces below the bulkhead deck

    3.1 Bilge pumping and drainage In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or tank top consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, the Administration may require pumping and drainage facilities to be provided additional to the requirements of Regulation II-1/21.

    3.2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours
    3.2.1 Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.
    3.2.2 Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.
    Reg. 38 Protection of cargo spaces, other than special category spaces, intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion

    In any cargo space (other than special category spaces)containing motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion, the following provisions shall be complied with:

    1 Fire detection
    There shall be provided an approved automatic fire detection and fire alarm system. The design and arrangements of this system shall be considered in conjunction with the ventilation requirements referred to in paragraph 3.

    2 Fire-extinguishing arrangements

    2.1 There shall be fitted a fixed fire-extinguishing system which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 5, except that, if a carbon dioxide system is fitted, the quantity of gas available shall be at least sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 45 percent of the gross volume of the largest such cargo space which is capable of being sealed, and the arrangements shall be such as to ensure that at least two thirds of the gas required for the relevant space shall be introduced during 10 minutes. Any other fixed gas fire-extinguishing system or fixed high expansion foam fire-extinguishing system may be fitted provided it gives equivalent protection. Furthermore, any cargo space designated only for vehicles which are not carrying any cargo may be fitted with fixed halogenated hydrocarbon fire-extinguishing systems which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 5.

    2.2 As an alternative, a system meeting the requirements of Regulation 37.1.3 may be fitted, provided that Reg. 37.2.1 or 37.3.1, as appropriate, is also complied with.

    2.3 There shall be provided for use in any such space such number of portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem sufficient. At least one portable extinguisher shall be located at each access to such spaces.

    3 Ventilation system

    3.1 There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour for ships carrying more than 36 passengers, and 6 air changes per hour for ships carrying not more than 36 passengers. The system for such cargo spaces shall be entirely separate from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. Ventilation ducts serving such cargo spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each such space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.

    3.2 The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.

    3.3 Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.

    3.4 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shut-down and effective closure of the ventilation system in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.

    3.5 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, shall be made of steel and their arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    4 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours

    4.1 Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.

    4.2 Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    4.3 Scuppers shall not be led to machinery or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present.
    Reg. 38-1 Protection of closed and open ro-ro cargo spaces, other than special category spaces and ro-ro cargo spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1998-07-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 39 Fixed fire-extinguishing arrangements in cargo spaces
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 40 Protection of Accommodation and Service Spaces

    1 Manual alarms shall be fitted throughout the accomodation and service spaces to transmit an alarm immediately to the navigating bridge or main fire control station.

    2 An approved fire detection or fire alarm system shall be provided which will automatically indicate at one or more suitable points or stations the presence or indication of fire and its location in any cargo space which, in the opinion of the Administration, is not accesible except where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.

    3 All ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

    4 A special alarm, operated from the navigating bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship's general alarm system but it shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.

    5 A public address system or other effective means of communication shall be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations.

    6 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers an efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use
    Reg. 40 Fire patrols, detection, alarms and public address systems

    1 Manually operated call points complying with the requirements of regulation 13 shall be installed.

    2 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type shall be provided.

    3 All ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

    4 A special alarm, operated from the navigating bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship's general alarm system but it shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.

    5 A public address system or other effective means of communication shall be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations.

    6 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers an efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use.
    Reg. 41 Special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 41-1 Upgrading of passengerships carrying more than 36 passengers constructed before October 1994
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1994-10-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 41-2 Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers constructed before 1 October 1994
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1994-10-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 17 Structure

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. For the purpose of applying the definition of steel or other equivalent material as given in Regulation 3(g) of this Chapter the "applicable fire exposure" shall be according to the integrity and insulation standards given in the tables of Regulation 20 of this Chapter. An example where divisions such as decks or sides and ends of deckhouses are permitted to have "B-0" fire integrity, the "applicable fire exposure" shall be one half-hour. Provided that in cases where any part of the structure is of aluminium alloy, the following requirements shall apply :

    (a) The insulation of aluminium alloy components of "A" or "B" Class divisions, except structure which in the opinion of the Administration is non-load- bearing, shall be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise more than 200 °C (360 .) above the ambient temperature at any time during the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test.

    (b) Special attention shall be given to the insulation of aluminium alloy components of columns, stanchions and other structural members required to support lifeboat and liferaft stowage, launching and embarkation areas, and "A" and "B" Class divisions to ensure:
    (i) that for such members supporting lifeboat and liferaft areas and "A" Class divisions the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall apply at the end of one hour; and
    (ii) that for such members required to support "B" Class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall apply at the end of one half-hour.

    (c) Crowns and casings of machinery spaces of Category A shall be of steel construction adequately insulated and openings therein, if any, shall be suitably arranged and protected to prevent the spread of fire.

    Reg. 18 Main Vertical Zones and Horizontal Zones

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" Class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary, they shall also be "A" Class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with the applicable tables in Regulation 20 of this Chapter.

    (b) As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck.

    (c) Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

    (d) Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" Class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between sprinklered and non-sprinklered zones of the ship the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in Table 3 of Regulation 20 of this Chapter.

    (e) On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration. Provided that in a ship with special category spaces, any such space shall comply with the applicable provisions of Regulation 30 of this Chapter, and in so far as such compliance would be inconsistent with compliance with other requirements of this Part of this Chapter, the requirements of Regulation 30 shall prevail.

    Reg. 19 Bulkheads within a Main Vertical Zone

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All bulkheads which are not required to be "A" Class divisions shall be at least "B" Class or "C" Class divisions as prescribed in the tables in Regulation 20 of this Chapter. All such divisions may be faced with combustible materials in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 27 of this Chapter.

    (b) All corridor bulkheads where not required to be "A" Class shall be "B" Class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:
    (i) when continuous "B" Class ceilings and/or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which in thickness and composition is acceptable in the construction of "B" Class divisions but which shall be required to meet "B" Class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration;
    (ii) in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter, the corridor bulkheads of "B" Class materials may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such a ceiling is of material which in thickness and composition is acceptable in the construction of "B" Class divisions. Notwithstanding the requirements of Regulation 20 of this Chapter, such bulkheads and ceilings shall be required to meet "B" Class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration. All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of incombustible materials and shall be constructed and erected so as to provide substantial fire resistance to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) All bulkheads required to be "B" Class divisions, except corridor bulkheads, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries unless continuous "B" Class ceilings and/or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

    Reg. 20 Fire Integrity of Bulkheads and Decks

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in the Regulations of this Part, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in Tables 1 to 4 in this Regulation. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (b) The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
    (i) Table 1 shall apply to bulkheads bounding main vertical zones or horizontal zones.
    Table 2 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones.
    Table 3 shall apply to decks forming steps in main vertical zones or bounding horizontal zones.
    Table 4 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones.
    (ii) For the purpose of determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in Categories (1) to (14) below.
    Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this Regulation, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row number in the tables.

    (1) Control Stations.
    Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
    Wheelhouse and chartroom.
    Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
    Fire control and recording stations.
    Control room for propelling machinery when located outside the propelling machinery space.
    Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
    Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.
    (2) Stairways.
    Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto.
    In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
    (3) Corridors.
    Passenger and crew corridors.
    (4) Lifeboat and Liferaft Handling and Embarkation Stations.
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
    (5) Open Deck Spaces.
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
    Air space (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).
    (6) Accommodation Spaces of Minor Fire Risk.
    Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 square metres (540 square feet).
    Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
    (7) Accommodation Spaces of Moderate Fire Risk.
    Same as (6) above but containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 square metres (540 square feet) and greater.
    Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodation spaces.
    Sale shops.
    Motion picture projection and film stowage rooms.
    Diet kitchens (containing no open flame).
    Cleaning gear lockers (in which inflammable liquids are not stowed).
    Laboratories (in which inflammable liquids are not stowed).
    Pharmacies.
    Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 square metres (43 square feet) or less).
    Specie rooms.
    (8) Accommodation Spaces of Greater Fire Risk.
    Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 square metres (540 square feet) and greater.
    Barber shops and beauty parlours.
    (9) Sanitary and Similar Spaces.
    Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, water closets, etc.
    Small laundry rooms.
    Indoor swimming pool area.
    Operating rooms.
    Isolated serving pantries in accommodation spaces.
    Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located.
    (10) Tanks, Voids and Auxiliary Machinery Spaces having little or no Fire Risk.
    Water tanks forming part of the ship's structure.
    Voids and cofferdams.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as; ventilation and air-conditioning rooms; windlass room; steering gear room; stabilizer equipment room; electrical propulsion motor room; rooms containing section switchboards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10kVA); shaft alleys and pipe tunnels ; spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using inflammable liquids).
    Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
    Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.
    (11) Auxiliary Machinery Spaces, Cargo Spaces, Special
    ategory Spaces, Cargo and other Oil Tanks and other
    Similar Spaces of Moderate Fire Risk.
    Cargo oil tanks.
    Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
    Refrigerated chambers.
    Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
    Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces as in Category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
    Oil fuel filling stations.
    Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA).
    Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and small internal combustion engines of power output up to 112 kW driving emergency generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
    Special category spaces (Tables 1 and 3 only apply).
    Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
    (12) Machinery Spaces and Main Galleys.
    Main propelling machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.
    Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in Categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
    Main galleys and annexes.
    Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.
    (13) Store-rooms, Workshops, Pantries, etc.
    Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
    Main laundry.
    Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4square metres (43 square feet)).
    Miscellaneous stores.
    Mail and baggage rooms.
    Garbage rooms.
    Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).
    (14) Other Spaces in which Inflammable Liquids are stowed.
    Lamp rooms.
    Paint rooms.
    Store-rooms containing inflammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
    Laboratories (in which inflammable liquids are stowed).

    (iii) Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases.
    (iv) In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.
    (v) In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. In instances where a sprinklered zone and a non-sprinklered zone meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.
    (vi) Where adjacent spaces are in the same numerical category and the superscript "1" appears in the tables, a bulkhead or deck between such spaces need not be fitted if deemed unnecessary by the Administration. For example, in Category (12) a bulkhead need not be required between a galley and its annexed pantries provided the pantry bulkheads and decks maintain the integrity of the galley boundaries. A bulkhead is, however, required between a galley and a machinery space even though both spaces are in Category (12).
    (vii) Where the superscript "2" appears in the tables, the lesser insulation value may be permitted only if at least one of the adjoining spaces is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter.
    (viii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Regulation 19 of this Chapter, there are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables.
    (ix) The Administration shall determine in respect of Category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in Table 1 or 2 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in Table 3 or 4 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of Category (5) of Tables 1 to 4 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need not be enclosed.

    (c) Continuous "B" Class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    (d) In approving structural fire protection details, the Administration shall have regard to the risk of heat transmission at intersections and terminal points of required thermal barriers.




    Reg. 21 Means of Escape

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) In and from all passenger and crew spaces and spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces, stairways and ladders shall be arranged to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with:
    (i) Below the bulkhead deck, two means of escape, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided from each watertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces. Exceptionally, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who normally might be quartered or employed there.
    (ii) Above the bulkhead deck, there shall be at least two means of escape from each main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces at least one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape.
    (iii) At least one of the means of escape required by sub-paragraphs (a) (i) and (ii) of this Regulation shall be by means of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks or the highest level served by the stairway, whichever level is the highest. However, where an Administration has granted dispensation under the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) (i) of this Regulation the sole means of escape shall provide safe escape to the satisfaction of the Administration. The width, number and continuity of the stairways shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    (iv) Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    (v) Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.
    (vi) Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.
    (vii) If a radiotelegraph station has no direct access to the weather deck, two means of escape shall be provided from such station.
    (viii) Dead-end corridors exceeding 13 metres (43 feet) shall not be permitted.

    (b)
    (i) In special category spaces the number and disposition of the means of escape both below and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration, and in general the safety of access to the embarkation deck shall be at least equivalent to that provided for under sub-paragraphs (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of this Regulation.
    (ii) One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew is normally employed shall avoid direct access to any special category space.

    (c) Two means of escape shall be provided from each machinery space. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with:
    (i) Where the space is below the bulkhead deck the two means of escape shall consist of either:
    (1) two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. One of these ladders shall provide continuous fire shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe position outside the space; or
    (2) one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the embarkation deck and a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides a safe escape route to the embarkation deck.

    (ii) Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, two means of escape shall be as widely separated as possible and the doors leading from such means of escape shall be in a position from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. Where such escapes require the use of ladders these shall be of steel. Provided that in a ship of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape due regard being paid to the width and disposition of the upper part of the space; and in a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and above, the Administration may dispense with one means of escape from any such space so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe escape route to the embarkation deck due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are norm ally employed in that space.

    Reg. 22 Protection of Stairways and Life Accommodation and Service Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All stairways shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration sanctions the use of other equivalent material, and shall be within enclosures formed of "A" Class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:
    (i) a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or doors at one between deck space. When a stairway is closed at one between deck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in Regulation 20 of this Chapter;
    (ii) stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within such public space.

    (b) Stairway enclosures shall have direct communication with the corridors and be of sufficient area to prevent congestion, having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency. In so far as practicable, stairway enclosures shall not give direct access to cabins, service lockers, or other enclosed spaces containing combustibles in which a fire is likely to originate.

    (c) Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one between deck to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke.

    Reg. 23 Openings in "A" Class Divisions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Where "A" Class divisions are pierced for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., for girders, beams or other structures, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired, subject to the provisions of paragraph (g) of this Regulation.

    (b) Where of necessity, a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone bulkhead, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the bulkhead. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the bulkhead. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the bulkhead and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, to an insulating standard such as to comply with paragraph (a) of this Regulation. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the bulkhead with a visible indicator showing if the damper is in the open position.

    (c) Except for hatches between cargo, special category, store, and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, all openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    (d) The construction of all doors and door frames in "A" Class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame, as far as practicable, equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated. Such doors and door frames shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    (e) It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    (f) Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads and stairway enclosures, other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall be of the self-closing type capable of closing against an inclination of 3 ½ degrees opposing closure. The speed of door closure shall, if necessary, be controlled so as to prevent undue danger to personnel. All such doors, except those that are normally closed, shall be capable of release from a control station, either simultaneously or in groups, and also individually from a position at the door. The release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system; however, approved power-operated watertight doors will be considered acceptable for this purpose. Hold-back hooks, not subject to control station release, will not be permitted. When double swing doors are permitted, they shall have a latch arrangement which is automatically engaged by the operation of the door release system.

    (g) Where a space is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter or fitted with a continuous "B" Class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "A" Class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.

    (h) The requirements for "A" Class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "A" Class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses.

    Reg. 24 Openings in "B" Class Divisions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Where "B" Class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electrical cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

    (b) Doors and door frames in "B" Class divisions and means of securing them shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fire as far as practicable equivalent to the divisions except that ventilation openings may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 square metres (78 square inches). When such opening is cut in a door it shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non-combustible.

    (c) The requirements for "B" Class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "B" Class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses.

    (d) Where an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter is fitted:
    (i) openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "B" Class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and
    (ii) openings in corridor bulkheads of "B" Class materials shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 19 of this Chapter.

    Reg. 25 Ventilation Systems

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.

    (b) Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, in addition to those relating to the fire integrity of the deck required by Regulation 23 of this Chapter, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing from one between deck space to another through the system. In addition to insulation requirements contained in this Regulation, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required by the appropriate tables in Regulation 20 of this Chapter.

    (c) The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the space being ventilated.

    (d) Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials :
    (i) Ducts not less than 0.075 ㎡ (116 square inches) in sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a single between deck space shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material.
    (ii) Ducts less than 0.075㎡ (116 square inches) in sectional area shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ducts penetrate "A" or "B" Class divisions due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division.
    (iii) Short lengths of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02㎡ (31 square inches) in sectional area nor 2 m (79 inches) in length, need not be incombustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:
    (1) the duct is constructed of a material of restricted fire risk to the satisfaction of the Administration;
    (2) the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system; and
    (3) the duct is not located closer than 0.6 m (24 inches) measured along its length to a penetration of an "A" or "B" Class division, including continuous "B" Class ceilings.

    (e) Where a stairway enclosure is ventilated, the duct or ducts (if any) shall be taken from the fan room independently of other ducts in the ventilation system and shall not serve any other space.

    (f) All power ventilation, except machinery and cargo spaces ventilation and any alternative system which may be required under paragraph (h) of this Regulation, shall be fitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shall also be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall be outside such spaces. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces.

    (g) Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of "A" Class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with:
    (i) a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;
    (ii) a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;
    (iii) arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fan; and
    (iv) fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

    (h) Such measures as are practicable shall be taken in respect of control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained, so that in the event of fire the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively. Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided; air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized. At the discretion of the Administration, such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck, or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective.

    (i) Ducts provided for ventilation of machinery spaces of Category A shall not in general pass through accommodation, service spaces or control stations, except that the Administration may permit relaxation from this requirement, provided that:
    (i) the ducts are constructed of steel, and are insulated to "A-60" standard; or
    (ii) the ducts are constructed of steel and are fitted with an automatic fire damper close to the boundary penetrated and are insulated to "A-60" standard from the machinery space to a point at least 5 m (16 feet) beyond the fire damper.

    (j) Ducts provided for ventilation of accommodation, service spaces, or control stations shall not in general pass through machinery spaces of Category A, except that the Administration may permit relaxation from this requirement provided that the ducts are constructed of steel and automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated.

    Reg. 26 Windows and Sidescuttles

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations other than those to which the provision of paragraph (h) of Regulation 24 of this Chapter apply, shall be constructed so as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkhead in which they are fitted.

    (b) Notwithstanding the requirements of the table in Regulation 20 of this Chapter:
    (i) All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bead or angle.
    (ii) Special attention shall be given to the fire integrity of windows facing open or enclosed lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas and to windows situated below such areas in such a position that their failure during a fire would impede the launching of, or embarkation into, lifeboats or liferafts.

    Reg. 27 Restriction of Combustible Materials

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms, or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all linings, grounds, ceilings and insulations shall be of non-combustible materials. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible material.

    (b) Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) Bulkheads, linings and ceilings in all accommodation and service spaces may have combustible veneer, provided that such veneer shall not exceed 2 millimetres ( 1/12 inch) within any such spaces except corridors, stairway enclosures and control stations where it shall not exceed 1.5 millimetres ( 1/17 inch).

    (d) The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in any accommodation and service space shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.5 millimetres ( 1/10 inch) veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceilings. In the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" Class divisions.

    (e) All exposed surfaces in corridors or stairway enclosures and surfaces in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics . *
    ________________
    * Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A. 166(ES. IV).

    (f) Furniture in the passages and stairway enclosures shall be kept to a minimum.

    (g) Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be of a nature to offer an undue fire hazard in the judgment of the Administration and shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke or other toxic properties.

    (h) Primary deck coverings, if applied, within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures . +
    _____________
    + Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidlines on Test Procedures for Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.214(VII)

    (i) Waste-paper receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials and with solid sides and bottoms.

    Reg. 28 Miscellaneous Items

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Requirements Applicable to all Portions of the Ship.

    (a) Pipes penetrating "A" or "B" Class divisions shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. Pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk. Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the water-line and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding. Requirements Applicable to Accommodation and Service Spaces, Control Stations, Corridors and Stairways.

    (b)
    (i) Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings shall be suitably divided by close-fitting draught stops not more than 14 metres (46 feet) apart.
    (ii) In the vertical direction, such spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.

    (c) The construction of ceiling and bulkheading shall be such that it will be possible, without impairing the efficiency of the fire protection, for the fire patrols to detect any smoke originating in concealed and inaccessible places, except where in the opinion of the Administration there is no risk of fire originating in such places.

    Reg. 29 Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems or Automatic Fire Alarm and Fire Detection Systems

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    In any ship to which this Part applies there shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk (such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc.) either:
    (i) an automatic sprinkler and fire alarm and fire detection system of an approved type, complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of this Chapter and installed and so arranged as to protect such spaces; or
    (ii) an automatic fire alarm and fire detection system of an approved type, complying with the provisions of Regulation 13 of this Chapter, and installed and so arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces.

    Reg. 30 Protection of Special Category Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    ProvisionsApplicable to Special Category Spaces whether above or below the Bulkhead Deck

    (a)General
    (i) The basic principle underlying the provisions in this Regulation is that as normal main vertical zoning may not be practicable in special category spaces, equivalent protection must be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone concept and the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Under this concept a horizontal zone for the purpose of this Regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the overall height of the zone does not exceed 10 metres (33 feet).
    (ii) All requirements laid down in Regulations 23 and 25 of this Chapter for maintaining the integrity of vertical zones shall be applied equally to decks and bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder of the ship.

    (b)Structural Protection
    (i) Boundary bulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required for Category (11) spaces in Table 1 of Regulation 20 of this Chapter and the horizontal boundaries as required for Category (11) spaces in Table 3 of that Regulation.
    (ii) Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed.

    (c)Fixed Fire-Extinguishing System*
    ____________
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire Extinguishing System for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.123(V)

    Each special category space shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform, if any, in such space, provided that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a special category space to be not less effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.

    (d)Patrols and Detection
    (i) An efficient patrol system shall be maintained in special category spaces. In any such space in which the patrol is not maintained by a continuous fire watch at all times during the voyage there shall be provided in that space an automatic fire detection system of an approved type.
    (ii) Manual fire alarms shall be provided as necessary throughout the special category spaces and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces.

    (e)Fire-Extinguishing Equipment
    There shall be provided in each special category space:
    (i) a number of hydrants with hoses and dual-purpose nozzles of an approved type so arranged that at least two jets of water each from a single length of hose not emanating from the same hydrant may reach any part of such space;
    (ii) at least three water fog applicators;
    (iii) one portable applicator unit complying with the provisions of Regulation 7(d) of this Chapter, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such spaces ; and
    (iv) such number of portable fire extinguishers of an approved type as the Administration may deem sufficient.

    (f)Ventilation System
    (i) There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system for the special category spaces sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour. The system for such spaces shall be entirely separated from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded and unloaded.
    (ii) The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
    (iii) Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.

    Additional Provisions Applicable only to Special Category Spaces above the Bulkhead Deck.

    (g) Scuppers
    In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directly overboard.

    (h)Precautions against Ignition of Inflammable Vapours
    (i) Equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of inflammable vapours and in particular electrical equipment and wiring, shall be installed at least 450 millimetres (18 inches) above the deck, provided that if the Administration is satisfied that the installation of such electrical equipment and wiring below this level is necessary for the safe operation of the ship, such electrical equipment and wiring shall be of a type approved for use in an explosive petrol and air mixture. Electrical equipment installed at more than 450 millimetres (18 inches) above the deck shall be of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks. The reference to a level of 450 millimetres (18 inches) above the deck shall be construed to mean each deck on which vehicles are carried and on which explosive vapours might be expected to accumulate.
    (ii) Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    Additional Provisions applicable only to Special Category Spaces below the Bulkhead Deck.

    (i)Bilge Pumping and Drainage In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or tank top consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, the Administration may require pumping and drainage facilities to be provided additional to the requirement of Regulation 18 of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention.

    (j)Precautions against Ignition of Inflammable Vapours
    (i) Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of inflammable vapours shall not be permitted.
    (ii) Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible source of ignition.

    Reg. 31 Protection of Cargo Spaces other than Special Category Spaces intended for the Carriage of Motor Vehicles with Fuel in their Tanks for their own Propulsion

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    In any cargo space (other than special category spaces) containing motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion, the following provisions shall be complied with:

    (a) Fire Detection.
    There shall be provided an approved fire detection and fire alarm system.

    (b) Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements.
    (i) There shall be fitted a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 8 of this Chapter, except that if a carbon dioxide system is fitted, the quantity of gas available shall be at least sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 45 per cent of the gross volume of the largest of such cargo spaces which is capable of being sealed, and the arrangements shall be such as to ensure that the gas is introduced rapidly and effectively into the space. Any other fixed gas fire-extinguishing system or fixed high expansion froth fire-extinguishing system may be fitted provided it gives equivalent protection.
    (ii) There shall be provided for use in any such space such number of portable fire extinguishers of an approved type as the Administration may deem sufficient.

    (c) Ventilation System.
    (i) In any such cargo space there shall be provided an effective power ventilation system sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour. The system for such cargo spaces shall be entirely separated from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces.
    (ii) The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
    (iii) Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.

    (d) Precautions against Ignition of Inflammable Vapours.
    (i) Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of inflammable vapours shall not be permitted.
    (ii) Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    Reg. 32 Maintenance of Fire Patrols, etc., and Provision for Fire-Extinguishing Equipment

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Fire Patrols and Detection, Alarms and Public Address Systems
    (i) An efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use.
    (ii) Manual alarms shall be fitted throughout the accommodation and service spaces to enable the fire patrol to give an alarm immediately to the navigating bridge or main fire control station.
    (iii) An approved fire alarm or fire detecting system shall be provided which will automatically indicate at one or more suitable points or stations the presence or indication of fire and its location in any cargo space which, in the opinion of the Administration, is not accessible to the patrol system, except where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.
    (iv) The ship shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.
    (v) A special alarm, operated from the navigating bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship's general alarm system but it shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.
    (vi) A public address system or other effective means of communication shall be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations.

    (b) Fire Pumps and Fire Main System
    The ship shall be provided with fire pumps, fire main system, hydrants and hoses complying with the provisions of Regulation 5 of this Chapter and shall comply with the following requirements :
    (i) In a ship of 4,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards, there shall be provided at least three independently-driven fire pumps and, in a ship of less than 4,000 tons gross tonnage, at least two such fire pumps.
    (ii) In a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards, the arrangement of sea connections, fire pumps and sources of power for operating them shall be such as to ensure that a fire in any one compartment will not put all the fire pumps out of action.
    (iii) In a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards, the arrangement of fire pumps, fire mains and hydrants shall be such that at least one effective jet of water as stipulated in paragraph (c) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter is immediately available from any one hydrant in an interior location. Arrangements shall also be made to ensure the continuation of the output of water by the automatic starting of a required fire pump.
    (iv) In a ship of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage the arrangements shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) Fire Hydrants, Hoses and Nozzles
    (i) The ship shall be provided with fire hoses the number and diameter of which shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. There shall be at least one fire hose for each of the hydrants required by paragraph (d) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter and these hoses shall be used only for the purposes of extinguishing fires or testing the fire-extinguishing apparatus at fire drills and surveys.
    (ii) In accommodation and service spaces and in machinery spaces, the number and position of hydrants shall be such that the requirements of paragraph (d) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter may be complied with when all watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed.
    (iii) The arrangements shall be such that at least two jets of water can reach any part of any cargo space when empty.
    (iv) All required hydrants in machinery spaces shall be fitted with hoses having in addition to the nozzles required in paragraph (g) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter nozzles suitable for spraying water on oil, or alternatively dual-purpose nozzles. Additionally, each machinery space of Category A shall be provided with at least two suitable water fog applicators.*
    ___________
    * A water fog applicator might consist of a metal "L"-shaped pipe, the long limb being about 2 metres (6 feet) in length capable of being fitted to a fire hose and the short limb being about 250 millimetres (10 inches) in length fitted with a fixed water fog nozzle or capable of being fitted with a water spray nozzle.

    (v) Water spray nozzles or dual-purpose nozzles shall be provided for at least one quarter of the number of hoses required in parts of the ship other than machinery spaces.
    (vi) For each pair of breathing apparatus there shall be provided one water fog applicator which shall be stored adjacent to such apparatus.
    (vii) Where, in any machinery space of Category A, access is provided at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, two hydrants fitted with hoses with dual-purpose nozzles shall be provided external to, but near the entrance to that machinery space. Where such access is not provided from a tunnel but is provided from other space or spaces there shall be provided in one of those spaces two hydrants fitted with hoses with dual-purpose nozzles near the entrance to the machinery space of Category A. Such provision need not be made when the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of an escape route.

    (d) International Shore Connection
    (i) A ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least one international shore connection, complying with the provisions of paragraph (h) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.
    (ii) Facilities shall be available enabling such a connection to be used on either side of the ship.

    (e) Portable Fire Extinguishers in Accommodation and Service Spaces and Control Stations The ship shall be provided in accommodation and service spaces and control stations with such approved portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem to be appropriate and sufficient.

    (f) Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements in Cargo Spaces
    (i) The cargo spaces of ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of Regulation 8 of this Chapter, or by a fixed high expansion froth fire-extinguishing system which gives equivalent protection.
    (ii) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that a ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply the requirements of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph and also in ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage, the arrangements in cargo spaces shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (g) Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Boiler Rooms, etc. Spaces containing oil-fired boilers or oil fuel units shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) There shall be any one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing systems:
    (1) A pressure water-spraying system complying with the provisions of Regulation 11 of this Chapter.
    (2) A gas system complying with the provisions of Regulation 8 of this Chapter.
    (3) A froth system complying with the provisions of Regulation 9 of this Chapter.
    (4) A high expansion froth system complying with the provisions of Regulation 10 of this Chapter. In each case if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.
    (ii) There shall be in each boiler room at least one set of portable air-froth equipment complying with the provisions of paragraph (d) of Regulation 7 of this Chapter.
    (iii) There shall be at least two approved portable extinguishers discharging froth or equivalent in each firing space in each boiler room and each space in which a part of the oil fuel installation is situated. There shall be not less than one approved froth-type extinguisher of at least 136 litres (30 gallons) capacity or equivalent in each boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room.
    (iv) In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing sand, sawdust impregnated with soda or other approved dry material, in such quantity as may be required by the Administration. Alternatively an approved portable extinguisher may be substituted therefor.

    (h) Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Spaces containing Internal Combustion Type Machinery Spaces containing internal combustion machinery used either for main propulsion, or for other purposes when such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 373 kW, shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) There shall be one of the fire-extinguishing systems required by sub-paragraph (g)(i) of this Regulation.
    (ii) There shall be at least one set of portable air-froth equipment complying with the provisions of paragraph (d) of Regulation 7 of this Chapter.
    (iii) There shall be in each such space approved froth-type fire extinguishers each of at least 45 litres (10 gallons) capacity or equivalent sufficient in number to enable froth or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the fuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. In addition, there shall be provided a sufficient number of portable froth extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that an extinguisher is not more than 10 metres (33 feet) walking distance from any point in the space; provided that there shall be at least two such extinguishers in each such space.

    (i) Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements in Spaces containing Steam Turbines or enclosed Steam Engines In spaces containing steam turbines or enclosed steam engines used either for main propulsion or for other purposes when such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 373 KW:
    (i) There shall be provided froth fire extinguishers each of at least 45 litres (10 gallons) capacity or equivalent sufficient in number to enable froth or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system, on to any part of the casings enclosing pressure lubricated parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing, and any other fire hazards. Provided that such extinguishers shall not be required if protection at least equivalent to this sub-paragraph is provided in such spaces by a fixed fire-extinguishing system fitted in compliance with sub-paragraph (g)(i) of this Regulation.
    (ii) There shall be provided a sufficient number of portable froth extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that an extinguisher is not more than 10 metres (33 feet) walking distance from any point in the space; provided that there shall be at least two such extinguishers in each such space, and such extinguishers shall not be required in addition to any provided in compliance with sub-paragraph (h)(iii) of this Regulation.

    (j) Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in other Machinery Spaces
    Where, in the opinion of the Administration, a fire hazard exists in any machinery space for which no specific provisions for fire-extinguishing appliances are prescribed in paragraphs (g), (h) and (i) of this Regulation there shall be provided in, or adjacent to, that space such number of approved portable fire extinguishers or other means of fire extinction as the Administration may deem sufficient.

    (k) Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Appliances not required by this Part Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this Part of this Chapter is installed, such a system shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (l) Special Requirements for Machinery Spaces
    (i) For any machinery space of Category A to which access is provided at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel there shall be provided in addition to any watertight door and on the side remote from that machinery space a light steel fire-screen door which shall be operable from each side.
    (ii) An automatic fire detection and alarm system shall be fitted when the Administration considers such special precautions warranted in any machinery space in which the installation of automatic and remote control systems and equipment have been approved in lieu of continuous manning of the space.

    (m) Fireman's Outfits and Personal Equipment
    (i) The minimum number of fireman's outfits complying with the requirements of Regulation 14 of this Chapter, and of additional sets of personal equipment, each such set comprising the items stipulated in sub-paragraphs (a)(i),(ii) and (iii)of that Regulation, to be carried shall be as follows:
    (1) two fireman's outfits; and in addition
    (2) for every 80 metres (262 feet) or part there of, of the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck which carries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, two fireman's outfits and two sets of personal equipment, each such set comprising the items stipulated in Regulation 14(a)(i),(ii) and (iii) of this Chapter.

    (ii) For each fireman's outfit which includes a self-contained breathing apparatus as provided in paragraph (b) of Regulation 14 of this Chapter, spare charges shall be carried on a scale approved by the Administration.

    (iii) Fireman's outfits and sets of personal equipment shall be stored in widely separated positions ready for use. At least two fireman's outfits and one set of personal equipment shall be available at any one position.

    Reg. 33 Arrangements for Oil Fuel, Lubricating Oil and other Inflammable Oils

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Oil Fuel Arrangements
    In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions:
    (i) No oil fuel which has a flashpoint of less than 60°C (140°F) (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus shall be used as fuel, except in emergency generators, in which case the flashpoint shall be not less than 43°C (110°F). Provided that the Administration may permit the general use of fuel oil having a flashpoint of not less than 43°C(110°F) subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the temperature of the space in which such fuel is stored or used shall not be allowed to rise within 10°C(18°F) below the flashpoint of the fuel.

    (ii) As far as practicable, no part of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 1.8 kilogrammes per square centimetre (25 pounds per square inch) gauge shall be so concealed that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. In way of such parts of the oil fuel system the machinery space shall be adequately illuminated.

    (iii) The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.

    (iv) (1) As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of Category A. When oil fuel tanks, except double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to machinery spaces of Category A, they shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery space shall be kept to a minimum. In general, the use of free-standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided but when such tanks are employed they shall not be situated in machinery spaces of Category A.

    (2) No oil tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.

    v) Every oil fuel pipe which if damaged would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire arising in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tanks shall be fitted but control in event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space.

    (vi) Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil tank shall be provided. Sounding pipes with suitable means of closure may be permitted if their upper ends terminate in safe positions. Other means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank may be permitted if they do not require penetration below the top of the tank, and providing their failure or over filling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel thereby.

    (vii) Provision shall be made to prevent over-pressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes. Any relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position which, in the opinion of the Administration, is safe.

    (viii) Oil fuel pipes shall be of steel or other approved material, provided that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (b) Lubricating Oil Arrangements.
    The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ships and persons on board, and such arrangements in machinery spaces of Category A and, whenever practicable, in other machinery spaces shall at least comply with the provisions of sub-paragraphs (ii), (iv)(2), (v), (vi) and (vii) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

    (c) Arrangements for other Inflammable Oils.
    The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other inflammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. In locations where means of ignition are present such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of sub- paragraphs (a)(iv)(2) and (a)(vi), and with the provisions of sub-paragraph (a)(viii) in respect of strength and construction, of this Regulation.

    Reg. 34 Special Arrangements in Machinery Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The provisions of this Regulation shall apply to machinery spaces of Category A and, where the Administration considers it desirable, to other machinery spaces.
    (b)
    (i) The number of skylights, doors, ventilators, openings in funnels to permit exhaust ventilation and other openings to machinery spaces shall be reduced to a minimum consistent with the needs of ventilation and the proper and safe working of the ship.
    (ii) The flaps of such skylights where fitted shall be of steel. Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke in the event of fire, from the space to be protected.
    (iii) Such doors other than power-operated watertight doors shall be arranged so that positive closure is assured in case of fire in the space, by power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision of self-closing doors capable of closing against an inclination of 3 1/2 degrees opposing closure and having a fail-safe hook-back facility, provided with a remotely operated release device.

    (c) Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space casings.

    (d) Means of control shall be provided for:
    (i) opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaust ventilation, and closure of ventilator dampers;
    (ii) permitting the release of smoke;
    (iii) closure of power-operated doors or release mechanism on doors other than power-operated watertight doors ;
    (iv) stopping ventilating fans; and
    (v) stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps.

    (e) The controls required for ventilating fans shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (f) of Regulation 25 of this Chapter. The controls for any required fixed fire-extinguishing system and those required by sub-paragraphs (d)(i), (ii), (iii) and (v) of this Regulation and of sub-paragraph (a)(v) of Regulation 33 of this Chapter shall be situated at one control position, or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such position or positions shall be located where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve, and shall have a safe access from the open deck.

    Part B Prevention of fire and explosion

    Reg. 04 Probability of ignition

    § 1-4

    1 Purpose

    The purpose of this regulation is to prevent the ignition of combustible materials or flammable liquids. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. means shall be provided to control leaks of flammable liquids;

    2. means shall be provided to limit the accumulation of flammable vapours;

    3. the ignitability of combustible materials shall be restricted;

    4. ignition sources shall be restricted;

    5. ignition sources shall be separated from combustible materials and flammable liquids; and

    6. the atmosphere in cargo tanks shall be maintained out of the explosive range.

    2 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubrication oil and other flammable oils

    2.1Limitations in the use of oils as fuel
    The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel:

    1. Except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60 degrees C shall be used;1

    2. In emergency generators oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43 degrees C may be used;

    3. The use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 degrees C but not less than 43 degrees C
      may be permitted (e.g., for feeding the emergency fire pump's engines and the auxiliary machines which are not located in the machinery spaces of category A) subject to the following:

      3.2 fuel oil tanks except those arranged in double bottom compartments shall be located outside of machinery spaces of category A;


      .3.2 provisions for the measurement of oil temperature are provided on the suction pipe of the oil fuel pump;


      .3.3 stop valves and/or cocks are provided on the inlet side and outlet side of the oil fuel strainers; and


      .3.4 pipe joints of welded construction or of circular cone type or spherical type union joint are applied as much as possible,

    4. In cargo ships the use of fuel having a lower flashpoint than otherwise specified in paragraph 2.1, for example crude oil, may be permitted provided that such fuel is not stored in any machinery space and subject to the approval by the Administration of the complete installation.

    2.2Arrangements for oil fuel
    In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions.

    2.2.1 Location of oil fuel systems
    As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0.18 N/¿ shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.

    2.2.2 Ventilation of machinery spaces
    The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.

    2.2.3 Oil fuel tanks

    2.2.3.1 Fuel oil, lubrication oil and other flammable oils shall not be carried in forepeak tanks.

    2.2.3.2 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ships structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces of category A. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces of category A, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum.
    Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 degrees C.
    In general, the use of free-standing oil fuel tanks shall be avoided. When such tanks are employed their use shall be prohibited in category A machinery spaces on passenger ships. Where permitted, they shall be placed in an oil-tight spill tray of ample size having a suitable drain pipe leading to a suitably sized spill oil tank.

    2.2.3.3 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a fire or explosion hazard by falling on heated surfaces.

    2.2.3.4 Oil fuel pipes, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank having a capacity of 500 l and above situated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted, but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such an additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be operated from a position outside this space. The controls for remote operation of the valve for the emergency generator fuel tank shall be in a separate location from the controls for remote operation of other valves for tanks located in machinery spaces.

    2.2.3.5 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided.

    2.2.3.5.1 Where sounding pipes are used, they shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. As a general rule, they shall not terminate in machinery spaces. However, where the Administration considers that these latter requirements are impracticable, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery spaces on condition that all of the following requirements are met:

    1. an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3.5.2;

    2. the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are taken, such as the fitting of effective screens, to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillage through the terminations of the sounding pipes from coming into contact with a source of ignition; and

    3. the termination of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closing blanking devices and with a small-diameter self-closing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel is not present. Provisions shall be made so as to ensure that any spillage of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignition hazard.

    2.2.3.5.2 Other oil-level gauges may be used in place of sounding pipes subject to the following conditions:

    1. in passenger ships, such gauges shall not require penetration below the top of the tank and their failure or overfilling of the tanks shall not permit release of fuel; and

    2. in cargo ships, the failure of such gauges or overfilling of the tank shall not permit release of fuel into the space. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit the use of oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel tanks.

    2.2.3.5.3 The means prescribed in paragraph 2.2.3.5.2 which are acceptable to the Administration shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.

    2.2.4 Prevention of overpressure
    Provisions shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes served by pumps on board. Air and overflow pipes and relief valves shall discharge to a position where there is no risk of fire or explosion from the emergence of oils and vapour and shall not lead into crew spaces, passenger spaces nor into special category spaces, closed ro-ro cargo spaces, machinery spaces or similar spaces.

    2.2.5 Oil fuel piping

    2.2.5.1 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes shall be permissible in positions where the Administration is satisfied that they are necessary.2 Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength and shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Administration. For valves, fitted to oil fuel tanks and which are under static pressure, steel or spheroidal-graphite cast iron may be accepted. However, ordinary cast iron valves may be used in piping systems where the design pressure is lower than 7 bar and the design temperature is below 60 degrees C.

    2.2.5.2 External high-pressure fuel delivery lines between the high-pressure fuel pumps and fuel injectors shall be protected with a jacketed piping system capable of containing fuel from a high-pressure line failure. A jacketed pipe incorporates an outer pipe into which the high-pressure fuel pipe is placed, forming a permanent assembly. The jacketed piping system shall include a means for collection of leakages and arrangements and shall be provided with an alarm in case of a fuel line failure.

    2.2.5.3 Oil fuel lines shall not be located immediately above or near units of high temperature including boilers, steam pipelines, exhaust manifolds, silencers or other equipment required to be insulated by paragraph 2.2.6. As far as practicable, oil fuel lines shall be arranged far apart from hot surfaces, electrical installations or other sources of ignition and shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid oil spray or oil leakage onto the sources of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum.

    2.2.5.4 Components of a diesel engine fuel system shall be designed considering the maximum peak pressure which will be experienced in service, including any high pressure pulses which are generated and transmitted back into the fuel supply and spill lines by the action of fuel injection pumps. Connections within the fuel supply and spill lines shall be constructed having regard to their ability to prevent pressurized oil fuel leaks while in service and after maintenance.

    2.2.5.5 In multi-engine installations which are supplied from the same fuel source, means of isolating the fuel supply and spill piping to individual engines, shall be provided. The means of isolation shall not affect the operation of the other engines and shall be operable from a position not rendered inaccessible by a fire on any of the engines.

    2.2.5.6 Where the Administration may permit the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk.

    2.2.6 Protection of high temperature surfaces

    2.2.6.1 Surfaces with temperatures above 220 degrees C which may be impinged as a result of a fuel system failure shall be properly insulated.

    2.2.6.2 Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.

    2.3Arrangements for lubricating oil

    2.3.1 The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. The arrangements made in machinery spaces of category A, and whenever practicable in other machinery spaces, shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.1, 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.4, 2.2.3.5, 2.2.4, 2.2.5.1, 2.2.5.3, and 2.2.6 except that:

    1. this does not preclude the use of sight-flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by testing to have a suitable degree of fire resistance; and

    2. sounding pipes may be authorized in machinery spaces; however, the requirements of paragraphs 2.2.3.5.1.1 and 2.2.3.5.1.3 need not be applied on condition that the sounding pipes are fitted with appropriate means of closure;

    2.3.2 The provisions of paragraph 2.2.3.4 shall also apply to lubricating oil tanks except those having a capacity less than 500 l, storage tanks on which valves are closed during the normal operation mode of the ship, or where it is determined that an unintended operation of a quick closing valve on the oil lubricating tank would endanger the safe operation of the main propulsion and essential auxiliary machinery.

    2.4Arrangements for other flammable oils
    The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilization of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. Suitable oil collecting arrangements for leaks shall be fitted below hydraulic valves and cylinders. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.3.3, 2.2.3.5, 2.2.5.3 and 2.2.6 and with the provisions of paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5.1 in respect of strength and construction.

    2.5Arrangements for oil fuel in periodically unattended machinery spaces
    In addition to the requirements of paragraphs 2.1 to 2.4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems in a periodically unattended machinery space shall comply with the following:

    1. where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically (e.g. oil fuel purifiers) which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages; and

    2. where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.

    3 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purpose
    Gaseous fuel systems used for domestic purposes shall be approved by the Administration.
    Storage of gas bottles shall be located on the open deck or in a well ventilated space which opens only to the open deck.

    4 Miscellaneous items of ignition sources and ignitability

    4.1 Electric radiators
    Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.

    4.2 Waste receptacles
    Waste receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides or bottom.

    4.3 Insulation surfaces protected against oil penetration
    In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours.

    4.4 Primary deck coverings
    Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.


    1 Refer to the Recommended procedures to prevent the illegal or accidental use of low flashpoint cargo oil as fuel adopted by the Organization by resolution A.565(14).
    2 Refer to recommendations published by the International Organization for Standardization, in particular, Publications ISO 15540:1999 on Test methods for fire resistance of hose assemblies and ISO 15541:1999 on Requirements for the test bench of fire resistance of hose assemblies.
    § 5

    5 Cargo areas of tankers

    5.1 Separation of cargo oil tanks

    5.1.1 Cargo pump-rooms, cargo tanks, slop tanks and cofferdams shall be positioned forward of machinery spaces. However, oil fuel bunker tanks need not be forward of machinery spaces. Cargo tanks and slop tanks shall be isolated from machinery spaces by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oil bunker tanks or ballast tanks. Pump-rooms containing pumps and their accessories for ballasting those spaces situated adjacent to cargo tanks and slop tanks and pumps for oil fuel transfer, shall be considered as equivalent to a cargo pump-room within the context of this regulation provided that such pump-rooms have the same safety standard as that required for cargo pump-rooms. Pump-rooms intended solely for ballast or oil fuel transfer, however, need not comply with the requirements of regulation 10.9. The lower portion of the pump-room may be recessed into machinery spaces of category A to accommodate pumps, provided that the deck head of the recess is in general not more than one third of the moulded depth above the keel, except that in the case of ships of not more than 25,000 tonnes deadweight, where it can be demonstrated that for reasonsof access and satisfactory piping arrangements this is impracticable, the Administration may permit a recess in excess of such height, but not exceeding one half of the moulded depth above the keel.

    5.1.2 Main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and service spaces (excluding isolated cargo handling gear lockers) shall be positioned aft of cargo tanks, slop tanks, and spaces which isolate cargo or slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuel bunker tanks and ballast tanks, and shall be arranged in such a way that a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumes from the cargo tanks into an accommodation space, main cargo control stations, control station, or service spaces. A recess provided in accordance with paragraph 5.1.1 need not be taken into account when the position of these spaces is being determined.

    5.1.3 However, where deemed necessary, the Administration may permit main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and service spaces forward of the cargo tanks, slop tanks and spaces which isolate cargo and slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily forward of oil fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks. Machinery spaces, other than those of category A, may be permitted forward of the cargo tanks and slop tanks provided they are isolated from the cargo tanks and slop tanks by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms, oil fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks, and have at least one portable fire extinguisher. In cases where they contain internal combustion machinery, one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least 45 l capacity or equivalent shall be arranged in addition to portable fire extinguishers. If operation of a semi-portable fire extinguisher is impracticable, this fire extinguisher may be replaced by two additional portable fire extinguishers. Accommodation spaces, main cargo control spaces, control stations and service spaces shall be arranged in such a way that a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumes from the cargo tanks into such spaces. In addition, where deemed necessary for the safety or navigation of the ship, the Administration may permit machinery spaces containing internal combustion machinery not being main propulsion machinery having an output greater than 375 kW to be located forward of the cargo area provided the arrangements are in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

    5.1.4 In combination carriers only:

    1. The slop tanks shall be surrounded by cofferdams except where the boundaries of the slop tanks, where slop may be carried on dry cargo voyages, are part of the hull, main cargo deck, cargo pump-room bulkhead or oil fuel bunker tank. These cofferdams shall not be open to a double bottom, pipe tunnel, pump-room or other enclosed space, nor shall they be used for cargo or ballast and shall not be connected to piping systems serving oil cargo or ballast. Means shall be provided for filling the cofferdams with water and for draining them. Where the boundary of a slop tank is part of the cargo pump-room bulkhead, the pump-room shall not be open to the double bottom, pipe tunnel or other enclosed space; however, openings provided with gastight bolted covers may be permitted;

    2. Means shall be provided for isolating the piping connecting the pump-room with the slop tanks referred to in paragraph 5.1.4.1. The means of isolation shall consist of a valve followed by a spectacle flange or a spool piece with appropriate blank flanges. This arrangement shall be located adjacent to the slop tanks, but where this is unreasonable or impracticable, it may be located within the pump-room directly after the piping penetrates the bulkhead. A separate permanently installed pumping and piping arrangement incorporating a manifold, provided with a shut-off valve and a blank flange, shall be provided for discharging the contents of the slop tanks directly to the open deck for disposal to shore reception facilities when the ship is in the dry cargo mode. When the transfer system is used for slop transfer in the dry cargo mode, it shall have no connection to other systems. Separation from other systems by means of removal of spool pieces may be accepted;

    3. Hatches and tank cleaning openings to slop tanks shall only be permitted on the open deck and shall be fitted with closing arrangements. Except where they consist of bolted plates with bolts at watertight spacing, these closing arrangements shall be provided with locking arrangements under the control of the responsible ship's officer; and

    4. Where cargo wing tanks are provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall be installed inside these tanks. However, the Administration may permit cargo oil lines to be placed in special ducts provided there are capable of being adequately cleaned and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Administration. Where cargo wing tanks are not provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall be placed in special ducts.

    5.1.5 Where the fitting of a navigation position above the cargo area is shown to be necessary, it shall be for navigation purposes only and it shall be separated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with a height of at least 2 m. The fire protection requirements for such a navigation position shall be that required for control stations, as specified in regulation 9.2.4.2 and other provisions for tankers, as applicable.

    5.1.6 Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from the accommodation and service areas.
    This may be accomplished by provision of a permanent continuous coaming of a height of at least 300 mm, extending from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to the arrangements associated with stern loading.

    5.2 Restriction on boundary openings

    5.2.1 Except as permitted in paragraph 5.2.2, access doors, air inlets and openings to accommodation spaces, service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on the transverse bulkhead not facing the cargo area or on the outboard side of the superstructure or deckhouse at a distance of at least 4% of the length of the ship but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or deckhouse facing the cargo area. This distance need not exceed 5 m.

    5.2.2 The Administration may permit access doors in boundary bulkheads facing the cargo area or within the 5 m limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1, to main cargo control stations and to such service spaces used as provision rooms, store-rooms and lockers, provided they do not give access directly or indirectly to any other space containing or providing for accommodation, control stations or service spaces such as galleys, pantries or workshops, or similar spaces containing sources of vapour ignition. The boundary of such a space shall be insulated to "A-60" standard, with the exception of the boundary facing the cargo area. Bolted plates for the removal of machinery may be fitted within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1. Wheelhouse doors and windows may be located within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1 so long as they are designed to ensure that the wheelhouse can be made rapidly and efficiently gas and vapour tight.

    5.2.3 Windows and sidescuttles facing the cargo area and on the sides of the superstructures and deckhouses within the limits specified in paragraph 5.2.1 shall be of the fixed (non-opening) type. Such windows and sidescuttles, except wheelhouse windows, shall be constructed to "A-60" class standard.

    5.2.4 Where there is permanent access from a pipe tunnel to the main pump-room, a watertight door shall be fitted complying with the requirements of regulation II-1/25-9.2 and, in addition, with the following:

    1. in addition to the bridge operation, the watertight door shall be capable of being manually closed from outside the main pump-room entrance; and

    2. the watertight door shall be kept closed during normal operations of the ship except when access to the pipe tunnel is required.

    5.2.5 Permanent approved gastight lighting enclosures for illuminating cargo pump-rooms may be permitted in bulkheads and decks separating cargo pump-rooms and other spaces provided they are of adequate strength and the integrity and gastightness of the bulkhead or deck is maintained.

    5.2.6 The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouse and superstructure boundary space openings shall be such as to complement the provisions of paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. Such vents, especially for machinery spaces, shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Due consideration in this regard shall be given when the ship is equipped to load or discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as electrical equipment shall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.

    5.3 Cargo tank venting

    5.3.1 General requirements
    The venting systems of cargo tanks are to be entirely distinct from the air pipes of the other compartments of the ship. The arrangements and position of openings in the cargo tank deck from which emission of flammable vapours can occur shall be such as to minimize the possibility of flammable vapours being admitted to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition, or collecting in the vicinity of deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. In accordance with this general principle, the criteria in paragraphs 5.3.2 to 5.3.5 and regulation 11.6 will apply.

    5.3.2 Venting arrangements

    5.3.2.1 The venting arrangements in each cargo tank may be independent or combined with other cargo tanks and may be incorporated into the inert gas piping.

    5.3.2.2 Where the arrangements are combined with other cargo tanks, either stop valves or other acceptable means shall be provided to isolate each cargo tank. Where stop valves are fitted, they shall be provided with locking arrangements which shall be under the control of the responsible ship's officer. There shall be a clear visual indication of the operational status of the valves or other acceptable means. Where tanks have been isolated, it shall be ensured that relevant isolating valves are opened before cargo loading or ballasting or discharging of those tanks is commenced. Any isolation must continue to permit the flow caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank in accordance with regulation 11.6.1.1.

    5.3.2.3 If cargo loading and ballasting or discharging of a cargo tank or cargo tank group is intended, which is isolated from a common venting system, that cargo tank or cargo tank group shall be fitted with a means for over-pressure or under-pressure protection as required in regulation 11.6.3.2.

    5.3.2.4 The venting arrangements shall be connected to the top of each cargo tank and shall be self-draining to the cargo tanks under all normal conditions of trim and list of the ship. Where it may not be possible to provide self-draining lines, permanent arrangements shall be provided to drain the vent lines to a cargo tank.

    5.3.3 Safety devices in venting systems
    The venting system shall be provided with devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks. The design, testing and locating of these devices shall comply with the requirements established by the Administration based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.1 Ullage openings shall not be used for pressure equalization. They shall be provided with self-closing and tightly sealing covers. Flame arresters and screens are not permitted in these openings.

    5.3.4 Vent outlets for cargo handling and ballasting

    5.3.4.1 Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting required by regulation 11.6.1.2 shall:

    .1.1 permit the free flow of vapour mixtures; or .1.2 permit the throttling of the discharge of the vapour mixtures to achieve a velocity of not less than 30 m/s; .2 be so arranged that the vapour mixture is discharged vertically upwards; .3 where the method is by free flow of vapour mixtures, be such that the outlet shall be not less than 6 m above the cargo tank deck or fore and aft gangway if situated within 4 m of the gangway and located not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard; and .4 where the method is by high-velocity discharge, be located at a height not less than 2 m above the cargo tank deck and not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. These outlets shall be provided with high velocity devices of an approved type.5.3.4.2 The arrangements for the venting of vapours displaced from the cargo tanks during loading and ballasting shall comply with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6 and shall consist of either one or more mast risers, or a number of high-velocity vents. The inert gas supply main may be used for such venting.5.3.5 Isolation of slop tanks in combination carriers In combination carriers, the arrangements for isolating slop tanks containing oil or oil residues from other cargo tanks shall consist of blank flanges which will remain in position at all times when cargoes other than liquid cargoes referred to in regulation 1.6.1 are carried.5.4Ventilation5.4.1 Ventilation systems in cargo pump rooms Cargo pump-rooms shall be mechanically ventilated and discharges from the exhaust fans shall be led to a safe place on the open deck. The ventilation of these rooms shall have sufficient capacity to minimize the possibility of accumulation of flammable vapours. The number of air changes shall be at least 20 per hour, based upon the gross volume of the space. The air ducts shall be arranged so that all of the space is effectively ventilated. The ventilation shall be of the suction type using fans of the non-sparking type.5.4.2 Ventilation systems in combination carriers In combination carriers, cargo spaces and any enclosed spaces adjacent to cargo spaces shall be capable of being mechanically ventilated. The mechanical ventilation may be provided by portable fans. An approved fixed gas warning system capable of monitoring flammable vapours shall be provided in cargo pump-rooms, pipe ducts and cofferdams, as referred to in paragraph 5.1.4, adjacent to slop tanks. Suitable arrangements shall be made to facilitate measurement of flammable vapours in all other spaces within the cargo area. Such measurements shall be made possible from the open deck or easily accessible positions.5.5 Inert gas systems5.5.1 Application 5.5.1.1 For tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight and upwards, the protection of the cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed inert gas system in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code, except that, in lieu of the above, the Administration, after having given consideration to the ship's arrangement and equipment, may accept other fixed installations if they afford protection equivalent to the above, in accordance with regulation I/5. The requirements for alternative fixed installations shall comply with the requirements in paragraph 5.5.4.5.5.1.2 Tankers operating with a cargo tank cleaning procedure using crude oil washing shall be fitted with an inert gas system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code and with fixed tank washing machines.5.5.1.3 Tankers required to be fitted with inert gas systems shall comply with the following provisions:double hull spaces shall be fitted with suitable connections for the supply of inert gas; where hull spaces are connected to a permanently fitted inert gas distribution system, means shall be provided to prevent hydrocarbon gases from the cargo tanks entering the double hull spaces through the system; and where such spaces are not permanently connected to an inert gas distribution system, appropriate means shall be provided to allow connection to the inert gas main. 5.5.2 Inert gas systems of chemical tankers and gas carriers The requirements for inert gas systems contained in the Fire Safety Systems Code need not be applied to:chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying cargoes described in regulation 1.6.1, provided that they comply with the requirements for inert gas systems on chemical tankers established by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization;2 or chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying flammable cargoes other than crude oil or petroleum products such as cargoes listed in chapters 17 and 18 of the International Bulk Chemical Code, provided that the capacity of tanks used for their carriage does not exceed 3,000m3 and the individual nozzle capacities of tank washing machines do not exceed 17.5m3/h and the total combined throughput from the number of machines in use in a cargo tank at any one time does not exceed 110m3/ h.5.5.3 General requirements for inert gas systems 5.5.3.1 The inert gas system shall be capable of inerting, purging and gas freeing empty tanks and maintaining the atmosphere in cargo tanks with the required oxygen content.5.5.3.2 The inert gas system referred to in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with the Fire Safety Systems Code.5.5.3.3 Tankers fitted with a fixed inert gas system shall be provided with a closed ullage system. 5.5.4 Requirements for equivalent systems 5.5.4.1 Where an installation equivalent to a fixed inert gas system is installed, it shall:be capable of preventing dangerous accumulations of explosive mixtures in intact cargo tanks during normal service throughout the ballast voyage and necessary in-tank operations; andbe so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from the generation of static electricity by the system itself.5.6 Inerting, purging and gas-freeing5.6.1 Arrangements for purging and/or gas-freeing shall be such as to minimize the hazards due to dispersal of flammable vapours in the atmosphere and to flammable mixtures in a cargo tank.5.6.2 The procedure for cargo tank purging and/or gas freeing shall be carried out in accordance with regulation 16.3.2.5.6.3 The arrangements for inerting, purging or gas-freeing of empty tanks as required in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall be such that the accumulation of hydrocarbon vapours in pockets formed by the internal structural members in a tank is minimized and that: on individual cargo tanks, the gas outlet pipe, if fitted, shall be positioned as far as practicable from the inert gas/air inlet and in accordance with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.6. The inlet of such outlet pipes may be located either at deck level or at not more than 1 m above the bottom of the tank;the cross-sectional area of such gas outlet pipe referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.1 shall be such that an exit velocity of at least 20 m/s can be maintained when any three tanks are being simultaneously supplied with inert gas. Their outlets shall extend not less than 2 m above deck level; and each gas outlet referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.2 shall be fitted with suitable blanking arrangements.5.7 Gas measurement5.7.1 Portable instrument Tankers shall be equipped with at least one portable instrument for measuring flammable vapour concentrations, together with a sufficient set of spares. Suitable means shall be provided for the calibration of such instruments.5.7.2 Arrangements for gas measurement in double hull and double bottom spaces 5.7.2.1 Suitable portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable vapour concentrations shall be provided. In selecting these instruments, due attention shall be given to their use in combination with the fixed gas-sampling-line systems referred to in paragraph 5.7.2.2.5.7.2.2 Where the atmosphere in double hull spaces cannot be reliably measured using flexible gas sampling hoses, such spaces shall be fitted with permanent gas sampling lines. The configuration of gas sampling lines shall be adapted to the design of such spaces.5.7.2.3 The materials of construction and the dimensions of gas sampling lines shall be such as to prevent restriction. Where plastic materials are used, they shall be electrically conductive.5.8 Air supply to double hull and double bottom spacesDouble hull and double bottom spaces shall be fitted with suitable connections for the supply of air.5.9 Protection of cargo areaDrip pans for collecting cargo residues in cargo lines and hoses shall be provided in the area of pipe and hose connections under the manifold area. Cargo hoses and tank washing hoses shall have electrical continuity over their entire lengths including couplings and flanges (except shore connections) and shall be earthed for removal of electrostatic charges.5.10 Protection of cargo pump-rooms5.10.1 In tankers: cargo pumps, ballast pumps and stripping pumps, installed in cargo pump-rooms and driven by shafts passing through pump-room bulkheads shall be fitted with temperature sensing devices for bulkhead shaft glands, bearings and pump casings. A continuous audible and visual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the cargo control room or the pump control station;lighting in cargo pump-rooms, except emergency lighting, shall be interlocked with ventilation such that the ventilation shall be in operation when switching on the lighting. Failure of the ventilation system shall not cause the lighting to go out;a system for continuous monitoring of the concentration of hydrocarbon gases shall be fitted. Sampling points or detector heads shall be located in suitable positions in order that potentially dangerous leakages are readily detected. When the hydrocarbon gas concentration reaches a pre-set level which shall not be higher than 10% of the lower flammable limit, a continuous audible and visual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the pump-room, engine control room, cargo control room and navigation bridge to alert personnel to the potential hazard; andall pump-rooms shall be provided with bilge level monitoring devices together with appropriately located alarms.1 Refer to MSC/Circ.677 on revised standards for the design, testing and locating of devices to prevent the passage of flame into cargo tanks in tankers and to MSC/Circ.450/Rev.1 on revised factors to be taken into consideration when designing cargo tank venting and gas-freeing arrangements. 2 Refer to the Regulation for inert gas systems on chemical tankers adopted by the Organization by resolution A.567(14) and Corr.1.

    Reg. 05 Fire growth potential

    1 Purpose

    The purpose of this regulation is to limit the fire growth potential in every space of the ship.
    For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. means of control for the air supply to the space shall be provided;

    2. means of control for flammable liquids in the space shall be provided; and

    3. the use of combustible materials shall be restricted.

    2 Control of air supply and flammable liquid to the space

    2.1 Closing appliances and stopping devices of ventilation

    2.1.1 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated. The means of closing shall be easily accessible as well as prominently and permanently marked and shall indicate whether the shutoff is open or closed.

    2.1.2 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, cargo spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served. This position shall not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served.

    2.1.3 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, power ventilation, except machinery space and cargo space ventilation and any alternative system which may be required under regulation 8.2, shall be fitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces.

    2.2 Means of control in machinery spaces

    2.2.1 Means of control shall be provided for opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaust ventilation and closure of ventilator dampers.

    2.2.2 Means of control shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans. Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shall be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall be outside such spaces. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.

    2.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps, lubricating oil service pumps, thermal oil circulating pumps and oil separators (purifiers). However, paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5 need not apply to oily water separators.

    2.2.4 The controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.3 and in regulation 4.2.2.3.4 shall be located outside the space concerned so they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.

    2.2.5 In passenger ships, the controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.4 and in regulations 8.3.3 and 9.5.2.3 and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.

    2.3 Additional requirements for means of control in periodically unattended machinery spaces

    2.3.1 For periodically unattended machinery spaces, the Administration shall give special consideration to maintaining the fire integrity of the machinery spaces, the location and centralization of the fire-extinguishing system controls, the required shutdown arrangements (e.g. ventilation, fuel pumps, etc.) and that additional fire-extinguishing appliances and other fire-fighting equipment and breathing apparatus may be required.

    2.3.2 In passenger ships, these requirements shall be at least equivalent to those of machinery spaces normally attended.

    3 Fire protection materials

    3.1 Use of non-combustible materials

    3.1.1 Insulating materials Insulating materials shall be non-combustible, except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms and refrigerated compartments of service spaces. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as the insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems, need not be of non-combustible materials, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics.

    3.1.2 Ceilings and linings

    3.1.2.1 In passenger ships, except in cargo spaces, all linings, grounds, draught stops and ceilings shall be of non-combustible material except in mail rooms, baggage rooms, saunas or refrigerated compartments of service spaces. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible materials.

    3.1.2.2 In cargo ships, all linings, ceilings, draught stops and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials in the following spaces:

    1. in accommodation and service spaces and control stations for ships where Method IC is specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1; and

    2. in corridors and stairway enclosures serving accommodation and service spaces and control stations for ships where Method IIC and IIIC are specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1.

    3.2 Use of combustible materials

    3.2.1 General

    3.2.1.1 In passenger ships, "A", "B" or "C" class divisions in accommodation and services spaces which are faced with combustible materials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6. However, traditional wooden benches and wooden linings on bulkheads and ceilings are permitted in saunas and such materials need not be subject to the calculations prescribed in paragraphs 3.2.2 and 3.2.3.


    3.2.1.2 In cargo ships, non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and linings fitted in accommodation and service spaces may be faced with combustible materials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers provided such spaces are bounded by non-combustible bulkheads, ceilings and linings in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.2 to 3.2.4 and regulation 6.

    3.2.2 Maximum calorific value of combustible materials
    Combustible materials used on the surfaces and linings specified in paragraph 3.2.1 shall have a calorific value * not exceeding 45 MJ/m2 of the area for the thickness used. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable to the surfaces of furniture fixed to linings or bulkheads.

    3.2.3 Total volume of combustible materials
    Where combustible materials are used in accordance with paragraph 3.2.1, they shall comply with the following requirements:

    1. The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in accommodation and service spaces shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.5 mm veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceiling linings. Furniture fixed to linings, bulkheads or decks need not be included in the calculation of the total volume of combustible materials; and

    2. In the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" class divisions.

    3.2.4 Low flame-spread characteristics of exposed surfaces The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:

    3.2.4.1 In passenger ships:

    1. exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and of bulkhead and ceiling linings in accommodation and service spaces (except saunas) and control stations; and

    2. surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations.

    3.2.4.2 In cargo ships:

    1. exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and of ceilings in accommodation and service spaces (except saunas) and control stations; and

    2. surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations.

    3.3 Furniture in stairway enclosures of passenger ships
    Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed, limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restricted fire risk determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedure Code, and shall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration may permit additional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure if it is fixed, non-combustible and does not restrict the passenger escape route. Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors forming escape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-combustible material, providing storage for non-hazardous safety equipment required by these regulations, may be permitted. Drinking water dispensers and ice cube machines may be permitted in corridors provided they are fixed and do not restrict the width of the escape routes. This applies as well to decorative flower or plant arrangements, statues or other objects of art such as paintings and tapestries in corridors and stairways.


    * Refer to the recommendations published by the International Organization for Standardization, in particular, Publication ISO 1716:1973 on Determination of calorific potential.

    Reg. 06 Smoke generation potential and toxicity

    Smoke generation potential and toxicity

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to reduce the hazard to life from smoke and toxic products generated during a fire in spaces where persons normally work or live. For this purpose, the quantity of smoke and toxic products released from combustible materials, including surface finishes, during fire shall be limited.

    2 Paints, varnishes and other finishes
    Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.

    3 Primary deck coverings
    Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not give rise to smoke or toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.

    Reg. 06 Smoke generation potnetial and toxicity
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2008-07-01)]

    Part C Fire safety measures for passengers ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Part C Fire safety measures for cargo ships


    (Regulation 54 of this Part also applies to passenger ships as appropriate).
    Reg. 42 Structure
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 43 Bulkhead within the accommodation and service spaces
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 44 Fire integrity of bulkkeads and decks

    1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this Part, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 44.1 and 44.2.

    2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
    .1 Tables 44.1 and 44.2 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.
    .2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.

    (1) Control stations
    Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
    Wheelhouse and chartroom.
    Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
    Fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations.
    Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
    Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
    (2) Corridors
    Corridors and lobbies.
    (3) Accommodation spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.10, excluding corridors.
    (4) Stairways
    Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
    In this connexion, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
    (5) Service spaces (low risk)
    Lockers and store-rooms having an area of less than 2㎡, drying rooms and laundries.
    (6) Machinery spaces of category A
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.19.

    _______
    Notes : To be applied to tables 44.1 and 44.2, as appropriate
    a/ No special requirements are imposed upon bulkheads in methods IIC and IIIC fire protection.
    b/ Incase of method IIIC "B" classbulkheads of "B-0"rating shall be provided between spaces or groups of spaces of 50㎡ and over in area
    c/ For clarification as to which applies, see Regulation 43 and 46.
    d/ Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript d appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, e.g. in category (9). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.
    e/ Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse, chartroom and ratio room from each other may be "B-0"rating
    f/ A-0 rating may be used if no dangerous goods are intended to be carried or if such goods are stowed not less than 3m horizontally from such bulkhead.
    g/ For cargo spaces in which dangerous goods are intended to be carried, Regulation 54.2.8 applies.
    h/ Bulkheads and desks separating ro/ro cargo spaces shall be capable of being closed reasonably gastight and such divisions shall have "A" class integrity in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.
    I/ Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.
    ________
    * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material but is not required to be of "A" class standard.


    (7) Other machinery spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.20 excluding machinery spaces of category A.
    (8) Cargo spaces
    All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces.
    (9) Service spaces (high risk)
    Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having an area of 2㎡ or more, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.
    (10) Open decks
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having no fire risk. Air spaces
    (the space outside superstructures and deck-houses).
    (11) Ro-ro cargo spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.14. Cargo spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion.

    3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    4 External boundaries which are required in Regulation 42.1 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity elsewhere in this Part. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A"class integrity, doors may be of materials to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    Reg. 45 Means of escape
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 46 Protection of stairways and lift trunks in accommodation spaces service spaces and control stations
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 47 Doors in fire-resisting divisions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 48 Ventilation systems
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 49 Restricted use of combustible materials

    1 All exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and surfaces including grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics.* Exposed surfaces of ceilings in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall have low flame-spread characteristics.
    ____________
    * Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.166(ES.IV).

    2 Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not offer an undue fire hazard in the judgement of the Administration and shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke.

    3 Primary deck coverings, if applied, in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall be of an approved material which will not readily ignite.**
    _____________
    ** Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidelines on Test Procedures for Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.214(VII).
    Reg. 50 Details of construction

    1 Method IC - In accommodation and service spaces and control stations all linings, draught stops, ceilings and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials.

    2 Methods IIC and IIIC - In corridors and stairway enclosures serving accommodation and service spaces and control stations, ceilings, linings, draught stops and their associated grounds shall be of non-combustible materials.

    3 Methods IC, IIC and IIIC

    3.1 Except in cargo spaces or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, insulating materials shall be non-combustible. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as the insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems, need not be of non-combustible materials, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3.2 Where non-combustible bulkheads, linings and ceilings are fitted in accommodation and service spaces they may have a combustible veneer not exceeding 2.0 ㎜ in thickness within any such space except corridors, stairway enclosures and control stations, where the veneer shall not exceed 1.5 ㎜ in thickness.

    3.3 Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panellings, or linings, shall be divided by close-fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 m apart. In the vertical direction, such air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.
    Reg. 51 Arrangements for gaseous fuel for domestic purposes

    Where gaseous fuel is used for domestic purposes the arrangements, storage, distribution and utilization of the fuel shall be such that, having regard to the hazards of fire and explosion which the use of such fuel may entail, the safety of the ship and the persons on board is preserved.
    Reg. 52 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems and automatic sprinkler fire detection and fire alarmsystems

    Automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems(SC160)

    1 In ships in which method IC is adopted, a smoke detection system in accordance with the relevant provisions of Regulation 13 shall be so installed and arranged as to protect all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

    2 In ships in which method IIC is adopted, an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the relevant provisions of Regulation 12 shall be so installed and arranged as to protect accommodation spaces, galleys and other service spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, a smoke detection system in accordance with the relevant provisions of Regulation 13 shall be so arranged and installed as to protect corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

    3 In ships in which method IIIC is adopted, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the relevant provisions of Regulation 13 shall be so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all accommodation spaces and service spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc.

    4 Notwithstanding the provisions of the above, the Administration need not require the installation of detectors required in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 13.2.2 until 1 September 1985.
    Reg. 52 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems Automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 53 Fire protection arrangements in cargo spaces

    1 General

    1.1 Except for cargo spaces covered in paragraphs 2 and 3, cargo spaces of ships of 2,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of Regulation 5 or by a fire-extinguishing system which gives equivalent protection.

    1.2 The Administration may exempt from the requirements of paragraph 1.1 cargo spaces of any ship if constructed and solely intended for carrying ore, coal, grain, unseasoned timber, non-combustible cargoes or cargoes which, in the opinion of the Administration, constitute a low fire risk. Such exemptions may be granted only if the ship is fitted with steel hatch covers and effective means of closing all ventilators and other openings leading to the cargo spaces.

    1.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1.1, any ship engaged in the carriage of dangerous goods shall be provided in any cargo spaces with a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of Regulation 5 or by fire-extinguishing system which in the opinion of the Administration give equivalent protection for the cargoes carried.

    2. Ro/ro cargo spaces

    2.1 Fire detection
    There shall be provided an approved automatic fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type. The design and arrangements of this system shall be considered in conjunction with the ventilation requirements referred to in 2.3.

    2.2 Fire-extinguishing arrangements

    2.2.1 Ro/ro cargo spaces capable of being sealed shall be fitted with a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 5, except that:
    .1 if a carbon dioxide system is fitted, the quantity of gas available shall be at least sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 45 percent of the gross volume of the largest such cargo space which is capable of being sealed, and the arrangements shall be such as to ensure that at least two thirds of the gas required for the relevant space shall be introduced during 10 minutes;
    .2 a halogenated hydrocarbon system may be used only for spaces designated only for vehicles which are not carrying any cargo;
    .3 any other fixed gas fire-extinguishing system or fixed high expansion foam fire-extinguishing system may be fitted provided the Administration is satisfied that an equivalent protection is achieved;
    .4 as an alternative, a system meeting the requirements of Regulation 37.1.3 may be fitted. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.* Such information shall be included in the stability information supplied to the master as required by Reg. II-1/22.
    ______
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

    2.2.2 Ro/ro cargo spaces not capable of being sealed shall be fitted with a system meeting the requirements of Regulation 37.1.3. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.* Such information shall be included in the stability information supplied to the master as required by Regulation II-1/22.
    __________
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).

    2.2.3 There shall be provided for use in any ro/ro cargo space such number of portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem sufficient. At least one portable extinguisher shall be located at each access to such a cargo space.
    2.2.4 Each ro/ro cargo space intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion shall be provided with:
    .1 at least three water fog applicators;
    .2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of Regulation 6.4 provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such ro/ro cargo spaces.

    2.3 Ventilation system

    2.3.1 Closed ro/ro cargo spaces shall be provided with an effective power ventilation system sufficient to provide at least six air changes per hour based on an empty hold. Ventilation fans shall normally be run continuously whenever vehicles are on board. Where this is impracticable, they shall be operated for a limited period daily as weather permits and in any case for a reasonable period prior to discharge, after which period the ro/ro cargo space shall be proved gas free. One or more portable combustible gas detecting instruments shall be carried for this purpose. The system shall be entirely separate from other ventilating systems. Ventilation ducts serving ro/ro cargo spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each cargo space. The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded or unloaded. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.
    2.3.2 The ventilation shall be so arranged as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
    2.3.3 Means shall be provided to indicate any loss of the required ventilating capacity on the navigating bridge.
    2.3.4 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shut-down and effective closure of the ventilation system in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.
    2.3.5 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, shall be made of steel and their arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.4 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours Closed ro/ro cargo spaces carrying motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion shall comply with the following additional provisions:
    .1 Except as provided in paragraph 2.4.2, electrical equipment and wiring shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures.
    .2 Above a height of 450㎜ from the deck, electrical equipment of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks shall be permitted as an alternative on condition that the ventilating system is so designed and operated as to provide continuous ventilation of the cargo spaces at the rate of at least ten air changes per hour whenever vehicles are on board.
    .3 Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.
    .4 Electrical equipment and wiring in an exhaust ventilation duct shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.
    .5 Scuppers shall not be led to machinery or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present.

    3 Cargo spaces, other than ro/ro cargo spaces, intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion Spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion shall comply with requirements of paragraph 2, except that paragraph 2.2.4 need not be complied with.
    Reg. 54 Special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods

    1 General

    1.1 In addition to complying with the requirements of Regulation 53 for cargo ships and with the requirements of Regulations 38 and 39 for passenger ships as appropriate, ship-types and cargo spaces, referred to in paragraph 1.2, intended for the carriage of dangerous goods shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, as appropriate, except when carrying dangerous goods in limited quantities* unless such requirements have already been met by compliance with the requirements elsewhere in this chapter. The types of ships and modes of carriage of dangerous goods are referred to in paragraph 1.2 and in table 54.1, where the numbers appearing in paragraph 1.2 are referred to in the top line ** Reference is made to section 18 of the General Introduction to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) for a definition of the term 'limited quantities'.1.2 The following ship types and cargo spaces shall govern the application of tables 54.1 and 54.2: .1 Ships and cargo spaces not specifically designed for the carriage of freight containers but intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form including goods in freight containers and portable tanks. .2 Purpose built container ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in freight containers and portable tanks. .3 Ro/ro ships and ro/ro cargo spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods .4 Ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk. .5 Ships and cargo spaces intended for carriage of dangerous goods other than liquids and gases in bulk in shipborne barges. 2 Special requirements Unless otherwise specified the following requirements shall govern the application of tables 54.1, 54.2 and 54.3 to both "on deck" and "under deck" stowage of dangerous goods where the numbers of the following paragraphs are indicated in the first column. 2.1 Water supplies 2.1.1 Arrangements shall be made to ensure immediate availability of a supply of water from the fire main at the required pressure either by permanent pressurization or by suitably placed remote start in arrangements for the fire pumps. ___________ Notes a/ For classes 4 and 5.1 not applicable to closed freight containers. For classes 2, 3, 6.1 and 8 when carried in closed freight containers the ventilation rate may be reduced to not less than two air changes. For the purpose of this requirement a portable tank is a closed freight container. b/ Applicable to decks only. c/ Applies only to closed ro/ro cargo spaces. not capable of being sealed. d/ In the special case where the barges are capable of containing flammable vapours or alternatively if they are capable of discharging flammable vapours to a safe space outside the barge carrier compartment by means of ventilation ducts connected to the barges, these requirements may be reduced or waived to the satisfaction or the Administration.________________ Notes e/ This requirement is applicable when the characteristics of the substance call for large quantities of water for fire fighting. f/ The hazards of substances in this class which may be carried in bulk are such that special consideration must be given by the Administration to the construction and equipment of the ships involved in addition to those enumerated in this table. g/ Reference is made to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (resolution A.81(IV) as amended) or the Code of safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (resolution A.434(XI) as amended), as appropriate. h/ At least natural ventilation is required in enclosed cargo spaces intended for carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk. In cases where power ventilation is required in the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (resolution A.434(XI) as amended), the use of portable ventilation units (equipment) to the satisfaction of the Administration may suffice.________ Notesi/ This requirement is applicable when the characteristics of the substance call for large quantities of water for fire fighting. j/ Applicable to flammable or poisonous gases. k/ Except goods of class 1 in division 1.4, compatibility group S. l/ All flammable gases. m/ All liquids having a flashpoint below 23° (closed cup test). n/ Liquids only. o/ Goods of class 1 shall be stowed 3m horizontally away from the machinery space boundaries in all cases. p/ Reference is made to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (resolution A.81(IV) as amended) or the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (resolution A.434(XI) as amended), as appropriate.2.1.2 The quantity of water delivered shall be capable of supplying four nozzles of a size and at pressures as specified in Regulation 4, capable of being trained on any part of the cargo space when empty. This amount of water may be applied by equivalent means to the satisfaction of the Administration. 2.1.3 Means of effectively cooling the designated under deck cargo space by copious quantities of water, either by a fixed arrangement of spraying nozzles, or flooding the cargo space with water, shall be provided. Hoses may be used for this purpose in small cargo spaces and in small areas of larger cargo spaces at the discretion of the Administration. In any event the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.* ___________ * Reference is made to Recommendations on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).2.1.4 Provision to flood a designated under deck cargo space with suitable specified media may be substituted for the requirements in paragraph 2.1.3. 2.2 Sources of ignition Electrical equipment and wiring shall not be fitted in enclosed cargo spaces, closed vehicle deck spaces, or open vehicle deck spaces unless it is essential for operational purposes in the opinion of the Administration. However, if electrical equipment is fitted in such spaces, it shall be of a certified safe type** for use in the dangerous environments to which it may be exposed unless it is possible to completely isolate the electrical system (by removal of links in the system, other than fuses). Cable penetrations of the decks and bulkheads shall be sealed against the passage of gas or vapour. Through runs of cables and cables within the cargo spaces shall be protected against damage from impact. Any other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapour shall not be permitted. __________ ** Reference is made to Recommendations published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and, in particular, Publication 92 - Electrical Installation in Ships.2.3 Detection system An approved fire detection and fire alarm system shall be fitted to all enclosed cargo spaces including closed vehicle deck spaces. Where the detection system utilizes samples of atmosphere drawn from such cargo spaces provision shall be made to prevent, in the event of cargo leakage, the discharge of contaminated atmosphere through the sampling system into the space in which the detection apparatus is situated. A notice stating that the samples shall be discharged to the open air when cargoes giving off toxic fumes are being carried shall be permanently exhibited at the equipment. 2.4 Ventilation 2.4.1 Adequate power ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces. The arrangement shall be such as to provide for at least six air changes per hour in the cargo space based on an empty cargo space and for removal of vapours from the upper or lower parts of the cargo space, as appropriate. 2.4.2 The fans shall be such as to avoid the possibility of ignition of flammable gas air mixtures. Suitable wire mesh guards shall be fitted over inlet and outlet ventilation openings. 2.5 Bilge pumping Where it is intended to carry flammable or toxic liquids in enclosed cargo spaces the bilge pumping system shall be designed to ensure against inadvertent pumping of such liquids through machinery space piping or pumps. Where large quantities of such liquids are carried, consideration shall be given to the provision of additional means of draining those cargo spaces. These means shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. 2.6 Personnel protection 2.6.1 Four sets of full protective clothing resistant to chemical attack shall be provided in addition to the fireman's outfits required by Regulation 17. The protective clothing shall cover all skin, so that no part of the body is unprotected. 2.6.2 At least two self-contained breathing apparatuses additional to those required by Regulation 17 shall be provided. 2.7 Portable fire extinguishers Portable fire extinguishers with a total capacity of at least 12kg of dry powder or equivalent shall be provided for the cargo spaces. These extinguishers shall be in addition to any portable fire extinguishers required elsewhere in this Chapter. 2.8 Insulation of machinery space boundaries Bulkheads forming boundaries between cargo spaces and machinery spaces of category A shall be insulated to "A-60" standard, unless the dangerous goods are stowed at least 3 m horizontally away from such bulkheads. Other boundaries between such spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" standard. 2.9 Water spray system Each open ro/ro cargo space having a deck above it and each space deemed to be a closed ro/ro cargo space not capable of being sealed shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in such space, except that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test to be no less effective. In any event the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.* ___________ * Reference is made to Recommendation on Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems for Special Category Spaces, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).3 Document of compliance The Administration shall provide the ship with an appropriate document as evidence of compliance of construction and equipment with the requirements of this Regulation.

    Reg. 35 Structure

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material.

    (b) Where fire protection in accordance with paragraph (b) of Regulation 40 of this Chapter is employed, the superstructure may be constructed of, for example, aluminium alloy, provided that:
    (i) for the temperature rise of the metallic cores of "A" Class divisions when exposed to the standard fire test, due regard is given to the mechanical properties of the material;
    (ii) the Administration is satisfied that the amount of combustible materials used in the relevant part of the ship is suitably reduced; the ceilings (i.e. linings of deck heads) are non-combustible;
    (iii) adequate provision is made to ensure that in the event of fire, arrangements for stowage, launching and embarkation into survival craft remain as effective as if the superstructure were constructed of steel;
    (iv) crowns and casings of boiler and machinery spaces are of steel construction adequately insulated, and the openings therein, if any, are suitably arranged and protected to prevent spread of fire.

    Reg. 36 Main Vertical Zones

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary, they shall be of "A" Class divisions.

    (b) As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck.

    (c) Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

    (d) On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where installation of such bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration.

    Reg. 37 Openings in "A" Class Divisions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Where "A" Class divisions are pierced for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., for girders, beams or other structures, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired.

    (b) Where of necessity, a duct passes through a main vertical zone bulkhead, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the bulkhead. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from both sides of the bulkhead. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the bulkhead and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, to an insulating standard such as to comply with paragraph (a) of this Regulation. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the bulkhead with a visible indicator showing if the damper is in the open position.

    (c) Except for hatches between cargo, store, and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, all openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    (d) The construction of all doors and door frames in "A" Class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame as far as practicable equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated. Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    (e) It shall be possible for each door to be opened from either side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    (f) Fire doors In main vertical zone bulkheads and stairway enclosures, other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall be of the self-closing type capable of closing against an inclination of 3 1/2 degrees opposing/ closure. All such doors, except those that are normally closed, shall be capable of release from a control station, either simultaneously or in groups, and also individually from a position at the door. The release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system; however, approved power-operated watertight doors will be considered acceptable for this purpose. Hold-back hooks, not subject to control station release, will not be permitted. When double swing doors are permitted, they shall have a latch arrangement which is automatically engaged by the operation of the door release system.

    Reg. 38 Fire Integrity of "A" class divisions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Where "A" Class divisions are required under this Part, the Administration, in deciding the amount of insulation to be provided, shall be guided by the provisions of Part B of this Chapter, but may accept a reduction of the amount of insulation below that stipulated by that Part.

    Reg. 39 Separation of Accommodation Spaces from Machinery, Cargo and Service Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The boundary bulkheads and decks separating accommodation spaces from machinery, cargo and service spaces shall be constructed of "A" Class divisions, and these bulkheads and decks shall have an insulation value to the satisfaction of the Administration having regard to the nature of the adjacent spaces.

    Reg. 40 Protection of Accommodation and Service Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The accommodation and service spaces shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of either paragraph (a) or (b) of this Regulation.

    (a)
    (i) Within the accommodation spaces, all enclosure bulkheads other than those required to be of "A" Class divisions, shall be constructed of "B" Class divisions of non-combustible materials, which may, however, be faced with combustible materials in accordance with subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph.
    (ii) All corridor bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck. Ventilation openings may be permitted in the doors in "B" Class bulkheads, preferably in the lower portion. All other enclosure bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck vertically, and to the shell or other boundaries transversely, unless non-combustible ceilings or linings such as will ensure fire integrity are fitted, in which case the bulkheads may terminate at the ceilings or linings.
    (iii) Except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms, or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all linings, grounds, ceilings and insulations shall be of non-combustible materials. The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in any accommodation or public space shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2.54 millimetres ( 1/10 inch) veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceilings. All exposed surfaces in corridors or stairway enclosures and in concealed or inaccessible spaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics . *
    __________________
    * Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.166(ES. IV)

    (b)
    (i) All corridor bulkheads in accommodation spaces shall be of steel or be constructed of "B" Class panels.
    (ii) A fire detecting system of an approved type shall be installed and so arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all enclosed spaces appropriated to the use or service of passengers or crew (except spaces which afford no substantial fire hazard) and automatically to indicate at one or more points or stations where it can be most quickly observed by officers and crew, the presence or indication of fire and also its location.

    Reg. 41 Deck Coverings*

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    ________________
    * Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidelines on Test Procedures for Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.214(VII)

    Primary deck coverings within accommodation spaces, control stations, stairways and corridors shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite.

    Reg. 42 Protection of Stairways and Lifts in Accommodation and Service Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All stairways and means of escape in accommodation and service spaces shall be of steel or other suitable materials.

    (b) Passenger and service lift trunks, vertical trunks for light and air to passenger spaces, etc., shall be of "A" Class divisions. Doors shall be of steel or other equivalent material and when closed shall provide fire resistance at least as effective as the trunks in which they are fitted.

    Reg. 43 Protection of Control Stations and Store-rooms

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Control stations shall be separated from the remainder of the ship by "A" Class bulkheads and decks.

    (b) The boundary bulkheads of baggage rooms, mail rooms, store-rooms, paint and lamp lockers, galleys and similar spaces shall be of "A" Class divisions. Spaces containing highly inflammable stores shall be so situated as to minimize the danger to passengers or crew in the event of fire.

    Reg. 44 Windows and Sidescuttles

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation spaces from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bead.

    (b) All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation spaces shall be constructed so as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkhead in which they are fitted.

    Reg. 45 Ventilation Systems

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Power ventilation of machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the machinery spaces.

    Reg. 46 Details of Construction

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Paints, varnishes and similar preparations having a nitro-cellulose or other highly inflammable base shall not be used in any part of the ship.

    (b) Pipes penetrating "A" or "B" Class divisions shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. Pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk. Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the water-line and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.

    (c) In spaces containing main propulsion machinery, or oil-fired boilers, or auxiliary internal combustion type machinery of total power output of 746 kW or over, the following measures shall be taken:
    (i) skylights shall be capable of being closed from outside the space;
    (ii) skylights containing glass panels shall be fitted with external shutters of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached;
    (iii) any window permitted by the Administration in casings of such spaces shall be of the non-opening type, and shall be fitted with an external shutter of steel or other equivalent material permanently attached; and
    (iv) in the windows and skylights referred to in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph, wire reinforced glass shall be used.

    Reg. 47 Fire Detection Systems and Fire-Extinguishing Equipment

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Patrols and Detection.
    (i) An efficient patrol system shall be maintained in all ships so that any outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Manual fire alarms shall be fitted throughout the passenger and crew accommodation to enable the fire patrol to give an alarm immediately to the navigating bridge or fire control station.
    (ii) An approved fire alarm or fire detecting system shall be provided which will automatically indicate at one or more suitable points or stations the presence or indication of fire and its location in any part of the ship which, in the opinion of the Administration, is not accessible to the patrol system, except where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.
    (iii) The ship, whether new or existing, shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

    (b) Fire Pumps and Fire Main System. The ship shall be provided with fire pumps, fire main system, hydrants and hoses complying with Regulation 5 of this Chapter and with the following requirements:
    (i) A ship of 4,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least three independently driven fire pumps and every ship of less than 4,000 tons gross tonnage with at least two such fire pumps.
    (ii) In a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards, the arrangement of sea connexions, pumps and sources of power for operating them shall be such as to ensure that a fire in any one compartment will not put all the fire pumps out of action.
    (iii) In a ship of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage the arrangements shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) Fire Hydrants, Hoses and Nozzles.
    (i) The ship shall be provided with such number of fire hoses as the Administration may deem sufficient. There shall be at least one fire hose for each of the hydrants required by paragraph (d) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter and these hoses shall be used only for the purposes of extinguishing fires or testing the fire-extinguishing apparatus at fire drills and surveys.
    (ii) In accommodation, service and machinery spaces, the number and position of hydrants shall be such that the requirements of paragraph (d) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter may be complied with when all watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed.
    (iii) The arrangements shall be such that at least two jets of water can reach any part of any car go space when empty.
    (iv) All required hydrants in the machinery spaces of ships with oil-fired boilers or internal combustion type propelling machinery shall be fitted with hoses having nozzles as required in paragraph (g) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.

    (d) International Shore Connexion.
    (i) A ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least one international shore connexion, complying with paragraph (h) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.
    (ii) Facilities shall be available enabling such a connexion to be used on either side of the ship.

    (e) Portable Fire Extinguishers in accommodation and Service Spaces.
    The ship shall be provided in accommodation and service spaces with such approved portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem to be appropriate and sufficient.

    (f) Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements in Cargo Spaces.
    (i) The cargo spaces of ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with Regulation 8 of this Chapter.
    (ii) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that a ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply the requirements of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph and also in ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage, the arrangements in cargo spaces shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (g) Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Boiler Rooms, etc.. Where main or auxiliary oil-fired boilers are situated, or in spaces containing oil fuel units or settling tanks, a ship shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) There shall be any one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing installations :
    (1) a pressure water-spraying system complying with Regulation 11 of this Chapter;
    (2) a gas fire-extinguishing installation complying with Regulation 8 of this Chapter;
    (3) a fixed froth installation complying with Regulation 9 of this Chapter.
    (The Administration may require fixed or mobile arrangements by pressure water or froth spraying to fight fire above the floor plates.) In each case if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room bilges, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.
    (ii) There shall be at least two approved portable extinguishers discharging froth or other approved medium suitable for extinguishing oil fires, in each firing space in each boiler room and each space in which a part of the oil fuel installation is situated. There shall be not less than one approved froth type extinguisher of at least 136 litres (30 gallons) capacity or equivalent in each boiler room. These extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room and spaces containing any part of the oil fuel installations.
    (iii) In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing sand, sawdust impregnated with soda or other approved dry material, in such quantity as may be required by the Administration. Alternatively an approved portable extinguisher may be substituted therefor.

    (h) Fire-Fighting Appliances in Spaces containing Internal Combustion Type Machinery.
    Where internal combustion type engines are used, either for main propulsion or for auxiliary purposes associated with a total power output of not less than 746 kW, a ship shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) there shall be one of the fixed arrangements required by sub-paragraph (g)(i) of this Regulation;
    (ii) there shall be in each engine space one approved froth-type extinguisher of not less than 45 litres (10 gallons) capacity or equivalent and also one approved portable froth-type extinguisher for each 746 kW of engine power output or part thereof; but the total number of portable extinguishers so supplied shall be not less than two and need not exceed six.

    (i) Fire-Fighting Arrangements in Spaces containing Steam Turbines and not requiring any Fixed Installation.
    The Administration shall give special consideration to the fire-extinguishing arrangements to be provided in spaces containing steam turbines which are separated from boiler rooms by watertight bulkheads.

    (j) Fireman's Outfits and Personal Equipment
    (i) The minimum number of fireman's outfits complying with the requirement of Regulation 14 of this Chapter, and of additional set of personal equipment, each such set comprising the items stipulated in sub-paragraphs (a)(i),(ii) and (iii) of that Regulation, to be carried, shall be follows:
    (1) two fireman's outfits; and in addition
    (2) for every 80 metres (262 feet) or part thereof, of the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck which carries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck which has the largest aggregate of personal equipment, each such set comprising the items stipulated in Regulation 14 (a)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this chapter.
    (ii) For each fireman's outfit which includes a self-contained breathing apparatus as provided in paragraph (b) of Regulation 14 of this Chapter, spare charges shall be carried on a scale approved by the Administration.

    (iii) Fireman's outfits and sets of personal equipment shall be stored in widely separated positions ready for use. At least two fireman's outfits and on set of personal equipment shall be available at any one position.

    Reg. 48 Means of Escape

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) In and from all passenger and crew spaces and spaces in which crew are normally employed, other than machinery spaces, stairways and ladderways shall be arranged so as to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat embarkation deck. In particular the following precautions shall be complied with:
    (i) below the bulkhead deck, two means of escape, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided for each watertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces. One of these means of escape may be dispensed with by the Administration, due regard being paid to the nature and the location of spaces concerned, and to the number of persons who normally might be quartered or employed there;
    (ii) above the bulkhead deck, there shall be at least two practical means of escape from each main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces at least one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape; and
    (iii) at least one of the means of escape shall be by means of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide as far as practicable continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the lifeboat embarkation deck. The width, number and continuity of the stairways shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (b) In machinery spaces, two means of escape, one of which may be a watertight door, shall be provided from each engine room, shaft tunnel and boiler room. In machinery spaces, where no watertight door is available, the two means of escape shall be formed by two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible leading to doors in the casing similarly separated and from which access is provided to the embarkation deck. In the case of ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with this requirement, due regard being paid to the width and the disposition of the casing.

    Reg. 49 Oil Fuel used for Internal Combustion Engines

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    No internal combustion engine shall be used for any fixed installation in a ship if its fuel has a flashpoint of 43°C (110° F) or less (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus.

    Reg. 50 Special Arrangements in Machinery Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Means shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans serving machinery and cargo spaces and for closing all doorways, ventilators, annular spaces around funnels and other openings to such spaces. These means shall be capable of being operated from outside such spaces in case of fire.

    (b) Machinery driving forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the space concerned so that they may be stopped in the event of a fire arising in the space in which they are located.

    (c) Every oil fuel suction pipe from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve capable of being closed from outside the space concerned in the event of a fire arising in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel, valves on the tanks shall be fitted but control in event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipeline or lines outside the tunnel or tunnels.

    Part C Suppression of fire

    Reg. 07 Detection and alarm

    Detection and alarm

    1 Purpose

    The purpose of this regulation is to detect a fire in the space of origin and to provide alarm for safe escape and fire-fighting activity. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. fixed fire detection and fire alarm system installations shall be suitable for the nature of the space, fire growth potential and potential generation of smoke and gases;

    2. manually operated call points shall be placed effectively to ensure a readily accessible means of notification; and

    3. fire patrols shall provide an effective means of detecting and locating fires and alerting the navigation bridge and fire teams.

    2 General requirements

    2.1 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of this regulation.

    2.2 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and a sample extraction smoke detection system required in this regulation and other regulations in this part shall be of an approved type and comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    2.3 Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system is required for the protection of spaces other than those specified in paragraph 5.1, at least one detector complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed in each such space.

    3 Initial and periodical tests

    3.1 The function of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems required by the relevant regulations of this chapter shall be tested under varying conditions of ventilation after installation.

    3.2 The function of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be periodically tested to the satisfaction of the Administration by means of equipment producing hot air at the appropriate temperature, or smoke or aerosol particles having the appropriate range of density or particle size, or other phenomena associated with incipient fires to which the detector is designed to respond.

    4 Protectionof machinery spaces

    4.1 Installation
    A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be installed in:

    1. periodically unattended machinery spaces; and

    2. machinery spaces where:
      .2.1 the installation of automatic and remote control systems and equipment has been approved in lieu of continuous manning of the space; and


      .2.2
      the main propulsion and associated machinery including sources of main source of electrical power are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manned supervision from a control room.

    4.2 Design
    The fixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.1 shall be so designed and the detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly the onset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal conditions of operation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by the possible range of ambient temperatures. Except in spaces of restricted height and where their use is specially appropriate, detection systems using only thermal detectors shall not be permitted. The detection system shall initiate audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not indicating fire, in sufficient places to ensure that the alarms are heard and observed on the navigating bridge and by a responsible engineer officer. When the navigating bridge is unmanned the alarm shall sound in a place where a responsible member of the crew is on duty.

    5 Protection of accommodation and service spaces and control stations

    5.1 Smoke detectors in accommodation spaces Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces as provided in paragraphs 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4. Consideration shall be given to the installation of special purpose smoke detectors within ventilation ducting.

    5.2 Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces. Smoke detectors need not be fitted in private bathrooms and galleys. Spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be fitted with a fixed fire detection and alarm system.

    5.3 Requirements for passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers There shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., either:

    1. a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces and providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces; or

    2. an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code and so installed and arranged as to protect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.(Link: A.800(19))

    5.4 Protection of atriums in passenger ships The entire main vertical zone containing the atrium shall be protected throughout with a smoke detection system.

    5.5 Cargo ships Accommodation and service spaces and control stations of cargo ships shall be protected by a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and/or an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system as follows depending on a protection method adopted in accordance with regulation 9.2.3.1.

    5.5.1 Method IC A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

    5.5.2 Method IIC An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be so installed and arranged as to protect accommodation spaces, galleys and other service spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

    5.5.3 Method IIIC A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in all accommodation spaces and service spaces providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. In addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.

    6 Protection of cargo spaces in passenger ships

    A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system or a sample extraction smoke detection system shall be provided in any cargo space which, in the opinion of the Administration, is not accessible, except where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply this requirement.

    7 Manually operated call points

    Manually operated call points complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations. One manually operated call point shall be located at each exit. Manually operated call points shall be readily accessible in the corridors of each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 m from a manually operated call point.

    8 Firepatrols in passenger ships

    8.1 Fire patrols
    For ships carrying more than 36 passengers an efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use.

    8.2 Inspection hatches
    The construction of ceiling and bulkheads shall be such that it will be possible, without impairing the efficiency of the fire protection, for the fire patrols to detect any smoke originating in concealed and inaccessible places, except where in the opinion of the Administration there is no risk of fire originating in such places.

    8.3 Two-way portable radiotelephone apparatus
    Each member of the fire patrol shall be provided with a two-way portable radiotelephone apparatus.

    9 Fire alarm signalling systems in passenger ships *

    9.1 Passenger ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.

    9.2 The control panel of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be designed on the fail-safe principle (e.g. an open detector circuit shall cause an alarm condition).

    9.3 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall have the fire detection alarms for the systems required by paragraph 5.2 centralized in a continuously manned central control station. In addition, controls for remote closing of the fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans shall be centralized in the same location. The ventilation fans shall be capable of reactivation by the crew at the continuously manned control station. The control panels in the central control station shall be capable of indicating open or closed positions of fire doors and closed or off status of the detectors, alarms and fans. The control panel shall be continuously powered and shall have an automatic change-over to standby power supply in case of loss of normal power supply. The control panel shall be powered from the main source of electrical power and the emergency source of electrical power defined by regulation II-1/42 unless other arrangements are permitted by the regulations, as applicable.

    9.4 A special alarm, operated from the navigation bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship's general alarm system and shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.


    * Refer to the Code of Alarms and Indicators as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.830(19).

    Reg. 08 Control of smoke spread

    Control of smoke spread

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to control the spread of smoke in order to minimize the hazards from smoke. For this purpose, means for controlling smoke in atriums, control stations, machinery spaces and concealed spaces shall be provided.

    2 Protection of control stations outside machinery spaces
    Practicable measures shall be taken for control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained so that, in the event of fire, the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively. Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided and air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimized. At the discretion of the Administration, such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective.

    3 Release of smoke from machinery spaces

    3.1 The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces of category A and, where the Administration considers desirable, to other machinery spaces.

    3.2 Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke, in the event of fire, from the space to be protected, subject to the provisions of regulation 9.5.2.1 The normal ventilation systems may be acceptable for this purpose.

    3.3 Means of control shall be provided for permitting the release of smoke and such controls shall be located outside the space concerned so that, in the event of fire, they will not be cut off from the space they serve.

    3.4 In passenger ships, the controls required by paragraph 3.3 shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.

    4 Draught stops
    Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings shall be divided by close-fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 m apart. In the vertical direction, such enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.

    5 Smoke extraction systems in atriums of passenger ships
    Atriums shall be equipped with a smoke extraction system. The smoke extraction system shall be activated by the required smoke detection system and be capable of manual control. The fans shall be sized such that the entire volume within space can be exhausted in 10 min or less.

    Reg. 09 Containment of fire

    Containment of fire

    1 Purpose

    The purpose of this regulation is to contain a fire in the space of origin. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. the ship shall be subdivided by thermal and structural boundaries;

    2. thermal insulation of boundaries shall have due regard to the fire risk of the space and adjacent spaces; and

    3. the fire integrity of the divisions shall be maintained at openings and penetrations.

    2 Thermal and structural boundaries

    2.1 Thermal and structural subdivision
    Ships of all types shall be subdivided into spaces by thermal and structural divisions having regard to the fire risks of the space.

    2.2 Passenger ships

    2.2.1 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones

    2.2.1.1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A-60" class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary they shall also be "A-60" class divisions. Where a category (5), (9) or (10) space defined in paragraph 2.2.3.2.2 is on one side or where fuel oil tanks are on both sides of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0".

    2.2.1.1.2 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in paragraph 2.2.4.

    2.2.1.2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with watertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.

    2.2.1.3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

    2.2.1.4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 9.4.

    2.2.1.5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration. Service spaces and ship stores shall not be located on ro-ro decks unless protected in accordance with the applic able regulations.

    2.2.1.5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, such spaces shall comply with the applicable provisions of regulation 20 and where such compliance would be inconsistent with other requirements for passenger ships specified in this chapter, the requirements of regulation 20 shall prevail.

    2.2.2 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone
    2.2.2.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, bulkheads which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.3.

    2.2.2.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.4. In addition, corridor bulkheads, where not required to be "A" class, shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:

    1. when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions, but which shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and

    2. in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, the corridor bulkheads may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such bulkheads and ceilings are of “B” class standard in compliance with paragraph 2.2.4. All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall have the same fire integrity as the bulkhead in which they are fitted.

    2.2.2.3 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads as prescribed in paragraph 2.2.2.2, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous "B" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of a bulkhead which is at least of the same fire resistance as the adjoining bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

    2.2.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36 passengers

    2.2.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.2.3.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:

    1. Table 9.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones. Table 9.2 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces.
      The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
        Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.

      2. Stairways
        Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      3. Corridors
        Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

      4. Evacuation stations and external escape routes
        Survival craft stowage area.
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
        Assembly stations, internal and external.
        External stairs and open decks used for escape routes.
        The ship’s side to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to the liferaft and evacuation slide embarkation areas.

      5. Open deck spaces
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
        Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

      6. Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk
        Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
        Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 m2.

      7. Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk
        Spaces as in category (6) above but containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
        Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodation spaces having areas less than 4 m2 (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Sale shops. Motion picture projection and film stowage rooms. Diet kitchens (containing no open flame).
        Cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Pharmacies.
        Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 m2 or less).
        Specie rooms.
        Operating rooms.

      8. Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
        Barber shops and beauty parlours.
        Saunas.

      9. Sanitary and similar spaces
        Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, water closets, etc.
        Small laundry rooms.
        Indoor swimming pool area.
        Isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances in accommodation spaces.
        Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located.

      10. Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk
        Water tanks forming part of the ship’s structure.
        Voids and cofferdams.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as:
        • ventilation and air-conditioning rooms;
        • windlass room;
        • steering gear room;
        • stabilizer equipment room;
        • electrical propulsion motor room;
          rooms containing section switchboards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA);
          shaft alleys and pipe tunnels;
          spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using flammable liquids).


          Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
          Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.

      11. Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk
        Cargo oil tanks.
        Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
        Refrigerated chambers.
        Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
        Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
        Oil fuel filling stations.
        Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA).
        Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110 kW driving generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
        Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.

      12. Machinery spaces and main galleys
        Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
        Main galleys and annexes.
        Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.

      13. Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.
        Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
        Main laundry.
        Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2)
        Miscellaneous stores.
        Mail and baggage rooms.
        Garbage rooms.
        Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).
        Lockers and store-rooms having areas greater than 4 m2, other than those spaces that have provisions for the storage of flammable liquids.

      14. Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed Paint lockers.
        Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
        Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed);

    3. Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases;

    4. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2 there are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables; and

    5. The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in table 9.1 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in table 9.2 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of category (5) of tables 9.1 or 9.2 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need not be enclosed.

    Table 9.1 – Bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    (12)

    (13)

    (14)

    Control stations

    (1)

    B-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60 

    A-60 

    A-60

    A-60

    Stairways

    (2)

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

     A-15

    A-15  

    A-0c

    A-0 

    A-15

    A-30

    A-15

    A-30

    Corridors

    (3)

     

     

    B-15 

    A-60

    A-0

    B-15

    B-15

    B-15 

    B-15

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Evacuation stations and external escape routes

    (4)

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    A-60b,d

    A-60b,d

    A-60b,d

    A-0d

    A-0

    A-60b

    A-60b

    A-60b

    A-60b

    Open deck spaces

    (5)

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    B-0

    B-0

    C

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    B-0

    C

    A-0A-15A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    C

    A-0

    A-30

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    Sanitary and similar spaces

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    C

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0
    Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces ofmoderate fire risk

    (11)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    Machinery spaces and main galleys

    (12)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-60

    Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.

    (13)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    Other spaces in which flammableliquids are stowed

    (14)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-30

    See notes following table 9.2.

     

    Table 9.2 – Decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    (12)

    (13)

    (14)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-30

    A-30

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    Stairways

    (2)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Corridors

    (3)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Evacuation stations and external escape routes

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Open deck spaces

    (5)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk

    (6)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk

    (7)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk

    (8)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Sanitary and similar spaces

    (9)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk

    (10)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces ofmoderate fire risk

    (11)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    Machinery spaces and main galleys

    (12)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-30a

    A-0

    A-60

    Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.

    (13)

    A-60

    A-30

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Other spaces in which flammableliquids are stowed

    (14)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-30

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Note: To be applied to tables 9.1 and 9.2.

    1. Where adjacent spaces are in the same numerical category and superscript "a" appears, a bulkhead or deck between such spaces need not be fitted if deemed unnecessary by the Administration. For example, in category (12) a bulkhead need not be required between a galley and its annexed pantries provided the pantry bulkhead and decks maintain the integrity of the galley boundaries. A bulkhead is, however, required between a galley and machinery space even though both spaces are in category (12).

    2. The ship’s side, to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to liferafts and evacuation slides may be reduced to "A-30".

    3. Where public toilets are installed completely within the stairway enclosure, the public toilet bulkhead within the stairway enclosure can be of "B" class integrity.

    4. Where spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) and (9) are located completely within the outer perimeter of the assembly station, the bulkheads of these spaces are allowed to be of "B-0" class integrity. Control positions for audio, video and light installations may be considered as part of the assembly station.

     

    2.2.3.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.2.3.4 Construction and arrangement of saunas

    2.2.3.4.1 The perimeter of the sauna shall be of "A" class boundaries and may include changing rooms, showers and toilets. The sauna shall be insulated to A-60 standard against other spaces except those inside of the perimeter and spaces of categories (5), (9) and (10).

    2.2.3.4.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part of them. In such cases, the door between sauna and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.

    2.2.3.4.3 The traditional wooden lining on the bulkheads and ceiling are permitted in the sauna. The ceiling above the oven shall be lined with a non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance from the hot surfaces to combustible materials shall be at least 500 mm or the combustible materials shall be protected (e.g. non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm).

    2.2.3.4.4 The traditional wooden benches are permitted to be used in the sauna.

    2.2.3.4.5 The sauna door shall open outwards by pushing.

    2.2.3.4.6 Electrically heated ovens shall be provided with a timer.

    2.2.4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

    2.2.4.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4.

    2.2.4.2 The following requirements govern application of the tables:

    1. Tables 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30 % communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations.
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

      2. Corridors
        Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

      3. Accommodation spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1 excluding corridors.

      4. Stairways
        Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      5. Service spaces (low risk)
        Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.

      6. Machinery spaces of category A
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.

      7. Other machinery spaces
        Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machinery spaces of category A.

      8. Cargo spaces
        All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other than special category spaces.

      9. Service spaces (high risk)
        Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, saunas and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

      10. Open decks
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire risk. Enclosed promenades should have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishing should be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces should be naturally ventilated by permanent openings. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

      11. Special category and ro-ro spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulations 3.41 and 3.46;

    3. In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply; and

    4. In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.

    2.2.4.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.2.4.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries of passenger ships to have "A" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.2.4.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

    Table 9.3 – Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces 

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0c

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Corridors

    (2)

     

    Ce

    B-0e

    A-0aB-0e

    B-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-15

    Accommodation spaces

    (3)

     

     

    Ce

    A-0aB-0e

    B-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-30A-0d

    Stairways

    (4)

     

     

     

    A-0aB-0e

    A-0aB-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-15

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

     

     

     

     

    Ce

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    Special category and ro-ro spaces

    (11)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

     

    Table 9.4 – Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Corridors

    (2)

    A-0

    *

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30A-0d

    Stairways

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60f

    A-30

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

    A-60

    A-30A-0d

    A-30A-0d

    A-30A-0d

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    -

    A-0

    Special category and ro-ro spaces

    (11)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-30A-0d

    A-15

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

     

    Notes: To be applied to both tables 9.3 and 9.4 as appropriate.

    1. For clarification as to which applies, see paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.5.

    2. Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, (e.g. in category (9)). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.

    3. Bulkhead separating the wheelhouse and chartroom from each other may have a "B-0" rating.

    4. See paragraphs 2.2.4.2.3 and 2.2.4.2.4.

    5. For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, "B-0" and "C", where appearing in table 9.3,
      shall be read as "A-0".

    6. Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.

      * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material, but is not required to be of "A" class standard. However, where a deck, except in a category (10) space, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations should be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-fighting system is fitted. For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, an asterisk, where appearing in table 9.4, except for categories (8) and (10), shall be read as “A-0”.


    2.2.5 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation area

    2.2.5.1 Stairways shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:

    1. a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or self-closing doors in one 'tween-deck space. When a stairway is closed in one 'tween-deck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in paragraphs 2.2.3 or 2.2.4; and

    2. stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within the public space.

    2.2.5.2 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one ‘tween-deck to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke. Machinery for lifts located within stairway enclosures shall be arranged in a separate room, surrounded by steel boundaries, except that small passages for lift cables are permitted. Lifts which open into spaces other than corridors, public spaces, special category spaces, stairways and external areas shall not open into stairways included in the means of escape.

    2.3 Cargo ships except tankers

    2.3.1 Methods of protection in accommodation area

    2.3.1.1 One of the following methods of protection shall be adopted in accommodation and service spaces and control stations:

    1. Method IC
      The construction of internal divisional bulkheads of non-combustible "B" or "C" class divisions generally without the installation of an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system in the accommodation and service spaces, except as required by regulation 7.5.5.1; or

    2. Method IIC
      The fitting of an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system as required by regulation 7.5.5.2 for the detection and extinction of fire in all spaces in which fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads; or

    3. Method IIIC
      The fitting of a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system as required by regulation 7.5.5.3, in spaces in which a fire might be expected to originate, generally with no restriction on the type of internal divisional bulkheads, except that in no case must the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by an "A" or "B" class division exceed 50 m2. Consideration may be given by the Administration to increasing this area for public spaces.

    2.3.1.2 The requirements for the use of non-combustible materials in the construction and insulation of boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces, control stations, service spaces, etc., and the protection of the above stairway enclosures and corridors will be common to all three methods outlined in paragraph 2.3.1.1.

    2.3.2 Bulkheads within accommodation area

    2.3.2.1 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous "B" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

    2.3.2.2 Method IC
    Bulkheads not required by this or other regulations for cargo ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions, shall be of at least "C" class construction.

    2.3.2.3 Method IIC
    There shall be no restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required by this or other regulations for cargo ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions except in individual cases where "C" class bulkheads are required in accordance with table 9.5.

    2.3.2.4 Method IIIC
    There shall be no restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required for cargo ships to be "A" or "B" class divisions except that the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded by a continuous "A" or "B" class division must in no case exceed 50 m2, except in individual cases where "C" class bulkheads are required in accordance with table 9.5. Consideration may be given by the Administration to increasing this area for public spaces.

    2.3.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

    2.3.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of cargo ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6.

    2.3.3.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:

    1. Tables 9.5 and 9.6 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables;
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations.
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

      2. Corridors
        corridors and lobbies.

      3. Accommodation spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.

      4. Stairways
        Interior stairway, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      5. Service spaces (low risk)
        Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.

      6. Machinery spaces of category A
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.

      7. Other machinery spaces
        Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machinery spaces of category A.

      8. Cargo spaces
        All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces.

      9. Service spaces (high risk)
        Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, saunas, paint lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

      10. Open decks
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire risk. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
        Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

      11. Ro-ro and vehicle spaces
        Ro-ro spaces as defined in regulation 3.41.
        Vehicle spaces as defined in regulation 3.49.

    Table 9.5 – Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0e

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Corridors

    (2)

     

    C

    B-0

    B-0A-0c

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

     

     

    Ca, b

    B-0A-0c

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Stairways

    (4)

     

     

     

    B-0A-0c

    B-0A-0c

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

     

     

     

     

    C

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    A-0g

    A-60

    *

    A-60f

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0d

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0d

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    -

    A-0

    Ro-ro and vehicle spaces

    (11)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    *h

     

    Table 9.6 – Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    Corridors

    (2)

    A-0

    *

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Stairways

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60i

    A-30

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0d

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    -

    A-0

    Special category and ro-ro spaces

    (11)

    A-60

    A-30

    A-30

    A-30

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    *

    *h

    Note: To be applied to tables 9.5 and 9.6 as appropriate.

    1. No special requirements are imposed upon bulkheads in methods IIC and IIIC fire protection.

    2. In case of method IIIC "B" class bulkheads of "B-0" rating shall be provided between spaces or groups of spaces of 50 m2 and over in area.

    3. For clarification as to which applies, see paragraphs 2.3.2 and 2.3.4.

    4. Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript d appear, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose (e.g. in category (9)). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.

    5. Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse, chartroom and radio room from each other may have a "B-0" rating.
    6. An "A-0" rating may be used if no dangerous goods are intended to be carried or if such goods are stowed not less than 3 m horizontally from such a bulkhead.

    7. For cargo spaces in which dangerous goods are intended to be carried, regulation 19.3.8 applies.

    8. Bulkheads and decks separating ro-ro spaces shall be capable of being closed reasonably gastight and such divisions shall have "A" class integrity in so far as reasonable and practicable, if in the opinion of the Administration it has little or no fire risk.

    9. Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery in category (7) if, in the opinion of the Administration, it has little or no fire risk.


      * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material but is not required to be of "A" class standard. However, where a deck, except an open deck, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations should be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-fighting system is fitted.

    2.3.3.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.3.3.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries of cargo ships to have "A" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.3.3.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

    2.3.4 Protection of stairways and lift trunks in accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations

    2.3.4.1 Stairways which penetrate only a single deck shall be protected, at a minimum, at one level by at least "B-0" class divisions and self-closing doors. Lifts which penetrate only a single deck shall be surrounded by "A-0" class divisions with steel doors at both levels. Stairways and lift trunks which penetrate more than a single deck shall be surrounded by at least "A-0" class divisions and be protected by self-closing doors at all levels.

    2.3.4.2 On ships having accommodation for 12 persons or less, where stairways penetrate more than a single deck and where there are at least two escape routes direct to the open deck at every accommodation level, the "A-0" requirements of paragraph 2.3.4.1 may be reduced to "B-0".

    2.4 Tankers

    2.4.1 Application
    For tankers, only method IC as defined in paragraph 2.3.1.1 shall be used.

    2.4.2 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

    2.4.2.1 In lieu of paragraph 2.3 and in addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of tankers, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.7 and 9.8.

    2.4.2.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:

    1. Tables 9.7 and 9.8 shall apply respectively to the bulkhead and decks separating adjacent spaces;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (10) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed areas within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate areas. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller spaces shall be as prescribed in tables 9.7 and 9.8. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables;
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations.
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

      2. Corridors
        Corridors and lobbies.

      3. Accommodation spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.

      4. Stairways
        Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, andescalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      5. Service spaces (low risk)
        Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.

      6. Machinery spaces of category A
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.

      7. Other machinery spaces
        Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange and airconditioning duct spaces).
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machinery spaces of category A.

      8. Cargo pump-rooms
        Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks to such spaces.

      9. Service spaces (high risk)
        Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, saunas, paint lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

      10. Open decks
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire  risk. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
        Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

    2.4.2.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.4.2.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundarie s of tankers to have "A" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.4.2.5 Exterior boundaries of superstructures and deckhouses enclosing accommodation and including any overhanging decks which support such accommodation, shall be constructed of steel and insulated to "A-60" standard for the whole of the portions which face the cargo area and on the outward sides for a distance of 3 m from the end boundary facing the cargo area. The distance of 3 m shall be measured horizontally and parallel to the middle line of the ship from the boundary which faces the cargo area at each deck level. In the case of the sides of those superstructures and deckhouses, such insulation shall be carried up to the underside of the deck of the navigation bridge.

    2.4.2.6 Skylights to cargo pump-rooms shall be of steel, shall not contain any glass and shall be capable of being closed from outside the pump-room.

    2.4.2.7 Construction and arrangement of saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

     

    Table 9.7 – Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0c

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    Corridors

    (2)

     

    C

    B-0

    B-0A-0a

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

     

     

    C

    B-0A-0a

    B-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    Stairways

    (4)

     

     

     

    B-0A-0a

    B-0A-0a

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

     

     

     

     

    C

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    A-0d

    A-60

    *

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    Cargo pump-rooms

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-60

    *

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    *

    Open decks

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    -

     

    Table 9.8 – Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    *

    Corridors

    (2)

    A-0

    *

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    *

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    *

    Stairways

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    *

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    *

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60e

    A-0

    A-60

    *

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    Cargo pumt-rooms

    (8)

    -

    -

    -

    -

    -

    A-0d

    A-0

    *

    -

    *

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    -

    A-0b

    *

    Open decks

    (10)

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    -

    Notes: To be applied to tables 9.7 and 9.8 as appropriate.

    1. For clarification as to which applies, see paragraphs 2.3.2 and 2.3.4.

    2. Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose (e.g. in category (9)). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.

    3. Bulkheads separating the wheelhouse, chartroom and radio room from each other may have a "B-0" rating.

    4. Bulkheads and decks between cargo pump-rooms and machinery spaces of category A may be penetrated by cargo pump shaft glands and similar gland penetrations, provided that gas tight seals with efficient lubrication or other means of ensuring the permanence of the gas seal are fitted in way of the bulkheads or deck.

    5. Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7) if, in the opinion of the Administration, it has little or no fire risk.


      * Where an asterisk appears in the table, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material, but is not required to be of "A" class standard. However, where a deck, except an open deck, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations should be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-fighting system is fitted.

    3 Penetration in fire -resisting divisions and prevention of heat transmission

    3.1 Where "A" class divisions are penetrated, such penetrations shall be tested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.1.1.5. In the case of ventilation ducts, paragraphs 7.1.2 and 7.3.1 apply. However, where a pipe penetration is made of steel or equivalent material having a thickness of 3mm or greater and a length of not less than 900 mm (preferably 450 mm on each side of the division), and no openings, testing is not required. Such penetrations shall be suitably insulated by extension of the insulation at the same level of the division.

    3.2 Where "B" class divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devices, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired, subject to the provisions of paragraph 7.3.2. Pipes other than steel or copper that penetrate "B" class divisions shall be protected by either:

    1. a fire tested penetration device, suitable for the fire resistance of the division pierced and the type of pipe used; or

    2. a steel sleeve, having a thickness of not less than 1.8 mm and a length of not less than 900 mm for pipe diameters of 150 mm or more and not less than 600 mm for pipe diameters of less than 150 mm (preferably equally divided to each side of the division). The pipe shall be connected to the ends of the sleeve by flanges or couplings; or the clearance between the sleeve and the pipe shall not exceed 2.5 mm; or any clearance between pipe and sleeve shall be made tight by means of non-combustible or other suitable material.

    3.3 Uninsulated metallic pipes penetrating "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of materials having a melting temperature which exceeds 950ºC for “A-0” and 850ºC for “B-0” class divisions.

    3.4 In approving structural fire protection details, the Administration shall have regard to the risk of heat transmission at intersections and terminal points of required thermal barriers. The insulation of a deck or bulkhead shall be carried past the penetration, intersection or terminal point for a distance of at least 450 mm in the case of steel and aluminium structures. If a space is divided with a deck or a bulkhead of "A" class standard having insulation of different values, the insulation with the higher value shall continue on the deck or bulkhead with the insulation of the lesser value for a distance of at least 450 mm.

    4 Protection of openings in fire resisting divisions

    4.1 Openings in bulkheads and decks in passenger ships

    4.1.1 Openings in "A" class divisions

    4.1.1.1 Except for hatches between cargo, special category, store, and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    4.1.1.2 The construction of doors and door frames in "A" class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Such doors and door frames shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    4.1.1.3 It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    4.1.1.4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries and stairway enclosures other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall satisfy the following requirements:

    1. the doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing with an angle of inclination of up to 3.5º opposing closure;

    2. the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors shall be no more than 40 s and no less than 10 s from the beginning of their movement with the ship in upright position. The approximate uniform rate of closure for sliding doors shall be of no more than 0.2 m/s and no less than 0.1 m/s with the ship in upright position;

    3. the doors, except those for emergency escape trunks, shall be capable of remote release from the continuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups and shall be capable of release also individually from a position at both sides of the door. Release switches shall have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system;

    4. hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibited;

    5. a door closed remotely from the central control station shall be capable of being re-opened from both sides of the door by local control. After such local opening, the door shall automatically close again;

    6. indication must be provided at the fire door indicator panel in the continuously manned central control station whether each door is closed;

    7. the release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system or central power supply;

    8. local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable the doors to be operated after disruption of the control system or central power supply at least ten times (fully opened and closed) using the local controls;

    9. disruption of the control system or central power supply at one door shall not impair the safe functioning of the other doors;

    10. remote-released sliding or power-operated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that sounds at least 5 s but no more than 10 s after the door being released from the central control station and before the door begins to move and continues sounding until the door is completely closed;

    11. a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path shall re-open not more than 1 m from the point of contact;

    12. double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary for their fire integrity shall have a latch that is automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released by the system;

    13. doors giving direct access to special category spaces which are power-operated and automatically closed need not be equipped with the alarms and remote-release mechanisms required in paragraphs 4.1.1.4.3 and 4.1.1.4.10;

    14. the components of the local control system shall be accessible for maintenance and adjusting;

    15. power-operated doors shall be provided with a control system of an approved type which shall be able to operate in case of fire and be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. This system shall satisfy the following requirements:


      .15.1
      the control system shall be able to operate the door at the temperature of at least 200°C for at least 60 min, served by the power supply;


      .15.2 the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire shall not be impaired; and


      .15.3 at temperatures exceeding 200°C the control system shall be automatically isolated from the power supply and shall be capable of keeping the door closed up to at least 945°C.

    4.1.1.5 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where a space is protected by an automatic sprinkler fire detection and alarm system complying with the provisions the Fire Safety Systems Code or fitted with a continuous "B" class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "A" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.

    4.1.1.6 The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity in paragraph 4.1.3.3. The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of the ship shall not apply to exterior doors, except for those in superstructures and deckhouses facing lifesaving appliances, embarkation and external assembly station areas, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes. Stairway enclosure doors need not meet this requirement.

    4.1.1.7 Except for watertight doors, weathertight doors (semi-watertight doors), doors leading to the open deck and doors which need to be reasonably gastight, all "A" class doors located in stairways, public spaces and main vertical zone bulkheads in escape routes shall be equipped with a self-closing hose port of material, construction and fire resistance which is equivalent to the door into which it is fitted, and shall be a 150 mm square clear opening with the door closed and shall be inset into the lower edge of the door, opposite the door hinges or, in the case of sliding doors, nearest the opening.

    4.1.1.8 Where it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the division and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of paragraph 3.1. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position.

    4.1.2 Openings in "B" class divisions

    4.1.2.1 Doors and door frames in "B" class divisions and means of securing them shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fire equivalent to that of the divisions, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedure Code except that ventilation openings may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0.05 m2. All ventilation openings shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non-combustible.

    4.1.2.2 Cabin doors in "B" class divisions shall be of a self-closing type. Hold-back hooks are not permitted.

    4.1.2.3 The requirements for "B" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "B" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary spaces such as showers.

    4.1.2.4 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code is fitted:

    1. openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "B" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and

    2. openings in corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2.

    4.1.3 Windows and sidescuttles

    4.1.3.1 Windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations other than those to which the provisions of paragraph 4.1.1.6 and of paragraph 4.1.2.3 apply, shall be so constructed as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.

    4.1.3.2 Notwithstanding the requirements of tables 9.1 to 9.4, windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation and service spaces and control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bead or angle.

    4.1.3.3 Windows facing life-saving appliances, embarkation and assembly stations, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes, and windows situated below liferaft and escape slide embarkation areas shall have fire integrity as required in table 9.1. Where automatic dedicated sprinkler heads are provided for windows, "A-0" windows may be accepted as equivalent. To be considered under this paragraph, the sprinkler heads must either be:

    1. dedicated heads located above the windows, and installed in addition to the conventional ceiling sprinklers; or

    2. conventional ceiling sprinkler heads arranged such that the window is protected by an average application rate of at least 5 l/m2 and the additional window area is included in the calculation of the area of coverage.

    Windows located in the ship’s side below the lifeboat embarkation area shall have fire integrity at least equal to "A-0" class.

    4.2 Doors in fire-resisting divisions in cargo ships

    4.2.1 The fire resistance of doors shall be equivalent to that of the division in which they are fitted, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Doors and door frames in "A" class divisions shall be constructed of steel. Doors in "B" class divisions shall be non-combustible. Doors fitted in boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces of category A shall be reasonably gastight and self-closing. In ships constructed according to method IC, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from individual interior sanitary accommodation such as showers.

    4.2.2 Doors required to be self-closing shall not be fitted with hold-back hooks. However, hold-back arrangements fitted with remote release devices of the fail-safe type may be utilized.

    4.2.3 In corridor bulkheads ventilation openings may be permitted in and under the doors of cabins and public spaces. Ventilation openings are also permitted in "B" class doors leading to lavatories, offices, pantries, lockers and store rooms. Except as permitted below, the openings shall be provided only in the lower half of a door. Where such an opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0.05 m2. Ventilation openings, except those under the door, shall be fitted with a grille made of non-combustible material.

    4.2.4 Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    5 Protection of openings in machinery spaces boundaries

    5.1 Application

    5.1.1 The provision of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces of category A and, where the Administration considers it desirable, to other machinery spaces.

    5.2 Protection of openings in machinery space boundaries

    5.2.1 The number of skylights, doors, ventilators, openings in funnels to permit exhaust ventilation and other openings to machinery spaces shall be reduced to a minimum consistent with the needs of ventilation and the proper and safe working of the ship.

    5.2.2 Skylights shall be of steel and shall not contain glass panels.

    5.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for closing power-operated doors or actuating release mechanisms on doors other than power-operated watertight doors. The control shall be located outside the space concerned, where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space it serves.

    5.2.4 In passenger ships, the means of control required in paragraph 5.2.3 shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have safe access from the open deck.

    5.2.5 In passenger ships, doors, other than power-operated watertight doors shall be so arranged that positive closure is assured in case of fire in the space by power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision of self-closing doors capable of closing against an inclination of 3.5° opposing closure, and having a fail-safe hold-back arrangement, provided with a remotely operated release device. Doors for emergency escape trunks need not be fitted with a fail-safe hold-back facility and a remotely operated release device.

    5.2.6 Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. However, this does not preclude the use of glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces.

    6 Protection of cargo space boundaries

    6.1 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the boundary bulkheads and decks of special category and ro-ro spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard. However, where a category (5), (9) and (10) space, as defined in paragraph 2.2.3, is on one side of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0". Where fuel oil tanks are below a special category space, the integrity of the deck between such spaces may be reduced to "A-0" standard.

    6.2 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the boundary bulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required for category (11) spaces in table 9.3 and the horizontal boundaries as required for category (11) spaces in table 9.4.

    6.3 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers the boundary bulkheads and decks of closed and open ro-ro spaces shall have a fire integrity as required for category (8) spaces in table 9.3 and the horizontal boundaries as required for category (8) spaces in table 9.4.

    6.4 In passenger ships, indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed.

    6.5 In tankers, for the protection of cargo tanks carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C, materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for valves, fittings, tank opening covers, cargo vent piping, and cargo piping so as to prevent the spread of fire to the cargo.

    7 Ventilation systems

    7.1 Duct and dampers

    7.1.1 Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. However, short ducts, not generally exceeding 2 m in length and with a free cross-sectional area1  not exceeding 0.02 m2, need not be non-combustible subject to the following conditions:

    1. the ducts are made of a material which has low flame spread characteristics;

    2. the ducts are only used at the end of the ventilation device; and

    3. the ducts are not situated less than 600 mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division including continuous "B" class ceiling.

    7.1.2 The following arrangements shall be tested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:

    1. fire dampers, including their relevant means of operation; and

    2. duct penetrations through "A" class divisions. However, the test is not required where steel sleeves are directly joined to ventilation ducts by means of riveted or screwed flanges or by welding.

    7.2 Arrangement of ducts

    7.2.1 The ventilation systems for machinery spaces of category A, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces, galleys, special category spaces and cargo spaces shall, in general, be separated from each other and from the ventilation systems serving other spaces. Except that the galley ventilation systems on cargo ships of less than 4,000 gross tonnage and in passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, need not be completely separated, but may be served by separate ducts from a ventilation unit serving other spaces. In any case, an automatic fire damper shall be fitted in the galley ventilation duct near the ventilation unit. Ducts provided for the ventilation of machinery spaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces shall not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations unless they comply with the conditions specified in paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 to 7.2.1.1.4 or 7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 below:

    .1.1 the ducts are constructed of steel having a thickness of at least 3 mm and 5 mm for ducts the widths or diameters of which are up to and including 300 mm and 760 mm and over respectively and, in the case of such ducts, the widths or diameters of which are between 300 mm and 760 mm having a thickness obtained by interpolation;

    .1.2 the ducts are suitably supported and stiffened;

    .1.3 the ducts are fitted with automatic fire dampers close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    .1.4 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" class standard from the machinery spaces, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces to a point at least 5 m beyond each fire damper;

    or

    .2.1 the ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

    .2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" class standard throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations; except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

    7.2.2 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not pass through machinery spaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces unless they comply with the conditions specified in paragraphs 7.2.2.1.1 to 7.2.2.1.3 or 7.2.2.2.1 and 7.2.2.2.2 below:

    .1.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2;

    .1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    .1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space boundaries is maintained at the penetrations;

    or

    .2.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

    .2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard within the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space;

    except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

    7.3 Details of duct penetrations

    7.3.1 Where a thin plated duct with a free cross-sectional area equal to, or less than, 0.02 m2 passes through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve having a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 200 mm, divided preferably into 100 mm on each side of the bulkhead or, in the case of the deck, wholly laid on the lower side of the decks pierced. Where ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2 pass through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve. However, where such ducts are of steel construction and pass through a deck or bulkhead, the ducts and sleeves shall comply with the following:

    1. The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 900 mm. When passing through bulkheads, this length shall be divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkhead. These ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, shall be provided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes; and

    2. Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 m2 shall be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.3.1.1. The fire damper shall operate automatically, but shall also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the divisions which they pierce. Fire dampers shall be easily accessible. Where they are placed behind ceilings or linings, these ceilings or linings shall be provided with an inspection door on which a plate reporting the identification number of the fire damper is provided. The fire damper identification number shall also be placed on any remote controls required.

    7.3.2 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2 passing through
    "B" class bulkheads shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of 900 mm in length divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.\

    7.4 Ventilation systems for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

    7.4.1 The ventilation system of a passenger ship carrying more than 36 passengers shall be in compliance with the following additional requirements.

    7.4.2 In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.

    7.4.3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, in addition to those relating to the fire integrity of the deck required by paragraphs 3.1 and 4.1.1.5, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing from one 'tween-deck space to another through the system. In addition to insulation requirements contained in paragraph 7.4, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required by the appropriate tables 9.1 and 9.2.

    7.4.4 Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials:

    1. ducts not less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a single 'tween-deck space shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;

    2. ducts less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area other than the vertical ducts referred to in paragraph 7.4.4.1, shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ducts penetrate "A" or "B" class division due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division; and

    3. short length of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02 m2 in free cross-sectional area nor 2 m in length, need not be non-combustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:


      .3.1 the duct is constructed of a material which has low flame spread characteristics;


      .3.2 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system; and


      .3.3 the duct is not located closer than 600mm measured along its length to a penetration of an "A" or "B" class division, including continuous "B" class ceilings.

    7.4.5 Stairway enclosures shall be ventilated and served by an independent fan and duct system which shall not serve any other spaces in the ventilation systems.

    7.4.6 Exhaust ducts shall be provided with hatches for inspection and cleaning. The hatches shall be located near the fire dampers.

    7.5 Exhaust ducts from galley ranges

    7.5.1 Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers Exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall meet the requirements of paragraphs 7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 and shall be fitted with:

    1. a grease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternative approved grease removal system is fitted;

    2. a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct which is automatically and remotely operated, and in addition a remotely operated fire damper located in the upper end of the duct;

    3. a fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct;

    4. remote-control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans and supply fans, for operating the fire dampers mentioned in paragraph 7.5.1.2 and for operating the fire-extinguishing system, which shall be placed in a position close to the entrance to the galley. Where a multi-branch system is installed, a remote means located with the above controls shall be provided to close all branches exhausting through the same main duct before an extinguishing medium is released into the system; and

    5. suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning.

    7.5.2 Requirements for cargo ships and passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passenger ships

    7.5.2.1 Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of "A" class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with:

    1. a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;

    2. a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;

    3. arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans; and

    4. fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

    1The term "free cross-sectional area" means, even in the case of a pre-insulated duct, the area calculated on the basis of the inner diameter of the duct.
    01 Purpose
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    02 Thermal and structural boundaries
    2 Thermal and structural boundaries
    02.01 Thermal and structural subdivision
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    02.02 Passenger ships

    2.2 Passenger ships

    2.2.1 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones

    2.2.1.1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A-60" class divisions. Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum, but where they are necessary they shall also be "A-60" class divisions. Where a category (5), (9) or (10) space defined in paragraph 2.2.3.2.2 is on one side or where fuel oil tanks are on both sides of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0".

    2.2.1.1.2 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in paragraph 2.2.4.

    2.2.1.2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with watertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.

    2.2.1.3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.

    2.2.1.4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 9.4.

    2.2.1.5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration. Service spaces and ship stores shall not be located on ro-ro decks unless protected in accordance with the applic able regulations.

    2.2.1.5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, such spaces shall comply with the applicable provisions of regulation 20 and where such compliance would be inconsistent with other requirements for passenger ships specified in this chapter, the requirements of regulation 20 shall prevail.

    2.2.2 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone
    2.2.2.1 For ships carrying more than 36 passengers, bulkheads which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.3.

    2.2.2.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.4. In addition, corridor bulkheads, where not required to be "A" class, shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:

    1. when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions, but which shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and

    2. in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, the corridor bulkheads may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such bulkheads and ceilings are of “B” class standard in compliance with paragraph 2.2.4. All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall have the same fire integrity as the bulkhead in which they are fitted.

    2.2.2.3 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads as prescribed in paragraph 2.2.2.2, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous "B" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of a bulkhead which is at least of the same fire resistance as the adjoining bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.

    2.2.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36 passengers

    2.2.3.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining from the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.2.3.2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:

    1. Table 9.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones. Table 9.2 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30% communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces.
      The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.1 and 9.2. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
        Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.

      2. Stairways
        Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      3. Corridors
        Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

      4. Evacuation stations and external escape routes
        Survival craft stowage area.
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations.
        Assembly stations, internal and external.
        External stairs and open decks used for escape routes.
        The ship’s side to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to the liferaft and evacuation slide embarkation areas.

      5. Open deck spaces
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and liferaft embarkation and lowering stations. To be considered in this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings shall be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces shall be naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
        Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

      6. Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk
        Cabins containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
        Offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk.
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 m2.

      7. Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk
        Spaces as in category (6) above but containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk.
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
        Isolated lockers and small store-rooms in accommodation spaces having areas less than 4 m2 (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Sale shops.
        Motion picture projection and film stowage rooms. Diet kitchens (containing no open flame).
        Cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed).
        Pharmacies.
        Small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 m2 or less).
        Specie rooms.
        Operating rooms.

      8. Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk
        Public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more.
        Barber shops and beauty parlours.
        Saunas.

      9. Sanitary and similar spaces
        Communal sanitary facilities, showers, baths, water closets, etc.
        Small laundry rooms.
        Indoor swimming pool area.
        Isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances in accommodation spaces.
        Private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located.

      10. Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk
        Water tanks forming part of the ship’s structure.
        Voids and cofferdams.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as:
        • ventilation and air-conditioning rooms;
        • windlass room;
        • steering gear room;
        • stabilizer equipment room;
        • electrical propulsion motor room;
          rooms containing section switchboards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA);
          shaft alleys and pipe tunnels;
          spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using flammable liquids).


          Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
          Other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks.

      11. Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk
        Cargo oil tanks.
        Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
        Refrigerated chambers.
        Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
        Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
        Oil fuel filling stations.
        Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA).
        Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110 kW driving generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
        Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.

      12. Machinery spaces and main galleys
        Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms.
        Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
        Main galleys and annexes.
        Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.

      13. Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.
        Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
        Main laundry.
        Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2)
        Miscellaneous stores.
        Mail and baggage rooms.
        Garbage rooms.
        Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).
        Lockers and store-rooms having areas greater than 4 m2, other than those spaces that have provisions for the storage of flammable liquids.

      14. Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed Paint lockers.
        Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
        Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed);

    3. Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases;

    4. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2 there are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables; and

    5. The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in table 9.1 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in table 9.2 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of category (5) of tables 9.1 or 9.2 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need not be enclosed.

    Table 9.1 – Bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    (12)

    (13)

    (14)

    Control stations

    (1)

    B-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60 

    A-60 

    A-60

    A-60

    Stairways

    (2)

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

     A-15

    A-15  

    A-0c

    A-0 

    A-15

    A-30

    A-15

    A-30

    Corridors

    (3)

     

     

    B-15 

    A-60

    A-0

    B-15

    B-15

    B-15 

    B-15

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Evacuation stations and external escape routes

    (4)

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    A-60b,d

    A-60b,d

    A-60b,d

    A-0d

    A-0

    A-60b

    A-60b

    A-60b

    A-60b

    Open deck spaces

    (5)

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    B-0

    B-0

    C

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    B-0

    C

    A-0A-15A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    B-0

    C

    A-0

    A-30

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    Sanitary and similar spaces

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    C

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0
    Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces ofmoderate fire risk

    (11)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    Machinery spaces and main galleys

    (12)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-60

    Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.

    (13)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0a

    A-0

    Other spaces in which flammableliquids are stowed

    (14)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-30

    See notes following table 9.2.

     

    Table 9.2 – Decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    (12)

    (13)

    (14)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-30

    A-30

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    Stairways

    (2)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Corridors

    (3)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-30

    Evacuation stations and external escape routes

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Open deck spaces

    (5)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    -

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk

    (6)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk

    (7)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk

    (8)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Sanitary and similar spaces

    (9)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk

    (10)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces ofmoderate fire risk

    (11)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0a

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    Machinery spaces and main galleys

    (12)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-30a

    A-0

    A-60

    Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.

    (13)

    A-60

    A-30

    A-15

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-30

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Other spaces in which flammableliquids are stowed

    (14)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-30

    A-60

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    Note: To be applied to tables 9.1 and 9.2.

    1. Where adjacent spaces are in the same numerical category and superscript "a" appears, a bulkhead or deck between such spaces need not be fitted if deemed unnecessary by the Administration. For example, in category (12) a bulkhead need not be required between a galley and its annexed pantries provided the pantry bulkhead and decks maintain the integrity of the galley boundaries. A bulkhead is, however, required between a galley and machinery space even though both spaces are in category (12).

    2. The ship’s side, to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to liferafts and evacuation slides may be reduced to "A-30".

    3. Where public toilets are installed completely within the stairway enclosure, the public toilet bulkhead within the stairway enclosure can be of "B" class integrity.

    4. Where spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) and (9) are located completely within the outer perimeter of the assembly station, the bulkheads of these spaces are allowed to be of "B-0" class integrity. Control positions for audio, video and light installations may be considered as part of the assembly station.

     

    2.2.3.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.2.3.4 Construction and arrangement of saunas

    2.2.3.4.1 The perimeter of the sauna shall be of "A" class boundaries and may include changing rooms, showers and toilets. The sauna shall be insulated to A-60 standard against other spaces except those inside of the perimeter and spaces of categories (5), (9) and (10).

    2.2.3.4.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part of them. In such cases, the door between sauna and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.

    2.2.3.4.3 The traditional wooden lining on the bulkheads and ceiling are permitted in the sauna. The ceiling above the oven shall be lined with a non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance from the hot surfaces to combustible materials shall be at least 500 mm or the combustible materials shall be protected (e.g. non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm).

    2.2.3.4.4 The traditional wooden benches are permitted to be used in the sauna.

    2.2.3.4.5 The sauna door shall open outwards by pushing.

    2.2.3.4.6 Electrically heated ovens shall be provided with a timer.

    2.2.4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

    2.2.4.1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4.

    2.2.4.2 The following requirements govern application of the tables:

    1. Tables 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces;

    2. For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 30 % communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
      1. Control stations
        Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
        Wheelhouse and chartroom.
        Spaces containing the ship’s radio equipment.
        Fire control stations.
        Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
        Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.

      2. Corridors
        Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.

      3. Accommodation spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1 excluding corridors.

      4. Stairways
        Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
        In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.

      5. Service spaces (low risk)
        Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.

      6. Machinery spaces of category A
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.

      7. Other machinery spaces
        Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
        Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30 excluding machinery spaces of category A.

      8. Cargo spaces
        All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other than special category spaces.

      9. Service spaces (high risk)
        Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, saunas and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.

      10. Open decks
        Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire risk. Enclosed promenades should have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishing should be restricted to deck furniture. In addition, such spaces should be naturally ventilated by permanent openings. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

      11. Special category and ro-ro spaces
        Spaces as defined in regulations 3.41 and 3.46;

    3. In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply; and

    4. In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a zone with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.

    2.2.4.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    2.2.4.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries of passenger ships to have "A" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.2.4.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.2.3.4.

    Table 9.3 – Fire integrity of bulkheads separating adjacent spaces 

    Spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0c

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-15

    A-60

    A-15

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Corridors

    (2)

     

    Ce

    B-0e

    A-0aB-0e

    B-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-15

    Accommodation spaces

    (3)

     

     

    Ce

    A-0aB-0e

    B-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-30A-0d

    Stairways

    (4)

     

     

     

    A-0aB-0e

    A-0aB-0e

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-15A-0d

    *

    A-15

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

     

     

     

     

    Ce

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0b

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

    Special category and ro-ro spaces

    (11)

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

     

    A-0

     

    Table 9.4 – Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces

     

    (1)

    (2)

    (3)

    (4)

    (5)

    (6)

    (7)

    (8)

    (9)

    (10)

    (11)

    Control stations

    (1)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Corridors

    (2)

    A-0

    *

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Accommodationspaces

    (3)

    A-60

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30A-0d

    Stairways

    (4)

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (low risk)

    (5)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Machinery spaces of category A

    (6)

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    A-60

    *

    A-60f

    A-30

    A-60

    *

    A-60

    Other machinery spaces

    (7)

    A-15

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Cargo spaces

    (8)

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    *

    A-0

    Service spaces (high risk)

    (9)

    A-60

    A-30A-0d

    A-30A-0d

    A-30A-0d

    A-0

    A-60

    A-0

    A-0

    A-0

    *

    A-30

    Open decks

    (10)

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    *

    -

    A-0

    Special category and ro-ro spaces

    (11)

    A-60

    A-15

    A-30A-0d

    A-15

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

    A-30

    A-0

    A-0

     

    Notes: To be applied to both tables 9.3 and 9.4 as appropriate.

    1. For clarification as to which applies, see paragraphs 2.2.2 and 2.2.5.

    2. Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, (e.g. in category (9)). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0" bulkhead.

    3. Bulkhead separating the wheelhouse and chartroom from each other may have a "B-0" rating.

    4. See paragraphs 2.2.4.2.3 and 2.2.4.2.4.

    5. For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, "B-0" and "C", where appearing in table 9.3,
      shall be read as "A-0".

    6. Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7), in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.

      * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material, but is not required to be of "A" class standard. However, where a deck, except in a category (10) space, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations should be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-fighting system is fitted. For the application of paragraph 2.2.1.1.2, an asterisk, where appearing in table 9.4, except for categories (8) and (10), shall be read as “A-0”.


    2.2.5 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation area

    2.2.5.1 Stairways shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:

    1. a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or self-closing doors in one 'tween-deck space. When a stairway is closed in one 'tween-deck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in paragraphs 2.2.3 or 2.2.4; and

    2. stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within the public space.

    2.2.5.2 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one ‘tween-deck to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke. Machinery for lifts located within stairway enclosures shall be arranged in a separate room, surrounded by steel boundaries, except that small passages for lift cables are permitted. Lifts which open into spaces other than corridors, public spaces, special category spaces, stairways and external areas shall not open into stairways included in the means of escape.

    02.03 Cargo ships except tankers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    02.04 Tankers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    03 Penetration in fire -resisting divisions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    04 Openings in fire resisting divisions

    4 Protection of openings in fire resisting divisions

    4.1 Openings in bulkheads and decks in passenger ships

    4.1.1 Openings in "A" class divisions

    4.1.1.1 Except for hatches between cargo, special category, store, and baggage spaces, and between such spaces and the weather decks, openings shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be at least as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.

    4.1.1.2 The construction of doors and door frames in "A" class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Such doors and door frames shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    4.1.1.3 It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.

    4.1.1.4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries and stairway enclosures other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall satisfy the following requirements:

    1. the doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing with an angle of inclination of up to 3.5º opposing closure;

    2. the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors shall be no more than 40 s and no less than 10 s from the beginning of their movement with the ship in upright position. The approximate uniform rate of closure for sliding doors shall be of no more than 0.2 m/s and no less than 0.1 m/s with the ship in upright position;

    3. the doors, except those for emergency escape trunks, shall be capable of remote release from the continuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups and shall be capable of release also individually from a position at both sides of the door. Release switches shall have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system;

    4. hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibited;

    5. a door closed remotely from the central control station shall be capable of being re-opened from both sides of the door by local control. After such local opening, the door shall automatically close again;

    6. indication must be provided at the fire door indicator panel in the continuously manned central control station whether each door is closed;

    7. the release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system or central power supply;

    8. local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable the doors to be operated after disruption of the control system or central power supply at least ten times (fully opened and closed) using the local controls;

    9. disruption of the control system or central power supply at one door shall not impair the safe functioning of the other doors;

    10. remote-released sliding or power-operated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that sounds at least 5 s but no more than 10 s after the door being released from the central control station and before the door begins to move and continues sounding until the door is completely closed;

    11. a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path shall re-open not more than 1 m from the point of contact;

    12. double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary for their fire integrity shall have a latch that is automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released by the system;

    13. doors giving direct access to special category spaces which are power-operated and automatically closed need not be equipped with the alarms and remote-release mechanisms required in paragraphs 4.1.1.4.3 and 4.1.1.4.10;

    14. the components of the local control system shall be accessible for maintenance and adjusting;

    15. power-operated doors shall be provided with a control system of an approved type which shall be able to operate in case of fire and be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. This system shall satisfy the following requirements:


      .15.1
      the control system shall be able to operate the door at the temperature of at least 200°C for at least 60 min, served by the power supply;


      .15.2 the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire shall not be impaired; and


      .15.3 at temperatures exceeding 200°C the control system shall be automatically isolated from the power supply and shall be capable of keeping the door closed up to at least 945°C.

    4.1.1.5 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where a space is protected by an automatic sprinkler fire detection and alarm system complying with the provisions the Fire Safety Systems Code or fitted with a continuous "B" class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "A" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.

    4.1.1.6 The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity in paragraph 4.1.3.3. The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of the ship shall not apply to exterior doors, except for those in superstructures and deckhouses facing lifesaving appliances, embarkation and external assembly station areas, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes. Stairway enclosure doors need not meet this requirement.

    4.1.1.7 Except for watertight doors, weathertight doors (semi-watertight doors), doors leading to the open deck and doors which need to be reasonably gastight, all "A" class doors located in stairways, public spaces and main vertical zone bulkheads in escape routes shall be equipped with a self-closing hose port of material, construction and fire resistance which is equivalent to the door into which it is fitted, and shall be a 150 mm square clear opening with the door closed and shall be inset into the lower edge of the door, opposite the door hinges or, in the case of sliding doors, nearest the opening.

    4.1.1.8 Where it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the division and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of paragraph 3.1. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position.

    4.1.2 Openings in "B" class divisions

    4.1.2.1 Doors and door frames in "B" class divisions and means of securing them shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fire equivalent to that of the divisions, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedure Code except that ventilation openings may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0.05 m2. All ventilation openings shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non-combustible.

    4.1.2.2 Cabin doors in "B" class divisions shall be of a self-closing type. Hold-back hooks are not permitted.

    4.1.2.3 The requirements for "B" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements for "B" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary spaces such as showers.

    4.1.2.4 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, where an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code is fitted:

    1. openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the "B" class integrity requirements in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration; and

    2. openings in corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials shall be protected in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2.

    4.1.3 Windows and sidescuttles

    4.1.3.1 Windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations other than those to which the provisions of paragraph 4.1.1.6 and of paragraph 4.1.2.3 apply, shall be so constructed as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.

    4.1.3.2 Notwithstanding the requirements of tables 9.1 to 9.4, windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation and service spaces and control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bead or angle.

    4.1.3.3 Windows facing life-saving appliances, embarkation and assembly stations, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes, and windows situated below liferaft and escape slide embarkation areas shall have fire integrity as required in table 9.1. Where automatic dedicated sprinkler heads are provided for windows, "A-0" windows may be accepted as equivalent. To be considered under this paragraph, the sprinkler heads must either be:

    1. dedicated heads located above the windows, and installed in addition to the conventional ceiling sprinklers; or

    2. conventional ceiling sprinkler heads arranged such that the window is protected by an average application rate of at least 5 l/m2 and the additional window area is included in the calculation of the area of coverage.

    Windows located in the ship’s side below the lifeboat embarkation area shall have fire integrity at least equal to "A-0" class.

    4.2 Doors in fire-resisting divisions in cargo ships

    4.2.1 The fire resistance of doors shall be equivalent to that of the division in which they are fitted, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Doors and door frames in "A" class divisions shall be constructed of steel. Doors in "B" class divisions shall be non-combustible. Doors fitted in boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces of category A shall be reasonably gastight and self-closing. In ships constructed according to method IC, the Administration may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from individual interior sanitary accommodation such as showers.

    4.2.2 Doors required to be self-closing shall not be fitted with hold-back hooks. However, hold-back arrangements fitted with remote release devices of the fail-safe type may be utilized.

    4.2.3 In corridor bulkheads ventilation openings may be permitted in and under the doors of cabins and public spaces. Ventilation openings are also permitted in "B" class doors leading to lavatories, offices, pantries, lockers and store rooms. Except as permitted below, the openings shall be provided only in the lower half of a door. Where such an opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0.05 m2. Ventilation openings, except those under the door, shall be fitted with a grille made of non-combustible material.

    4.2.4 Watertight doors need not be insulated.

    05 Openings in machinery spaces
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    06 Protection of cargo space boundaries
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    07 Ventilation systems

    7 Ventilation systems

    7.1 Duct and dampers

    7.1.1 Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. However, short ducts, not generally exceeding 2 m in length and with a free cross-sectional area1  not exceeding 0.02 m2, need not be non-combustible subject to the following conditions:

    1. the ducts are made of a material which has low flame spread characteristics;

    2. the ducts are only used at the end of the ventilation device; and

    3. the ducts are not situated less than 600 mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division including continuous "B" class ceiling.

    7.1.2 The following arrangements shall be tested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:

    1. fire dampers, including their relevant means of operation; and

    2. duct penetrations through "A" class divisions. However, the test is not required where steel sleeves are directly joined to ventilation ducts by means of riveted or screwed flanges or by welding.

    7.2 Arrangement of ducts

    7.2.1 The ventilation systems for machinery spaces of category A, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces, galleys, special category spaces and cargo spaces shall, in general, be separated from each other and from the ventilation systems serving other spaces. Except that the galley ventilation systems on cargo ships of less than 4,000 gross tonnage and in passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, need not be completely separated, but may be served by separate ducts from a ventilation unit serving other spaces. In any case, an automatic fire damper shall be fitted in the galley ventilation duct near the ventilation unit. Ducts provided for the ventilation of machinery spaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces shall not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations unless they comply with the conditions specified in paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 to 7.2.1.1.4 or 7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 below:

    .1.1 the ducts are constructed of steel having a thickness of at least 3 mm and 5 mm for ducts the widths or diameters of which are up to and including 300 mm and 760 mm and over respectively and, in the case of such ducts, the widths or diameters of which are between 300 mm and 760 mm having a thickness obtained by interpolation;

    .1.2 the ducts are suitably supported and stiffened;

    .1.3 the ducts are fitted with automatic fire dampers close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    .1.4 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" class standard from the machinery spaces, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces to a point at least 5 m beyond each fire damper;

    or

    .2.1 the ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

    .2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" class standard throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations; except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

    7.2.2 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not pass through machinery spaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces unless they comply with the conditions specified in paragraphs 7.2.2.1.1 to 7.2.2.1.3 or 7.2.2.2.1 and 7.2.2.2.2 below:

    .1.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2;

    .1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and

    .1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space boundaries is maintained at the penetrations;

    or

    .2.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.1.1 and 7.2.1.1.2; and

    .2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard within the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space;

    except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.

    7.3 Details of duct penetrations

    7.3.1 Where a thin plated duct with a free cross-sectional area equal to, or less than, 0.02 m2 passes through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve having a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 200 mm, divided preferably into 100 mm on each side of the bulkhead or, in the case of the deck, wholly laid on the lower side of the decks pierced. Where ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2 pass through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve. However, where such ducts are of steel construction and pass through a deck or bulkhead, the ducts and sleeves shall comply with the following:

    1. The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 900 mm. When passing through bulkheads, this length shall be divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkhead. These ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, shall be provided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes; and

    2. Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 m2 shall be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.3.1.1. The fire damper shall operate automatically, but shall also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the divisions which they pierce. Fire dampers shall be easily accessible. Where they are placed behind ceilings or linings, these ceilings or linings shall be provided with an inspection door on which a plate reporting the identification number of the fire damper is provided. The fire damper identification number shall also be placed on any remote controls required.

    7.3.2 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2 passing through
    "B" class bulkheads shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of 900 mm in length divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.

    7.4 Ventilation systems for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers

    7.4.1 The ventilation system of a passenger ship carrying more than 36 passengers shall be in compliance with the following additional requirements.

    7.4.2 In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.

    7.4.3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, in addition to those relating to the fire integrity of the deck required by paragraphs 3.1 and 4.1.1.5, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing from one 'tween-deck space to another through the system. In addition to insulation requirements contained in paragraph 7.4, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required by the appropriate tables 9.1 and 9.2.

    7.4.4 Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials:

    1. ducts not less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a single 'tween-deck space shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;

    2. ducts less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area other than the vertical ducts referred to in paragraph 7.4.4.1, shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ducts penetrate "A" or "B" class division due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division; and

    3. short length of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02 m2 in free cross-sectional area nor 2 m in length, need not be non-combustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:


      .3.1 the duct is constructed of a material which has low flame spread characteristics;


      .3.2 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system; and


      .3.3 the duct is not located closer than 600mm measured along its length to a penetration of an "A" or "B" class division, including continuous "B" class ceilings.

    7.4.5 Stairway enclosures shall be ventilated and served by an independent fan and duct system which shall not serve any other spaces in the ventilation systems.

    7.4.6 Exhaust ducts shall be provided with hatches for inspection and cleaning. The hatches shall be located near the fire dampers.

    7.5 Exhaust ducts from galley ranges

    7.5.1 Requirements for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers Exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall meet the requirements of paragraphs 7.2.1.2.1 and 7.2.1.2.2 and shall be fitted with:

    1. a grease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternative approved grease removal system is fitted;

    2. a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct which is automatically and remotely operated, and in addition a remotely operated fire damper located in the upper end of the duct;

    3. a fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct;

    4. remote-control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans and supply fans, for operating the fire dampers mentioned in paragraph 7.5.1.2 and for operating the fire-extinguishing system, which shall be placed in a position close to the entrance to the galley. Where a multi-branch system is installed, a remote means located with the above controls shall be provided to close all branches exhausting through the same main duct before an extinguishing medium is released into the system; and

    5. suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning.

    7.5.2 Requirements for cargo ships and passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passenger ships

    7.5.2.1 Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of "A" class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with:

    1. a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;

    2. a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;

    3. arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans; and

    4. fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.

    1The term "free cross-sectional area" means, even in the case of a pre-insulated duct, the area calculated on the basis of the inner diameter of the duct.

    Reg. 10 Fire Fighting

    01 Purpose
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    02 Water supply systems

    Water supply systems

    Ships shall be provided with fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants and hoses complying with the applicable requirements of this regulation.

    2.1 Fire mains and hydrants

    2.1.1 General
    Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. The arrangement of pipes and hydrants shall be such as to avoid the possibility of freezing. Suitable drainage provisions shall be provided for fire main piping. Isolation valves shall be installed for all open deck fire main branches used for purposes other than fire fighting. In ships where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo.

    2.1.2 Ready availability of water supply
    The arrangements for the ready availability of water supply shall be:

    1. in passenger ships:


      1.1 of 1,000 gross tonnage and upwards such that at least one effective jet of water is immediately available from any hydrant in an interior location and so as to ensure the continuation of the output of water by the automatic starting of one required fire pump;

       
      .1.2 of less than 1,000 gross tonnage by automatic start of at least one fire pump or by remote starting from the navigation bridge of at least one fire pump. If the pump starts automatically or if the bottom valve cannot be opened from where the pump is remotely started, the bottom valve shall always be kept open; and


      .1.3 if fitted with periodically unattended machinery spaces in accordance with regulation II-1/54, the Administration shall determine provisions for fixed water fire-extinguishing arrangement for such spaces equivalent to those required for normally attended machinery spaces;

    2. in cargo ships:


      .2.1 to the satisfaction of the Administration; and


      .2.2 with a periodically unattended machinery space or when only one person is required on watch, there shall be immediate water delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure, either by remote starting of one of the main fire pumps with remote starting from the navigating bridge and fire control station, if any, or permanent pressurization of the fire main system by one of the main fire pumps, except that the Administration may waive this requirement for cargo ships of less than 1,600 gross tonnage if the fire pump starting arrangement in the machinery space is in an easily accessible position.

    2.1.3 Diameter of fire mains
    The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously, except that in the case of cargo ships the diameter need only be sufficient for the discharge of 140 m3/h.

    2.1.4 Isolating valves and relief valves

    2.1.4.1 Isolating valves to separate the section of the fire main within the machinery space containing the main fire pump or pumps from the rest of the fire main shall be fitted in an easily accessible and tenable position outside the machinery spaces. The fire main shall be so arranged that when the isolating valves are shut all the hydrants on the ship, except those in the machinery space referred to above, can be supplied with water by another fire pump or an emergency fire pump. The emergency fire pump, its seawater inlet, and suction and delivery pipes and isolating valves shall be located outside the machinery space. If this arrangement cannot be made, the sea-chest may be fitted in the machinery space if the valve is remotely controlled from a position in the same compartment as the emergency fire pump and the suction pipe is as short as practicable. Short lengths of suction or discharge piping may penetrate the machinery space, provided they are enclosed in a substantial steel casing, or are insulated to A-60 class standards. The pipes shall have substantial wall thickness, but in no case less than 11 mm, and shall be welded except for the flanged connection to the sea inlet valve.

    2.1.4.2 A valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hydrant so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are in operation.

    2.1.4.3 Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall be so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.

    2.1.4.4 In tankers, isolation valves shall be fitted in the fire main at poop front in a protected position and on the tank deck at intervals of not more than 40 m to preserve the integrity of the fire main system in case of fire or explosion.

    2.1.5 Number and position of hydrants

    2.1.5.1 The number and position of hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated and any part of any cargo space when empty, any ro-ro space or any vehicle space in which latter case the two jets shall reach any part of the space, each from a single length of hose. Furthermore, such hydrants shall be positioned near the accesses to the protected spaces.

    2.1.5.2 In addition to the requirements in the paragraph 2.1.5.1, passenger ships shall comply with the following:

    1. in the accommodation, service and machinery spaces the number and position of hydrants shall be such that the requirements of paragraph 2.1.5.1 may be complied with when all watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed; and

    2. where access is provided to a machinery space of category A at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, two hydrants shall be provided external to, but near the entrance to that machinery space. Where such access is provided from other spaces, in one of those spaces two hydrants shall be provided near the entrance to the machinery space of category A. Such provision need not be made where the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of the escape route.

    2.1.6 Pressure at hydrants
    With the two pumps simultaneously delivering water through the nozzles specified in paragraph 2.3.3, with the quantity of water as specified in paragraph 2.1.3, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimum pressures shall be maintained at all hydrants:

    1.for passenger ships:
    4,000 gross tonnage and upwards 0.40 N/m2

    less than 4000 gross tonnage

     

    0.30 N/m2
    2.for cargo ships,
    6,000 gross tonnage and upwards0.27 N/m2
    less than 6,000 gross tonnage;0.25 N/m2

    and

     

    3.the maximum pressure at any hydrant shall not exceed that at which the effective control of a fire hose can be demonstrated.
     

    2.1.7 International shore connection

    2.1.7.1 Ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least one international shore connection complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    2.1.7.2 Facilities shall be available enabling such a connection to be used on either side of the ship.

    2.2 Fire pumps

    2.2.1 Pumps accepted as fire pumps
    Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of oil fuel, suitable change-over arrangements are fitted.

    2.2.2 Number of fire pumps
    Ships shall be provided with independently driven fire pumps as follows:

    1.in passenger ships of:
    4,000 gross tonnage and upwardsat least three

    less than 4,000 gross tonnage

     

    at least two
    2.in cargo ships of:
    1,000 gross tonnage and upwardsat least two
    less than 1,000 gross tonnageat least two power driven pumps, one of which shall be independently driven.
      

    2.2.3 Arrangement of fire pumps and fire mains

    2.2.3.1 Fire pumps
    The arrangement of sea connections, fire pumps and their sources of power shall be as to ensure that:

    1. in passenger ships of l,000 gross tonnage and upwards, in the event of a fire in any one compartment all the fire pumps will not be put out of action; and

    2. in passenger ships of less than 1,000 gross tonnage and in cargo ships, if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumps out of action, there shall be an alternative means consisting of an emergency fire pump complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code with its source of power and sea connection located outside the space where the main fire pumps or their sources of power are located.

    2.2.3.2 Requirements for the space containing the emergency fire pump

    2.2.3.2.1 Location of the space
    The space containing the fire pump shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing main fire pumps. Where this is not practicable, the common bulkhead between the two spaces shall be insulated to a standard of structural fire protection equivalent to that required for a control station in regulation 9.2.3.3.

    2.2.3.2.2 Access to the emergency fire pump
    No direct access shall be permitted between the machinery space and the space containing the emergency fire pump and its source of power. When this is impracticable, the Administration may accept an arrangement where the access is by means of an airlock with the door of the machinery space being of A-60 class standard, and the other door being at least steel, both reasonably gastight, self-closing and without any hold back arrangements. Alternatively, the access may be through a watertight door capable of being operated from a space remote from the machinery space and the space containing the emergency fire pump and unlikely to be cut off in the event of fire in those spaces. In such cases, a second means of access to the space containing the emergency fire pump and its source of power shall be provided.

    2.2.3.2.3 Ventilation of the emergency fire pump space Ventilation arrangements to the space containing the independent source of power for the emergency fire pump shall be such as to preclude, as far as practicable, the possibility of smoke from a machinery space fire entering or being drawn into that space.

    2.2.3.3 Additional pumps for cargo ships
    In addition, in cargo ships where other pumps, such as general service, bilge and ballast, etc., are fitted in a machinery space, arrangements shall be made to ensure that at least one of these pumps, having the capacity and pressure required by paragraphs 2.1.6.2 and 2.2.4.2, is capable of providing water to the fire main.

    2.2.4 Capacity of fire pumps

    2.2.4.1 Total capacity of required fire pumps
    The required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the pressure specified in paragraph 2.1.6, as follows:

    1. pumps in passenger ships, the quantity of water is not less than two thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping; and

    2. pumps in cargo ships, other than any emergency pump, the quantity of water is not less than four thirds of the quantity required under regulation II-1/21 to be dealt with by each of the independent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the same dimension when employed in bilge pumping, provided that in no cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumps exceed 180 m3/h.

    2.2.4.2 Capacity of each fire pump
    Each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump required in paragraph 2.2.3.1.2 for cargo ships) shall have a capacity not less than 80% of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number of required fire pumps but in any case not less than 25 m3/h and each such pump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum of required pumps are installed such additional pumps shall have a capacity of at least 25 m3/h and shall be capable of delivering at least the two jets of water required in paragraph 2.1.5.1.

    2.3 Fire hoses and nozzles

    2.3.1 General specifications

    2.3.1.1 Fire hoses shall be of non-perishable material approved by the Administration and shall be sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Each hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. Hoses specified in this chapter as "fire hoses" shall, together with any necessary fittings and tools, be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connections. Additionally, in interior locations in passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers fire hoses shall be connected to the hydrants at all times. Fire hoses shall have a length of at least 10 m, but not more than:  

    1. 15 m in machinery spaces;

    2. 20 m in other spaces and open decks; and

    3. 25 m for open decks on ships with a maximum breadth in excess of 30 m.

    2.3.1.2 Unless one hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant in the ship, there shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.

    2.3.2 Number and diameter of fire hoses

    2.3.2.1 Ships shall be provided with fire hoses the number and diameter of which shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    2.3.2.2 In passenger ships, there shall be at least one fire hose for each of the hydrants required by paragraph 2.1.5 and these hoses shall be used only for the purposes of extinguishing fires or testing the fire-extinguishing apparatus at fire drills and surveys.

    2.3.2.3 In cargo ships:

    1. of 1,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the number of fire hoses to be provided shall be one for each 30 m length of the ship and one spare but in no case less than five in all. This number does not include any hoses required in any engine or boiler room. The Administration may increase the number of hoses required so as to ensure that hoses in sufficient number are available and accessible at all times, having regard to the type of ship and the nature of trade in which the ship is employed. Ships carrying dangerous goods in accordance with regulation 19 shall be provided with 3 hoses and nozzles, in addition to those required above; and

    2. of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the number of fire hoses to be provided shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2.3.2.3.1. However, the number of hoses shall in no case be less than three.

    2.3.3 Size and types of nozzles

    2.3.3.1 For the purposes of this chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be 12 mm, 16 mm and 19 mm or as near thereto as possible. Larger diameter nozzles may be permitted at the discretion of the Administration.

    2.3.3.2 For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 mm need not be used.

    2.3.3.3 For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in paragraph 2.1.6 from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19 mm need not be used.

    2.3.3.4 Nozzles shall be of an approved dual-purpose type (i.e., spray/jet type) incorporating a shutoff.

    02 Water supply systems
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
    03 Portable fire extinguishers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    04 Fixed fire -extinguishing systems

    4 Fixed fire -extinguishing systems

    4.1 Types of fixed fire extinguishing systems

    4.1.1 A fixed fire extinguishing system required by paragraph 5 below may be any of the following systems:

    1. a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code;

    2. a fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code; and

    3. a fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    4.1.2 Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this chapter is installed, it shall meet the requirements of the relevant regulations of this chapter and the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    4.1.3 Fire-extinguishing systems using Halon 1211, 1301, and 2402 and perfluorocarbons shall be prohibited.

    4.1.4 In general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as a fire-extinguishing medium in fixed fire-extinguishing systems. Where the use of steam is permitted by the Administration, it shall be used only in restricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing system and shall comply with the requirements of the Fire Safety System Code.

    4.2 Closing appliances for fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems
    Where a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system is used, openings which may admit air to, or allow gas to escape from, a protected space shall be capable of being closed from outside the protected space.

    4.3 Storage rooms of fire extinguishing medium
    When the fire extinguishing medium is stored outside a protected space, it shall be stored in a room which is located behind the forward collision bulkhead, and is used for no other purposes. Any entrance to such a storage room shall preferably be from the open deck and shall be independent of the protected space. If the storage space is located below deck, it shall be located no more than one deck below the open deck and shall be directly accessible by a stairway or ladder from the open deck. Spaces which are located below deck or spaces where access from the open deck is not provided, shall be fitted with a mechanical ventilation system designed to take exhaust air from the bottom of the space and shall be sized to provide at least 6 air changes per hour. Access doors shall open outwards, and bulkheads and decks including doors and other means of closing any opening therein, which form the boundaries between such rooms and adjacent enclosed spaces shall be gastight. For the purpose of the application of tables 9.1 to 9.8, such storage rooms shall be treated as fire control stations.

    4.4 Water pumps for other fire-extinguishing systems
    Pumps, other than those serving the fire main, required for the provision of water for fire-extinguishing systems required by this chapter, their sources of power and their controls shall be installed outside the space or spaces protected by such systems and shall be so arranged that a fire in the space or spaces protected will not put any such system out of action.

    05 Fire extinguishing arrangements in machinery spaces
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    06 Fire -extinguishing arrangements in control stations, accommodation and service spaces

    6 Fire -extinguishing arrangements in control stations, accommodation and service spaces

    6.1 Sprinkler systems in passenger ships

    6.1.1 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code in all control stations, accommodation and service spaces, including corridors and stairways. Alternatively, control stations, where water may cause damage to essential equipment, may be fitted with an approved fixed fire-extinguishing system of another type. Spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system.

    6.1.2 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, when a fixed smoke detection and fire alarm system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code is provided only in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with regulation 7.5.3.2.

    6.2 Sprinkler systems for cargo ships
    In cargo ships in which method IIC specified in regulation 9.2.3.1.1.2 is adopted, an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system shall be fitted in accordance with the requirements in regulation 7.5.5.2.

    6.3 Spaces containing flammable liquid

    6.3.1 Paint lockers shall be protected by:

    1. a carbon dioxide system, designed to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40% of the gross volume of the protected space;

    2. a dry powder system, designed for at least 0.5 kg powder/m3;

    3. a water spraying or sprinkler system, designed for 5 litres/m2 min. Water spraying systems may be connected to the fire main of the ship; or

    4. a system providing equivalent protection, as determined by the Administration. In any case, the system shall be operable from outside the protected space.

    6.3.2 Flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an appropriate fire-extinguishing arrangement approved by the Administration.

    6.3.3 For lockers of a deck area of less than 4 m2 which do not give access to accommodation spaces, a carbon dioxide portable fire extinguisher sized to provide a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40% of the gross volume of the space may be accepted in lieu of a fixed system. A discharge port shall be arranged in the locker to allow the discharge of the extinguisher without having to enter into the protected space. The required portable fire extinguisher shall be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively, a port or hose connection may be provided to facilitate the use of fire main water.

    6.4 Deep-fat cooking equipment
    Deep-fat cooking equipment shall be fitted with the following:

    1. an automatic or manual extinguishing system tested to an international standard acceptable to the Organization;1

    2. a primary and backup thermostat with an alarm to alert the operator in the event of failure of either thermostat;

    3. arrangements for automatically shutting off the electrical power upon activation of the extinguishing system;

    4. an alarm for indicating operation of the extinguishing system in the galley where the equipment is installed; and

    5. controls for manual operation of the extinguishing system which are clearly labelled for ready use by the crew.


    1 Refer to the recommendations by the International Organization for Standardization, in particular, Publication ISO 15371:2000 on Fire-extinguishing systems for protection of galley deep-fat cooking equipment.
    06 kan niet verwijderen


    6.1 Sprinkler systems in passenger ships

    6.1.1 Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall be equipped with an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code in all control stations, accommodation and service spaces, including corridors and stairways. Alternatively, control stations, where water may cause damage to essential equipment, may be fitted with an approved fixed fire-extinguishing system of another type. Spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system.

    6.1.2 In passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, when a fixed smoke detection and fire alarm system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code is provided only in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, an automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in accordance with regulation 7.5.3.2.

    6.2 Sprinkler systems for cargo ships
    In cargo ships in which method IIC specified in regulation 9.2.3.1.1.2 is adopted, an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system shall be fitted in accordance with the requirements in regulation 7.5.5.2.

    6.3 Spaces containing flammable liquid

    6.3.1 Paint lockers shall be protected by:
    .1 a carbon dioxide system, designed to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40% of the gross volume of the protected space;
    .2 a dry powder system, designed for at least 0.5 kg powder/m3;
    .3 a water spraying or sprinkler system, designed for 5 litres/m2 min. Water spraying systems may be connected to the fire main of the ship; or
    .4 a system providing equivalent protection, as determined by the Administration. In any case, the system shall be operable from outside the protected space.

    6.3.2 Flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an appropriate fire-extinguishing arrangement approved by the Administration.

    6.3.3 For lockers of a deck area of less than 4 m2 which do not give access to accommodation spaces, a carbon dioxide portable fire extinguisher sized to provide a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40% of the gross volume of the space may be accepted in lieu of a fixed system. A discharge port shall be arranged in the locker to allow the discharge of the extinguisher without having to enter into the protected space. The required portable fire extinguisher shall be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively, a port or hose connection may be provided to facilitate the use of fire main water.

    6.4 Deep-fat cooking equipment
    Deep-fat cooking equipment shall be fitted with the following:
    .1 an automatic or manual extinguishing system tested to an international standard acceptable to the Organization;*
    .2 a primary and backup thermostat with an alarm to alert the operator in the event of failure of either thermostat;
    .3 arrangements for automatically shutting off the electrical power upon activation of the extinguishing system;
    .4 an alarm for indicating operation of the extinguishing system in the galley where the equipment is installed; and
    .5 controls for manual operation of the extinguishing system which are clearly labelled for ready use by the crew.


    * Refer to the recommendations by the International Organization for Standardization, in particular, Publication ISO 15371:2000 on Fire-extinguishing systems for protection of galley deep-fat cooking equipment.
    07 Fire -extinguishing arrangements in cargo spaces
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    08 Cargo tank protection
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    09 Protection of cargo pump rooms
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]
    10 Fire-fighter's outfits

    10 Fire -fighter’s outfits

    10.1 Types of fire-fighter's outfits
    Fire-fighter's outfits shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    10.2 Number of fire-fighter's outfits

    10.2.1 Ships shall carry at least two fire-fighter's outfits.

    10.2.2 In addition, in passenger ships there shall be provided:

    1. for every 80 m, or part thereof, of the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck which carries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, two fire-fighter's outfits and, in addition, two sets of personal equipment, each set comprising the items stipulated in the Fire Safety Systems Code. In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two additional fire-fighter's outfits shall be provided for each main vertical zone. However, for stairway enclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and for the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship which do not contain spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) or (12) defined in regulation 9.2.2.3, no additional fire-fighter's outfits are required; and

    2. ships carrying more than 36 passengers, for each pair of breathing apparatus there shall be provided one water fog applicator which shall be stored adjacent to such apparatus.

    10.2.3 In addition, in tankers, two fire-fighter's outfits shall be provided.

    10.2.4 The Administration may require additional sets of personal equipment and breathing apparatus, having due regard to the size and type of the ship.

    10.2.5 Two spare charges shall be provided for each required breathing apparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and cargo ships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging the air cylinders free from contamination, need carry only one spare charge for each required apparatus. In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, at least two spare charges for each breathing apparatus shall be provided.

    10.3 Storage of fire-fighter's outfits

    10.3.1 The fire-fighter's outfits or sets of personal equipment shall be kept ready for use in an easily accessible location that is permanently and clearly marked and, where more than one fire-fighter's outfit or more than one set of personal equipment is carried, they shall be stored in widely separated positions.

    10.3.2 In passenger ships, at least two fire-fighter's outfits and, in addition, one set of personal equipment shall be available at any one position. At least two fire-fighter's outfits shall be stored in each main vertical zone.

    Reg. 11 Structural Integrity

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Part D Escape

    Reg. 12 Notification of crew and passengers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 13 Means of escape

    Means of escape

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to provide means of escape so that persons onboard can safely and swiftly escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. safe escape routes shall be provided;

    2. escape routes shall be maintained in a safe condition, clear of obstacles; and

    3. additional aids for escape shall be provided as necessary to ensure accessibility, clear marking, and adequate design for emergency situations.

    2 General requirements

    2.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this regulation, at least two widely separated and ready means of escape shall be provided from all spaces or group of spaces.

    2.2 Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the means of escape as required by this regulation.

    3 Means of escape from control stations, accommodation and service spaces

    3.1 General requirements

    3.1.1 Stairways and ladders shall be so arranged as to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck from passenger and crew accommodation spaces and from spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces.

    3.1.2 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this regulation, a corridor, lobby, or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape shall be prohibited. Dead-end corridors used in service areas which are necessary for the practical utility of the ship, such as fuel oil stations and athwartship supply corridors, shall be permitted, provided such dead-end corridors are separated from crew accommodation areas and are inaccessible from passenger accommodation areas. Also, a part of a corridor that has a depth not exceeding its width is considered a recess or local extension and is permitted.

    3.1.3 All stairways in accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration sanctions the use of other equivalent material.

    3.1.4 If a radiotelegraph station has no direct access to the open deck, two means of escape from or access to, the station shall be provided, one of which may be a porthole or window of sufficient size or other means to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3.1.5 Doors in escape routes shall, in general, open in-way of the direction of escape, except that:

    1. individual cabin doors may open into the cabins in order to avoid injury to persons in the corridor when the door is opened; and

    2. doors in vertical emergency escape trunks may open out of the trunk in order to permit the trunk to be used both for escape and for access.

    3.2 Means of escape in passenger ships

    3.2.1 Escape from spaces below the bulkhead deck

    3.2.1.1 Below the bulkhead deck two means of escape, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided from each watertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces. Exceptionally, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape for crew spaces that are entered only occasionally, if the required escape route is independent of watertight doors.

    3.2.1.2 Where the Administration has granted dispensation under the provisions of paragraph 3.2.1.1, this sole means of escape shall provide safe escape. However, stairways shall not be less than 800 mm in clear width with handrails on both sides.

    3.2.2 Escape from spaces above the bulkhead deck
    Above the bulkhead deck there shall be at least two means of escape from each main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces at least one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape.

    3.2.3 Direct access to stairway enclosures
    Stairway enclosures in accommodation and service spaces shall have direct access from the corridors and be of a sufficient area to prevent congestion, having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency. Within the perimeter of such stairway enclosures, only public toilets, lockers of non-combustible material providing storage for non-hazardous safety equipment and open information counters are permitted. Only public spaces, corridors, lifts, public toilets, special category spaces and open ro-ro spaces to which any passengers carried can have access, other escape stairways required by paragraph 3.2.4.1 and external areas are permitted to have direct access to these stairway enclosures. Small corridors or "lobbies" used to separate an enclosed stairway from galleys or main laundries may have direct access to the stairway provided they have a minimum deck area of 4.5m2, a width of no less than 900 mm and contain a fire hose station.

    3.2.4 Details of means of escape

    3.2.4.1 At least one of the means of escape required by paragraphs 3.2.1.1 and 3.2.2 shall consist of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks, or to the uppermost weather deck if the embarkation deck does not extend to the main vertical zone being considered. In the latter case, direct access to the embarkation deck by way of external open stairways and passageways shall be provided and shall have emergency lighting in accordance with regulation III/11.5 and slip-free surfaces underfoot. Boundaries facing external open stairways and passageways forming part of an escape route and boundaries in such a position that their failure during a fire would impede escape to the embarkation deck shall have fire integrity, including insulation values, in accordance with tables 9.1 to 9.4, as appropriate.

    3.2.4.2 Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas shall be provided either directly or through protected internal routes which have fire integrity and insulation values for stairway enclosures as determined by tables 9.1 to 9.4, as appropriate.

    3.2.4.3 Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space shall not be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.

    3.2.4.4 Each level within an atrium shall have two means of escape, one of which shall give direct access to an enclosed vertical means of escape meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2.4.1.

    3.2.4.5 The widths, number and continuity of escapes shall be in accordance with the requirements in the Fire Safety Systems Code. (Link: A.757(18))

    3.2.5 Marking of escape routes

    3.2.5.1 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulations II-1/42 and III/11.5, the means of escape, including stairways and exits, shall be marked by lighting or photoluminescent strip indicators placed not more than 300 mm above the deck at all points of the escape route including angles and intersections. The marking must enable passengers to identify the routes of escape and readily identify the escape exits. If electric illumination is used, it shall be supplied by the emergency source of power and it shall be so arranged that the failure of any single light or cut in a lighting strip will not result in the marking being ineffective. Additionally, escape route signs and fire equipment location markings shall be of photoluminescent material or marked by lighting. The Administration shall ensure that such lighting or photoluminescent equipment has been evaluated, tested and applied in accordance with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    3.2.5.2 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the requirements of the paragraph 3.2.5.1 shall also apply to the crew accommodation areas.

    3.2.6 Normally locked doors that form part of an escape route

    3.2.6.1 Cabin and stateroom doors shall not require keys to unlock them from inside the room. Neither shall there be any doors along any designated escape route which require keys to unlock them when moving in the direction of escape.

    3.2.6.2 Escape doors from public spaces that are normally latched shall be fitted with a means of quick release. Such means shall consist of a door-latching mechanism incorporating a device that releases the latch upon the application of a force in the direction of escape flow. Quick release mechanisms shall be designed and installed to the satisfaction of the Administration and, in particular:

    1. consist of bars or panels, the actuating portion of which extends across at least one half of the width of the door leaf, at least 760 mm and not more than 1120 mm above the deck;

    2. cause the latch to release when a force not exceeding 67 N is applied; and

    3. not be equipped with any locking device, set screw or other arrangement that prevents the release of the latch when pressure is applied to the releasing device.

    3.3 Means of escape in cargo ships

    3.3.1 General
    At all levels of accommodation there shall be provided at least two widely separated means of escape from each restricted space or group of spaces.

    3.3.2 Escape from spaces below the lowest open deck
    Below the lowest open deck the main means of escape shall be a stairway and the second escape may be a trunk or a stairway.

    3.3.3 Escape from spaces above the lowest open deck
    Above the lowest open deck the means of escape shall be stairways or doors to an open deck or a combination thereof.

    3.3.4 Dead-end corridors
    No dead-end corridors having a length of more than 7 m shall be accepted.

    3.3.5 Width and continuity of escape routes
    The width, number and continuity of escape routes shall be in accordance with the requirements in the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    3.3.6 Dispensation from two means of escape
    Exceptionally the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape, for crew spaces that are entered only occasionally, if the required escape route is independent of watertight doors.

    3.4 Emergency escape breathing devices  1

    3.4.1 Emergency escape breathing devices shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code. Spare emergency escape breathing devices shall be kept onboard.

    3.4.2 All ships shall carry at least two emergency escape breathing devices within accommodation spaces.

    3.4.3 In passenger ships, at least two emergency escape breathing devices shall be carried in each main vertical zone.

    3.4.4 In passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two emergency escape breathing devices, in addition to those required in paragraph 3.4.3 above, shall be carried in each main vertical zone.

    3.4.5 However, paragraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 do not apply to stairway enclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and for the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship which do not contain spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) or (12) defined in regulation 9.2.2.3.

    4 Means of escape from machinery spaces

    4.1 Means of escape on passenger ships
    Means of escape from each machinery space in passenger ships shall comply with the following provisions.

    4.1.1 Escape from spaces below the bulkhead deck
    Where the space is below the bulkhead deck the two means of escape shall consist of either:

    1. two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. One of these ladders shall be located within a protected enclosure that satisfies regulation 9.2.2.3, category (2), or regulation 9.2.2.4, category (4), as appropriate, from the lower part of the space it serves to a safe position outside the space. Self-closing fire doors of the same fire integrity standards shall be fitted in the enclosure. The ladder shall be fixed in such a way that heat is not transferred into the enclosure through non-insulated fixing points. The protected enclosure shall have minimum internal dimensions of at least 800 mm x 800 mm, and shall have emergency lighting provisions; or

    2. one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the embarkation deck and additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the embarkation deck.

    4.1.2 Escape from spaces above the bulkhead deck
    Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shall be as widely separated as possible and the doors leading from such means of escape shall be in a position from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. Where such means of escape require the use of ladders, these shall be of steel.

    4.1.3 Dispensation from two means of escape
    In a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape, due regard being paid to the width and disposition of the upper part of the space. In a ship of 1,000 gross tonnage and above, the Administration may dispense with one means of escape from any such space, including a normally unattended auxiliary machinery space, so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe escape route to the embarkation deck, due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normally employed in that space. In the steering gear space, a second means of escape shall be provided when the emergency steering position is located in that space unless there is direct access to the open deck.

    4.1.4 Escape from machinery control rooms
    Two means of escape shall be provided from a machinery control room located within a machinery space, at least one of which will provide continuous fire shelter to a safe position outside the machinery space.

    4.2 Means of escape on cargo ships Means of escape from each machinery space in cargo ships shall comply with the following provisions.

    4.2.1 Escape from machinery spaces of category A
    Except as provided in paragraph 4.2.2, two means of escape shall be provided from each machinery space of category A. In particular, one of the following provisions shall be complied with:

    1. two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which access is provided to the open deck. One of these ladders shall be located within a protected enclosure that satisfies regulation 9.2.3.3, category (4), from the lower part of the space it serves to a safe position outside the space. Self-closing fire doors of the same fire integrity standards shall be fitted in the enclosure. The ladder shall be fixed in such a way that heat is not transferred into the enclosure through non-insulated fixing points. The enclosure shall have minimum internal dimensions of at least 800 mm x 800 mm, and shall have emergency lighting provisions; or

    2. one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided to the open deck and, additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the open deck.

    4.2.2 Dispensation from two means of escape
    In a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape required under paragraph 4.2.1, due regard being paid to the dimension and disposition of the upper part of the space. In addition, the means of escape from machinery spaces of category A need not comply with the requirement for an enclosed fire shelter listed in paragraph 4.2.1.1. In the steering gear space, a second means of escape shall be provided when the emergency steering position is located in that space unless there is direct access to the open deck.

    4.2.3 Escape from machinery spaces other than those of category A From machinery spaces other than those of category A, two escape routes shall be provided except that a single escape route may be accepted for spaces that are entered only occasionally, and for spaces where the maximum travel distance to the door is 5 m or less.

    4.3 Emergency escape breathing devices

    4.3.1 On all ships, within the machinery spaces, emergency escape breathing devices shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places, which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of fire. The location of emergency escape breathing devices shall take into account the layout of the machinery space and the number of persons normally working in the spaces.1

    4.3.2 The number and location of these devices shall be indicated in the fire control plan required in regulation 15.2.4.

    4.3.3 Emergency escape breathing devices shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.

    5 Means of escape on passenger ships from special category and open ro-ro spaces to which any passengers carried can have access

    5.1 In special category and open ro-ro spaces to which any passengers carried can have access, the number and locations of the means of escape both below and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and, in general, the safety of access to the embarkation deck shall be at least equivalent to that provided for under paragraphs 3.2.1.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.4.1 and 3.2.4.2. Such spaces shall be provided with designated walkways to the means of escape with a breadth of at least 600 mm. The parking arrangements for the vehicles shall maintain the walkways clear at all times.

    5.2 One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew is normally employed shall avoid direct access to any special category space.

    6 Means of escape from ro-ro spaces
    At least two means of escape shall be provided in ro-ro spaces where the crew are normally employed. The escape routes shall provide a safe escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks and shall be located at the fore and aft ends of the space.

    7 Additional requirements for ro-ro passenger ships

    7.1 General

    7.1.1 Escape routes shall be provided from every normally occupied space on the ship to an assembly station. These escape routes shall be arranged so as to provide the most direct route possible to the assembly station2 , and shall be marked with symbols based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.3

    7.1.2 The escape route from cabins to stairway enclosures shall be as direct as possible, with a minimum number of changes in direction. It shall not be necessary to cross from one side of the ship to the other to reach an escape route. It shall not be necessary to climb more than two decks up or down in order to reach an assembly station or open deck from any passenger space.

    7.1.3 External routes shall be provided from open decks, as referred to in paragraph 7.1.2, to the survival craft embarkation stations.

    7.1.4 Where enclosed spaces adjoin an open deck, openings from the enclosed space to the open deck shall, where practicable, be capable of being used as an emergency exit.

    7.1.5 Escape routes shall not be obstructed by furniture and other obstructions. With the exception of tables and chairs which may be cleared to provide open space, cabinets and other heavy furnishings in public spaces and along escape routes shall be secured in place to prevent shifting if the ship rolls or lists. Floor coverings shall also be secured in place. When the ship is underway, escape routes shall be kept clear of obstructions such as cleaning carts, bedding, luggage and boxes of goods.

    7.2 Instruction for safe escape

    7.2.1 Decks shall be sequentially numbered, starting with "1" at the tank top or lowest deck. The numbers shall be prominently displayed at stair landings and lift lobbies. Decks may also be named, but the deck number shall always be displayed with the name.

    7.2.2 Simple "mimic" plans showing the "you are here" position and escape routes marked by arrows, shall be prominently displayed on the inside of each cabin door and in public spaces. The plan shall show the directions of escape and shall be properly oriented in relation to its position on the ship.

    7.3 Strength of handrails and corridors

    7.3.1 Handrails or other handholds shall be provided in corridors along the entire escape route so that a firm handhold is available at every step of the way, where possible, to the assembly stations and embarkation stations. Such handrails shall be provided on both sides of longitudinal corridors more than 1.8 m in width and transverse corridors more than 1 m in width. Particular attention shall be paid to the need to be able to cross lobbies, atriums and other large open spaces along escape routes. Handrails and other handholds shall be of such strength as to withstand a distributed horizontal load of 750 N/m applied in the direction of the centre of the corridor or space, and a distributed vertical load of 750 N/m applied in the downward direction. The two loads need not be applied simultaneously.

    7.3.2 The lowest 0.5 m of bulkheads and other partitions forming vertical divisions along escape routes shall be able to sustain a load of 750 N/m to allow them to be used as walking surfaces from the side of the escape route with the ship at large angles of heel.

    7.4 Evacuation analysis  4
    Escape routes shall be evaluated by an evacuation analysis early in the design process. The analysis shall be used to identify and eliminate, as far as practicable, congestion which may develop during an abandonment, due to normal movement of passengers and crew along escape routes, including the possibility that crew may need to move along these routes in a direction opposite the movement of passengers. In addition, the analysis shall be used to demonstrate that escape arrangements are sufficiently flexible to provide for the possibility that certain escape routes, assembly stations, embarkation stations or survival craft may not be available as a result of a casualty.


    1 Refer to the Guidelines for the performance, location, use and care of emergency escape breathing devices (MSC/Circ.849).
    2 Refer to the Indication of the "assembly stations" in passenger ships (MSC/Circ.777)
    3 Refer to the Symbols related to lifesaving appliances and arrangements adopted by the Organization by resolution A.760(18).
    4 Refer to the Interim Guidelines for a simplified evacuation analysis of ro-ro passenger ships (MSC/Circ.909).
    Reg. 13 Means of escape
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]

    Part D Fire safety measures for cargo ships*




    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Safety Measures for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo Ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII)

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984



    * Reference is made to Recommendation on Safety Measures for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo Ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII)

    Part D Fire safety measures for tankers

    Reg. 55 application

    1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Part shall apply to tankers carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C (closed cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus, and a Reid vapour pressure which is below atmospheric pressure and other liquid products having a similar fire hazard.

    2 Where liquid cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph 1 or liquefied gases which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to be carried, additional safety measures shall be required to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to the provisions of the Bulk Chemical Code and the Gas Carrier Code.

    3 This paragraph applies to all ships which are combination carriers. Such ships shall not carry solid cargoes unless all cargo tanks are empty of oil and gas freed or unless the arrangements provided in each case are to the satisfaction of the Administration and in accordance with the relevant operational requirements contained in the Guidelines for Inert Gas Systems.*
    __________
    * Reference is made to Revised Guidelines for Inert Gas Systems, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee at its forty-second session in May 1980 (MSC/Circ.282).

    4 Tankers carrying petroleum products having a flashpoint exceeding 60° (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus shall comply with the provisions of Part C, except that in lieu of the fixed fire-extinguishing system required in Regulation 53 they shall be fitted with a fixed deck foam system which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 61.

    5 The requirements for inert gas systems of Regulation 60 need not be applied to all chemical tankers or gas carriers when carrying cargoes described in paragraph 1, provided that alternative arrangements, to be developed by the Organization, are fitted.**
    _________
    ** Reference is made to Interim Regulation for Inert Gas Systems on Chemical Tankers Carrying Petroleum Products, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.473(XII).

    6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers shall comply with the requirements of this Part, except where alternative and supplementary arrangements are provided to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to the provisions of the Bulk Chemical Code and the Gas Carrier Code.
    Reg. 55 Application

    1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Part shall apply to tankers carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C (closed cup test), as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus, and a Reid vapour pressure which is below atmospheric pressure and other liquid products having a similar fire hazard.

    2 Where liquid cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph 1 or liquefied gases which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to be carried, additional safety measures shall be required to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to the provisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code, the Bulk Chemical Code, the International Gas Carrier Code and the Gas Carrier Code, as appropriate.

    3 This paragraph applies to all ships which are combination carriers. Such ships shall not carry solid cargoes unless all cargo tanks are empty of oil and gas freed or unless the arrangements provided in each case are to the satisfaction of the Administration and in accordance with the relevant operational requirements contained in the Guidelines for Inert Gas Systems*.
    _________
    * Reference is made to Revised Guidelines for Inert Gas Systems, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee at its forty-eighth session in June 1983 (MSC/Circ. 353).

    4 Tankers carrying petroleum products having a flashpoint exceeding 60°C (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus shall comply with the provisions of Part C, except that in lieu of the fixed fire-extinguishing system required in Regulation 53 they shall be fitted with a fixed deck foam system which shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 61.

    5 The requirements for inert gas systems of Regulation 60 need not be applied to all chemical tankers or gas carriers when carrying cargoes described in paragraph 1, provided that alternative arrangements, to be developed by the Organization, are fitted.**
    __________
    ** Reference is made to Interim Regulation for Inert Gas Systems on Chemical Tankers Carrying Petroleum Products, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.473(XII).

    6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers shall comply with the requirements of this Part, except where alternative and supplementary arrangements are provided to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to the provisions of the International Bulk Chemical Code, the Bulk Chemical Code, the International Gas Carrier Code and the Gas Carrier Code, as appropriate.
    Reg. 56 Location and separation of spaces

    1 Machinery spaces of category A other than such spaces for bow thrusters and their associated equipment shall be positioned aft of cargo tanks and slop tanks; they shall also be situated aft of cargo pump rooms and cofferdams, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuel bunker tanks. Any machinery space of category A shall be isolated from cargo tanks and slop tanks by a cofferdam, a cargo pump room, or an oil fuel bunker tank. However, the lower portion of the pump room may be recessed into machinery spaces of category A to accommodate pumps provided that the deckhead of the recess is in general not more than one third of the moulded depth above the keel except that in the case of ships of not more than 25,000 tonnes deadweight, where it can be demonstrated that for reasons of access and satisfactory piping arrangements this is impracticable, the Administration may permit a recess in excess of such height, but not exceeding one half of the moulded depth above the keel.

    2 Accommodation spaces, main cargo control stations, control stations and service spaces (excluding isolated cargo handling gear lockers) shall be positioned aft of all cargo tanks, slop tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams which isolate cargo or slop tanks from machinery spaces of category A. Any common bulkheads separating a cargo pump room, including the cargo pump room entrance, from accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall be constructed to "A-60" standard. Where deemed necessary, accommodation spaces, control stations, machinery spaces other than those of category A, and service spaces may be permitted forward of all cargo tanks, slop tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams subject to an equivalent standard of safety and appropriate availability of fire-extinguishing arrangements being provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3 Where the fitting of a navigation position above the cargo tank area is shown to be necessary it shall be for navigation purposes only and it shall be separated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with a height of at least 2 m. The fire protection of such navigation position shall in addition be as required for control spaces as set forth in Regulation 58.1 and 58.2 and other provisions, as applicable, of this Part.

    4 Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from the accommodation and service areas. This may be accomplished by provision of a permanent continuous coaming of a suitable height extending from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to the arrangements associated with stern loading.

    5 Exterior boundaries of superstructures and deckhouses enclosing accommodation and service spaces and including any overhanging decks which support such accommodation, shall be insulated to "A-60" standard for the whole of the portions which face cargo oil tanks and for 3 m aft of the front boundary. In the case of the sides of these superstructures and deckhouses, such insulation shall be carried as high as is deemed necessary by the Administration.

    6.1 Entrances, air inlets and openings to accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations shall not face the cargo area. They shall be located on the end bulkhead not facing the cargo area and/or on the outboard side of the superstructure or deckhouse at a distance of at least 25 percent of the length of the ship but not less than 3 m from the end of the superstructure or deckhouse facing the cargo area. This distance, however, need not exceed 5 m.

    6.2 No doors shall be permitted within the limits mentioned in paragraph 6.1, except that doors to those spaces not having access to accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations, such as cargo control stations, provision rooms and store-rooms may be permitted by the Administration. Where such doors are fitted, the boundaries of the space shall be insulated to "A-60" standard. Bolted plates for removal of machinery may be fitted within the limits specified in paragraph 6.1. Navigating bridge doors and wheelhouse windows may be located within the limits specified in paragraph 6.1 so long as they are so designed that a rapid and efficient gas and vapour tightening of the navigating bridge can be ensured.

    6.3 Port lights facing the cargo area and on the sides of the superstructures and deckhouses within the limits specified in paragraph 6.1 shall be of the fixed (non-opening) type. Such port lights in the first tier on the main deck shall be fitted with inside covers of steel or other equivalent material.
    Reg. 57 Structure, bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and details of construction
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 58 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks

    1 In lieu of Regulation 44 and in addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this Part the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 58.1 and 58.2.
    _______
    Notes : To be applied to tables 58.1 and 58.2, as appropriate.
    a/ For clarification as to which applies, see Regulations 43 and 46 of this Chapter.
    b/ Where spaces are of the same numerical category and superscript b appears, a bulkhead or deck of the rating shown in the tables is only required when the adjacent spaces are for a different purpose, e.g. in category (9). A galley next to a galley does not require a bulkhead but a galley next to a paint room requires an "A-0"bulkhead.
    c/ Bulkhead separating the wheelhouse, chartroom and radio room from each other may be "B-0" rating. d/ Bulkhead and decks between cargo pump rooms and machinery spaces of category A may be penetrated by cargo pump shaft glands and similar glanded penetrations, provided that gastight seals with efficient lubrication or other means of ensuring the permanence of the gas seal are fitted in way of the bilkhead or deck.
    e/ Fire insulation need not be fitted if the machinery space in category (7) , in the opinion of the Administration, has little or no fire risk.
    ___________
    * Where an asterisk appears in the tables, the division is required to be of steel or other equivalent material but is not required to be of "A" class standard.


    2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:
    .1 Tables 58.1 and 58.2 shall apply respectively to the bulkhead and decks separating adjacent spaces.
    .2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (10) below. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
    (1) Control stations
    Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
    Wheelhouse and chartroom.
    Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
    Fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations.
    Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
    Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
    (2) Corridors
    Corridors and lobbies.
    (3) Accommodation spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.10, excluding corridors.
    (4) Stairways
    Interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures there to.
    In this connexion, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
    (5) Service spaces (low risk)
    Lockers and store-rooms having areas of less than 2㎡, drying rooms and laundries.
    (6) Machinery spaces of category A
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.19.
    (7) Other machinery spaces
    Spaces as defined in Regulation 3.20 excluding machinery spaces of category A.
    (8) Cargo pump rooms
    Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks to such spaces.
    (9) Service spaces (high risk) Galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and store-rooms having an area of 2 ㎡ or more, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces.
    (10) Open decks
    Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having no fire risk. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).

    3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.

    4 External boundaries which are required in Regulation 57.1 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity elsewhere in this Part. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be of materials to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    5 Permanent approved gastight lighting enclosures for illuminating cargo pump rooms may be permitted in bulkheads and decks separating cargo pump rooms and other spaces provided they are of adequate strength and the integrity and gastightness of the bulkhead or deck is maintained.
    Reg. 59 Venting, purging, gas freeing and ventilation


    1 Cargo tank venting

    1.1 The venting systems of cargo tanks are to be entirely distinct from the air pipes of the other compartments of the ship. The arrangements and position of openings in the cargo tank deck from which emission of flammable vapours can occur shall be such as to minimize the possibility of flammable vapours being admitted to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition, or collecting in the vicinity of deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. In accordance with this general principle the criteria in paragraphs 1.2 to 1.10 will apply.
    1.2 The venting arrangements shall be so designed and operated as to ensure that neither pressure nor vacuum in cargo tanks shall exceed design parameters and be such as to provide for:
    .1 the flow of the small volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank in all cases through pressure/vacuum valves; and
    .2 the passage of large volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures during cargo loading and ballasting, or during discharging.

    1.3.1 The venting arrangements in each cargo tank may be independent or combined with other cargo tanks and may be incorporated into the inert gas piping.

    1.3.2 Where the arrangements are combined with other cargo tanks either stop valves or other acceptable means shall be provided to isolate each cargo tank. Where stop valves are fitted, they shall be provided with locking arrangements which shall be under the control of the responsible ship's officer. Any isolation must continue to permit the flow caused by thermal variations in a cargo tank in accordance with paragraph 1.2.1.

    1.4 The venting arrangements shall be connected to the top of each cargo tank and shall be self-draining to the cargo tanks under all normal conditions of trim and list of the ship. Where it may not be possible to provide self-draining lines permanent arrangements shall be provided to drain the vent lines to a cargo tank.

    1.5 The venting system shall be provided with devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks. The design, testing and locating of these devices shall comply with the requirements established by the Administration which shall contain at least the standards adopted by the Organization.

    1.6 Provision shall be made to guard against liquid rising in the venting system to a height which would exceed the design head of cargo tanks. This shall be accomplished by high level alarms or overflow control systems or other equivalent means, together with gauging devices and cargo tank filling procedures.

    1.7 Openings for pressure release required by paragraph 1.2.1 shall:
    .1 have as great a height as is practicable above the cargo tank deck to obtain maximum dispersal of flammable vapours but in no case less than 2 m above the cargo tank deck;
    .2 be arranged at the furthest distance practicable but not less than 5 m from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard.

    1.8 Pressure/vacuum valves required by paragraph 1.2.1 may be provided with a by-pass arrangement when they are located in a vent main or masthead riser. Where such an arrangement is provided there shall be suitable indicators to show whether the by-pass is open or closed.

    1.9 Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting required by paragraph 1.2.2 shall:
    .1.1 permit the free flow of vapour mixtures; or
    .1.2 permit the throttling of the discharge of the vapour mixtures to achieve a velocity of not less than 30 m/sec;
    .2 be so arranged that the vapour mixture is discharged vertically upwards;
    .3 where the method is by free flow of vapour mixtures, be such that the outlet shall be not less than 6 m above the cargo tank deck or fore and aft gangway if situated within. 4 m of the gangway and located not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard;
    .4 where the method is by high velocity discharge, be located at a height not less than 2m above the cargo tank deck and not less than 10m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. These outlets shall be provided with high velocity devices of an approved type;
    .5 be designed on the basis of the maximum designed loading rate multiplied by a factor of at least 1.25 to take account of gas evolution, in order to prevent the pressure in any cargo tank from exceeding the design pressure. The master shall be provided with information regarding the maximum permissible loading rate for each cargo tank and in the case of combined venting systems, for each group of cargo tanks. 1.10 In combination carriers, the arrangement to isolate slop tanks containing oil or oil residues from other cargo tanks shall consist of blank flanges which will remain in position at all times when cargoes other than liquid cargoes referred to in Regulation 55.1 are carried.

    2 Cargo tank purging and/or gas freeing
    Arrangements for purging and/or gas freeing shall be such as to minimize the hazards due to the dispersal of flammable vapours in the atmosphere and to flammable mixtures in a cargo tank. Accordingly:
    .1 When the ship is provided with an inert gas system the cargo tanks shall first be purged in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 62.13 until the concentration of hydrocarbon vapours in the cargo tanks has been reduced to less than 2 percent by volume. Thereafter, venting may be at the cargo tank deck level.
    .2 When the ship is not provided with an inert gas system, the operation shall be such that the flammable vapour is initially discharged:
    .2.1 through the vent outlets as specified in paragraph 1.9; or
    .2.2 with a vertical exit velocity of at least 20 m/sec through outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level and which are protected by suitable devices to prevent the passage of flame.
    When the flammable gas concentration in the outlet has been reduced to 30 per cent of the lower flammable limit the discharge of the gas mixture may be at the cargo tank deck level.

    3 Ventilation

    3.1 Cargo pump rooms shall be mechanically ventilated and discharges from the exhaust fans shall be led to a safe place on the open deck. The ventilation of these rooms shall have sufficient capacity to minimize the possibility of accumulation of flammable vapours. The number of changes of air shall be at least 20 per hour, based upon the gross volume of the space. The air ducts shall be arranged so that all of the space is effectively ventilated. The ventilation shall be of the suction type using fans of the non-sparking type.

    3.2 The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouse and superstructure boundary space openings shall be such as to complement the provisions of paragraph 1. Such vents especially for machinery spaces shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Due consideration in this regard should be given when the ship is equipped to load or discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as electrical equipment shall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.

    3.3 In combination carriers all cargo spaces and any enclosed spaces adjacent to cargo spaces shall be capable of being mechanically ventilated. The mechanical ventilation may be provided by portable fans. An approved fixed gas warning system capable of monitoring flammable vapours shall be provided in cargo pump rooms and pipe ducts and cofferdams referred to in Regulation 56.1 adjacent to slop tanks. Suitable arrangements shall be made to facilitate measurement of flammable vapours in all other spaces within the cargo tank area. Such measurements shall be made possible from open deck or easily accessible positions.
    Reg. 60 Cargo tank protection
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]
    Reg. 61 Fixed deck foam systems

    1 The arrangements for providing foam shall be capable of delivering foam to the entire cargo tanks area as well as into any cargo tank the deck of which has been ruptured.

    2 The deck foam system shall be capable of simple and rapid operation. The main control station for the system shall be suitably located outside the cargo tank area, adjacent to the accommodation spaces and readily accessible and operable in the event of fire in the areas protected.

    3 The rate of supply of foam solution shall be not less than the greatest of the following:
    .1 0.6ℓ./minute per square metre of cargo deck area, where cargo deck area means the maximum breadth of the ship multiplied by the total longitudinal extent of the cargo tank spaces;
    .2 6ℓ./minute per square metre of the horizontal sectional area of the single tank having the largest such area; or
    .3 3ℓ./minute per square metre of the area protected by the largest monitor, such area being entirely forward of the monitor, but not less than 1,250./minute.

    4 Sufficient foam concentrate shall be supplied to ensure at least 20 minutes of foam Generation in tankers fitted with an inert gas installation or 30 minutes of foam generation in tankers not fitted with an inert gas installation when using solution rates stipulated in paragraphs 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3, whichever is the greatest. The foam expansion ratio (i.e. the ratio of the volume of foam produced to the volume of the mixture of water and foam-making concentrate supplied) shall not generally exceed 12 to 1. Where systems essentially produce low expansion foam but at an expansion ratio slightly in excess of 12 to 1 the quantity of foam solution available shall be calculated as for 12 to 1 expansion ratio systems. When medium expansion ratio foam (between 50 to 1 and 150 to 1 expansion ratio) is employed the application rate of the foam and the capacity of a monitor installation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    5 Foam from the fixed foam system shall be supplied by means of monitors and foam applicators. At least 50 per cent of the foam solution supply rate required in paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 shall be delivered from each monitor. On tankers of less than 4,000 tonnes deadweight the Administration may not require installation of monitors but only applicators. However, in such a case the capacity of each applicator shall be at least 25 percent of the foam solution supply rate required in paragraphs 3.1 or 3.2.

    6.1 The number and position of monitors shall be such as to comply with paragraph 1. The capacity of any monitor shall be at least 3ℓ/minute of foam solution per square metre of deck area protected by that monitor, such area being entirely forward of the monitor. Such capacity shall be not less than 1,250ℓ/minute.

    6.2 The distance from the monitor to the farthest extremity of the protected area forward of that monitor shall not be more than 75 percent of the monitor throw in still air conditions.

    7 A monitor and hose connection for a foam applicator shall be situated both port and starboard at the front of the poop or accommodation spaces facing the cargo deck. On tankers of less than 4,000 tonnes deadweight a hose connection for a foam applicator shall be situated both port and starboard at the front of the poop or accommodation spaces facing the cargo deck.

    8 Applicators shall be provided to ensure flexibility of action during fire-fighting operations and to cover areas screened from the monitors. The capacity of any applicator shall be not less than 400ℓ and the applicator throw in still air conditions shall be not less than 15 m. The number of foam applicators provided shall be not less than four. The number and disposition of foam main outlets shall be such that foam from at least two applicators can be directed on to any tank deck area.

    9 Valves shall be provided in the foam main, and in the fire main when this is an integral part of the deck foam system, immediately forward of any monitor position to isolate damaged sections of those mains.

    10 Operation of a deck foam system at its required output shall permit the simultaneous use of the minimum required number of jets of water at the required pressure from the fire main.
    Reg. 62 Inert gas systems

    1 The inert gas system referred to in Regulation 60 shall be designed, constructed and tested to the satisfaction of the Administration. It shall be so designed and operated as to render and maintain the atmosphere of the cargo tanks* non-flammable at all times, except when such tanks are required to be gas free. In the event that the inert gas system is unable to meet the operational requirement set out above and it has been assessed that it is impractical to effect a repair, then cargo discharge, deballasting and necessary tank cleaning shall only be resumed when the "emergency conditions" laid down in the Guidelines on Inert Gas Systems** are complied with.
    _____________
    * Throughout this Reg. the term "cargo tank" includes also "slop tanks".
    ** Reference is made to Revised Guidelines for Inert Gas Systems, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee at its forty-second session in May 1980 (MSC/Circ.282).

    2 The system shall be capable of:
    .1 inerting empty cargo tanks by reducing the oxygen content of the atmosphere in each tank to a level at which combustion cannot be supported;
    .2 maintaining the atmosphere in any part of any cargo tank with an oxygen content not exceeding 8 percent by volume and at a positive pressure at all times in port and at sea except when it is necessary for such a tank to be gas free;
    .3 eliminating the need for air to enter a tank during normal operations except when it is necessary for such a tank to be gas free;
    .4 purging empty cargo tanks of hydrocarbon gas, so that subsequent gas freeing operations will at no time create a flammable atmosphere within the tank.

    3.1 The system shall be capable of delivering inert gas to the cargo tanks at a rate of at least 125 percent of the maximum rate of discharge capacity of the ship expressed as a volume.

    3.2 The system shall be capable of delivering inert gas with an oxygen content of not more than 5 percent by volume in the inert gas supply main to the cargo tanks at any required rate of flow

    4 The inert gas supply may be treated flue gas from main or auxiliary boilers. The Administration may accept systems using flue gases from one or more separate gas generators or other sources or any combination thereof, provided that an equivalent standard of safety is achieved. Such systems should, as far as practicable, comply with the requirements of this Regulation. Systems using stored carbon dioxide shall not be permitted unless the Administration is satisfied that the risk of ignition from generation of static electricity by the system itself is minimized.

    5 Flue gas isolating valves shall be fitted in the inert gas supply mains between the boiler uptakes and the flue gas scrubber. These valves shall be provided with indicators to show whether they are open or shut, and precautions shall be taken to maintain them gastight and keep the seatings clear of soot. Arrangements shall be made to ensure that boiler soot blowers cannot be operated when the corresponding flue gas valve is open.

    6.1 A flue gas scrubber shall be fitted which will effectively cool the volume of gas specified in paragraph 3 and remove solids and sulphur combustion products. The cooling water arrangements shall be such that an adequate supply of water will always be available without interfering with any essential services on the ship. Provision shall also be made for an alternative supply of cooling water.

    6.2 Filters or equivalent devices shall be fitted to minimize the amount of water carried over to the inert gas blowers.

    6.3 The scrubber shall be located aft of all cargo tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams separating these spaces from machinery spaces of category A.

    7.1 At least two blowers shall be fitted which together shall be capable of delivering to the cargo tanks at least the volume of gas required by paragraph 3. In the system with gas generator the Administration may permit only one blower if that system is capable of delivering the total volume of gas required by paragraph 3 to the protected cargo tanks, provided that sufficient spares for the blower and its prime mover are carried on board to enable any failure of the blower and its prime mover to be rectified by the ship's crew.

    7.2 Two fuel oil pumps shall be fitted to the inert gas generator. The Administration may permit only one fuel oil pump on condition that sufficient spares for the fuel oil pump and its prime mover are carried on board to enable any failure of the fuel oil pump and its prime mover to be rectified by the ship's crew.

    7.3 The inert gas system shall be so designed that the maximum pressure which it can exert on any cargo tank will not exceed the test pressure of any cargo tank. Suitable shut-off arrangements shall be provided on the suction and discharge connections of each blower. Arrangements shall be provided to enable the functioning of the inert gas plant to be stabilized before commencing cargo discharge. If the blowers are to be used for gas freeing, their air inlets shall be provided with blanking arrangements.

    7.4 The blowers shall be located aft of all cargo tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams separating these spaces from machinery spaces of category A.

    8.1 Special consideration shall be given to the design and location of scrubber and blowers with relevant piping and fittings in order to prevent flue gas leakages into enclosed spaces.

    8.2 To permit safe maintenance, an additional water seal or other effective means of preventing flue gas leakage shall be fitted between the flue gas isolating valves and scrubber or incorporated in the gas entry to the scrubber.

    9.1 A gas regulating valve shall be fitted in the inert gas supply main. This valve shall be automatically controlled to close as required in paragraphs 19.2 and 19.3 It shall also be capable of automatically regulating the flow of inert gas to the cargo tanks unless means are provided to automatically control the speed of the inert gas blowers required in paragraph 7.

    9.2 The valve referred to in paragraph 9.1 shall be located at the forward bulkhead of the forwardmost gas safe space* through which the inert gas supply main passes.
    ________
    * Gas safe space is a space in which the entry of hydrocarbon gases would produce hazards with regard to flammability or toxicity.

    10.1 At least two non-return devices, one of which shall be a water seal, shall be fitted in the inert gas supply main, in order to prevent the return of hydrocarbon vapour to the machinery space uptakes or to any gas safe spaces under all normal conditions of trim, list and motion of the ship. They shall be located between the automatic valve required by paragraph 9.1 and the aftermost connection to any cargo tank or cargo pipeline.

    10.2 The devices referred to in paragraph 10.1 shall be located in the cargo tank area on deck.

    10.3 The water seal referred to in paragraph 10.1 shall be capable of being supplied by two separate pumps, each of which shall be capable of maintaining an adequate supply at all times.

    10.4 The arrangement of the seal and its associated fittings shall be such that it will prevent backflow of hydrocarbon vapours and will ensure the proper functioning of the seal under operating conditions.

    10.5 Provision shall be made to ensure that the water seal is protected against freezing, in such a way that the integrity of seal is not impaired by overheating.

    10.6 A water loop or other approved arrangement shall also be fitted to each associated water supply and drain pipe and each venting or pressure-sensing pipe leading to gas safe spaces. Means shall be provided to prevent such loops from being emptied by vacuum.

    10.7 The deck water seal and all loop arrangements shall be capable of preventing return of hydrocarbon vapours at a pressure equal to the test pressure of the cargo tanks.

    10.8 The second device shall be a non-return valve or equivalent capable of preventing the return of vapours or liquids and fitted forward of the deck water seal required in paragraph 10.1. It shall be provided with positive means of closure. As an alternative to positive means of closure, an additional valve having such means of closure may be provided forward of the non-return valve to isolate the deck water seal from the inert gas main to the cargo tanks.

    10.9 As an additional safeguard against the possible leakage of hydrocarbon liquids or vapours back from the deck main, means shall be provided to permit this section of the line between the valve having positive means of closure referred to in paragraph 10.8 and the valve referred to in paragraph 9 to be vented in a safe manner when the first of these valves is closed.

    11.1 The inert gas main may be divided into two or more branches forward of the non-return devices required by paragraph 10.

    11.2.1 The inert gas supply mains shall be fitted with branch piping leading to each cargo tank. Branch piping for inert gas shall be fitted with either stop valves or equivalent means of control for isolating each tank. Where stop valves are fitted, they shall be provided with locking arrangements, which shall be under the control of a responsible ship's officer.
    11.2.2 In combination carriers, the arrangement to isolate the slop tanks containing oil or oil residues from other tanks shall consist of blank flanges which will remain in position at all times when cargoes other than oil are being carried except as provided for in the relevant section of the Guidelines on Inert Gas Systems.

    11.3 Means shall be provided to protect cargo tanks against the effect of overpressure or vacuum caused by thermal variations when the cargo tanks are isolated from the inert gas mains.

    11.4 Piping systems shall be so designed as to prevent the accumulation of cargo or water in the pipelines under all normal conditions.

    11.5 Suitable arrangements shall be provided to enable the inert gas main to be connected to an external supply of inert gas.

    12 The arrangements for the venting of all vapours displaced from the cargo tanks during loading and ballasting shall comply with Regulation 59.1 and shall consist of either one or more mast risers, or a number of high velocity vents. The inert gas supply mains may be used for such venting.

    13 The arrangements for inerting, purging or gas freeing of empty tanks as required in paragraph 2 shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall be such that the accumulation of hydrocarbon vapours in pockets formed by the internal structural members in a tank is minimized and that:
    .1 on individual cargo tanks the gas outlet pipe, if fitted, shall be positioned as far as practicable from the inert gas/air inlet and in accordance with Regulation 59.1. The inlet of such outlet pipes may be located either at deck level or at not more than 1 m above the bottom of the tank;
    .2 the cross sectional area of such gas outlet pipe referred to in paragraph 13.1 shall be such that an exit velocity of at least 20 m/sec can be maintained when any three tanks are being simultaneously supplied with inert gas. Their outlets shall extend not less than 2 m above deck level;
    .3 each gas outlet referred to in paragraph 13.2 shall be fitted with suitable blanking arrangements;
    .4.1 if a connection is fitted between the inert gas supply mains and the cargo piping system, arrangements shall be made to ensure an effective isolation having regard to the large pressure difference which may exist between the systems. This shall consist of two shut-off valves with an arrangement to vent the space between the valves in a safe manner or an arrangement consisting of a spool-piece with associated blanks;
    .4.2 the valve separating the inert gas supply main from the cargo main and which is on the cargo main side shall be a non-return valve with a positive means of closure.

    14.1 One or more pressure-vacuum breaking devices shall be provided on the inert gas supply main to prevent the cargo tanks from being subject to:
    .1 a positive pressure in excess of the test pressure of the cargo tank if the cargo were to be loaded at the maximum specified rate and all other outlets were left shut; or
    .2 a negative pressure in excess of 700㎜water gauge if cargo were to be discharged at the maximum rated capacity of the cargo pumps and the inert gas blowers were to fail.

    14.2 The location and design of the devices referred to in paragraph 14.1 shall be in accordance with Regulation 59.1.

    15 Means shall be provided for continuously indicating the temperature and the pressure of the inert gas at the discharge side of the gas blowers, whenever the gas blowers are operating.

    16.1 Instrumentation shall be fitted for continuously indicating and permanently recording, when the inert gas is being supplied:
    .1 the pressure of the inert gas supply mains forward of the non-return devices required by paragraph 10.1; and
    .2 the oxygen content of the inert gas in the inert gas supply mains on the discharge side of the gas blowers.

    16.2 The devices referred to in paragraph 16.1 shall be placed in the cargo control room where provided. But where no cargo control room is provided, they shall be placed in a position easily accessible to the officer in charge of the cargo operations.

    16.3 In addition, meters shall be fitted:
    .1 in the navigation bridge to indicate at all times the pressure referred to in paragraph 16.1.1 and the pressure in the slop tanks of combination carriers, whenever those tanks are isolated from the inert gas supply main; and
    .2 in the machinery control room or in the machinery space to indicate the oxygen content referred to in paragraph 16.1.2.

    17 Portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable vapour concentration shall be provided. In addition, suitable arrangement shall be made on each cargo tank such that the condition of the tank atmosphere can be determined using these portable instruments.

    18 Suitable means shall be provided for the zero and span calibration of both fixed and portable gas concentration measurement instruments, referred to in paragraphs 16 and 17.

    19.1 Audible and visual alarms shall be provided to indicate:
    .1 low water pressure or low water flow rate to the flue gas scrubber as referred to in paragraph 6.1;
    .2 high water level in the flue gas scrubber as referred to in paragraph 6.1;
    .3 high gas temperature as referred to in paragraph 15;
    .4 failure of the inert gas blowers as referred to in paragraph 7;
    .5 oxygen content in excess of 8 per cent by volume as referred to in paragraph 16.1.2;
    .6 failure of the power supply to the automatic control system for the gas regulating valve and to the indicating devices as referred to in paragraphs 9 and 16.1;
    .7 low water level in the water seal as referred to in paragraph 10.1;
    .8 gas pressure less than 100㎜ water gauge as referred to in paragraph 16.1.1. The alarm arrangement shall be such as to ensure that the pressure in slop tanks in combination carriers can be monitored at all times; and
    .9 high gas pressure as referred to in paragraph 16.1.1.

    19.2 In the system with gas generators audible and visual alarms shall be provided in accordance with 19.1.1, 19.1.3, 19.1.5 to 19.1.9 and additional alarms to indicate:
    .1 insufficient fuel oil supply:
    .2 failure of the power supply to the generator;
    .3 failure of the power supply to the automatic control system for the generator.

    19.3 Automatic shut-down of the inert gas blowers and gas regulating valve shall be arranged on predetermined limits being reached in respect of paragraphs 19.1.1, 19.1.2 and 19.1.3.

    19.4 Automatic shut-down of the gas regulating valve shall be arranged in respect of paragraph 19.1.4.

    19.5 In respect of paragraph 19.1.5, when the oxygen content of the inert gas exceeds 8 percent by volume, immediate action shall be taken to improve the gas quality. Unless the quality of the gas improves, all cargo tank operations shall be suspended so as to avoid air being drawn in to the tanks and the isolation valve referred to in paragraph 10.8 shall be closed.

    19.6 The alarms required in paragraphs 19.1.5, 19.1.6 and 19.1.8 shall be fitted in the machinery space and cargo control room, where provided, but in each case in such a position that they are immediately received by responsible members of the crew.

    19.7 In respect of paragraph 19.1.7 the Administration shall be satisfied as to the maintenance of an adequate reserve of water at all times and the integrity of the arrangements to permit the automatic formation of the water seal when the gas flow ceases. The audible and visual alarm on the low level of the water in the water seal shall operate when the inert gas is not being supplied.

    19.8 An audible alarm system independent of that required in paragraph 19.1.8 or automatic shut-down of cargo pumps shall be provided to operate on predetermined limits of low pressure in the inert gas mains being reached.

    20 Tankers constructed before 1 September 1984 which are required to have an inert gas system shall at least comply with the requirements of Reg. 62 of Chapter II-2 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.* In addition they shall comply with the requirements of this Regulation, except that:
    ________
    * The text as adopted by the International Conference on Safety of the Life at Sea, 1974. .1 inert gas systems fitted on board such tankers before 1 June 1981 need not comply with the following paragraphs: 3.2, 6.3, 7.4, 8, 9.2, 10.2, 10.7, 10.9, 11.3, 11.4, 12, 13.2, 13.4.2, and 19.8;

    .2 inert gas systems fitted on board such tankers on or after 1 June 1981 need not comply with the following paragraphs: 3.2, 6.3, 7.4, and 13.2

    21 Detailed instruction manuals shall be provided on board, covering the operations, safety and maintenance requirements and occupational health hazards relevant to the inert gas system and its application to the cargo tank system.* The manuals shall include guidance on procedures to be followed in the event of a fault or failure of the inert gas system.
    _________
    * Reference is made to Guidelines for Inert Gas System, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee at its forty-second session in May 1980 (MSC/Circ.282).
    Reg. 63 cargo pump rooms
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 51 General requirements for cargo ships of 4000 tons Gross Tonnage and upwards other than tankers covered by Part E of this chapter

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    _____________
    * Reference is made to Recommendation on safety Measures for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo Ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII)

    (a) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel, except where the Administration may sanction the use of other suitable material in special cases, having in mind the risk of fire.

    (b) In accommodation spaces, the corridor bulkheads shall be of steel or be constructed of "B" Class panels.

    (c) Deck coverings within accommodation spaces on the decks forming the crown of machinery and cargo spaces shall be of a type which will not readily ignite . *
    ___________________
    * Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidelines on Test Procedures for Primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.214 (VII).

    (d) Interior stairways below the weather deck shall be of steel or other suitable material. Crew lift trunks within accommodation shall be of steel or equivalent material.

    (e) Bulkheads of galleys, paint stores, lamp rooms, boatswain's stores when adjacent to accommodation spaces and emergency generator rooms if any, shall be of steel or equivalent material.

    (f) In accommodation and machinery spaces, paints, varnishes and similar preparations having a nitro-cellulose or other highly inflammable base shall not be used.

    (g) Pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk. Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the water-line and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.

    (h) Power ventilation of machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the machinery spaces.

    Reg. 52 Fire-Extinguishing Systems and Equipment

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Application Where ships have a lower gross tonnage than those quoted in this Regulation, the arrangements for the items covered in this Regulation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (b) Fire Pumps and Fire Main System The ship shall be provided with fire pumps, fire main system, hydrants and hoses complying with Regulation 5 of this Chapter and with the following requirements :
    (i) A ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with two independently driven power pumps.
    (ii) In a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumps out of action, there must be an alternative means of providing water for fire fighting. In a ship of 2,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards this alternative means shall be a fixed emergency pump independently driven. This emergency pump shall be capable of supplying two jets of water to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) Fire Hydrants, Hoses and Nozzles
    (i) In a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards the number of fire hoses to be provided, each complete with couplings and nozzles, shall be one for each 30 metres (100 feet) length of the ship and one spare but in no case less than five in all. This number does not include any hoses required in any engine or boiler room. The Administration may increase the number of the hoses required so as to ensure that hoses in sufficient number are available and accessible at all times, having regard to the type of the ship and the nature of the trade on which the ship is employed.
    (ii) In accommodation, service and machinery spaces, the number and position of hydrants shall be such as to comply with the requirements of paragraph

    (d) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.
    (iii) In a ship the arrangements shall be such that at least two jets of water can reach any part of any cargo space when empty.
    (iv) All required hydrants in the machinery spaces of ships with oil-fired boilers or internal combustion type propelling machinery shall be fitted with hoses having nozzles as required in paragraph (g) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.

    (d) International Shore Connexion
    (i) A ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least one international shore connexion, complying with paragraph (h) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.
    (ii) Facilities shall be available enabling such a connexion to be used on either side of the ship.

    (e) Portable Fire Extinguishers in Accommodation and Service Spaces
    The ship shall be provided in accommodation and service spaces with such approved portable fire extinguishers as the Administration may deem to be appropriate and sufficient; in any case, their number shall not be less than five for ships of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards.

    (f) Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Arrangements in Cargo Spaces
    (i) Cargo spaces of ships of 2,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be protected by a fixed fire-extinguishing system complying with Regulation 8 of this Chapter.

    (ii) The Administration may exempt from the requirements of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph the cargo holds of any ship (other than the tanks of a tanker):
    (1) if they are provided with steel hatch covers and effective means of closing all ventilators and other openings leading to the holds;
    (2) if the ship is constructed and intended solely for carrying such cargoes as ore, coal or grain; or
    (3) where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the ship is engaged on voyages of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply the requirement.
    (iii) Every ship in addition to complying with the requirements of this Regulation shall, while carrying explosives of such nature or in such quantity as are not permitted to be carried in passenger ships under Regulation 7 of Chapter VII of this Convention comply with the following requirements:
    (1) Steam shall not be used in any compartment containing explosives. For the purpose of this sub-paragraph,"compartment" means all spaces contained between two adjacent permanent bulkheads and includes the lower hold and all cargo spaces above it.
    (2) In addition, in each compartment containing explosives and in adjacent cargo compartments, there shall be provided a smoke- or fire-detection system in each cargo space.

    (g) Fire-Extinguishing Appliances in Boiler Rooms, etc.
    Where main or auxiliary oil-fired boilers are situated, or in spaces containing oil fuel units or settling tanks, a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) There shall be any one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing installations :
    (1) A pressure water-spraying system complying with Regulation 11 of this Chapter.
    (2) A fire-extinguishing installation complying with Regulation 8 of this Chapter.
    (3) A fixed froth installation complying with Regulation 9 of this Chapter.
    (The Administration may require fixed or mobile arrangements by pressure water or froth spraying to fight fire above the floor plates.) In each case if the engine and boiler rooms are not entirely separate, or if fuel oil can drain from the boiler room into the engine room bilges, the combined engine and boiler rooms shall be considered as one compartment.
    (ii) There shall be at least two approved portable extinguishers discharging froth or other approved medium suitable for extinguishing oil fires in each firing space in each boiler room and each space in which a part of the oil fuel installation is situated. In addition, there shall be at least one extinguisher of the same description with a capacity of 9 litres (2 gallons) for each burner, provided that the total capacity of the additional extinguisher or extinguishers need not exceed 45 litres (10 gallons) for any one boiler room.
    (iii) In each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing sand, saw-dust impregnated with soda, or other approved dry material in such quantity as may be required by the Administration. Alternatively an approved portable extinguisher may be substituted therefor.

    (h) Fire-Fighting Appliances in Spaces containing Internal Combustion Type Machinery Where internal combustion type engines are used, either for main propulsion machinery, or for auxiliary purposes associated with a total power output of not less than 746 kW, a ship of 1,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with the following arrangements:
    (i) There shall be one of the fixed arrangements required by sub-paragraph (g)(i) of this Regulation.
    (ii) There shall be in each engine space one approved froth-type extinguisher of not less than 45 litres (10 gallons) capacity or equivalent and also one approved portable froth extinguisher for each 746 kW of engine power output or part thereof; but the total number of portable extinguishers so supplied shall be not less than two and need not exceed six.

    (i) Fire-Fighting Arrangements in Spaces containing Steam Turbines and not requiring any Fixed Installation
    The Administration shall give special consideration to the fire-extinguishing arrangements to be provided in spaces containing steam turbines which are separated from boiler rooms by watertight bulkheads.

    (j) Fireman's Outfits and Personal Equipment
    (i) The ship, whether new or existing, shall carry at least two fireman's outfits complying with the requirements of Regulation 14 of this Chapter.
    Furthermore, Administrations may require in large ships additional sets of personal equipment and on tankers and special ships such as factory ships additional fireman's outfits.
    (ii) For each fireman's outfit which includes a self-contained breathing apparatus as provided in paragraph (b) of Regulation 14 of this Chapter, spare charges shall be carried on a scale approved by the Administration.
    (iii) The fireman's outfits and personal equipment shall be stored so as to be easily accessible and ready for use and, where more than one fireman's outfit and set of personal equipment are carried, they shall be stored in widely separated positions.

    Reg. 53 Means of Escape

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) In and from all crew and passenger spaces and spaces in which crew are normally employed, other than machinery spaces, stairways and ladders shall be arranged so as to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat embarkation deck.

    (b) In machinery spaces, two means of escape, one of which may be a watertight door, shall be provided from each engine room, shaft tunnel and boiler room. In machinery spaces, where no watertight door is available, the two means of escape shall be formed by two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible leading to doors in the casing similarly separated and from which access is provided to the embarkation deck. In the case of ships of less than 2,000 tons gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with this requirement, due regard being paid to the width and the disposition of the casing.

    Reg. 54 Special Arrangements in Machinery Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Means shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans serving machinery and cargo spaces and for closing all doorways, ventilators, annular spaces around funnels and other openings to such spaces. These means shall be capable of being operated from outside such spaces in case of fire.

    (b) Machinery driving forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the space concerned so that they may be stopped in the event of a fire arising in the space in which they are located.

    (c) Every oil fuel suction pipe from a storage, settling or daily service tank situated above the double bottom shall be fitted with a cock or valve capable of being closed from outside the space concerned in the event of a fire arising in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel, valves on the tanks shall be fitted but control in event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipeline or lines outside the tunnel or tunnels.

    Part E Fire safety measures for tankers

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Reg. 55 Application


    (a) This Part shall apply to all new tankers carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C (140°F) (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus and whose Reid vapour pressure is below that of atmospheric pressure, and other liquid products having a similar fire hazard.

    (b) In addition, all ships covered by this Part shall comply with the requirements of Regulations 52, 53 and 54 of this Chapter, except that paragraph (f) of Regulation 52 need not apply to tankers complying with Regulation 60 of this Chapter.

    (c) Where cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph (a) of this Regulation which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to be carried, additional safety measures shall be required to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (d) Combination carriers shall not carry solid cargoes unless all cargo tanks are empty of oil and gas freed or unless, in each case, the Administration is satisfied with the arrangements provided.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

    (a) This Part shall apply to all new tankers carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint not exceeding 60°C (140°F) (closed cup test) as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus and whose Reid vapour pressure is below that of atmospheric pressure, and other liquid products having a similar fire hazard.

    (b) In addition, all ships covered by this Part shall comply with the requirements of Regulations 52, 53 and 54 of this Chapter, except that paragraph (f) of Regulation 52 need not apply to tankers complying with Regulation 60 of this Chapter.

    (c) Where cargoes other than those referred to in paragraph (a) of this Regulation which introduce additional fire hazards are intended to be carried, additional safety measures shall be required to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (d) Combination carriers shall not carry solid cargoes unless all cargo tanks are empty of oil and gas freed or unless, in each case, the Administration is satisfied with the arrangements provided.

    Reg. 56 Location and Separation of Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) Machinery spaces of Category A shall be positioned aft of cargo tanks and slop tanks and shall be isolated from them by a cofferdam, cargo pump room or oil fuel bunker tank; they shall also be situated aft of such cargo pump rooms and cofferdams, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuel bunker tanks. However, the lower portion of the pump room may be recessed into such spaces to accommodate pumps provided the deck head of the recess is in general not more than one-third of the moulded depth above the keel except that in the case of ships of not more than 25,000 metric tons deadweight, where it can be demonstrated that for reasons of access and satisfactory piping arrangements this is impracticable, the Administration may permit a recess in excess of such height, but not exceeding one half of the moulded depth above the keel.

    (b) Accommodation spaces, main cargo control stations, control stations and service spaces shall be positioned aft of all cargo tanks, slop tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams which isolate cargo or slop tanks from machinery spaces of Category A. Any common bulkhead separating a cargo pump room, including the pump room entrance, from accommodation and service spaces and control stations shall be constructed to "A-60" Class. Where deemed necessary, accommodation spaces, control stations, machinery spaces other than those of Category A and service spaces may be permitted forward of all cargo tanks, slop tanks, cargo pump rooms and cofferdams subject to an equivalent standard of safety and appropriate availability of fire-extinguishing arrangements being provided to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (c) Where the fitting of a navigation position above the cargo tank area is shown to be necessary it shall be for navigation purposes only and it shall be separated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with a height of at least 2 metres. The fire protection of such navigation position shall in addition be as required for control spaces as set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Regulation 57 and other provisions as applicable of this Part.

    (d) Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from the accommodation and service areas. This may be accomplished by provision of a permanent continuous coaming of a suitable height extending from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to the arrangements associated with stern loading.

    (e) Exterior boundaries of superstructures and deckhouses enclosing accommodation and service spaces and including any overhanging decks which support such accommodation, shall be insulated to "A-60" Class for the whole of the portions which face cargo oil tanks and for 3 metres aft of the front boundary. In the case of the sides of these superstructures and deckhouses, such insulation shall be carried as high as is deemed necessary by the Administration.

    (f) In boundaries, facing cargo tanks, of superstructures and deckhouses containing accommodation and service spaces the following provisions shall apply:
    (i) No doors shall be permitted in such boundaries, except that doors to those spaces not having access to accommodation and service spaces, such as cargo control stations, provision rooms, and store-rooms may be permitted by the Administration. Where such doors are fitted, the boundaries of the space shall be insulated to "A-60" Class. Bolted plates for removal of machinery may be fitted in such boundaries.
    (ii) Portlights in such boundaries shall be of a fixed (non-opening) type. Pilot house windows may be non-fixed (opening).
    (iii) Portlights in the first tier on the main deck shall be fitted with inside covers of steel or equivalent material. The requirements of this paragraph, where applicable, except in the case of access to the navigating bridge spaces, shall also be applied to the boundaries of the superstructures and deckhouses for a distance of 5 metres measured longitudinally from the forward end of such structures.

    Reg. 57 Construction

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a)
    (i) The hull, superstructure, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material.
    (ii) Bulkheads between cargo pump rooms, including their trunks and machinery spaces of Category A shall be "A" Class and shall have no penetrations which are less than "A-0" Class or equivalent in all respects, other than the cargo pump shaft glands and similar glanded penetrations.
    (iii) Bulkheads and decks forming divisions separating machinery spaces of Category A and cargo pump rooms, including their trunks, respectively, from the accommodation and service spaces shall be of "A-60" Class. Such bulkheads and decks and any boundaries of machinery spaces of Category A and cargo pump rooms shall not be pierced for windows or portlights.
    (iv) The requirements of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph, however, do not preclude the installation of permanent approved gas-tight lighting enclosures for illuminating the pump rooms provided that they are of adequate strength and maintain the integrity and gas-tightness of the bulkhead as "A" Class. Further, it does not preclude the use of windows in a control room located entirely within a machinery space.
    (v) Control stations shall be separated from adjacent enclosed spaces by means of "A" Class bulkheads and decks. The insulation of these control station boundaries shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration having in mind the risk of fire in adjacent spaces.
    (vi) Casing doors in machinery spaces of Category A shall be self-closing and comply with the related provisions of sub-paragraph (b)(vii) of this Regulation.
    (vii) The surface of the insulation on interior boundaries of machinery spaces of Category A shall be impervious to oil and oil vapours.
    (viii) Primary deck coverings, if applied, shall be of approved materials which will not readily ignite.*
    __________
    * Reference is made to Improved Provisional Guidelines on test Procedures for primary Deck Coverings, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A. 214(VII)

    (ix) Interior stairways shall be of steel or other suitable material.
    (x) When adjacent to accommodation spaces, bulkheads of galleys, paint stores, lamp rooms and boatswain's stores shall be of steel or equivalent material.
    (xi) Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be of a nature to offer an undue fire hazard in the judgement of the Administration and shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke or other toxic properties.
    (xii) Pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regard to the fire risk. Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for overboard scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the water-line and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.
    (xiii) Power ventilation of machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the machinery spaces.
    (xiv) Skylights to machinery spaces of Category A and cargo pump rooms shall comply with the provisions of sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of this Regulation in respect of windows and portlights and in addition shall be so arranged as to be capable of being readily closed from outside the spaces which they serve.

    (b) Within the accommodation and service spaces and control stations the following conditions shall apply:
    (i) Corridor bulkheads including doors shall be of "A" or "B" Class divisions extending from deck to deck. Where continuous "B" Class ceilings and/or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining. Doors of cabins and public spaces in such bulkheads may have a louvre in the lower half.
    (ii) Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panellings, or linings shall be divided by close fitting draught stops spaced not more than 14 metres apart.
    (iii) Ceilings, linings, bulkheads and insulation except for insulation in refrigerated compartments shall be of non-combustible material. Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have resistance to propagation of flame to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    (iv) The framing, including grounds and the joint pieces of bulkheads, linings, ceilings and draught stops, if fitted, shall be of non-combustible material.
    (v) All exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures and surfaces in concealed or inaccessible spaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics.*
    _________
    * Reference is made to Guidelines on the Evaluation of Fire Hazard Properties of Materials, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.166(ES.IV)

    (vi) Bulkheads, linings and ceilings may have combustible veneer, provided that such veneer shall not exceed 2 millimetres within any such space except corridors, stairway enclosures and control stations where it shall not exceed 1.5 millimetres.
    (vii) Stairways which penetrate only a single deck shall be protected at least at one level by "A" or "B" Class divisions and self-closing doors so as to limit the rapid spread of fire from one deck to another. Crew lift trunks shall be of "A" Class divisions. Stairways and lift trunks which penetrate more than a single deck shall be surrounded by "A" Class divisions and protected by self-closing steel doors at all levels. Self-closing doors shall not be fitted with hold-back hooks. However, hold-back arrangements fitted with remote release fittings of the fail-safe type may be utilized.

    (c) Ducts provided for ventilation of machinery spaces of Category "A" shall not in general pass through accommodation and service spaces or control stations, except that the Administration may permit relaxation from this requirement provided that:
    (i) the ducts are constructed of steel and each is insulated to"A-60" Class; or
    (ii) the ducts are constructed of steel and are fitted with an automatic fire damper close to the boundary penetrated and are insulated to "A-60" Class from the machinery space of Category A to a point at least 5 metres beyond the fire damper.

    (d) Ducts provided for ventilation of accommodation and service spaces or control stations shall not in general pass through machinery spaces of Category A except that the Administration may permit relaxation from this requirement provided that ducts are constructed of steel and an automatic fire damper is fitted close to the boundaries penetrated.

    Reg. 58 Ventilation

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The arrangement and positioning of openings in the cargo tank deck from which gas emission can occur shall be such as to minimize the possibility of gas being admitted to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition, or collecting in the vicinity of deck machinery and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard. In every case the height of the outlet above the deck and the discharge velocity of the gas shall be considered in conjunction with the distance of any outlet from any deckhouse opening or source of ignition.

    (b) The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouse and superstructure boundary space openings shall be such as to complement the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Regulation. Such vents especially for machinery spaces shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Due consideration in this regard should be given when the ship is equipped to load or discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as electrical equipment shall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.

    (c) Cargo pump rooms shall be mechanically ventilated and discharges from the exhaust fans shall be led to a safe place on the open deck. The ventilation of these rooms shall have sufficient capacity to minimize the possibility of accumulation of inflammable vapours. The number of changes of air shall be at least 20 times per hour, based upon the gross volume of the space. The air ducts shall be arranged so that all of the space is effectively ventilated. The ventilation shall be of the suction type.

    Reg. 59 Means of Escape

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of Regulation 53 of this Chapter, consideration shall be given by the Administration to the availability of emergency means of escape for personnel from each cabin.

    Reg. 60 Cargo Tank Protection


    (a) For tankers of 100,000 metric tons deadweight and upwards and combination carriers of 50,000 metric tons deadweight and upwards, the protection of the cargo tanks deck area and cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed deck froth system and a fixed inert gas system in accordance with the requirements of Regulations 61 and 62 of this Part except that in lieu of the above installations the Administration, after having given consideration to the ship arrangement and equipment, may accept other combinations of fixed installations of they afford protection to the above, in accordance with Regulation 5 of Chapter I of this Convention.

    (b) To be considered equivalent, the system proposed in lieu of the deck froth system shall:
    (i) be capable of extinguishing spill fires and also preclude ignition of spilled oil not yet ignited; and
    (ii) be capable of combating fires in ruptured tanks.

    (c) To be considered equivalent, the system proposed in lieu of the fixed inert gas system shall:
    (i) be capable of preventing dangerous accumulations of explosive mixtures in intact cargo tanks during normal service throughout the ballast voyage and necessary in-tank operations; and
    (ii) be so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from the generation of static electricity by the system itself.

    (d) In tankers of less than 100,000 metric tons deadweight and combination carriers of less than 50,000 metric tons deadweight the Administration, in applying the requirements of paragraph (f) of Regulation 52 of this Chapter, may accept a froth system, capable of discharging froth internally or externally, to the tanks. The details of such installation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

    (a) For tankers of 100,000 metric tons deadweight and upwards and combination carriers of 50,000 metric tons deadweight and upwards, the protection of the cargo tanks deck area and cargo tanks shall be achieved by a fixed deck froth system and a fixed inert gas system in accordance with the requirements of Regulations 61 and 62 of this Part except that in lieu of the above installations the Administration, after having given consideration to the ship arrangement and equipment, may accept other combinations of fixed installations of they afford protection to the above, in accordance with Regulation 5 of Chapter I of this Convention.

    (b) To be considered equivalent, the system proposed in lieu of the deck froth system shall:
    (i) be capable of extinguishing spill fires and also preclude ignition of spilled oil not yet ignited; and
    (ii) be capable of combating fires in ruptured tanks.

    (c) To be considered equivalent, the system proposed in lieu of the fixed inert gas system shall:
    (i) be capable of preventing dangerous accumulations of explosive mixtures in intact cargo tanks during normal service throughout the ballast voyage and necessary in-tank operations; and
    (ii) be so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from the generation of static electricity by the system itself.

    (d) In tankers of less than 100,000 metric tons deadweight and combination carriers of less than 50,000 metric tons deadweight the Administration, in applying the requirements of paragraph (f) of Regulation 52 of this Chapter, may accept a froth system, capable of discharging froth internally or externally, to the tanks. The details of such installation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    Reg. 61 Fixed Deck Froth System

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The fixed deck froth system referred to in paragraph (a) of Regulation 60 of this Chapter shall be designed as follows:

    (a) The arrangements for providing froth shall be capable of delivering froth to the entire cargo tank area as well as into any cargo tank, the deck of which has been ruptured.

    (b) The system shall be capable of simple and rapid operation. The main control station for the system shall be suitably located outside of the cargo tank area, adjacent to the accommodation spaces and readily accessible and operable in the event of fire in the areas protected.

    (c) The rate of supply of froth solution shall be not less than the greater of the following:
    (i) 0.6 litres per minute per square metre of the cargo deck area, where cargo deck area means the maximum breadth of the ship times the total longitudinal extent of the cargo tank spaces, or
    (ii) 6 litres per minute per square metre of the horizontal sectional area of the single tank having the largest such area. Sufficient froth concentrate shall be supplied to ensure at least 20 minutes of froth generation when using solution rates stipulated in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of this paragraph, whichever is the greater. The froth expansion ratio (i.e. the ratio of the volume of froth produced to the volume of the mixture of water and froth-making concentrate supplied) shall not generally exceed 12 to 1. Where systems essentially produce low expansion froth but at an expansion ratio slightly in excess of 12 to 1, the quantity of froth solution available shall be calculated as for 12 to 1 expansion ratio systems. When medium expansion ratio froth (between 50 to 1 and 150 to 1 expansion ratio) is employed the application rate of the froth and the capacity of a monitor installation shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (d) Froth from the fixed froth system shall be supplied by means of monitors and froth applicators. At least 50 per cent of the required froth rate shall be delivered from each monitor.

    (e)
    (i) The number and position of monitors shall be such as to comply with paragraph (a) of this Regulation. The capacity of any monitor in litres per minute of froth solution shall be at least three times the deck area in square metres protected by that monitor, such area being entirely forward of the monitor.
    (ii) The distance from the monitor to the farthest extremity of the protected area forward of that monitor shall not be more than 75 per cent of the monitor throw in still air conditions.

    (f) A monitor and hose connection for a froth applicator shall be situated both port and starboard at the poop front or accommodation spaces facing the cargo deck. Applicators shall be provided for flexibility of action during fire-fighting operations and to cover areas screened from the monitors.

    (g) Valves shall be provided in both the froth main and the fire main immediately forward of every monitor position to isolate damaged sections of these mains.

    (h) Operation of a deck froth system at its required output shall permit the simultaneous use of the minimum required number of jets of water at the required pressure from the fire main.

    Reg. 62 Inert Gas System

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The inert gas system referred to in paragraph (a) of Regulation 60 of this Chapter shall be capable of providing on demand a gas or mixture of gases to the cargo tanks so deficient in oxygen that the atmosphere within a tank may be rendered inert, i.e. incapable of propagating flame. Such a system shall satisfy the following conditions:

    (a) The need for fresh air to enter a tank during normal operations shall be eliminated, except when preparing a tank for entry by personnel.

    (b) Empty tanks shall be capable of being purged with inert gas to reduce the hydrocarbon content of a tank after discharge of cargo.

    (c) The washing of tanks shall be capable of being carried out in an inert atmosphere.

    (d) During cargo discharge, the system shall be such as to ensure that the volume of gas referred to in paragraph (f) of this Regulation is available. At other times sufficient gas to ensure compliance with paragraph (g) of this Regulation shall be continuously available.

    (e) Suitable means for purging the tanks with fresh air as well as with inert gas shall be provided.

    (f) The system shall be capable of supplying inert gas at a rate of at least 125 per cent of the maximum rated capacity of the cargo pumps.

    (g) Under normal running conditions, when tanks are being filled or have been filled with inert gas, a positive pressure shall be capable of being maintained at the tank.

    (h) Exhaust gas outlets for purging shall be suitably located in the open air and shall be to the same general requirements as prescribed for ventilating outlets of tanks, referred to in paragraph (a) of Regulation 58 of this Chapter.

    (i) A scrubber shall be provided which will effectively cool the gas and remove solids and sulphur combustion products.

    (j) At least two fans (blowers) shall be provided which together shall be capable of delivering at least the amount of gas stipulated in paragraph (f) of this Regulation.

    (k) The oxygen content in the inert gas supply shall not normally exceed 5 per cent by volume.

    (l) Means shall be provided to prevent the return of hydrocarbon gases or vapours from the tanks to the machinery spaces and uptakes and prevent the development of excessive pressure or vacuum. In addition, an effective water lock shall be installed at the scrubber or on deck. Branch piping for inert gas shall be fitted with stop valves or equivalent means of control at every tank. The system shall be so designed as to minimize the risk of ignition from the generation of static electricity.

    (m) Instrumentation shall be fitted for continuously indicating and permanently recording at all times when inert gas is being supplied the pressure and oxygen content of the gas in the inert gas supply main on the discharge side of the fan. Such instrumentation should preferably be placed in the cargo control room if fitted but in any case shall be easily accessible to the officer in charge of cargo operations. Portable instruments suitable for measuring oxygen and hydrocarbon gases or vapour and the necessary tank fittings shall be provided for monitoring the tank contents.

    (n) Means for indicating the temperature and pressure of the inert gas main shall be provided.

    (o) Alarms shall be provided to indicate:
    (i) high oxygen content of gas in the inert gas main;
    (ii) low gas pressure in the inert gas main;
    (iii) low pressure in the supply to the deck water seal, if such equipment is installed;
    (iv) high temperature of gas in the inert gas main; and
    (v) low water pressure to the scrubber and automatic shut-downs of the system shall be arranged on predetermined limits being reached in respect of sub-paragraphs (iii), (iv) and (v) of this paragraph.

    (p) The master of any ship equipped with an inert gas system shall be provided with an instruction manual covering operational, safety and occupational health requirements relevant to the system.

    Reg. 63 Cargo Pump Room

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Each cargo pump room shall be provided with a fixed fire-fighting system operated from a readily accessible position outside the pump room. The system shall use water-spray or another suitable medium satisfactory to the Administration.

    Reg. 64 Hose Nozzles

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    All hose water nozzles provided shall be of an approved dual purpose type (i.e. spray/jet type) incorporating a shut-off.

    Part E Operational requirements

    Reg. 14 Operational readiness and maintenance

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 15 Instructions, onboard training and drills

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 16 Operations

    Operations

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to provide information and instructions for proper ship and cargo handling operations in relation to fire safety. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. fire safety operational booklets shall be provided on board; and

    2. flammable vapour releases from cargo tank venting shall be controlled.

    2 Fire Safety operational booklets

    2.1 The required fire safety operational booklet shall contain the necessary information and instructions for the safe operation of the ship and cargo handling operations in relation to fire safety. The booklet shall include information concerning the crew's responsibilities for the general fire safety of the ship while loading and discharging cargo and while underway. Necessary fire safety precautions for handling general cargoes shall be explained. For ships carrying dangerous goods and flammable bulk cargoes, the fire safety operational booklet shall also provide reference to the pertinent fire-fighting and emergency cargo handling instructions contained in the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes, the International Bulk Chemical Code, the International Gas Carrier Code and the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as appropriate.

    2.2 The fire safety operational booklet shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each crew cabin.

    2.3 The fire safety operational booklet shall be written in the working language of the ship.

    2.4 The fire safety operational booklet may be combined with the training manuals required in regulation 15.2.3.

    3 Additional requirements for tankers

    3.1 General
    The fire safety operational booklet referred to in paragraph 2 shall include provisions for preventing fire spread to the cargo area due to ignition of flammable vapours and include procedures of cargo tank gas-purging and/or gas-freeing taking into account the provisions in paragraph 3.2.

    3.2 Procedures for cargo tank purging and/or gas-freeing (Link: MSC/Circ.731)

    3.2.1 When the ship is provided with an inert gas system, the cargo tanks shall first be purged in accordance with the provisions of regulation 4.5.6 until the concentration of hydrocarbon vapours in the cargo tanks has been reduced to less than 2% by volume. Thereafter, gas-freeing may take place at the cargo tank deck level.

    3.2.2 When the ship is not provided with an inert gas system, the operation shall be such that the flammable vapour is discharged initially through:

    1. the vent outlets as specified in regulation 4.5.3.4;

    2. outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with a vertical efflux velocity of at least 30 m/s maintained during the gas-freeing operation; or

    3. outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with a vertical efflux velocity of at least 20 m/s and which are protected by suitable devices to prevent the passage of flame.

    3.2.3 The above outlets shall be located not less than 10 m measured horizontally from the nearest air intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard.

    3.2.4 When the flammable vapour concentration at the outlet has been reduced to 30% of the lower flammable limit, gas-freeing may be continued at cargo tank deck level.

    Part F Alternative design and arrangements

    Reg. 17 Alternative design and arrangements

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Part F Special fire safety measures for existing passenger ships

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Reg. 65 Application

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (For the purposes of this Part of this Chapter, all references to Regulation . . . (1948) mean references to Regulations of Chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, and all references to Regulation . . . (1960) mean, unless otherwise stated, references to Regulations of Chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960).

    Any passenger ship carrying more than 36 passengers shall at least comply as follows:

    (a) A ship, the keel of which was laid before 19 November 1952, shall comply with the provisions of Regulations 66 to 85 inclusive of this Part.

    (b) A ship, the keel of which was laid on or after 19 November 1952 but before 26 May 1965, shall comply with the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, relating to the fire safety measures applicable in that Convention to new ships and shall also comply with the provisions of Regulations 68(b) and (c), 75, 77(b), 78, 80(b), 81(b) to (g), 84 and 85 of this Part.

    (c) A ship, the keel of which was laid on or after 26 May 1965, but before the present Convention comes into force, shall, unless it complies with Parts A and B of this Chapter, comply with the provisions of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960 relating to the fire safety measures applicable in that Convention to new ships and shall also comply with Regulations 68(b) and (c), 80(b), 81(b), (c) and (d) and 85 of this Part.

    Reg. 66 Structure

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The structural components shall be of steel or other suitable material in compliance with Regulation 27 (1948), except that isolated deckhouses containing no accommodation and decks exposed to the weather may be of wood if structural fire protection measures are taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    Reg. 67 Main Vertical Zones

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The ship shall be subdivided by "A" Class divisions into main vertical zones in compliance with Regulation 28 (1948). Such divisions shall have as far as practicable adequate insulating value, taking into account the nature of the adjacent spaces as provided for in Regulation 26(c)(iv) (1948).

    Reg. 68 Openings in Main Vertical Zone Bulkheads

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The ship shall comply substantially with Regulation 29 (1948).

    (b) Fire doors shall be of steel or equivalent material with or without non-combustible insulation.

    (c) In the case of ventilation trunks and ducts having a cross-sectional area of 0.02 square metres (31 square inches) or more which pass through main zone divisions, the following additional provisions shall apply:
    (i) for trunks and ducts having cross-sectional areas between 0.02 square metres (31 square inches) and 0.075 square metres (116 square inches) inclusive, fire dampers shall be of a fail-safe automatic closing type, or such trunks and ducts shall be insulated for at least 457 millimetres (18 inches) on each side of the division to meet the applicable bulkhead requirements;
    (ii) for trunks and ducts having a cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 square metres (116 square inches), fire dampers shall be of a fail-safe automatic closing type.

    Reg. 69 Separation of Accommodation Spaces from Machinery, Cargo and Service Spaces

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The ship shall comply with Regulation 31 (1948).

    Reg. 70 Application relative to Methods I, II and III

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Each accommodation space and service space in a ship shall comply with all the provisions stipulated in one of the paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Regulation:

    (a) When a ship is being considered for acceptance in the context of Method I, a network of non-combustible "B" Class bulkheads shall be provided in substantial compliance with Regulation 30(a) (1948) together with maximum use of non-combustible materials in compliance with Regulation 39(a) (1948).

    (b) When a ship is being considered for acceptance in the context of Method II:
    (i) an automatic sprinkler and fire alarm system shall be provided which shall be in substantial compliance with Regulations 42 and 48 (1948), and
    (ii) the use of combustible materials of all kinds shall be reduced as far as is reasonable and practicable.

    (c) When a ship is being considered for acceptance in the context of Method III, a network of fire-retarding bulkheads shall be fitted from deck to deck in substantial compliance with Regulation 30(b) (1948), together with an automatic fire detection system in substantial compliance with Regulation 43 (1948). The use of combustible and highly inflammable materials shall be restricted as prescribed in Regulations 39(b) and 40(g) (1948). Departure from the requirements of Regulations 39(b) and 40(g) (1948) may be permitted if a fire patrol is provided at intervals not exceeding 20 minutes.

    (d) When a ship is being considered for acceptance in the context of Method III:
    (i) additional "A" Class divisions shall be provided within the accommodation spaces in order to reduce in these spaces the mean length of the main vertical zones to about 20 metres (65.5 feet); and
    (ii) an automatic fire detection system shall be provided in substantial compliance with Regulation 43 (1948); and
    (iii) all exposed surfaces, and their coatings, of corridor and cabin bulkheads in accommodation spaces shall be of limited flame-spreading power; and
    (iv) the use of combustible materials shall be restricted as prescribed in Regulation 39(b) (1948). Departure from the requirements of Regulation 39(b) (1948) may be permitted if a fire patrol is provided at intervals not exceeding 20 minutes; and
    (v) additional non-combustible "B" Class divisions shall be fitted from deck to deck forming a network of fire-retarding bulkheads within which the area of any compartment, except public spaces, will in general not exceed 300 square metres (3,200 square feet).

    Reg. 71 Protection of Vertical Stairways

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The stairways shall comply with Regulation 33 (1948) except that, in cases of exceptional difficulty, the Administration may permit the use of non-combustible "B" Class divisions and doors instead of "A" Class divisions and doors for stairway enclosures. Moreover, the Administration may permit exceptionally the retention of a wooden stairway subject to its being sprinkler-protected and satisfactorily enclosed.

    Reg. 72 Protection of Lifts (Passenger and Service) Vertical Trunks for Light and Air, etc.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The ship shall comply with Regulation 34 (1948).

    Reg. 73 Protection of Control Stations

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The ship shall comply with Regulation 35 (1948), except however that in cases where the disposition or construction of control stations is such as to preclude full compliance, e.g. timber construction of wheelhouse, the Administration may permit the use of free-standing non-combustible "B" Class divisions to protect the boundaries of such control stations. In such cases, where spaces immediately below such control stations constitute a significant fire hazard, the deck between shall be fully insulated as an "A" Class division.

    Reg. 74 Protection of Store-rooms, etc.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The ship shall comply with Regulation 36 (1948).

    Reg. 75 Windows and Sidescuttles

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Skylights of engine and boiler spaces shall be capable of being closed from outside such spaces.

    Reg. 76 Ventilation Systems

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) All power ventilation, except cargo and machinery space ventilation, shall be fitted with master controls so located outside the machinery space and in readily accessible positions, that it shall not be necessary to go to more than three stations in order to stop all the ventilation fans to spaces other than machinery and cargo spaces. Machinery space ventilation shall be provided with a master control operable from a position outside the machinery space.

    (b) Efficient insulation shall be provided for exhaust ducts from galley ranges where the ducts pass through accommodation spaces.

    Reg. 77 Miscellaneous Items

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The ship shall comply with Regulation 40(a), (b) and (f) (1948), except that in Regulation 40(a)(i) (1948), 20 metres (65.5 feet) may be substituted for 13.73 metres (45 feet).

    (b) Fuel pumps shall be fitted with remote controls situated outside the space concerned so that they may be stopped in the event of a fire arising in the space in which they are located.

    Reg. 78 Cinematograph Film

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Cellulose-nitrate-based film shall not be used in cinematograph installations on board ship.

    Reg. 79 Plans

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    Plans shall be provided in compliance with Regulation 44 (1948).

    Reg. 80 Pumps, Fire Main Systems, Hydrants and Hoses

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) The provisions of Regulation 45 (1948) shall be complied with.

    (b) Water from the fire main shall, as far as practicable, be immediately available, such as by maintenance of pressure or by remote control of fire pumps, which control shall be easily operable and readily accessible.

    Reg. 81 Fire Detection and Extinction Requirements

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    General
    (a) The requirements of Regulation 50(a) to (o) (1948) inclusive shall be complied with, subject to further provisions of this Regulation.

    Patrols Detection and Communication System,
    (b) Each member of any fire patrol required by this Part shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he may be called upon to use.

    (c) A special alarm to summon the crew shall be fitted which may be part of the ship's general alarm system.

    (d) A public address system or other effective means of communication shall also be available throughout the accommodation, public and service spaces.

    Machinery and Boiler Spaces
    (e) The number, type and distribution of fire extinguishers shall comply with paragraphs (g)(ii), (g)(iii) and (h)(ii) of Regulation 64 (1960).

    International Shore Connexion
    (f) The provisions of Regulation 64(d) (1960) shall be complied with.

    Fireman's Outfits
    (g) The provisions of Regulation 64( j ) (1960) shall be complied with.

    Reg. 82 Ready Availability of Fire-Fighting Appliances

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The provisions of Regulation 66 (1960) shall be complied with.

    Reg. 83 Means of Escape

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The provisions of Regulation 54 (1948) shall be complied with.

    Reg. 84 Emergency Source of Electrical Power

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    The provisions of Regulation 22(a), (b) and (c) (1948) shall be complied with except that the location of the emergency source of electrical power shall be in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 25(a) (1960).

    Reg. 85 Practice Musters and Drills

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    At the fire drills mentioned in Regulation 26 of Chapter III of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960 each member of the crew shall be required to demonstrate his familiarity with the arrangements and facilities of the ship, his duties, and any equipment he may be called, upon to use. Masters shall be required to familiarize and instruct the crews in this regard.

    Part G Special requirements

    Reg. 18 Helicopter facilities

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 19 Carriage of dangerous goods*

    Carriage of dangerous goods*

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures in order to address the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships carrying dangerous goods. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. fire protection systems shall be provided to protect the ship from the added fire hazards associated with carriage of dangerous goods;

    2. dangerous goods shall be adequately separated from ignition sources; and

    3. appropriate personnel protective equipment shall be provided for the hazards associated with the carriage of dangerous goods.

    2 General requirements

    2.1 In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in Parts B, C, D and E and regulations 18 and 201 as appropriate, ship types and cargo spaces, referred to in paragraph 2.2, intended for the carriage of dangerous goods shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, as appropriate, except when carrying dangerous goods in limited quantities2 unless such requirements have already been met by compliance with the requirements elsewhere in this chapter. The types of ships and modes of carriage of dangerous goods are referred to in paragraph 2.2 and in table 19.1. Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall comply with this regulation, but Administrations may reduce the requirements and such reduced requirements shall be recorded in the document of compliance referred to in paragraph 4.

    2.2 The following ship types and cargo spaces shall govern the application of tables 19.1 and 19.2:

    1. ships and cargo spaces not specifically designed for the carriage of freight containers, but intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form including goods in freight containers and portable tanks;

    2. purpose-built container ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in freight containers and portable tanks;

    3. ro-ro ships and ro-ro spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods;

    4. ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk; and

    5. ships and cargo spaces intended for carriage of dangerous goods other than liquids and gases in bulk in shipborne barges.

    3 Special requirements
    Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements shall govern the application of tables 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 to both "on-deck" and "under-deck" stowage of dangerous goods where the numbers of the following paragraphs are indicated in the first column of the tables.

    3.1 Water supplies

    3.1.1 Arrangements shall be made to ensure immediate availability of a supply of water from the fire main at the required pressure either by permanent pressurization or by suitably placed remote arrangements for the fire pumps.

    3.1.2 The quantity of water delivered shall be capable of supplying four nozzles of a size and at pressures as specified in regulation 10.2, capable of being trained on any part of the cargo space when empty. This amount of water may be applied by equivalent means to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3.1.3 Means shall be provided for effectively cooling the designated underdeck cargo space by at least 5 litres/min per square metre of the horizontal area of cargo spaces, either by a fixed arrangement of spraying nozzles or flooding the cargo space with water. Hoses may be used for this purpose in small cargo spaces and in small areas of larger cargo spaces at the discretion of the Administration. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible, the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.3

    3.1.4 Provision to flood a designated under-deck cargo space with suitable specified media may be substituted for the requirements in paragraph 3.1.3.

    3.1.5 The total required capacity of the water supply shall satisfy paragraphs 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, if applicable, simultaneously calculated for the largest designated cargo space. The capacity requirements of paragraph 3.1.2 shall be met by the total capacity of the main fire pump(s) not including the capacity of the emergency fire pump, if fitted. If a drencher system is used to satisfy paragraph 3.1.3, the drencher pump shall also be taken into account in this total capacity calculation.

    3.2 Sources of ignition
    Electrical equipment and wiring shall not be fitted in enclosed cargo spaces or vehicle spaces unless it is essential for operational purposes in the opinion of the Administration. However, if electrical equipment is fitted in such spaces, it shall be of a certified safe type4 for use in the dangerous environments to which it may be exposed unless it is possible to completely isolate the electrical system (e.g. by removal of links in the system, other than fuses). Cable penetrations of the decks and bulkheads shall be sealed against the passage of gas or vapour. Through runs of cables and cables within the cargo spaces shall be protected against damage from impact. Any other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapour shall not be permitted.

    3.3 Detection system
    Ro-ro spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. All other types of cargo spaces shall be fitted with either a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system or a sample extraction smoke detection system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. If a sample extraction smoke detection system is fitted, particular attention shall be made to paragraph 2.1.3 in chapter 10 of the Fire Safety Systems Code in order to prevent the leakage of toxic fumes into occupied areas.

    3.4 Ventilation

    3.4.1 Adequate power ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces. The arrangement shall be such as to provide for at least six air changes per hour in the cargo space based on an empty cargo space and for removal of vapours from the upper or lower parts of the cargo space, as appropriate.

    3.4.2 The fans shall be such as to avoid the possibility of ignition of flammable gas air mixtures. Suitable wire mesh guards shall be fitted over inlet and outlet ventilation openings.

    3.4.3 Natural ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk, where there is no provision for mechanical ventilation.

    3.5 Bilge pumping

    3.5.1 Where it is intended to carry flammable or toxic liquids in enclosed cargo spaces, the bilge pumping system shall be designed to protect against inadvertent pumping of such liquids through machinery space piping or pumps. Where large quantities of such liquids are carried, consideration shall be given to the provision of additional means of draining those cargo spaces.

    3.5.2 If the bilge drainage system is additional to the system served by pumps in the machinery space, the capacity of the system shall be not less than 10 m3/h per cargo space served. If the additional system is common, the capacity need not exceed 25 m3/h. The additional bilge system need not be arranged with redundancy.

    3.5.3 Whenever flammable or toxic liquids are carried, the bilge line into the machinery space shall be isolated either by fitting a blank flange or by a closed lockable valve.

    3.5.4 Enclosed spaces outside machinery spaces containing bilge pumps serving cargo spaces intended for carriage of flammable or toxic liquids should be fitted with separate mechanical ventilation giving at least 6 air changes per hour. If the space has access from another enclosed space, the door shall be self-closing.

    3.5.5 If bilge drainage of cargo spaces is arranged by gravity drainage, the drainage shall be either led directly overboard or to a closed drain tank located outside the machinery spaces. The tank shall be provided with a vent pipe to a safe location on the open deck. Drainage from a cargo space into bilge wells in a lower space is only permitted if that space satisfies the same requirements as the cargo space above.

    3.6 Personnel protection

    3.6.1 Four sets of full protective clothing resistant to chemical attack shall be provided in addition to the fire-fighter's outfits required by regulation 10.10. The protective clothing shall cover all skin, so that no part of the body is unprotected.

    3.6.2 At least two self-contained breathing apparatuses additional to those required by regulation 10 shall be provided. Two spare charges suitable for use with the breathing apparatus shall be provided for each required apparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and cargo ships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging the air cylinders free from contamination, need carry only one spare charge for each required apparatus.

    3.7 Portable fire extinguishers
    Portable fire extinguishers with a total capacity of at least 12 kg of dry powder or equivalent shall be provided for the cargo spaces. These extinguishers shall be in addition to any portable fire extinguishers required elsewhere in this chapter.

    3.8 Insulation of machinery space boundaries
    Bulkheads forming boundaries between cargo spaces and machinery spaces of category A shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard, unless the dangerous goods are stowed at least 3 m horizontally away from such bulkheads. Other boundaries between such spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard.

    3.9 Water spray system
    Each open ro-ro space having a deck above it and each space deemed to be a closed ro-ro space not capable of being sealed, shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in the space, except that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test to be no less effective. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.5

    3.10Separation of ro-ro spaces

    3.10.1 In ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and an adjacent open ro-ro space. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, such separation need not be provided if the ro-ro space is considered to be a closed cargo space over its entire length and shall fully comply with the relevant special requirements of this regulation.

    3.10.2 In ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and the adjacent weather deck. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, a separation need not be provided if the arrangements of the closed ro-ro spaces are in accordance with those required for the dangerous goods carried on adjacent weather deck.

    4 Document of compliance6
    The Administration shall provide the ship with an appropriate document as evidence of compliance of construction and equipment with the requirements of this regulation. Certification for dangerous goods, except solid dangerous goods in bulk, is not required for those cargoes specified as class 6.2 and 7 and dangerous goods in limited quantities. (Link: PAN2.5, LBR2.10)

    Table 19.1 - Application of the requirements to different modes of carriage of dangerous goods in ships and cargo spaces

    Where X appears in table 19.1 it means this requirement is applicable to all classes of dangerous goods as given in the appropriate line of table 19.3, except as indicated by the notes.

     
    Notes

    1. For classes 4 and 5.1 not applicable to closed freight containers.


      For classes 2, 3, 6.1 and 8 when carried in closed freight containers the ventilation rate may be reduced to not less than two air changes. For the purpose of this requirement a portable tank is a closed freight container.

    2. Applicable to decks only.

    3. Applies only to closed ro-ro spaces, not capable of being sealed.

    4. In the special case where the barges are capable of containing flammable vapours or alternatively if they are capable of discharging flammable vapours to a safe space outside the barge carrier compartment by means of ventilation ducts connected to the barges, these requirements may be reduced or waived to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    5. Special category spaces shall be treated as closed ro-ro spaces when dangerous goods are carried

    Table 19.2 - Application of the requirements to different classes of dangerous goods for ships and cargo spaces carrying solid dangerous goods in bulk 

    Notes:

    1. The hazards of substances in this class which may be carried in bulk are such that special consideration must be given by the Administration to the construction and equipment of the ship involved in addition to meeting the requirements enumerated in this table.

    2. Only applicable to Seedcake containing solvent extractions, to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammonium nitrate fertilizers.

    3. Only applicable to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammonium nitrate fertilizers. However, a degree of protection in accordance with standards contained in the International Electrotechnical Commission publication 60079, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, is sufficient.

    4. Only suitable wire mesh guards are required.

    5. The requirements of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid bulk Cargoes adopted by resolution A.434(XI), as amended, are sufficient.

    Table 19.3 - Application of the requirements to different classes of dangerous goods except solid dangerous goods in bulk 


     
    Notes:

    1. When "mechanically-ventilated spaces" are required by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as amended.

    2. Stow 3 m horizontally away from the machinery space boundaries in all cases.

    3. Refer to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as amended.

    4. As appropriate to the goods to be carried.

    5. Refers to flashpoint.


    * Refer to the Interim guidelines for open-top containerships (MSC/Circ.608/Rev.1).
    1 Refer to part 7 of the General Introduction to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.
    2 Refer to chapter 3.4 of the General Introduction to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.
    3 Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special cargo spaces as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).
    4 Refer to the recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission, in particular, publication IEC 60092 on Electrical installations in ships.
    5 Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special cargo spaces as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).
    6 Refer to the Document of compliance with the special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods under the provisions of regulation II-2/54 of SOLAS 74, as amended (MSC/Circ.642).

    Reg. 19 Carriage of dangerous goods

    Carriage of dangerous goods*

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures in order to address the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships carrying dangerous goods. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. fire protection systems shall be provided to protect the ship from the added fire hazards associated with carriage of dangerous goods;

    2. dangerous goods shall be adequately separated from ignition sources; and

    3. appropriate personnel protective equipment shall be provided for the hazards associated with the carriage of dangerous goods.

    2 General requirements

    2.1 In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in Parts B, C, D and E and regulations 18 and 201 as appropriate, ship types and cargo spaces, referred to in paragraph 2.2, intended for the carriage of dangerous goods shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, as appropriate, except when carrying dangerous goods in limited quantities2 unless such requirements have already been met by compliance with the requirements elsewhere in this chapter. The types of ships and modes of carriage of dangerous goods are referred to in paragraph 2.2 and in table 19.1. Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall comply with this regulation, but Administrations may reduce the requirements and such reduced requirements shall be recorded in the document of compliance referred to in paragraph 4.

    2.2 The following ship types and cargo spaces shall govern the application of tables 19.1 and 19.2:

    1. ships and cargo spaces not specifically designed for the carriage of freight containers, but intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form including goods in freight containers and portable tanks;

    2. purpose-built container ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in freight containers and portable tanks;

    3. ro-ro ships and ro-ro spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods;

    4. ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk; and

    5. ships and cargo spaces intended for carriage of dangerous goods other than liquids and gases in bulk in shipborne barges.

    3 Special requirements
    Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements shall govern the application of tables 19.1, 19.2 and 19.3 to both "on-deck" and "under-deck" stowage of dangerous goods where the numbers of the following paragraphs are indicated in the first column of the tables.

    3.1 Water supplies

    3.1.1 Arrangements shall be made to ensure immediate availability of a supply of water from the fire main at the required pressure either by permanent pressurization or by suitably placed remote arrangements for the fire pumps.

    3.1.2 The quantity of water delivered shall be capable of supplying four nozzles of a size and at pressures as specified in regulation 10.2, capable of being trained on any part of the cargo space when empty. This amount of water may be applied by equivalent means to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    3.1.3 Means shall be provided for effectively cooling the designated underdeck cargo space by at least 5 litres/min per square metre of the horizontal area of cargo spaces, either by a fixed arrangement of spraying nozzles or flooding the cargo space with water. Hoses may be used for this purpose in small cargo spaces and in small areas of larger cargo spaces at the discretion of the Administration. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible, the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.3

    3.1.4 Provision to flood a designated under-deck cargo space with suitable specified media may be substituted for the requirements in paragraph 3.1.3.

    3.1.5 The total required capacity of the water supply shall satisfy paragraphs 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, if applicable, simultaneously calculated for the largest designated cargo space. The capacity requirements of paragraph 3.1.2 shall be met by the total capacity of the main fire pump(s) not including the capacity of the emergency fire pump, if fitted. If a drencher system is used to satisfy paragraph 3.1.3, the drencher pump shall also be taken into account in this total capacity calculation.

    3.2 Sources of ignition
    Electrical equipment and wiring shall not be fitted in enclosed cargo spaces or vehicle spaces unless it is essential for operational purposes in the opinion of the Administration. However, if electrical equipment is fitted in such spaces, it shall be of a certified safe type4 for use in the dangerous environments to which it may be exposed unless it is possible to completely isolate the electrical system (e.g. by removal of links in the system, other than fuses). Cable penetrations of the decks and bulkheads shall be sealed against the passage of gas or vapour. Through runs of cables and cables within the cargo spaces shall be protected against damage from impact. Any other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapour shall not be permitted.

    3.3 Detection system
    Ro-ro spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. All other types of cargo spaces shall be fitted with either a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system or a sample extraction smoke detection system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. If a sample extraction smoke detection system is fitted, particular attention shall be made to paragraph 2.1.3 in chapter 10 of the Fire Safety Systems Code in order to prevent the leakage of toxic fumes into occupied areas.

    3.4 Ventilation

    3.4.1 Adequate power ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces. The arrangement shall be such as to provide for at least six air changes per hour in the cargo space based on an empty cargo space and for removal of vapours from the upper or lower parts of the cargo space, as appropriate.

    3.4.2 The fans shall be such as to avoid the possibility of ignition of flammable gas air mixtures. Suitable wire mesh guards shall be fitted over inlet and outlet ventilation openings.

    3.4.3 Natural ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk, where there is no provision for mechanical ventilation.

    3.5 Bilge pumping

    3.5.1 Where it is intended to carry flammable or toxic liquids in enclosed cargo spaces, the bilge pumping system shall be designed to protect against inadvertent pumping of such liquids through machinery space piping or pumps. Where large quantities of such liquids are carried, consideration shall be given to the provision of additional means of draining those cargo spaces.

    3.5.2 If the bilge drainage system is additional to the system served by pumps in the machinery space, the capacity of the system shall be not less than 10 m3/h per cargo space served. If the additional system is common, the capacity need not exceed 25 m3/h. The additional bilge system need not be arranged with redundancy.

    3.5.3 Whenever flammable or toxic liquids are carried, the bilge line into the machinery space shall be isolated either by fitting a blank flange or by a closed lockable valve.

    3.5.4 Enclosed spaces outside machinery spaces containing bilge pumps serving cargo spaces intended for carriage of flammable or toxic liquids should be fitted with separate mechanical ventilation giving at least 6 air changes per hour. If the space has access from another enclosed space, the door shall be self-closing.

    3.5.5 If bilge drainage of cargo spaces is arranged by gravity drainage, the drainage shall be either led directly overboard or to a closed drain tank located outside the machinery spaces. The tank shall be provided with a vent pipe to a safe location on the open deck. Drainage from a cargo space into bilge wells in a lower space is only permitted if that space satisfies the same requirements as the cargo space above.

    3.6 Personnel protection

    3.6.1 Four sets of full protective clothing resistant to chemical attack shall be provided in addition to the fire-fighter's outfits required by regulation 10.10. The protective clothing shall cover all skin, so that no part of the body is unprotected.

    3.6.2 At least two self-contained breathing apparatuses additional to those required by regulation 10 shall be provided. Two spare charges suitable for use with the breathing apparatus shall be provided for each required apparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and cargo ships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging the air cylinders free from contamination, need carry only one spare charge for each required apparatus.

    3.7 Portable fire extinguishers
    Portable fire extinguishers with a total capacity of at least 12 kg of dry powder or equivalent shall be provided for the cargo spaces. These extinguishers shall be in addition to any portable fire extinguishers required elsewhere in this chapter.

    3.8 Insulation of machinery space boundaries
    Bulkheads forming boundaries between cargo spaces and machinery spaces of category A shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard, unless the dangerous goods are stowed at least 3 m horizontally away from such bulkheads. Other boundaries between such spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard.

    3.9 Water spray system
    Each open ro-ro space having a deck above it and each space deemed to be a closed ro-ro space not capable of being sealed, shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in the space, except that the Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test to be no less effective. However, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.5

    3.10Separation of ro-ro spaces

    3.10.1 In ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and an adjacent open ro-ro space. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, such separation need not be provided if the ro-ro space is considered to be a closed cargo space over its entire length and shall fully comply with the relevant special requirements of this regulation.

    3.10.2 In ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and the adjacent weather deck. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, a separation need not be provided if the arrangements of the closed ro-ro spaces are in accordance with those required for the dangerous goods carried on adjacent weather deck.

    4 Document of compliance6
    The Administration shall provide the ship with an appropriate document as evidence of compliance of construction and equipment with the requirements of this regulation. Certification for dangerous goods, except solid dangerous goods in bulk, is not required for those cargoes specified as class 6.2 and 7 and dangerous goods in limited quantities. (Link: PAN2.5, LBR2.10)

    Table 19.1 - Application of the requirements to different modes of carriage of dangerous goods in ships and cargo spaces

    Where X appears in table 19.1 it means this requirement is applicable to all classes of dangerous goods as given in the appropriate line of table 19.3, except as indicated by the notes.

     
    Notes

    1. For classes 4 and 5.1 not applicable to closed freight containers.


      For classes 2, 3, 6.1 and 8 when carried in closed freight containers the ventilation rate may be reduced to not less than two air changes. For the purpose of this requirement a portable tank is a closed freight container.

    2. Applicable to decks only.

    3. Applies only to closed ro-ro spaces, not capable of being sealed.

    4. In the special case where the barges are capable of containing flammable vapours or alternatively if they are capable of discharging flammable vapours to a safe space outside the barge carrier compartment by means of ventilation ducts connected to the barges, these requirements may be reduced or waived to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    5. Special category spaces shall be treated as closed ro-ro spaces when dangerous goods are carried

    Table 19.2 - Application of the requirements to different classes of dangerous goods for ships and cargo spaces carrying solid dangerous goods in bulk 

    Notes:

    1. The hazards of substances in this class which may be carried in bulk are such that special consideration must be given by the Administration to the construction and equipment of the ship involved in addition to meeting the requirements enumerated in this table.

    2. Only applicable to Seedcake containing solvent extractions, to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammonium nitrate fertilizers.

    3. Only applicable to Ammonium nitrate and to Ammonium nitrate fertilizers. However, a degree of protection in accordance with standards contained in the International Electrotechnical Commission publication 60079, Electrical Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, is sufficient.

    4. Only suitable wire mesh guards are required.

    5. The requirements of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid bulk Cargoes adopted by resolution A.434(XI), as amended, are sufficient.

    Table 19.3 - Application of the requirements to different classes of dangerous goods except solid dangerous goods in bulk 


     
    Notes:

    1. When "mechanically-ventilated spaces" are required by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as amended.

    2. Stow 3 m horizontally away from the machinery space boundaries in all cases.

    3. Refer to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, as amended.

    4. As appropriate to the goods to be carried.

    5. Refers to flashpoint.

    6. Under the provisions of the IMDG Code, as amended, stowage of class 5.2 dangerous goods under deck or in enclosed ro-ro spaces is prohibited.


    * Refer to the Interim guidelines for open-top containerships (MSC/Circ.608/Rev.1).
    1 Refer to part 7 of the General Introduction to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.
    2 Refer to chapter 3.4 of the General Introduction to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.
    3 Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special cargo spaces as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).
    4 Refer to the recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission, in particular, publication IEC 60092 on Electrical installations in ships.
    5 Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special cargo spaces as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V).
    6 Refer to the Document of compliance with the special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods under the provisions of regulation II-2/54 of SOLAS 74, as amended (MSC/Circ.642).

    Reg. 20 Protection of vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces

    Protection of vehicle, special category and  ro-ro spaces

    1 Purpose
    The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures in order to address the fire safety objectives of this chapter for ships fitted with vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces.
    For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:

    1. fire protection systems shall be provided to adequately protect the ship from the fire hazards associated with vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces;

    2. ignition sources shall be separated from vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces; and

    3. vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces shall be adequately ventilated.

    2 General requirements

    2.1 Application
    In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in Parts B, C, D and E, as appropriate, vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces shall comply with the requirements of this regulation.

    2.2 Basicprinciples for passenger ships

    2.2.1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this regulation is that the ma in vertical zoning required by regulation 9.2 may not be practicable in vehicle spaces of passenger ships and, therefore, equivalent protection must be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone concept and by the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Based on this concept, a horizontal zone for the purpose of this regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 m.

    2.2.2 The basic principle underlying the provisions of paragraph 2.2.1 are also applicable to ro-ro spaces.

    2.2.3 The requirements of ventilation systems, openings in "A" class divisions and penetrations in "A" class divisions for maintaining the integrity of vertical zones in this chapter shall be applied equally to decks and bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder of the ship.

    3 Precaution against ignition of flammable vapours in closed vehicle spaces, closed ro-ro spaces and special category spaces

    3.1 Ventilation systems

    3.1.1 Capacity of ventilation systems
    There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system sufficient to give at least the following air changes:

    .1

    Passenger ships

     

    Special category spaces

     

    10 air changes per hour

    Closed ro-ro and vehicle spaces other than special category spaces for ships carrying more than 36 passengers

     

    10 air changes per hour

    Closed ro-ro and vehicle spaces other than special category spaces for ships carrying not more than 36 passengers

     

    6 air changes per hour
    .2Cargo ships6 air changes per hour
     

    The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded and unloaded.

    3.1.2 Performance of ventilation systems

    3.1.2.1 In passenger ships, the power ventilation system required in paragraph 3.1.1 shall be separate from other ventilation systems and shall be in operation at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. Ventilation ducts serving such cargo spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each such space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.

    3.1.2.2 In cargo ships, ventilation fans shall normally be run continuously whenever vehicles are on board. Where this is impracticable, they shall be operated for a limited period daily as weather permits and in any case for a reasonable period prior to discharge, after which period the ro-ro or vehicle space shall be proved gas-free. One or more portable combustible gas detecting instruments shall be carried for this purpose. The system shall be entirely separate from other ventilating systems. Ventilation ducts serving ro-ro or vehicle spaces shall be capable of being effectively sealed for each cargo space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.


    3.1.2.3 The ventilation system shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.

    3.1.3 Indication of ventilation systems
    Means shall be provided on the navigation bridge to indicate any loss of the required ventilating capacity.

    3.1.4 Closing appliances and ducts

    3.1.4.1 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shutdown and effective closure of the ventilation system from outside of the space in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.

    3.1.4.2 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, within a common horizontal zone shall be made of steel. In passenger ships, ventilation ducts that pass through other horizontal zones or machinery spaces shall be "A-60" class steel ducts constructed in accordance with regulations 9.7.2.1.1 and 9.7.2.1.2.

    3.1.5 Permanent openings
    Permanent openings in the side plating, the ends or deckhead of the space shall be so situated that a fire in the cargo space does not endanger stowage areas and embarkation stations for survival craft and accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations in superstructures and deckhouses above the cargo spaces.

    3.2 Electrical equipment and wiring

    3.2.1 Except as provided in paragraph 3.2.2, electrical equipment and wiring shall be of a type suitable for use in an explosive petrol and air mixture1.

    3.2.2 In case of other than special category spaces below the bulkhead deck, notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 3.2.1, above a height of 450 mm from the deck and from each platform for vehicles, if fitted, except platforms with openings of sufficient size permitting penetration of petrol gases downwards, electrical equipment of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks shall be permitted as an alternative on condition that the ventilation system is so designed and operated as to provide continuous ventilation of the cargo spaces at the rate of at least ten air changes per hour whenever vehicles are on board.

    3.3 Electrical equipment and wiring in exhaust ventilation ducts
    Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.

    3.4 Other ignition sources
    Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.

    3.5 Scuppers and discharges
    Scuppers shall not be led to machinery or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present.

    4 Detection and alarm

    4.1 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems
    Except as provided in paragraph 4.3.1, there shall be provided a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. The fixed fire detection system shall be capable of rapidly detecting the onset of fire. The type of detectors and their spacing and location shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration taking into account the effects of ventilation and other relevant factors. After being installed the system shall be tested under normal ventilation conditions and shall give an overall response time to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    4.2 Sample extraction smoke detection systems
    Except open ro-ro spaces, open vehicle spaces and special category spaces, a sample extraction smoke detection system complying with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code may be used as an alternative of the fixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.

    4.3 Special category spaces

    4.3.1 An efficient fire patrol system shall be maintained in special category spaces. However, if an efficient fire patrol system is maintained by a continuous fire watch at all times during the voyage, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems is not required.

    4.3.2 Manually operated call points shall be spaced so that no part of the space is more than 20 m from a manually operated call point, and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces.

    5 Structural protection
    Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation 9.2.2, in passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the boundary bulkheads and decks of special category spaces and ro-ro spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard. However, where a category (5), (9) and (10) space, as defined in regulation 9.2.2.3, is on one side of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0". Where fuel oil tanks are below a special category space or a ro-ro space, the integrity of the deck between such spaces, may be reduced to "A-0" standard.

    6 Fire -extinction

    6.1 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems 2

    6.1.1 Vehicle spaces and ro-ro spaces which are not special category spaces and are capable of being sealed from a location outside of the cargo spaces shall be fitted with a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system which shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, except that:

    1. if a carbon dioxide system is fitted, the quantity of gas available shall be at least sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 45% of the gross volume of the largest such cargo space which is capable of being sealed, and the arrangements shall be such as to ensure that at least two thirds of the gas required for the relevant space shall be introduced within 10 min;

    2. any other fixed inert gas fire-extinguishing system or fixed high expansion foam fire-extinguishing system may be fitted provided the Administration is satisfied that an equivalent protection is achieved; and

    3. as an alternative, a system meeting the requirements of paragraph 6.1.2 may be fitted.

    6.1.2 Ro-ro and vehicle spaces not capable of being sealed and special category spaces shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water spraying system3 for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in such spaces. Such water spray systems shall have:

    1. a pressure gauge on the valve manifold;

    2. clear marking on each manifold valve indicating the spaces served;

    3. instructions for maintenance and operation located in the valve room; and

    4. a sufficient number of drainage valves.

    6.1.3 The Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system2 that has been shown that it is not less effective by a full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a vehicle space or a ro-ro space in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.

    6.1.4 When fixed pressure water-spraying systems are provided, in view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks during the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system; the following arrangements shall be provided:

    1. in passenger ships:

      .1.1 in the spaces above the bulkhead deck, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directly overboard;


      .1.2.1 in ro-ro passenger ships discharge valves for scuppers, fitted with positive means of closing operable from a position above the bulkhead deck in accordance with the requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force, shall be kept open while the ships are at sea;


      .1.2.2 any operation of valves referred to in paragraph 6.1.4.1.2.1 shall be recorded in the log-book;


      .1.3 in the spaces below the bulkhead deck, the Administration may require pumping and drainage facilities to be provided additional to the requirements of regulation II-1/21. In such case, the drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment;

    2. in cargo ships, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. In such case, the drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125% of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight compartment. If this is not possible the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in its approval of the stability information.3 Such information shall be included in the stability information supplied to the master as required by regulation II-1/22.

    6.2 Portable fire extinguishers

    6.2.1 Portable extinguishers shall be provided at each deck level in each hold or compartment where vehicles are carried, spaced not more than 20 m apart on both sides of the space. At least one portable fire-extinguisher shall be located at each access to such a cargo space.

    6.2.2 In addition to the provision of paragraph 6.2.1, the following fire extinguishing appliances shall be provided in vehicle, ro-ro and special category spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion:

    1. at least three water-fog applicators; and

    2. one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such ro-ro spaces.


     1 Refer to the recommendations of the International Electrotechnical Commission, in particular, publication 60079.
    2 Refer to the Guidelines when approving alternative fixed water-based fire-fighting systems for use in special category spaces (MSC/ Circ.914). 
    3  Refer to the Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special cargo spaces as adopted by the Organization by resolution A.123(V). 

    Reg. 21 Casualty threshold, safe return to port and safe areas

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]

    Reg. 22 Design criteria for systems to remain operational after a fire casualty

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]

    Reg. 23 Safety centre on passenger ships

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]

    CHAPTER 03 Life-saving appliances and arrangements

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Part A General

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986

    Reg. 01 Application


    (a) This Chapter, except where it is otherwise expressly provided, applies as follows to new ships engaged on international voyages:
    Part A - Passenger ships and cargo ships.
    Part B - Passenger ships.
    Part C - Cargo ships.

    (b) In the case of existing ships engaged on international voyages, the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the requirements of Chapter III of that Convention applicable to new ships as defined in that Convention shall apply.

    (c) In the case of existing ships engaged on international voyages, the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, and which do not already comply with the provisions of Chapter III of that Convention relating to new ships, the arrangements in each ship shall be considered by the Administration with a view to securing, so far as this is practicable and reasonable, and as early as possible, substantial compliance with the requirements of Chapter III of that Convention. The proviso to sub-paragraph (b)(i) of Regulation 27 of that Chapter may, however, be applied to existing ships referred to in this paragraph only if:
    (i) the provisions of Regulations 4, 8, 14, 18 and 19 and paragraphs (a) and (b) of Regulation 27 of this Chapter are complied with;
    (ii) the liferafts carried in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of Regulation 27 comply with the requirements of either Regulation 15 or Regulation 16, and of Regulation 17 of this Chapter; and
    (iii) the total number of persons on board shall not be increased as the result of the provision of liferafts unless the ship fully complies with the provisions of:
    (1) Part B of Chapter II-1 ;
    (2) sub-paragraphs (a)(iii) and (iv) of Regulation 21 or sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of Regulation 48 of Chapter II-2, as applicable; and
    (3) paragraphs (a), (b), (e) and (f) of Regulation 29 of this Chapter.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

    (a) This Chapter, except where it is otherwise expressly provided, applies as follows to new ships engaged on international voyages:
    Part A - Passenger ships and cargo ships.
    Part B - Passenger ships.
    Part C - Cargo ships.

    (b) In the case of existing ships engaged on international voyages, the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the requirements of Chapter III of that Convention applicable to new ships as defined in that Convention shall apply.

    (c) In the case of existing ships engaged on international voyages, the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, and which do not already comply with the provisions of Chapter III of that Convention relating to new ships, the arrangements in each ship shall be considered by the Administration with a view to securing, so far as this is practicable and reasonable, and as early as possible, substantial compliance with the requirements of Chapter III of that Convention. The proviso to sub-paragraph (b)(i) of Regulation 27 of that Chapter may, however, be applied to existing ships referred to in this paragraph only if:
    (i) the provisions of Regulations 4, 8, 14, 18 and 19 and paragraphs (a) and (b) of Regulation 27 of this Chapter are complied with;
    (ii) the liferafts carried in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of Regulation 27 comply with the requirements of either Regulation 15 or Regulation 16, and of Regulation 17 of this Chapter; and
    (iii) the total number of persons on board shall not be increased as the result of the provision of liferafts unless the ship fully complies with the provisions of:
    (1) Part B of Chapter II-1 ;
    (2) sub-paragraphs (a)(iii) and (iv) of Regulation 21 or sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of Regulation 48 of Chapter II-2, as applicable; and
    (3) paragraphs (a), (b), (e) and (f) of Regulation 29 of this Chapter.
    Reg. 1 Application
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 1986-06-30)]

    Reg. 02 Definitions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    For the purpose of this Chapter:

    (a) "Short international voyage" means an international voyage in the course of which a ship is not more than 200 miles from a port or place in which the passengers and crew could be placed in safety, and which does not exceed 600 miles in length between the last port of call in the country in which the voyage begins and the final port of destination.

    (b) "Liferaft" means a liferaft complying with either Regulation 15 or Regulation 16 of this Chapter.

    (c) "Approved launching device" means a device approved by the Administration, capable of launching from the embarkation position a liferaft fully loaded with the number of persons it is permitted to carry and with its equipment.

    (d) "Certificated lifeboatman" means any member of the crew who holds a certificate of efficiency issued under the provisions of Regulation 32 of this Chapter.

    (e) "Buoyant apparatus" means flotation equipment (other than lifeboats, liferafts, life buoys and life-jackets) designed to support a specified number of persons who are in the water and of such construction that it retains its shape and properties.

    Reg. 03 Exemptions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The Administration, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of the full requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, may to that extent exempt from the requirements of this Chapter individual ships or classes of ships which, in the course of their voyage, do not go more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

    (b) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:
    (i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971 ;and
    (ii) the Rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it enters into force.

    Reg. 04 Ready Availability of Lifeboats, Liferafts and Buoyant Apparatus

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The general principle governing the provision of lifeboats, liferafts and buoyant apparatus in a ship to which this Chapter applies is that they shall be readily available in case of emergency.

    (b) To be readily available, the lifeboats, liferafts and buoyant apparatus shall comply with the following conditions:
    (i) they shall be capable of being put into the water safely and rapidly even under unfavourable conditions of trim and of 15 degree of list; (ii) it shall be possible to effect embarkation into the lifeboats and liferafts rapidly and in good order;
    (iii) the arrangement of each lifeboat, liferaft and article of buoyant apparatus shall be such that it will not interfere with the operation of other boats, liferafts and buoyant apparatus.

    (c) All the life-saving appliances shall be kept in working order and available for immediate use before the ship leaves port and at all times during the voyage.

    Reg. 05 Construction of Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) All lifeboats shall be properly constructed and shall be of such form and proportions that they shall have ample stability in a seaway, and sufficient freeboard when loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats shall be capable of maintaining positive stability when open to the sea and loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment.

    (b)
    (i) All lifeboats shall have rigid sides and internal buoyancy only. The Administration may approve lifeboats with a rigid shelter, provided that it may be readily opened from both inside and outside, and does not impede rapid embarkation and disembarkation or the launching and handling of the lifeboat.
    (ii) Motor lifeboats may be fitted to the satisfaction of the Administration with a means for preventing the entry of water at the fore end.
    (iii) All lifeboats shall be not less than 7.3 metres (24 feet) in length except where owing to the size of the ship, or for other reasons, the Administration considers the carriage of such lifeboats unreasonable or impracticable. In no ship shall the lifeboats be less than 4.9 metres (16 feet) in length.

    (c) No lifeboat may be approved the weight of which when fully laden with persons and equipment exceeds 20,300 kilograms (20 tons) or which has a carrying capacity calculated in accordance with Regulation 7 of this Chapter of more than 150 persons.

    (d) All lifeboats permitted to carry more than 60 persons but not more than 100 persons shall be either motor lifeboats complying with the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Chapter or be lifeboats fitted with an approved means of mechanical propulsion complying with Regulation 10 of this Chapter. All lifeboats permitted to carry more than 100 persons shall be motor lifeboats complying with the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Chapter.

    (e) All lifeboats shall be of sufficient strength to enable them to be safely lowered into the water when loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats shall be of such strength that they will not suffer residual deflection if subjected to an overload of 25 per cent.

    (f) All lifeboats shall have a mean sheer at least equal to 4 per cent of their length. The sheer shall be approximately parabolic in form.

    (g) In lifeboats permitted to carry 100 or more persons the volume of the buoyancy shall be increased to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (h) All lifeboats shall have inherent buoyancy, or shall be fitted with watertight air cases or other equivalent non-corrodible buoyant material which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products, sufficient to float the boat and its equipment when the boat is flooded and open to the sea. An additional volume of watertight air cases or other equivalent non-corrodible buoyant material, which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products, equal to at least one-tenth of the cubic capacity of the boat shall also be provided. The Administration may permit the watertight air cases to be filled with a non-corrodible buoyant material which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products.

    (i) All thwarts and side-seats shall be fitted as low in the lifeboat as practicable.

    (j) The block coefficient of the cubic capacity as determined in accordance with Regulation 6 of this Chapter of all lifeboats, except wooden lifeboats made of planks, shall be not less than 0.64 provided that any such lifeboat may have a block coefficient of less than 0.64 if the Administration is satisfied with the sufficiency of the metacentric height and freeboard when the lifeboat is loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment.

    Reg. 06 Cubic Capacity of Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The cubic capacity of a lifeboat shall be determined by Simpson's (Stirling's) Rule or by any other method giving the same degree of accuracy. The capacity of a square-sterned lifeboat shall be calculated as if the lifeboat had a pointed stern.

    (b) For example, the capacity in cubic m (or cubic feet) of a lifeboat, calculated by the aid of Simpson's Rule, may be considered as given by the following formula :

    Capacity = L ( 4A + 2B + 4C) / (12)

    L being the length of the lifeboat in m (or feet) from the inside of the planking or plating at the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post; in the case of a lifeboat with a square stern, the length is measured to the inside of the transom. A, B, C denote respectively the areas of the cross-sections at the quarter length forward, amidships, and the quarter-length aft, which correspond to the three points obtained by dividing L into four equal parts. (The areas corresponding to the two ends of the lifeboat are considered negligible.) The areas A, B, C shall be deemed to be given in square m (or square feet) by the successive application of the following formula to each of the three cross-sections:

    A r ea = h ( a + 4b+ 2c + 4d + e ) / (12)

    h being the depth measured in m (or in feet) inside the planking or plating from the keel to the level of the gunwale, or, in certain cases, to a lower level as determined hereafter. a, b, c, d, e denote the horizontal breadths of the lifeboat measured in m (or in feet) at the upper and lower points of the depth and at the three points obtained by dividing h into four equal parts (a and e being the breadths at the extreme point, and c at the middle point of h).

    (c) If the sheer of the gunwale, measured at the two points situated at a quarter of the length of the lifeboat from the ends, exceeds 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat the depth employed in calculating the area of the cross-sections A or C shall be deemed to be the depth amidships plus 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat.

    (d) If the depth of the lifeboat amidships exceeds 45 per cent of the breadth, the depth employed in calculating the area of the a midship cross-section B shall be deemed to be equal to 45 per cent of the breadth, and the depth employed in calculating the areas of the quarter-length sections A and C is obtained by increasing this last figure by an amount equal to 1 per cent of the length of the lifeboat, provided that in no case shall the depths employed in the calculation exceed the actual depths at these points.

    (e) If the depth of the lifeboat is greater than 1.22 metres (4 feet) the number of persons given by the application of this Rule shall be reduced in proportion to the ratio of 1.22 metres (4 feet) to the actual depth, until the lifeboat has been satisfactorily tested afloat with that number of persons on board, all wearing life jackets.

    (f) The Administration shall impose, by suitable formulae, a limit for the number of persons allowed in lifeboats with very fine ends and in lifeboats very full in form.

    (g) The Administration may assign to a lifeboat constructed of wooden planks capacity equal to the product of the length, the breadth and the depth multiplied by 0.6 if it is evident that this formula does not give a greater capacity than that obtained by the above method. The dimensions shall then be measured in the following manner : Length - From the intersection of the outside of the planking with the stem to the corresponding point at the stern post or, in the case of a square-sterned boat, to the after side of the transom. Breadth - From the outside of the planking at the point where the breadth of the boat is greatest. Depth - Amidships inside the planking from the keel to the level of the gunwale, but the depth used in calculating the cubic capacity may not in any case exceed 45 per cent of the breadth. In all cases the shipowner has the right to require that the cubic capacity of the lifeboat shall be determined by exact measurement.

    (h) The cubic capacity of a motor lifeboat or a lifeboat fitted with other propelling gear shall be obtained from the gross capacity by deducting a volume equal to that occupied by the motor and its accessories or the gearbox of the other propelling gear, and, when carried, the radiotelegraph installation and searchlight with their accessories

    Reg. 07 Carrying Capacity of Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    The number of persons which a lifeboat shall be permitted to accommodate shall be equal to the greatest whole number obtained by dividing the capacity in cubic m by: In the case of a lifeboat of 7.3 metres (24 feet) in length or over 0.283 (or where the capacity is measured in cubic feet 10); in the case of lifeboats of 4.9 metres (16 feet) in length 0.396 (or where the capacity is measured in cubic feet 14); and in the case of lifeboats of 4.9 metres (16 feet) in length or over but under 7.3 metres (24 feet) a number between 0.396 and 0.283 (or where the capacity is measured in cubic feet between 14 and 10), to be obtained by interpolation ; provided that the number shall in no case exceed the number of adult persons wearing life jackets which can be seated without in any way interfering with the use of oars or the operation of other propulsion equipment.

    Reg. 08 Number of Motor Lifeboats to be carried

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) In every passenger ship there shall be carried on each side of the ship at least one motor lifeboat complying with the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Chapter. Provided that in passenger ships in which the total number of persons which the ship is certified to carry, together with the crew, does not exceed 30, only one such motor lifeboat shall be required.

    (b) In every cargo ship of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, except tankers, ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships, and ships engaged in the carriage of persons in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, there shall be carried at least one motor lifeboat complying with the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Chapter.

    (c) In every tanker of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, in every ship employed as a whale factory ship, in every ship employed as a fish processing or canning factory ship and in every ship engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, there shall be carried on each side at least one motor lifeboat complying with the requirements of Regulation 9 of this Chapter.

    Reg. 09 Specification of Motor Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) A motor lifeboat shall comply with the following conditions:
    (i) It shall be fitted with a compression ignition engine and kept so as to be at all times ready for use; it shall be capable of being readily started in all conditions ; sufficient fuel for 24 hours continuous operation at the speed specified in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph shall be provided.
    (ii) The engine and its accessories shall be suitably enclosed to ensure operation under adverse weather conditions, and the engine casing shall be fire-resisting. Provision shall be made for going astern.
    (iii) The speed ahead in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment shall be:
    (1) In the case of motor lifeboats required by Regulation 8 of this Chapter to be carried in passenger ships, tankers, ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, at least six knots.
    (2) In the case of any other motor lifeboat, at least four knots.

    (b) The volume of the internal buoyancy appliances of a motor lifeboat shall be increased above that required by Regulation 5 of this Chapter by the amount, if any, by which the volume of the internal buoyancy appliances required to support the engine and its accessories, and, if fitted, the searchlight and radiotelegraph installation and their accessories, exceeds the volume of the internal buoyancy appliances required, at the rate of 0.0283 cubic metres (one cubic foot) per person, to support the additional persons which the lifeboat could accommodate if the motor and its accessories, and, if fitted, the searchlight and radiotelegraph installation and their accessories, were removed.

    Reg. 10 Specification of Mechanically Propelled Lifeboats other than Motor Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    A mechanically propelled lifeboat, other than a motor lifeboat, shall comply with the following conditions:

    (a) The propelling gear shall be of an approved type and shall have sufficient power to enable the lifeboat to be readily cleared from the ship's side when launched and to be able to hold course under adverse weather conditions. If the gear is manually operated it shall be capable of being worked by persons untrained in its use and shall be capable of being operated when the lifeboat is flooded.

    (b) A device shall be fitted by means of which the helmsman can cause the lifeboat to go astern at any time when the propelling gear is in operation.

    (c) The volume of the internal buoyancy of a mechanically propelled lifeboat, other than a motor lifeboat, shall be increased to compensate for the weight of the propelling gear.

    Reg. 11 Equipment of Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The normal equipment of every lifeboat shall consist of:
    (i) a single banked complement of buoyant oars, two spare buoyant oars, and a buoyant steering oar; one set and a half of thole pins or crutches, attached to the lifeboat by lanyard or chain; a boat hook;
    (ii) two plugs for each plug hole (plugs are not required when proper automatic valves are fitted) attached to the lifeboat by lanyards or chains; a baler, and two buckets of approved material;
    (iii) a rudder attached to the lifeboat and a tiller;
    (iv) two hatchets, one at each end of the lifeboat;
    (v) a lamp, with oil sufficient for 12 hours; two boxes of suitable matches in a watertight container;
    (vi) a mast or masts, with galvanized wire stays together with sails (coloured orange);
    (vii) an efficient compass in binnacle, to be luminesced or fitted with suitable means of illumination;
    (viii) a lifeline becketed round the outside of the lifeboat;
    (ix) a sea-anchor of approved size;
    (x) two painters of sufficient length. One shall be secured to the forward end of the lifeboat with strop and toggle so that it can be released, and the other shall be firmly secured to the stem of the lifeboat and be ready for use;
    (xi) a vessel containing 4 1/2 litres (1 gallon) of vegetable, fish or animal oil. The vessel shall be so constructed that the oil can be easily distributed on the water, and so arranged that it can be attached to the sea-anchor;
    (xii) a food ration, determined by the Administration, for each person the lifeboat is certified to carry. These rations shall be kept in airtight receptacles which are to be stowed in a watertight container;
    (xiii) watertight receptacles containing 3 litres (6 pints) of fresh water for each person the lifeboat is certified to carry, or watertight receptacles containing 2 litres (4 pints) of fresh water for each person together with an approved de-salting apparatus capable of providing 1 litre (2 pints) of drinking water per person; a rustproof dipper with lanyard; a rustproof graduated drinking vessel;
    (xiv) four parachute signals of approved type capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude; six hand flares of an approved type giving a bright red light;
    (xv) two buoyant smoke signals of an approved type (for day-time use) capable of giving off a volume of orange-coloured smoke;
    (xvi) approved means to enable persons to cling to the boat should it be upturned, in the form of bilge keels or keel rails, together with grab lines secured from gunwale to gunwale under the keel, or other approved arrangements;
    (xvii) an approved first-aid outfit in a watertight case;
    (xviii) a waterproof electric torch suitable for signalling in the Morse Code together with one spare set of batteries and one spare bulb in a waterproof container;
    (xix) a daylight-signalling mirror of an approved type;
    (xx) a jack-knife fitted with a tin-opener to be kept attached to the boat with a lanyard;
    (xxi) two light buoyant heaving lines;
    (xxii) a manual pump of an approved type;
    (xxiii) a suitable locker for stowage of small items of equipment;
    (xxiv) one whistle or equivalent sound signal;
    (xxv) one set of fishing tackle;
    (xxvi) one approved cover of a highly visible colour capable of protecting the occupants against injury by exposure; and
    (xxvii) one copy of the illustrated table of life-saving signals referred to in Regulation 16 of Chapter V.

    (b) In the case of ships engaged on voyages of such duration that in the opinion of the Administration the items specified in sub-paragraphs (vi), (xii), (xix), (xx) and (xxv) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation are unnecessary, the Administration may allow them to be dispensed with.

    (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Regulation, motor lifeboats or other approved mechanically propelled lifeboats need not carry a mast or sails or more than half the complement of oars, but they shall carry two boat hooks.

    (d) All lifeboats shall be fitted with suitable means to enable persons in the water to climb into the lifeboat.

    (e) Every motor lifeboat shall carry portable fire-extinguishing equipment of an approved type capable of discharging froth or other suitable substance for extinguishing oil fires.

    Reg. 12 Security of Lifeboat Equipment

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    All items of lifeboat equipment, with the exception of the boat hook which shall be kept free for fending off purposes, shall be suitably secured within the lifeboat. The lashing shall be carried out in such a manner as to ensure the security of the equipment and so as not to interfere with the lifting hooks or to prevent ready embarkation. All items of lifeboat equipment shall be as small and light in weight as possible and shall be packed in suitable and compact form.

    Reg. 13 Portable Radio Apparatus for Survival Craft

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) An approved portable radio apparatus for survival craft complying with the requirements set out in Regulation 14 of Chapter IV shall be carried in all ships except those on which there is carried on each side of the ship a motor lifeboat fitted with a radiotelegraph installation complying with the provisions of Regulation 14 of this Chapter and of Regulation 13 of Chapter IV. All this equipment shall be kept together in the chartroom or other suitable place ready to be moved to one or other of the lifeboats in the event of an emergency. However, in tankers of 3,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards in which lifeboats art fitted amidships and aft this equipment shall be kept in a suitable place in the vicinity of those lifeboats which are furthest away from the ship's transmitter

    (b) In the case of ships engaged on voyages of such duration that in the opinion of the Administration portable radio apparatus for survival craft is unnecessary, the Administration may allow such equipment to be dispensed with.

    Reg. 14 Radio Apparatus and Searchlights in Motor Lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a)
    (i) Where the total number of persons on board a passenger ship engaged on international voyages which are not short international voyages, a ship employed as a whale factory ship ,a ship employed as a fish processing or canning factory ship or a ship engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, is more than 199 but less than 1,500, a radiotelegraph apparatus complying with the requirements set out in this Regulation and in Regulation 13 of Chapter IV shall be fitted in at least one of the motor lifeboats required under Regulation 8 of this Chapter to be carried in that ship.
    (ii) Where the total number of persons on board such a ship is 1,500 or more, such a radiotelegraph apparatus shall be fitted in every motor lifeboat required under Regulation 8 of this Chapter to be carried in that ship.

    (b) The radio apparatus shall be installed in a cabin large enough to accommodate both the equipment and the person using it.

    (c) The arrangements shall be such that the efficient operation of the transmitter and receiver shall not be interfered with by the engine while it is running, whether a battery is on charge or not.

    (d) The radio battery shall not be used to supply power to any engine starting motor or ignition system.

    (e) The motor lifeboat engine shall be fitted with a dynamo for recharging the radio battery, and for other services.

    (f) A searchlight shall be fitted in each motor lifeboat required to be carried under paragraph (a) of Regulation 8 of this Chapter in passenger ships and under paragraph (c) of that Regulation in ships employed as whale factory ships, fish processing or canning factory ships and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries.

    (g) The searchlight shall include a lamp of at least 80 watts, an efficient reflector and a source of power which will give effective illumination of a light-coloured object having a width of about 18 metres (60 feet) at a distance of 180 metres (200 yards) for a total period of six hours and shall be capable of working for at least three hours continuously.

    Reg. 15 Requirements for Inflatable Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Every inflatable liferaft shall be so constructed that, when fully inflated and floating with the cover uppermost, it shall be stable in a seaway.

    (b) The liferaft shall be so constructed that if it is dropped into the water from a height of 18 metres (60 feet) neither the liferaft nor its equipment will be damaged. If the raft is to be stowed on the ship at a height above the water of more than 18 metres (60 feet), it shall be of a type which has been satisfactorily drop-tested from a height at least equal to the height at which it is to be stowed.

    (c) The construction of the liferaft shall include a cover which shall automatically be set in place when the liferaft is inflated. This cover shall be capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure, and means shall be provided for collecting rain. The top of the cover shall be fitted with a lamp which derives its luminosity from a sea-activated cell and a similar lamp shall also be fitted inside the liferaft. The cover of the liferaft shall be of a highly visible colour.

    (d) The liferaft shall be fitted with a painter and shall have a line securely becketed round the outside. A lifeline shall also be fitted around the inside of the liferaft.

    (e) The liferaft shall be capable of being readily righted by one person if it inflates in an inverted position.

    (f) The liferaft shall be fitted at each opening with efficient means to enable persons in the water to climb on board.

    (g) The liferaft shall be contained in a valise or other container so constructed as to be capable of withstanding hard wear under conditions met with at sea. The liferaft in its valise or other container shall be inherently buoyant.

    (h) The buoyancy of the liferaft shall be so arranged as to ensure by a division into an even number of separate compartments, half of which shall be capable of supporting out of the water the number of persons which the liferaft is permitted to accommodate, or by some other equally efficient means, that there is a reasonable margin of buoyancy if the raft is damaged or partially fails to inflate.

    (i) The total weight of the liferaft, its valise or other container and its equipment shall not exceed 180 kilograms (400 lbs.).

    (j) The number of persons which an inflatable liferaft shall be permitted to accommodate shall be equal to :
    (i) the greatest whole number obtained by dividing by 96 the volume, measured in cubic decimeters (or by 3.4 the volume, measured in cubic feet) of the main buoyancy tubes (which for this purpose shall include neither the arches nor the thwart or thwarts if fitted) when inflated; or

    Reg. 16 Requirements for Rigid Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Every rigid liferaft shall be so constructed that if it is dropped into the water from its stowed position neither the liferaft nor its equipment will be damaged.

    (b) The deck area of the liferaft shall be situated within that part of the liferaft which affords protection to its occupants. The area of that deck shall be at least 0.3720 square metres (4 square feet) for every person the liferaft is permitted to carry. The nature of the deck shall be such as to prevent so far as practicable the ingress of water and it shall effectively support the occupants out of the water.

    (c) The liferaft shall be fitted with a cover or equivalent arrangement of a highly visible colour, which shall be capable of protecting the occupants against injury from exposure whichever way up the liferaft is floating.

    (d) The equipment of the liferaft shall be so stowed as to be readily available whichever way up the liferaft is floating.

    (e) The total weight of a liferaft and its equipment carried in passenger ships shall not exceed 180 kilogrammes (400 lbs.). Liferafts carried in cargo ships may exceed 180 kilogrammes (400 lbs.) in weight if they are capable of being launched from both sides of the ship or if there are provided means for putting them into the water mechanically.

    (f) The liferaft must at all times be effective and stable when floating either way up.

    (g) The liferaft shall have at least 96 cubic decimeters (3.4 cubic feet) of air cases or equivalent buoyancy for each person it is permitted to carry which must be placed as near as possible to the sides of the raft.

    (h) The liferaft shall have a painter attached and a lifeline securely becketed round the outside. A lifeline shall also be fitted around the inside of the raft.

    (i) The liferaft shall be fitted at each opening with efficient means to enable persons in the water to climb on board.

    (j) The liferaft shall be so constructed as not to be affected by oil or oil products.

    (k) A buoyant light of the electric battery type shall be attached to the liferaft by a lanyard.

    (l) The liferaft shall be fitted with arrangements enabling it to be readily towed.

    (m) Liferafts shall be so stowed as to float free in the event of the ship sinking.

    Reg. 17 Equipment for Inflatable and Rigid Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The normal equipment of every liferaft shall consist of:
    (i) One buoyant rescue quoit, attached to at least 30 metres (100 feet) of buoyant line.
    (ii) For liferafts which are permitted to accommodate not more than 12 persons: one knife and one bailer; for liferafts which are permitted to accommodate 13 persons or more: two knives and two balers.
    (iii) Two sponges.
    (iv) Two sea-anchors, one permanently attached to the liferaft and one spare.
    (v) Two paddles.
    (vi) One repair outfit capable of repairing punctures in buoyancy compartments.
    (vii) One topping-up pump or bellows, unless the liferaft complies with Regulation 16 of this Chapter.
    (viii) Three tin-openers.
    (ix) One approved first-aid outfit in a water proof case.
    (x) One rustproof graduated drinking vessel.
    (xi) One waterproof electric torch suitable for signalling in the Morse Code, together with one spare set of batteries and one spare bulb in a waterproof container.
    (xii) One daylight-signalling mirror and one signalling whistle.
    (xiii) Two parachute distress signals of an approved type, capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude.
    (xiv) Six hand flares of an approved type, capable of giving a bright red light.
    (xv) One set of fishing tackle.
    (xvi) A food ration, determined by the Administration, for each person the liferaft is permitted to accommodate.
    (xvii) Watertight receptacles containing 1 1/2 litres (3 pints) of fresh water for each person the liferaft is permitted to accommodate, of which 1/2 litre (1 pint) per person may be replaced by a suitable de-salting apparatus capable of producing an equal amount of fresh water.
    (xviii) Six anti-seasickness tablets for each person the liferaft is deemed fit to accommodate.
    (xix) Instructions on how to survive in the liferaft; and
    (xx) one copy of the illustrated table of life-saving signals referred to in Regulation 16 of Chapter V.

    (b) In the case of passenger ships engaged on short international voyages of such duration that in the opinion of the Administration all the items specified in paragraph
    (a) of this Regulation are unnecessary, the Administration may allow one or more liferafts, not being less than one-sixth of the number of liferafts carried in any such ship, to be provided with the equipment specified in sub-paragraphs (i) to (vii) inclusive, (xi) and (xix) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation, and with one-half of the equipment specified in sub-paragraphs (xiii) and (xiv) of that paragraph and the remainder of the liferafts carried to be provided with the equipment specified in sub-paragraphs (i) to (vii) inclusive and (xix) of that paragraph.

    Reg. 18 Training in the use of Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    The Administration shall so far as is practicable and reasonable take steps with a view to ensuring that crews of ships in which liferafts are carried are trained in their launching and use.

    Reg. 19 Embarkation into Lifeboats and Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Suitable arrangements shall be made for embarkation into the lifeboats, which shall include:
    (i) a ladder at each set of davits to afford access to the lifeboats when waterborne, except that in passenger ships, ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning , the Administration may permit such ladders to be replaced by approved devices provided that there shall not be less than one ladder on each side of the ship;
    (ii) means for illuminating the lifeboats and their launching gear during preparation for and the process of launching, and also for illuminating the water into which the lifeboats are launched until the process of launching is completed;
    (iii) arrangements for warning the passengers and crew that the ship is about to be abandoned; and
    (iv) means for preventing any discharge of water into the lifeboats.

    b) Suitable arrangements shall also be made for embarkation into the liferafts, which shall include:
    (i) sufficient ladders to facilitate embarkation into the liferafts when waterborne except that in passenger ships, ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships, and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or fish canning industries, the Administration may permit the replacement of some or all of such ladders by approved devices;
    (ii) where there are carried liferafts for which approved launching devices are provided, means for illuminating those liferafts and launching devices during the preparation for and the process of launching, and also for illuminating the water into which those liferafts are launched until the process of launching is completed;
    (iii) means for illuminating the stowage position of liferafts for which approved launching devices are not provided;
    (iv) arrangements for warning the passengers and crew that the ship is about to be abandoned; and
    (v) means for preventing any discharge of water into the liferafts at fixed launching positions, including those under approved launching devices.

    Reg. 20 Marking of Lifeboats, Liferafts and Buoyant Apparatus

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) The dimensions of a lifeboat and the number of persons which it is permitted to carry shall be marked on it in clear permanent characters. The name and port of registry of the ship to which the lifeboat belongs shall be painted on each side of the bow.

    (b) Buoyant apparatus shall be marked with the number of persons in the same manner.

    (c) The number of persons shall be marked in the same manner on inflatable Liferafts and also on the valise or container in which the inflatable liferaft is contained. Every inflatable liferaft shall also bear a serial number and the manufacturer's name so that the owner of the liferaft can be ascertained.

    (d) Every rigid liferaft shall be marked with the name and port of registry of the ship in which it is carried, and with the number of persons it is permitted to carry.

    (e) No lifeboat, liferaft or buoyant apparatus shall be marked for a greater number of persons than that obtained in the manner specified in this Chapter.

    Reg. 21 Specification of a Lifebuoy

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) A lifebuoy shall satisfy the following requirements:
    (i) it shall be of solid cork or any other equivalent material;
    (ii) it shall be capable of supporting in fresh water for 24 hours at least 14.5 kilogrammes (32 lbs.) of iron;
    (iii) it shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products;
    (iv) it shall be of a highly visible colour;
    (v) it shall be marked in block letters with the name and port of registry of the ship in which it is carried.

    (b) Lifebuoys filled with rushes, cork shavings or granulated cork, or any other loose granulated material, or whose buoyancy depends upon air compartments which require to be inflated, are prohibited.

    (c) Lifebuoys made of plastic or other synthetic compounds shall be capable of retaining their buoyant properties and durability in contact with sea water or oil products, or under variations of temperature or climatic changes prevailing in open sea voyages.

    (d) Lifebuoys shall be fitted with buckets securely seized. At least one lifebuoy on each side of the ship shall be fitted with a buoyant lifeline of at least 27.5 metres (15 fathoms) in length.

    (e) In passenger ships not less than one-half of the total number of lifebuoys, and in no case less than six, and in cargo ships at least one-half of the total number of lifebuoys, shall be provided with efficient self-igniting lights.

    (f) The self-igniting lights required by paragraph (e) of this Regulation shall be such that they cannot be extinguished by water. They shall be capable of burning for not less than 45 minutes and shall have a luminous intensity of not less than 2 candelas in all directions of the upper hemisphere. The lights shall be kept near the lifebuoys to which they belong, with the necessary means of attachment. Self-igniting lights used in tankers shall be of an approved electric battery type . *

    * The following ranges of visibilities of the light might be expected in given atmospheric conditions.

       

    Atmospheric transmissivity

    factor

    Meteorological range of

    visibility (miles)

     

    Range of visibility of the light

    (miles)

    0.3

    2.4

    0.96

    0.4

    3.3

    1.05

    0.5

    4.3

    1.15

    0.6

    5.8

    1.24

    0.7

    8.4

    1.34

    0.8

    13.4

    1.45

    0.9

    28.9

    1.57

     

    Reg. 22 Life-jackets

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Ships shall carry for every person on board a life-jacket of an approved type and, in addition, unless these life jackets can be adapted for use by children, a sufficient number of life jackets suitable for children. Each life jacket shall be suitably marked showing that it has been approved by the Administration.

    (b) In addition to the life jackets required by paragraph (a) of this Regulation there shall be carried on passenger ships life jackets for 5 per cent of the total number of persons on board. These life jackets shall be stowed in a conspicuous place on deck.

    (c) An approved life jacket shall comply with the following requirements :
    (i)it shall be constructed with proper workmanship and materials;
    (ii) it shall be so constructed as to eliminate so far as possible all risk of its being put on incorrectly, except that it shall be capable of being worn inside out;
    (iii) it shall be capable of lifting the face of an exhausted or unconscious person out of the water and holding it above the water with the body inclined backwards from its vertical position;
    (iv) it shall be capable of turning the body in the water from any position to a safe floating position with the body inclined backwards from its vertical position;
    (v) it shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil products;
    (vi) it shall be of a highly visible colour;
    (vii) it shall be fitted with an approved whistle, firmly secured by a cord;
    (viii) the buoyancy of the life jacket required to provide the foregoing performance shall not be reduced by more than 5 per cent after 24 hours' submergence in fresh water.

    (d) A life-jacket, the buoyancy of which depends on inflation, may be permitted for use by the crews of all ships except passenger ships and tankers provided that:
    (i) it has two separate inflatable compartments;
    (ii) it is capable of being inflated both mechanically and by mouth; and
    (iii) it complies with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this Regulation with either compartment inflated separately.

    (e) Life-jackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicated.

    Reg. 23 Line-throwing Appliances

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Ships shall carry a line-throwing appliance of an approved type.

    (b) The appliance shall be capable of carrying a line not less than 230 metres (250 yards) with reasonable accuracy, and shall include not less than four projectiles and four lines.

    Reg. 24 Ships' Distress Signals

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    Ships shall be provided, to the satisfaction of the Administration, with means of making effective distress signals by day and by night, including at least twelve parachute signals capable of giving a bright red light at a high altitude.

    Reg. 25 Muster List and Emergency Procedure

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Special duties to be undertaken in the event of an emergency shall be allotted to each member of the crew.

    (b) The muster list shall show all the special duties and shall indicate, in particular, the station to which each member must go, and the duties that he has to perform.

    (c) The muster list for each passenger ship shall be in a form approved by the Administration.

    (d) Before the vessel sails, the muster list shall be completed. Copies shall be posted in several parts of the ship, and in particular in the crew's quarters.

    (e) The muster list shall show the duties assigned to the different members of the crew in connection with:

    (i) the closing of the watertight doors, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers, ash-shoots and fire doors;
    (ii) the equipping of the lifeboats (including the portable radio apparatus for survival craft) and the other life-saving appliances;
    (iii) the launching of the lifeboat;
    (iv) the general preparation of the other life-saving appliances;
    (v) the muster of the passengers; and
    (vi) the extinction of fire, having regard to the ship's fire control plans.
    (f) The muster list shall show the several duties assigned to the members of the stewards' department in relation to the passengers in case of emergency. These duties shall include:
    (i) warning the passengers;
    (ii) seeing that they are suitably clad and have put on their life jackets in a proper manner;
    (iii) assembling the passengers at muster stations;
    (iv) keeping order in the passages and on the stairways, and, generally, controlling the movements of the passengers; and
    (v) ensuring that a supply of blankets is taken to the lifeboats.

    (g) The duties shown by the muster list in relation to the extinction of fire pursuant to sub-paragraph (e)(vi) of this Regulation shall include particulars of:
    (i) the manning of the fire parties assigned to deal with fires;
    (ii) the special duties assigned in respect of the operation of fire-fighting equipment and installations.

    (h) The muster list shall specify definite signals for calling all the crew to their boat, liferaft and fire stations, and shall give full particulars of these signals. These signals shall be made on the whistle or siren and, except on passenger ships on short international voyages and on cargo ships of less than 45.7 metres (150 feet) in length, they shall be supplemented by other signals which shall be electrically operated. All these signals shall be operable from the bridge.

    Reg. 26 Practice Musters and Drills

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a)(i) In passenger ships, musters of the crew for boat drill and fire drill shall take place weekly when practicable and there shall be such a muster when a passenger ship leaves the final port of departure on an international voyage which is not a short international voyage.
    (ii) In cargo ships, a muster of the crew for boat drill and fire drill shall take place at intervals of not more than one month, provided that a muster of the crew for boat drill and fire drill shall take place within 24 hours of leaving a port if more than 25 per cent of the crew have been replaced at that port.
    (iii) On the occasion of the monthly muster in cargo ships the boat's equipment shall be examined to ensure that it is complete.
    (iv) The date upon which musters are held, and details of any training and drills in fire fighting which are carried out on board shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration. If in any week (for passenger ships) or month (for cargo ships) no muster or a part muster only is held, an entry shall be made stating the circumstances and extent of the muster held. A report of the examination of the boat's equipment on cargo ships shall be entered in the log book, which shall also record the occasions on which the lifeboats are swung out and lowered in compliance with paragraph (c) of this Regulation.

    (b) In passenger ships, except those engaged on short international voyages, a muster of the passengers shall be held within 24 hours after leaving port.

    (c) Different groups of lifeboats shall be used in turn at successive boat drills and every lifeboat shall be swung out and, if practicable and reasonable, lowered at least once every four months. The musters and inspections shall be so arranged that the crew thoroughly understand and are practised in the duties they have to perform, including instructions in the handling and operation of liferafts where these are carried.

    (d) The emergency signal for summoning passengers to muster stations shall be a succession of seven or more short blasts followed by one long blast on the whistle or siren. This shall be supplemented in passenger ships, except those engaged on short international voyages, by other signals, which shall be electrically operated, throughout the ship operable from the bridge. The meaning of all signals affecting passengers, with precise instructions on what they are to do in an emergency, shall be clearly stated in appropriate languages on cards posted in their cabins and in conspicuous places in other passenger quarters.

    Part B Passenger ships only

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986

    Part B Ship requirements

    Part B Requirements for ships and life-saving appliances
    Section I Passenger ships and cargo ships
    Reg. 06 Communications

    1 Paragraph 2 applies to all passenger ships and to all cargo ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards.

    2 Radio life-saving appliances

    2.1Two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus

    2.1.1 At least three two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus shall be provided on every passenger ship and on every cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage and upwards. At least two two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus shall be provided on every cargo ship of 300 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 gross tonnage. Such apparatus shall conform to performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.* If a fixed twoway VHF radiotelephone apparatus is fitted in a survival craft it shall conform to performance standards not inferior to those adopted by Organization.*

    2.1.2 Two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus provided on board ships prior to 1 February 1992 and not complying fully with the performance standards adopted by the Organization may be accepted by the Administration until 1 February 1999 provided the Administration is satisfied that are compatible with approved two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus.

    2.2 Radar transponders
    At least one radar transponder shall be carried on each side of every passenger ship and of every cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage and upwards. At least one radar transponder shall be carried on every cargo ship of 300 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 gross tonnage. Such radar transponders shall conform to performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization**. The radar transponders*** shall be stowed in such locations that they can be rapidly placed in any survival craft other than the liferaft or liferafts required by regulation 31.1.4. Alternatively one radar transponder shall be stowed in each survival craft other than those required by regulation 31.1.4. On ships carrying at least two radar transponders and equipped with free-fall lifeboats one of the radar transponders shall be stowed in a free-fall lifeboat and the other located in the immediate vicinity of the navigation bridge so that it can be utilized on board and ready for transfer to any of the other survival craft.


    3 Distress flares
    Not less than 12 rocket parachute flares, complying with the requirements of section 3.1 of the Code, shall be carried and be stowed on or near the navigation bridge.

    4 On-board communications and alarm systems

    4.1 An emergency means comprised of either fixed or portable equipment or both shall be provided for two-way communications between emergency control stations, muster and embarkation stations and strategic positions on board.

    4.2 A general emergency alarm system complying with the requirements of paragraph 7.2.1 of the Code shall be provided and shall be used for summoning passengers and crew to muster stations and to initiate the actions included in the muster list. The system shall be supplemented by either a public address system complying with the requirements of paragraph 7.2.2 of the Code or other suitable means of communication. Entertainment sound systems shall automatically be turned off when the general emergency alarm system is activated.

    4.3 On passenger ships the general emergency alarm system shall be audible on all open decks.

    4.4 On ships fitted with a marine evacuation system communication between the embarkation station and the platform or the survival craft shall be ensured.

    5 Public address systems on passenger ships

    5.1 In addition to the requirements of regulationII-2/40.5 or regulation II-2/ 41-2, as appropriate, and of paragraph 6.4.2, all passenger ships shall be fitted with a public address system. With respect to passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997 the requirements of paragraphs 5.2 and 5.4, subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.5, shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.

    5.2 The public address system shall be clearly audible above the ambient noise in all spaces, prescribed by paragraph 7.2.2.1 of the Code, and shall be provided with an override function controlled from one location on the navigation bridge and such other places on board as the Administration deems necessary, so that all emergency messages will be broadcast if any loudspeaker in the spaces concerned has been switched off, its volume has been turned down or the public address system is used for other purposes.

    5.3 On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 1997:
    .1 the public address system shall have at least two loops which shall be sufficiently separated throughout their length and have two separate and independent amplifier s;and
    .2 the public address system and its performance standards shall be approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.****


    5.4 The public address system shall be connected to the emergency source of electrical power required by regulation II-1/42.2.2.

    5.5 Ships constructed before 1 July 1997 which are already fitted with the public address system approved by the Administration which complies substantially with those required by paragraphs 5.2 and 5.4 and paragraph 7.2.2.1 of the Code are not required to change their system.



    * Refer to the Performance Standards for Survival Craft Two-Way VHF Radiotelephone Apparatus, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.809(19), as it may be amended, annex 1 or annex 2 as applicable.
    ** Refer to the Performance Standards for Survival Craft Radar Transponders for Use in Search and Rescue Operations adopted by the Organization by resolution A.802(19), as it may be amended.
    *** One of these radar transponders may be the radar transponder required by regulation IV-7.1.3.
    **** Refer to the Code on Alarms and Indicators, 1995, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.830(19) and to the "performance standards for public address systems" developed by the Organization by MSC/Circ. 808.
    Reg. 07 Personal life-saving appliances

    1 Lifebuoys

    1.1 Lifebuoys complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.1 of the Code shall be:
    .1 so distributed as to be readily available on both sides of the ship and as far as practicable on all open decks extending to the ship's side;at least one shall be placed in the vicinity of the stern;and
    .2 so stowed as to be capable of being rapidly cast loose, and not permanently secured in any way.

    1.2 At least one lifebuoy on each side of the ship shall be fitted with a buoyant lifeline complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.4 of the Code equal in length to not less than twice the height at which it is stowed above the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, or 30 m, whichever is the greater.

    1.3 Not less then one half of the total number of lifebuoys shall be provided with lifebuoy self-igniting lights complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.2 of the Code, not less than two of these shall also be provided with lifebuoy self-activating smoke signals complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.3 of the Code and be capable of quick release from the navigation bridge;lifebuoys with lights and those with lights and smoke signals shall be equally distributed on both sides of the ship and shall not be the lifebuoys provided with lifelines in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.2.

    1.4 Each lifebuoy shall be marked in block capitals of the Roman alphabet with the name and port of registry of the ship on which it is carried.

    2 Lifejackets

    2.1 A lifejacket complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.1 or 2.2.2 of the Code shall be provided for every person on board the ship and, in addition:
    .1 a number of lifejackets suitable for children equal to at least 10% of the number of passengers on board shall be provided or such greater number as may be required to provide a lifejacket for each child;and
    .2 a sufficient number of lifejackets shall be carried for persons on watch and for use at remotely located survival craft stations. The lifejackets carried for persons on watch should be stowed on the bridge, in the engine control room and at any other manned watch station.

    2.2 Lifejackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicated. Where, due to the particular arrangements of the ship, the lifejackets provided in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2.1 may become inaccessible, alternative provisions shall be made to the satisfaction of the Administration which may include an increase in the number of Lifejackets to be carried.

    2.3 The lifejackets used in totally enclosed lifeboats, except free-fall lifeboats, shall not impede entry into the lifeboat or seating, including operation of the seat belts in the lifeboat.

    2.4 Lifejackets selected for free-fall lifeboats, and the manner in which they are carried or worn, shall not interfere with entry into the lifeboat, occupant safety or operation of the lifeboat.

    3 Immersion suits and anti-exposure suits
    An immersion suit, complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Code or an anti-exposure suit complying with section 2.4 of the Code, of an appropriate size, shall be provided for every person assigned to crew the rescue boat or assigned to the marine evacuation system party. If the ship is constantly engaged in warm climates where, in the opinion of the Administration thermal protection is unnecessary, this protective clothing need not be carried.
    Reg. 08 Muster list and emergency instructions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 09 Operating instructions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 10 Manning of survival craft and supervision
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 11 Survival craft muster and embarkation arrangements

    Survival craft muster and embarkation arrangements

    1. Lifeboats and liferafts for which approved launching appliances are required shall be stowed as close to accommodation and service spaces as possible.

    2. Must stations shall be provided close to the embarkation stations. Each muster station shall have sufficient clear deck space to accommodate all persons assigned to muster at that station, but at least 0.35 m2 per person.

    3. Muster and embarkation stations shall be readily accessible from accommodation and work areas.

    4. Muster and embarkation stations shall be adequately illuminated by light- ing supplied from the emergency source of electrical power required by regulation II-1/42 or II-1/43, as appropriate.

    5. Alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the muster and embarkation stations shall be lighted. Such lighting shall be capable of being supplied by the emergency source of electrical power required by regulation II-1/42 or II-1/43, as appropriate. In addition to and as part of the markings required under regulation II-2/28.1.10, routes to muster stations shall be indicated with the muster station symbol, intended for that purpose, in accordance with the recommendations of the Organization.1

    6. Davit-launched and free-fall launched survival craft muster and embarkation stations shall be so arranged as to enable stretcher cases to be placed in survival craft.

    7. An embarkation ladder complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.1.6 of the Code extending, in a single length, from the deck to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10º and a list of up to 20º either way shall be provided at each embarkation station or at every two adjacent embarkation stations for survival craft launched down the side of the ship. However, the Administration may permit such ladders to be replaced by approved devices to afford access to the survival craft when waterborne, provided that there shall be at least one embarkation ladder on each side of the ship. Other means of embarkation enabling descent to the water in a controlled manner may be permitted for the liferafts required by regulation 31.1.4.

    8. Where necessary, means shall be provided for bringing the davit-launched survival craft against the ship's side and holding them alongside so that persons can be safely embarked.


    1 Refer to the Symbols Related to Life-Saving Appliances and Arrangements and to the Guidelines for the Evaluation, Testing and Application of Low-Location Lighting on Passenger Ships adopted by the Organization by resolutions A.760(18) and A.752(18) respectively.
    Reg. 11 Survical craft munster and embarkation arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2008-07-01)]
    Reg. 12 Launching stations
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 13 Stowage of survival craft
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 14 Stowage of rescue boats

    Stowage of rescue boats

    Rescue boats shall be stowed:

    1. in a state of continuous readiness for launching in not more than 5 min;

    2. in a position suitable for launching and recovery;

    3. so that neither the rescue boat nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the operation of any survival craft at any other launching station;and

    4. if it is also a lifeboat, in compliance with the requirements of regulation 13.
    Reg. 15 Stowage of marine evacuation systems
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 16 Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 17 Rescue boat embarkation launching and recovery arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 18 Line-throwing appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 19 Emergency training and drills

    1 This regulation applies to all ships.

    2 Familiarity with safety installations and practice musters

    2.1 Every crew member with assigned emergency duties shall be familiar with these duties before the voyage begins.

    2.2 On a ship engaged on a voyage where passengers are scheduled to be on board for more than 24 h, musters of the passengers shall take place within 24 h after their embarkation. Passengers shall be instructed in the use of the lifejackets and the action to take in an emergency.

    2.3 Whenever new passengers embark, a passenger safety briefing shall be given immediately before sailing, or immediately after sailing. The briefing shall include the instructions required by regulations 8.2 and 8.4, and shall be made by means of an announcement, in one or more languages likely to be understood by the passengers. The announcement shall be made on the ship's public address system, or by other equivalent means likely to be heard at least by the passengers who have not yet heard it during the voyage. The briefing may be included in the muster required by paragraph 2.2 if the muster is held immediately upon departure. Information cards or posters or video programmes displayed on ships video displays may be used to supplement the briefing, but may not be used to replace the announcement.

    3 Drills

    3.1 Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.

    3.2 Every crew member shall participate in at least one abandon ship drill and one fire drill every month. The drills of the crew shall take place within 24 h of the ship leaving a port if more than 25% of the crew have not participated in abandon ship and fire drills on board that particular ship in the previous month. When a ship enters service for the first time, after modification of a major character or when a new crew is engaged, these drills shall be held before sailing. The Administration may accept other arrangements that are at least equivalent for those classes of ships for which this is impracticable.

    3.3 Abandon ship drill

    3.3.1 Each abandon ship drill shall include:
    .1 summoning of passengers and crew to muster stations with the alarm required by regulation 6.4.2 followed by drill announcement on the public address or other communication system and ensuring that they are made aware of the order to abandon ship;
    .2 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list;
    .3 checking that passengers and crew are suitably dressed;
    .4 checking that lifejackets are correctly donned;
    .5 lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparation for launching;
    .6 starting and operating the lifeboat engine;
    .7 operation of davits used for launching liferafts;
    .8 a mock search and rescue of passengers trapped in their staterooms;and
    .9 instruction in the use of radio life-saving appliances.

    3.3.2 Different lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be lowered in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 3.3.1.5 at successive drills.

    3.3.3 Except as provided in paragraphs 3.3.4 and 3.3.5, each lifeboat shall be launched with its assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water at least once every 3 months during an abandon ship drill.

    3.3.4 Lowering into the water, rather than launching of a lifeboat arranged for free-fall launching, is acceptable where free-fall launching is impracticable provided the lifeboat is free-fall launched with its assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in water at least once every six months. However, in cases where it is impracticable, the Administration may extend this period to 12 months provided that arrangements are made for simulated launching which will take place at intervals of not more than 6 months.

    3.3.5 The Administration may allow ships operating on short international voyages not to launch the lifeboats on one side if their berthing arrangements in port and their trading patterns do not permit launching of lifeboats on that side. However, all such lifeboats shall be lowered at least once every 3 months and launched at least annually.

    3.3.6 As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other than lifeboats which are also rescue boats, shall be launched each month with their assigned crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water. In all cases this requirement shall be complied with at least once every 3 months.

    3.3.7 If lifeboat and rescue boat launching drills are carried out with the ship making headway, such drills shall, because of the dangers involved, be practised in sheltered waters only and under the supervision of an officer experienced in such drills.*

    3.3.8 If a ship is fitted with marine evacuation systems, drills shall include exercising of the procedures required for the deployment of such a system up to the point immediately preceding actual deployment of the system. This aspect of drills should be augmented by regular instruction using the on-board training aids required by regulation 35.4. Additionally every system party member shall, as far as practicable, be further trained by participation in a full deployment of a similar system into water, either on board a ship or ashore, at intervals of not longer than 2 years, but in no case longer than 3 years. This training can be associated with the deployments required by regulation 20.8.2.

    3.3.9 Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment shall be tested at each abandon ship drill.

    3.4 Fire drills

    3.4.1 Fire drills should be planned in such a way that due consideration is given to regular practice in the various emergencies that may occur depending on the type of ships and the cargo.

    3.4.2 Each fire drill shall include;
    .1 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list required by regulation 8;
    .2 starting of a fire pump, using at least the two required jets of water to show that the system is in proper working order;
    .3 checking of fireman's outfit and other personal rescue equipment;
    .4 checking of relevant communication equipment;
    .5 checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of ventilation systems in the drill area;and
    .6 checking the necessary arrangements for subsequent abandoning of the ship.

    3.4.3 The equipment used during drills shall immediately be brought back to its fully operational condition and any faults and defects discovered during the drills shall be remedied as soon as possible.

    4 On-board training and instructions

    4.1 On-board training in the use of the ship's life-saving appliances, including survival craft equipment, and in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing appliances shall be given as soon as possible but not later than 2 weeks after a crew member joins the ship. However, if the crew member is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to the ship, such training shall be given not later than 2 weeks after the time of first joining the ship. Instructions in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing appliances, life-saving appliances, and in survival at sea shall be given at the same interval as the drills. Individual instruction may cover different parts of the ship's life-saving and fire-extinguishing appliances, but all the ship's life-saving and fire-extinguishing appliances shall be covered within any period of 2 months.

    4.2 Every crew member shall be given instructions which shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
    .1 operation and use of the ship's inflatable liferafts;
    .2 problems of hypothermia, first-aid treatment for hypothermia and other appropriate first-aid procedures;
    .3 special instructions necessary for use of the ship's life-saving appliances in severe weather and severe sea conditions;and
    .4 operation and use of fire-extinguishing appliances.

    4.3 On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts shall take place at intervals of not more than 4 months on every ship fitted with such appliances. Whenever practicable this shall include the inflation and lowering of a liferaft. This liferaft may be a special liferaft intended for training purposes only, which is not part of the ship's life-saving equipment;such a special liferaft shall be conspicuously marked.

    5 Records
    The date when musters are held, details of abandon ship drills and fire drills, drills of other life-saving appliances and on board training shall be recorded in such log-book as may be prescribed by the Administration. If a full muster, drill or training session is not held at the appointed time, an entry shall be made in the log-book stating the circumstances and the extent of the muster, drill or training session held.



    * Refer to the Guidelines on Training for the Purpose of Launching Lifeboats and Rescue Boats from Ships Making Headway through the Water adopted by the Organization by resolution A.624(15).
    Reg. 20 Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections

    1 This regulation applies to all ships. The requirements of paragraphs 3 and 6.2 shall be complied with, as far as is practicable, on ships constructed before 1 July 1986.

    2 Operational readiness
    Before the ship leaves port and at all times during the voyage, all life-saving appliances shall be in working order and ready for immediate use.

    3 Maintenance

    3.1 Instructions for on board maintenance of life-saving appliances complying with the requirements of regulation 36 shall be provided and maintenance shall be carried out accordingly.

    3.2 The Administration may accept, in lieu of the instructions required by paragraph 3.1, a shipboard planned maintenance programme which includes the requirements of regulation 36.

    4 Maintenance of falls

    4.1 Falls used in launching shall be turned end for end at intervals of not more than 30 months and be renewed when necessary due to deterioration of the falls or at intervals of not more than 5 years, whichever is the earlier.

    4.2 The Administration may accept in lieu of the "end for ending" required in paragraph 4.1, periodic inspection of the falls and their renewal whenever necessary due to deterioration or at intervals of not more than 4 years, whichever one is earlier.

    5 Spares and repair equipment
    Spares and repair equipment shall be provided for life-saving appliances and their components which are subject to excessive wear or consumption and need to be replaced regularly.

    6 Weekly inspection
    The following tests and inspections shall be carried out weekly:
    .1 all survival craft, rescue boats and launching appliances shall be visually inspected to ensure that they are ready for use;
    .2 all engines in lifeboats and rescue boats shall be run for a total period of not less than 3 min provided the ambient temperature is above the minimum temperature required for starting and running the engine. During this period of time, it should be demonstrated that the gear box and gear box train are engaging satisfactorily. If the special characteristics of an outboard motor fitted to a rescue boat would not allow it to be run other than with its propeller submerged for a period of 3 min, it should be run for such period as prescribed in the manufacturer's handbook. In special cases the Administration may waive this requirement for ships constructed before 1 July 1986;and
    .3 the general emergency alarm system shall be tested.

    7 Monthly inspections
    Inspection of the life-saving appliances, including lifeboat equipment, shall be carried out monthly using the checklist required by regulation 36.1 to ensure that they are complete and in good order. A report of the inspection shall be entered in the log-book.

    8 Servicing of inflatable liferafts, inflatable lifejackets, marine evacuation systems, and inflated rescue boats.

    8.1 Every inflatable liferaft, inflatable lifejacket, and marine evacuation system shall be serviced:
    .1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months, provided where in any case this is impracticable, the Administration may extend this period to 17 months;and
    .2 at an approved servicing station which is competent to service them, maintains proper servicing facilities and used only properly trained personnel.*

    8.2 Rotational deployment of marine evacuation systems
    In addition to or in conjunction with the servicing intervals of marine evacuation systems required by paragraph 8.1, each marine evacuation system should be deployed from the ship on a rotational basis at intervals to be agreed by the Administration provided that each system is to be deployed at least once every six years.

    8.3 An Administration which approves new and novel inflatable liferaft arrangements pursuant to regulation 4 may allow for extended service intervals on the following conditions:
    .1 The new and novel liferaft arrangement has proved to maintain the same standard, as required by testing procedure, during extended service intervals.
    .2 The liferaft system shall be checked on board by certified personnel according to paragraph 8.1.1.
    .3 Service at intervals not exceeding 5 years shall be carried out in accordance with the recommendations of the Organization.**

    8.4 All repairs and maintenance of inflated rescue boats shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Emergency repairs may be carried out on board the ship;however, permanent repairs shall be effected at an approved servicing station.

    8.5 An Administration which permits extension of liferaft service intervals in accordance with paragraph 8.3 shall notify the Organization of such action in accordance with regulation I/5(b).

    9 Periodic servicing of hydrostatic release units
    Hydrostatic release units, other than disposable hydrostatic release units, shall be serviced:
    .1 at intervals not exceeding 12 months, provided where in any case this is impracticable, the Administration may extend this period to 17 months;and
    .2 at a servicing station which is competent to service them, maintains proper servicing facilities and uses only properly trained personnel.

    10 Marking of stowage locations
    Containers, brackets, racks, and other similar stowage locations for life-saving equipment shall be marked with symbols in accordance with the recommendations of the Organization***, indicating the devices stowed in that location for that purpose. If more than one device is stowed in that location, the number of devices shall also be indicated.

    11 Periodic servicing of launching appliances and on-load release gear

    11.1 Launching appliances:
    .1 shall be serviced at recommended intervals in accordance with instructions for on-board maintenance as required by regulation 36;
    .2 shall be subjected to a thorough examination at intervals not exceeding 5 years; and
    .3 shall upon completion of the examination in .2 be subjected to a dynamic test of the winch brake in accordance with paragraph 6.1.2.5.2 of the Code.

    11.2 Lifeboat on-load release gear shall be:
    .1 serviced at recommended intervals in accordance with instructions for on board maintenance as required by regulation 36.
    .2 subjected to a thorough examination and test during the surveys required by regulation I/7 and I/8 by properly trained personnel familiar with the system;and
    .3 operationally tested under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the lifeboat when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled. Such overhauling and test shall be carried out at least once every 5 years.****


    * Refer to the Recommendation on Conditions for the Approval of Servicing Stations for Inflatable Liferafts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.761(18).
    ** Refer to the Recommendation on Conditions for the Approval of Servicing Stations for Inflatable Liferafts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.761(18).
    *** Refer to the Symbols Related to Life-Saving Appliances and Arrangements, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.760(18).
    **** Refer to the Recommendation on Testing of Life-Saving Appliances adopted by the Organization by resolution A.689(17), as it may be amended.
    Section II Passenger ships (Additional requirements)
    Reg. 21 Survival craft and rescue boats
    ( LBR2.134, LBR2.135, CYP3.4 )

    1.1 Passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not short international voyage shall carry :

    .1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code on each side of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate not less than 50% of the total number of persons on board. The Administration may permit the substitution of lifeboats by liferafts of equivalent total capacity provided that there shall never be less than sufficient lifeboats on each side of the ship to accommodate 37.5% of the total number of persons on board. The inflatable or rigid liferafts shall comply with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code and shall be served by launching appliances equally distributed on each side of the ship and

    .2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 25% of the total number of persons on board. These liferafts shall be served by at least one launching appliance on each side which may be those provided in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.1.1 or equivalent approved appliances capable of being used on both sides. However, stowage of these liferafts need not comply with the requirements of regulation 13.5.

    1.2 Passenger ships engaged on short international voyages and complying with the special standards of subdivision prescribed by regulation II-1/6.5 shall carry :
    .1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 30% of the total number of persons on board. The lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be equally distributed on each side of the ship. In addition inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code shall be carried of such aggregate capacity that, together with the lifeboat capacity, the survival craft will accommodate the total number of persons on board. The liferafts shall be served by launching appliances equally distributed on each side of the ship and
    .2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 25% of the total number of persons on board. These liferafts shall be served by at least one launching appliance on each side which may be those provided in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.2.1 or equivalent approved appliances capable of being used on both sides. However, stowage of these liferafts need not comply with the requirements of regulation 13.5.

    1.3 Passenger ships engaged on short international voyages and not complying with the special standards of subdivision prescribed by regulation II-1/6.5, shall carry survival craft complying with the requirements of paragraph 1.1.

    1.4 All survival craft required to provide for abandonment by the total number of persons on board shall be capable of being launched with their full complement of persons and equipment within a period of 30 min from the time the abandon ship signal is given.

    1.5 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3, passenger ships of less than 500 gross tonnage where the total number of persons on board is less than 200, may comply with the following.
    .1 they shall carry on each side of the ship, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board.
    .2 unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.5.1 are stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, additional liferafts shall be provided so that the total capacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of the total number of persons on board.
    .3 if the rescue boat required by paragraph 2.2 is also a partially or totally enclosed lifeboat complying with the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code, it may be included in the aggregate capacity required by paragraph 1.5.1, provided that the total capacity available on either side of the ship is at least 150% of the total number of persons on board and
    .4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or rendered unserviceable, there shall be sufficient survival craft available for use on each side, including those which are stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

    1.6 A marine evacuation system or systems complying with section 6.2 of the Code may be substituted for the equivalent capacity of liferafts and launching appliances required by paragraph 1.1.1 or 1.2.1. 2 Rescue boats

    2.1 Passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage and over shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code on each side of the ship.

    2.2 Passenger ships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code.

    2.3 A lifeboat may be accepted as a rescue boat provided it also complies with the requirements for a rescue boat.

    3 Marshalling of liferafts

    3.1 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passenger ships shall be sufficient to ensure that in providing for abandonment by the total number of persons on board not more than six liferafts need be marshalled by each lifeboat or rescue boat.

    3.2 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passenger ships engaged on short international voyages and complying with the special standards of subdivision prescribed by regulation II-1/6.5 shall be sufficient to ensure that in providing for abandonment by the total number of persons on board not more than nine liferafts need be marshalled by each lifeboat or rescue boat.
    Reg. 21 Survival craft and rescue boat
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2008-07-01)]
    Reg. 22 Personal life-saving appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 23 Survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 24 Stowage of survival craft
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 25 Drils
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 26 Additional requirements for ro-ro passengerships
    ( A.437(11), A.656(16), MSC/Circ.809, MSC/Circ.810 )

    1 This regulation applies to all ro-ro passenger ships. Ro-ro passenger ships constructed :
    .1 on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4 and 5 ;
    .2 on or after 1 July 1986 and before 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs 2.3, 2.4, 3 and 4 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000 ; and
    .3 before 1 July 1986 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3 and 4 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000.

    2 Liferafts

    2.1 The ro-ro passenger ship's liferafts shall be served by marine evacuation systems complying with the requirements of section 6.2 of the Code or launching appliances complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.1.5 of the Code, equally distributed on each side of the ship.

    2.2 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with float-free stowage arrangements complying with the requirements of regulation 13.4.

    2.3 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be of a type fitted with a boarding ramp complying with the requirements of paragraph 4.2.4.1 or 4.3.4.1 of the Code, as appropriate.

    2.4 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall either be automatically self-righting or be a canopied reversible liferaft which is stable in a seaway and is capable of operating safely whichever way up it is floating. Alternatively, the ship shall carry automatically self-righting liferafts or canopied reversible liferafts, in addition to its normal complement of liferafts, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 50% of the persons not accommodated in lifeboats. This additional liferaft capacity shall be determined on the basic of the difference between the total number of persons on board and the number of persons accommodated in lifeboats. Every such liferaft shall be approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.*

    3 Fast rescue boats

    3.1 At least one of the rescue boats on a ro-ro passenger ship shall be a fast rescue boat approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.**

    3.2 Each fast rescue boat shall be served by a suitable launching appliance approved by the Administration. When approving such launching appliances, the Administration shall take into account that the fast rescue boat is intended to be launched and retrieved even under severe adverse weather conditions, and also shall have regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.***

    3.3 At least two crews of each fast rescue boat shall be trained and drilled regularly having regard to the Seafarers Training, Certification and Watchkeeping(STCW) Code and recommendations adopted by the Organization,1including all aspects of rescue, handling, manoeuvring, operating these craft in various conditions, and righting them after capsize.

    3.4 In the case where the arrangement or size of a ro-ro passenger ship, constructed before 1 July 1997, is such as to prevent the installation of the fast rescue boat required by paragraph 3.1, the fast rescue boat may be installed in place of an existing lifeboat which is accepted as a rescue boat or, in the case of ships constructed prior to 1 July 1986, boats for use in an emergency, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
    .1 the fast rescue boat installed is served by a launching appliance complying with the provisions of paragraph 3.2 ;
    .2 the capacity of the survival craft lost by the above substitution is compensated by the installation of liferafts capable of carrying at least an equal number of persons served by the lifeboat replaced ; and
    .3 such liferafts are served by the existing launching appliances or marine evacuation systems.

    4 Means of rescue

    4.1 Each ro-ro passenger ship shall be equipped with efficient means for rapidly recovering survivors from the water and transferring survivors from rescue units or survival craft to the ship.

    4.2 The means of transfer of survivors to the ship may be part of a marine evacuation system, or may be part of a system designed for rescue purposes.

    4.3 If the slide of a marine evacuation system is intended to provide the means of transfer of survivors to the deck of the ship, the slide shall be equipped with handlines or ladders to aid in climbing up the slide.

    5 Lifejackets

    5.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of regulations 7.2 and 22.2, a sufficient number of lifejackets shall be stowed in the vicinity of the muster stations so that passengers do not have to return to their cabins to collect their lifejackets.

    5.2 In ro-ro passenger ships, each lifejacket shall be fitted with a light complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.


    * Refer to the requirements for automatically self-righting liferafts and canopied reversible liferafts developed by the Organization by MSC/Circ.809.
    ** Refer to recommendations of Res. A.656(16), MSC/Circ.809 adopted by the Organization.
    *** Refer to the Recommendation on training requirements for crews of fast rescue boats, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.771(18) and to the section A-VI/2, table A-VI/2-2 "Specification of the minimum standard of competence in fast rescue boats" of the Seafarers' Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code.
    Reg. 27 Information on passengers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 28 Helicopter landing and pick-up areas
    1 All ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with a helicopter pick-up area approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.*
    * Refer to the Merchant Ship Search and Rescue Manual(MERSAR), adopted by the Organization by resolution A.229(VII), as amended and as it may be amended.

    2 Passenger ships of 130 m in length and upwards, constructed on or after 1 July 1999, shall be fitted with a helicopter landing area approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.**
    ** Refer to recommendations developed by the Organization by MSC/Circ.895
    Reg. 29 Decision support system for masters of passenger ships
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 30 Drills
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Section III Cargo ships (Additional requirements)
    Reg. 31 Survival craft and rescue boats
    1 Survival craft

    1.1 Cargo ships shall carry
    .1 one or more totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code of such aggregate capacity on each side of the ship as will accommodate the total number of persons on board, and
    .2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts, complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code, stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board. If the liferaft or liferafts are not stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, the total capacity available on each side shall be sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

    1.2 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1, cargo ships may carry;
    .1 one or more free-fall lifeboats, complying with the requirements of section 4.7 of the Code, capable of being free-fall launched over the stern of the ship of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board, and
    .2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code, on each side of the ship, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board. The liferafts on at least one side of the ship shall be served by launching appliances.

    1.3 In lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1 or 1.2, cargo ships of less than 85 m in length other than oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers, may comply with the following;
    .1 they shall carry on each side of the ship, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of the Code and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board;
    .2 unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.3.1 are stowed in position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, additional liferafts shall be provided so that the total capacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of the total number of persons on board;
    .3 if the rescue boat required by paragraph 2 is also a totally enclosed lifeboat complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, it may be included in the aggregate capacity required by paragraph 1.3.1, provided that the total capacity available on either side of the ship is at least 150% of the total number of persons on board, and
    .4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or rendered unserviceable, there shall be sufficient survival craft available for use on each side, including any which are stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, to accommodate the total number of persons on board.

    1.4 Cargo ships where the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stem or stern of the ship to the nearest end of the closest survival craft is more than 100 m shall carry, in addition to the liferafts required by paragraphs 1.1.2 and 1.2.2, a liferaft stowed as far forward of aft, or one as far forward and another as far aft, as is reasonable and practicable. Such liferaft or liferafts may be securely fastened so as to permit manual release and need not be of the type which can be launched from an approved launching device.

    1.5 With the exception of the survival craft referred to in regulation 16.1.1, all survival craft required to provide for abandonment by the total number of persons on board shall be capable of being launched with their full complement of persons and equipment within a period of 10 min from the time the abandon ship signal is given.

    1.6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes emitting toxic vapours or gases * shall carry, in lieu of totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, lifeboats with a self-contained air support system complying with the requirements of section 4.8 of the Code.

    1.7 Oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes having a flash point not exceeding 60 °C(closed cup test) shall carry, in lieu of totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, fire-protected lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.9 of the Code.

    2 Rescue boats
    Cargo ships shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code. A lifeboat may be accepted as a rescue boat, provided that it also complies with the requirements for a rescue boat.

    3 In addition to their lifeboats, all cargo ships constructed before 1 July 1986 shall carry;
    .1 one or more liferafts capable of being launched on either side of the ship and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board. The liferaft or liferafts shall be equipped with a lashing or an equivalent means of securing the liferaft which will automatically release it from a sinking ship, and
    .2 where the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stem or stern of the ship to the nearest end of the closest survival craft is more than 100 m, in addition to the liferafts required by paragraph 3.1, a liferaft stowed as far forward or aft, or one as far forward and another as far aft, as is reasonable and practicable. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3.1, such liferaft or liferafts may be securely fastened so as to permit manual release.


    * Refer to products for which emergency escape respiratory protection is required in chapter 17 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk(IBC Code), adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.4(48) and in chapter 19 of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code), adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.5(48).
    Reg. 32 Personal Iife-saving appliances
    1 Lifebuoys
    1.1 Cargo ships shall carry not less than the number of lifebuoys complying with the requirements of regulation 7.1 and section 2.1 of the Code prescribed in the following table.

    Length of ship in metres Minimum number of lifebuoys
    under 1008
    100 and under 15010
    150 and under 20012
    200 and over14

    1.2 Self-igniting lights for lifebuoys on tankers required by regulation 7.1.3 shall be of an electric battery type.

    2 Lifejacket lights
    2.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships.
    2.2 On cargo ships, each lifejacket shall be fitted with a lifejacket light complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.
    2.3 Lights fitted on lifejackets on board cargo ships prior to 1 July 1998 and not complying fully with paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code may be accepted by the Administration until the lifejacket light would normally be replaced or until the first periodical survey after 1 July 2001, whichever is the earliest.

    3 Immersion suits and thermal protective aids
    3.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships.
    3.2 Cargo ships shall carry for each lifeboat on the ship at least three immersion suits complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Code or, if the Administration considers it necessary and practicable, one immersion suit complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Code for every person on board the ship, however, the ship shall carry in addition to the thermal protective aids required by paragraphs 4.1.5.1.24, 4.4.8.31 and 5.1.2.2.13 of the Code, thermal protective aids complying with the requirements of section 2.5 of the Code for persons on board not provided with immersion suits. These immersion suits and thermal protective aids need not be required if the ship.
    .1 has totally enclosed lifeboats on each side of the ship of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board, or
    .2 has totally enclosed lifeboats capable of being launched by free-fall over the stern of the ship of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board and which are boarded and launched directly from the stowed position, together with liferafts on each side of the ship of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board, or
    .3 is constantly engaged on voyages in warm climates where, in the opinion of the Administration, immersion suits are unnecessary.

    3.3 Cargo ships complying with the requirements of regulation 31.1.3 shall carry immersion suits complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Code for every person on board unless the ship
    .1 has davit-launched liferafts, or
    .2 has liferafts served by equivalent approved appliances capable of being used on both sides of the ship and which do not require entry into the water to board the liferaft, or
    .3 is constantly engaged on voyages in warm climates where, in the opinion of the Administration, immersion suits are unnecessary.
    3.4 The immersion suits required by this regulation may be used to comply with the requirements of regulation 7.3.
    3.5 The totally enclosed lifeboats referred to in paragraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 carried on cargo ships constructed before 1 July 1986 need not comply with requirements of section 4.6 of the Code.
    Reg. 33 Survival craft embarkation and launching arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Section IV Life-Saving Appliances and arrangements requirements
    Reg. 34 All life-saving appliances and arrangements shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Code.
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Section V Miscellaneous
    Reg. 35 Training manual and on-board training aids

    Training manual and on-board training aids

    1. This regulation applies to all ships.

    2. A training manual complying with the requirements of paragraph 3 shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each crew cabin.

    3. The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shall contain instructions and information, in easily understood terms illustrated wherever possible, on the life-saving appliances provided in the ship and on the best methods of survival. Any part of such information may be provided in the form of audio-visual aids in lieu of the manual. The following shall be explained in detail

    1. donning of lifejackets, immersion suits and anti-exposure suits, as appropriate;

    2. muster at the assigned stations;

    3. boarding, launching, and clearing the survival craft and rescue boats, including; where applicable, use of marine evacuation systems;

    4. method of launching from within the survival craft;

    5. release from launching appliances;

    6. methods and use of devices for protection in launching areas, where appropriate;

    7. illumination in launching areas;

    8. use of all survival equipment;

    9. use of all detection equipment;

    10. with the assistance of illustrations, the use of radio life-saving appliances;

    11. use of drogues;

    12.  use of engine and accessories;

    13. recovery of survival craft and rescue boats including stowage and securing;

    14. hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;

    15. best use of the survival craft facilities in order to survive;

    16. methods of retrieval, including the use of helicopter rescue gear(slings, baskets, stretchers), breeches-buoy and shore life-saving apparatus and ship's line-throwing apparatus;

    17. all other functions contained in the muster list and emergency instructions, and

    18. instructions for emergency repair of the life-saving appliances.

    • Every ship fitted with a marine evacuation system shall be provided with on-board training aids in the use of the system.
    Reg. 36 Instructions for on-board maintenance
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Reg. 37 Muster list and emergency instructions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]
    Section I Passenger ships and cargo ships
    Reg. 06 Communications
    1 Paragraph 2.3 and 2.4 apply to all ships. With respect to ships constructed before 1 July 1986 , paragraphs 2.3 and 2.4 shall apply not later than 1 July 1991.

    2 Radio life-saving appliances

    2.1 Portable radio apparatus for survival craft.
    2.1.1 A portable radio apparatus for survival craft complying with the requirements of regulation IV/14 shall be provided. The portable radio apparatus shall be stowed in a protected and easily accessible position ready to be moved to any survival craft in an emergency, except that in the case of a ship with lifeboats stowed in widely separated positions fore and aft, the portable radio apparatus shall be stowed in the vicinity of the lifeboats which are furthest away from the ship's main transmitter.
    2.1.2 The requirements of paragraph 2.1.1 need not be complied with if a radio installation complying with the requirements of regulation IV/13 is fitted in a lifeboat on each side of the ship or in the stern-launched lifeboat referred to in regulation 26.1.2.1.
    2.1.3 On ships engaged on voyages of such duration that in the opinion of the Administration portable radio apparatus for survival craft is unnecessary, the Administration may allow such equipment to be dispensed with.

    2.2 Radiotelegraph installation for lifeboats On passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not short international voyages:
    .1 where the total number of persons on board is more than 199 but less than 1,500, a radiotelegraph installation complying with the requirements of regulation IV/13 shall be fitted in at least one of the lifeboats required by regulation 20.1.1.1;
    .2 where the total number of persons on board is 1,500 or more at least one lifeboat on each side shall be so fitted.

    2.3 Survival craft emergency position-indicating radio beacons
    One manually activated emergency position-indicating radio beacon complying with the requirements of regulation IV/ 14-1 shall be carried on each side of the ship. They shall be so stowed that they can be rapidly placed in any survival craft other than the liferaft or liferafts required by regulation 26.1.4.

    2.4 Two-way radiotelephone apparatus
    2.4.1 Two-way radiotelephone apparatus complying with the requirements of regulation IV/14-3 shall be provided for communication between survival craft, between survival craft and ship between ship and rescue boat. An apparatus need not be provided for every survival craft; however, at least three apparatus shall be provided on each ship. This requirement may be complied with by other apparatus used on board provided such apparatus is not incompatible with the appropriate requirements of regulation IV/14-3.
    2.4.2 For ships constructed before 1 July 1986 such apparatus need only comply with the frequency requirements of regulation IV/14-3.

    3 Distress flares
    Not less than 12 rocket parachute flares, complying with the requirements of regulation 35, shall be carried and be stowed on or near the navigating bridge.

    4 On board communications and alarm systems.
    4.1 An emergency means comprised of either fixed or portable equipment or both shall be provided for two way communications between emergency control stations, muster and embarkation stations and strategic positions on board.
    4.2 A general emergency alarm system complying with the requirements of regulation 50 shall be provided and shall be used for summoning passengers and crew to muster stations and to initiate the actions included in the muster list. The system shall be supplemented by either a public address system or other suitable means of communication.
    Reg. 07 Personal life-saving appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 08 Muster lists and emergency instructions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 09 Operating instructions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 10 Manning of survival craft and supervision
    1 This regulation applies to all ships.

    2 There shall be a sufficient number of trained persons on board for mustering and assisting untrained persons.

    3 There shall be a sufficient number of crew members who may be deck officers or certificated persons, on board for operating the survival craft and launching arrangements required for abandonment by the total number of persons on board.

    4 A deck officer or certificated person shall be placed in charge of each survival craft to be used. However, the Administration, having due regard to the nature of the voyage, the number of persons on board and the characteristics of the ship, may permit persons practised in the handling and operation of life rafts to be placed in charge of life rafts in lieu of persons qualified as above. A second in command shall also be nominated in the case of lifeboats.

    5 The person in charge of the survival craft shall have a list of the survival craft crew and shall see that the crew under his command are acquainted with their duties. In lifeboats the second-in-command shall also have a list of the lifeboat crew.

    6 Every lifeboat required to carry a radiotelegraph installation complying with the requirements of regulation 6.2.2 shall have a person assigned who is capable of operating the equipment.

    7 Every motorized survival craft shall have a person assigned who is capable of operating the engine and carrying out minor adjustments.

    8 The master shall ensure the equitable distribution of persons referred to in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 among the ship's survival craft.
    Reg. 11 Survival craft muster and embarkation arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 12 Launching stations
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 13 Stowage of survival craft
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 14 Stowage of rescue boats
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 15 Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 16 Rescue boat embarkation, launching and recovery arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 17 Line-throwing appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 18 Abandon ship training and drills
    1 This regulation applies to all ships.

    2 Manuals
    A training manual complying with the requirements of regulation 51 shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each crew cabin.

    3 Practice musters and drills

    3.1 Each member of the crew shall participate in at least one abandon ship drill and one fire drill every month. The drills of the crew shall take place within 24 h of the ship leaving a port if more than 25% of the crew have not participated in abandon ship and fire drills on board that particular ship in the previous month. The Administration may accept other arrangements that are at least equivalent for those classes of ship for which that is impracticable.

    3.2 On a ship engaged on an international voyage which is not a short international voyage, musters of the passengers shall take place within 24 h after their embarkation. Passengers shall be instructed in the use of the lifejackets and the action to take in an emergency. If only a small number of passengers embark at a port after the muster has been held it shall be sufficient, instead of holding another muster, to draw the attention of these passengers to the emergency instructions required by regulations 8.2 and 8.4.

    3.3 On a ship engaged on a short international voyage, if a muster of the passengers is not held on departure, the attention of the passengers shall be drawn to the emergency instructions required by regulations 8.2 and 8.4.

    3.4 Each abandon ship drill shall include;
    .1 summoning of passengers and crew to muster stations with the alarm required by regulation 6.4.2 and ensuring that they are made aware of the order to abandon ship specified in the muster list;
    .2 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list;
    .3 checking that passengers and crew are suitably dressed;
    .4 checking that lifejackets are correctly donned;
    .5 lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparation for launching;
    .6 starting and operating the lifeboat engine;
    .7 operation of davits used for launching liferafts.

    3.5 Different lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be lowered in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 3.4.5 at successive drills.

    3.6 Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency

    3.7 Each lifeboat shall be launched with its assigned operating crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water at least once every 3 months during an abandon ship drill. The Administration may allow ships operating on short international voyages not to launch the lifeboats on one side if their berthing arrangements in port and their trading patterns do not permit launching of lifeboats of that side. However, all such lifeboats shall be lowered at least once every 3 months and launched at least annually.

    3.8 As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other than lifeboats which are also rescue boats, shall be launched each month with their assigned crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water. In all cases this requirement shall be complied with at least once every 3 months.

    3.9 If lifeboat and rescue boat launching drills are carried out with the ship making headway, such drills shall, because of the dangers involved, be practised in sheltered waters only and under the supervision of an officer experienced in such drills.

    3.10 Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment shall be tested at each abandon ship drill.

    4 On-board training and instructions

    4.1 On-board training in the use of the ship's life-saving appliances, including survival craft equipment, shall be given as soon as possible but not later than 2 weeks after a crew member joins the ship. However, if the crew member is on a regularly scheduled rotating assignment to the ship, such training shall be given not later than 2 weeks after the time of first joining the ship.

    4.2 Instructions in the use of the ship's life-saving appliances and in survival at sea shall be given at the same interval as the drills. Individual instructions may cover different parts of the ship's life-saving system, but all the ship's life-saving equipment and appliances shall be covered within any period of 2 months. Each member of the crew shall be given instructions which shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
    .1 operation and use of the ship's inflatable liferafts
    .2 problems of hypothermia, first-aid treatment for hypothermia and other appropriate first-aid procedures;
    .3 special instructions necessary for use of the ship's life-saving appliances in severe weather and severe sea conditions.

    4.3 On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts shall take place at intervals of not more than 4 months on every ship fitted with such appliances. Whenever practicable this shall include the inflation and lowering of a liferaft. This liferaft may be a special liferaft intended for training purposes only, which is not part of the ship's life-saving equipment; such a special liferaft shall be conspicuously marked.

    5 Records
    The date when musters are held, details of abandon ship drills and fire drills, drills of other life-saving appliances and on-board training shall be recorded in such log-book as may be prescribed by the Administration. If a full muster, drill of training session is not held at the appointed time, an entry shall be made in the log-book stating the circumstances and the extent of the muster, drill or training session held.
    Reg. 18 Emergency training and drills
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1994-01-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 19 Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Section II Passenger ships (additional requirements)
    Reg. 20 Survival craft and rescue boats
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 21 Personal life-saving appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 22 Survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 23 Stowage of liferafts
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 24 Muster stations
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 24-1 Requirements for ro-ro passenger ships
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 24-2 Information on passengers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 24-3 Helicopter landing and pick-up areas
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 24-4 Decision-support system for masters of passenger ships
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 25 Drills
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Section III Cargo ships (additional requirements)
    Reg. 26 Survival craft and rescue boats
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 27 Personal life-saving appliances
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 28 Survival craft embarkation and launching arrangements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]
    Reg. 29 Stowage of liferafts
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1998-06-30)]

    Reg. 27 Lifeboats, Liferafts and Buoyant Apparatus

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984


    (a) Passenger ships shall carry two boats attached to davits - one on each side of the ship - for use in an emergency. These boats shall be of an approved type and shall be not more than 8.5 metres (28 feet) in length. They may be counted for the purposes of paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Regulation, provided that they comply fully with the requirements for lifeboats of this Chapter, and for the purposes of Reg. 8 provided that in addition they comply fully with the requirements of Regulation 9 and where appropriate Regulation 14 of this Chapter. They shall be kept ready for immediate use while the ship is at sea. In ships in which the requirements of paragraph (h) of Regulation 29 are met by means of appliances fitted to the sides of the lifeboats, such appliances shall not be required to be fitted to the two boats provided to meet the requirements of this Regulation.

    (b) Passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not short international voyages shall carry :
    (i) Lifeboats on each side of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate half the total number of persons on board. Provided that the Administration may permit the substitution of lifeboats by liferafts of the same total capacity so however that there shall never be less than sufficient lifeboats on each side of the ship to accommodate 37 1/2 percent of all on board.
    (ii) Liferafts of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate 25 percent of the total number of persons on board, together with buoyant apparatus for 3 percent of that number. Provided that ships which have a factor of subdivision of 0.33 or less shall be permitted to carry, in lieu of liferafts for 25 percent of all on board and buoyant apparatus for 3 percent of all on board, buoyant apparatus for 25 percent of that number.

    (c) (i) A passenger ship engaged on short international voyages shall be provided with sets of davits in accordance with its length as specified in Column A of the Table in Regulation 28 of this Chapter. Each set of davits shall have a lifeboat attached to it and these lifeboats shall provide at least the minimum capacity required by Column C of the Table or the capacity required to provide accommodation for all on board if this is less. Provided that when in the opinion of the Administration it is impracticable or unreasonable to place on a ship engaged on short international voyages the number of sets of davits required by Column A of the Table in Regulation 28, the Administration may authorize, under exceptional conditions, a smaller number of davits, except that this number shall never be less than the minimum number fixed by Column B of the Table, and that the total capacity of the lifeboats on the ship will be at least equal to the minimum capacity required by Column C or the capacity required to provide for all persons on board if this is less.
    (ii) If the lifeboats so provided are not sufficient to accommodate all on board, additional lifeboats under davits or liferafts shall be provided so that the accommodation provided in the lifeboats and the liferafts in the ship shall be sufficient for all on board.
    (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph in any ship engaged on short international voyages the number of persons carried shall not

    Reg. 28 Table relating to Davits and Lifeboat Capacity for Ships on Short International Voyages

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    The following table fixes according to the length of the ship:

    (A) the minimum number of sets of davits to be provided on a ship engaged on short international voyages to each of which must be attached a lifeboat in accordance with Regulation 27 of this Chapter;

    (B) the smaller number of sets of davits which may be authorized exceptionally on a ship engaged on short international voyages under Regulation 27 of this Chapter; and

    (C) the minimum lifeboat capacity required for a ship engaged on short international voyages.



    168 m (550 feet) the minimum number of sets of davits and the cubic capacity of the lifeboats shall be prescribed by the Administration.

    Reg. 29 Stowage and Handling of Lifeboats, Liferafts and Buoyant Apparatus

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) Lifeboats and liferafts shall be stowed to the satisfaction of the Administration in such a way that:
    (i) they can all be launched in the shortest possible time and in not more than 30 minutes;
    (ii) they will not impede in any way the prompt handling of any of the other lifeboats, liferafts or buoyant apparatus or the marshalling of the persons on board at the launching stations, or their embarkation;
    (iii) the lifeboats, and the liferafts for which approved launching devices are required to be carried, shall be capable of being put into the water loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment even in unfavourable conditions of trim and of 15 degrees of list either way; and
    (iv) the liferafts for which approved launching devices are not required to be carried, and the buoyant apparatus, shall be capable of being put into the water even in unfavourable conditions of trim and of 15 degrees of list either way.

    (b) Every lifeboat shall be attached to a separate set of davits.

    (c) Lifeboats may only be stowed on more than one deck if proper measures are taken to prevent lifeboats on a lower deck being fouled by those stowed on a deck above.

    (d) Lifeboats, and liferafts for which approved launching devices are required to be carried, shall not be placed in the bow of the ship. They shall be stowed in such positions as to ensure safe launching having particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging portions of the hull aft.

    (e) Davits shall be of approved design and shall be suitably placed to the satisfaction of the Administration. They shall be so disposed on one or more decks that the lifeboats placed under them can be safely lowered without interference from the operation of any other davits.

    (f) Davits shall be as follows:
    (i) luffing or gravity type for operating lifeboats weighing not more than 2,300 kilogrammes (2 1/4 tons) in their turning out condition;
    (ii) gravity type for operating lifeboats weighing more than 2,300 kilogrammes (2 1/4 tons) in their turning out condition.

    (g) Davits, falls, blocks and all other gear shall be of such strength that the lifeboats can be turned out manned by a launching crew and then safely lowered with the full complement of persons and equipment, with the ship listed to 15 degrees either way and with a 10 degrees trim.

    (h) Skates or other suitable means shall be provided to facilitate launching the lifeboats against a list of 15 degrees.

    (i) Means shall be provided for bringing the lifeboats against the ship's side and there holding them so that persons may be safely embarked.

    (j) Lifeboats, together with the emergency boats required by Regulation 27 of this Chapter, shall be served by wire rope falls, together with winches of an approved type which, in the case of the emergency boats, shall be capable of quick recovery of those boats. Exceptionally, the Administration may allow manila rope falls or falls of another approved material with or without winches (except that the emergency boats shall be required to be served by winches which are capable of quick recovery of those boats) where they are satisfied that manila rope falls or falls of another approved material are adequate.

    (k) At least two lifelines shall be fitted to the davit span, and the falls and lifelines shall be long enough to reach the water with the ship at its lightest sea-going draught and listed to 15 degrees either way. Lower fall blocks shall be fitted with a suitable ring or long link for attaching to the sling hooks unless an approved type of disengaging gear is fitted.

    (l) Where mechanically-powered appliances are fitted for the recovery of the lifeboats, efficient hand gear shall also be provided. Where davits are recovered by action of the falls by power, safety devices shall be fitted which will automatically cut off the power before the davits come against the stops in order to avoid overstressing the wire rope falls or davits.

    (m) Lifeboats attached to davits shall have the falls ready for service and arrangements shall be made for speedily, but not necessarily simultaneously, detaching the lifeboats from the falls. The point of attachment of the lifeboats to the falls shall be at such height above the gunwale as to ensure stability when lowering the lifeboats.

    (n)
    (i) In passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not short international voyages in which there are carried lifeboats and liferafts in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)(i) of Regulation 27 of this Chapter, there shall be provided approved launching devices sufficient in number in the opinion of the Administration to enable that number of liferafts which, together with the lifeboats, is required in accordance with that sub-paragraph to provide accommodation for all on board, to be put into the water loaded with the number of persons they are permitted to accommodate, in not more than thirty minutes in calm conditions. Approved launching devices so provided shall, so far as practicable, be distributed equally on each side of the ship and there shall never be less than one such device on each side. No such devices need, however, be provided for the additional liferafts required to be carried by sub-paragraph (b)(ii) of Regulation 27 of this Chapter for 25 per cent of all on board, but every liferaft carried in accordance with that sub-paragraph shall, where an approved launching device is provided in the ship, be of a type which is capable of being launched from such a device.
    (ii) In passenger ships engaged on short international voyages, the number of approved launching devices to be provided shall be at the discretion of the Administration. The number of liferafts allocated to each such device carried shall not be more than the number which, in the opinion of the Administration, can be put into the water fully loaded with the number of persons they are permitted to carry by that device in not more than 30 minutes in calm conditions.

    Reg. 30 Lighting for Decks, Lifeboats, Liferafts etc.



    (a) Provision shall be made for an electric or equivalent system of lighting sufficient for all the requirements of safety in the different parts of a passenger ship, and particularly for decks on which the lifeboats and liferafts are stowed. The self-contained emergency source of electrical power required by regulation 25 of Chapter II-1 shall be capable of supplying where necessary this lighting system and also the lighting required by sub-paragraphs (a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of Regulation 19 of this Chapter.

    (b) The exit from every main compartment occupied by passengers or crew shall be continuously lighted by an emergency lamp. The power for these emergency lamps shall be so arranged that they will be supplied from the emergency source of power referred to in paragraph (a) of this Regulation in the event of failure of the main generating plant.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984


    (a) Provision shall be made for an electric or equivalent system of lighting sufficient for all the requirements of safety in the different parts of a passenger ship, and particularly for decks on which the lifeboats and liferafts are stowed. The self-contained emergency source of electrical power required by regulation 25 of Chapter II-1 shall be capable of supplying where necessary this lighting system and also the lighting required by sub-paragraphs (a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of Regulation 19 of this Chapter.

    (b) The exit from every main compartment occupied by passengers or crew shall be continuously lighted by an emergency lamp. The power for these emergency lamps shall be so arranged that they will be supplied from the emergency source of power referred to in paragraph (a) of this Regulation in the event of failure of the main generating plant.
    Reg. 30 Lighting for Decks, Lifeboats, Liferafts etc
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 1986-06-30)]

    Reg. 31 Manning of Lifeboats and Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) A deck officer or certified lifeboatman shall be placed in charge of each lifeboat and a second-in-command shall also be nominated. The person in charge shall have a list of the lifeboat's crew, and shall see that the men placed under his orders are acquainted with their several duties.

    (b) A man capable of working the motor shall be assigned to each motor lifeboat.

    (c) A man capable of working the radio and searchlight installations shall be assigned to each lifeboat carrying this equipment.

    (d) A man practised in the handling and operation of liferafts shall be assigned to each liferaft carried, except where in ships engaged on short international voyages the Administration is satisfied that this is not practicable.

    Reg. 32 Certificated Lifeboatmen

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) In passenger ships there shall be, for every lifeboat carried in order to comply with this Chapter, a number of lifeboatmen at least equal to that specified in the following table.

    Prescribed complement             The minimum number

             of lifeboat                         of certificated

                                                       lifeboatmen shall be

    Less than 41 persons                               2

    From 41 to 61 persons                            3

    From 62 to 85 persons                            4

    Above 85 persons                                   5

     



    (b) The allocation of the certificated lifeboatmen to each lifeboat remains within the discretion of the master.

    (c) Certificates of efficiency shall be issued under the authority of the Administration. In order to obtain such a certificate an applicant shall prove that he has been trained in all the operations connected with launching lifeboats and other life-saving appliances and in the use of oars and propelling gear; that he is acquainted with the practical handling of lifeboats and of other life-saving equipment, and further, that he is capable of understanding and answering the orders relative to all kinds of life-saving appliances.

    Reg. 33 Buoyant Apparatus

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) No type of buoyant apparatus shall be approved unless it satisfies the following conditions :
    (i) It shall be of such size and strength that it can be thrown from the place where it is stowed into the water without being damaged.
    (ii) It shall not exceed 180 kilogrammes (400 lbs.) in weight unless suitable means to the satisfaction of the Administration are provided to enable it to be launched without lifting by hand.
    (iii) It shall be of approved material and construction.
    (iv) It shall be effective and stable when floating either way up.
    (v) The air cases or equivalent buoyancy shall be placed as near as possible to the sides of the apparatus, and such buoyancy shall not be dependent upon inflation.
    (vi) It shall be fitted with a painter and have a line securely becketed round the outside.

    (b) The number of persons for which buoyant apparatus is certified shall be the number:
    (i) ascertained by dividing the number of kilograms of iron which it is capable of supporting in fresh water by 14.5 (or the number of pounds divided by 32), or
    (ii) equal to the number of millimetres in the perimeter divided by 305 (or the number of feet in the perimeter), whichever is the less.

    Reg. 34 Number of Lifebuoys to be Provided

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    The minimum number of lifebuoys with which passenger ships are provided shall be fixed by the following table:

                  Length of ship                                     Minimum number

    in metres                        in feet                                of buoys

     

    Under61                       Under 200                                8

    61 and under 200          200 and under 400                    12

    122 and under 183        400 and under 600                   18

    183 and under 244        600 and under 800                   24

    244 and over                800 and over                           30

     

    Part C Cargo ships only

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986

    Reg. 35 Number and Capacity of Lifeboats and Liferafts

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a
    )
    (i) Every cargo ship, except ships employed as whale factory ships, fish processing or canning factory ships, and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, shall carry lifeboats on each side of the ship of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate all persons on board, and in addition shall carry liferafts sufficient to accommodate half that number. Provided that, in the case of such cargo ships engaged on international voyages between near neighbouring countries, the Administration, if it is satisfied that the conditions of the voyage are such as to render the compulsory carriage of liferafts unreasonable or unnecessary, may to that extent exempt individual ships or classes of ships from this requirement.
    (ii) (1) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraph (ii)(2) of this paragraph, every tanker of 3,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall carry not less than four lifeboats, two of which shall be carried aft and two amidships, except that in tankers which have no amidships superstructure all lifeboats shall be carried aft.
    (2) A tanker of 3,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards which has no amidships superstructure may be permitted by the Administration to carry two lifeboats only, provided that:
    (aa) one lifeboat is carried aft on each side of the ship;
    (bb) each such lifeboat shall not exceed 8.5 metres (28 feet) in length;
    (cc) each such lifeboat shall be stowed as far forward as practicable, but at least so far forward that the after end of the lifeboat is one-and-a-half times the length of the lifeboat forward of the propeller; and
    (dd) each such lifeboat shall be stowed as near sea level as is safe and practicable.

    (b)
    (i) Every ship employed as a whale factory ship, every ship employed as a fish processing or canning factory ship and every ship engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries shall carry:
    (1) Lifeboats on each side of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate half the total number of persons on board; provided that the Administration may permit the substitution of lifeboats by liferafts of the same total capacity so however that there shall never be less than sufficient lifeboats on each side of the ship to accommodate 37 1/2 per cent of all on board.

    >(2) Liferafts of sufficient aggregate capacity to accommodate half the total number of persons on board. Provided that, if in ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships, it is impracticable to carry lifeboats which comply fully with the requirements of this Chapter, the Administration may permit instead the carriage of other boats, which shall however provide not less than the accommodation required by this Regulation and shall have at least the buoyancy and equipment required by this Chapter for lifeboats.
    (ii) Every ship employed as a whale factory ship, every ship employed as a fish processing or canning factory ship and every ship engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries shall carry two boats - one on each side - for use in an emergency. These boats shall be of an approved type and shall be not more than 8.5 metres (28 feet) in length. They may be counted for the purposes of this paragraph provided that they comply fully with the requirements for lifeboats of this Chapter and for the purposes of Regulation 8 provided that in addition they comply with the requirements of Regulation 9, and, where appropriate, Regulation 14 of this Chapter. They shall be kept ready for immediate use while the ship is at sea. In ships in which the requirements of paragraph (g) of Regulation 36 of this Chapter are met by means of appliances fitted to the sides of the lifeboats, such appliances shall not be required to be fitted to the two boats provided to meet the requirements of this Regulation.

    (c) Every cargo ship with no amidships superstructure having a registered length of 150 metres (492 feet) and upwards shall carry, in addition to the liferafts required under sub-paragraph (a)(i) of this Regulation, a liferaft capable of accommodating at least six persons which shall be stowed as far forward as is reasonable and practicable.

    Reg. 36 Davits and Launching Arrangements

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    (a) In cargo ships lifeboats and liferafts shall be stowed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (b) Every lifeboat shall be attached to a separate set of davits.

    (c) Lifeboats and liferafts for which approved launching devices are required to be carried shall preferably be positioned as close to accommodation and service spaces as possible. They shall be stowed in such positions as to ensure safe launching, having particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging portions of the hull, with the object of ensuring so far as practicable that they can be launched down the straight side of the ship. If positioned forward they shall be stowed abaft the collision bulkhead in a sheltered position and in this respect the Administration shall give special consideration to the strength of the davits.

    (d) Davits shall be of approved design and shall be suitably placed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

    (e) In tankers of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, all davits shall be of the gravity type. In other ships, davits shall be as follows:
    (i) luffing or gravity type for operating lifeboats weighing not more than 2,300 kilogrammes (2 1/4 tons) in their turning out condition;
    (ii) gravity type for operating lifeboats weighing more than 2,300 kilogrammes (2 1/4 tons) in their turning out condition.

    (f) Davits, falls, blocks and all other gear shall be of such strength that the lifeboats can be turned out manned by a launching crew and then safely lowered with the full complement of persons and equipment, with the ship listed to 15 degrees either way, and with a 10 degrees trim.

    (g) Skates or other suitable means shall be provided to facilitate launching the lifeboats against a list of 15 degrees.

    (h) Means shall be provided for bringing the lifeboats against the ship's side and there holding them so that persons may be safely embarked.

    (i) Lifeboats, together with the emergency boats required by sub-paragraph (b)(ii) of Regulation 35 of this Chapter, shall be served by wire rope falls, together with winches of an approved type which, in the case of the emergency boats, shall be capable of quick recovery of those boats. Exceptionally, the Administration may allow manila rope falls or falls of another approved material with or without winches (except that the emergency boats shall be required to be served by winches which are capable of quick recovery of those boats) where they are satisfied that manila rope falls or falls of another approved material are adequate.

    (j) At least two lifelines shall be fitted to the davit spans, and the falls and lifelines shall be long enough to reach the water with the ship at its lightest sea-going draught and listed to 15 degrees either way. Lower fall blocks shall be fitted with a suitable ring or long link for attaching to the sling hooks unless an approved type of disengaging gear is fitted.

    (k) Where mechanically powered appliances are fitted for the recovery of the lifeboats, efficient hand gear shall also be provided. Where davits are recovered by action of the falls by power, safety devices shall be fitted which will automatically cut off the power before the davits come against the stops in order to avoid over-stressing the wire rope falls or davits.

    (l) Lifeboats shall have the falls ready for service, and arrangements shall be made for speedily, but not necessarily simultaneously, detaching the lifeboats from the falls. The point of attachment of the lifeboats to the falls shall be at such height above the gunwale as to ensure stability when lowering the lifeboats.

    (m) In ships employed as whale factory ships, ships employed as fish processing or canning factory ships and ships engaged in the carriage of persons employed in the whaling, fish processing or canning industries, in which there are carried lifeboats and life- rafts in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)(i)(2) of Regulation 35 no approved launching devices need be provided for the liferafts, but there shall be provided such devices sufficient in number, in the opinion of the Administration, to enable the liferafts carried in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)(i)(l) of that Regulation to be put into the water loaded with the number of persons they are permitted to accommodate, in not more than 30 minutes in calm conditions. Approved launching devices so provided shall, so far as practicable, be distributed equally on each side of the ship. Every liferaft carried on ships in which an approved launching device is required to be provided shall be of a type which is capable of being launched by such a device.

    Reg. 37 Number of Lifebuoys to be Provided

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986


    At least eight lifebuoys of a type which satisfies the requirements of Regulation 21 of this Chapter shall be carried out.

    Reg. 38 Emergency Lighting



    The lighting required by sub-paragraphs (a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of Regulation 19 of this Chapter shall be capable of being supplied for at least three hours by the emergency source of power required by Regulation 26 of Chapter II-1. In cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards the Administration shall ensure that the lighting of the alleyways, stairways and exits is such that the access of all persons on board to the launching stations and stowage positions of lifeboats and liferafts is not impeded.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984


    The lighting required by sub-paragraphs (a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of Regulation 19 of this Chapter shall be capable of being supplied for at least three hours by the emergency source of power required by Regulation 26 of Chapter II-1. In cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards the Administration shall ensure that the lighting of the alleyways, stairways and exits is such that the access of all persons on board to the launching stations and stowage positions of lifeboats and liferafts is not impeded.

    CHAPTER 04 Radiocommunications

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Part A Application and definitions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992

    Part A General

    Reg. 1 Application
    1 This chapter applies to all ships to which the present regulations apply and to cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards.

    2 This chapter does not apply to ships to which the present regulations would otherwise apply while such ships are being navigated within the Great Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary water as far east as the lower exit of the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec, Canada. *

    * Such ships are subject to special requirements relative to radio for safety purposes, as contained in the relevant agreement between Canada and the United States of America.

    3 For the purpose of this chapter:
    .1 the expression "ships constructed" means "ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction";
    .2 the expression "a similar stage of construction" means the stage at which:
    .2.1 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and
    .2.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less.

    4 shall comply with regulations 7.1.4 (NAVTEX) and 7.1.6 (satellite EPIRB) not later than 1 August 1993.

    5 Object to the provisions of paragraph 4, the Administration shall ensure that every ship constructed before 1 February 1995:
    .1 during the period between 1 February 1992 and 1 February 199:
    .1.1 either complies with all applicable requirements of this chapter; or
    .1.2 complies with all applicable requirements of chapter IV of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 in force prior to 1 February 1992; and
    .2 after 1 February 1999, complies with all the applicable requirements of this chapter.

    6 Every ship constructed on or after 1 February 1995 shall comply with all the applicable requirements of this chapter.

    7 No provision in this chapter shall prevent the use by any ship, survival craft or person in distress, of any means at their disposal to attract attention, make known their position and obtain help.
    Reg. 2 Terms and definitions
    1 For the purpose of this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings defined below:
    .1 "Bridge - to - bridge communications" means safety communications between ships from the position from which the ships are normally navigated.
    .2 "Continuous watch" means that the radio watch concerned shall not be interrupted other than for brief intervals when the ship's receiving capability is impaired or blocked by its own communications or when the facilities are under periodical maintenance or checks.
    .3 "Digital selective calling"(DSC) means a technique using digital codes which enables a radio station to establish contact with, and transfer information to, another station or group of stations, and complying with the relevant recommendations of the International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR).
    .4 "Direct-printing telegraphy" means automated telegraphy techniques which comply with the relevant recommendations of the International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR).
    .5 "General radio communications" means operational and public correspondence traffic, other than distress, urgency and safety messages, conducted by radio.
    .6 "INMARSAT" means the Organization established by the Convention on the International Maritime Satellite Organization (INMARSAT) adopted on 3 September 1976.
    .7 "International NAVTEX Service" means the co-ordinated broadcast and automatic reception on 518kHz of maritime safety information by means of narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy using the English language. *

    * Reference is made to the NAVTEX manual approved by the Organization.(publication IMO-951E)

    .8 "Locating" means the finding of ships, aircraft, units or persons in distress.
    .9 "Maritime safety information" means navigational and meteorological warnings, meteorological forecasts and other urgent safety related messages broadcast to ships.
    .10 "Polar orbiting satellite service" means a service which is based on polar orbiting satellites which receive and relay distress alerts from satellite EPIRBs and which provides their position.
    .11 "Radio Regulations" means the Radio Regulations annexed to, or regarded as being annexed to, the most recent International Telecommunication Convention which is in force at any time.
    .12 "Sea area A1" means an area within the radiotelephone coverage of at least one VHF coast station in which continuous DSC alerting is available, as may be defined by a Contracting Government.*
    .13 "Sea area A2" means an area, excluding sea area A1, within the radiotelephone coverage of at least one MF coast station in which continuous DSC alerting is available, as may be defined by a Contracting Government.*

    * Reference is made to the recommendation on the provision of radio communication services for the global maritime distress and safety system, to be developed by the Organization (see MSC 55/25, annex 3). Revoked by resolution A.704(17).

    .14 "Sea area A3" means an area, excluding sea areas A1 and A2, within the coverage of an INMARSAT geostationary satellite in which continuous alerting is available.
    .15 "Sea area A4" means an area outside sea areas A1, A2 and A3.

    2 All other terms and abbreviations which are used in this chapter and which are defined in the Radio Regulations shall have the meanings as defined in those Regulations.
    Reg. 3 Exemptions
    1 The Contracting Governments consider it highly desirable not to deviate from the requirements of this chapter; nevertheless the Administration may grant partial or conditional exemptions to individual ships from the requirements of regulations 7 to 11 provided:
    .1 such ships comply with the functional requirements of regulation 4; and
    .2 the Administration has taken into account the effect such exemptions may have upon the general efficiency of the service for the safety of all ships.

    2 An exemption may be granted under paragraph 1 only:
    .1 if the conditions affecting safety are such as to render the full application of regulations 7 to 11 unreasonable or unnecessary;
    .2 in exceptional circumstances, for a single voyage outside the sea area or sea areas for which the ship is equipped; or
    .3 prior to 1 February 1999, when the ship will be taken permanently out of service within two years of a date prescribed by regulation 1 for the application of a requirement of this chapter.

    3 Each Administration shall submit to the Organization, as soon as possible after the first of January in each year, a report showing all exemptions granted under paragraphs 1 and 2 during the previous calendar year and giving the reasons for granting such exemptions.
    Reg. 4 Functional requirements

    Functional requirements1

    1. Every ship, while at sea, shall be capable:

      1. except as provided in regulations 8.1.1 and 10.1.4.3, of transmitting ship-to-shore distress alerts by at least two separate and independent means, each using a different radiocommunication service;

      2. of receiving shore-to-ship distress alerts;

      3. of transmitting and receiving ship-to-ship distress alerts;

      4. of transmitting and receiving search and rescue co-ordinating communications;

      5. of transmitting and receiving on-scene communications;

      6. of transmitting and, as required by regulation V/12(g) and (h), receiving signals for locating; 2

      7. of transmitting and receiving3 maritime safety information;

      8. of transmitting and receiving general radio communications to and from shore-based radio systems or networks subject to regulation 15.8; and

      9. of transmitting and receiving bridge-to-bridge communications.

    1It should be noted that ships performing GMDSS functions should be use the Guidance for avoidance of false distress alerts adopted by the Organization by resolution A.814(19).

    2 Reference is made to resolution A.614(15) on carriage of radar operating in the frequency band 9,300-9,500 MHz adopted by the fifteenth Assembly.

    3It should be noted that ships may have a need for reception of certain maritime safety information while in port. 

    Reg. 4-1 GMDSS satellite providers
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-07-01)]

    Reg. 1 Application

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter applies to all ships to which the present Regulations apply.

    (b) This Chapter does not apply to ships to which present regulations would otherwise apply while such ships are being navigated within the Great Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary waters as far east as the lower exit of the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec, Canada . *

    * such ships subject to special requirements relative to radio for safety purposes, as contained in the relevant agreement between Canada and the United States of America.

    (c) No provision in this Chapter shall prevent the use by a ship or survival craft in distress of any means at its disposal to attract attention, make known its position and obtain help.

    Reg. 2 Terms and definitions

    For the purpose of this Chapter the following terms shall have the meanings defined below. All other terms which are used in this Chapter and which are also defined in the Radio Regulations shall have the same meanings as defined in those Regulations:

    (a) "Radio Regulations" means the Radio Regulations annexed to, or regarded as being annexed to, the most recent International Telecommunication Convention which may be in force at any time.

    (b) "Radiotelegraph auto alarm" means an automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelegraph alarm signal and has been approved.

    (c) "Radiotelephone auto alarm" means an automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelephone alarm signal and has been approved.

    (d) "Radiotelephone station", "Radiotelephone installation" and "Watches - radiotelephone" shall be considered as relating to the medium frequency band, unless expressly provided otherwise.

    (e) "Radio Officer" means a person holding at least a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate, or a radiocommunication operator's general certificate for the maritime mobile service, complying with the provisions of the Radio Regulations, who is employed in the radiotelegraph station of a ship which is provided with such a station in compliance with the provisions of regulation 3 or regulation 4 of this Chapter.

    (f) "Radiotelephone operator" means a person holding an appropriate certificate complying with the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

    (g) "Existing installation" means :
    (i) an installation wholly installed on board a ship before the date on which the present Convention enters into force irrespective of the date on which acceptance by the respective Administration takes effect; and
    (ii) an installation part of which was installed on board a ship before the date of entry into force of the present Convention and the rest of which consists either of parts installed in replacement of identical parts, or parts which comply with the requirements of this Chapter.

    (h) "New installation" means any installation which is not an existing installation.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    For the purpose of this Chapter the following terms shall have the meanings defined below. All other terms which are used in this Chapter and which are also defined in the Radio Regulations shall have the same meanings as defined in those Regulations:

    (a) "Radio Regulations" means the Radio Regulations annexed to, or regarded as being annexed to, the most recent International Telecommunication Convention which may be in force at any time.

    (b) "Radiotelegraph auto alarm" means an automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelegraph alarm signal and has been approved.

    (c) "Radiotelephone auto alarm" means an automatic alarm receiving apparatus which responds to the radiotelephone alarm signal and has been approved.

    (d) "Radiotelephone station", "Radiotelephone installation" and "Watches - radiotelephone" shall be considered as relating to the medium frequency band, unless expressly provided otherwise.

    (e) "Radio Officer" means a person holding at least a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate, or a radiocommunication operator's general certificate for the maritime mobile service, complying with the provisions of the Radio Regulations, who is employed in the radiotelegraph station of a ship which is provided with such a station in compliance with the provisions of regulation 3 or regulation 4 of this Chapter.

    (f) "Radiotelephone operator" means a person holding an appropriate certificate complying with the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

    (g) "Existing installation" means :
    (i) an installation wholly installed on board a ship before the date on which the present Convention enters into force irrespective of the date on which acceptance by the respective Administration takes effect; and
    (ii) an installation part of which was installed on board a ship before the date of entry into force of the present Convention and the rest of which consists either of parts installed in replacement of identical parts, or parts which comply with the requirements of this Chapter.

    (h) "New installation" means any installation which is not an existing installation.

    Reg. 3 Radiotelegraph station

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    Passenger ships irrespective of size and cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, unless exempted under regulation 5 of this Chapter, shall be fitted with a radiotelegraph station complying with the provisions of Regulations 9 and 10 of this Chapter.

    Reg. 4 Radiotelephone station

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    Cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage, unless fitted with a radiotelegraph station complying with the provisions of Regulations 9 and 10 of this Chapter shall, provided they are not exempted under regulation 5 of this Chapter, be fitted with a radiotelephone station complying with the provisions of Regulations 15 and 16 of this Chapter.

    Reg. 4-1 VHF radiotelephone station

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 1992-01-31)]

    Reg. 5 Exemptions from regulations 3 and 4

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The Contracting Governments consider it highly desirable not to deviate from the application of Regulations 3 and 4 of this Chapter; nevertheless the Administration may grant to individual passenger or cargo ships exemptions of a partial and/or conditional nature, or complete exemption from the requirements of regulation 3 or regulation 4 of this Chapter.

    (b) The exemptions permitted under paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall be granted only to a ship engaged on a voyage where the maximum distance of the ship from the shore, the length of the voyage, the absence of general navigational hazards, and other conditions affecting safety are such as to render the full application of regulation 3 or regulation 4 of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary. When deciding whether or not to grant exemptions to individual ships, Administrations shall have regard to the effect that exemptions may have upon the general efficiency of the distress service for the safety of all ships. Administrations should bear in mind the desirability of requiring ships which are exempted from the requirement of regulation 3 of this Chapter to be fitted with a radiotelephone station which complies with the provisions of regulations 15 and 16 of this Chapter as a condition of exemption.

    (c) Each Administration shall submit to the Organization as soon as possible after the first of January in each year a report showing all exemptions granted under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Regulation during the previous calendar year and giving the reasons for granting such exemptions.

    Part B Watches

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992

    Part B Undertakings by contracting governments*

    Reg. 05 Provision of radiocommunication services
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1992-02-01)]
    Reg. 05-1 Global Maritime Distress and Safety System identities
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 06 Watches - Radiotelegraph

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) Each ship which in accordance with regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station shall, while at sea, carry at least one radio officer and, if not fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Regulation, listen continuously on the radiotelegraph distress frequency by means of a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker.

    (b) Each passenger ship which in accordance with regulation 3 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station, if fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Regulation, and while at sea, listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency by means of a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker, as follows:
    (i) if carrying or certificated to carry 250 passengers or less, at least 8 hours listening a day in the aggregate;
    (ii) if carrying or certificated to carry more than 250 and engaged on a voyage exceeding 16 hours' duration between two consecutive ports, at least 16 hours' listening a day in the aggregate. In this case the ship shall carry at least two radio officers;
    (iii) if carrying or certificated to carry more than 250 passengers and engaged on a voyage of less than 16 hours' duration between two consecutive ports, at least 8 hours' listening a day in the aggregate.

    (c)
    (i) Each cargo ship which in accordance with regulation 3 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station, if fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Regulation, and while at sea, listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency by means of a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker, for at least 8 hours a day in the aggregate.
    (ii) Each cargo ship of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage which is fitted with a radiotelegraph station as a consequence of regulation 4 of this Chapter, if fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm shall, subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of this regulation, and while at sea, listen on the radio telegraph distress frequency by means of a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker, during such periods as may be determined by the Administration. Administrations shall, however, have regard to the desirability of requiring, whenever practicable, a listening watch of at least 8 hours a day in the aggregate.

    (d)
    (i) During the period when a radio officer is required by this regulation to listen on the radiotelegraph distress frequency, the radio officer may discontinue such listening during the time when he is handling traffic on other frequencies, or performing other essential radio duties, but only if it is impracticable to listen by split headphones or loudspeaker. The listening watch shall always be maintained by a radio officer using headphones or a loudspeaker during the silence periods provided for by the Radio Regulations. The term "essential radio duties" in this paragraph includes urgent repairs of:
    (1) equipment for radiocommunication used for safety;
    (2) radio navigational equipment by order of the master.
    (ii) In addition to the provisions of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, on ships other than multi-radio officer passenger ships, the radio officer may, in exceptional cases, i.e. when it is impractical to listen by split headphones or loudspeaker, discontinue listening by order of the master in order to carry out maintenance required to prevent imminent malfunction of:
    - equipment for radiocommunication used for safety;
    - radio navigational equipment;
    - other electronic navigational equipment including its repair; provided that:
    (1) the radio officer, at the discretion of the Administration concerned, is appropriately qualified to perform these duties; and
    (2) the ship is fitted with a receiving selector which meets the requirements of the Radio Regulations;
    (3) the listening watch is always maintained by a radio officer using headphones or loudspeaker during the silence periods provided for by the Radio Regulations.

    (e) In all ships fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm this radiotelegraph auto alarm shall, while the ship is at sea, be in operation whenever there is no listening being kept under paragraphs (b), (c) or (d) of this regulation and, whenever practicable, during direction-finding operations.

    (f) The listening periods provided for by this Regulation, including those which are determined by the Administration, should be maintained preferably during periods prescribed for the radiotelegraph service by the Radio Regulations.

    Reg. 07 Watches - Radiotelephone

    (a) Each ship which is fitted with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 4 of this Chapter shall, for safety purposes, carry at least one radiotelephone operator (who may be the master, an officer or a member of the crew holding a certificate for radiotelephony) and shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in the place on board from which the ship is usually navigated, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm.

    (b) Each ship which in accordance with Regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in a place to be determined by the Administration, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    (a) Each ship which is fitted with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 4 of this Chapter shall, for safety purposes, carry at least one radiotelephone operator (who may be the master, an officer or a member of the crew holding a certificate for radiotelephony) and shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in the place on board from which the ship is usually navigated, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm.

    (b) Each ship which in accordance with Regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in a place to be determined by the Administration, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm

    Reg. 08 Watches - VHF Radiotelephone

    Each ship provided with a Very High Frequence (VHF) radiotelephone station, in accordance with Regulation 18 of Chapter V, shall maintain a listening watch on the bridge for such periods and on such channels as may be required by the Contracting Government referred to in that Regulation.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    Each ship provided with a Very High Frequence (VHF) radiotelephone station, in accordance with Regulation 18 of Chapter V, shall maintain a listening watch on the bridge for such periods and on such channels as may be required by the Contracting Government referred to in that Regulation.

    Part C Technical requirements

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992

    Part C Ship requirements

    Reg. 06 Radio installations
    1 Every ship shall be provided with radio installations capable of complying with the functional requirements prescribed by regulation 4 throughout its intended voyage and, unless exempted under regulation 3, complying with the requirements of regulation 7 and, as appropriate for the sea area or areas through which it will pass during its intended voyage, the requirements of either regulation 8, 9, 10 or 11.

    2 Every radio installation shall:
    .1 be so located that no harmful interference of mechanical, electrical or other origin affects its proper use, and so as to ensure electromagnetic compatibility and avoidance of harmful interaction with other equipment and systems;
    .2 be so located as to ensure the greatest possible degree of safety and operational availability;
    .3 be protected against harmful effects of water, extremes of temperature and other adverse environmental conditions;
    .4 be provided with reliable, permanently arranged electrical lighting independent of the main and emergency sources of electrical power for the adequate illumination of the radio controls for operating the radio installation; and
    .5 be clearly marked with the call sign, the ship station identity and other codes as applicable for the use of the radio installation.

    3 Control of the VHF radiotelephone channels, required for navigational safety, shall be immediately available on the navigating bridge convenient to the conning position and, where necessary, facilities should be available to permit radiocommunications from the wings of the navigating bridge. Portable VHF equipment may be used to meet the latter provision.
    Reg. 07 Watches - radiotelephone
    (a) Each ship which is fitted with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Regulation 4 of this Chapter shall, for safety purposes, carry at least one radiotelephone operator (who may be the master, an officer or a member of the crew holding a certificate for radiotelephony) and shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in the place on board from which the ship is usually navigated, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm.

    (b) Each ship which in accordance with Regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter is fitted with a radiotelegraph station shall, while at sea, maintain continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency in a place to be determined by the Administration, by use of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, using a loudspeaker, a filtered loudspeaker or radiotelephone auto alarm
    Reg. 07 Radio equipment - General

    1 Every ship shall be provided with :
    .1 a VHF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving ;
    .1.1 DSC on the frequency 156.525 MHz (channel 70). It shall be possible to initiate the transmission of distress alerts on channel 70 from the position from which the ship is normally navigated ; * and
    .1.2 radiotelephony on the frequencies 156.300 MHz (channel 6), 156.650 MHz (channel 13) and 156.800 MHz (channel 16) ;
    .2 a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSC watch on VHF channel 70 which may be separate from, or combined with, that required by subparagraph .1.1 ; *
    .3 a radar transponder capable of operating in the 9 GHz band, which :
    .3.1 shall be so stowed that it can be easily utilized ; and
    .3.2 may be one of those required by regulation III/6.2.2 for a survival craft;
    .4 a receiver capable of receiving International NAVTEX service broad-casts if the ship is engaged on voyages in any area in which an International NAVTEX service is provided ;
    .5 a radio facility for reception of maritime safety information by the INMARSAT enhanced group calling system** if the ship is engaged on voyages in any area of INMARSAT coverage but in which an international NAVTEX service is not provided. However, ships engaged exclusively on voyages in areas where an HF direct-printing telegraphy maritime safety information service is provided and fitted with equipment capable of receiving such service, may be exempt from this requirement.***
    .6 subject to the provisions of regulation 8.3, a satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacon (satellite EPIRB)**** which shall be:
    .6.1 capable of transmitting a distress alert either throught the polar orbiting satellite service operating in the 406 MHz band or, if the ship is engaged only on voyages within INMARSAT coverage, through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service operating in the 1.6 GHz band;*****
    .6.2 installed in an easily accessible position ;
    .6.3 ready to be manually released and capable of being carried by one person into a survival craft ;
    .6.4 capable of floating free if the ship sinks and of being automatically activated when afloat ; and
    .6.5 capable of being activated manually.

    2 Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, every ship shall, in addition, be fitted with a radio installation consisting of a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver capable of operating on 2,182 kHz.

    3 Until 1 February 1999, every ship shall, unless the ship is engaged on voyages in sea area A1 only, be fitted with a device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on the frequency 2,182 kHz.******

    4 The Administration may exempt ships constructed on or after 1 February 1997 from the requirements prescribed by paragraphs 2 and 3.

    5 Every passenger ship shall be provided with means for two-way on-scene radiocommunications for search and rescue purposes using the aeronautical frequencies 121.5 MHz and 123.1 MHz from the position from which the ship is normally navigated.


    * Certain ships may be exempted from this requirement (see regulation 9.4)
    ** Refer to resolution A.701(17) concerning carriage of INMARST enhanced group call safety NET receivers under the GMDSS, adopted by the Organization
    *** Refer to the Recommendation on promulgation of maritime safety information, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.705(17)
    **** Refer to resolution A.616(15) concerning search and rescue homing capability, adopted by the Organization
    ***** Subject to the availability of appropriate receiving and processing ground facilities for each ocean region covered by INMARSAT satellites.
    ****** Refer to resolution A.421(XI) concerning operational standards for radiotelephone alarm signal generators, adopted by the Organization.
    Reg. 08 Radio equipment - Sea area A1
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1992-02-01)]
    Reg. 09 Radio equipment - Sea areas A1 and A2

    Radio equipment - Sea areas A1 and A2

    1. In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages beyond sea area A1, but remaining within sea area A2, shall be provided with:

    1. an MF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving, for distress and safety purposes, on the frequencies:


      .1.1
      2,187.5 ¿ using DSC; and


      .1.2
      2,182 ¿ using radiotelephony;

    2. a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSC watch on the frequency 2,187.5 ¿ which may be separate from, or combined with, that required by subparagraph .1.1; and

    3. means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distress alerts by a radio service other than MF operating either:


      .3.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; this requirement may be fulfilled by the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; or


      .3.2 on HF using DSC; or


      .3.3
      through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service; this requirement may be fulfilled by:


      .3.3.1 the equipment specified in paragraph 3.2; or


      .3.3.2
      the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

    • It shall be possible to initiate transmission of distress alerts by the radio installations specified in paragraphs 1.1 and 1.3 from the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

    • The ship shall, in addition, be capable of transmitting and receiving general radio communications using radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy by either:

    1. a radio installation operating on working frequencies in the bands between 1,605 ¿ and 4,000 ¿ or between 4,000 ¿ and 27,500 ¿. This requirement may be fulfilled by the addition of this capability in the equipment required by paragraph 1.1; or

    2. an INMARSAT ship earth station.

    • The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February 1997, which are engaged exclusively on voyages within sea area A2, from the requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such ships maintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
    Reg. 10 Radio equipment - Sea areas A1, A2 and A3

    Radio equipment - Sea areas A1, A2 and A3

    1. In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages beyond sea areas A1 and A2, but remaining within sea area A3, shall, if it does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 2, be provided with:

      1. an INMARSAT ship earth station capable of:


        .1.1 transmitting and receiving distress and safety communications using direct-printing telegraphy;


        .1.2 initiating and receiving distress priority calls;


        .1.3
        maintaining watch for shore-to-ship distress alerts, including those directed to specifically defined geographical areas;


        .1.4
        transmitting and receiving general radio communications, using either radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy; and

      2. an MF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving, for distress and safety purposes, on the frequencies:


        .2.1 2,187.5 kHz using DSC; and


        .2.2 2,182 kHz using radiotelephony; and

      3. a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSC watch on the frequency 2,187.5 kHz which may be separate from or combined with that required by subparagraph .2.1; and

      4. means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distress alerts by a radio service operating either:


        .4.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz ; this requirement may be fulfilled by the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; or


        .4.2
        on HF using DSC; or


        .4.3
        through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service, by an additional ship earth station or by the satellite EPIRB required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated;

    2. In addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages beyond sea areas A1 and A2, but remaining within sea area A3, shall, if it does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 1, be provided with:

      1. an MF/HF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving, for distress and safety purposes, on all distress and safety frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 4,000 kHz and between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz:


        .1.1 using DSC;


        .1.2
        using radiotelephony; and


        .1.3
        using direct-printing telegraphy; and

      2. equipment capable of maintaining DSC watch on 2,187.5 kHz, 8,414.5 kHz and on at least one of the distress and safety DSC frequencies 4,207.5 kHz, 6,312 kHz, 12,577 kHz or 16,804.5 kHz at any time, it shall be possible to select any of these DSC distress and safety frequencies. This equipment may be separate from, or combined with the equipment required by subparagraph .1; and

      3. means of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore distress alerts by a radio communication service other than HF operating either:


        .3.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; this requirement may be fulfilled by the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; or


        .3.2 through the INMARSAT geostationary satellite service; this Requirement may be fulfilled by:


        .3.2.1 an INMARSAT ship earth station; or


        .3.2.2 the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; and

      4. in addition, ships shall be capable of transmitting and receiving general radio communications using radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy by an MF/HF radio installation operating on working frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 4,000 kHz and between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz. This requirement may be fulfilled by the addition of this capability in the equipment required by subparagraph .1

    3. It shall be possible to initiate transmission of distress alerts by the radio installations specified in subparagraphs 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1 and 2.3 from the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

    4. The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February 1997, and engaged exclusively on voyages within sea areas A2 and A3, from the requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such ships maintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
    Reg. 11 Radio equipment - Sea areas A1, A2, A3 and A4
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1992-02-01)]
    Reg. 12 Watches

    Watches

    1. Every ship, while at sea, shall maintain a continuous watch:

    1. on VHF DSC channel 70, if the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 7.1.2, is fitted with a VHF radio installation;

    2. on the distress and safety DSC frequency 2,187.5 ¿, if the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 9.1.2 or 10.1.3, is fitted with an MF radio installation;

    3. on the distress and safety DSC frequencies 2,187.5 ¿ and 8,414.5 ¿ and also on at least one of the distress and safety DSC frequencies 4,207.5 ¿, 6,312 ¿, 12,577 ¿ or 16,804.5 ¿, appropriate to the time of day and the geographical position of the ship, if the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 10.2.2 or 11.1, is fitted with an MF/HF radio installation. This watch may be kept by means of a scanning receiver;

    4. for satellite shore-to-ship distress alerts, if the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 10.1.1, is fitted with an INMARSAT ship earth station.

    • Every ship, while at sea, shall maintain a radio watch for broadcasts of maritime safety information on the appropriate frequency or frequencies on which such information is broadcast for the area in which the ship is navigating.

    • Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, every ship while at sea shall maintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.

    • Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, every ship required to carry a radiotelephone watch receiver shall maintain, while at sea, a continuous watch on the radiotelephone distress frequency 2,182 ¿. This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
    Reg. 13 Sources of energy
    1 There shall be available at all times, while the ship is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to operate the radio installations and to charge any batteries used as part of a reserve source or sources of energy for the radio installations.

    2 A reserve source or sources of energy shall be provided on every ship, to supply radio installations, for the purpose of conducting distress and safety radio communications, in the event of failure of the ship's main and emergency sources of electrical power. The reserve source or sources of energy shall be capable of simultaneously operating the VHF radio installation required by regulation 7.1.1 and, as appropriate for the sea area or sea areas for which the ship is equipped, either the MF radio installation required by regulation 9.1.1, the MF/HF radio installation required by regulation 10.2.1 or 11.1, or the INMARSAT ship earth station required by regulation 10.1.1 and any of the additional loads mentioned in paragraphs 4, 5 and 8 for a period of at least:
    .1 one hour, on ships constructed on or after 1 February 1995;
    .2 one hour, on ships constructed before 1 February 1995, if the emergency source of electrical power complies fully with all relevant requirements of regulation II-1/42 or 43 including the requirements to supply to the radio installations ; and
    .3 six hours, on ships constructed before 1 February 1995, if the emergency source of electrical power is not provided or does not comply fully with all relevant requirements of regulation II-1/42 or 43 including the requirements to supply to the radio installations*

    * For guidance, the following formula is recommended for determining the electrical load to be supplied by the reserve source of energy for each radio installation required for distress conditions: 1/2 of the current consumption necessary for transmission + the current consumption necessary for receiption + current consumption of any additional loads.

    3 The reserve source or sources of energy shall be independent of the propelling power of the ship and the ship's electrical system.

    4 Where, in addition to the VHF radio installation, two or more of the other radio installations, referred to in paragraph 2, can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy, they shall be capable of simultaneously supplying, for the period specified, as appropriate, in paragraph 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3, the VHF radio installation and:
    .1 all other radio installations which can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy at the same time; or
    .2 whichever of the other radio installations will consume the most power, if only one of the other radio installations can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy at the same time as the VHF radio installation.

    5 The reserve source or sources of energy may be used to supply the electrical lighting required by regulation 6.2.4.

    6 Where a reserve source of energy consists of a rechargeable accumulator battery or batteries:
    .1 a means of automatically charging such batteries shall be provided which shall be capable of recharging them to minimum capacity requirements within 10 hours; and
    .2 the capacity of the battery or batteries shall be checked, using an appropriate method *, at intervals not exceeding 12 months, when the ship is not at sea.

    * One method of checking the capacity of an accumulator battery is to fully discharge and recharge the battery, using normal operating current and period (e.g. 10 hours). Assessment of the charge condition can be made at any time, but it should be done without significant discharge of the battery when the ship is at sea.

    7 The siting and installation of accumulator batteries which provide a reserve energy shall be such as to ensure:
    .1 the highest degree of service;
    .2 a reasonable lifetime;
    .3 reasonable safety;
    .4 that battery temperatures remain within the manufacturer's specifications whether under charge or idle; and
    .5 that when fully charged, the batteries will provide at least the minimum required hours of operation under all weather conditions.

    8 If an uninterrupted input of information from the ship's navigational or other equipment to a radio installation required by this chapter is needed to ensure its proper performance, means shall be provided to ensure the continuous supply of such information in the event of failure of the ship's main or emergency source of electrical power.
    Reg. 14 Performance standards
    1 All equipment to which this chapter applies shall be of a type approved by the Administration. Subject to paragraph 2, such equipment shall conform to appropriate performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization. *

    * Reference is made to the following performance standards adopted by the Organization by the resolutions indicated or to be developed by the Organization:

    .1 Narrow-band direct-printing equipment for the reception of navigational and meteorological warnings and urgent information to ships (Assembly resolution A.S25 (13).
    .2 General requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the future global maritime distress and safety system (Assembly resolution A.569(14)).
    .3 Ship earth stations capable of two-way communications (Assembly resolution A.608(15)).
    .4 VHF radio installations capable of voice communications and digital selective calling (assembly resolution A.609(15)).
    .5 Shipborne MF radio installations capable of voice communications and digital selective calling (Assembly resolution A.610(15)).
    .6 Shipborne MF/HF radio installations capable of voice communication, narrow-band direct-printing and digital selective calling (Assembly resolution A.613(15)).
    .7 Float-free satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacons operating on 406 MHz (Assembly resolution A.611(15)).
    .8 Survival craft radar transponder for use in search and rescue operations (Assembly resolution A.604(15)).
    .9 Float-free VHF emergency position-indicating radio beacons (Assembly resolution A.612(15)).
    .10 INMARSAT Standards ship earth stations capable of transmitting and receiving direct-printing communications (MSC 55/25, annex4).
    .11 Enhanced group call equipment (MSC 55/25 annex5).
    .12 Float-free satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacons operating through the geostationary INMARSAT satellite system on 1.6 GHz (MSC 55/25, annex7).
    .13 Float-free release and activation arrangements for emergency radio equipment (MSC 55/25, annex6).

    2 Equipment installed prior to the dates of application prescribed by regulation 1 may be exempted from full compliance with the appropriate performance standards at the discretion of the Administration, provided that the equipment is compatible with equipment complying with the performance standards, having due regard to the criteria which the Organization may adopt in connection with such standards.
    Reg. 15 Maintenance requirements
    1 Equipment shall be so designed that the main units can be replaced readily, without elaborate recalibration or readjustment.

    2 Where applicable, equipment shall be so constructed and installed that it is readily accessible for inspection and on-board maintenance purposes.

    3 Adequate information shall be provided to enable the equipment to be properly operated and maintained, taking into account the recommendations of the Organization. *

    * Reference is made to the recommendation on general requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the future global maritime distress and safety system Resolution A.569(14). This resolution is revoked by Assembly resolution A.694(17)).

    4 Adequate tools and spares shall be provided to enable the equipment to be maintained.

    5 The Administration shall ensure that radio equipment required by this chapter is maintained to provide the availability of the functional requirements specified in regulation 4 and to meet the recommended performance standards of such equipment.

    6 On ships engaged on voyages in sea areas A1 and A2, the availability shall be ensured by using such methods as duplication of equipment, shore-based maintenance or at-sea electronic maintenance capability, or a combination of these, as may be approved by the Administration.

    7 On ships engaged on voyages in sea areas A3 and A4, the availability shall be ensured by using a combination of at least two methods such as duplication of equipment, shore-based maintenance or at-sea electronic maintenance capability, as may be approved by the Administration, taking into account the recommendations of the Organization.**

    ** Refer to resolution A.702(17) concerning radio maintenance guidelines for the global maritime distress and safety system related to sea areas A3 and A4, adopted by the Organization.

    8 While all reasonable steps shall be taken to maintain the equipment in efficient working order to ensure compliance with all the functional requirements specified in regulation 4, malfunction of the equipment for providing the general radio communications required by regulation 4.8 shall not be considered as making a ship unseaworthy or as a reason for delaying the ship in ports where repair facilities are not readily available, provided the ship is capable of performing all distress and safety functions.
    Reg. 16 Radio personnel

    Every ship shall carry personnel qualified for distress and safety radiocommunication purposes to the satisfaction of the Administration. The personnel shall be holders of certificates specified in the Radio Regulations as appropriate, any one of whom shall be designated to have primary responsibility for radiocommunications during distress incidents.

     

    Reg. 17 Radio records
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1992-02-01)]
    Reg. 18 Position-updating
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 09 Radiotelegraph stations

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The radiotelegraph station shall be so located that no harmful interference from extraneous mechanical or other noise will be caused to the proper reception of radio signals. The station shall be placed as high in the ship as is practicable, so that the greatest possible degree of safety may be secured.

    (b) The radiotelegraph operating room shall be of sufficient size and of adequate ventilation to enable the main and reserve radiotelegraph installations to be operated efficiently, and shall not be used for any purpose which will interfere with the operation of the radiotelegraph station.

    (c) The sleeping accommodation of at least one radio officer shall be situated as near as practicable to the radiotelegraph operating room. In new ships, this sleeping accommodation shall not be within the radiotelegraph operating room.

    (d) There shall be provided between the radiotelegraph operating room and the bridge and one other place, if any, from which the ship is navigated, an efficient two-way system for calling and voice communication which shall be independent of the main communication system on the ship.

    (e) The radiotelegraph installation shall be installed in such a position that it will be protected against the harmful effects of water or extremes of temperature. It shall be readily accessible both for immediate use in case of distress and for repair.

    (f) A reliable clock with a dial not less than 12.5 centimetres (5 inches) in diameter and a concentric seconds hand, the face of which is marked to indicate the silence periods prescribed for the radiotelegraph service by the Radio Regulations, shall be provided. It shall be securely mounted in the radiotelegraph operating room in such a position that the entire dial can be easily and accurately observed by the radio officer from the radiotelegraph operating position and from the position for testing the radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver.

    (g) A reliable emergency light shall be provided in the radiotelegraph operating room, consisting of an electric lamp permanently arranged so as to provide satisfactory illumination of the operating controls of the main and reserve radiotelegraph installations and of the clock required by paragraph (f) of this regulation. In new installations, this lamp shall, if supplied from the reserve source of energy required by sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of regulation 10 of this Chapter, be controlled by two-way switches placed near the main entrance to the radiotelegraph operating room and at the radiotelegraph operating position, unless the layout of the radiotelegraph operating room does not warrant it. These switches shall be clearly labelled to indicate their purpose.

    (h) Either an electric inspection lamp, operated from the reserve source of energy required by sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of regulation 10 of this Chapter and provided with a flexible lead of adequate length, or a flashlight shall be provided and kept in the radiotelegraph operating room.

    (i) The radiotelegraph station shall be provided with such spare parts, tools and testing equipment as will enable the radiotelegraph installation to be maintained in efficient working condition while at sea. The testing equipment shall include an instrument or instruments for measuring A.C. volts, D.C. volts and ohms.

    (j) If a separate emergency radiotelegraph operating room is provided the requirements of paragraphs (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of this regulation shall apply to it.

    Reg. 10 Radiotelegraph installations

    (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Regulation:
    (i) The radiotelegraph station shall include a main installation and reserve installation, electrically separate and electrically independent of each other.
    (ii) The main installation shall include a main transmitter, main receiver, radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, and main source of energy.
    (iii) The reserve installation shall include a reserve transmitter, reserve receiver and reserve source of energy.
    (iv) A main and a reserve antenna shall be provided and installed, provided that the Administration may except any ship from the provision of a reserve antenna if it is satisfied that the fitting of such an antenna is impracticable or unreasonable, but in such case a suitable spare antenna completely assembled for immediate installation shall be carried. In addition, sufficient antenna wire and insulators shall in all cases be provided to enable a suitable antenna to be erected. The main antenna, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall be suitably protected against breakage.

    (b) In installations on cargo ships (except those on cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards installed on or after 19 November 1952), if the main transmitter complies with all the requirements for the reserve transmitter, the latter is not obligatory.

    (c)
    (i) The main and reserve transmitters shall be capable of being quickly connected with and tuned to the main antenna, and the reserve antenna if one is fitted.
    (ii) The main and reserve receivers shall be capable of being quickly connected with any antenna with which they are required to be used.

    (d) All parts of the reserve installation shall be placed as high in the ship as is practicable, so that the greatest possible degree of safety may be secured.

    (e) The main and reserve transmitters shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. In addition, the main transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on at least two working frequencies in the authorized bands between 405 kHz and 535 kHz, using classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. The reserve transmitter may consist of a ship's emergency transmitter, as defined in and limited in use by the Radio Regulations.

    (f) The main and reserve transmitters shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and a note frequency between 450 and 1,350 Hz.

    (g) The main and reserve transmitters shall, when connected to the main antenna, have a minimum normal range as specified below, that is to say, they must be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over the specified ranges.*
    * In the absence of a direct measurement of the field strength the following data may be used as a guide for approximately determining the normal range :

    Normal range in miles

    Metre-ampere s 1

    Total antenna power(watts ) 2

    200128200
    175102125
    1507671
    1255841
    1004525
    753414


    1 This figure represents the product of the maximum height of the antenna above the deepest load water-line in metres and the antenna current in amperes (R.M S. value) The values given in the second column of the table correspond to an average value of the ratio


    This ratio varies with local conditions of the antenna and may vary between about 0.3 and 0.7.

    2 The values given in the third column of the table correspond to an average value of the ratio


    This ratio varies considerably according to the values of effective antenna height and antenna resistance.


    (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the R.M.S. value of the field strength at the receiver is at least 50 microvolts per metre.)

     

    Minimum normal range in miles

    Main transmitter

    Reserve transmitter

    All passenger ships, and cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards

    150

    100

    Cargo ships below 1,600 tons gross tonnage

    100

    75



    (h)
    (i) The main and reserve receivers shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.
    (ii) In addition, the main receiver shall permit the reception of such of the frequencies and classes of emission used for the transmission of time signals, meteorological messages and such other communications relating to safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration.
    (iii) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver shall be preset to this frequency. It shall be provided with a filtering unit or a device to silence the loudspeaker if on the bridge in the absence of a radiotelephone alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being easily switched in and out and may be used when, in the opinion of the master, conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.
    (iv)
    (1) The radiotelephone transmitter, if provided, shall be fitted with an automatic device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal,so designed as to prevent actuation by mistake, and complying with the requirements of paragraph (e) fo Regulation 16 of this Chapter. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit the immediate transmission of a distress message.
    (2) Arrangements shall be made to check periodically the proper functioning of the automatic device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency using a suitable artificial antenna.

    (i) The main receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals in headphones or by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts. The reserve receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce such signals when the receiver input is as low as 100 microvolts.

    (j) There shall be available at all times, while the ship is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to operate the main installation over the normal range required by paragraph (g) of this regulation as well as for the purpose of charging any batteries forming part of the radiotelegraph station. The voltage of the supply for the main installation shall, in the case of new ships, be maintained within ±10 per cent of the rated voltage. In the case of existing ships, it shall be maintained as near the rated voltage as possible and, if practicable, within ± 10 per cent.

    (k) The reserve installation shall be provided with a source of energy independent of the propelling power of the ship and of the ship's electrical system.

    (l)
    (i) The reserve source of energy shall preferably consist of accumulator batteries, which may be charged from the ship's electrical system, and shall under all circumstances be capable of being put into operation rapidly and of operating the reserve transmitter and receiver for at least six hours continuously under normal working conditions besides any of the additional loads mentioned in paragraphs (m) and (n) of this Regulation.*

    * For the purpose of determining the electrical load to be supplied by the reserve source of energy the following formula is recommended as a guide: 1 ÷ 2 of the transmitter current consumption with the key down (mark) + 1 ÷ 2 of the transmitter current consumption with the key up(space) + current consumption of receiver and additional circuits connected to the reserve source of energy.

    (ii) The reserve source of energy is required to be of a capacity sufficient to operate simultaneously the reserve transmitter and the installation, when fitted, for at least six hours unless a switching device is fitted to ensure alternate operation only. VHF usage of the reserve source of energy shall be limited to distress, urgency and safety communications. Alternatively, a separate reserve source of energy may be provided for the VHF installation.

    (m) The reserve source of energy shall be used to supply the reserve installation and the automatic alarm signal keying device specified in paragraph (r) of this regulation if it is electrically operated. The reserve source of energy may also be used to supply:
    (I) the radiotelegraph auto alarm;
    (ii) the emergency light specified in paragraph (g) of Regulation 9 of this Chapter;
    (iii) the direction-finder;
    (iv) the VHF installation in accordance with the provisions of regulation 17(c);
    (v) the device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal, if provided;
    (vi) any device, prescribed by the Radio Regulations, to permit changeover from transmission to reception and vice versa. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (n) of this Regulation, the reserve source of energy shall not be used other than for the purposes specified in this paragraph.

    (n) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (m) of this regulation, the Administration may authorize the use in cargo ships of the reserve source of energy for a small number of low-power emergency circuits which are wholly confined to the upper part of the ship, such as emergency lighting on the boat deck, on condition that these can be readily disconnected if necessary, and that the source of energy is of sufficient capacity to carry the additional load or loads.

    (o) The reserve source of energy and its switchboard shall be as high as practicable in the ship and readily accessible to the radio officer. The switchboard shall, wherever possible, be situated in a radio room; if it is not, it shall be capable of being illuminated.

    (p) While the ship is at sea, accumulator batteries, whether forming part of the main installation or reserve installation, shall be brought up to the normal fully charged condition daily.

    (q) All steps shall be taken to eliminate so far as is possible the cause of, and to suppress, radio interference from electrical and other apparatus on board. If necessary, steps shall be taken to ensure that the antenna attached to broadcast receivers do not cause interference to the efficient or correct working of the radiotelegraph installation. Particular attention shall be paid to this requirement in the design of new ships.

    (r) In addition to a means for manually transmitting the radiotelegraph alarm signal, an automatic radiotelegraph alarm signal keying device shall be provided, capable of keying the main and the reserve transmitters so as to transmit the radiotelegraph alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit immediate manual operation of the transmitter. If electrically operated, this keying device shall be capable of operation from the reserve source of energy.

    (s) At sea, the reserve transmitter, if not used for communications, shall be tested daily using a suitable artificial antenna, and at least once during each voyage using the reserve antenna if installed. The reserve source of energy shall also be tested daily.

    (t) All equipment forming part of the radiotelegraph installation shall be reliable, and shall be so constructed that it is readily accessible for maintenance purposes.

    (u) Notwithstanding the provision of regulation 4 of this Chapter, the Administration may, in the case of cargo ships of less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage, relax the full requirements of regulation 9 of this Chapter and the present Regulation, provided that the standard of the radiotelegraph station shall in no case fall below the equivalent of that prescribed under regulation 15 and regulation 16 of this Chapter for radiotelephone stations, so far as applicable. In particular, in the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, the Administration need not require:
    (i) a reserve receiver;
    (ii) a reserve source of energy in existing installations;
    (iii) protection of the main antenna against breakage by whipping;
    (iv) the means of communication between the radiotelegraph station system;
    (v) the range of the transmitter to be greater than 75 miles.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Regulation:
    (i) The radiotelegraph station shall include a main installation and reserve installation, electrically separate and electrically independent of each other.
    (ii) The main installation shall include a main transmitter, main receiver, radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver, and main source of energy.
    (iii) The reserve installation shall include a reserve transmitter, reserve receiver and reserve source of energy.
    (iv) A main and a reserve antenna shall be provided and installed, provided that the Administration may except any ship from the provision of a reserve antenna if it is satisfied that the fitting of such an antenna is impracticable or unreasonable, but in such case a suitable spare antenna completely assembled for immediate installation shall be carried. In addition, sufficient antenna wire and insulators shall in all cases be provided to enable a suitable antenna to be erected. The main antenna, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall be suitably protected against breakage.

    (b) In installations on cargo ships (except those on cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards installed on or after 19 November 1952), if the main transmitter complies with all the requirements for the reserve transmitter, the latter is not obligatory.

    (c)
    (i) The main and reserve transmitters shall be capable of being quickly connected with and tuned to the main antenna, and the reserve antenna if one is fitted.
    (ii) The main and reserve receivers shall be capable of being quickly connected with any antenna with which they are required to be used.

    (d) All parts of the reserve installation shall be placed as high in the ship as is practicable, so that the greatest possible degree of safety may be secured.

    (e) The main and reserve transmitters shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. In addition, the main transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on at least two working frequencies in the authorized bands between 405 kHz and 535 kHz, using classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. The reserve transmitter may consist of a ship's emergency transmitter, as defined in and limited in use by the Radio Regulations.

    (f) The main and reserve transmitters shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and a note frequency between 450 and 1,350 Hz.

    (g) The main and reserve transmitters shall, when connected to the main antenna, have a minimum normal range as specified below, that is to say, they must be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over the specified ranges.*
    * In the absence of a direct measurement of the field strength the following data may be used as a guide for approximately determining the normal range :

    Normal range in miles

    Metre-ampere s 1

    Total antenna power(watts ) 2

    200128200
    175102125
    1507671
    1255841
    1004525
    753414


    1 This figure represents the product of the maximum height of the antenna above the deepest load water-line in metres and the antenna current in amperes (R.M S. value) The values given in the second column of the table correspond to an average value of the ratio


    This ratio varies with local conditions of the antenna and may vary between about 0.3 and 0.7.

    2 The values given in the third column of the table correspond to an average value of the ratio


    This ratio varies considerably according to the values of effective antenna height and antenna resistance.


    (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the R.M.S. value of the field strength at the receiver is at least 50 microvolts per metre.)

     

    Minimum normal range in miles

    Main transmitter

    Reserve transmitter

    All passenger ships, and cargo ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards

    150

    100

    Cargo ships below 1,600 tons gross tonnage

    100

    75



    (h)
    (i) The main and reserve receivers shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.
    (ii) In addition, the main receiver shall permit the reception of such of the frequencies and classes of emission used for the transmission of time signals, meteorological messages and such other communications relating to safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration.
    (iii) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver shall be preset to this frequency. It shall be provided with a filtering unit or a device to silence the loudspeaker if on the bridge in the absence of a radiotelephone alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being easily switched in and out and may be used when, in the opinion of the master, conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.
    (iv)
    (1) The radiotelephone transmitter, if provided, shall be fitted with an automatic device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal,so designed as to prevent actuation by mistake, and complying with the requirements of paragraph (e) fo Regulation 16 of this Chapter. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit the immediate transmission of a distress message.
    (2) Arrangements shall be made to check periodically the proper functioning of the automatic device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency using a suitable artificial antenna.

    (i) The main receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals in headphones or by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts. The reserve receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce such signals when the receiver input is as low as 100 microvolts.

    (j) There shall be available at all times, while the ship is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to operate the main installation over the normal range required by paragraph (g) of this regulation as well as for the purpose of charging any batteries forming part of the radiotelegraph station. The voltage of the supply for the main installation shall, in the case of new ships, be maintained within ±10 per cent of the rated voltage. In the case of existing ships, it shall be maintained as near the rated voltage as possible and, if practicable, within ± 10 per cent.

    (k) The reserve installation shall be provided with a source of energy independent of the propelling power of the ship and of the ship's electrical system.

    (l)
    (i) The reserve source of energy shall preferably consist of accumulator batteries, which may be charged from the ship's electrical system, and shall under all circumstances be capable of being put into operation rapidly and of operating the reserve transmitter and receiver for at least six hours continuously under normal working conditions besides any of the additional loads mentioned in paragraphs (m) and (n) of this Regulation.*

    * For the purpose of determining the electrical load to be supplied by the reserve source of energy the following formula is recommended as a guide: 1 ÷ 2 of the transmitter current consumption with the key down (mark) + 1 ÷ 2 of the transmitter current consumption with the key up(space) + current consumption of receiver and additional circuits connected to the reserve source of energy.

    (ii) The reserve source of energy is required to be of a capacity sufficient to operate simultaneously the reserve transmitter and the installation, when fitted, for at least six hours unless a switching device is fitted to ensure alternate operation only. VHF usage of the reserve source of energy shall be limited to distress, urgency and safety communications. Alternatively, a separate reserve source of energy may be provided for the VHF installation.

    (m) The reserve source of energy shall be used to supply the reserve installation and the automatic alarm signal keying device specified in paragraph (r) of this regulation if it is electrically operated. The reserve source of energy may also be used to supply:
    (I) the radiotelegraph auto alarm;
    (ii) the emergency light specified in paragraph (g) of Regulation 9 of this Chapter;
    (iii) the direction-finder;
    (iv) the VHF installation in accordance with the provisions of regulation 17(c);
    (v) the device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal, if provided;
    (vi) any device, prescribed by the Radio Regulations, to permit changeover from transmission to reception and vice versa. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (n) of this Regulation, the reserve source of energy shall not be used other than for the purposes specified in this paragraph.

    (n) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (m) of this regulation, the Administration may authorize the use in cargo ships of the reserve source of energy for a small number of low-power emergency circuits which are wholly confined to the upper part of the ship, such as emergency lighting on the boat deck, on condition that these can be readily disconnected if necessary, and that the source of energy is of sufficient capacity to carry the additional load or loads.

    (o) The reserve source of energy and its switchboard shall be as high as practicable in the ship and readily accessible to the radio officer. The switchboard shall, wherever possible, be situated in a radio room; if it is not, it shall be capable of being illuminated.

    (p) While the ship is at sea, accumulator batteries, whether forming part of the main installation or reserve installation, shall be brought up to the normal fully charged condition daily.

    (q) All steps shall be taken to eliminate so far as is possible the cause of, and to suppress, radio interference from electrical and other apparatus on board. If necessary, steps shall be taken to ensure that the antenna attached to broadcast receivers do not cause interference to the efficient or correct working of the radiotelegraph installation. Particular attention shall be paid to this requirement in the design of new ships.

    (r) In addition to a means for manually transmitting the radiotelegraph alarm signal, an automatic radiotelegraph alarm signal keying device shall be provided, capable of keying the main and the reserve transmitters so as to transmit the radiotelegraph alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit immediate manual operation of the transmitter. If electrically operated, this keying device shall be capable of operation from the reserve source of energy.

    (s) At sea, the reserve transmitter, if not used for communications, shall be tested daily using a suitable artificial antenna, and at least once during each voyage using the reserve antenna if installed. The reserve source of energy shall also be tested daily.

    (t) All equipment forming part of the radiotelegraph installation shall be reliable, and shall be so constructed that it is readily accessible for maintenance purposes.

    (u) Notwithstanding the provision of regulation 4 of this Chapter, the Administration may, in the case of cargo ships of less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage, relax the full requirements of regulation 9 of this Chapter and the present Regulation, provided that the standard of the radiotelegraph station shall in no case fall below the equivalent of that prescribed under regulation 15 and regulation 16 of this Chapter for radiotelephone stations, so far as applicable. In particular, in the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 tons gross tonnage, the Administration need not require:
    (i) a reserve receiver;
    (ii) a reserve source of energy in existing installations;
    (iii) protection of the main antenna against breakage by whipping;
    (iv) the means of communication between the radiotelegraph station system;
    (v) the range of the transmitter to be greater than 75 miles.

    Reg. 11 Radiotelegraph auto alarms

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) Any radiotelegraph auto alarm installed after 26 May 1965 shall comply with the following minimum requirements:
    (i) In the absence of interference of any kind it shall be capable of being actuated, without manual adjustment, by any radiotelegraph alarm signal transmitted on the radiotelegraph distress frequency by any coast station, ship's emergency or survival craft transmitter operating in accordance with the Radio Regulations, provided that the strength of the signal at the receiver input is greater than 100 microvolts and less than 1 volt.
    (ii) In the absence of interference of any kind, it shall be actuated by either three or four consecutive dashes when the dashes vary in length from 3.5 to as near 6 seconds as possible and the spaces vary in length between 1.5 seconds and the lowest practicable value, preferably not greater than 10 milliseconds.
    (iii) It shall not be actuated by atmospherics or by any signal other than the radiotelegraph alarm signal, provided that the received signals do not in fact constitute a signal falling within the tolerance limits indicated in sub-paragraph (ii) above.
    (iv) The selectivity of the radiotelegraph auto alarm shall be such as to provide a practically uniform sensitivity over a band extending not less than 4 kHz and not more than 8 kHz on each side of the radiotelegraph distress frequency and to provide outside this band a sensitivity which decreases as rapidly as possible in conformity with the best engineering practice.
    (v) If practicable, the radiotelegraph auto alarm shall, in the presence of atmospherics or interfering signals, automatically adjust itself so that within a reasonably short time it approaches the condition in which it can most readily distinguish the radiotelegraph alarm signal.
    (vi) When actuated by a radiotelegraph alarm signal, or in the event of failure of the apparatus, the radiotelegraph auto alarm shall cause a continuous audible warning to be given in the radiotelegraph operating room, in the radio officer's sleeping accommodation and on the bridge. If practicable, warning shall also be given in the case of failure of any part of the whole alarm receiving system. Only one switch for stopping the warning shall be provided and this shall be situated in the radiotelegraph operating room.
    (vii) For the purpose of regularly testing the radiotelegraph auto alarm, the apparatus shall include a generator pre-tuned to the radiotelegraph distress frequency and a keying device by means of which a radiotelegraph alarm signal of the minimum strength indicated in sub-paragraph (i) above is produced. A means shall also be provided for attaching headphones for the purpose of listening to signals received on the radiotelegraph auto alarm.
    (viii) The radiotelegraph auto alarm shall be capable of withstanding vibration, humidity and changes of temperature, equivalent to severe conditions experienced on board ships at sea, and shall continue to operate under such conditions.

    (b) Before a new type of radiotelegraph auto alarm is approved, the Administration concerned shall be satisfied, by practical tests made under operating conditions equivalent to those obtaining in practice, that the apparatus complies with paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

    (c) In ships fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm, its efficiency shall be tested by a radio officer at least once every 24 hours while at sea. If it is not in working order, the radio officer shall report that fact to the master or officer on watch on the bridge.

    (d) A radio officer shall periodically check the proper functioning of the radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver, with its normal antenna connected, by listening to signals and by comparing them with similar signals received on the radiotelegraph distress frequency on the main installation.

    (e) As far as practicable, the radiotelegraph auto alarm, when connected to an antenna shall not affect the accuracy of the direction-finder.

    Reg. 12 Direction-finders

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a)
    (i) The direction-finding apparatus required by regulation 12 of Chapter V shall be efficient and capable of receiving signals with the minimum of receiver noise and of taking bearings from which the true bearing and direction may be determined.
    (ii) It shall be capable of receiving signals on the radiotelegraph frequencies assigned by the Radio Regulations for the purposes of distress and direction-finding and for maritime radio beacons.
    (iii) In the absence of interference the direction-finding apparatus shall have a sensitivity sufficient to permit accurate bearings being taken on a signal having a field strength as low as 50 microvolts per metre.
    (iv) As far as is practicable, the direction-finding apparatus shall be so located that as little interference as possible from mechanical or other noise will be caused to the efficient determination of bearings.
    (v) As far as is practicable, he direction-finding antenna system shall be erected in such a manner that the efficient determination of bearings will be hindered as little as possible by the close proximity of other antennae, derricks, wire halyards or other large metal objects.
    (vi) An efficient two-way means of calling and voice communication shall be provided between the direction-finder and the bridge.
    (vii) All direction-finders shall be calibrated to the satisfaction of the Administration on first installation. The calibration shall be verified by check bearings or by a further calibration whenever any changes are made in the position of any antennae or of any structures on deck which might affect appreciably the accuracy of the direction-finder. The calibration particulars shall be checked at yearly intervals, or as near thereto as possible. A record shall be kept of the calibrations and of any checks made of their accuracy.

    (b)
    (i) Radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency shall be capable of taking direction-finding bearings on that frequency without ambiguity of sense within an arc of 30 degrees on either side of the bow.
    (ii) When installing and testing the equipment referred to in this paragraph due regard should be given to the relevant recommendation of the International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR).
    (iii) All reasonable steps shall be taken to ensure the homing capability required by this paragraph. In cases where due to technical difficulties the homing capability cannot be achieved, Administrations may grant to individual ships exemptions from the requirements of this paragraph.

    Reg. 13 Radiotelegraph installations for lifeboats

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The radiotelegraph installation required by regulation 14 of Chapter III shall include a transmitter, a receiver and a source of energy. It shall be so designed that it can be used in an emergency by an unskilled person.

    (b) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. The transmitter shall also be capable of transmitting on the frequency, and of using a class of emission, assigned by the Radio Regulations for use by survival craft in the bands between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz.

    (c) The transmitter shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and a note frequency between 450 and 1,350 Hz.

    (d) In addition to a key for manual transmissions, the transmitter shall be fitted with an automatic keying device for the transmission of the radiotelegraph alarm and distress signals.

    (e) On the radiotelegraph distress frequency the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range (as specified in paragraph (g) of regulation 10 of this Chapter) of 25 miles using the fixed antenna.*

    * In the absence of a measurement of the field strength, it may be assumed that this range will be obtained if the product of the height of the antenna above the water-line and the antenna current (R.M.S. value) is 10 metre-amperes.

    (f) The receiver shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.

    (g) The source of energy shall consist of an accumulator battery with sufficient capacity to supply the transmitter for four hours continuously under normal working conditions. If the battery is of a type that requires charging, means shall be available for charging it from the ship's power supply. In addition there shall be a means for charging it after the lifeboat has been launched.

    (h) When the power for the radiotelegraph installation and the searchlight required by regulation 14 of Chapter III are drawn from the same battery, it shall have sufficient capacity to provide for the additional load of the searchlight.

    (i) A fixed-type antenna will be provided together with means for supporting it at the maximum practicable height. In addition an antenna supported by a kite or balloon shall be provided if practicable.

    (j) At sea a radio officer shall at weekly intervals test the transmitter using a suitable artificial antenna, and shall bring the battery up to full charge if it is of a type which requires charging.

    Reg. 14 Portable radio apparatus for survival craft

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The apparatus required by regulation 13 of Chapter III shall include a transmitter, a receiver, an antenna and a source of energy. It shall be so designed that it can be used in an emergency by an unskilled person.

    (b) The apparatus shall be readily portable, watertight, capable of floating in sea water and capable of being dropped into the sea without damage. New equipment shall be as light-weight and compact as practicable and shall preferably be capable of use in both lifeboats and liferafts.

    (c) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelegraph distress frequency using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency, and, in the bands between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz, of transmitting on the radiotelegraph frequency, and of using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for survival craft. However, the Administration may permit the transmitter to be capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency, and of using a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency, as an alternative or in addition to transmission on the radiotelegraph frequency assigned by the Radio Regulations for survival craft in the bands between 4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz.

    (d) The transmitter shall, if modulated emission is prescribed by the Radio Regulations, have a depth of modulation of not less than 70 per cent and in the case of radiotelegraph emission have a note frequency between 450 and 1,350 Hz.

    (e) In addition to a key for manual transmissions, the transmitter shall be fitted with an automatic keying device for the transmission of the radiotelegraph alarm and distress signals. If the transmitter is capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency, it shall be fitted with an automatic device, complying with the requirements of paragraph (e) of regulation 16 of this Chapter, for transmitting the radiotelephone alarm signal.

    (f) The receiver shall be capable of receiving the radiotelegraph distress frequency and the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency. If the transmitter is capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency the receiver shall also be capable of receiving that frequency and a class of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for that frequency.

    (g) The antenna shall be either self-supporting or capable of being supported by the mast of a lifeboat at the maximum practicable height. In addition it is desirable that an antenna supported by a kite or balloon shall be provided if practicable.

    (h) The transmitter shall supply an adequate radio frequency power* to the antenna required by paragraph (a) of this regulation and shall preferably derive its supply from a hand generator. If operated from a battery, the battery shall comply with conditions laid down by the Administration to ensure that it is of a durable type and is of adequate capacity.

    * It may be assumed that the purpose of this regulation will be satisfied by the following performance: At least 10 watts input to the anode of the final stage or a radio-frequency output of at least 2.0 watts (A2 emission) at 500 kHz into an artificial antenna having an effective resistance of 15 ohms and 100 x 10- 12 farads capacitance in series. The depth of modulation shall be at least 70 per cent.

    (i) At sea a radio officer or a radiotelephone operator, as appropriate, shall at weekly intervals test the transmitter, using a suitable artificial antenna and shall bring the battery up to full charge if it is of a type which requires charging.

    (j) For the purpose of this Regulation, new equipment means equipment supplied to a ship after the date of entry into force of the present Convention.

    Reg. 14-1 Survival craft emergency position-indicating beacons

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1992-01-31)]

    Reg. 14-2 Periodic inspection and testing of emergency position-indicating radio beacons

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1992-01-31)]

    Reg. 14-3 Two-way radiotelephone apparatus for survival craft

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 1992-01-31)]

    Reg. 15 Radiotelephone stations

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The radiotelephone station shall be in the upper part of the ship and so located that it is sheltered to the greatest possible extent from noise which might impair the correct reception of messages and signals.

    (b) There shall be efficient communication between the radiotelephone station and the bridge.

    (c) A reliable clock shall be securely mounted in such a position that the entire dial can be easily observed from the radiotelephone operating position.

    (d) A reliable emergency light shall be provided, independent of the system which supplies the normal lighting of the radiotelephone installation, and permanently arranged so as to be capable of providing adequate illumination of the operating controls of the radiotelephone installation, of the clock required by paragraph (c) of this regulation and of the card of instructions required by paragraph (f).

    (e) Where a source of energy consists of a battery or batteries, the radiotelephone station shall be provided with a means of assessing the charge condition.

    (f) A card of instructions giving a clear summary of the radiotelephone distress procedure shall be displayed in full view of the radiotelephone operating position.

    Reg. 16 Radiotelephone installations

    (a) The radiotelephone installation shall include transmitting and receiving equipment, and appropriate sources of energy (referred to in the following paragraphs as "the transmitter", "the receiver", "the radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver", and "the source of energy" respectively).

    (b) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency and on at least one other frequency in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 2,850 kHz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In normal operation a double sideband transmission or a single sideband transmission with full carrier (i.e., A3H) shall have a depth of modulation of at least 70 per cent at peak intensity. Modulation of a single sideband transmission with reduced or suppressed carrier (A3A, A3J) shall be such that the intermodulation products shall not exceed the values given in the Radio Regulations.

    (c)
    (i) In the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of 150 miles, i.e. it shall be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over this range.* (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the R.M.S. value of the field strength produced at the receiver by an unmodulated carrier is at least 25 microvolts per metre.)

    * In the absence of field strength measurements, it may be assumed that this range will be obtained by a power in the antenna of 15 watts (unmodulated carrier) with an antenna efficiency of 27 per cent.

    (ii) In the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 tons gross tonnage:
    (1) for existing installations the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of at least 75 miles; and
    (2) for new installations the transmitter shall produce a power in the antenna of at least 15 watt (unmodulated carrier).

    (d) The transmitter shall be fitted with a device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal by automatic means so designed as to prevent actuation by mistake. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit the immediate transmission of a distress message. Arrangements shall be made to check periodically the proper functioning of the device on frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency using a suitable artificial antenna.

    (e) The device required by paragraph (d) of this regulation shall comply with the following requirements:
    (i) The tolerance of the frequency of each tone shall be ±1.5 per cent.
    (ii) The tolerance on the duration of each tone shall be ±50 milliseconds.
    (iii) The interval between successive tones shall not exceed 50 milliseconds.
    (iv) The ratio of the amplitude of the stronger tone to that of the weaker shall be within the range 1 to 1.2.

    (f) The receiver required by paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be capable of receiving the radiotelephone distress frequency and at least one other frequency available for maritime radiotelephone stations in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 2,850 kHz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In addition the receiver shall permit the reception of such other frequencies, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations, as are used for the transmission by radiotelephony of meteorological messages and such other communications relating to the safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration. The receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts.

    (g) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver shall be preset to this frequency. It shall be provided with a filtering unit or a device to silence the loudspeaker in the absence of a radiotelephone alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being easily switched in and out and may be used when, in the opinion of the master, conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.

    (h) To permit rapid change-over from transmission to reception when manual switching is used, the control for the switching device shall, where practicable, be located on the microphone or the telephone handset.

    (i) While the ship is at sea, there shall be available at all times a main source of energy sufficient to operate the installation over the normal range required by paragraph (c) of this Regulation. If batteries are provided they shall under all circumstances have sufficient capacity to operate the transmitter and receiver for at least six hours continuously under normal working conditions.* In installations in cargo ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage made on or after 19 November 1952, a reserve source of energy shall be provided in the upper part of the ship unless the main source of energy is so situated.

    *For the purpose of determining the electrical load to be supplied by batteries required to have six hours reserve capacity, the following formula is recommended as a guide: 1/2 of the current consumption necessary for speech transmission + current consumption of receiver + current consumption of all additional loads to which the batteries may supply energy in time of distress or emergency.

    (j) The reserve source of energy, if provided, may be used only to supply:
    (i) the radiotelephone installation;
    (ii) the emergency light required by paragraph (d) of Regulation 15 of this Chapter;
    (iii) the device required by paragraph (d) of this Regulation, for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal; and
    (iv) the VHF installation .

    (k) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (j) of this regulation, the Administration may authorize the use of the reserve source of energy, if provided, for a direction-finder, if fitted, and for a number of low-power emergency circuits which are wholly confined to the upper part of the ship, such as emergency lighting on the boat deck, on condition that the additional loads can be readily disconnected, and that the source of energy is of sufficient capacity to carry them.

    (l) While at sea, any battery provided shall be kept charged so as to meet the requirements of paragraph (i) of this Regulation.

    (m) An antenna shall be provided and installed and, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall in the case of cargo ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage be protected against breakage. In addition, there shall be a spare antenna completely assembled for immediate replacement or, where this is not practicable, sufficient antenna wire and insulators to enable a spare antenna to be erected. The necessary tools to erect an antenna shall also be provided.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    (a) The radiotelephone installation shall include transmitting and receiving equipment, and appropriate sources of energy (referred to in the following paragraphs as "the transmitter", "the receiver", "the radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver", and "the source of energy" respectively).

    (b) The transmitter shall be capable of transmitting on the radiotelephone distress frequency and on at least one other frequency in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 2,850 kHz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In normal operation a double sideband transmission or a single sideband transmission with full carrier (i.e., A3H) shall have a depth of modulation of at least 70 per cent at peak intensity. Modulation of a single sideband transmission with reduced or suppressed carrier (A3A, A3J) shall be such that the intermodulation products shall not exceed the values given in the Radio Regulations.

    (c)
    (i) In the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of 150 miles, i.e. it shall be capable of transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal conditions and circumstances over this range.* (Clearly perceptible signals will normally be received if the R.M.S. value of the field strength produced at the receiver by an unmodulated carrier is at least 25 microvolts per metre.)

    * In the absence of field strength measurements, it may be assumed that this range will be obtained by a power in the antenna of 15 watts (unmodulated carrier) with an antenna efficiency of 27 per cent.

    (ii) In the case of cargo ships of 300 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 tons gross tonnage:
    (1) for existing installations the transmitter shall have a minimum normal range of at least 75 miles; and
    (2) for new installations the transmitter shall produce a power in the antenna of at least 15 watt (unmodulated carrier).

    (d) The transmitter shall be fitted with a device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal by automatic means so designed as to prevent actuation by mistake. The device shall be capable of being taken out of operation at any time in order to permit the immediate transmission of a distress message. Arrangements shall be made to check periodically the proper functioning of the device on frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency using a suitable artificial antenna.

    (e) The device required by paragraph (d) of this regulation shall comply with the following requirements:
    (i) The tolerance of the frequency of each tone shall be ±1.5 per cent.
    (ii) The tolerance on the duration of each tone shall be ±50 milliseconds.
    (iii) The interval between successive tones shall not exceed 50 milliseconds.
    (iv) The ratio of the amplitude of the stronger tone to that of the weaker shall be within the range 1 to 1.2.

    (f) The receiver required by paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be capable of receiving the radiotelephone distress frequency and at least one other frequency available for maritime radiotelephone stations in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 2,850 kHz, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations for these frequencies. In addition the receiver shall permit the reception of such other frequencies, using the classes of emission assigned by the Radio Regulations, as are used for the transmission by radiotelephony of meteorological messages and such other communications relating to the safety of navigation as may be considered necessary by the Administration. The receiver shall have sufficient sensitivity to produce signals by means of a loudspeaker when the receiver input is as low as 50 microvolts.

    (g) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver shall be preset to this frequency. It shall be provided with a filtering unit or a device to silence the loudspeaker in the absence of a radiotelephone alarm signal. The device shall be capable of being easily switched in and out and may be used when, in the opinion of the master, conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the ship.

    (h) To permit rapid change-over from transmission to reception when manual switching is used, the control for the switching device shall, where practicable, be located on the microphone or the telephone handset.

    (i) While the ship is at sea, there shall be available at all times a main source of energy sufficient to operate the installation over the normal range required by paragraph (c) of this Regulation. If batteries are provided they shall under all circumstances have sufficient capacity to operate the transmitter and receiver for at least six hours continuously under normal working conditions.* In installations in cargo ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage made on or after 19 November 1952, a reserve source of energy shall be provided in the upper part of the ship unless the main source of energy is so situated.

    *For the purpose of determining the electrical load to be supplied by batteries required to have six hours reserve capacity, the following formula is recommended as a guide: 1/2 of the current consumption necessary for speech transmission + current consumption of receiver + current consumption of all additional loads to which the batteries may supply energy in time of distress or emergency.

    (j) The reserve source of energy, if provided, may be used only to supply:
    (i) the radiotelephone installation;
    (ii) the emergency light required by paragraph (d) of Regulation 15 of this Chapter;
    (iii) the device required by paragraph (d) of this Regulation, for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal; and
    (iv) the VHF installation .

    (k) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (j) of this regulation, the Administration may authorize the use of the reserve source of energy, if provided, for a direction-finder, if fitted, and for a number of low-power emergency circuits which are wholly confined to the upper part of the ship, such as emergency lighting on the boat deck, on condition that the additional loads can be readily disconnected, and that the source of energy is of sufficient capacity to carry them.

    (l) While at sea, any battery provided shall be kept charged so as to meet the requirements of paragraph (i) of this Regulation.

    (m) An antenna shall be provided and installed and, if suspended between supports liable to whipping, shall in the case of cargo ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards but less than 1,600 tons gross tonnage be protected against breakage. In addition, there shall be a spare antenna completely assembled for immediate replacement or, where this is not practicable, sufficient antenna wire and insulators to enable a spare antenna to be erected. The necessary tools to erect an antenna shall also be provided.

    Reg. 17 Radiotelephone Stations

    (a) When a VHF radiotelephone station is provided in accordance with Regulation 18 of Chapter V, it shall be in the upper part of the ship and include a VHF radiotelephone installation complying with the provisions of this Regulation and comprising a transmitter and receiver, a source of power capable of actuating them at their rated power levels, and an antenna suitable for efficient radiating and receiving signals at the operating frequencies.

    (b) Such a VHF installation shall conform to the requirements laid down in the Radio Regulations for equipment used in the VHF Maritime Mobile Radiotelephone Service and shall be capable of operation on those channels specified by the Radio Regulations and as may be required by the Contracting Government referred to in Regulation 18 of Chapter V.

    (c) The Contracting Government shall not require the transmitter R.F carrier power output to be greater than 10 watts. The antenna shall, in so far as is practicable, have an unobstructed view in all directions . *

    * For guidance purposes, it is assumed that each ship would be fitted with a vertically polarized unity gain antenna at a nominal height of 9.15 metres (30 feet) above water, a transmitter R.F. power output of 10 watts, and a receiver sensitivity of 2 microvolt across the input terminals for 20db signal-to-noise ratio

    (d) Control of the VHF channels required for navigational safety shall be immediately available on the bridge convenient to the conning position and where necessary, facilities should also be available to permit radiocommunications from the wings of the bridge.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    (a) When a VHF radiotelephone station is provided in accordance with Regulation 18 of Chapter V, it shall be in the upper part of the ship and include a VHF radiotelephone installation complying with the provisions of this Regulation and comprising a transmitter and receiver, a source of power capable of actuating them at their rated power levels, and an antenna suitable for efficient radiating and receiving signals at the operating frequencies.

    (b) Such a VHF installation shall conform to the requirements laid down in the Radio Regulations for equipment used in the VHF Maritime Mobile Radiotelephone Service and shall be capable of operation on those channels specified by the Radio Regulations and as may be required by the Contracting Government referred to in Regulation 18 of Chapter V.

    (c) The Contracting Government shall not require the transmitter R.F carrier power output to be greater than 10 watts. The antenna shall, in so far as is practicable, have an unobstructed view in all directions . *

    * For guidance purposes, it is assumed that each ship would be fitted with a vertically polarized unity gain antenna at a nominal height of 9.15 metres (30 feet) above water, a transmitter R.F. power output of 10 watts, and a receiver sensitivity of 2 microvolt across the input terminals for 20db signal-to-noise ratio

    (d) Control of the VHF channels required for navigational safety shall be immediately available on the bridge convenient to the conning position and where necessary, facilities should also be available to permit radiocommunications from the wings of the bridge.
    Reg. 17 VHF radiotelephone installation
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 1992-01-31)]

    Reg. 18 Radiotelephone auto alarms

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    (a) The radiotelephone auto alarm shall comply with the following minimum requirements :
    (i) the frequencies of maximum response of the tuned circuits, and other tone selecting devices, shall be subject to a tolerance of ±1.5 per cent in each instance; and the response shall not fall below 50 per cent of the maximum response for frequencies within 3 per cent of the frequency of maximum response;
    (ii) in the absence of noise and interference, the automatic receiving equipment shall be capable of operating from the alarm signal in a period of not less than four and not more than six seconds;
    (iii) the automatic receiving equipment shall respond to the alarm signal, under conditions of intermittent interference caused by atmospherics and powerful signals other than the alarm signal, preferably without any manual adjustment being required during any period of watch maintained by the equipment;
    (iv) the automatic receiving equipment shall not be actuated by atmospherics or by strong signals other than the alarm signal;
    (v) the automatic receiving equipment shall be effective beyond the range at which speech transmission is satisfactory;
    (vi) the automatic receiving equipment shall be capable of withstanding vibration, humidity, changes of temperature and variations in power supply voltage equivalent to the severe conditions experienced on board ships at sea, and shall continue to operate under such conditions.
    (vii) the automatic receiving equipment should as far as practicable give warning of faults that would prevent the apparatus from performing its normal functions during watch hours.

    (b) Before a new type of radiotelephone auto alarm is approved, the Administration concerned shall be satisfied by practical tests, made under operating conditions equivalent to those obtained in practice, that the apparatus complies with paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

    Part D Radio logs

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992

    Reg.19 Radio logs

    (a) The radio log (diary of the radio service) required by the Radio Regulations for a ship which is fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter shall be kept in the radiotelegraph operating room during the voyage. Every radio officer shall enter in the log his name, the times at which he goes on and off watch, and all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:
    (i) the entries required by the Radio Regulations;
    (ii) details of the maintenance, including a record of the charging of the batteries, in such form as may be prescribed by the Administration;
    (iii) a daily statement that the requirement of paragraph(p) of regulation 10 of this Chapter has been fulfilled;
    (iv) details of the tests of the reserve transmitter and reserve source of energy made under paragraph (s) of regulation 10 of this Chapter;
    (v) in ships fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm details of tests made under paragraph (c) of regulation 11 of this Chapter;
    (vi) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (j) of regulation 13 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in respect of the transmitters fitted in motor lifeboats;
    (vii) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (i) of regulation 14 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in respect of portable radio apparatus for survival
    (viii) the time at which the listening watch was discontinued in accordance with paragraph (d) of regulation 6 of this Chapter, together with the reason and the time at which the listening watch was resumed.

    (b) The radio log (diary of the radio service) required by the Radio Regulations for a ship which is fitted with a radiophone station in accordance with regulation 4 of this Chapter shall be kept at the place where listening watch is maintained. Every qualified operator, and every master, officer or crew member carrying out a listening watch in accordance with regulation 7 of this Chapter, shall enter in the log with his name, the details of all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:
    (i) the details required by the Radio Regulations;
    (ii) the time at which listening watch begins when the ship leaves port, and the time at which it ends when the ships reaches port;
    (iii) the time at which listening watch is for any reason discontinued, together with the reason, and the time at which listening watch is resumed;
    (iv) details of the maintenance of the batteries (if provided), including a record of the charging required by paragraph (l) of regulation 16 of this Chapter;
    (v) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (i) of regulation 14 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in (c) Radio logs shall be available for inspection by the officers authorized by the Administration to make such inspection.

    (c) Radio logs shall be available for inspection by the officers authorized by th Administration to make such inspection.
    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    (a) The radio log (diary of the radio service) required by the Radio Regulations for a ship which is fitted with a radiotelegraph station in accordance with regulation 3 or Regulation 4 of this Chapter shall be kept in the radiotelegraph operating room during the voyage. Every radio officer shall enter in the log his name, the times at which he goes on and off watch, and all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:
    (i) the entries required by the Radio Regulations;
    (ii) details of the maintenance, including a record of the charging of the batteries, in such form as may be prescribed by the Administration;
    (iii) a daily statement that the requirement of paragraph(p) of regulation 10 of this Chapter has been fulfilled;
    (iv) details of the tests of the reserve transmitter and reserve source of energy made under paragraph (s) of regulation 10 of this Chapter;
    (v) in ships fitted with a radiotelegraph auto alarm details of tests made under paragraph (c) of regulation 11 of this Chapter;
    (vi) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (j) of regulation 13 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in respect of the transmitters fitted in motor lifeboats;
    (vii) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (i) of regulation 14 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in respect of portable radio apparatus for survival
    (viii) the time at which the listening watch was discontinued in accordance with paragraph (d) of regulation 6 of this Chapter, together with the reason and the time at which the listening watch was resumed.

    (b) The radio log (diary of the radio service) required by the Radio Regulations for a ship which is fitted with a radiophone station in accordance with regulation 4 of this Chapter shall be kept at the place where listening watch is maintained. Every qualified operator, and every master, officer or crew member carrying out a listening watch in accordance with regulation 7 of this Chapter, shall enter in the log with his name, the details of all incidents connected with the radio service which occur during his watch which may appear to be of importance to safety of life at sea. In addition, there shall be entered in the log:
    (i) the details required by the Radio Regulations;
    (ii) the time at which listening watch begins when the ship leaves port, and the time at which it ends when the ships reaches port;
    (iii) the time at which listening watch is for any reason discontinued, together with the reason, and the time at which listening watch is resumed;
    (iv) details of the maintenance of the batteries (if provided), including a record of the charging required by paragraph (l) of regulation 16 of this Chapter;
    (v) details of the maintenance of the batteries, including a record of the charging (if applicable) required by paragraph (i) of regulation 14 of this Chapter, and details of the tests required by that paragraph in (c) Radio logs shall be available for inspection by the officers authorized by the Administration to make such inspection.

    (c) Radio logs shall be available for inspection by the officers authorized by th Administration to make such inspection.

    CHAPTER 05 Safety of navigation

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Appendix to chapter V Rules for the management, operation and financing of the North Atlantic Ice Patrol referred to in Reg. 6

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 01 Application

    Application

    This Chapter, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Chapter, applies to all ships on all voyages, except ships of war and ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary waters as far east as the lower exit of the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec, Canada.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002

    Application

    This Chapter, unless otherwise expressly provided in this Chapter, applies to all ships on all voyages, except ships of war and ships solely navigating the Great Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary waters as far east as the lower exit of the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec, Canada.

    Reg. 02 Danger messages

    (a) The master of every ship which meets with dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict, or any other direct danger to navigation, or a tropical storm, or encounters sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures, or winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received, is bound to communicate the information by all the means at his disposal to ships in the vicinity, and also to the competent authorities at the first point on the coast with which he can communicate. The form in which the information is sent is not obligatory. It may be transmitted either in plain language (preferably English) or by means of the International Code of Signals. It should be broadcast to all ships in the vicinity and sent to the first point on the coast to which communication can be made, with a request that it be transmitted to the appropriate authorities.

    (b) Each Contracting Government will take all steps necessary to ensure that when intelligence of any of the dangers specified in paragraph (a) of this regulation is received, it will be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerned and communicated to other interested Governments.

    (c) The transmission of messages respecting the dangers specified is free of cost to the ships concerned.

    (d) All radio messages issued under paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be preceded by the Safety Signal, using the procedure as prescribed by the Radio Regulations as defined in regulation 2 of Chapter IV.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002
    (a) The master of every ship which meets with dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict, or any other direct danger to navigation, or a tropical storm, or encounters sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures, or winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received, is bound to communicate the information by all the means at his disposal to ships in the vicinity, and also to the competent authorities at the first point on the coast with which he can communicate. The form in which the information is sent is not obligatory. It may be transmitted either in plain language (preferably English) or by means of the International Code of Signals. It should be broadcast to all ships in the vicinity and sent to the first point on the coast to which communication can be made, with a request that it be transmitted to the appropriate authorities.

    (b) Each Contracting Government will take all steps necessary to ensure that when intelligence of any of the dangers specified in paragraph (a) of this regulation is received, it will be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerned and communicated to other interested Governments.

    (c) The transmission of messages respecting the dangers specified is free of cost to the ships concerned.

    (d) All radio messages issued under paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be preceded by the Safety Signal, using the procedure as prescribed by the Radio Regulations as defined in regulation 2 of Chapter IV.

    Reg. 02 Definitions

    Definitions

    For the purpose of this chapter:

    1. Constructed in respect of a ship means a stage of construction where:
    1. the keel is laid; or

    2. construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; or

    3. assembly of the ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less.
    • Nautical chart or nautical publication is a special-purpose map or book, or a specially compiled database from which such a map or book is derived, that is issued officially by or on the authority of a Government, authorized Hydrographic Office or other relevant government institution and is designed to meet the requirements of marine navigation.1

    • All ships means any ship, vessel or craft irrespective of type and purpose.


    1 Refer to appropriate resolutions and recommendations of the International Hydrographic Organization concerning the authority and responsibilities of coastal States in the provision of charting in accordance with regulation 9.

    Reg. 03 Information required in danger messages

    The following information is required in danger messages:

    (a) Ice, Derelicts and other Direct Dangers to Navigation
    (i) The kind of ice, derelict or danger observed.
    (ii) The position of the ice, derelict or danger when last observed.
    (iii) The time and date (Greenwich Mean Time) when danger last observed.

    (b) Tropical Storms (Hurricanes in the West Indies, Typhoons in the China Sea, Cyclones in Indian waters, and storms of a similar nature in other regions)
    (i) A statement that a tropical storm has been encountered. This obligation should be interpreted in a broad spirit, and information transmitted whenever the master has good reason to believe that a tropical storm is developing or exists in his neighbourhood.
    (ii) Time, date (Greenwich Mean Time) and position of ship when the observation was taken.
    (iii) As much of the following information as is practicable should be included in the message:
    - barometric pressure, preferably corrected (stating millibars, millimetres, or inches, and whether corrected or uncorrected);
    - barometric tendency (the change in barometric pressure during the past three hours);
    - true wind direction;
    - wind force (Beaufort scale) ;
    - state of the sea (smooth, moderate, rough, high);
    - swell (slight, moderate, heavy) and the true direction from which it comes. Period or length of swell (short, average, long) would also be of value;
    - true course and speed of ship.

    (c) Subsequent Observations When a master has reported a tropical or other dangerous storm, it is desirable, but not obligatory, that further observations be made and transmitted hourly, if practicable, but in any case at intervals of not more than three hours, so long as the ship remains under the influence of the storm.

    (d) Winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received This is intended to deal with storms other than the tropical storms referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation; when such a storm is encountered, the message should contain similar information to that listed under that paragraph but excluding the details concerning sea and swell.

    (e) Sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures
    (i) Time and date (Greenwich Mean Time).
    (ii) Air temperature.
    (iii) Sea temperature (if practicable).
    (iv) Wind force and direction.

    Examples

    Ice
    TTT Ice. Large berg sighted in 4605 N., 4410 W., at 0800 GMT. May 15.

    Derelicts
    TTT Derelict. Observed derelict almost submerged in 4006 N., 1243 W., at 1630 GMT. April 21.
    Danger to Navigation
    TTT Navigation. Alpha lightship not on station. 1800 GMT. January 3.

    Tropical Storm
    TTT Storm. 0030 GMT. August 18. 2004 N., 11354 E. Barometer corrected 994 millibars, tendency down 6 millibars. Wind NW., force 9, heavy squalls. Heavy easterly swell. Course 067, 5 knots.
    TTT Storm. Appearances indicate approach of hurricane. 1300 GMT. September 14. 2200 N., 7236 W. Barometer corrected 29.64 inches, tendency down .015 inches. Wind NE., force 8, frequent rain squalls. Course 035, 9 knots.
    TTT Storm. Conditions indicate intense cyclone has formed. 0200 GMT. May 4. 1620 N., 9203 E. Barometer uncorrected 753 millimetres, tendency down 5 millimetres. Wind S. by W., force 5. Course 300, 8 knots.
    TTT Storm. Typhoon to southeast. 0300 GMT. June 12. 1812 N., 12605 E. Barometer falling rapidly. Wind increasing from N.
    TTT Storm. Wind force 11, no storm warning received. 0300 GMT. May 4. 4830 N., 30 W. Barometer corrected 983 millibars, tendency down 4 millibars. Wind SW., force 11 veering. Course 260, 6 knots.

    Icing
    TTT experiencing severe icing. 1400 GMT. March 2. 69 N., 10 W. Air temperature 18. Sea temperature 29. Wind NE., force 8.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    The following information is required in danger messages:

    (a) Ice, Derelicts and other Direct Dangers to Navigation
    (i) The kind of ice, derelict or danger observed.
    (ii) The position of the ice, derelict or danger when last observed.
    (iii) The time and date (Greenwich Mean Time) when danger last observed.

    (b) Tropical Storms (Hurricanes in the West Indies, Typhoons in the China Sea, Cyclones in Indian waters, and storms of a similar nature in other regions)
    (i) A statement that a tropical storm has been encountered. This obligation should be interpreted in a broad spirit, and information transmitted whenever the master has good reason to believe that a tropical storm is developing or exists in his neighbourhood.
    (ii) Time, date (Greenwich Mean Time) and position of ship when the observation was taken.
    (iii) As much of the following information as is practicable should be included in the message:
    - barometric pressure, preferably corrected (stating millibars, millimetres, or inches, and whether corrected or uncorrected);
    - barometric tendency (the change in barometric pressure during the past three hours);
    - true wind direction;
    - wind force (Beaufort scale) ;
    - state of the sea (smooth, moderate, rough, high);
    - swell (slight, moderate, heavy) and the true direction from which it comes. Period or length of swell (short, average, long) would also be of value;
    - true course and speed of ship.

    (c) Subsequent Observations When a master has reported a tropical or other dangerous storm, it is desirable, but not obligatory, that further observations be made and transmitted hourly, if practicable, but in any case at intervals of not more than three hours, so long as the ship remains under the influence of the storm.

    (d) Winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received This is intended to deal with storms other than the tropical storms referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation; when such a storm is encountered, the message should contain similar information to that listed under that paragraph but excluding the details concerning sea and swell.

    (e) Sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures
    (i) Time and date (Greenwich Mean Time).
    (ii) Air temperature.
    (iii) Sea temperature (if practicable).
    (iv) Wind force and direction.

    Examples

    Ice
    TTT Ice. Large berg sighted in 4605 N., 4410 W., at 0800 GMT. May 15.

    Derelicts
    TTT Derelict. Observed derelict almost submerged in 4006 N., 1243 W., at 1630 GMT. April 21.
    Danger to Navigation
    TTT Navigation. Alpha lightship not on station. 1800 GMT. January 3.

    Tropical Storm
    TTT Storm. 0030 GMT. August 18. 2004 N., 11354 E. Barometer corrected 994 millibars, tendency down 6 millibars. Wind NW., force 9, heavy squalls. Heavy easterly swell. Course 067, 5 knots.
    TTT Storm. Appearances indicate approach of hurricane. 1300 GMT. September 14. 2200 N., 7236 W. Barometer corrected 29.64 inches, tendency down .015 inches. Wind NE., force 8, frequent rain squalls. Course 035, 9 knots.
    TTT Storm. Conditions indicate intense cyclone has formed. 0200 GMT. May 4. 1620 N., 9203 E. Barometer uncorrected 753 millimetres, tendency down 5 millimetres. Wind S. by W., force 5. Course 300, 8 knots.
    TTT Storm. Typhoon to southeast. 0300 GMT. June 12. 1812 N., 12605 E. Barometer falling rapidly. Wind increasing from N.
    TTT Storm. Wind force 11, no storm warning received. 0300 GMT. May 4. 4830 N., 30 W. Barometer corrected 983 millibars, tendency down 4 millibars. Wind SW., force 11 veering. Course 260, 6 knots.

    Icing
    TTT experiencing severe icing. 1400 GMT. March 2. 69 N., 10 W. Air temperature 18. Sea temperature 29. Wind NE., force 8.

    Reg. 04 Meteorological services

    (a) The Contracting Governments undertake to encourage the collection of meteorological data by ships at sea and to arrange for their examination, dissemination and exchange in the manner most suitable for the purpose of aiding navigation. Administrations shall encourage the use of instruments of a high degree of accuracy, and shall facilitate the checking of such instruments upon request.

    (b) In particular, the Contracting Governments undertake to co-operate in carrying out, as far as practicable, the following meteorological arrangements:
    (i) To warn ships of gales, storms and tropical storms, both by the issue of radio messages and by the display of appropriate signals at coastal points.
    (ii) To issue daily, by radio, weather bulletins suitable for shipping, containing data of existing weather, waves and ice, forecasts and, when practicable, sufficient additional information to enable simple weather charts to be prepared at sea and also to encourage the transmission of suitable facsimile weather charts.
    (iii) To prepare and issue such publications as may be necessary for the efficient conduct of meteorological work at sea and to arrange, if practicable, for the publication and making available of daily weather charts for the information of departing ships.
    (iv) To arrange for selected ships to be equipped with tested instruments (such as a barometer, a barograph, a psychrometer, and suitable apparatus for measuring sea temperature) for use in the service, and to take meteorological observations at main standard times for surface synoptic observations (at least four times daily, whenever circumstances permit) and to encourage other ships to take observations in a modified form, particularly when in areas where shipping is sparse; these ships to transmit their observations by radio for the benefit of the various official meteorological services, repeating the information for the benefit of ships in the vicinity. When in the vicinity of a tropical storm, or of a suspected tropical storm, ships should be encouraged to take and transmit their observations at more frequent intervals whenever practicable, bearing in mind navigational preoccupations of ships' officers during storm conditions.
    (v) To arrange for the reception and transmission by coast radio stations of weather messages from and to ships. Ships which are unable to communicate direct with shore shall be encouraged to relay their weather messages through ocean weather ships or through other ships which are in contact with shore.
    (vi) To encourage all masters to inform ships in the vicinity and also shore stations whenever they experience a wind speed of 50 knots or more (force 10 on the Beaufort scale).
    (vii) To endeavour to obtain a uniform procedure in regard to the international meteorological services already specified, and, as far as is practicable, to conform to the Technical Regulations and recommendations made by the World Meteorological Organization, to which the Contracting Governments may refer for study and advice any meteorological question which may arise in carrying out the present Convention.

    (c) The information provided for in this regulation shall be furnished in form for transmission and transmitted in the order of priority prescribed by the Radio Regulations, and during transmission "to all stations" of meteorological information, forecasts and warnings, all ship stations must conform to the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

    (d) Forecasts, warnings, synoptic and other meteorological reports intended for ships shall be issued and disseminated by the national service in the best position to serve various zones and areas, in accordance with mutual arrangements made by the Contracting Governments concerned.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1998
    (a) The Contracting Governments undertake to encourage the collection of meteorological data by ships at sea and to arrange for their examination, dissemination and exchange in the manner most suitable for the purpose of aiding navigation. Administrations shall encourage the use of instruments of a high degree of accuracy, and shall facilitate the checking of such instruments upon request.

    (b) In particular, the Contracting Governments undertake to co-operate in carrying out, as far as practicable, the following meteorological arrangements:
    (i) To warn ships of gales, storms and tropical storms, both by the issue of radio messages and by the display of appropriate signals at coastal points.
    (ii) To issue daily, by radio, weather bulletins suitable for shipping, containing data of existing weather, waves and ice, forecasts and, when practicable, sufficient additional information to enable simple weather charts to be prepared at sea and also to encourage the transmission of suitable facsimile weather charts.
    (iii) To prepare and issue such publications as may be necessary for the efficient conduct of meteorological work at sea and to arrange, if practicable, for the publication and making available of daily weather charts for the information of departing ships.
    (iv) To arrange for selected ships to be equipped with tested instruments (such as a barometer, a barograph, a psychrometer, and suitable apparatus for measuring sea temperature) for use in the service, and to take meteorological observations at main standard times for surface synoptic observations (at least four times daily, whenever circumstances permit) and to encourage other ships to take observations in a modified form, particularly when in areas where shipping is sparse; these ships to transmit their observations by radio for the benefit of the various official meteorological services, repeating the information for the benefit of ships in the vicinity. When in the vicinity of a tropical storm, or of a suspected tropical storm, ships should be encouraged to take and transmit their observations at more frequent intervals whenever practicable, bearing in mind navigational preoccupations of ships' officers during storm conditions.
    (v) To arrange for the reception and transmission by coast radio stations of weather messages from and to ships. Ships which are unable to communicate direct with shore shall be encouraged to relay their weather messages through ocean weather ships or through other ships which are in contact with shore.
    (vi) To encourage all masters to inform ships in the vicinity and also shore stations whenever they experience a wind speed of 50 knots or more (force 10 on the Beaufort scale).
    (vii) To endeavour to obtain a uniform procedure in regard to the international meteorological services already specified, and, as far as is practicable, to conform to the Technical Regulations and recommendations made by the World Meteorological Organization, to which the Contracting Governments may refer for study and advice any meteorological question which may arise in carrying out the present Convention.

    (c) The information provided for in this regulation shall be furnished in form for transmission and transmitted in the order of priority prescribed by the Radio Regulations, and during transmission "to all stations" of meteorological information, forecasts and warnings, all ship stations must conform to the provisions of the Radio Regulations.

    (d) Forecasts, warnings, synoptic and other meteorological reports intended for ships shall be issued and disseminated by the national service in the best position to serve various zones and areas, in accordance with mutual arrangements made by the Contracting Governments concerned.

    Reg. 05 Ice patrol service

    (a) The Contracting Governments undertake to continue an ice patrol and a service for study and observation of ice conditions in the North Atlantic. During the whole of the ice season the south-eastern, southern and south-western limits of the regions of icebergs in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland shall be guarded for the purpose of informing passing ships of the extent of this dangerous region; for the study of ice conditions in general; and for the purpose of affording assistance to ships and crews requiring aid within the limits of operation of the patrol ships. During the rest of the year the study and observation of ice conditions shall be maintained as advisable.

    (b) Ships and aircraft used for the ice patrol service and the study and observation of ice conditions may be assigned other duties by the managing Government, provided that such other duties do not interfere with their primary purpose or increase the cost of this service.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002
    (a) The Contracting Governments undertake to continue an ice patrol and a service for study and observation of ice conditions in the North Atlantic. During the whole of the ice season the south-eastern, southern and south-western limits of the regions of icebergs in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland shall be guarded for the purpose of informing passing ships of the extent of this dangerous region; for the study of ice conditions in general; and for the purpose of affording assistance to ships and crews requiring aid within the limits of operation of the patrol ships. During the rest of the year the study and observation of ice conditions shall be maintained as advisable.

    (b) Ships and aircraft used for the ice patrol service and the study and observation of ice conditions may be assigned other duties by the managing Government, provided that such other duties do not interfere with their primary purpose or increase the cost of this service.

    Reg. 05 Meteorological services and warnings

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 06 Ice patrol management and cost

    (a) The Government of the United States of America agrees to continue the management of the ice patrol service and the study and observation of ice conditions, including the dissemination of information received therefrom. The Contracting Governments specially interested in these services undertake to contribute to the expense of maintaining and operating these services; each contribution to be based upon the total gross tonnage of the vessels of each contributing Government passing through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol; in particular, each Contracting Government specially interested undertakes to contribute annually to the expense of maintaining and operating these services a sum determined by the ratio which the total gross tonnage of that Contracting Government's vessels passing during the ice season through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol bears to the combined total gross tonnage of the vessels of all contributing Governments passing during the ice season through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol. Non-contracting Governments specially interested may contribute to the expense of maintaining and operating these services on the same basis. The managing Government will furnish annually to each contributing Government a statement of the total cost of maintaining and operating the Ice Patrol and of the proportionate share of each contributing Government.

    (b) Each of the contributing Governments has the right to alter or discontinue its contribution, and other interested Governments may undertake to contribute to the expense. The contributing Government which avails itself of this right will continue responsible for its current contribution up to 1 September following the date of giving notice of intention to alter or discontinue its contribution. To take advantage of the said right it must give notice to the managing Government at least six months before the said 1 September.

    (c) If, at any time, the United States Government should desire to discontinue these services, or if one of the contributing Governments should express a wish to relinquish responsibility for its pecuniary contribution, or to have its contribution altered, or another Contracting Government should desire to undertake to contribute to the expense, the contributing Governments shall settle the question in accordance with their mutual interests.

    (d) The contributing Governments shall have the right by common consent to make from time to time such alterations in the provisions of this regulation and of regulation 5 of this Chapter as appear desirable.

    (e) Where this regulation provides that a measure may be taken after agreement among the contributing Governments, proposals made by any Contracting Government for effecting such a measure shall be communicated to the managing Government which shall approach the other contributing Governments with a view to ascertaining whether they accept such proposals, and the results of the enquiries thus made shall be sent to the other contributing Governments and the Contracting Government making the proposals. In particular, the arrangements relating to contributions to the cost of the services shall be reviewed by the contributing Governments at intervals not exceeding three years. The managing Government shall initiate the action necessary to this end.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002
    (a) The Government of the United States of America agrees to continue the management of the ice patrol service and the study and observation of ice conditions, including the dissemination of information received therefrom. The Contracting Governments specially interested in these services undertake to contribute to the expense of maintaining and operating these services; each contribution to be based upon the total gross tonnage of the vessels of each contributing Government passing through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol; in particular, each Contracting Government specially interested undertakes to contribute annually to the expense of maintaining and operating these services a sum determined by the ratio which the total gross tonnage of that Contracting Government's vessels passing during the ice season through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol bears to the combined total gross tonnage of the vessels of all contributing Governments passing during the ice season through the regions of icebergs guarded by the Ice Patrol. Non-contracting Governments specially interested may contribute to the expense of maintaining and operating these services on the same basis. The managing Government will furnish annually to each contributing Government a statement of the total cost of maintaining and operating the Ice Patrol and of the proportionate share of each contributing Government.

    (b) Each of the contributing Governments has the right to alter or discontinue its contribution, and other interested Governments may undertake to contribute to the expense. The contributing Government which avails itself of this right will continue responsible for its current contribution up to 1 September following the date of giving notice of intention to alter or discontinue its contribution. To take advantage of the said right it must give notice to the managing Government at least six months before the said 1 September.

    (c) If, at any time, the United States Government should desire to discontinue these services, or if one of the contributing Governments should express a wish to relinquish responsibility for its pecuniary contribution, or to have its contribution altered, or another Contracting Government should desire to undertake to contribute to the expense, the contributing Governments shall settle the question in accordance with their mutual interests.

    (d) The contributing Governments shall have the right by common consent to make from time to time such alterations in the provisions of this regulation and of regulation 5 of this Chapter as appear desirable.

    (e) Where this regulation provides that a measure may be taken after agreement among the contributing Governments, proposals made by any Contracting Government for effecting such a measure shall be communicated to the managing Government which shall approach the other contributing Governments with a view to ascertaining whether they accept such proposals, and the results of the enquiries thus made shall be sent to the other contributing Governments and the Contracting Government making the proposals. In particular, the arrangements relating to contributions to the cost of the services shall be reviewed by the contributing Governments at intervals not exceeding three years. The managing Government shall initiate the action necessary to this end.

    Reg. 06 Ice Patrol Service

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 07 Speed near ice

    When ice is reported on or near his course the master of every ship at night is bound to proceed at a moderate speed or to alter his course so as to go well clear of the danger zone.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002
    When ice is reported on or near his course the master of every ship at night is bound to proceed at a moderate speed or to alter his course so as to go well clear of the danger zone.

    Reg. 07 Search and rescue services

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 08 Routeing

    (a) The practice of following, particularly in converging areas, routes adopted for the purpose of separation of traffic including avoidance of passage through areas designated as areas to be avoided by ships or certain classes of ships, or for the purpose of avoiding unsafe conditions, has contributed to the safety of navigation and is recommended for use by all ships concerned.

    (b) The Organization is recognized as the only international body for establishing and adopting measures on an international level concerning routeing and areas to be avoided by ships or certain classes of ships. It will collate and disseminate to Contracting Governments all relevant information.

    (c) The selection of the routes and the initiation of action with regard to them, and the delineation of what constitutes converging areas, will be primarily the responsibility of the Governments concerned. In the development of routeing schemes which impinge upon international waters, or such other schemes they may wish adopted by the Organization, they will give due consideration to relevant information published by the Organization.

    (d) Contracting Governments will use their influence to secure the appropriate use of adopted routes and will do everything in their power to ensure adherence to the measures adopted by the Organization in connexion with routeing of ships.

    (e) Contracting Governments will also induce all ships proceeding on voyages in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland to avoid, as far as practicable, the fishing banks of Newfoundland north of latitude 43 degrees N and to pass outside regions known or believed to be endangered by ice.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1996
    (a) The practice of following, particularly in converging areas, routes adopted for the purpose of separation of traffic including avoidance of passage through areas designated as areas to be avoided by ships or certain classes of ships, or for the purpose of avoiding unsafe conditions, has contributed to the safety of navigation and is recommended for use by all ships concerned.

    (b) The Organization is recognized as the only international body for establishing and adopting measures on an international level concerning routeing and areas to be avoided by ships or certain classes of ships. It will collate and disseminate to Contracting Governments all relevant information.

    (c) The selection of the routes and the initiation of action with regard to them, and the delineation of what constitutes converging areas, will be primarily the responsibility of the Governments concerned. In the development of routeing schemes which impinge upon international waters, or such other schemes they may wish adopted by the Organization, they will give due consideration to relevant information published by the Organization.

    (d) Contracting Governments will use their influence to secure the appropriate use of adopted routes and will do everything in their power to ensure adherence to the measures adopted by the Organization in connexion with routeing of ships.

    (e) Contracting Governments will also induce all ships proceeding on voyages in the vicinity of the Grand Banks of Newfoundland to avoid, as far as practicable, the fishing banks of Newfoundland north of latitude 43 degrees N and to pass outside regions known or believed to be endangered by ice.

    Reg. 08-1 Ship reporting systems

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1996-01-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 08-2 Vessel traffic services

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1999-07-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 09 Misuse of Distress Signals

    The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose of indicating that a ship or aircraft is in distress, and the use of any signal which may be confused with an international distress signal, are prohibited on every ship or aircraft.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose of indicating that a ship or aircraft is in distress, and the use of any signal which may be confused with an international distress signal, are prohibited on every ship or aircraft.

    Reg. 09 Misuse of distress signals

    The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose of indicating that a ship or aircraft or person is in distress, and the use of any signal which may be confused with an international distress signal, are prohibited.
    Reg. 09 Hydrographic services
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 10 Distress Messages - Obligations and Procedures

    (a) The master of a ship at sea, on receiving a signal from any source that a ship or aircraft or survival craft thereof is in distress, is bound to proceed with all speed to the assistance of the persons in distress informing them if possible that he is doing so. If he is unable or, in the special circumstances of the case, considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to proceed to their assistance, he must enter in the logbook the reason for failing to proceed to the assistance of the persons in distress.

    (b) The master of a ship in distress, after consultation, so far as may be possible, with the masters of the ships which answer his call for assistance, has the right to requisition such one or more of those ships as he considers best able to render assistance, and it shall be the duty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to comply with the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of persons in distress.

    (c) The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph (a) of this regulation when he learns that one or more ships other than his own have been requisitioned and are complying with the requisition.

    (d) The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph (a) of this Regulation, and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the obligation imposed by paragraph (b) of this Regulation, if he is informed by the persons in distress or by the master of another ship which has reached such persons that assistance is no longer necessary.

    (e) The provisions of this regulation do not prejudice the Convention for the unification of certain rules of Law relating to Assistance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels on 23 September 1910, particularly the obligation to render assistance imposed by Article 11 of that Convention.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1997
    (a) The master of a ship at sea, on receiving a signal from any source that a ship or aircraft or survival craft thereof is in distress, is bound to proceed with all speed to the assistance of the persons in distress informing them if possible that he is doing so. If he is unable or, in the special circumstances of the case, considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to proceed to their assistance, he must enter in the logbook the reason for failing to proceed to the assistance of the persons in distress.

    (b) The master of a ship in distress, after consultation, so far as may be possible, with the masters of the ships which answer his call for assistance, has the right to requisition such one or more of those ships as he considers best able to render assistance, and it shall be the duty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to comply with the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of persons in distress.

    (c) The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph (a) of this regulation when he learns that one or more ships other than his own have been requisitioned and are complying with the requisition.

    (d) The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph (a) of this Regulation, and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the obligation imposed by paragraph (b) of this Regulation, if he is informed by the persons in distress or by the master of another ship which has reached such persons that assistance is no longer necessary.

    (e) The provisions of this regulation do not prejudice the Convention for the unification of certain rules of Law relating to Assistance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels on 23 September 1910, particularly the obligation to render assistance imposed by Article 11 of that Convention.

    Reg. 10-1 Master's discretion for safe navigation

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 11 Signalling lamps

    All ships of over 150 tons gross tonnage, when engaged on international voyages, shall have on board an efficient daylight signalling lamp which shall not be solely dependent upon the ship's main source of electrical power.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002
    All ships of over 150 tons gross tonnage, when engaged on international voyages, shall have on board an efficient daylight signalling lamp which shall not be solely dependent upon the ship's main source of electrical power.

    Reg. 11 Ship reporting systems

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 12 Shipbome navigational equipment

    (a) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be fitted with a radar of a type approved by the Administration. Facilities for plotting radar readings shall be provided on the bridge in those ships.

    (b) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with radio direction-finding apparatus complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of Chapter IV. The Administration may, in areas where it considers it unreasonable or unnecessary for such apparatus to be carried, exempt any ship of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage from this requirement, due regard being had to the fact that radio direction-finding. apparatus is of value both as a navigational instrument and as an aid to locating ships, aircraft or survival craft.

    (c) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with a gyro-compass in addition to the magnetic compass. The Administration, if it considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to require a gyro-compass, may exempt any ship of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage from this requirement.

    (d) All new ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with an echo-sounding device.

    (e) Whilst all reasonable steps shall be taken to maintain the apparatus in an efficient condition, malfunction of the radar equipment, the gyro-compass or the echo-sounding device shall not be considered as making the ship unseaworthy or as a reason for delaying the ship in ports where repair facilities are not readily available.

    (f) All new ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on International voyages, shall be fitted with radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency complying with the relevant provisions of paragraph(b) of Regulation 12 of Chapter IV

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
    (a) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards shall be fitted with a radar of a type approved by the Administration. Facilities for plotting radar readings shall be provided on the bridge in those ships.

    (b) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with radio direction-finding apparatus complying with the provisions of Regulation 12 of Chapter IV. The Administration may, in areas where it considers it unreasonable or unnecessary for such apparatus to be carried, exempt any ship of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage from this requirement, due regard being had to the fact that radio direction-finding. apparatus is of value both as a navigational instrument and as an aid to locating ships, aircraft or survival craft.

    (c) All ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with a gyro-compass in addition to the magnetic compass. The Administration, if it considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to require a gyro-compass, may exempt any ship of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage from this requirement.

    (d) All new ships of 500 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted with an echo-sounding device.

    (e) Whilst all reasonable steps shall be taken to maintain the apparatus in an efficient condition, malfunction of the radar equipment, the gyro-compass or the echo-sounding device shall not be considered as making the ship unseaworthy or as a reason for delaying the ship in ports where repair facilities are not readily available.

    (f) All new ships of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards, when engaged on International voyages, shall be fitted with radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency complying with the relevant provisions of paragraph(b) of Regulation 12 of Chapter IV

    Reg. 13 Manning

    The Contracting Governments undertake, each for its national ships, to maintain, or, if it is necessary, to adopt, measures for the purpose of ensuring that, from the point of view of safety of life at sea, all ships shall be sufficiently and efficiently manned.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    The Contracting Governments undertake, each for its national ships, to maintain, or, if it is necessary, to adopt, measures for the purpose of ensuring that, from the point of view of safety of life at sea, all ships shall be sufficiently and efficiently manned.

    Reg. 14 Aids to navigation

    The Contracting Governments undertake to arrange for the establishment and maintenance of such aids to navigation, including radio beacons and electronic aids as, in their opinion, the volume of traffic justifies and the degree of risk requires, and to arrange for information relation to these aids to be made available to all concerned

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    The Contracting Governments undertake to arrange for the establishment and maintenance of such aids to navigation, including radio beacons and electronic aids as, in their opinion, the volume of traffic justifies and the degree of risk requires, and to arrange for information relation to these aids to be made available to all concerned

    Reg. 15 Search and rescue

    (a) Each Contracting Government undertakes to ensure that any necessary arrangements are made for coast watching and for the rescue of persons in distress at sea round its coasts. These arrangements should include the establishment, operation and maintenance of such maritime safety facilities as are deemed practicable and necessary having regard to the density of the seagoing traffic and the navigational dangers and should, so far as possible, afford adequate means of locating and rescuing such persons.

    (b) Each Contracting Government undertakes to make available information concerning its existing rescue facilities and the plans for changes therein, if any.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1997
    (a) Each Contracting Government undertakes to ensure that any necessary arrangements are made for coast watching and for the rescue of persons in distress at sea round its coasts. These arrangements should include the establishment, operation and maintenance of such maritime safety facilities as are deemed practicable and necessary having regard to the density of the seagoing traffic and the navigational dangers and should, so far as possible, afford adequate means of locating and rescuing such persons.

    (b) Each Contracting Government undertakes to make available information concerning its existing rescue facilities and the plans for changes therein, if any.

    Reg. 15-1 Emergency towing arrangements on tankers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1996-01-01 tot en met 1996-12-04)]

    Reg. 16 Live-saving signals

    The following signals shall be used by life-saving stations and maritime rescue units when communicating with ships or persons in distress and by ships or persons in distress when communicating with life-saving stations and maritime rescue units. The signals used by aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations to direct ships are indicated in paragraph (d) below. An illustrated table describing the signals listed below shall be readily available to the officer of the watch of every ship to which this Chapter applies.

    (a) Replies from life-saving stations or maritime rescue units to distress signals made by a ship or person:

    Signal Signification

    By day - Orange smoke signal or combined light and sound signal (thunderlight) consisting of three single signals which are fired at intervals of approximately one minute.

    By night - White star rocket consisting of three single signals which are fired at intervals of approximately one minute.

    You are seen - assistance will be given as soon as possible" (Repetition of such signals shall have the same meaning.)

     



    If necessary the day signals may be given at night or the night signals by day.

    (b) Landing signals for the guidance of small boats with crews or persons in distress :

    Signal Signification

    By day - Vertical motion of a white flag or the arms or firing of a green star-signal or signalling the code letter "K" (--.-) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    By night - Vertical motion of a white light or flare, or firing of a green star-signal or signalling the code letter "K" (--.-) given by light or sound-signal apparatus. A range (indication of direction) may be given by placing a steady white light or flare at a lower level and in line with the observer.

     

    "This is the best place to land".

     

     



    Signal Signification

     

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag, followed by the placing of the white flag in the ground and the carrying of another white flag in the direction to be indicated or firing of a red star-signal vertically and a white star-signal in the direction towards the better landing place or signalling the code letter "S"(...) followed by the code letter "R" (.-.)if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the right in the direction of approach or the code letter "L" (.-..) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the left in the direction of approach.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light or flare, followed by the placing of the white light or flare on the ground and the carrying of another white light or flare in the direction to be indicated or firing of a red star-signal vertically and a white star-signal in the direction towards the better landing place or signalling the code letter "S" (...) followed by code letter "R" (.-.) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the right in the direction of approach or the code letter "L" (.-..) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the left in the direction of approach.

     

    "Landing here highly dangerous. A more favourable location for landing is in the direction indicated."

     



    Signal Signification

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag or arms extended horizontally or firing of a red star-signal or signalling the code letter "S" (...) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light or flare or firing of a red star-signal or signalling the code letter "S" (...) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    "Landing here highly dangerous"

     



    (c) Signals to be employed in connexion with the use of shore life-saving apparatus:

    Signal Signification

    By day - Vertical motion of a white flag or the arms or firing of a green star-signal.

    By night - Vertical motion of a white light or flare or firing of a green star-signal.

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag or arms extended horizontally or firing of a red star-signal.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light. In general -"Negative."

    In general - "Affirmative." Specifically: "Rocket line is held.", "Tail block is made fast.","Hawser is made fast.", "Man is in the breeches buoy.", "Haul away."

    Specifically: "Slack away.", "Avast hauling."



    (d) Signals used by aircraft engaged on search and rescue operations to direct ships towards an aircraft, ship or person in distress(see explanatory Note below):

    Note: Advance notification of changes in these signals will be given by the Organization as necessary.

    (i) The following procedures performed in sequence by an aircraft mean that the aircraft wishes to direct a surface craft towards an aircraft or a surface craft in distress:
    (1) circling the surface craft at least once;
    (2) crossing the projected course of the surface craft close ahead at low altitude, opening and closing the throttle or changing the propeller pitch;
    (3) heading in the direction in which the surface craft is to be directed. Repetition of such procedures has the same meaning.
    (ii) The following procedure performed by an aircraft means that the assistance of the surface craft to which the signal is directed is no longer required:
    - crossing the wake of the surface craft close astern at a low altitude, opening and closing the throttle or changing the propeller pitch.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    The following signals shall be used by life-saving stations and maritime rescue units when communicating with ships or persons in distress and by ships or persons in distress when communicating with life-saving stations and maritime rescue units. The signals used by aircraft engaged in search and rescue operations to direct ships are indicated in paragraph (d) below. An illustrated table describing the signals listed below shall be readily available to the officer of the watch of every ship to which this Chapter applies.

    (a) Replies from life-saving stations or maritime rescue units to distress signals made by a ship or person:

    Signal Signification

    By day - Orange smoke signal or combined light and sound signal (thunderlight) consisting of three single signals which are fired at intervals of approximately one minute.

    By night - White star rocket consisting of three single signals which are fired at intervals of approximately one minute.

    You are seen - assistance will be given as soon as possible" (Repetition of such signals shall have the same meaning.)

     



    If necessary the day signals may be given at night or the night signals by day.

    (b) Landing signals for the guidance of small boats with crews or persons in distress :

    Signal Signification

    By day - Vertical motion of a white flag or the arms or firing of a green star-signal or signalling the code letter "K" (--.-) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    By night - Vertical motion of a white light or flare, or firing of a green star-signal or signalling the code letter "K" (--.-) given by light or sound-signal apparatus. A range (indication of direction) may be given by placing a steady white light or flare at a lower level and in line with the observer.

     

    "This is the best place to land".

     

     



    Signal Signification

     

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag, followed by the placing of the white flag in the ground and the carrying of another white flag in the direction to be indicated or firing of a red star-signal vertically and a white star-signal in the direction towards the better landing place or signalling the code letter "S"(...) followed by the code letter "R" (.-.)if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the right in the direction of approach or the code letter "L" (.-..) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the left in the direction of approach.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light or flare, followed by the placing of the white light or flare on the ground and the carrying of another white light or flare in the direction to be indicated or firing of a red star-signal vertically and a white star-signal in the direction towards the better landing place or signalling the code letter "S" (...) followed by code letter "R" (.-.) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the right in the direction of approach or the code letter "L" (.-..) if a better landing place for the craft in distress is located more to the left in the direction of approach.

     

    "Landing here highly dangerous. A more favourable location for landing is in the direction indicated."

     



    Signal Signification

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag or arms extended horizontally or firing of a red star-signal or signalling the code letter "S" (...) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light or flare or firing of a red star-signal or signalling the code letter "S" (...) given by light or sound-signal apparatus.

    "Landing here highly dangerous"

     



    (c) Signals to be employed in connexion with the use of shore life-saving apparatus:

    Signal Signification

    By day - Vertical motion of a white flag or the arms or firing of a green star-signal.

    By night - Vertical motion of a white light or flare or firing of a green star-signal.

    By day - Horizontal motion of a white flag or arms extended horizontally or firing of a red star-signal.

    By night - Horizontal motion of a white light. In general -"Negative."

    In general - "Affirmative." Specifically: "Rocket line is held.", "Tail block is made fast.","Hawser is made fast.", "Man is in the breeches buoy.", "Haul away."

    Specifically: "Slack away.", "Avast hauling."



    (d) Signals used by aircraft engaged on search and rescue operations to direct ships towards an aircraft, ship or person in distress(see explanatory Note below):

    Note: Advance notification of changes in these signals will be given by the Organization as necessary.

    (i) The following procedures performed in sequence by an aircraft mean that the aircraft wishes to direct a surface craft towards an aircraft or a surface craft in distress:
    (1) circling the surface craft at least once;
    (2) crossing the projected course of the surface craft close ahead at low altitude, opening and closing the throttle or changing the propeller pitch;
    (3) heading in the direction in which the surface craft is to be directed. Repetition of such procedures has the same meaning.
    (ii) The following procedure performed by an aircraft means that the assistance of the surface craft to which the signal is directed is no longer required:
    - crossing the wake of the surface craft close astern at a low altitude, opening and closing the throttle or changing the propeller pitch.

    Reg. 17 Pilot Ladders and Mechanical Pilot Hoists

    Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots are likely to be employed shall comply with the following requirements:

    (a) Pilot Ladders
    (i) The ladder shall be efficient for the purpose of enabling pilots to embark and disembark safely, kept clean and in good order and may be used by officials and other persons while a ship is arriving at or leaving a port.
    (ii) The ladder shall be secured in a position so that it is clear from any possible discharges from the ship, that each step rests firmly against the ship's side, that it is clear so far as is practicable of the finer lines of the ship and that the pilot can gain safe and convenient access to the ship after climbing not less than 1.5 metres (5 feet) and not more than 9 metres (30 feet). A single length of ladder shall be used capable of reaching the water from the point of access to the ship; in providing for this due allowance shall be made for all conditions of loading and trim of the ship and for an adverse list of 15 degrees. Whenever the distance from sea level to the point of access to the ship is more than 9 metres (30 feet), access from the pilot ladder to the ship shall be by means of an accommodation ladder or other equally safe and convenient means.
    (iii) The steps of the pilot ladder shall be:
    (1) of hardwood, or other material of equivalent properties, made in one piece free of knots, having an efficient non-slip surface; the four lowest steps may be made of rubber of sufficient strength and stiffness or of other suitable material of equivalent characteristics ;
    (2) not less than 480 millimetres (19 inches) long, 115millimetres (4.5 inches) wide, and 25 millimetres (1 inch) in depth, excluding any non-slip device;
    (3) equally spaced not less than 300 millimetres (12 inches) nor more than 380 millimetres (15 inches) apart and be secured in such a manner that they will remain horizontal.
    (iv) No pilot ladder shall have more than two replacement steps which are secured in position by a method different from that used in the original construction of the ladder and any steps so secured shall be replaced as soon as reasonably practicable by steps secured in position by the method used in the original construction of the ladder. When any replacement step is secured to the side ropes of the ladder by means of grooves in the sides of the step, such grooves shall be in the longer sides of the step.
    (v) the side ropes of the ladder shall consist of two uncovered manila ropes not less than 60 millimetres (2.25 inches) in circumference on each side. Each rope shall be continuous with no joints below the top step. Two man-ropes properly secured to the ship and not less than 65 millimetres (2.5 inches) in circumference and a safety line shall be kept at hand ready for use if required.
    (vi) Battens made of hardwood, or other material of equivalent properties, in one piece and not less than 1.80 metres (5 feet 10 inches) long shall be provided at such intervals as will prevent the pilot ladder from twisting. The lowest batten shall be on the fifth step from the bottom of the ladder and the interval between any batten and the next shall not exceed 9 steps.
    (vii) Means shall be provided to ensure safe and convenient passage on to or into and off the ship between the head of the pilot ladder or of any accommodation ladder or other appliance provided. Where such passage is by means of a gateway in the rails or bulwark, adequate handholds shall be provided. Where such passage is by means of a bulwark ladder, such ladder shall be securely attached to the bulwark rail or platform and two handhold stanchions shall be fitted at the point of boarding or leaving the ship not less than 0.70 metre (2 feet 3 inches) nor more than 0.80 metre (2 feet 7 inches) apart. Each stanchion shall be rigidly secured to the ship's structure at or near its base and also at a higher point, shall be not less than 40 millimetres (1.5 inches) in diameter and shall extend not less than 1.20 metres (3 feet 11 inches) above the top of the bulwark.
    (viii) Lighting shall be provided at night such that both the pilot ladder overside and also the position where the pilot boards the ship shall be adequately lit. A lifebuoy equipped with a self-igniting light shall be kept at hand ready for use. A heaving line shall be kept at hand ready for use if required.
    (ix) Means shall be provided to enable the pilot ladder to be used on either side of the ship.
    (x) The rigging of the ladder and the embarkation and disembarkation of a pilot shall be supervised by a responsible officer of the ship.
    (xi) Where on any ship constructional features such as rubbing bands would prevent the implementation of any of these provisions, special arrangements shall be made to the satisfaction of the Administration to ensure that persons are able to embark and disembark safely.

    (b) Mechanical Pilot Hoists
    (i) A mechanical pilot hoist, if provided, and its ancillary equipment shall be of a type approved by the Administration. It shall be of such design and construction as to ensure that the pilot can be embarked and disembarked in a safe manner including a safe access from the hoist to the deck and vice versa.
    (ii) A pilot ladder complying with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be kept on deck adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
    Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots are likely to be employed shall comply with the following requirements:

    (a) Pilot Ladders
    (i) The ladder shall be efficient for the purpose of enabling pilots to embark and disembark safely, kept clean and in good order and may be used by officials and other persons while a ship is arriving at or leaving a port.
    (ii) The ladder shall be secured in a position so that it is clear from any possible discharges from the ship, that each step rests firmly against the ship's side, that it is clear so far as is practicable of the finer lines of the ship and that the pilot can gain safe and convenient access to the ship after climbing not less than 1.5 metres (5 feet) and not more than 9 metres (30 feet). A single length of ladder shall be used capable of reaching the water from the point of access to the ship; in providing for this due allowance shall be made for all conditions of loading and trim of the ship and for an adverse list of 15 degrees. Whenever the distance from sea level to the point of access to the ship is more than 9 metres (30 feet), access from the pilot ladder to the ship shall be by means of an accommodation ladder or other equally safe and convenient means.
    (iii) The steps of the pilot ladder shall be:
    (1) of hardwood, or other material of equivalent properties, made in one piece free of knots, having an efficient non-slip surface; the four lowest steps may be made of rubber of sufficient strength and stiffness or of other suitable material of equivalent characteristics ;
    (2) not less than 480 millimetres (19 inches) long, 115millimetres (4.5 inches) wide, and 25 millimetres (1 inch) in depth, excluding any non-slip device;
    (3) equally spaced not less than 300 millimetres (12 inches) nor more than 380 millimetres (15 inches) apart and be secured in such a manner that they will remain horizontal.
    (iv) No pilot ladder shall have more than two replacement steps which are secured in position by a method different from that used in the original construction of the ladder and any steps so secured shall be replaced as soon as reasonably practicable by steps secured in position by the method used in the original construction of the ladder. When any replacement step is secured to the side ropes of the ladder by means of grooves in the sides of the step, such grooves shall be in the longer sides of the step.
    (v) the side ropes of the ladder shall consist of two uncovered manila ropes not less than 60 millimetres (2.25 inches) in circumference on each side. Each rope shall be continuous with no joints below the top step. Two man-ropes properly secured to the ship and not less than 65 millimetres (2.5 inches) in circumference and a safety line shall be kept at hand ready for use if required.
    (vi) Battens made of hardwood, or other material of equivalent properties, in one piece and not less than 1.80 metres (5 feet 10 inches) long shall be provided at such intervals as will prevent the pilot ladder from twisting. The lowest batten shall be on the fifth step from the bottom of the ladder and the interval between any batten and the next shall not exceed 9 steps.
    (vii) Means shall be provided to ensure safe and convenient passage on to or into and off the ship between the head of the pilot ladder or of any accommodation ladder or other appliance provided. Where such passage is by means of a gateway in the rails or bulwark, adequate handholds shall be provided. Where such passage is by means of a bulwark ladder, such ladder shall be securely attached to the bulwark rail or platform and two handhold stanchions shall be fitted at the point of boarding or leaving the ship not less than 0.70 metre (2 feet 3 inches) nor more than 0.80 metre (2 feet 7 inches) apart. Each stanchion shall be rigidly secured to the ship's structure at or near its base and also at a higher point, shall be not less than 40 millimetres (1.5 inches) in diameter and shall extend not less than 1.20 metres (3 feet 11 inches) above the top of the bulwark.
    (viii) Lighting shall be provided at night such that both the pilot ladder overside and also the position where the pilot boards the ship shall be adequately lit. A lifebuoy equipped with a self-igniting light shall be kept at hand ready for use. A heaving line shall be kept at hand ready for use if required.
    (ix) Means shall be provided to enable the pilot ladder to be used on either side of the ship.
    (x) The rigging of the ladder and the embarkation and disembarkation of a pilot shall be supervised by a responsible officer of the ship.
    (xi) Where on any ship constructional features such as rubbing bands would prevent the implementation of any of these provisions, special arrangements shall be made to the satisfaction of the Administration to ensure that persons are able to embark and disembark safely.

    (b) Mechanical Pilot Hoists
    (i) A mechanical pilot hoist, if provided, and its ancillary equipment shall be of a type approved by the Administration. It shall be of such design and construction as to ensure that the pilot can be embarked and disembarked in a safe manner including a safe access from the hoist to the deck and vice versa.
    (ii) A pilot ladder complying with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this regulation shall be kept on deck adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use.

    Reg. 17 Pilot transfer arragements

    (a) Application
    (i) Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots are likely to be employed shall be provided with pilot transfer arrangements.
    (ii) Equipment and arrangements for pilot transfer which are installed on or after 1 January 1994 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation and due regard shall be paid to the standards adopted by the Organization.*

    * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Pilot Transfer Arrangements adopted by the Organization by resolution A.667(16).

    (iii) Equipment and arrangements for pilot transfer which are provided on ships before 1 January 1994 shall at least comply with the requirements of regulation 17 in force prior to that date and due regard shall be paid to the standards adopted by the Organization prior to that date.**

    ** Reference is made to the Recommendation on Performance Standards for Mechanical Pilot Hoists adopted by the Organization by resolution A.275(VIII) and to the Recommendation on Arrangements for Embarking and Disembarking Pilots in Very Large Ships adopted by the Organization by resolution A.426(XI).

    (iv) Equipment and arrangements which are replaced after 1 January 1994 shall, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements of this regulation.

    (b) General
    (i) All arrangements used for pilot transfer shall efficiently fulfil their purpose of enabling pilots to embark and disembark safely. The appliances shall be kept clean, properly maintained and stowed and shall be regularly inspected to ensure that they are safe to use. They shall be used solely for the embarkation and disembarkation of personnel.
    (ii) The rigging of the pilot transfer arrangements and the embarkation and disembarkation of a pilot shall be supervised by a responsible officer having means of communication with the navigating bridge who shall also arrange for the escort of the pilot by a safe route to and from the navigating bridge. Personnel engaged in rigging and operating any mechanical equipment shall be instructed in the safe procedures to be adopted and the equipment shall be tested prior to use.

    (c) Transfer arrangements
    (i) Arrangements shall be provided to enable the pilot to embark and disembark safely on either side of the ship.
    (ii) In all ships where the distance from sea level to the point of access to, or egress from, the ship exceeds 9m, and when it is intended to embark and disembark pilots by means of the accommodation ladder, or by means of mechanical pilot hoists or other equally safe and convenient means in conjunction with a pilot ladder, the ship shall carry such equipment on each side, unless the equipment is capable of being transferred for use on either side.
    (iii) Safe and convenient access to, and egress from, the ship shall be provided by either:
    (1) a pilot ladder requiring a climb of not less than 1.5m and not more than 9m above the surface of the water so positioned and secured that:
    (aa) it is clear of any possible discharges from the ship;
    (bb) it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length of the ship;
    (cc) each step rests firmly against the ship's side; where constructional features, such as rubbing bands, would prevent the implementation of this provision, special arrangements shall, to the satisfaction of the Administration, be made to ensure that persons are able to embark and disembark safely;
    (dd) the single length of pilot ladder is capable of reaching the water from the point of access to, or egress from, the ship and due allowance is made for all conditions of loading and trim of the ship, and for an adverse list of 15?; the securing strongpoints, shackles and securing ropes shall be at least as strong as the side ropes;
    (2) an accommodation ladder in conjunction with the pilot ladder, or other equally safe and convenient means, whenever the distance from the surface of the water to the point of access to the ship is more than 9m. The accommodation ladder shall be sited leading aft. When in use, the lower end of the accommodation ladder shall rest firmly against the ship's side within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length and clear of all discharges; or
    (3) a mechanical pilot hoist so located that it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length of the ship and clear of all discharges.

    (d) Access to the ship's deck Means shall be provided to ensure safe, convenient and unobstructed passage for any person embarking on, or disembarking from, the ship between the head of the pilot ladder, or of any accommodation ladder or other appliance, and the ship's deck. Where such passage is by means of:
    (i) a gateway in the rails or bulwark, adequate handholds shall be provided;
    (ii) a bulwark ladder, two handhold stanchions rigidly secured to the ship's structure at or near their bases and at higher points shall be fitted. The bulwark ladder shall be securely attached to the ship to prevent overturning.

    (e) Shipside doors Shipside doors used for pilot transfer shall not open outwards.

    (f) Mechanical pilot hoists
    (i) The mechanical pilot hoist and its ancillary equipment shall be of a type approved by the Administration. The pilot hoist shall be designed to operate as a moving ladder to lift and lower one person on the side of the ship, or as a platform to lift and lower one or more persons on the side of the ship. It shall be of such design and construction as to ensure that the pilot can be embarked and disembarked in a safe manner, including a safe access from the hoist to the deck and vice versa. Such access shall be gained directly by a platform securely guarded by handrails.
    (ii) Efficient hand gear shall be provided to lower or recover the person or persons carried, and kept ready for use in the event of power failure.
    (iii)The hoist shall be securely attached to the structure of the ship. Attachment shall not be solely by means of the ship's side rails. Proper and strong attachment points shall be provided for hoists of the portable type on each side of the ship.
    (iv) If belting is fitted in the way of the hoist position, such belting shall be cut back sufficiently to allow the hoist to operate against the ship's side.
    (v) A pilot ladder shall be rigged adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use so that access to it is available from the hoist at any point of its travel. The pilot ladder shall be capable of reaching the sea level from its own point of access to the ship.
    (vi)The position on the ship's side where the hoist will be lowered shall be indicated.
    (vii)An adequate protected stowage position shall be provided for the portable hoist. In very cold weather, to avoid the danger of ice formation, the portable hoist shall not be rigged until its use is imminent.

    (g) Associated equipment
    (i) The following associated equipment shall be kept at hand ready for immediate use when persons are being transferred:
    (1) two man-ropes of not less than 28 mm in diameter properly secured to the ship if required by the pilot;
    (2) a lifebuoy equipped with a self-igniting light;
    (3) a heaving line.
    (ii) When required by paragraph (d), stanchions and bulwark ladders shall be provided.

    (h) Lighting Adequate lighting shall be provided to illuminate the transfer arrangements overside, the position on deck where a person embarks or disembarks and the controls of the mechanical pilot hoist.
    Reg. 17 Electromagnetic compatibility
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 18 VHF Radiotelephone Stations

    When a Contracting Government requires ships navigating in an area under its sovereignty to be provided with a Very High Frequency (VHF) radiotelephone station to be used in conjunction with a system which it has established in order to promote safety of navigation, such station shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 17 of Chapter IV and shall be operated in accordance with Regulation 8 of Chapter IV.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
    When a Contracting Government requires ships navigating in an area under its sovereignty to be provided with a Very High Frequency (VHF) radiotelephone station to be used in conjunction with a system which it has established in order to promote safety of navigation, such station shall comply with the provisions of Regulation 17 of Chapter IV and shall be operated in accordance with Regulation 8 of Chapter IV.

    Reg. 18 VHF Radiotelephone

    The existing text of this Regulation is deleted(see Regulation IV/4-1(b)
    Reg. 18 Approval, surveys and performance standards of navigational systems

    Approval, surveys and performance standards of navigational systems and equipment and voyage data recorder

    1. Systems and equipment required to meet the requirements of regulations 19 and 20 shall be of a type approved by the Administration.

    2. Systems and equipment, including associated back-up arrangements, where applicable, installed on or after 1 July 2002 to perform the functional requirements of regulations 19 and 20 shall conform to appropriate performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.1

    3. When systems and equipment are replaced or added to on ships constructed before 1 July 2002, such systems and equipment shall, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements of paragraph 2.

    4. Systems and equipment installed prior to the adoption of performance standards by the Organization may subsequently be exempted from full compliance with such standards at the discretion of the Administration, having due regard to the recommended criteria adopted by the Organization. However, for an electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS) to be accepted as satisfying the chart carriage requirement of regulation 19.2.1.4, that system shall conform to the relevant performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization in effect on the date of installation, or, for systems installed before 1 January 1999, not inferior to the performance standards adopted by the Organization on 23 November 19952.

    5. The Administration shall require that the manufacturers have a quality control system audited by a competent authority to ensure continuous compliance with the type approval conditions. Alternatively, the Administration may use final product verification procedures where the compliance with the type approval certificate is verified by a competent authority before the product is installed on board ships.

    6. Before giving approval to systems or equipment embodying new features not covered by this chapter, the Administration shall ensure that such features support functions at least as effective as those required by this chapter.

    7. When equipment for which performance standards have been developed by the Organization, is carried on ships in addition to those items of equipment required by regulations 19 and 20, such equipment shall be subject to approval and shall as far as practicable comply with performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.

    8. The voyage data recorder system, including, all sensors, shall be subjected to an annual performance test. The test shall be conducted by an approved testing or servicing facility to verify the accuracy, duration and recoverability of the recorded data. In addition, tests and inspections shall be conducted to determine the serviceability of all protective enclosures and devices fitted to aid location. A copy of the certificate of compliance issued by the testing facility, stating the date of compliance and the applicable performance standards, shall be retained on board the ship.


    1 Refer to the following recommendations adopted by the Organization by the resolutions indicated:

    Recommendations on general requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System(GMDSS) and for Electronic Navigational Aids (resolution A.694(17));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for gyro-compasses (resolution A.424(XI));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for radar equipment (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 4);

    Performance Standards for automatic radar plotting aids (resolution A.823(19));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS) (resolution A.817(19))), as amended by resolutions MSC.64(67), annex 5 and MSC.86(70), annex 4, as appropriate;

    Recommendation on accuracy standards for navigation (resolution A.529(13));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for shipborne Loran-C and Chayka receivers (resolution A.818(19));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for shipborne global positioning system receiver equipment (resolution A.819(19)) as amended by resolution MSC.112(73);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for shipborne GLONASS receiver equipment (resolution MSC.53(66))as amended by resolution MSC.113(73);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for shipborne DGPS and DGLONASS maritime radio beacon receiver equipment (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 2) as amended by resolution MSC.114(73);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for combined GPS/GLONASS receiver equipment (resolution MSC.74(69), annex 1) as amended by resolution MSC.115(73);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for heading control systems (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 3)

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for track control systems(resolution MSC.74(69), annex 2);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for a universal shipborne automatic identification system (AIS) (resolution MSC.74(69), annex 3);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for echo-sounding equipment (resolution A.224(VII), as amended by resolution MSC.74(69), annex 4);

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for devices to indicate speed and distance (resolution A.824(19)), as amended by resolution MSC.96(72);

    Performance Standards for rate-of-turn indicators (resolution A.526(13));

    Recommendation on unification of Performance Standards for navigational equipment (resolution A.575(14));

    Recommendation on methods of measuring noise levels at listening posts (resolution A.343(IX));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for radar reflectors (resolution A.384(X));

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for magnetic compasses (resolution A.382(X)).

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for daylight signalling lamps (resolution MSC.95(72)).

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for sound reception systems (resolution MSC.86(70), annex 1).

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for marine transmitting magnetic heading devices (TMHDs) (resolution MSC.86(70), annex 2).

    Recommendation on Performance Standards for voyage data recorders(VDRs) (resolution A.861(20)).

    Recommendations on Performance Standards for marine transmitting heading devices (THDs) (resolution MSC.116(73)).

    2 Recommendation on Performance Standards for Electronic Chart Display and Information Systems (ECDIS) (resolution A.817(19))

    Reg. 19 Use of the automatic pilot

    (a) In areas of high traffic density, in conditions of restricted visibility and in all other hazardous navigational situations where the automatic pilot is used, it shall be possible to establish human control of the ship's steering immediately.

    (b) In circumstances as above, it shall be possible for the officer of the watch to have available without delay the services of a qualified helmsman who shall be ready at all times to take over steering control.

    (c) The change-over from automatic to manual steering and vice versa shall be made by or under the supervision of a responsible officer.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-05-1981
    (a) In areas of high traffic density, in conditions of restricted visibility and in all other hazardous navigational situations where the automatic pilot is used, it shall be possible to establish human control of the ship's steering immediately.

    (b) In circumstances as above, it shall be possible for the officer of the watch to have available without delay the services of a qualified helmsman who shall be ready at all times to take over steering control.

    (c) The change-over from automatic to manual steering and vice versa shall be made by or under the supervision of a responsible officer.

    Reg. 19-1 Operation of steering gear

    In areas where navigation demands special caution, ships shall have more than one steering gear power unit in operation when such units are capable of simultaneous operation.

    Reg. 19-1 Long-range identification and tracking of ships

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2008-01-01)]

    Reg. 19-2 Steering gear Testing and drills

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1981-05-01 tot en met 2002-06-30)]

    Reg. 20 Nautical publications

    Nautical publications

    All ships shall carry adequate and up-to-date charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, notices to mariners, tide tables and all other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2002

    Nautical publications

    All ships shall carry adequate and up-to-date charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, notices to mariners, tide tables and all other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage.

    Reg. 20 Voyage Data Recorders

    Voyage Data Recorders

    1. To assist in casualty investigations, ships, when engaged on international voyages, subject to the provisions of regulation 1.4, shall be fitted with a Voyage Data Recorder (VDR) as follows:
    1. passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2002;
    2. ro-ro passenger ships constructed before 1 July 2002 not later than the first survey on or after 1 July 2002;
    3. passenger ships other than ro-ro passenger ships constructed before [1 July 2002] not later than 1 January 2004; and
    4. ships, other than passenger ships, of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards constructed on or after 1 July 2002.
    • Administrations may exempt ships, other than ro-ro passenger ships, constructed before 1 July 2002 from being fitted with a VDR where it can be demonstrated that interfacing a VDR with the existing equipment on the ship is unreasonable and impracticable.

    Reg. 21 International Code of Signals

    All ships which in accordance with the present Convention are required to carry a radiotelegraph or a radiotelephone installation shall carry the International Code of Signals. This publication shall also be carried by any other ship which in the opinion of the Administration has a need to use it.

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
    All ships which in accordance with the present Convention are required to carry a radiotelegraph or a radiotelephone installation shall carry the International Code of Signals. This publication shall also be carried by any other ship which in the opinion of the Administration has a need to use it.

    Reg. 22 Navigation bridge visibility

    (a) Ships of not less than 45m in length as defined in regulation III/3.10, constructed on or after 1 July 1998, shall meet the following requirement:
    (¡) The view of the sea surface from the conning position shall not be obscured by more than two ship lengths, or 500m, whichever is the less, forward of the bow to 10º on either side under all conditions of draught, trim and deck cargo.
    (ii) No blind sector caused by cargo, gear or other obstructions outside of the wheelhouse forward of the beam which obstructs the view of the sea surface as seen from the conning position, shall exceed 10º. The total arc of blind sectors shall not exceed 20º. The clear sectors between blind sectors shall be at least 5º. However, in the view described in paragraph(a) (i), each individual blind sector shall not exceed 5º.
    (iii) The horizontal field of vision from the conning position shall extend over an arc of not less than 225º, that is from right ahead to not less than 22.5º abaft the beam on either side of the ship.
    (iv) From each bridge wing the horizontal field of vision shall extend over an arc of at least 225º, that is from at least 45º on the opposite bow through right ahead and then from right ahead to right astern through 180º on the same side of the ship.
    (v) From the main steering position the horizontal field of vision shall extend over an arc from right ahead to at least 60º on each side of the ship.
    (vi) The ship's side shall be visible from the bridge wing.
    (vii) The height of the lower edge of the navigation bridge front windows above the bridge deck shall be kept as low as possible. In no case shall the lower edge present an obstruction to the forward view as described in this regulation.
    (viii) The upper edge of the navigation bridge front windows shall allow a forward view of the horizon, for a person with a height of eye of 1,800mm above the bridge deck at that conning position, when the ship is pitching in heavy seas. The Administration, if satisfied that a 1,800mm height of eye is unreasonable and impractical, may allow reduction of the height of eye but not to less than 1,600mm.
    (ix) Windows shall meet the following requirements:
    (1) framing between navigation bridge windows shall be kept to a minimum and not be installed immediately forward of any workstation;
    (2) to help avoid reflections, the bridge front windows shall be inclined from the vertical plane top out, at an angle of not less than 10º and not more than 25º
    (3) polarized and tinted windows shall not be fitted; and
    (4) at all times regardless of weather conditions, at least two of the navigation bridge front windows shall provide a clear view, and in addition depending on the bridge configuration, an additional number of windows shall provide a clear view.

    (b) Ships constructed before 1 July 1998 shall, where practicable, meet the requirements of paragraphs(a) (i) and (a) (ii). However, structural alterations or additional equipment need not be required.

    (c) With ships of unconventional design which, in the opinion of the Administration cannot comply with this regulation, arrangements shall be provided to achieve a leave of visibillity that is as near as practical to those prescribed in this regulation.

    Reg. 23 Operational limitations

    Operational limitations

    (This regulation applies to all passenger ships to which chapter I applies)

    1. On passenger ships constructed before 1 July 1997, the requirements of this regulation shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1997.

    2. A list of all limitations on the operation of a passenger ship including exemptions from any of these regulations, restrictions in operating areas, weather restrictions, sea state restrictions, restrictions in permissible loads, trim, speed and any other limitations, whether imposed by the Administration or established during the design or the building stages, shall be compiled before the passenger ship is put in service. The list, together with any necessary explanations, shall be documented in a form acceptable to the Administration, which shall be kept on board readily available to the master. The list shall be kept updated. If the language used is not English or French, the list shall be provided in one of the two languages.

    Reg. 23 Pilot transfer arrangements

    Pilot transfer arrangements

    1 Application

    1.1 Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots are likely to be employed shall be provided with pilot transfer arrangements.

    1.2Equipment and arrangements for pilot transfer which are installed on or after 1 January 1994 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, and due regard shall be paid to the standards adopted by the Organization1.

    1.3 Equipments and arrangements for pilot transfer which are provided on ships before 1 January 1994 shall at least comply with the requirements of regulation 17 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 in force prior to that date, and due regard shall be paid to the standards adopted by the Organization prior to that date.

    1.4 Equipment and arrangements which are replaced after 1 January 1994 shall, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements of this regulation.

    2 General

    2.1 All arrangements used for pilot transfer shall efficiently fulfill their purpose of enabling pilots to embark and disembark safely. The appliances shall be kept clean, properly maintained and stowed and shall be regularly inspected to ensure that they are safe to use. They shall be used solely for the embarkation and disembarkation of personnel.

    2.2 The rigging of the pilot transfer arrangements and the embarkation of a pilot shall be supervised by a responsible officer having means of communication with the navigation bridge who shall also arrange for the escort of the pilot by a safe route to and from the navigation bridge. Personnel engaged in rigging and operating any mechanical equipment shall be instructed in the safe procedures to be adopted and the equipment shall be tested prior to use.

    3 Transfer arrangements

    3.1 Arrangements shall be provided to enable the pilot to embark and disembark safely on either side of the ship.

    3.2 In all ships where the distance from sea level to the point of access to, or egress from, the ship exceeds 9 m, and when it is intended to embark and disembark pilots by means of the accommodation ladder, or by means of mechanical pilot hoists or other equally safe and convenient means in conjunction with a pilot ladder, the ship shall carry such equipment on each side, unless the equipment is capable of being transferred for use on either side.

    3.3 Safe and convenient access to, and egress from, the ship shall be provided by either:

    1. a pilot ladder requiring a climb of not less than 1.5 m and not more than 9 m above the surface of the water so positioned and secured that:
      .1.1 it is clear of any possible discharges from the ship;
      .1.2 it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length of the ship;
      .1.3 each step rests firmly against the ship's side; where constructional features, such as rubbing bands, would prevent the implementation of this provision, special arrangements shall, to the satisfaction of the Administration, be made to ensure that persons are able to embark and disembark safely;
      .1.4 the single length of pilot ladder is capable of reaching the water from the point of access to, or egress from, the ship and due allowance is made for all conditions of loading and trim of the ship, and for an adverse list of 15° the securing strong point, shackles and securing ropes shall be at least as strong as the side ropes;
    2. an accommodation ladder in conjunction with the pilot ladder, or other equally safe and convenient means, whenever the distance from the surface of the water to the point of access to the ship is more than 9 m. The accommodation ladder shall be sited leading aft. When in use, the lower end of the accommodation ladder shall rest firmly against the ship's side within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length and clear of all discharges; or
    3. a mechanical pilot hoist so located that it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length of the ship and clear of all discharges.

    4 Access to the ship's deck
    Means shall be provided to ensure safe, convenient and unobstructed passage for any person embarking on, or disembarking from, the ship between the head of the pilot ladder, or of any accommodation ladder or other appliance, and the ship's deck. Where such passage is by means of:

    1. a gateway in the rails or bulwark, adequate handholds shall be provided;

    2. a bulwark ladder, two handhold stanchions rigidly secures to the ship's structure at or near their bases and at higher points shall be fitted. The bulwark ladder shall be securely attached to the ship to prevent overturning.

    5 Shipside doors
    Shipside doors used for pilot transfer shall not open outwards.

    6 Mechanical pilot hoists

    6.1 The mechanical pilot hoist and its ancillary equipment shall be of a type approved by the Administration. The pilot hoist shall be designed to operate as a moving ladder to lift and lower one person on the side of the ship, or as a platform to lift and lower one or more persons on the side of the ship. It shall be of such design and construction as to ensure that the pilot can be embarked and disembarked in a safe manner, including a safe access from the hoist to the deck and vice versa. Such access shall be gained directly by a platform securely guarded by handrails.

    6.2 Efficient hand gear shall be provided to lower or recover the person or persons carried, and kept ready for use in the event of power failure.

    6.3 The hoist shall be securely attached to the structure of the ship. Attachment shall not be solely by means of the ship's side rails. Proper and strong attachment points shall be provided for hoists of the portable type on each side of the ship.

    6.4 If belting is fitted in the way of the hoist position, such belting shall be cut back sufficiently to allow the hoist to operate against the ship's side.

    6.5 A pilot ladder shall be rigged adjacent to the hoist and available for immediate use so that access to it is available from the hoist at any point of its travel. The pilot ladder shall be capable of reaching the sea level from its own point of access to the ship.

    6.6 The position on the ship's side where the hoist will be lowered shall be indicated.

    6.7 An adequate protected stowage position shall be provided for the portable hoist. In very cold weather, to avoid the danger of ice formation, the portable hoist shall not be rigged until its use is imminent.

    7 Associated equipment

    7.1 The following associated equipment shall be kept at hand ready for immediate use when persons are being transferred;

    1. two man-ropes of not less than 28 mm in diameter properly secured to the ship if required by the pilot;

    2. a lifebuoy equipped with a self-igniting light;

    3. a heaving line.

    7.2 When required by paragraph 4, stanchions and bulwark ladders shall be provided.

    8 Lighting
    Adequate lighting shall be provided to illuminate the transfer arrangements overside, the position on deck where a person embarks or disembarks and the controls of the mechanical pilot hoist.


    1 Refer to the Recommendation on Pilot transfer arrangements, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.889(21), MSC/Circ.568/Rev.1: Required Boarding Arrangement for Pilots.

    Reg. 24 Use of heading and/or track systems

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 25 Operation of steering gear

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 26 Steering gear: Testing and drills

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 27 Nautical charts and nautical publications

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 28 Records of navigational activities

    Records of navigational activities

    All ships engaged on international voyages shall keep on board a record of navigational activities and incidents which are of importance to safety of navigation and which must contain sufficient detail to restore a complete record of the voyage, taking into account the recommendations adopted by the Organization1. When such information is not maintained in the ship's log-book, it shall be maintained in another form approved by the Administration.


    1Refer to the Guidelines for recording events related to navigation to be developed by the Organization.

    Reg. 28 Records of navigational activities and daily reporting

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    Reg. 29 Life-saving signals to be used by ships, aircraft or persons in distress

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 30 Operational limitations

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 31 Danger messages

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 32 Information required in danger messages

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    Reg. 33 Distress messages:Obligations and procedures

    Distress messages:Obligations and procedures

    1. The master of a ship at sea which is in a position to be able to provide assistance on receiving a signal from any source that persons are in distress at sea, is bound to proceed with all speed to their assistance, if possible informing them or the search and rescue service that the ship is doing so. If the ship receiving the distress alert is unable or, in the special circumstances of the case, considers it unreasonable or unnecessary to proceed to their assistance, the master must enter in the log-book the reason for failing to proceed to the assistance of the persons in distress, taking into account the recommendation of the Organization, to inform the appropriate search and rescue service accordingly.

    2. The master of a ship in distress or the search and rescue service concerned, after consultation, so far as may be possible, with the masters of ships which answer the distress alert, has the right to requisition one or more of those ships as the master of the ship in distress or the search and rescue service considers best able to render assistance, and it shall be the duty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to comply with the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of persons in distress.

    3. Masters of ships shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 on learning that their ships have not been requisitioned and that one or more other ships have been requisitioned and are complying with the requisition. This decision shall, if possible be communicated to the other requisitioned ships and to the search and rescue service.

    4. The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 and, if his ship has been requisitioned, from the obligation imposed by paragraph 2 on being informed by the persons in distress or by the search and rescue service or by the master of another ship which has reached such persons that assistance is no longer necessary.

    5. The provisions of this regulation do not prejudice the Convention for the Unification of Certain Rules of Law Relating to Assistance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels on 23 September 1910, particularly the obligation to render assistance imposed by article 11 of that Convention.1



    1 International Convention on Salvage 1989 done at London on 28 April 1989 entered into force on 14 July 1996.

    Reg. 33 Distress situations:Obligations and procedures

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    Reg. 34 Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations

    Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations

    1. Prior to proceeding to sea, the master shall ensure that the intended voyage has been planned using the appropriate nautical charts and nautical publications for the area concerned, taking into account the guidelines and recommendations developed by the Organization1.

    2. The voyage plan shall identify a route which:

    1. takes into account any relevant ships' routeing systems;

    2. ensures sufficient sea room for the safe passage of the ship throughout the voyage;

    3. anticipates all known navigational hazards and adverse weather conditions; and

    4. takes into account the marine environmental protection measures that apply, and avoids as far as possible actions and activities which could cause damage to the environment.

    • The owner, the charterer, or the company, as defined in regulation IX/1, operating the ship, or any other person, shall not prevent or restrict the master of the ship from taking or executing any decision which, in the master's professional judgement, is necessary for safe navigation and protection of the marine environment.


    1 Refer to the Guidelines for Voyage Planning, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.893(21).

    Reg. 34-1 Master's discretion

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    Reg. 35 Misuse of distress signals

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2002-07-01)]

    CHAPTER 07 Carriage of dangerous goods

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Part A Carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form or in solid form in bulk

    Part A Carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form

    Reg. 1 Definitions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 2 Application
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 3 Requirements for the carriage of dangerous goods
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 4 Documents

    Regulation 4 - Documents

    1. In all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form by sea, the proper shipping name of the goods shall be used (trade names alone shall not be used) and the correct description given in accordance with the classification set out in the IMDG Code.

    2. The transport documents prepared by the shipper shall include, or be accompanied by, a signed certificate or a declaration that the consignment, as offered for carriage, is properly packaged, marked, labelled or placarded, as appropriate, and in proper condition for carriage.

    3. The person(s) responsible for the packing/loading of dangerous goods in a cargo transport unit1 shall provide a signed container/vehicle packing certificate stating that the cargo in the unit has been properly packed and secured and that all applicable transport requirements have been met. Such a certificate may be combined with the document referred to in paragraph 2.

    4. Where there is due cause to suspect that a cargo transport unit in which dangerous goods are packed is not in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2 or 3, or where a container/vehicle packing certificate is not available, the cargo transport unit shall not be accepted for carriage.

    5. Each ship carrying dangerous goods in packaged form shall have a special list or manifest setting forth, in accordance with the classification set out in the IMDG Code, the dangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan, which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board, may be used in place of such a special list or manifest. A copy of one of these documents shall be made available before departure to the person or organization designated by the port State authority.


    1 Refer to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code, adopted by the Organization by resolution MSC.122(75).

    Reg. 5 Cargo Securing Manual
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 6 Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]

    Part A-1 Carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk

    Reg. 7 Definitions
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 7-1 Application

    Application1

    1. Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to the carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk in all ships, to which the present regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage.

    2. The carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this part.

    3. To supplement the provisions of this part, each Contracting Government shall issue, or cause to be issued, detailed instructions on the safe carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk2 which shall include instructions on emergency response and medical first aid relevant to incidents involving dangerous goods in solid form in bulk, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.3


    1 Refer to regulation II-2/19, which contains special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods.
    2 Refer to the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code), adopted by the Organization by resolution A.434(XI), as amended.
    3 Refer to the Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Goods (MFAG) (MSC/Circ.857).

    Reg. 7-2 Documents
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 7-3 Stowage and segregation requirements
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 7-4 Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-01-01)]
    Reg. 7-5 Requirements for the carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk
    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2011-01-01)]

    Reg. 1 Application

    1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to dangerous goods, classified under regulation 2 which are carried in packaged form or in solid form in bulk (hereinafter referred to as "dangerous goods"), in all ships to which the present regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage.

    2 The provisions of this part do not apply to ships' stores and equipment.

    3 The carriage of dangerous goods is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this part.

    4 To supplement the provisions of this part, each Contracting Government shall issue, or cause to be issued, detailed instructions on safe packaging and stowage of dangerous goods which shall include the precautions necessary in relation to other cargo***.

    *** Reference is made to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code) and to the relevant sections and the related parts of Appendix B of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code) as may be amended by the Maritime Safety Committee.

    Reg. 2 Classifcation

    Dangerous goods shall be divided into the following classes:
    Class 1 - Explosives
    Class 2 - Gases: compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure
    Class 3 - Flammable* liquids
    Class 4.1 - Flammable* solids

    * "Flammable" has the same meaning as "inflammable".

    Class 4.2 - Substances liable to spontaneous combustion
    Class 4.3 - Substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
    Class 5.1 - Oxidizing substances
    Class 5.2 - Organic peroxides
    Class 6.1 - Poisonous (toxic) substances
    Class 6.2 - Infectious substances
    Class 7 - Radioactive materials
    Class 8 - Corrosives
    Class 9 - Miscellaneous dangerous substances, that is any other substance which experience has shown, or may show, to be of such a dangerous character that the provisions of this part shall apply to it.

    Reg. 3 Packaging

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 2003-12-31)]

    Reg. 4 Marking, labelling and placarding

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1986-07-01 tot en met 2003-12-31)]

    Reg. 5 Documents

    1 In all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods by sea where the goods are named, the correct technical name of the goods shall be used (trade names alone shall not be used) and the correct description given in accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2.

    2 The shipping documents prepared by the shipper shall include, or be accompanied by, a signed certificate or declaration that the shipment offered for carriage is properly packaged and marked, labelled or placarded, as appropriate, and in proper condition for carriage.

    3 Each ship carrying dangerous goods shall have a special list or manifest setting forth, in accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2., the dangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board may be used in place of such special list or manifest.
    Reg. 5 Documents*
    * Reference to documents in this regulation does not preclude the use of electronic data processing(EDP) and electronic data interchange(EDI) transmission techniques as an aid to paper documentation.

    1 In all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods by sea where the goods are named, the correct technical name of the goods shall be used (trade names alone shall not be used) and the correct description given in accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2.

    2 The shipping documents prepared by the shipper shall include, or be accompanied by, a signed certificate or declaration that the shipment offered for carriage is properly packaged and marked, labelled or placarded, as appropriate, and in proper condition for carriage.*

    * See also MSC/circ.506/Rev.1 : Container packing certificates and vehicle packing declarations.

    3 The persons responsible for the packing of dangerous goods in a freight container or road vehicle shall provide a signed container packing certificate or vehicle packing declaration stating that the cargo in the unit has been properly packed and secured and that all applicable transport requirements have been met. Such a certificate or declaration may be combined with the document referred to in paragraph 2.

    4 Where there is due cause to suspect that a freight container or road vehicle in which dangerous goods are packed is not in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 2 or 3, or where a container packing certificate or vehicle packing declaration is not available, the freight container or vehicle shall not be accepted for shipment.

    5 Each ship carrying dangerous goods shall have a special list or manifest setting forth, in accordance with the classification set out in regulation 2, the dangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan, which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board, may be used in place of such a special list or manifest. A copy of one of these documents shall be made available before departure to the person or organization designated by the port State authority.

    Reg. 6 Stowage requirements

    1 Dangerous goods shall be loaded, stowed and secured safely and appropriately in accordance with the nature of the goods. Incompatible goods shall be segregated from one another.

    2 Explosives (except ammunition) which present a serious risk shall be stowed in a magazine which shall be kept securely closed while at sea. Such explosives shall be segregated from detonators. Electrical apparatus and cables in any compartment in which explosives are carried shall be so designed and used as to minimize the risk of fire or explosion.

    3 Dangerous goods in packaged form which give off dangerous vapours shall be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space or on deck. Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk which give off dangerous vapours shall be stowed in a well ventilated space.

    4 In ships carrying flammable liquids or gases, special precautions shall be taken where necessary against fire or explosion.

    5 Substances which are liable to spontaneous heating or combustion shall not be carried unless adequate precautions have been taken to minimize the likelihood of the outbreak of fire.
    Reg. 6 Stowage and securing
    1 Dangerous goods shall be loaded, stowed and secured safely and appropriately in accordance with the nature of the goods. Incompatible goods shall be segregated from one another.

    2 Explosives (except ammunition) which present a serious risk shall be stowed in a magazine which shall be kept securely closed while at sea. Such explosives shall be segregated from detonators. Electrical apparatus and cables in any compartment in which explosives are carried shall be so designed and used as to minimize the risk of fire or explosion.

    3 Dangerous goods in packaged form which give off dangerous vapours shall be stowed in a mechanically ventilated space or on deck. Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk which give off dangerous vapours shall be stowed in a well ventilated space.

    4 In ships carrying flammable liquids or gases, special precautions shall be taken where necessary against fire or explosion.

    5 Substances which are liable to spontaneous heating or combustion shall not be carried unless adequate precautions have been taken to minimize the likelihood of the outbreak of fire.

    Reg. 7 Explosives in passenger ships

    1 In passenger ships the following explosives only may be carried:
    .1 safety cartridges and safety fuses;
    .2 small quantities of explosives not exceeding 10 kg total net mass;
    .3 distress signals for use in ships or aircraft, if the total mass of such signals does not exceed 1,000 kg;
    .4 except in ships carrying unberthed passengers, fireworks which are unlikely to explode violently.

    2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, additional quantities or types of explosives may be carried in passenger ships in which special safety measures approved by the Administration are taken.
    Reg. 7 Explosives in passenger ships*
    * Reference is made to class 1 of the International Maritime Goods Code (IMDG Code).

    1 Explosives in division 1.4, compatibility group S may be carried in any amount in passenger ships. No other explosives may be carried except any one of the following:
    .1 explosive articles for life-saving purposes, if the total net explosives maws of such articles does not exceed 50 kg per ship; or
    .2 explosives in compatibility groups C, D and E, if the total net explosives mass does not exceed 10 kg per ship; or
    .3 explosive articles in compatibility group G other than those requiring special stowage, if the total net explosives mass does not exceed 10 kg per ship; or
    .4 explosive articles in compatibility group B, if the total net explosives mass does not exceed 5 kg per ship.

    2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, additional quantities or types of explosives may be carried in passenger ships in which special safety measures approved by the Administration are taken.

    Reg. 7-1 Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1994-01-01 tot en met 2003-12-31)]

    Part B Construction and equipment of ships carrying dangerous liquid chemicals in bulk

    Reg. 08 Definitions

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1986-07-01)]

    Reg. 09 Application to chemical tankers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1986-07-01)]

    Reg. 10 Requirements for chemical tankers

    Requirements for chemical tankers

    1. A chemical tanker shall comply with the requirements of the Intentional Bulk Chemical Code and shall, in addition to the requirements of regulations I/8, I/9, and I/10, as applicable, be surveyed and certified as provided for in that Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Code shall be treated as mandatory.

    2. A chemical tanker holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be subject to the control established in regulation I/19. For this purpose such certificate shall be treated as a certificate issued under Regulation I/12 or I/13.

    Part C Construction and equipment of ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk

    Reg. 11 Definitions

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1986-07-01)]

    Reg. 12 Application to gas carriers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1986-07-01)]

    Reg. 13 Requirements for gas carriers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1986-07-01)]

    Part D Special requirements for the carriage of packaged irradiated nuclear fuel plutonium and high-level radioactive wastes on board ship

    Reg. 14 Definitions

    Definitions

    1. INF Code means the International Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.88(71), as amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

    2. INF Cargo means irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium and high-level radioactive wastes carried as cargo in accordance with Class 7 of the IMDG Code, schedule 10, 11, 12 or 13.

    3. Irradiated nuclear fuel means material containing uranium, thorium and/or plutonium isotopes which has been used to maintain a self-sustaining nuclear chain action.

    4. Plutonium means the resultant mixture of isotopes of that material extracted from irradiated nuclear fuel from reprocessing.

    5. High-level radioactive wastes means liquid wastes resulting from the operation of the first stage extraction system or the concentrated wastes from subsequent extraction stage, in a facility for reprocessing irradiated fuel, or solids into which such liquid wastes have been converted.

    6. IMDG Code means the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code adopted by the Assembly of the Organization by resolution A.716(17), as amended and may be amended by the Maritime Safety Committee.

    Reg. 15 Application to ships carrying INF cargo

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2001-01-01)]

    Reg. 16 Requirements for ships carrying INF cargo

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2001-01-01)]

    Reg. 1 Application

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter applies to the carriage of dangerous goods in all ships to which the present Regulations apply.

    (b) The provisions of this Chapter do not apply to ship's stores and equipment or to particular cargoes carried in ships specially built or converted as a whole for that purpose, such as tankers.

    (c) The carriage of dangerous goods is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter.

    (d) To supplement the provisions of this Chapter each Contracting Government shall issue, or cause to be issued, detailed instructions on the safe packing and stowage of specific dangerous goods or categories of dangerous goods which shall include any precautions necessary in their relation to other cargo.

    Reg. 2 Classifcation

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    Dangerous goods shall be divided into the following classes:
    Class 1 - Explosives.
    Class 2 - Gases: compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure.
    Class 3 - Inflammable* liquids.

    * "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable".

    Class 4.1- Inflammable solids.
    Class 4.2- Inflammable solids, or substances, liable to spontaneous combustion.
    Class 4.3- Inflammable solids, or substances, which in contact with water emit inflammable* gases.

    * "Inflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable".

    Class 5.1- Oxidizing substances.
    Class 5.2- Organic peroxides.
    Class 6.1- Poisonous (toxic) substances.
    Class 6.2- Infectious substances.
    Class 7 - Radioactive substances.
    Class 8 - Corrosives.
    Class 9 - Miscellaneous dangerous substances, that is any other substance which experience has shown, or may show, to be of such a dangerous character that the provisions of this Chapter should apply to it.

    Reg. 3 Packing

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a) The packing of dangerous goods shall be:
    (i) well made and in good condition;
    (ii) of such a character that any interior surface with which the contents may come in contact is not dangerously affected by the substance being conveyed, and
    (iii) capable of withstanding the ordinary risks of handling and carriage by sea.

    (b) Where the use of absorbent or cushioning material is customary in the packing of liquids in receptacles that material shall be:
    (i) Capable of minimizing the dangers to which the liquid may give rise;
    (ii) so disposed as to prevent movement and ensure that the receptacle remains surrounded; and
    (iii) where reasonably possible of sufficient quantity to absorb the liquid in the event of breakage of the receptacle.

    (c) Receptacles containing dangerous liquids shall have an ullage at the filling temperature sufficient to allow for the highest temperature during the course of normal carriage.

    (d) Cylinders or receptacles for gases under pressure shall be adequately constructed, tested, maintained and correctly filled.

    (e) Empty receptacles which have been used previously for the carriage of dangerous goods shall themselves be treated as dangerous goods unless they have been cleaned and dried or, when the nature of the former contents permit with safety, have been closed securely.

    Reg. 4 Marking and labelling

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    Each receptacle containing dangerous goods shall be marked with the correct technical name (trade names shall not be used) and identified with a distinctive label or stencil of the label so as to make clear the dangerous character. Each receptacle shall be so labelled except receptacles containing chemicals packed in limited quantities and large shipments which can be stowed, handled and identified as a unit.

    Reg. 5 Documents

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a) In all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods by sea where the goods are named the correct technical name of the goods shall be used (trade names shall not be used) and the correct description given in accordance with the classification set out in Regulation 2 of this Chapter.

    (b) The shipping documents prepared by the shipper shall include, or be accompanied by, a certificate or declaration that the shipment offered for carriage is properly packed, marked and labelled and in proper condition for carriage.

    (c) Each ship carrying dangerous goods shall have a special list or manifest setting forth, in accordance with Regulation 2 of this Chapter, the dangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board may be used in place of such special list or manifest.

    Reg. 6 Stowage requirements

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a) Dangerous goods shall be stowed safely and appropriately according to the nature of the goods. Incompatible goods shall be segregated from one another.

    (b) Explosives (except ammunition) which present a serious risk shall be stowed in a magazine which shall be kept securely closed while at sea. Such explosives shall be segregated from detonators. Electrical apparatus and cables in any compartment in which explosives are carried shall be designed and used so as to minimize the risk of fire or explosion.

    (c) Goods which give off dangerous vapours shall be stowed in a well ventilated space or on deck.

    (d) In ships carrying inflammable liquids or gases special precautions shall be taken where necessary against fire or explosion.

    (e) Substances which are liable to spontaneous heating or combustion shall not be carried unless adequate precautions have been taken to prevent the outbreak of fire.

    Reg. 7 Explosives in passenger ships

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-1986
    (a) In passenger ships the following explosives only may be carried:
    (i) safety cartridges and safety fuses;
    (ii) small quantities of explosives not exceeding 9 kilograms (20 pounds) total net weight,
    (iii) distress signals for use in ships or aircraft, if the total weight of such signals does not exceed 1,016 kilogrammes (2,240 pounds);
    (iv) except in ships carrying unberthed passengers, fireworks which are unlikely to explode violently.

    (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Regulation additional quantities or types of explosives may be carried in passenger ships in which there are special safety measures approved by the Administration.

    CHAPTER 08 Nuclear ships

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Reg. 01 Application

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    This Chapter applies to all nuclear ships except ships of war.

    Reg. 02 Application of other chapters

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    The Regulations contained in the other Chapters of the present Convention apply to nuclear ships except as modified by this Chapter.*


    * Refer to the Code of Safety for Nuclear Merchant Ships(resolution A.491(XII)) which supplements the requirements of this chapter.

    Reg. 03 Exemptions

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    A nuclear ship shall not, in any circumstances, be exempted from compliance with any Regulations of this Convention.

    Reg. 04 Approval of reactor installation

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    The design, construction and standards of in inspection and assembly of the reactor installation shall be subject to the approval and satisfaction of the Administration and shall take account of the limitations which will be imposed on surveys by the presence of radiation.

    Reg. 05 Suitability of reactor installation for service on board ship

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    The reactor installation shall be designed having regard to the special conditions of service on board ship both in normal and exceptional circumstances of navigation.

    Reg. 06 Radiation safety

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    The administration shall take measures to ensure that there are no unreasonable radiation or other nuclear hazards, at sea or in port, to the crew, passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources.

    Reg. 07 Safety assessment

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    (a) A Safety Assessment shall be prepared to permit evaluation of the nuclear power plant and safety of the ship to ensure that there are no unreasonable radiation or other hazards, at sea or in port, to the crew, passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources. The Administration, when satisfied, shall approve such Safety Assessment which shall always be kept up-to-date.

    (b) The Safety Assessment shall be made available sufficiently in advance to the Contracting Governments of the countries which a nuclear ship intends to visit so that they may evaluate the safety of the ship.

    Reg. 08 Operating manual

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    A fully detailed Operating Manual shall be prepared for the information and guidance of the operating personnel in their duties on all matters relating to the operation of the nuclear power plant having an important bearing on safety. The Administration, when satisfied, shall approve such Operating Manual and a copy shall be kept on board the ship. The Operating Manual shall always be kept up-to-date.

    Reg. 09 Surveys

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    Survey of nuclear ships shall include the applicable requirements of Regulation 7 of Chapter I, or of Regulations 8, 9 and 10 of Chapter I, except in so far as surveys are limited by the presence of radiation. In addition, the surveys shall include any special requirements of the Safety Assessment. They shall in all cases, notwithstanding the provisions of Regulations 8 and 10 of Chapter I, be carried out not less frequently than once a year.

    Reg. 10 Certificates

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    (a) The provisions of paragraph (a) of Regulation 12 of Chapter I and of Regulation 14 of Chapter I shall not apply to nuclear ships.

    (b) A Certificate, called a Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a nuclear passenger ship which complies with the requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV and VIII, and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

    (c) A Certificate, called a Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a nuclear cargo ship which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey set out in Regulation 10 of Chapter I, Regulation 10 and complies with the requirements of Chapters II-1, II-2, III, IV and VIII and any other relevant requirements of the present Regulations.

    (d) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall state: "That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of Chapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship".

    (e) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall be valid for a period of not more than 12 months.

    (f) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall be issued either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by it. In every case, that Administration assumes full responsibility for the certificate.

    Reg. 11 Special control

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    * Refer to the IMO/IAEA Safety Recommendation on the use of Ports by Nuclear Merchant Ships.

    In addition to the control established by Regulation 19 of Chapter I, nuclear ships shall be subject to special control before entering the ports and in the ports of Contracting Governments, directed towards verifying that there is on board a valid Nuclear Ship Safety Certificate and that there are no unreasonable radiation or other hazards at sea or in port, to the crew, passengers or public or to the waterways or food or water resources.

    Reg. 12 Casualties

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980


    In the event of any accident likely to lead to an environmental hazard the master of a nuclear ship shall immediately inform the Administration. The master shall also immediately inform the competent Governmental authority of the country in whose waters the ship may be, or whose waters the ship approaches in a damaged condition.

    CHAPTER 09 Management for the safe operation of ships


    * This Chapter was adopted by SOLAS Conference at its 2nd session on 24 May 1994 and is expected to enter into force on 1 July 1998.

    Reg. 1 Definitions

    Definitions

    For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:

    1. "International Safety Management (ISM) Code" means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention adopted by the Organization by resolution A.741(18), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the Annex other than chapter 1.

    2. "Company" means the owner of the ship or any other organization or person such as the manager, or the bareboat charterer, who has assumed the responsibility for operation of the ship from the owner of the ship and who on assuming such responsibility has agreed to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed by the International Safety Management Code.

    3. "Oil tanker" means oil tanker as defined in regulation II-1/2.12.

    4. "Chemical tanker" means a chemical tanker as defined in regulation VII/8.2.

    5. "Gas carrier" means a gas carrier as defined in regulation VII/11.2.

    6. "Bulk carrier" means a ship which a constructed generally with single deck, top-side tanks and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended primarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, and includes such types as ore carriers and combination carriers.

    7. "Mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU)" means a vessel capable of engaging in drilling operations for the exploration for or exploitation of resources beneath the sea-bed such as liquid or gaseous hydrocarbons, sulphur or salt.

    8. "High speed craft" means a craft as defined in regulation X/1.2.

    Reg. 2 Application

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]

    Reg. 3 Safety management requirements

    Safety management requirements

    1. The company and the ship shall comply with the requirements of the International Safety Management Code.

    2. the ship shall be operated by a company holding a Document of Compliance referred to in regulation 4.

    Reg. 4 Certification

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]

    Reg. 5 Maintenance of conditions

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1998-07-01)]

    Reg. 6 Verification and control

    Verification and control

    1. The Administration, another Contracting Government at the request of the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration shall periodically verify the proper functioning of the ship's safety management system.

    2. Subject to the provisions on paragraph 3 of this regulation, a ship required to hold a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of regulation 4.3 shall be subject to control in accordance with the provisions of regulation XI/4. For this purpose such certificate shall be treated as a certificate issued under regulation I/12 or I/13.

    3. In cases of change of flag State or company, special transitional arrangements shall be made in accordance with the guidelines developed by the Organization.1

    1 Refer to the Guidelines on the Implementation of the ISM code by Administration, to be adopted by the Organization.

    CHAPTER 10 Safety measures for high-speed craft

    Reg. 1 Definitions

    Definitions

    For the purpose of this chapter:

    1. "High Speed Craft Code(HSC Code)" means the International Code of Safety for High Speed Craft adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.36(63), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the Annex other than chapter I.

    2. "High speed craft" is a craft capable of a maximum speed in metres per second(m/s) equal to or exceeding:

    3. "Craft constructed" means a craft the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction.

    4. "Similar stage of construction" means a stage at which:

    1. construction identifiable with a specific craft begins; and

    2. assembly of that craft has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1% of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is the less.

    Reg. 2 Application

    Application

    1. This chapter applies to high speed craft constructed on or after 1 January 1996, as follows:

    1. passenger craft which do not proceed in the course of their voyage more than 4h at operational speed from a place of refuge when fully laden: and

    2. cargo craft of 500 gross tonnage and upwards which do not proceed in the course of their voyage more than 8h at operational speed from a place of refuge when fully laden.

    • Any craft, irrespective of the date of construction, which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the craft. Such a craft, if constructed before 1 January 1996, shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for a craft constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as it did before undergoing such repairs, alteration, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character, and outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for a craft constructed on or after 1 January 1996 in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

    Reg. 3 Requirements for high-speed craft

    Requirements for high-speed craft

    1. Notwithstanding the provisions of chapters I to IV and regulation V/12, a high speed craft which complies with the requirements of the High Speed Craft Code in its entirety and which has been surveyed and certified as provided for in that Code shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of chapters I to IV and regulation V/12. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Code shall be treated as mandatory.

    2. The certificates and permits issued under the High Speed Craft Code shall have the same force and the same recognition as the certificates issued under chapter I.

    3. The ship's identification number shall be inserted on the certificates and certified copies thereof issued under regulation I/12 or regulation I/13.

    4. For ships constructed before 1 January 1996, this regulation shall take effect when a certificate is renewed on or after 1 January 1996.

    CHAPTER 11-2 Special measures to enhance maritime security

    Reg. 01 Definitions

    Definitions

    1. For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
      1. Bulk carrier means a bulk carrier as defined in regulation IX/1.6.
      2. Chemical tanker means a chemical tanker as defined in regulation VII/8.2.
      3. Gas carrier means a gas carrier as defined in regulation VII/11.2.
      4. High-speed craft means a craft as defined in regulation X/1.2.
      5. Mobile offshore drilling unit means a mechanically propelled mobile offshore drilling unit, as defined in regulation IX/1, not on location.
      6. Oil tanker means an oil tanker as defined in regulation II-1/2.12.
      7. Company means a Company as defined in regulation IX/1.
      8. Ship/port interface means the interactions that occur when a ship is directly and immediately affected by actions involving the movement of persons, goods or the provisions of port services to or from the ship.
      9. Port facility is a location, as determined by the Contracting Government or by the Designated Authority, where the ship/port interface takes place. This includes areas such as anchorages, waiting berths and approaches from seaward, as appropriate.
      10. Ship to ship activity means any activity not related to a port facility that involves the transfer of goods or persons from one ship to another.
      11. Designated Authority means the organization(s) or the administration(s) identified, within the Contracting Government, as responsible for ensuring the implementation of the provisions of this chapter pertaining to port facility security and ship/port interface, from the point of view of the port facility.
      12. International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code means the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities consisting of Part A (the provisions of which shall be treated as mandatory) and part B (the provisions of which shall be treated as recommendatory), as adopted, on 12 December 2002, by resolution 2 of the Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 as may be amended by the Organization, provided that:
        1. amendments to part A of the Code are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the Annex other than chapter I; and
        2. amendments to part B of the Code are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance with its Rules of Procedure.
      13. Security incident means any suspicious act or circumstance threatening the security of a ship, including a mobile offshore drilling unit and a high speed craft, or of a port facility or of any ship/port interface or any ship to ship activity.
      14. Security level means the qualification of the degree of risk that a security incident will be attempted or will occur.
      15. Declaration of security means an agreement reached between a ship and either a port facility or another ship with which it interfaces specifying the security measures each will implement.
      16. Recognized security organization means an organization with appropriate expertise in security matters and with appropriate knowledge of ship and port operations authorized to carry out an assessment, or a verification, or an approval or a certification activity, required by this chapter or by part A of the ISPS Code.

    2. The term "ship", when used in regulations 3 to 13, includes mobile offshore drilling units and high-speed craft.

    3. The term "all ships", when used in this chapter, means any ship to which this chapter applies.

    4. The term "Contracting Government", when used in regulations 3, 4, 7, 10, 11, 12 and 13 includes a reference to the Designated Authority.

    Reg. 02 Application

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 03 Obligations of Contracting Governments with respect to security

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 04 Requirements for Companies and ships

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 05 Specific responsibility of companies

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 06 Ship security alert system*

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 07 Threats to ships

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 08 Master''s discretion for ship safety and security

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 09 Control and compliance measures

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 10 Requirements for port facilities

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 11 Alternative security agreements

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 12 Equivalent security arrangements

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    Reg. 13 Communication of information

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2004-07-01)]

    CHAPTER 12 Additional safety measures for bulk carriers

    Reg. 01 Definitions

    For the purpose of this chapter :

    1 "Bulk carrier" means a bulk carrier as defined in regulation IX/1.6.

    2 "Bulk carrier of single side skin construction" means a bulk carrier in which a cargo hold is bounded by the side shell.

    3 "Length" of a bulk carrier means the length as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force.

    4 "Solid bulk cargo" means any material, other than liquid or gas, consisting of a combination of particles, granules or any larger pieces of material, generally uniform in composition, which is loaded directly into the cargo spaces of a ship without any intermediate form of containment.

    5 "bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards" means "Standards for the evaluation of scantlings of the transverse watertight vertically corrugated bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds and for the evaluation of allowable hold loading of the foremost cargo hold" adopted by resolution 4 of the Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 on 27 November 1997, as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.

    6 The term "ships constructed" has the same meaning as defined in regulation II-1/1.1.3.1

    Reg. 02 Application

    Application

    Bulk carriers shall comply with the requirements of this chapter in addition to the applicable requirements of other chapters.

    Reg. 03 Implementation schedule

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999)

    Bulk carriers to which regulations 4 or 6 apply shall comply with the provisions of such regulations according to the following schedule, with reference to the enhanced programme of inspections required by regulation XI/2:
    .1 bulk carriers which are 20 years of age and over on 1 July 1999, by the date of the first intermediate survey or the first periodical survey after 1 July 1999, whichever comes first;
    .2 bulk carriers which are 15 years of age and over but less than 20 years of age on 1 July 1999, by the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1999, but not later than 1 July 2002; and
    .3 bulk carriers which are less than 15 years of age on 1 July 1999, by the date of the first periodical survey after the date on which the ship reaches 15 years of age, but not later than the date on which the ship reaches 17 years of age.

    Reg. 04 Damage stability requirements applicable to bulk carriers


    1 Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards of single side skin construction, designed to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1000 kg/m³ .and above, constructed on or after 1 July 1999 shall, when loaded to the summer load line, be able to withstand flooding of any one cargo hold in all loading conditions and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 3.

    2 Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards of single side skin construction, carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³.and above, constructed before 1 July 1999 shall, when loaded to the summer load line, be able to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo hold in all loading conditions and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 3. This requirement shall be complied with in accordance with the implementation schedule specified in regulation 3.

    3 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6, the condition of equilibrium after flooding shall satisfy the condition of equilibrium laid down in the annex to resolution A.320(IX)-Regulation equivalent to regulation 27 of the International convention on Load Lines, 1966, as amended by resolution A.514(13). The assumed flooding need only take into account flooding of the cargo hold space. The permeability of a loaded hold shall be assumed as 0.9 and the permeability of an empty hold shall be assumed as 0.95, unless a permeability relevant to a particular cargo is assumed for the volume of a flooded hold occupied by cargo and a permeability of 0.95 is assumed for the remaining empty volume of the hold.

    4 Bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999 which have been assigned a reduced freeboard in compliance with regulation 27(7) of the International convention on Load Lines, 1966, as adopted on 5 April 1966, may be considered as complying with paragraph 2 of this regulation.

    5 Bulk carriers which have been assigned a reduced freeboard in compliance with the provisions of paragraph(8) of the A.320(IX), adopted by resolution A.320(IX), as amended by resolution A.514(13), may be considered as complying with paragraphs 1 or 2, as appropriate.

    6 On bulk carriers which have been assigned reduced freeboard in compliance with the provisions of regulation 27(8) set out in Annex B of the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International convention on Load Lines, 1966, the condition of equilibrium after flooding shall satisfy the relevant provisions of that Protocol.

    Reg. 05 Structural strength of bulk carriers

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1999)

    Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards of single side skin construction, designed to carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1000kg/m³ and above, shall have sufficient strength to withstand flooding of any one cargo hold in all loading and ballast conditions, taking also into account dynamic effects resulting from the presence of water in the hold, and taking into account the recommendations adopted by the Organization*.


    * Refer to resolution 3 on Recommendation on compliance with SOLAS regulation XII/5, adopted by the 1997 SOLAS Conference.

    Reg. 06 Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers

    Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed before July 1999)

    1. Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards of single side skin construction, carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³ and above, shall comply with the requirements of this regulation in accordance with the implementation schedule specified in regulation 3.

    2. The transverse watertight bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds and the double bottom of the foremost cargo hold shall have sufficient strength to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo hold, taking also into account dynamic effects resulting from the presence of water in the hold, in compliance with the Bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards. For the purpose of this regulation, the Bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards shall be treated as mandatory.

    3. In considering the need for, and the extent of, strengthening of the transverse watertight bulkhead or double bottom to meet the requirements of paragraph 2, the following restrictions may be taken into account :

      1. restrictions on the distribution of the total cargo weight between the cargo holds; and

      2. restrictions on the maximum deadweight.

    4. For bulk carriers using either of, or both, the restrictions given in paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 above for the purpose of fulfilling the requirements of paragraph 2, these restrictions shall be complied with whenever solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³ and above are carried

    Reg. 07 Survey of the cargo hold structure of bulk carriers

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999)

    A bulk carrier of 150m in length and upwards of single side skin construction, of 10 years of age and over, shall not carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³. and above unless it has satisfactorily undergone either:
    .1 a periodical survey in accordance with the enhanced programme of inspections required by regulation XI/2; or
    .2 a survey of all cargo holds to the same extent as required for periodical surveys in the enhanced survey programme of inspections required by regulation XI/2.

    Reg. 07 Survey and maintenance of bulk carriers

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    Reg. 08 Information on compliance with requirements for bulk carriers

    1 The booklet required by regulation VI/7.2 shall be endorsed by the Administration or on its behalf to indicate that regulations 4, 5, 6 and 7 as appropriate, are complied with.

    2 Any restrictions imposed on the carriage of solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³ and above in accordance with the requirements of regulation 6 shall be identified and recorded in the booklet referred to in paragraph I.

    3 A bulk carrier to which paragraph 2 applies shall be permanently marked on the side shell at amidships, port and starboard, with a solid equilateral triangle having sides of 500mm and its apex 300mm below the deck line, and painted a contrasting colour to that of the hull.

    Reg. 09 Requirements for bulk carriers not being capable of complying with regulation 4.2 due to the design configuration of their cargo holds

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 1999)

    For bulk carriers being within the application limits of regulation 4.2, which have been constructed with an insufficient number of transverse water tight bulkheads to satisfy that regulation, the Administration may allow relaxation from the application of regulations 4.2 and 6 on condition that they shall comply with the following requirements :
    .1 for the foremost cargo hold, the inspections prescribed for the annual survey in the enhanced programme of inspections required by regulation XI/2 shall be replaced by the inspections prescribed therein for the intermediate survey of cargo holds;
    .2 are provided with bilge well high water level alarms in all cargo golds, or in cargo conveyor tunnels, as appropriate, giving an audible and visual alarm on the navigation bridge, as approved by the Administration or an organization recognized by it in accordance with the provisions of regulation XI/I;
    .3 are provided with detailed information on specific cargo hold flooding scenarios. This information shall be accompanied by detailed instructions on evacuation preparedness under the provisions of Section of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code and be used as the basis for crew training and drills.

    Reg. 09 Requirements for bulk carriers not being capable of complying with regulation 4.3 due to the design configuration of their cargo holds

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    Reg. 10 Solid bulk cargo density declaration

    1 Prior to loading bulk cargo on a bulk carrier, the shipper shall declare the density of the cargo, in addition to providing the cargo information required by regulation VI/2.

    2 For bulk carriers to which regulation 6 applies, unless such bulk carriers comply with all the relevant requirements of this chapter applicable to the carriage of solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1780 kg/m³ and above, any cargo declared to have a density within the range 1250 kg/m³ to 1780 kg/m³ shall have its density verified by an accredited testing organization.

    Reg. 11 Loading instrument

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)

    1 Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards shall be fitted with a loading instrument capable of providing information on hull girder shear forces and bending moments, taking into account the recommendation adopted by the Organization*.

    2 Bulk carriers of 150m in length and upwards constructed before I July 1999 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 1 not later than the date of the first intermediate or periodical survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 July 1999.


    * Refer to resolution 5 on Recommendation on loading instruments, adopted by the 1997 SOLAS Conference.

    Reg. 12 Hold, ballast and dry space water level detectors

    Hold, ballast and dry space water level detectors

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)

    1. Bulk carriers shall be fitted with water level detectors:

    1. in each cargo hold, giving audible and visual alarms, one when the water level above the inner bottom in any hold reaches a height of 0.5 m and another at a height not less than 15% of the depth of the cargo hold but not more than 2 m. On bulk carriers to which regulation 9.2 applies, detectors with only the latter alarm need be installed. The water level detectors shall be fitted in the aft end of the cargo holds. For cargo holds which are used for water ballast, an alarm overriding device may be installed. The visual alarms shall clearly discriminate between the two different water levels detected in each hold;

    2. in any ballast tank forward of the collision bulkhead required by regulation II-1/11, giving an audible and visual alarm when the liquid in the tank reaches a level not exceeding 10% of the tank capacity. An alarm overriding device may be installed to be activated when the tank is in use; and

    3. in any dry or void space other than a chain cable locker, any part of which extends forward of the foremost cargo hold, giving an audible and visual alarm at a water level of 0.1 m above the deck. Such alarms need not be provided in enclosed spaces the volume of which does not exceed 0.1% of the ship's maximum displacement volume.

    • The audible and visual alarms specified in paragraph 1 shall be located on the navigation bridge.

    • Bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 2004 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not later than the date of the annual, intermediate or renewal survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 July 2004, whichever comes first.

    Reg. 12 Hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms

    Hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)

    1. Bulk carriers shall be fitted with water level detectors:
    1. in each cargo hold, giving audible and visual alarms, one when the water level above the inner bottom in any hold reaches a height of 0.5 m and another at a height not less than 15% of the depth of the cargo hold but not more than 2 m. On bulk carriers to which regulation 9.2 applies, detectors with only the latter alarm need be installed. The water level detectors shall be fitted in the aft end of the cargo holds. For cargo holds which are used for water ballast, an alarm overriding device may be installed. The visual alarms shall clearly discriminate between the two different water levels detected in each hold;
    2. in any ballast tank forward of the collision bulkhead required by regulation II-1/11, giving an audible and visual alarm when the liquid in the tank reaches a level not exceeding 10% of the tank capacity. An alarm overriding device may be installed to be activated when the tank is in use; and
    3. in any dry or void space other than a chain cable locker, any part of which extends forward of the foremost cargo hold, giving an audible and visual alarm at a water level of 0.1 m above the deck. Such alarms need not be provided in enclosed spaces the volume of which does not exceed 0.1% of the ship's maximum displacement volume.
    • The audible and visual alarms specified in paragraph 1 shall be located on the navigation bridge.
    • Bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 2004 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not later than the date of the annual, intermediate or renewal survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 July 2004, whichever comes first.

    Reg. 13 Availability of pumping systems

    Availability of pumping systems

    (This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)

    1. On bulk carriers, the means for draining and pumping ballast tanks forward of the collision bulkhead and bilges of dry spaces any part of which extends forward of the foremost cargo hold shall be capable of being brought into operation from a readily accessible enclosed space, the location of which is accessible from the navigation bridge or propulsion machinery control position without traversing exposed freeboard or superstructure decks. Where pipes serving such tanks or bilges pierce the collision bulkhead, valve operation by means of remotely operated actuators may be accepted, as an alternative to the valve control specified in regulation II-1/11.4, provided that the location of such valve controls complies with this regulation.

    2. Bulk carriers constructed before 1 July 2004 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not later than the date of the first intermediate or renewal survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 July 2004, but in no case later than 1 July 2007.

    Reg. 14 Restrictions from sailing with any hold empty

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2006-07-01)]

    01 SOLAS Protocol 78

    Protocol of 1978 relating to the international convention for the safety of life at sea, 1974

    THE PARTIES TO THE PRESENT PROTOCOL,

    BEING PARTIES to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, done at London on 1 November 1974,

    RECOGNIZING the significant contribution which can be made by the above-mentioned Convention to the promotion of the safety of ships and property at sea and the lives of persons on board,

    RECOGNIZING ALSO the need to improve further the safety of ships, particularly tankers,

    CONSIDERING that this objective may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Protocol Relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,

    HAVE AGREED as follows:

    Article 01

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 02

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 03

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 04

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 05

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 06

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 07

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Article 08

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    Final act

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1981-05-01)]

    01 SOLAS Protocol 88

    Protocol of 1988 relating to the international convention for the safety of life at sea, 1974

    THE PARTIES TO THE PRESENT PROTOCOL,

    BEING PARTIES to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, done at London on 1 November 1974,

    RECOGNIZING the need for the introduction into the abovementioned Convention of provisions for survey and certification harmonized with corresponding provisions in other international instruments,

    CONSIDERING that this need may best be met by the conclusion of a Protocol relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,

    HAVE AGREED as follows:

    Article 01 General obligations

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 02 Prior treaties

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 03 Communication of information

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 04 Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 05 Entry into force

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 06 Amendments

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 07 Denunciation

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 08 Depositary

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Article 09 Languages

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    Final Act

    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2000-02-03)]

    CHAPTER 02-01 Construction - Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations

    Chapter II-I - Construction - Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
    Chapter II-I - Construction - Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations

    Part A General

    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

    Reg. 01 Application


    (a)(i) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter applies to new ships

    (ii) Existing passenger ships and cargo ships shall comply with the following:
      (1) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

      (2) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, but before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of the 1948 Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

      (3) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

      (4) as regards the requirements of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention which are not contained in Chapter II of the 1960 and 1948 Conventions, the Administration shall decide which of these requirements shall be applied to existing ships as defined in the present Convention. (iii) A ship which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the ship. An existing ship in such a case shall not, as a rule, comply to a lesser extent with the requirements for a new ship than it did before. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for a new ship in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

      (b) For the purpose of this Chapter:

      (i) A new passenger ship is a passenger ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention, or a cargo ship which is converted to a passenger ship on or after that date, all other passenger ships being described as existing passenger ships.
      (ii) A new cargo ship is a cargo ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.

      (c) The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

      (d) In the case of a passenger ship which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, it shall comply with the special standards of subdivision set out in paragraph (e) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter, and the associated special provisions regarding permeability in paragraph (d) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter, unless the Administration is satisfied that, having regard to the nature and conditions of the voyage, compliance with the other provisions of the Regulations of this Chapter and Chapter II-2 of the present Convention is sufficient.

      (e) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:

      (i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971, and

      (ii) the Rules annexed to the protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it enters into force.
      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
      Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

      (a)(i) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter applies to new ships

      (ii) Existing passenger ships and cargo ships shall comply with the following:
        (1) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

        (2) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, but before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of the 1948 Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

        (3) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

        (4) as regards the requirements of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention which are not contained in Chapter II of the 1960 and 1948 Conventions, the Administration shall decide which of these requirements shall be applied to existing ships as defined in the present Convention. (iii) A ship which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the ship. An existing ship in such a case shall not, as a rule, comply to a lesser extent with the requirements for a new ship than it did before. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for a new ship in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

        (b) For the purpose of this Chapter:

        (i) A new passenger ship is a passenger ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention, or a cargo ship which is converted to a passenger ship on or after that date, all other passenger ships being described as existing passenger ships.
        (ii) A new cargo ship is a cargo ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.

        (c) The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

        (d) In the case of a passenger ship which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, it shall comply with the special standards of subdivision set out in paragraph (e) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter, and the associated special provisions regarding permeability in paragraph (d) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter, unless the Administration is satisfied that, having regard to the nature and conditions of the voyage, compliance with the other provisions of the Regulations of this Chapter and Chapter II-2 of the present Convention is sufficient.

        (e) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:

        (i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971, and

        (ii) the Rules annexed to the protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it enters into force.
        Reg. 1 Application
        (a)
        (i) Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter applies to new ships.

        (ii) Existing passenger ships and cargo ships shall comply with the following:
          (1) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

          (2) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, but before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of the 1948 Convention to new ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

          (3) for ships the keels of which were laid or which were at a similar stage of construction before the date of coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1948, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which were applied under Chapter II of that Convention to existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

          (4) as regards the requirements of Chapter II-1 of the present Convention which are not contained in Chapter II of the 1960 and 1948 Conventions, the Administration shall decide which of these requirements shall be applied to existing ships as defined in the present Convention. (iii) A ship which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to the ship. An existing ship in such a case shall not, as a rule, comply to a lesser extent with the requirements for a new ship than it did before. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto should meet the requirements for a new ship in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

          b) For the purpose of this Chapter:

          (i) A new passenger ship is a passenger ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction on or after the date of coming into force of the present Convention, or a cargo ship which is converted to a passenger ship on or after that date, all other passenger ships being described as existing passenger ships.

          (ii) A new cargo ship is a cargo ship the keel of which is laid or which is a similar stage of construction after the date of coming into force of the present Convention.

          (iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph and sub-paragraph (a)(iii) of this Regulation, for the purposes of paragraph (d) of Regulation 29 of this Chapter, a new tanker means a tanker:
            (1) for which the building contract is placed after 1 June 1979; or

            (2) in the absence of a building contract, the keel of which is laid, or which is at a similar stage of construction after 1 January 1980;or

            (3) the delivery of which is after 1 June 1982; or

            (4) which has undergone an alteration or modification of a major character:

              (a) for which the contract is placed after 1 June 1979; or

              (b) in the absence of a contract, the construction work of which is begun after 1 January 1980; or

              (c) which is completed after 1 June 1982.
              (iv) For the purposes of paragraph (d) of Regulation 29 of this Chapter, an existing tanker is a tanker which is not a new tanker as defined in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph.

              (v) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph, conversion of an existing tanker of 20,000 metric tons deadweight and upwards to meet the requirements of the present Protocol or the Protocol of 1978 Relating to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, shall not be deemed to constitute an alteration or modification of a major character. (c) The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships belonging to its country which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

              (d) In the case of a passenger ship which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, It shall comply with the special standards of subdivision set out in paragraph (e) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter, and the associated special provisions regarding permeability in paragraph (d) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter, unless the Administration is satisfied that, having regard to the nature and conditions of the voyage, compliance with the other provisions of the Regulations of this Chapter and Chapter II-2 of the present Convention is sufficient.

              (e) In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships, when they belong to its country, from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:

              (i) the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971, and

              (ii) the Rules annexed to the protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973, when it enters into force.
              Reg. 01 Application

              1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this Chapter shall apply to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction on or after 1 September 1984.

              1.2 For the purpose of this Chapter, the term "a similar stage of construction" means the stage at which:
              .1 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and
              .2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or one percent of the estimated mass of all structural material, whichever is less.

              1.3 For the purpose of this Chapter:
              .1 the expression "ships constructed" means "ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction";
              .2 the expression "all ships" means "ships constructed before, on or after 1 September
              .3 a cargo ship, whenever built, which is converted to a passenger ship shall be treated as a passenger ship constructed on the date on which such a conversion commences.

              2 Unless expressly provided otherwise:
              .1 for ships constructed before 1 September 1984, the Administration shall ensure that subject to the provisions of paragraph 2.2 the requirements which are applicable under Chapter II-1 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974*, to new or existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with;

              * The text as adopted by the international Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, 1974.

              .2 For tankers constructed before 1 September 1984, the Administration shall ensure that the requirements which are applicable under Chapter II-1 of the Annex to the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended in 1981 to new or existing ships as defined in that Chapter are complied with.

              3 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships if constructed before 1 September 1984 shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for ships constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did before undergoing such repairs,alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character and outfitting related thereto shall meet the requirements for ships constructed on or after 1 September 1984 in so far as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.

              4 The Administration of a State may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitled to fly the flag of that State which, in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.

              5 Any passenger ship which is permitted under Regulation III/27(c) to carry a number of persons in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, shall comply with the special standards of subdivision set out in Regulation 6.5, and the associated special provisions regarding permeability in Regulation 5.4, unless the Administration is satisfied that, having regard to the nature and conditions of the voyage, compliance with the other provisions of the Regulations of this Chapter and Chapter II-2 is sufficient.

              6 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration of the State whose flag such ships are entitled to fly, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, may exempt such ships from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:
              .1 the Rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971; and
              .2 the Rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.

              Reg. 02 Definitions

              For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
              (a)(i) A subdivision load line is a water-line used in determining the subdivision of the ship.
              (ii) The deepest subdivision load line is the water-line which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              (b) The length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              (c) The breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              (d) The draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              (e) The bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              (f) The margin line is a line drawn at least 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              (g) The permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              (h) The machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propelling machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              (i) Passenger spaces are those which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of Regulations 4 and 5 of this Chapter, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              (j) In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.
              Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
              Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981
              For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
              (a)(i) A subdivision load line is a water-line used in determining the subdivision of the ship.
              (ii) The deepest subdivision load line is the water-line which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              (b) The length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              (c) The breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              (d) The draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              (e) The bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              (f) The margin line is a line drawn at least 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              (g) The permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              (h) The machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propelling machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              (i) Passenger spaces are those which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of Regulations 4 and 5 of this Chapter, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              (j) In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.
              Reg. 2 Definitions
              For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:

              (a)
              (i) A subdivision load line is a water-line used in determining the subdivision of the ship.
              (ii) The deepest subdivision load line is the water-line which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              (b) The length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              (c) The breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              (d) The draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              (e) The bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              (f) The margin line is a line drawn at least 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              (g) The permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              (h) The machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the marginline and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propelling machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              (i) Passenger spaces are those which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of Regulations 4 and 5 of this Chapter, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              (j) In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.

              (k) The remote steering gear control system is the means by which required rudder movements are transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power unit controls.

              (l) The main steering gear is the machinery, the steering gear power units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normal service conditions.

              (m) The steering gear power unit is:
              (i) In the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;
              (ii) in the case of electro-hydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment and connected pump;
              (iii) in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.

              (n) The auxiliary steering gear is that equipment which is provided for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship in the event of failure of the main steering gear.
              Reg. 02 Definitions
              For the purpose of this Chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:

              1.1 "Subdivision load line" is a water-line used in determining the subdivision of the ship.
              1.2 "Deepest subdivision load line" is the water-line which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              2 "Length of the ship" is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              3 "Breadth of the ship" is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              4 "Draught" is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              5 "Bulkhead deck" is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              6 "Margin line" is a line drawn at least 76 ° below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              7 "Permeability of a space" is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              8 "Machinery space" is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads, bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              9 "Passenger spaces" are those spaces which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of Regulations 5 and 6, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              10 In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.

              11 "Weather tight" means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.
              Reg. 2 Definitions
              For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:

              1.1 Subdivision load line is a waterline used in determining the subdivision of the ship.

              1.2 Deepest subdivision load line is the waterline which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              2 Length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              3 Breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              4 Draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              5 Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              6 Margin line is a line drawn at least 76mm below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              7 Permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which ca be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              8 Machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads, bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              9 Passenger spaces are those spaces which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of regulations 5 and 6, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              10 In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.

              11 Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.

              12 An oil tanker is the oil tanker defined in regulation 1 of annex I of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973.
              Reg. 02 Definitions
              For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise :

              1.1 Subdivision load line is a waterline used in determining the subdivision of the ship.

              1.2 Deepest subdivision load line is the waterline which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.

              2 Length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.

              3 Breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.

              4 Draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.

              5 Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.

              6 Margin line is a line drawn at least 76 mm below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.

              7 Permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.

              8 Machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads, bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, boilers serving the needs of propulsion, and all permanent coal bunkers. In the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery spaces.

              9 Passenger spaces are those spaces which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms. For the purposes of regulations 5 and 6, spaces provided below the margin line for the accommodation and use of the crew shall be regarded as passenger spaces.

              10 In all cases volumes and areas shall be calculated to moulded lines.

              11 Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.

              12 An oil tanker is the oil tanker defined in regulation 1 of annex I of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973.

              13 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation II 2/3.

              Reg. 03 Definitions relating to Parts C, D, and E

              For the purpose of Parts C,D, and E, unless expressly provided otherwise :

              1 "Steering gear control system" is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power units. Steering gear control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping and cables.

              2 "Main steering gear" is the machinery, rudder actuators, steering gear, power units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normal service conditions.

              3 "Steering gear power unit" is :
              .1 in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;
              .2 in the case of electrohydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment and connected pump;
              .3 in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.

              4 "Auxiliary steering gear" is the equipment other than any part of the main steering gear necessary to steer the ship in the event of failure of the main steering gear but not including the tiller, quadrant or components serving the same purpose.

              5 "Normal operational and habitable condition" is a condition under which the ship as a whole, the machinery, services, means and aids ensuring propulsion, ability to steer, safe navigation, fire and flooding safety, internal and external communications and signals, means of escape, and emergency boat winches, as well as the designed comfortable conditions of habitability are in working order and functioning normally.

              6 "Emergency condition" is a condition under which any services needed for normal operational and habitable conditions are not in working order due to failure of the main source of electrical power.

              7 "Main source of electrical power" is a source intended to supply electrical power to the main switchboard for distribution to all services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable conditions.

              8 "Dead ship condition" is the condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation due to the absence of power.

              9 "Main generating station" is the space in which the main source of electrical power is situated.

              10 "Main switchboard" is a switch board which is directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the ship's services.

              11 "Emergency switchboard" is a switchboard which in the event of failure of the main electrical power supply system is directly supplied by the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the emergency services.

              12 "Emergency source of electrical power" is a source of electrical power, intended to supply the emergency switchboard in the event of a failure of the supply from the main source of electrical power.

              13 "Power actuating system" is the hydraulic equipment provided for supplying power to turn the rudder stock, comprising a steering gear power unit or units, together with the associated pipes and fittings, and a rudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share common mechanical components, i.e., tiller, quadrant and rudder stock, or components serving the same purpose.

              14 "Maximum ahead service speed" is the greatest speed which the ship is designed to maintain in service at sea at the deepest sea-going draught.

              15 "Maximum astern speed' is the speed which it is estimated the ship can attain at the designed maximum astern power at the deepest sea-going draught.

              16 "Machinery spaces" are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.

              17 "Machinery spaces of category A" are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain :
              .1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion; or
              .2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kW; or
              .3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit.

              18 "Control stations" are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralized.

              19 "Chemical tanker" is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in the summary of minimum requirements of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk to be adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee under the authority of the Assembly of the Organization conferred by resolution A.490(XII), hereinafter referred to as "Bulk Chemical Code", as may be amended by the Organization, or any liquid substance listed or provisionally assessed as category A, B or C in Appendix II to Annex II of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships in force.

              20 "Gas carrier" is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas or other substance listed in Chapter XIX of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk adopted by the Assembly of the Organization by resolution A.328(IX), hereinafter referred to as "Gas Carrier Code" as has been or may be amended by the Organization.

              21 "Deadweight" is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1.025 at the load water-line corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.

              22 "Lightweight" is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their effects.

              Part A-1 Structure of ships

              Reg. 3-1 Structural, mechanical and electrical requirements for ships


              In addition to the requirements contained elsewhere in the present regulations, ships shall be designed, constructed and maintained in compliance with the structural, mechanical and electrical requirements of a classification society which is recognized by the Administration in accordance with the provisions of regulation XI/1, or with applicable national standards of the Administration which provide an equivalent level of safety.

              Reg. 3-10 Goal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers

              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-01-01)]

              Reg. 3-11 Corrosion protection of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers

              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2012-01-01)]

              Reg. 3-2 Corrosion prevention of seawater ballast tanks


              1 This regulation applies to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1998.

              2 All dedicated seawater ballast tanks shall have an efficient corrosion prevention system, such as hard protective coatings or equivalent. The coatings should preferably be of a light colour. The scheme for the selection, application and maintenance of the system shall be approved by the Administration, based on the guidelines adopted by the Organization*. Where appropriate, sacrificial anodes shall also be used.


              * Refer to the Guidelines for the selection, application and maintenance of corrosion prevention systems of dedicated seawater ballast tanks, adopted by the Organization by resolution A. 798(19).
              Reg. 3-2 Corrosion prevention of seawater ballast tanks in oil tankers and bulk carriers

              Corrosion prevention of seawater ballast tanks in oil tankers and bulk carriers 

              (This regulation applies to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1998)

              All dedicated seawater ballast tanks shall have an efficient corrosion prevention system, such as hard protective coatings or equivalent. The coatings should preferably be of a light colour. The scheme for the selection, application and maintenance of the system shall be approved by the Administration, based on the guidelines adopted by the Organization.1 Where appropriate, sacrificial anodes shall also be used.


              1 Refer to the Guidelines for the selection, application and maintenance of corrosion prevention systems of dedicated seawater ballast tanks, adopted by the Organization by resolutionA.798(19).

              Reg. 3-2 Protective coatings of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships
              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

              Reg. 3-3 Safe access to tanker bows


              1 For the purpose of this regulation and regulation 3-4, tankers include oil tankers as defined in regulation 2.12, chemical tankers as defined in regulation VII/8.2 and gas carriers as defined in regulation VII/11.2

              2 Every tanker constructed on or after 1 July 1998 shall be provided with the means to enable the crew to gain safe access to the bow even in severe weather conditions. For tankers constructed before 1 July 1998, such means of access shall be provided at the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 July 1998, but not later than 1 July 2001. Such means of access shall be approved by the Administration based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.*


              * Refer to the Guidelines for Safe Access to Tanker Bows, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.62(67).

              Reg. 3-4 Emergency towing arrangements on tankers


              Emergency towing arrangements shall be fitted at both ends on board every tanker of not less than 20,000 tonnes deadweight, constructed on or after 1 January 1996. For tankers constructed before 1 January 1996, such an arrangement shall be fitted at the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 January 1996 but not later than 1 January 1999. The design and construction of the towing arrangements shall be approved by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.**



              ** Refer to the Guidelines on Emergency Towing Arrangements for Tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.35(63).

              Reg. 3-5 New installation of materials containing asbestos

              New installation of materials containing asbestos

              1. This regulation shall apply to materials used for the structure, machinery, electrical installations and equipment covered by the present Convention.
              2. For all ships, new installation of materials which contain asbestos shall be prohibited except for:
                1. vanes used in rotary vane compressors and rotary vane vacuum pumps;
                2. watertight joints and linings used for the circulation of fluids when, at high temperature (in excess of  350 °C) or pressure (in excess of 7 x 106 Pa), there is a risk of fire, corrosion or toxicity; and
                3. supple and flexible thermal insulation assemblies used for temperatures above 1000 °C

              Reg. 3-6 Access to and within spaces in cargo area of oil tankers and bulk carriers

              Access to and within spaces in the cargo area of oil tankers and bulk carriers

              1 Application
              1.1 Except as provided for in paragraph 1.2, this regulation applies to oil tankers of 500 gross tonnage and over and bulk carriers, as defined in regulation IX/1, of 20,000 gross tonnage and over, constructed on or after 1 January 2005.

              1.2 Oil tankers of 500 gross tonnage and over constructed on or after 1 October 1994 but before 1 January 2005 shall comply with the provisions of regulation II-1/12-2 adopted by resolution MSC.27(61).

              2 Means of access to cargo and other spaces
              2.1 Each space within the cargo area shall be provided with a permanent means of access to enable, throughout the life of a ship, overall and close-up inspections and thickness measurements of the ship's structures to be carried out by the Administration, the company, as defined in regulation IX/1, and the ship's personnel and others as necessary. Such means of access shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 and with the Technical provisions for means of access for inspections, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.133(76), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the Annex other than chapter I.

              2.2 Where a permanent means of access may be susceptible to damage during normal cargo loading and unloading operations or where it is impracticable to fit permanent means of access, the Administration may allow, in lieu thereof, the provision of movable or portable means of access, as specified in the Technical provisions, provided that the means of attaching, rigging, suspending or supporting the portable means of access forms a permanent part of the ship's structure. All portable equipment shall be capable of being readily erected or deployed by ship's personnel.

              2.3 The construction and materials of all means of access and their attachment to the ship's structure shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. The means of access shall be subject to survey prior to, or in conjunction with, its use in carrying out surveys in accordance with regulation I/10.

              3 Safe access to cargo holds, cargo tanks, ballast tanks and other spaces
              3.1 Safe access* to cargo holds, cofferdams, ballast tanks, cargo tanks and other spaces in the cargo area shall be direct from the open deck and such as to ensure their complete inspection. Safe access* to double bottom spaces may be from a pump-room, deep cofferdam, pipe tunnel, cargo hold, double hull space or similar compartment not intended for the carriage of oil or hazardous cargoes.

              3.2 Tanks, and subdivisions of tanks, having a length of 35 m or more, shall be fitted with at least two access hatchways and ladders, as far apart as practicable. Tanks less than 35 m in length shall be served by at least one access hatchway and ladder. When a tank is subdivided by one or more swash bulkheads or similar obstructions which do not allow ready means of access to the other parts of the tank, at least two hatchways and ladders shall be fitted.

              3.3 Each cargo hold shall be provided with at least two means of access as far apart as practicable. In general, these accesses should be arranged diagonally, for example one access near the forward bulkhead on the port side, the other one near the aft bulkhead on the starboard side.

              4 Ship structure access manual
              4.1 A ship's means of access to carry out overall and close-up inspections and thickness measurements shall be described in a Ship structure access manual approved by the Administration, an updated copy of which shall be kept on board. The Ship structure access manual shall include the following for each space in the cargo area:
              .1 plans showing the means of access to the space, with appropriate technical specifications and dimensions;
              .2 plans showing the means of access within each space to enable an overall inspection to be carried out, with appropriate technical specifications and dimensions. The plans shall indicate from where each area in the space can be inspected;
              .3 plans showing the means of access within the space to enable close-up inspections to be carried out, with appropriate technical specifications and dimensions. The plans shall indicate the positions of critical structural areas, whether the means of access is permanent or portable and from where each area can be inspected;
              .4 instructions for inspecting and maintaining the structural strength of all means of access and means of attachment, taking into account any corrosive atmosphere that may be within the space;
              .5 instructions for safety guidance when rafting is used for close-up inspections and thickness measurements;
              .6 instructions for the rigging and use of any portable means of access in a safe manner;
              .7 an inventory of all portable means of access; and
              .8 records of periodical inspections and maintenance of the ship's means of access.

              4.2 For the purpose of this regulation "critical structural areas" are locations which have been identified from calculations to require monitoring or from the service history of similar or sister ships to be sensitive to cracking, buckling, deformation or corrosion which would impair the structural integrity of the ship.

              5 General technical specifications
              5.1 For access through horizontal openings, hatches or manholes, the dimensions shall be sufficient to allow a person wearing a self-contained air-breathing apparatus and protective equipment to ascend or descend any ladder without obstruction and also provide a clear opening to facilitate the hoisting of an injured person from the bottom of the space. The minimum clear opening shall not be less than 600 mm x 600 mm. When access to a cargo hold is arranged through the cargo hatch, the top of the ladder shall be placed as close as possible to the hatch coaming. Access hatch coamings having a height greater than 900 mm shall also have steps on the outside in conjunction with the ladder.

              5.2 For access through vertical openings, or manholes, in swash bulkheads, floors, girders and web frames providing passage through the length and breadth of the space, the minimum opening shall be not less than 600 mm x 800 mm at a height of not more than 600 mm from the bottom shell plating unless gratings or other foot holds are provided.

              5.3 For oil tankers of less than 5,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administration may approve, in special circumstances, smaller dimensions for the openings referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2, if the ability to traverse such openings or to remove an injured person can be proved to the satisfaction of the Administration.


              * Refer to the Recommendations for entering enclosed spaces aboard ships, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.864(20).

              Reg. 3-7 Construction drawings maintained on board and ashore

              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2007-01-01)]

              Reg. 3-8 Towing and mooring equipment

              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2007-01-01)]

              Reg. 3-9 Means of embarkation and disembarkation

              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-01-01)]

              Part B Subdivision and stability*

              Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

              Part B Subdivision and stability *


              (Part B applies to passenger ships and to cargo ships,as indicated in the regulations)



              * Instead of the requirements in this Part, the Regulations on Subdivision and Stability of Passenger Ships as an Equivalent to Part B of Chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.265(VIII), may be used, if applied in their entirety.
              Reg. 04 General
              [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

              Reg. 03 Floodable length

              Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
              Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

              * Instead of requirements in this Part, the Regulations on Subdivision and Stability of Passenger Ships as an Equivalent to Part B of Chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.265 (VIII), may be used, if applied, in their entirety. (Part B applies to passenger ships only, except that Regulation 19 also applies to cargo ships)

              Regulation 3
              Floodable Length

              (a) The floodable length at any point of the length of a ship shall be determined by a method of calculation which takes into consideration the form, draught and other characteristics of the ship in question.

              (b) In a ship with a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at a given point is the maximum portion of the length of the ship, having its centre at the point in question, which can be flooded under the definite assumptions set forth in Regulation 4 of this Chapter without the ship being submerged beyond the margin line.

              (c)
              (i) In the case of a ship not having a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at any point may be determined to an assumed continuous margin line which at no point is less than 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the top of the deck (at side) to which the bulkheads concerned and the shell are carried watertight.
              (ii) Where a portion of an assumed margin line is appreciably below the deck to which bulkheads are carried, the Administration may permit a limited relaxation in the watertightness of those portions of the bulkheads which are above the margin line and immediately under the higher deck.

              Reg. 04 Permeability


              (a) The definite assumptions referred to in Regulation 3 of this Chapter relate to the permeabilities of the spaces below the margin line. In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following portions of the ship below the margin line :

              (i) the machinery space as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter;
              ii) the portion forward of the machinery space; and
              (iii) the portion abaft the machinery space.

              (b) (i) The uniform average permeability throughout the machinery pace shall be determined from the formula-
              where :
              a = volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, which are situated below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space ;

              c = volume of between deck spaces below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space which are appropriated to cargo, coal or stores ;

              v = whole volume of the machinery space below the margin line.

              (ii) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the average permeability as determined by detailed calculation is less than that given by the formula, the detailed calculated value may be used. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeabilities of passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such values as may be approved in each case.

              (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Regulation, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the formula-

              where:
              a = volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, which are situated below the margin line, before (or abaft) the machinery space, and

              v = whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before (or abaft) the machinery space.

              (d) In the case of a ship which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, and is required under paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of th is Chapter tocomply with special provisions, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the formula-

              where:
              b = the volume of the spaces below the margin line and above the tops of floors, inner bottom, or peak tanks, as the case may be, which are appropriated to and used as cargo spaces, coal or oil fuel bunkers, store-rooms, baggage and mail rooms, chain lockers and fresh water tanks, before (or abaft) the machinery space ; and

              v = whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before (or abaft) the machinery space. In the case of ships engaged on services where the cargo holds are not generally occupied by any substantial quantities of cargo, no part of the cargo spaces is to be included in calculating "b".

              (e) In the case of unusual arrangements the Administration may allow, or require, a detailed calculation of average permeability for the portions before or abaft the machinery space. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeability of passenger spaces as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter shall be taken as 95, that of spaces containing machinery as 85, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such value as may be approved in each case.

              (f) Where a between deck compartment between two watertight transverse bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole of that compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded as passenger space. Where, however, the passenger or crew space in question is completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space so enclosed need be considered as passenger space.
              Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
              Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

              (a) The definite assumptions referred to in Regulation 3 of this Chapter relate to the permeabilities of the spaces below the margin line. In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following portions of the ship below the margin line :

              (i) the machinery space as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter;
              ii) the portion forward of the machinery space; and
              (iii) the portion abaft the machinery space.

              (b) (i) The uniform average permeability throughout the machinery pace shall be determined from the formula-
              where :
              a = volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, which are situated below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space ;

              c = volume of between deck spaces below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space which are appropriated to cargo, coal or stores ;

              v = whole volume of the machinery space below the margin line.

              (ii) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the average permeability as determined by detailed calculation is less than that given by the formula, the detailed calculated value may be used. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeabilities of passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such values as may be approved in each case.

              (c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Regulation, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the formula-

              where:
              a = volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, which are situated below the margin line, before (or abaft) the machinery space, and

              v = whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before (or abaft) the machinery space.

              (d) In the case of a ship which is permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, and is required under paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of th is Chapter tocomply with special provisions, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship before (or abaft) the machinery space shall be determined from the formula-

              where:
              b = the volume of the spaces below the margin line and above the tops of floors, inner bottom, or peak tanks, as the case may be, which are appropriated to and used as cargo spaces, coal or oil fuel bunkers, store-rooms, baggage and mail rooms, chain lockers and fresh water tanks, before (or abaft) the machinery space ; and

              v = whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line before (or abaft) the machinery space. In the case of ships engaged on services where the cargo holds are not generally occupied by any substantial quantities of cargo, no part of the cargo spaces is to be included in calculating "b".

              (e) In the case of unusual arrangements the Administration may allow, or require, a detailed calculation of average permeability for the portions before or abaft the machinery space. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeability of passenger spaces as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter shall be taken as 95, that of spaces containing machinery as 85, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such value as may be approved in each case.

              (f) Where a between deck compartment between two watertight transverse bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole of that compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded as passenger space. Where, however, the passenger or crew space in question is completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space so enclosed need be considered as passenger space.
              Reg. 04 Floodable length in passenger ships
              [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

              Reg. 05 Permissible Length of Compartments


              (a) Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which they are intended. The degree of subdivision shall vary with the length of the ship and with the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest length, primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.

              (b) Factor of Subdivision. The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centre at any point in the ship's length is obtained from the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the factor of subdivision. The factor of subdivision shall depend on the length of the ship, and for a given length shall vary according to the nature of the service for which the ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and continuous manner :

              (i) as the length of the ship increases, and
              (ii) from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers. The variations of the factors A and B shall be expressed by the following formula : (I) and (II) where L is the length of the ship as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter :


              (c) Criterion of Service. For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision shall be determined by the Criterion of Service Numeral (hereinafter called the Criterion Numeral) as given by the following formulae (III) and (IV) where :

              CS= the Criterion Numeral;

              L = length of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter;

              M = the volume of the machinery space, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter ; with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and before or abaft the machinery space ;

              P = the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin line, as defined in Reg. 2 of this Chapter;V = the whole volume of the ship below the margin line;

              P1 = K N where :
              N = number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified, and

              K has the following values :
              Value of K Length in m and volumes in cubic metres 0.056L Length in feet and volumes in cubic feet 0.6L

              Where the value of K N is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the margin line, the figure to be taken as P1 is that sum or two-thirds K N, whichever is the greater.

              When P1 is greater than P -

              C s = 72 X (M + 2P 1 ) ÷ ( V +P 1 - P ) .....................(III)
              and in other cases-
              C s =72 X (M +2P ) ÷V  ..................................(IV)


              For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck the volumes are to be taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the floodable lengths.

              (d) Rules for Subdivision of Ships other than those covered by paragraph (e) of this Regulation.

              (i) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships 131 metres (430 feet) in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (I) ; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by formula (II); and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and B, using the formula :

              = A - ( A - B ) ( C s - 23) ÷ 100 .......................(V)

              Nevertheless, where the criterion numeral is equal to 45 or more and simultaneously the computed factor of subdivision as given by formula (V) is 0.65 or less, but more than 0.50, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by the factor 0.50. Where the factor F is less than 0.40 and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with the factor F in a machinery compartment of the ship, the subdivision of such compartment may be governed by an increased factor, which, however, shall not exceed 0.40.

              (ii) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 m (430 feet) but not less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length having a criterion numeral equal to S, where-

              S = ( 3,574- 25L ) ÷ 13 (L in metres) = ( 9,382- 20L ) ÷ 34 (L in feet)

              shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by the formula (II); of those having a criterion numeral between S and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor B using the formula :

              F  = 1  - ( 1 - B ) ( C s - S  ) ÷ 123  -  S

              ......................................(VI)

              (iii) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131metres (430 feet) but not less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length and having a criterion numeral less than S, and of all ships less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless, in either case, it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in any part of the ship, in which case the Administration may allow such relaxation as may appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances.

              (iv) The provisions of sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph shall apply also to ships of whatever length, which are to be certified to carry a number of passengers exceeding 12 but not exceeding- L 2 650 (in metres) = L 2 7,000 (in feet), or 50, whichever is less.

              (e) Special Standards of Subdivision for Ships which are permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided and are required under paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of this Chapter to comply with special provisions.

              (i) (1) In the case of ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by a factor of 0.50 or by the factor determined according to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Regulation, if less than 0.50.

              (2) In the case of such ships less than 91.5 metres (300 feet) in length, if the Administration is satisfied that compliance with such factor would be impracticable in a compartment, it may allow the length of that compartment to be governed by a higher factor provided the factor used is the lowest that is practicable and reasonable in the circumstances.

              (ii)Where, in the case of any ship whether less than 91.5 metres (300 feet) or not, the necessity of carrying appreciable quantities of cargo makes it impracticable to require the subdivision abaft the forepeak to be governed by a factor not exceeding 0.50, the standard of subdivision to be applied shall be determined in accordance with the following sub-paragraphs (1) to (5), subject to the condition that where the Administration is satisfied that insistence on strict compliance in any respect would be unreasonable, it may allow such alternative arrangement of the watertight bulkheads as appears to be justified on merit and will not diminish the general effectiveness of the subdivision.

              (1) The provisions of paragraph (c) of this Regulation relating to the criterion numeral shall apply with the exception that in calculating the value of P1 for berthed passengers K is to have the value defined in paragraph (c) of this Regulation, or 3.55 cubic m (125 cubic feet), whichever is the greater, and for unberthed passengers K is to have the value 3.55 cubic metres (125 cubic feet).

              (2) The factor B in paragraph (b) of this Regulation shall be replaced by the factor BB determined by the following formula:

              L in metres
                BB = 17.6/(L-33) + .20       (L = 55 and upwards) L in feet
                  BB = 57.6/(L-108) + .20       (L = 180 and upwards) (3) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships 131 metres (430 feet) in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (I) in paragrapgh (b) of this Regulation; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 of more by the factor BB given by the formula in sub-paragraph (ii)(2) of this paragraph; and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and BB, using the formula:
                    F = A - ((A - BB)(Cs - 23))/100 except that if the factor F so obtained is less than .50 the factor to be used shall be either .50 or the factor calculated according to the provisions of sub-paragraph (d)(i) of this Regulation, whichever is the smaller.

                    (4) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 metres (430 feet) but not less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length having a criterion numeral equal to S1 where -
                      S1 = (3,712 - 25L)/19     (L in metres)

                      S1 = (1,950 - 4L)/10      (L in feet) shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor BB given by the formula in sub-paragraph (ii)(2) of this paragraph; of those having a criterion numeral between S1 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor BB using the formula:
                        F = 1 - ((1-BB)(Cs - S1)/(123-S1)) except that in either of the two latter cases if the factor so obtained is less than .50 the subdivision may be governed by a factor not exceeding .50.

                        (5) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 metres (430 feet) but not less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length and having a criterion numeral less than S1 and of all ships less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in particular compartments, in which event the Administration may allow such relaxations in respect of those compartments as appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances, provided that the aftermost compartment and as many as possible of the forward compartments (between the forepeak and the after end of the machinery space) shall be kept within the floodable length.
                        Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                        Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                        (a) Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which they are intended. The degree of subdivision shall vary with the length of the ship and with the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest length, primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.

                        (b) Factor of Subdivision. The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centre at any point in the ship's length is obtained from the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the factor of subdivision. The factor of subdivision shall depend on the length of the ship, and for a given length shall vary according to the nature of the service for which the ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and continuous manner :

                        (i) as the length of the ship increases, and
                        (ii) from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers. The variations of the factors A and B shall be expressed by the following formula : (I) and (II) where L is the length of the ship as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter :


                        (c) Criterion of Service. For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision shall be determined by the Criterion of Service Numeral (hereinafter called the Criterion Numeral) as given by the following formulae (III) and (IV) where :

                        CS= the Criterion Numeral;

                        L = length of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter;

                        M = the volume of the machinery space, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter ; with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and before or abaft the machinery space ;

                        P = the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin line, as defined in Reg. 2 of this Chapter;V = the whole volume of the ship below the margin line;

                        P1 = K N where :
                        N = number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified, and

                        K has the following values :
                        Value of K Length in m and volumes in cubic metres 0.056L Length in feet and volumes in cubic feet 0.6L

                        Where the value of K N is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the margin line, the figure to be taken as P1 is that sum or two-thirds K N, whichever is the greater.

                        When P1 is greater than P -

                        C s = 72 X (M + 2P 1 ) ÷ ( V +P 1 - P ) .....................(III)
                        and in other cases-
                        C s =72 X (M +2P ) ÷V  ..................................(IV)


                        For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck the volumes are to be taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the floodable lengths.

                        (d) Rules for Subdivision of Ships other than those covered by paragraph (e) of this Regulation.

                        (i) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships 131 metres (430 feet) in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (I) ; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by formula (II); and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and B, using the formula :

                        = A - ( A - B ) ( C s - 23) ÷ 100 .......................(V)

                        Nevertheless, where the criterion numeral is equal to 45 or more and simultaneously the computed factor of subdivision as given by formula (V) is 0.65 or less, but more than 0.50, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by the factor 0.50. Where the factor F is less than 0.40 and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with the factor F in a machinery compartment of the ship, the subdivision of such compartment may be governed by an increased factor, which, however, shall not exceed 0.40.

                        (ii) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 m (430 feet) but not less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length having a criterion numeral equal to S, where-

                        S = ( 3,574- 25L ) ÷ 13 (L in metres) = ( 9,382- 20L ) ÷ 34 (L in feet)

                        shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by the formula (II); of those having a criterion numeral between S and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor B using the formula :

                        F  = 1  - ( 1 - B ) ( C s - S  ) ÷ 123  -  S

                        ......................................(VI)

                        (iii) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131metres (430 feet) but not less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length and having a criterion numeral less than S, and of all ships less than 79 metres (260 feet) in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless, in either case, it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in any part of the ship, in which case the Administration may allow such relaxation as may appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances.

                        (iv) The provisions of sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph shall apply also to ships of whatever length, which are to be certified to carry a number of passengers exceeding 12 but not exceeding- L 2 650 (in metres) = L 2 7,000 (in feet), or 50, whichever is less.

                        (e) Special Standards of Subdivision for Ships which are permitted under paragraph (c) of Regulation 27 of Chapter III to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided and are required under paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of this Chapter to comply with special provisions.

                        (i) (1) In the case of ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by a factor of 0.50 or by the factor determined according to paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Regulation, if less than 0.50.

                        (2) In the case of such ships less than 91.5 metres (300 feet) in length, if the Administration is satisfied that compliance with such factor would be impracticable in a compartment, it may allow the length of that compartment to be governed by a higher factor provided the factor used is the lowest that is practicable and reasonable in the circumstances.

                        (ii)Where, in the case of any ship whether less than 91.5 metres (300 feet) or not, the necessity of carrying appreciable quantities of cargo makes it impracticable to require the subdivision abaft the forepeak to be governed by a factor not exceeding 0.50, the standard of subdivision to be applied shall be determined in accordance with the following sub-paragraphs (1) to (5), subject to the condition that where the Administration is satisfied that insistence on strict compliance in any respect would be unreasonable, it may allow such alternative arrangement of the watertight bulkheads as appears to be justified on merit and will not diminish the general effectiveness of the subdivision.

                        (1) The provisions of paragraph (c) of this Regulation relating to the criterion numeral shall apply with the exception that in calculating the value of P1 for berthed passengers K is to have the value defined in paragraph (c) of this Regulation, or 3.55 cubic m (125 cubic feet), whichever is the greater, and for unberthed passengers K is to have the value 3.55 cubic metres (125 cubic feet).

                        (2) The factor B in paragraph (b) of this Regulation shall be replaced by the factor BB determined by the following formula:

                        L in metres
                          BB = 17.6/(L-33) + .20       (L = 55 and upwards) L in feet
                            BB = 57.6/(L-108) + .20       (L = 180 and upwards) (3) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships 131 metres (430 feet) in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (I) in paragrapgh (b) of this Regulation; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 of more by the factor BB given by the formula in sub-paragraph (ii)(2) of this paragraph; and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and BB, using the formula:
                              F = A - ((A - BB)(Cs - 23))/100 except that if the factor F so obtained is less than .50 the factor to be used shall be either .50 or the factor calculated according to the provisions of sub-paragraph (d)(i) of this Regulation, whichever is the smaller.

                              (4) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 metres (430 feet) but not less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length having a criterion numeral equal to S1 where -
                                S1 = (3,712 - 25L)/19     (L in metres)

                                S1 = (1,950 - 4L)/10      (L in feet) shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor BB given by the formula in sub-paragraph (ii)(2) of this paragraph; of those having a criterion numeral between S1 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor BB using the formula:
                                  F = 1 - ((1-BB)(Cs - S1)/(123-S1)) except that in either of the two latter cases if the factor so obtained is less than .50 the subdivision may be governed by a factor not exceeding .50.

                                  (5) The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships less than 131 metres (430 feet) but not less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length and having a criterion numeral less than S1 and of all ships less than 55 metres (180 feet) in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in particular compartments, in which event the Administration may allow such relaxations in respect of those compartments as appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances, provided that the aftermost compartment and as many as possible of the forward compartments (between the forepeak and the after end of the machinery space) shall be kept within the floodable length.
                                  Reg. 05 Permeability in passenger ships

                                  1.1 The definite assumptions referred to in Regulation 4 relate to the permeabilities of the spaces below the margin line.

                                  1.2 In determining the floodable length, a uniform average permeability shall be used throughout the whole length of each of the following portions of the ship below the margin line :

                                  .1 the machinery space as defined in Regulation 2 ;
                                  .2 the portion forward of the machinery space; and
                                  .3 the portion abaft the machinery space.

                                  2.1 The uniform average permeability throughout the machinery space shall be determined from the formula :
                                  85 + 10 (a - c) / v
                                  where:
                                  a = the volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2, which are situated below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space;
                                  c = the volume of between deck spaces below the margin line within the limits of the machinery space which are appropriated to cargo, coal or stores;
                                  v = the whole volume of the machinery space below the margin line.

                                  2.2 Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that the average permeability as determined by detailed calculation is less than that given by the formula, the detailed calculated value may be used. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeability of passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2, shall be taken as 95, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such value as may be approved in each case.

                                  3 Except as provided in paragraph 4, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship forward of or abaft the machinery space shall be determined from the formula :
                                  63 + 35 (a÷v)
                                  where :
                                  a = the volume of the passenger spaces, as defined in Regulation 2, which are situated below the margin line, forward of or abaft the machinery space; and
                                  v = the whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line forward of or abaft the machinery space.

                                  4.1 In the case of a ship which is permitted under Regulation III/27(c) to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided, and is required under Regulation 1.5 to comply with special provisions, the uniform average permeability throughout the portion of the ship forward of or abaft the machinery space shall be determined from the formula:
                                  95 - 35 (b÷v)
                                  where:
                                  b = the volume of the spaces below the margin line and above the tops of floors, inner bottom, or peak tanks, as the case may be, which are appropriated to and used as cargo spaces, coal or oil fuel bunkers, store-rooms, baggage and mail rooms, chain lockers and fresh water tanks, forward of or abaft the machinery space ; and
                                  v = the whole volume of the portion of the ship below the margin line forward of or abaft the machinery space.

                                  4.2 In the case of ships engaged on services where the cargo holds are not generally occupied by any substantial quantities of cargo, no part of the cargo spaces is to be included in calculating "b".

                                  5 In the case of unusual arrangements the Administration may allow, or require, a detailed calculation of average permeability for the portions forward of or abaft the machinery space. For the purpose of such calculation, the permeability of passenger spaces as defined in Regulation 2 shall be taken as 95, that of spaces containing machinery as 85, that of all cargo, coal and store spaces as 60, and that of double bottom, oil fuel and other tanks at such value as may be approved in each case.

                                  6 Where a between deck compartment between two watertight transverse bulkheads contains any passenger or crew space, the whole of that compartment, less any space completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads and appropriated to other purposes, shall be regarded as passenger space. Where, however, the passenger or crew space in question is completely enclosed within permanent steel bulkheads, only the space so enclosed need be considered as passenger space.

                                  Reg. 06 Special Rules concerning Subdivision


                                  (a) Where in a portion or portions of a ship the watertight bulkheads are carried to a higher deck than in the remainder of the ship and it is desired to take advantage of this higher extension of the bulkheads in calculating the floodable length, separate margin lines may be used for each such portion of the ship provided that :

                                  (i) the sides of the ship are extended throughout the ship's length to the deck corresponding to the upper margin line and all openings in the shell plating below this deck throughout the length of the ship are treated as being below a margin line, for the purposes of Regulation 14 of this Chapter ; and

                                  (ii) the two compartments adjacent to the "step" in the bulkhead deck are each within the permissible length corresponding to their respective margin lines, and, in addition, their combined length does not exceed twice the permissible length based on the lower margin line.

                                  (b)
                                  (i) A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined by the rules of Regulation 5 of this Chapter provided the combined length of each pair of adjacent compartments to which the compartment in question is common does not exceed either the floodable length or twice the permissible length, whichever is the less.

                                  (ii) If one of the two adjacent compartments is situated inside the machinery space, and the second is situated outside the machinery space, and the average permeability of the portion of the ship in which the second is situated differs from that of the machinery space, the combined length of the two compartments shall be adjusted to the mean average permeability of the two portions of the ship in which the compartments are situated.

                                  (iii) Where the two adjacent compartments have different factors of subdivision, the combined length of the two compartments shall be determined proportionately.

                                  (c) In ships 100 metres (330 feet) in length and upwards, one of the main transverse bulkheads abaft the forepeak shall be fitted at a distance from forward perpendicular which is not greater than the permissible length.

                                  d)A main transverse bulkhead may be recessed provided that all parts of the recess lie inboard of vertical surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated at a distance from the shell plating equal to one-fifth the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and measured at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line. Any part of a recess which lies outside these limits shall be dealt with as a step in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Regulation.

                                  (e) A main transverse bulkhead may be stepped provided that it meets one of the following conditions :
                                    (i) the combined length of the two compartments, separated by the bulkhead in question, does not exceed either 90 per cent of the floodable length or twice the permissible length, except that in ships having a factor of subdivision greater than 0.9, the combined length of the two compartments in question shall not exceed the permissible length;

                                    (ii) additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to maintain the same measure of safety as that secured by a plane bulkhead;

                                    (iii) the compartment over which the step extends does not exceed the permissible length corresponding to a margin line taken 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the step. (f) Where a main transverse bulkhead is recessed or stepped, an equivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in determining the subdivision.

                                    (g) If the distance between two adjacent main transverse bulkheads, or their equivalent plane bulkheads, or the distance between the transverse planes passing through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is less than 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less, only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of the subdivis ion of the ship in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.

                                    (h) Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains local subdivision and it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that, after any assumed side damage extending over a length of 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less, the whole volume of the main compartment will not be flooded, a proportionate allowance may be made in the permissible length otherwise required for such compartment. In such a case the volume of effective buoyancy assumed on the undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damaged side.

                                    (i) Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.50 or less, the combined length of any two adjacent compartments shall not exceed the floodable length.
                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                    (a) Where in a portion or portions of a ship the watertight bulkheads are carried to a higher deck than in the remainder of the ship and it is desired to take advantage of this higher extension of the bulkheads in calculating the floodable length, separate margin lines may be used for each such portion of the ship provided that :

                                    (i) the sides of the ship are extended throughout the ship's length to the deck corresponding to the upper margin line and all openings in the shell plating below this deck throughout the length of the ship are treated as being below a margin line, for the purposes of Regulation 14 of this Chapter ; and

                                    (ii) the two compartments adjacent to the "step" in the bulkhead deck are each within the permissible length corresponding to their respective margin lines, and, in addition, their combined length does not exceed twice the permissible length based on the lower margin line.

                                    (b)
                                    (i) A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined by the rules of Regulation 5 of this Chapter provided the combined length of each pair of adjacent compartments to which the compartment in question is common does not exceed either the floodable length or twice the permissible length, whichever is the less.

                                    (ii) If one of the two adjacent compartments is situated inside the machinery space, and the second is situated outside the machinery space, and the average permeability of the portion of the ship in which the second is situated differs from that of the machinery space, the combined length of the two compartments shall be adjusted to the mean average permeability of the two portions of the ship in which the compartments are situated.

                                    (iii) Where the two adjacent compartments have different factors of subdivision, the combined length of the two compartments shall be determined proportionately.

                                    (c) In ships 100 metres (330 feet) in length and upwards, one of the main transverse bulkheads abaft the forepeak shall be fitted at a distance from forward perpendicular which is not greater than the permissible length.

                                    d)A main transverse bulkhead may be recessed provided that all parts of the recess lie inboard of vertical surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated at a distance from the shell plating equal to one-fifth the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and measured at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line. Any part of a recess which lies outside these limits shall be dealt with as a step in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Regulation.

                                    (e) A main transverse bulkhead may be stepped provided that it meets one of the following conditions :
                                      (i) the combined length of the two compartments, separated by the bulkhead in question, does not exceed either 90 per cent of the floodable length or twice the permissible length, except that in ships having a factor of subdivision greater than 0.9, the combined length of the two compartments in question shall not exceed the permissible length;

                                      (ii) additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to maintain the same measure of safety as that secured by a plane bulkhead;

                                      (iii) the compartment over which the step extends does not exceed the permissible length corresponding to a margin line taken 76 millimetres (3 inches) below the step. (f) Where a main transverse bulkhead is recessed or stepped, an equivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in determining the subdivision.

                                      (g) If the distance between two adjacent main transverse bulkheads, or their equivalent plane bulkheads, or the distance between the transverse planes passing through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is less than 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less, only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of the subdivis ion of the ship in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 5 of this Chapter.

                                      (h) Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains local subdivision and it can be shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that, after any assumed side damage extending over a length of 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less, the whole volume of the main compartment will not be flooded, a proportionate allowance may be made in the permissible length otherwise required for such compartment. In such a case the volume of effective buoyancy assumed on the undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damaged side.

                                      (i) Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.50 or less, the combined length of any two adjacent compartments shall not exceed the floodable length.
                                      Reg. 06 Permissible length of compartments in passenger ships

                                      1 Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which they are intended. The degree of subdivision shall vary with the length of the ship and with the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest length, primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.

                                      2 Factor of subdivision
                                      2.1 The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centre at any point in the ship's length is obtained from the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called the factor of subdivision.

                                      2.2 The factor of subdivision shall depend on the length of the ship, and for a given length shall vary according to the nature of the service for which the ship is intended. It shall decrease in a regular and continuous manner :
                                      .1 as the length of the ship increases, and
                                      .2 from a factor A, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of cargo, to a factor B, applicable to ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.

                                      2.3 The variations of the factors A and B shall be expressed by the following formula (1) and (2) where L is the length of the ship as defined in Reg. 2:


                                      3. Criterion of service

                                      3.1 For a ship of given length the appropriate factor of subdivision shall be determined by the criterion of service numeral(hereinafter called the criterion numeral) as given by the following formulae (3) and (4) where:
                                      C s = the criterion numeral;
                                      L = the length of the ship (metres), as defined in Regulation 2;
                                      M = the volume of the machinery space (cubic metres), as defined in Regulation 2; with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and forward of or abaft the machinery space;
                                      P = the whole volume of the passenger spaces below the margin line (cubic metres), as defined in Regulation 2;
                                      V = the whole volume of the ship below the margin line (cubic metres);
                                      P 1 = KN where:
                                      N = the number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified, and
                                      K =0.056 L

                                      3.2 Where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the margin line, the figure to be taken as P 1 is that sum or two-thirds KN, whichever is the greater.
                                      When P 1 is greater than P -


                                      3.3 For ships not having a continuous bulkhead deck the volumes are to be taken up to the actual margin lines used in determining the floodable lengths.

                                      4 Rules for subdivision of ships other than those covered by paragraph 5

                                      4.1 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of 131 m in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (1); of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by formula(2); and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and B, using the formula:

                                      Nevertheless, where the criterion numeral is equal to 45 or more and simultaneously the computed factor of subdivision as given by formula(5) is .65 or less, but more than .50, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by the factor .50.

                                      4.2 Where the factor F is less than .40 and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with the factor F in a machinery compartment of the ship, the subdivision of such compartment may be governed by an increased factor, which, however, shall not exceed .40.

                                      4.3 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131m but not less than 79 m in length having a criterion numeral equal to S, where :

                                      shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor B given by the formula (2), of those having a criterion numeral between S and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor B using the formula :


                                      4.4 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 m but not less than 79 m in length and having a criterion numeral less than S, and of ships of less than 79 m in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless, in either case, it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in any part of the ship, in which case the Administration may allow such relaxation as may appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances.

                                      4.5 The provisions of paragraph 4.4 shall apply also to ships of whatever length, which are to be certified to carry a number of passengers exceeding 12 but not exceeding -


                                      5 Special standards of subdivision for ships which are permitted under Regulation III/27(c) to carry a number of persons on board in excess of the lifeboat capacity provided and are required under Regulation 1.5 to comply with special provisions
                                      5.1.1 In the case of ships primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers, the subdivision abaft the forepeak shall be governed by a factor of .50 or by the factor determined according to paragraphs 3and 4, if less than .50.
                                      5.1.2 In the case of such ships of less than 91.5 m in length, if the Administration is satisfied that compliance with such factor would be impracticable in a compartment, it may allow the length of that compartment to be governed by a higher factor provided the factor used is the lowest that is practicable and reasonable in the circumstances.

                                      5.2 Where, in the case of any ship whether of less than 91.5 m or not, the necessity of carrying appreciable quantities of cargo make sit impracticable to require the subdivision abaft the forepeak to be governed by a factor not exceeding .50, the standard of subdivision to be applied shall be determined in accordance with the following sub-paragraphs .1 to .5, subject to the condition that where the Administration is satisfied that insistence on strict compliance in any respect would be unreasonable, it may allow such alternative arrangement of the watertight bulkheads as appears to be justified on merits and will not diminish the general effectiveness of the subdivision.
                                      .1 The provisions of paragraph 3 relating to the criterion numeral shall apply with the exception that in calculating the value of P1 for berthed passengers K is to have the value defined in paragraph 3, or 3.5 whichever is the greater, and for unberthed passengers K is to have the value 3.5
                                      .2 The factor B in paragraph 2 shall be replaced by the factor BB determined by the following formula :

                                      .3 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of 131 m in length and upwards having a criterion numeral of 23 or less shall be governed by the factor A given by formula (1) in paragraph 2.3 ; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor BB given by the formula in paragraph 5.2.2 ; and of those having a criterion numeral between 23 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between the factors A and BB, using the formula :

                                      except that if the factor F so obtained is less than .50 the factor to be used shall be either .50 or the factor calculated according to the provisions of paragraph 4.1, whichever is the smaller.
                                      .4 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131m but not less than 55 m in length having a criterion numeral equal to S1 where -

                                      shall be governed by the factor unity; of those having a criterion numeral of 123 or more by the factor BB given by the formula in paragraph 5.2.2; of those having a criterion numeral between S 1 and 123 by the factor F obtained by linear interpolation between unity and the factor BB using the formula :

                                      except that in either of the two latter cases if the factor so obtained is less than .50 the subdivision may be governed by a factor not exceeding .50.

                                      .5 The subdivision abaft the forepeak of ships of less than 131 m but not less than 55m in length and having a criterion numeral less than S1 and of ships of less than 55m in length shall be governed by the factor unity, unless it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration to be impracticable to comply with this factor in particular compartments, in which event the Administration may allow such relaxations in respect of those compartments as appear to be justified, having regard to all the circumstances, provided that the aftermost compartment and as many as possible of the forward compartments (between the forepeak and the after end of the machinery space) shall be kept within the floodable length.

                                      Reg. 07 Stability of Ships in Damaged Condition


                                      (a) Sufficient intact stability shall be provided in all service conditions so as to enable the ship to withstand the final stage of flooding of any one main compartment which is required to be within the floodable length. Where two adjacent main compartments are separated by a bulkhead which is stepped under the conditions of sub-paragraph (e) (i) of Regulation 6 of this Chapter the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of those two adjacent main compartments. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.50 or less but more than 0.33 intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any two adjacent main compartments. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.33 or less the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any three adjacent main compartments.
                                      (b)
                                      (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall be determined by calculations which are in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d) and (f) of this Regulation and which take into consideration the proportions and design characteristics of the ship and the arrangement and configuration of the damaged compartments. In making these calculations the ship is to be assumed in the worst anticipated service condition as regards stability.

                                      (ii) Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, the Administration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to such restrictions in the calculations.

                                      (iii) In cases where the Administration considers the range of stability in the damaged condition to be doubtful, it may require investigation thereof.

                                      (c) For the purpose of making damage stability calculations the volume and surface permeabilities shall be in general as follows :

                                      Spaces Permeability
                                      Appropriated to Cargo, Coal or Stores 60
                                      Occupied by Accommodation 95
                                      Occupied by Machinery 85
                                      Intended for Liquids 0 or 95*

                                      * Whichever results in the more severe requirements.

                                      Higher surface permeabilities are to be assumed in respect of spaces which, in the vicinity of the damage waterplane, contain no substantial quantity of accommodation or machinery and spaces which are not generally occupied by any substantial quantity of cargo or stores.

                                      (d) Assumed extent of damage shall be as follows :

                                      (i) longitudinal extent: 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.33 or less the assumed longitudinal extent of damage shall be increased as necessary so as to include any two consecutive main transverse watertight bulkheads;

                                      (ii) transverse extent (measured inboard from the ship's side, at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line): a distance of one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter; and

                                      (iii) vertical extent: from the base line upwards without limit. (iv) If any damage of lesser extent than that indicated in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph would result in a more severe condition regarding heel or loss of metacentric height, such damage shall be assumed in the calculations.

                                      (e) Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any case where controls to cross-flooding fittings are provided they shall be operable from above the bulkhead deck. These fittings together with their controls as well as the maximum heel before equalization shall be acceptable to the Administration. Where cross-flooding fittings are re quired the time for equalization shall not exceed 15 minutes. Suitable information concerning the use of cross-flooding fittings shall be supplied to the master of the ship** ** Reference is made to the Recommendation on a Standard Method for Establishing Compliance with the Requirements for Cross-flooding Arrangements in Passenger Ships, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.266(VIII).

                                      (f) The final conditions of the ship after damage and, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, after equalization measures have been taken shall be as follows :

                                      (i) in the case of symmetrical flooding there shall be a positive residual metacentric height of at least 50millimetres (2 inches) as calculated by the constant displacement method;

                                      (ii) in the case of unsymmetrical flooding the total heel shall not exceed seven degrees, except that, in special cases, the Administration may allow additional heel due to the unsymmetrical moment, but in no case shall the final heel exceed fifteen degrees ;

                                      (iii) in no case shall the margin line be submerged in the final stage of flooding. If it is considered that the margin line may become submerged during an intermediate stage of flooding, the Administration may require such investigations and arrangements as it considers necessary for the safety of the ship.

                                      (g) The master of the ship shall be supplied with the data necessary to maintain sufficient intact stability under service conditions to enable the ship to withstand the critical damage. In the case of ships requiring cross-flooding the master of the ship shall be informed of the conditions of stability on which the calculations of heel are based and be warned that excessive heeling might result should the ship sustain damage when in a less favourable condition.

                                      (h)
                                      (i) No relaxation from the requirements for damage stability may be considered by the Administration unless it is shown that the intact metacentric height in any service condition necessary to meet these requirements is excessive for the service intended.

                                      (ii) Relaxations from the requirements for damage stability shall be permitted only in exceptional cases and subject to the condition that the Administration is to be satisfied that the proportions, arrangements and other characteristics of the ship are the most favourable to stability after damage which can practically and reasonably be adopted in the particular circumstances.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) Sufficient intact stability shall be provided in all service conditions so as to enable the ship to withstand the final stage of flooding of any one main compartment which is required to be within the floodable length. Where two adjacent main compartments are separated by a bulkhead which is stepped under the conditions of sub-paragraph (e) (i) of Regulation 6 of this Chapter the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of those two adjacent main compartments. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.50 or less but more than 0.33 intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any two adjacent main compartments. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.33 or less the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any three adjacent main compartments.
                                      (b)
                                      (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) of this Regulation shall be determined by calculations which are in accordance with paragraphs (c), (d) and (f) of this Regulation and which take into consideration the proportions and design characteristics of the ship and the arrangement and configuration of the damaged compartments. In making these calculations the ship is to be assumed in the worst anticipated service condition as regards stability.

                                      (ii) Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, the Administration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to such restrictions in the calculations.

                                      (iii) In cases where the Administration considers the range of stability in the damaged condition to be doubtful, it may require investigation thereof.

                                      (c) For the purpose of making damage stability calculations the volume and surface permeabilities shall be in general as follows :

                                      Spaces Permeability
                                      Appropriated to Cargo, Coal or Stores 60
                                      Occupied by Accommodation 95
                                      Occupied by Machinery 85
                                      Intended for Liquids 0 or 95*

                                      * Whichever results in the more severe requirements.

                                      Higher surface permeabilities are to be assumed in respect of spaces which, in the vicinity of the damage waterplane, contain no substantial quantity of accommodation or machinery and spaces which are not generally occupied by any substantial quantity of cargo or stores.

                                      (d) Assumed extent of damage shall be as follows :

                                      (i) longitudinal extent: 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 3 per cent of the length of the ship, or 10.67 metres (35 feet) whichever is the less. Where the required factor of subdivision is 0.33 or less the assumed longitudinal extent of damage shall be increased as necessary so as to include any two consecutive main transverse watertight bulkheads;

                                      (ii) transverse extent (measured inboard from the ship's side, at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line): a distance of one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter; and

                                      (iii) vertical extent: from the base line upwards without limit. (iv) If any damage of lesser extent than that indicated in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph would result in a more severe condition regarding heel or loss of metacentric height, such damage shall be assumed in the calculations.

                                      (e) Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any case where controls to cross-flooding fittings are provided they shall be operable from above the bulkhead deck. These fittings together with their controls as well as the maximum heel before equalization shall be acceptable to the Administration. Where cross-flooding fittings are re quired the time for equalization shall not exceed 15 minutes. Suitable information concerning the use of cross-flooding fittings shall be supplied to the master of the ship** ** Reference is made to the Recommendation on a Standard Method for Establishing Compliance with the Requirements for Cross-flooding Arrangements in Passenger Ships, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.266(VIII).

                                      (f) The final conditions of the ship after damage and, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, after equalization measures have been taken shall be as follows :

                                      (i) in the case of symmetrical flooding there shall be a positive residual metacentric height of at least 50millimetres (2 inches) as calculated by the constant displacement method;

                                      (ii) in the case of unsymmetrical flooding the total heel shall not exceed seven degrees, except that, in special cases, the Administration may allow additional heel due to the unsymmetrical moment, but in no case shall the final heel exceed fifteen degrees ;

                                      (iii) in no case shall the margin line be submerged in the final stage of flooding. If it is considered that the margin line may become submerged during an intermediate stage of flooding, the Administration may require such investigations and arrangements as it considers necessary for the safety of the ship.

                                      (g) The master of the ship shall be supplied with the data necessary to maintain sufficient intact stability under service conditions to enable the ship to withstand the critical damage. In the case of ships requiring cross-flooding the master of the ship shall be informed of the conditions of stability on which the calculations of heel are based and be warned that excessive heeling might result should the ship sustain damage when in a less favourable condition.

                                      (h)
                                      (i) No relaxation from the requirements for damage stability may be considered by the Administration unless it is shown that the intact metacentric height in any service condition necessary to meet these requirements is excessive for the service intended.

                                      (ii) Relaxations from the requirements for damage stability shall be permitted only in exceptional cases and subject to the condition that the Administration is to be satisfied that the proportions, arrangements and other characteristics of the ship are the most favourable to stability after damage which can practically and reasonably be adopted in the particular circumstances.
                                      Reg. 07 Special requirements concerning passenger ship subdivision
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 08 Ballasting


                                      When ballasting with water is necessary, the water ballast should not in general be carried in tanks intended for oil fuel. In ships in which it is not practicable to avoid putting water in oil fuel tanks, oily-water separator equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration shall be fitted, or other alternative means acceptable to the Administration shall be provided for disposing of the oily-water ballast.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      When ballasting with water is necessary, the water ballast should not in general be carried in tanks intended for oil fuel. In ships in which it is not practicable to avoid putting water in oil fuel tanks, oily-water separator equipment to the satisfaction of the Administration shall be fitted, or other alternative means acceptable to the Administration shall be provided for disposing of the oily-water ballast.
                                      Reg. 08 Stability of passenger ships in damaged condition

                                      1.1 Sufficient intact stability shall be provided in all service conditions so as to enable the ship to withstand the final stage of flooding of any one main compartment which is required to be within the floodable length.

                                      1.2 Where two adjacent main compartments are separated by a bulkhead which is stepped under the conditions of Regulation 7.5.1 the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of those two adjacent main compartments.

                                      1.3 Where the required factor of subdivision is .50 or less but more than .33 intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any two adjacent main compartments.

                                      1.4 Where the required factor of subdivision is .33 or less the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any three adjacent main compartments.

                                      2.1 The requirements of paragraph 1 shall be determined by calculations which are in accordance with paragraphs 3, 4 and 6 and which take into consideration the proportions and design characteristics of the ship and the arrangement and configuration of the damaged compartments. In making these calculations the ship is to be assumed in the worst anticipated service condition as regards stability.

                                      2.2 Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, the Administration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to such restrictions in the calculations.

                                      2.3 In cases where the Administration considers the range of stability in the damaged condition to be doubtful, it may require investigation thereof.

                                      3 For the purpose of making damage stability calculations the volume and surface permeabilities shall be in general as follows :

                                      SpacesPermeability
                                      Appropriated to cargo, coal or stores 60
                                      Occupied by accommodation 95
                                      Occupied by machinery 85
                                      Intended for Liquids

                                      0 or 95*



                                      * Whichever results in the more severe requirements .
                                      Higher surface permeabilities are to be assumed in respect of spaces which, in the vicinity of the damage water plane, contain no substantial quantity of accommodation or machinery and spaces which are not generally occupied by any substantial quantity of cargo or stores.

                                      4 Assumed extent of damage shall be as follow :

                                      .1 longitudinal extent: 3.0 m plus 3 percent of the length of the ship, or 11.0 m whichever is the less. Where the required factor of subdivision is .33 or less the assumed longitudinal extent of damage shall be increased as necessary so as to include any two consecutive main transverse watertight bulkheads ;

                                      .2 transverse extent (measured inboard from the ship's side, at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line): a distance of one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 ; and

                                      .3 vertical extent: from the base line upwards without limit ;

                                      .4 if any damage of lesser extent than that indicated in paragraphs 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 would result in a more severe condition regarding heel or loss of metacentric height, such damage shall be assumed in the calculations.

                                      5 Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any case where controls to cross-flooding fittings are provided they shall be operable from above the bulkhead deck. These fittings together with their controls as well as the maximum heel before equalization shall be acceptable to the Administration. Where cross-flooding fittings are required the time for equalization shall not exceed 15 minutes. Suitable information concerning the use of cross-flooding fittings shall be supplied to the master of the ship*

                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on a Standard Method for Establishing Compliance with the Requirements for Cross-flooding Arrangements in Passenger Ships, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.266(VIII) .

                                      6 The final conditions of the ship after damage and, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, after equalization measures have been taken shall be as follows :

                                      .1 in the case of symmetrical flooding there shall be a positive residual metacentric height of at least 50㎜

                                      as calculated by the constant displacement method;

                                      .2 in the case of unsymmetrical flooding the total heel shall not exceed 7°, except that, in special cases, the Administration may allow additional heel due to the unsymmetrical moment, but in no case shall the final heel exceed 15°

                                      .3 in no case shall the margin line be submerged in the final stage of flooding. If it is considered that the margin line may become submerged during an intermediate stage of flooding, the Administration may require such investigations and arrangements as it considers necessary for the safety of the ship.

                                      7 The master of the ship shall be supplied with the data necessary to maintain sufficient intact stability under service conditions to enable the ship to withstand the critical damage. In the case of ships requiring cross-flooding the master of the ship shall be informed of the conditions of stability on which the calculations of heel are based and be warned that excessive heeling might result should the ship sustain damage when in a less favourable condition.

                                      8.1 No relaxation from the requirements for damage stability may be considered by the Administration unless it is shown that the intact metacentric height in any service condition necessary to meet these requirements is excessive for the service intended.

                                      8.2 Relaxations from the requirements for damage stability shall be permitted only in exceptional cases and subject to the condition that the Administration is to be satisfied that the proportions, arrangements and other characteristics of the ship are the most favourable to stability after damage which can practically and reasonably be adopted in the particular circumstances.

                                      Reg. 08-1 Stability of ro-ro passengerships in damaged condition*

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 08-2 Special requirements for ro-ro passengerships carrying 400 persons or more

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 08-3 Special requirements for passenger ships, other than ro-ro passengerships, carrying 400 persons or more

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1999-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 09 Peak and Machinery Space Bulkheads, Shaft Tunnels, etc.


                                      (a)
                                      (i) A ship shall have a forepeak or collision bulkhead, which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be fitted not less than 5 per cent of the length of the ship, and not more than 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 5 per cent of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular.

                                      (ii) If the ship has a long forward superstructure, the forepeak bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted directly over the bulkhead below, provided it is at least 5 per cent of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular, and the part of the bulkhead deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight.

                                      (b) An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished.

                                      (c) In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces of moderate volume. The stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the margin line will not be submerged.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a)
                                      (i) A ship shall have a forepeak or collision bulkhead, which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be fitted not less than 5 per cent of the length of the ship, and not more than 3.05 metres (10 feet) plus 5 per cent of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular.

                                      (ii) If the ship has a long forward superstructure, the forepeak bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted directly over the bulkhead below, provided it is at least 5 per cent of the length of the ship from the forward perpendicular, and the part of the bulkhead deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight.

                                      (b) An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished.

                                      (c) In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces of moderate volume. The stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the margin line will not be submerged.
                                      Reg. 09 Ballasting of passenger ships
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 10 Double Bottoms


                                      (a) A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the forepeak bulkhead to the afterpeak bulkhead as far as this is practicable and compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      (i) In ships 50 metres (165 feet) and under 61 metres (200 feet) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the forepeak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (ii) In ships 61 metres (200 feet) and under 76 metres (249 feet) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (iii) In ships 76 metres (249 feet) in length and upwards, a double bottom shall be fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (b) Where a double bottom is required to be fitted its depth shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is not lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal line inclined at 25 degrees to the base line and cutting it at a point one-half the ship's moulded breadth from the middle line.

                                      (c) Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connexion with drainage arrangements of holds, etc., shall not extend downwards more than necessary. The depth of the well shall in no case be more than the depth less 457 millimetres (18 inches) of the double bottom at the centreline, nor shall the well extend below the horizontal plane referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation. A well extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel of screw-ships. Other wells (e.g., for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permitted by the Administration if satisfied that the arrangements give protection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with this Regulation.

                                      (d) A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight compartments of moderate size used exclusively for the carriage of liquids, provided the safety of the ship, in the event of bottom or side damage, is not, in the opinion of the Administration, thereby impaired.

                                      (e) In the case of ships to which the provisions of paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of this Chapter apply and which are engaged on regular service within the limits of a short international voyage as defined in Regulation 2 of Chapter III, the Administration may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with in any part of the ship which is subdivided by a factor not exceeding 0.50, if satisfied that the fitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the forepeak bulkhead to the afterpeak bulkhead as far as this is practicable and compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      (i) In ships 50 metres (165 feet) and under 61 metres (200 feet) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the forepeak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (ii) In ships 61 metres (200 feet) and under 76 metres (249 feet) in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (iii) In ships 76 metres (249 feet) in length and upwards, a double bottom shall be fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      (b) Where a double bottom is required to be fitted its depth shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is not lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal line inclined at 25 degrees to the base line and cutting it at a point one-half the ship's moulded breadth from the middle line.

                                      (c) Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connexion with drainage arrangements of holds, etc., shall not extend downwards more than necessary. The depth of the well shall in no case be more than the depth less 457 millimetres (18 inches) of the double bottom at the centreline, nor shall the well extend below the horizontal plane referred to in paragraph (b) of this Regulation. A well extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel of screw-ships. Other wells (e.g., for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permitted by the Administration if satisfied that the arrangements give protection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with this Regulation.

                                      (d) A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight compartments of moderate size used exclusively for the carriage of liquids, provided the safety of the ship, in the event of bottom or side damage, is not, in the opinion of the Administration, thereby impaired.

                                      (e) In the case of ships to which the provisions of paragraph (d) of Regulation 1 of this Chapter apply and which are engaged on regular service within the limits of a short international voyage as defined in Regulation 2 of Chapter III, the Administration may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with in any part of the ship which is subdivided by a factor not exceeding 0.50, if satisfied that the fitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
                                      Reg. 10 Peak and machinery space bulkheads, haft tunnels, etc., in passengerships

                                      1 A forepeak or collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular of not less than 5 percent of the length of the ship and not more than 3 m plus 5 percent of the length of the ship.

                                      2 Where any part of the ship below the water-line extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated in paragraph 1 shall be measured from a point either :

                                      .1 at the mid-length of such extension ; or
                                      .2 at a distance 1.5 percent of the length of the ship forward of the forward
                                      .3 at a distance 3 m forward of the forward perpendicular ; whichever gives the smallest measurement.

                                      3 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted, the forepeak or collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted directly above the bulkhead below provided it is located within the limits specified in paragraph 1 or 2 with the exemption permitted by paragraph 4 and the part of the deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight.

                                      4 Where bow doors are fitted and a sloping loading ramp forms part of the extension of the collision bulkhead above the bulkhead deck the part of the ramp which is more than 2.3 m above the bulkhead deck may extend forward of the limit specified in paragraphs 1 and 2. The ramp shall be weathertight over its complete length.

                                      5 An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, as defined in Regulation 2, from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished.

                                      6 In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces of moderate volume. The stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the margin line will not be submerged.

                                      Reg. 11 Assigning, Marking and Recording of Subdivision Load Lines


                                      (a) In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a load line corresponding to the approved subdivision draught shall be assigned and marked on the ship's sides. A ship having spaces which are specially adapted for the accommodation of passengers and the carriage of cargo alternatively may, if the owners desire, have one or more additional load lines assigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision draughts which the Administration may approve for the alternative service conditions.

                                      (b) The subdivision load lines assigned and marked shall be recorded in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, and shall be distinguished by the notation C.1 for the principal passenger condition, and C.2 , C.3, etc., for the alternative conditions.

                                      (c) The freeboard corresponding to each of these load lines shall be measured at the same position and from the same deck line as the freeboards determined in accordance with the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.

                                      (d) The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load line and the conditions of service for which it is approved, shall be clearly indicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.

                                      (e) In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above the deepest load line in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship and/or the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.

                                      (f) Whatever may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the load line mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined in accordance with the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.
                                      (g) A ship shall in no case be so loaded that when she is in salt water the subdivision load line mark appropriate to the particular voyage and condition of service is submerged.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a load line corresponding to the approved subdivision draught shall be assigned and marked on the ship's sides. A ship having spaces which are specially adapted for the accommodation of passengers and the carriage of cargo alternatively may, if the owners desire, have one or more additional load lines assigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision draughts which the Administration may approve for the alternative service conditions.

                                      (b) The subdivision load lines assigned and marked shall be recorded in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, and shall be distinguished by the notation C.1 for the principal passenger condition, and C.2 , C.3, etc., for the alternative conditions.

                                      (c) The freeboard corresponding to each of these load lines shall be measured at the same position and from the same deck line as the freeboards determined in accordance with the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.

                                      (d) The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load line and the conditions of service for which it is approved, shall be clearly indicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.

                                      (e) In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above the deepest load line in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship and/or the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.

                                      (f) Whatever may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the load line mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined in accordance with the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force.
                                      (g) A ship shall in no case be so loaded that when she is in salt water the subdivision load line mark appropriate to the particular voyage and condition of service is submerged.
                                      Reg. 11 Peak and machinery space bulkheads and stern tubes in cargo ships

                                      1 For the purpose of this Regulation "freeboard deck", "length of ship" and "forward perpendicular" have the meanings as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force.

                                      2 A collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to the freeboard deck. This bulkhead shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular of not less than 5 percent of the length of the ship or 10 m, whichever is the less, and, except as may be permitted by the Administration, not more than 8 percent of the length of the ship.

                                      3 Where any part of the ship below the water-line extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e.g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated in paragraph 2 shall be measured from a point either :

                                      .1 at the mid-length of such extension ; or
                                      .2 at a distance 1.5 percent of the length of the ship forward of the forward perpendicular ; or
                                      .3 at a distance 3 m forward of the forward perpendicular; whichever gives the smallest measurement.

                                      4 The bulkhead may have steps or recesses provided they are within the limits prescribed in paragraph 2 or 3. Pipes piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with suitable valves operable from above the freeboard deck and the valve chest shall be secured at the bulkhead inside the fore peak. The valves may be fitted on the after side of the collision bulkhead provided that the valves are readily accessible under all service conditions and the space in which they are located is not a cargo space. All valves shall be of steel,bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. No door, manhole, ventilation duct or any other opening shall be fitted in this bulkhead.

                                      5 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted the collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the deck next above the freeboard deck. The extension need not be fitted directly above the bulkhead below provided it is located within the limits prescribed in paragraph 2 or 3 with the exemption permitted by paragraph 6 and the part of the deck which forms the step is made effectively weathertight.

                                      6 Where bow doors are fitted and a sloping loading ramp forms part of the extension of the collision bulkhead above the freeboard deck the part of the ramp which is more than 2.3 m above the freeboard deck may extend forward of the limit specified in paragraph 2 or 3. The ramp shall be weather tight over its complete length.

                                      7 The number of openings in the extension of the collision bulkhead above the freeboard deck shall be restricted to the minimum compatible with the design and normal operation of the ship. All such openings shall be capable of being closed weathertight.

                                      Reg. 12 Constructing and initial testing of Watertight Bulkheads, etc.


                                      (a) Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that it shall be capable of supporting, with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to the maximum head of water which it might have to sustain in the event of damage to the ship but at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line. The construction of these bulkheads shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs.
                                      (ii) Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead, such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the use of wood or cement.

                                      (c) Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test is compulsory; this test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. In any case, a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.

                                      (d) The forepeak, double bottoms (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                      (e) Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision load line or to a head corresponding to two-thirds of the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks, whichever is the greater ; provided that in no case shall the test head be less than 0.92 metres (3 feet) above the top of the tank.

                                      (f) The tests referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Regulation are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connexions.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that it shall be capable of supporting, with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to the maximum head of water which it might have to sustain in the event of damage to the ship but at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line. The construction of these bulkheads shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs.
                                      (ii) Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead, such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the use of wood or cement.

                                      (c) Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test is compulsory; this test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. In any case, a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.

                                      (d) The forepeak, double bottoms (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                      (e) Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision load line or to a head corresponding to two-thirds of the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks, whichever is the greater ; provided that in no case shall the test head be less than 0.92 metres (3 feet) above the top of the tank.

                                      (f) The tests referred to in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Regulation are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connexions.
                                      Reg. 12 Double bottoms in passenger ships

                                      1 A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the forepeak bulkhead to the afterpeak bulkhead as far as this is practicable and compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      .1 In ships of 50 m and upwards but less than 61 m in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the forepeak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      .2 In ships of 61 m and upwards but less than 76 m in length a double bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      .3 In ships of 76 m in length and upwards, a double bottom shall be fitted amidships, and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads, or as near thereto as practicable.

                                      2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted its depth shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is not lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal line inclined at 25º to the base line and cutting it at a point one-half the ship's moulded breadth from the middle line.

                                      3 Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connection with drainage arrangements of holds, etc., shall not extend down wards more than necessary. The depth of the well shall in no case be more than the depth less 460 mm of the double bottom at the centre line, nor shall the well extend below the horizontal plane referred to in paragraph 2. A well extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel. Other wells (e.g.,for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permitted by the Administration if satisfied that the arrangements give protection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with this Regulation.

                                      4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight compartments of moderate size used exclusively for the carriage of liquids, provided the safety of the ship, in the event of bottom or side damage, is not, in the opinion of the Administration, thereby impaired.

                                      5 In the case of ships to which the provisions of Regulation 1.5 apply and which are engaged on regular service within the limits of a short international voyage as defined in Regulation III/2, the Administration may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with in any part of the ship which is subdivided by a factor not exceeding .50, if satisfied that the fitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      Reg. 12-1 Double bottoms in cargo ships other than tankers

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 12-2 Access to spaces in the cargo area of oil tankers

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1994-10-01 tot en met 2004-06-30)]

                                      Reg. 13 Openings in Watertight Bulkheads


                                      (a) The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship ; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc. are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the integrity of the watertightness of the bulkheads.
                                      (ii) Valves and cocks not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads.
                                      (iii) Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted :

                                      (1) in the collision bulkhead below the margin line ;
                                      (2) in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in paragraph (l) of this Regulation.

                                      (ii) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the forepeak to the collision bulkhead.

                                      (iii) If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids the Administration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below the margin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.

                                      (d)
                                      (i) Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reserve bunkers shall be always accessible, except as provided in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (k) of this Regulation for between deck bunker doors.
                                      (ii) Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or otherwise to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertight bunker doors.

                                      (e) Within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propelling machinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion and all permanent bunkers, not more than one door apart from the doors to bunkers and shaft tunnels may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead. Where two or more shafts are fitted the tunnels shall be connected by an inter-communicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be located so as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery if this is consistent with a satisfactory arrangement of the necessary gearing.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) Watertight doors shall be sliding doors or hinged doors or doors of an equivalent type. Plate doors secured only by bolts and doors required to be closed by dropping or by the action of a dropping weight are not permitted.
                                      (ii) Sliding doors may be either: hand-operated only, or power-operated as well as hand-operated.
                                      (iii) Authorized watertight doors may therefore be divided into three Classes : Class 1 - hinged doors ; Class 2 - hand-operated sliding doors ; Class 3 - sliding doors which are power-operated as well as hand- operated.
                                      (iv) The means of operation of any watertight door whether power-operated or not shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15 degrees either way.
                                      (v) In all classes of watertight doors indicators shall be fitted which show, at all operating stations from which the doors are not visible, whether the doors are open or closed. If any of the watertight doors, of whatever Class, is not fitted so as to enable it to be closed from a central control station, it shall be provided with a mechanical, electrical, telephonic, or any other suitable direct means of communication, enabling the officer of the watch promptly to contact the person who is responsible for closing the door in question, under previous orders.

                                      (g)Hinged doors (Class 1) shall be fitted with quick action closing devices, such as catches, workable from each side of the bulkhead.

                                      (h)Hand-operated sliding doors (Class 2) may have a horizontal or vertical motion. It shall be possible to operate the mechanism at the door itself from either side, and in addition, from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion, or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Departures from the requirement of operation on both sides may be allowed, if this requirement is impossible owing to the layout of the spaces. When operating a hand gear the time necessary for the complete closure of the door with the vessel upright, shall not exceed 90 seconds.

                                      (i)
                                      (i) Power-operated sliding doors (Class 3) may have a vertical or horizontal motion. If a door is required to be power-operated from a central control, the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be operated by power also at the door itself from both sides. The arrangement shall be such that the door will close automatically if opened by local control after being closed from the central control, and also such that any door can be kept closed by local systems which will prevent the door from being opened from the upper control. Local control handles in connexion with the power gear shall be provided each side of the bulkhead and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the closing mechanism in operation accidentally. Power-operated sliding doors shall be provided with hand gear workable at the door itself on either side and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Provision shall be made to give warnings by sound signal that the door has begun to close and will continue to move until it is completely closed. The door shall take a sufficient time to close to ensure safety.

                                      (ii) There shall be at least two independent power sources capable of opening and closing all the doors under control, each of them capable of operating all the doors simultaneously. The two power sources shall be controlled from the central station on the bridge provided with all the necessary indicators for checking that each of the two power sources is capable of giving the required service satisfactorily.

                                      (iii) In the case of hydraulic operation, each power source shall consist of a pump capable of closing all doors in not more than 60 seconds. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i.e., closed-open-closed. The fluid used shall be one which does not freeze at any of the temperatures liable to be encountered by the ship during its service.

                                      (j)
                                      (i) Hinged watertight doors (Class 1) in passenger, crew and working spaces are only permitted above a deck the underside of which, at its lowest point at side, is at least 2.13 metres (7 feet) above the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (ii) Watertight doors, the sills of which are above the deepest load line and below the line specified in the preceding sub-paragraph shall be sliding doors and may be hand-operated (Class 2), except in vessels engaged on short international voyages and required to have a factor of subdivision of 0.50 or less in which all such doors shall be power-operated. When trunkways in connexion with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draught ducts are carried through more than one main watertight subdivision bulkhead, the doors at such openings shall be operated by power.

                                      (k)
                                      (i) Watertight doors which may sometimes be opened at sea, and the sills of which are below the deepest subdivision load line shall be sliding doors. The following rules shall apply :

                                      (1) when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) exceeds five, all of these doors and those at the entrance to shaft tunnels or ventilation or forced draught ducts, shall be power-operated (Class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the bridge ;

                                      (2) when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) is greater than one, but does not exceed five, (a) where the ship has no passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck, all the above-mentioned doors may be hand-operated (Class 2) ; (b) where the ship has passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck all the above-mentioned doors shall be power-operated (Class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the bridge ;

                                      (3) in any ship where there are only two such watertight doors and they are into or within the space containing machinery, the Administration may allow these two doors to be hand-operated only (Class 2).

                                      (ii) If sliding watertight doors which have sometimes to be open at sea for the purpose of trimming coal are fitted between bunkers in the between decks below the bulkhead deck, these doors shall be operated by power. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (l)
                                      (i) If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less than one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, such distance being measured at right angles to the centre line of the ship at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.
                                      (ii) Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; and the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the log book. Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.

                                      (m) Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity. The necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints shall be watertight.

                                      (n) All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except when necessarily opened for the working of the ship, and shall always be ready to be immediately closed.

                                      (o)
                                      (i) Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation to the stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 16 of this Chapter. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may be through a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.

                                      (ii) Where it is proposed to fit tunnels or trunkways for forced draught, piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship ; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc. are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the integrity of the watertightness of the bulkheads.
                                      (ii) Valves and cocks not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads.
                                      (iii) Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted :

                                      (1) in the collision bulkhead below the margin line ;
                                      (2) in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in paragraph (l) of this Regulation.

                                      (ii) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the forepeak to the collision bulkhead.

                                      (iii) If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids the Administration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below the margin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.

                                      (d)
                                      (i) Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reserve bunkers shall be always accessible, except as provided in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (k) of this Regulation for between deck bunker doors.
                                      (ii) Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or otherwise to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertight bunker doors.

                                      (e) Within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propelling machinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion and all permanent bunkers, not more than one door apart from the doors to bunkers and shaft tunnels may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead. Where two or more shafts are fitted the tunnels shall be connected by an inter-communicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be located so as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery if this is consistent with a satisfactory arrangement of the necessary gearing.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) Watertight doors shall be sliding doors or hinged doors or doors of an equivalent type. Plate doors secured only by bolts and doors required to be closed by dropping or by the action of a dropping weight are not permitted.
                                      (ii) Sliding doors may be either: hand-operated only, or power-operated as well as hand-operated.
                                      (iii) Authorized watertight doors may therefore be divided into three Classes : Class 1 - hinged doors ; Class 2 - hand-operated sliding doors ; Class 3 - sliding doors which are power-operated as well as hand- operated.
                                      (iv) The means of operation of any watertight door whether power-operated or not shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15 degrees either way.
                                      (v) In all classes of watertight doors indicators shall be fitted which show, at all operating stations from which the doors are not visible, whether the doors are open or closed. If any of the watertight doors, of whatever Class, is not fitted so as to enable it to be closed from a central control station, it shall be provided with a mechanical, electrical, telephonic, or any other suitable direct means of communication, enabling the officer of the watch promptly to contact the person who is responsible for closing the door in question, under previous orders.

                                      (g)Hinged doors (Class 1) shall be fitted with quick action closing devices, such as catches, workable from each side of the bulkhead.

                                      (h)Hand-operated sliding doors (Class 2) may have a horizontal or vertical motion. It shall be possible to operate the mechanism at the door itself from either side, and in addition, from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion, or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Departures from the requirement of operation on both sides may be allowed, if this requirement is impossible owing to the layout of the spaces. When operating a hand gear the time necessary for the complete closure of the door with the vessel upright, shall not exceed 90 seconds.

                                      (i)
                                      (i) Power-operated sliding doors (Class 3) may have a vertical or horizontal motion. If a door is required to be power-operated from a central control, the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be operated by power also at the door itself from both sides. The arrangement shall be such that the door will close automatically if opened by local control after being closed from the central control, and also such that any door can be kept closed by local systems which will prevent the door from being opened from the upper control. Local control handles in connexion with the power gear shall be provided each side of the bulkhead and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the closing mechanism in operation accidentally. Power-operated sliding doors shall be provided with hand gear workable at the door itself on either side and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Provision shall be made to give warnings by sound signal that the door has begun to close and will continue to move until it is completely closed. The door shall take a sufficient time to close to ensure safety.

                                      (ii) There shall be at least two independent power sources capable of opening and closing all the doors under control, each of them capable of operating all the doors simultaneously. The two power sources shall be controlled from the central station on the bridge provided with all the necessary indicators for checking that each of the two power sources is capable of giving the required service satisfactorily.

                                      (iii) In the case of hydraulic operation, each power source shall consist of a pump capable of closing all doors in not more than 60 seconds. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i.e., closed-open-closed. The fluid used shall be one which does not freeze at any of the temperatures liable to be encountered by the ship during its service.

                                      (j)
                                      (i) Hinged watertight doors (Class 1) in passenger, crew and working spaces are only permitted above a deck the underside of which, at its lowest point at side, is at least 2.13 metres (7 feet) above the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (ii) Watertight doors, the sills of which are above the deepest load line and below the line specified in the preceding sub-paragraph shall be sliding doors and may be hand-operated (Class 2), except in vessels engaged on short international voyages and required to have a factor of subdivision of 0.50 or less in which all such doors shall be power-operated. When trunkways in connexion with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draught ducts are carried through more than one main watertight subdivision bulkhead, the doors at such openings shall be operated by power.

                                      (k)
                                      (i) Watertight doors which may sometimes be opened at sea, and the sills of which are below the deepest subdivision load line shall be sliding doors. The following rules shall apply :

                                      (1) when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) exceeds five, all of these doors and those at the entrance to shaft tunnels or ventilation or forced draught ducts, shall be power-operated (Class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the bridge ;

                                      (2) when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) is greater than one, but does not exceed five, (a) where the ship has no passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck, all the above-mentioned doors may be hand-operated (Class 2) ; (b) where the ship has passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck all the above-mentioned doors shall be power-operated (Class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the bridge ;

                                      (3) in any ship where there are only two such watertight doors and they are into or within the space containing machinery, the Administration may allow these two doors to be hand-operated only (Class 2).

                                      (ii) If sliding watertight doors which have sometimes to be open at sea for the purpose of trimming coal are fitted between bunkers in the between decks below the bulkhead deck, these doors shall be operated by power. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (l)
                                      (i) If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less than one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, such distance being measured at right angles to the centre line of the ship at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.
                                      (ii) Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; and the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the log book. Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.

                                      (m) Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity. The necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints shall be watertight.

                                      (n) All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except when necessarily opened for the working of the ship, and shall always be ready to be immediately closed.

                                      (o)
                                      (i) Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation to the stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 16 of this Chapter. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may be through a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.

                                      (ii) Where it is proposed to fit tunnels or trunkways for forced draught, piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.
                                      Reg. 13 Assigning marking and recording of subdivision load lines for passenger ships
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 14 Openings in the Shell Plating below the Margin Line


                                      (a) The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      (b) The arrangement and efficiency of the means of closing any openings in the shell plating shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) If in a between decks, the sills of any sidescuttles are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision load line, all sidescuttles in that between deck shall be of the non-opening type.
                                      (ii) All sidescuttles the sills of which are below the margin line, other than those required to be of a non-opening type by sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of the ship.
                                      (iii) (1) Where in a between decks, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 1.37 metres ( 4 ½ feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the water when the ship departs from any port, all the sidescuttles in that between decks shall be closed watertight and locked before the ship leaves port, and they shall not be opened before the ship arrives at the next port. In the application of this sub-paragraph the appropriate allowance for fresh water may be made when applicable.

                                      (2) The time of opening such sidescuttles in port and of closing and locking them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (3) For any ship that has one or more sidescuttles so placed that the requirements of clause (1) of this sub-paragraph would apply when she was floating at her deepest subdivision load line, the Administration may indicate the limiting mean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side, and having its lowest point 1.37 metres (4 ½ feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the water-line corresponding to the limiting mean draught, and at which it will therefore be permissible to depart from port without previously closing and locking them and to open them at sea on the responsibility of the master during the voyage to the nest port. In tropical zones as defined in the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force, this limiting draught may be increased by 0.305 meters (1 foot).

                                      (d) Efficient hinged inside deadlights arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight shall be fitted to all sidescuttles except that abaft one-eighth of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular and above a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point at a height of 3.66 metres (12 feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision load line, the deadlights may be portable in passenger accommodation other than that for steerage passengers, unless the deadlights are required by the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force to be permanently attached in their proper positions. Such portable deadlights shall be stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles they serve.

                                      (e) Sidescuttles and their deadlights, which will not be accessible during navigation, shall be closed and secured before the ship leaves port.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) No sidescuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are appropriated exclusively to the carriage of cargo or coal.
                                      (ii) Sidescuttles may, however, be fitted in spaces appropriated alternatively to the carriage of cargo or passengers, but they shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them or their deadlights without the consent of the master of the ship.
                                      (iii) If cargo is carried in such spaces, the sidescuttles and their deadlights shall be closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped and such closing and locking shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (g) Automatic ventilating sidescuttles shall not be fitted in the shell plating below the margin line without the special sanction of the Administration.

                                      (h) The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similar openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes, or in any other satisfactory manner.

                                      (i)
                                      (i) All inlets and discharges in the shell plating shall be fitted with efficient and accessible arrangements for preventing the accidental admission of water into the ship. Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used for pipes fitted outboard of shell valves in inlets or discharges, or any other application where the deterioration of such pipes in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.
                                      (ii) (1) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph, each separate discharge led through the shell plating from spaces below the margin line shall be provided either with one automatic non-return valve fitted with a positive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck, or, alternatively, with two automatic non-return valves without such means, the upper of which is so situated above the deepest subdivision load line as to be always accessible for examination under service conditions, and is of a type which is normally closed.
                                      (2) Where a valve with positive means of closing is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible, and means shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed.
                                      (iii) Main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in connexion with machinery shall be fitted with readily accessible cocks or valves between the pipes and shell plating or between the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating.

                                      (j)
                                      (i) Gangway, cargo and coaling ports fitted below the margin line shall be of sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed and secured watertight before the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation.
                                      (ii) Such ports shall be in no case fitted so as to have their lowest point below the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (k)
                                      (i) The inboard opening of each ash-shoot, rubbish-shoot, etc. shall be fitted with an efficient cover.
                                      (ii) If the inboard opening is situated below the margin line, the cover shall be watertight, and in addition an automatic non-return valve shall be fitted in the shoot in an easily accessible position above the deepest subdivision load line. When the shoot is not in use both the cover and the valve shall be kept closed and secured.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.

                                      (b) The arrangement and efficiency of the means of closing any openings in the shell plating shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) If in a between decks, the sills of any sidescuttles are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision load line, all sidescuttles in that between deck shall be of the non-opening type.
                                      (ii) All sidescuttles the sills of which are below the margin line, other than those required to be of a non-opening type by sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of the ship.
                                      (iii) (1) Where in a between decks, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 1.37 metres ( 4 ½ feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the water when the ship departs from any port, all the sidescuttles in that between decks shall be closed watertight and locked before the ship leaves port, and they shall not be opened before the ship arrives at the next port. In the application of this sub-paragraph the appropriate allowance for fresh water may be made when applicable.

                                      (2) The time of opening such sidescuttles in port and of closing and locking them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (3) For any ship that has one or more sidescuttles so placed that the requirements of clause (1) of this sub-paragraph would apply when she was floating at her deepest subdivision load line, the Administration may indicate the limiting mean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side, and having its lowest point 1.37 metres (4 ½ feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the water-line corresponding to the limiting mean draught, and at which it will therefore be permissible to depart from port without previously closing and locking them and to open them at sea on the responsibility of the master during the voyage to the nest port. In tropical zones as defined in the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force, this limiting draught may be increased by 0.305 meters (1 foot).

                                      (d) Efficient hinged inside deadlights arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight shall be fitted to all sidescuttles except that abaft one-eighth of the ship's length from the forward perpendicular and above a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point at a height of 3.66 metres (12 feet) plus 2 ½ per cent of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision load line, the deadlights may be portable in passenger accommodation other than that for steerage passengers, unless the deadlights are required by the International Convention respecting Load Lines in force to be permanently attached in their proper positions. Such portable deadlights shall be stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles they serve.

                                      (e) Sidescuttles and their deadlights, which will not be accessible during navigation, shall be closed and secured before the ship leaves port.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) No sidescuttles shall be fitted in any spaces which are appropriated exclusively to the carriage of cargo or coal.
                                      (ii) Sidescuttles may, however, be fitted in spaces appropriated alternatively to the carriage of cargo or passengers, but they shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them or their deadlights without the consent of the master of the ship.
                                      (iii) If cargo is carried in such spaces, the sidescuttles and their deadlights shall be closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped and such closing and locking shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (g) Automatic ventilating sidescuttles shall not be fitted in the shell plating below the margin line without the special sanction of the Administration.

                                      (h) The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similar openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes, or in any other satisfactory manner.

                                      (i)
                                      (i) All inlets and discharges in the shell plating shall be fitted with efficient and accessible arrangements for preventing the accidental admission of water into the ship. Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used for pipes fitted outboard of shell valves in inlets or discharges, or any other application where the deterioration of such pipes in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.
                                      (ii) (1) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (iii) of this paragraph, each separate discharge led through the shell plating from spaces below the margin line shall be provided either with one automatic non-return valve fitted with a positive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck, or, alternatively, with two automatic non-return valves without such means, the upper of which is so situated above the deepest subdivision load line as to be always accessible for examination under service conditions, and is of a type which is normally closed.
                                      (2) Where a valve with positive means of closing is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible, and means shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed.
                                      (iii) Main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in connexion with machinery shall be fitted with readily accessible cocks or valves between the pipes and shell plating or between the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating.

                                      (j)
                                      (i) Gangway, cargo and coaling ports fitted below the margin line shall be of sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed and secured watertight before the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation.
                                      (ii) Such ports shall be in no case fitted so as to have their lowest point below the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (k)
                                      (i) The inboard opening of each ash-shoot, rubbish-shoot, etc. shall be fitted with an efficient cover.
                                      (ii) If the inboard opening is situated below the margin line, the cover shall be watertight, and in addition an automatic non-return valve shall be fitted in the shoot in an easily accessible position above the deepest subdivision load line. When the shoot is not in use both the cover and the valve shall be kept closed and secured.
                                      Reg. 14 Construction and initial testing of watertight bulkheads etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      1 Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that it shall be capable of supporting, with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to the maximum head of water which it might have to sustain in the event of damage to the ship but at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line. The construction of these bulkheads shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                      2.1 Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs.

                                      2.2 Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead, such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the use of wood or cement.

                                      3 Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test is compulsory; this test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. In any case, a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.

                                      4 The forepeak, double bottoms (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements of paragraph 1.

                                      5 Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision load line or to a head corresponding to two-thirds of the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks, whichever is the greater ; provided that in no case shall the test head be less than 0.9 m above the top of the tank.

                                      6 The tests referred to in paragraphs 4 and 5 are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connections.

                                      Reg. 15 Construction and Initial Tests of Watertight Doors, Sidescuttles, etc


                                      (a)
                                      (i) The design, materials and construction of all watertight doors, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, valves, pipes, ash-shoots and rubbish-shoots referred to in these Regulations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
                                      (ii) The frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove at the bottom in which dirt might lodge and prevent the door closing properly.
                                      (iii) All cocks and valves for sea inlets and discharges below the bulkhead deck and all fittings outboard of such cocks and valves shall be made of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Ordinary cast iron or similar materials shall not be used.

                                      (b) Each watertight door shall be tested by water pressure to a head up to the bulkhead deck. The test shall be made before the ship is put in service, either before or after the door is fitted.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a)
                                      (i) The design, materials and construction of all watertight doors, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, valves, pipes, ash-shoots and rubbish-shoots referred to in these Regulations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
                                      (ii) The frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove at the bottom in which dirt might lodge and prevent the door closing properly.
                                      (iii) All cocks and valves for sea inlets and discharges below the bulkhead deck and all fittings outboard of such cocks and valves shall be made of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Ordinary cast iron or similar materials shall not be used.

                                      (b) Each watertight door shall be tested by water pressure to a head up to the bulkhead deck. The test shall be made before the ship is put in service, either before or after the door is fitted.
                                      Reg. 15 Openings in watertight bulkheads in passenger ships

                                      1 The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.

                                      2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc. are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads.

                                      2.3 Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      3.1 No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted :
                                      .1 in the collision bulkhead below the margin line ;
                                      .2 in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in paragraph 12 and in Regulation 16.

                                      3.2 Except as provided in paragraph 3.3 the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the forepeak to the collision bulkhead.

                                      3.3 If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids the Administration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below the margin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by paragraph 3.2, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.

                                      4.1 Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reserve bunkers shall be always accessible, except as provided in paragraph 11.2 for between deck bunker doors.

                                      4.2 Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or otherwise to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertight bunker doors.

                                      5 Within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion and all permanent bunkers, not more than one door apart from the doors to bunkers and shaft tunnels may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead. Where two or more shafts are fitted the tunnels shall be connected by an inter-communicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery if this is consistent with a satisfactory arrangement of the necessary gearing.

                                      6.1 Watertight doors shall be sliding doors or hinged doors or doors of an equivalent type. Plate doors secured only by bolts and doors required to be closed by dropping or by the action of a dropping weight are not permitted.

                                      6.2 Sliding doors may be either : Hand-operated only, or power-operated as well as hand-operated.

                                      6.3 Authorized watertight doors may therefore be divided into three classes: Class 1 - hinged doors; Class 2 - hand-operated sliding doors, Class 3 - sliding doors which are power-operated as well as hand-operated.

                                      6.4 The means of operation of any watertight door whether power-operated or not shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15° either way.

                                      6.5 In all classes of watertight doors indicators shall be fitted which show, at all operating stations from which the doors are not visible, whether the doors are open or closed. If any of the watertight doors, of whatever class, is not fitted so as to enable it to be closed from a central control station, it shall be provided with a mechanical, electrical, telephonic, or any other suitable direct means of communication, enabling the officer of the watch promptly to contact the person who is responsible for closing the door in question, under previous orders.

                                      7 Hinged doors (class 1) shall be fitted with quick action closing devices, such as catches, workable from each side of the bulkhead.

                                      8 Hand-operated sliding doors (class 2) may have a horizontal or vertical motion. It shall be possible to operate the mechanism at the door itself from either side, and in addition, from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion, or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Departures from the requirement of operation on both sides may be allowed, if this requirement is impossible owing to the layout of the spaces. When operating a hand gear the time necessary for the complete closure of the door with the vessel upright, shall not exceed 90 seconds.

                                      9.1 Power-operated sliding doors (class 3) may have a vertical or horizontal motion. If a door is required to be power-operated from a central control, the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can be operated by power also at the door itself from both sides. The arrangement shall be such that the door will close automatically if opened by local control after being closed from the central control,and also such that any door can be kept closed by local systems which will prevent the door from being opened from the upper control. Local control handles in connexion with the power gear shall be provided each side of the bulkhead and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the closing mechanism in operation accidentally. Power-operated sliding doors shall be provided with hand gear workable at the door itself on either side and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Provision shall be made to give warnings by sound signal that the door has begun to close and will continue to move until it is completely closed. The door shall take a sufficient time to close to ensure safety.

                                      9.2 There shall be at least two independent power sources capable of opening and closing all the doors under control, each of them capable of operating all the doors simultaneously. The two power sources shall be controlled from the central station on the navigating bridge provided with all the necessary indicators for checking that each of the two power sources is capable of giving the required service satisfactorily.

                                      9.3 In the case of hydraulic operation, each power source shall consist of a pump capable of closing all doors in not more than 60seconds. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i.e., closed-open-closed. The fluid used shall be one which does not freeze at any of the temperatures liable to be encountered by the ship during its service.

                                      10.1 Hinged watertight doors (class 1) in passenger, crew and working spaces are only permitted above a deck the underside of which, at its lowest point at side, is at least 2.0 m above the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      10.2 Watertight doors, the sills of which are above the deepest load line and below the line specified in paragraph 10.1 shall be sliding doors and may be hand-operated (class 2), except in vessels engaged on short international voyages and required to have a factor of subdivision of .50 or less in which all such doors shall be power-operated. When trunkways in connexion with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draught ducts are carried through more than one main watertight subdivision bulkhead, the doors at such openings shall be operated by power.

                                      11.1 Watertight doors which may sometimes be opened at sea, and the sills of which are below the deepest subdivision load line shall be sliding doors. The following rules shall apply :

                                      .1 when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) exceeds five, all of these doors and those at the entrance to shaft tunnels or ventilation or forced draught ducts, shall be power-operated (class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the navigating bridge,

                                      .2 when the number of such doors (excluding doors at entrances to shaft tunnels) is greater than one, but does not exceed five,

                                      .2.1 where the ship has no passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck, all the above-mentioned doors may be hand-operated (class 2) ;

                                      .2.2 where the ship has passenger spaces below the bulkhead deck all the above-mentioned doors shall be power-operated (class 3) and shall be capable of being simultaneously closed from a central station situated on the navigating bridge;

                                      .3 in any ship where there are only two such watertight doors and they are situated in the machinery space or in the bulkheads bounding such space, the Administration may allow these two doors to be hand-operated only (class 2).

                                      11.2 If sliding watertight doors which have sometimes to be open at sea for the purpose of trimming coal are fitted between bunkers in the between decks below the bulkhead deck, these doors shall be operated by power. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      12.1 If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory construction may befitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less than one-fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in Regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to the centre line of the ship at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      12.2 Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the log book. Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.

                                      13 Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity. The necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints shall be watertight.

                                      14 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except when necessarily opened for the working of the ship, in which case they shall always be ready to be immediately closed.

                                      15.1 Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation to the stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of Regulation 19. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may be through a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.

                                      15.2 Where it is proposed to fit tunnels or trunkways for forced draught, piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.
                                      Reg. 15 Openings in watertight bulkheads in passenger ships bulkheads etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      (This regulation applies to ships constructed on or after 1 February 1992)

                                      1 The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.

                                      2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc., are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads.

                                      2.3 Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.

                                      3.1 No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted :

                                      .1 in the collision bulkhead below the margin line ;
                                      .2 in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space or from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in paragraph 10.1 and in regulation 16.

                                      3.2 Except as provided in paragraph 3.3, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the forepeak to the collision bulkhead. The Administration may, however, authorize the fitting of this valve on the after side of the collision bulkhead provided that the valve is readily accessible under all service conditions and the space in which it is located is not a cargo space.

                                      3.3 If the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids the Administration may allow the collision bulkhead to be pierced below the margin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by paragraph 3.2, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.

                                      4.1 Watertight doors fitted in bulkheads between permanent and reserve bunkers shall always be accessible, except as provided in paragraph 9.4 for between-deck bunker doors.

                                      4.2 Satisfactory arrangements shall be made by means of screens or otherwise to prevent the coal from interfering with the closing of watertight bunker doors.

                                      5 Subject to paragraph 11, not more than one door, apart from the doors to bunkers and shaft tunnels, may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion and all permanent bunkers. Where two or more shafts are fitted, the tunnels shall be connected by an intercommunicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery.

                                      6.1 Watertight doors, except as provided in paragraph 10.1 or regulation 16, shall be power-operated sliding doors complying with the requirements of paragraph 7 capable of being closed simultaneously from the central operating console at the navigating bridge in not more than 60 seconds with the ship in the upright position.

                                      6.2 The means of operation whether by power or by hand of any power-operated sliding watertight door shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15° either way. Consideration shall also be given to the forces which may act on either side of the door as may be experienced when water is flowing through the opening applying a static head equivalent to a water height of at least 1 m above the sill on the centreline of the door.

                                      6.3 Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electric cables, shall be kept as close as practicable to the bulkhead in which the doors are fitted, in order to minimize the likelihood of them being involved in any damage which the ship may sustain. The positioning of watertight doors and their controls shall be such that if the ship sustains damage within one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line, the operation of the watertight doors clear of the damaged portion of the ship is not impaired.

                                      6.4 All power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be provided with means of indication which will show at all remote operating positions whether the doors are open or closed. Remote operating positions shall only be at the navigating bridge as required by paragraph 7.1.5 and, at the location where hand operation above the bulkhead deck is required by paragraph 7.1.4.

                                      7.1 Each power-operated sliding watertight door :

                                      .1 shall have a vertical or horizontal motion ;
                                      .2 shall, subject to paragraph 11, be normally limited to a maximum clear opening width of 1.2 m. The Administration may permit larger doors only to the extent considered necessary for the effective operation of the ship provided that other safety measures, including the following, are taken into consideration :

                                      .1 special consideration shall be given to the strength of the door and its closing appliances in order to prevent leakages ;
                                      .2 the door shall be located outside the damage zone B/5 ;
                                      .3 the door shall be kept closed when the ship is at sea, except for limited periods when absolutely necessary as determined by the Administration ;

                                      .3 shall be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and close the door using electric power, hydraulic power, or any other form of power that is acceptable to the Administration ;

                                      .4 shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. It shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at the door itself from either side, and in addition, close the door from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same degree of safety acceptable to the Administration. Direction of rotation or other movement is to be clearly indicated at all operating positions. The time necessary for the complete closure of the door, when operating by hand gear, shall not exceed 90 seconds with the ship in the upright position;

                                      .5 shall be provided with controls for opening and closing the door by power from both sides of the door and also for closing the door by power from the central operating console at the navigating bridge;

                                      .6 shall be provided with an audible alarm, distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will sound whenever the door is closed remotely by power and which shall sound for at least five seconds but no more than ten seconds before the door begins to move and shall continue sounding until the door is completely closed. In the case of remote hand operation it is sufficient for the audible alarm to sound only when the door is moving. Additionally, in passenger areas and areas of high ambient noise the Administration may require the audible alarm to be supplemented by an intermittent visual signal at the door; and

                                      .7 shall have an approximately uniform rate of closure under power. The closure time, from the time the door begins to move to the time it reaches the completely closed position, shall in no case be less than 20 seconds or more than 40 seconds with the ship in the upright position.

                                      7.2 The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck. The associated control, indication and alarm circuits shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck and be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power required by regulation 42.3.1.3 in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power.

                                      7.3 Power-operated sliding watertight doors shall have either :

                                      .1 a centralized hydraulic system with two independent power sources each consisting of a motor and pump capable of simultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15 degrees. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. The power operating system shall be designed to minimize the possibility of having a single failure in the hydraulic piping adversely affect the operation of more than one door. The hydraulic system shall be provided with a low-level alarm for hydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated system and a low gas pressure alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators. These alarms are to be audible and visual and shall be situated on the central operating console at the navigating bridge ; or

                                      .2 an independent hydraulic system for each door with each power source consisting of a motor and pump capable of opening and closing the door. In addition, there shall be a hydraulic accumulator of sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. A low gas pressure group alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators shall be provided at the central operating console on the navigating bridge. Loss of stored energy indication at each local operating position shall also be provided ; or

                                      .3 an independent electrical system and motor for each door with each power source consisting of a motor capable of opening and closing the door. The power source shall be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power as required by regulation 42.4.2 - in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power and with sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed against an adverse list of 15° For the systems specified in 7.3.1, 7.3.2 and 7.3.3, provision should be made as follows : Power systems for power-operated watertight sliding doors shall be separate from any other power system. A single failure in the electric or hydraulic power-operated systems excluding the hydraulic actuator shall not prevent the hand operation of any door.

                                      7.4 Control handles shall be provided at each side of the bulkhead at a minimum height of 1.6 m above the floor and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the power closing mechanism in operation accidentally. The direction of movement of the handles in opening and closing the door shall be in the direction of door movement and shall be clearly indicated.

                                      7.5 As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components for watertight doors shall be situated above the bulkhead deck and outside hazardous areas and spaces.

                                      7.6 The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below the bulkhead deck shall provide suitable protection against the ingress of water.*

                                      * Reference is made to the following IEC publication 529 : 1976:
                                      .1 electrical motors, associated circuits and control components; protected to IP x 7 standard;
                                      .2 door position indicators and associated circuit components; protected to IP x 8 standard; and
                                      .3 door movement warning signals; protected to IP x 6 standard.

                                      Other arrangements for the enclosures of electrical components may be fitted provided the Administration is satisfied that an equivalent protection is achieved. The water pressure testing of the enclosures protected to IP x 8 shall be based on the pressure that may occur at the location of the component during flooding for a period of 36 hours.

                                      7.7 Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits shall be protected against fault in such a way that a failure in one door circuit will not cause a failure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or other faults in the alarm or indicator circuits of a door shall not result in a loss of power operation of that door. Arrangements shall be such that leakage of water into the electrical equipment located below the bulkhead deck will not cause the door to open.


                                      7.8 A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of a power-operated sliding watertight door shall not result in a closed door opening. Availability of the power supply should be continuously monitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to each of the motors required by paragraph 7.3. Loss of any such power supply should activate an audible and visual alarm at the central operating console at the navigating bridge.

                                      8.1 The central operating console at the navigating bridge shall have a "master mode" switch with two modes of control: a "local control" mode which shall allow any door to be locally opened and locally closed after use without automatic closure, and a "doors closed" mode which shall automatically close any door that is open. The "doors closed" mode shall permit doors to be opened locally and shall automatically reclose the doors upon release of the local control mechanism. The "master mode" switch shall normally be in the "local control" mode. The "doors closed" mode shall only be used in an emergency or for testing purposes. Special consideration shall be given to the reliability of the "master mode" switch.

                                      8.2 The central operating console at the navigating bridge shall be provided with a diagram showing the location of each door, with visual indicators to show whether each door is open or closed. A red light shall indicate a door is fully open and a green light shall indicate a door is fully closed. When the door is closed remotely the red light shall indicate the intermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit shall be independent of the control circuit for each door.

                                      8.3 It shall not be possible to remotely open any door from the central operating console.

                                      9.1 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except that they may be opened during navigation as specified in paragraphs 9.2, 9.3 and 9.4. Watertight doors of width of more than 1.2 m permitted by paragraph 11 may only be opened in the circumstances detailed in that paragraph. Any door which is opened in accordance with this paragraph shall be ready to be immediately closed.

                                      9.2 A watertight door may be opened during navigation to permit the passage of passengers or crew, or when work in the immediate vicinity of the door necessitates it being opened. The door must be immediately closed when transit through the door is complete or when the task which necessitated it being open is finished.

                                      9.3 Certain watertight doors may be permitted to remain open during navigation only if considered absolutely necessary; that is, being open is determined essential to the safe and effective operation of the ship's machinery or to permit passengers normally unrestricted access throughout the passenger area. Such determination shall be made by the Administration only after careful consideration of the impact on ship operations and survivability. A watertight door permitted to remain thus open shall be clearly indicated in the ship's stability information and shall always be ready to be immediately closed.

                                      9.4 Sliding watertight doors fitted between bunkers in the between-decks below the bulkhead deck may sometimes be open at sea for the purpose of trimming coal. The opening and closing of these doors shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      10.1 If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less than one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      10.2 Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the log book. Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.

                                      11 Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. The times of removal and replacement of any such portable plates shall be recorded in the log book, and the necessary precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints are watertight. The Administration may permit not more than one power-operated sliding watertight door in each main transverse bulkhead larger than those specified in paragraph 7.1.2 to be substituted for these portable plates, provided these doors are closed before the ship leaves port and remain closed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. These doors need not meet the requirements of paragraph 7.1.4 regarding complete closure by hand-operated gear in 90 seconds. The time of opening and closing these doors, whether the ship is at sea or in port, shall be recorded in the log book.

                                      12.1 Where trunkways or tunnels for access from crew accommodation to the stokehold, for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse watertight bulkheads, they shall be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of regulation 19. The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunkway, if used as a passage at sea, shall be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin line. The access to the other end of the trunkway or tunnel may be through a watertight door of the type required by its location in the ship. Such trunkways or tunnels shall not extend through the first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead.

                                      12.2 Where it is proposed to fit tunnels piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these shall receive the special consideration of the Administration.

                                      12.3 Where trunkways in connection with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draught trunks are carried through more than one watertight bulkhead, the means of closure at such openings shall be operated by power and be capable of being closed from a central position situated above the bulkhead deck.
                                      Reg. 15 Openings in watertight bulkheads in passenger ships
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 16 Construction and Initial Tests of Watertight Decks, Trunks, etc.


                                      (a) Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkhead deck.

                                      (b) After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkhead deck.

                                      (b) After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators.
                                      Reg. 16 Passenger ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel

                                      1 This Regulation applies to passenger ships regardless of the date of construction designed or adapted for the carriage of goods vehicles and accompanying personnel where the total number of persons on board, other than those specified in Reg. I/2 (e )(i) and (ii), exceeds 12.

                                      2 If in such a ship the total number of passengers which include personnel accompanying vehicles does not exceed N = 12 + A/25, where A = total deck area (square metres) of spaces available for the stowage of goods vehicles and where the clear height at the stowage position and at the entrance to such spaces is not less than 4 m, the provisions of Regulation 15.12 in respect of watertight doors apply except that the doors may be fitted at any level in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces. Additionally, indicators are required on the navigating bridge to show automatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are secured.

                                      3 When applying the provisions of this Chapter to such a ship, N shall be taken as the maximum number of passengers for which the ship may be certified in accordance with this Regulation.

                                      4 In applying Regulation 8 for the worst operating conditions, the permeability for cargo spaces intended for the stowage of goods vehicles and containers shall be derived by calculation in which the goods vehicles and containers shall be assumed to be non-watertight and their permeability taken as 65. For ships engaged in dedicated services the actual value of permeability for goods vehicles or containers may be applied. In no case shall the permeability of the cargo spaces in which the goods vehicles and containers are carried be taken as less than 60.

                                      Reg. 17 Watertight Integreity above the Margin Line


                                      (a) The Administration may require that all reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate vicinity of main subdivision bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight.

                                      (b) The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight in the sense that in ordinary sea conditions water will not penetrate in a downward direction. All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and/or scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.

                                      (c) Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other means for closing openings in the shell plating above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (d) Efficient inside deadlights, arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) The Administration may require that all reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate vicinity of main subdivision bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight.

                                      (b) The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight in the sense that in ordinary sea conditions water will not penetrate in a downward direction. All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and/or scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.

                                      (c) Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other means for closing openings in the shell plating above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      (d) Efficient inside deadlights, arranged so that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.
                                      Reg. 17 Openings in the shell plating of passenger ships below the margin line
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 17-1 Openings in the shell plating, below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1998-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 18 Bilge Pumping Arrangements in Passenger Ships


                                      (a) Ships shall be provided with an efficient bilge pumping plant capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment which is neither a permanent oil compartment nor a permanent water compartment under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary except in narrow compartments at the ends of the ship, where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where in relation to particular compartments the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in paragraph (b) of Regulation 7 of this Chapter show that the safety of the ship will not be impaired. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Ships shall have at least three power pumps connected to the bilge main, one of which may be attached to the propelling unit. Where the criterion numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pump shall be provided.
                                      (ii) The requirements are summarized in the following table :
                                      (iii) Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.

                                      (c) Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments so arranged or situated that these compartments will not readily be flooded by the same damage. If the engines and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed throughout these compartments as far as is possible.

                                      (d) On ships 91.5 metres (300 feet) or more in length or having a criterion numeral of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power pump shall be available for use in all ordinary circumstances in which a ship may be flooded at sea. This requirement will be satisfied if :

                                      (i) one of the required pumps is an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck ; or

                                      (ii) the pumps and their sources of power are so disposed throughout the length of the ship that under any condition of flooding which the ship is required to withstand, at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.

                                      Criterion numeralLess than 30 30 and over

                                      main engin pump (may be replaced by  

                                      one independent pump)

                                       

                                      1

                                       

                                      1

                                       

                                      Independent pumps2 3


                                      (e) With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be arranged to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) Each power bilge pump shall be capable of giving a speed of water through the required main bilge pipe of not less than 122 meters (400 feet) per minute. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided there shall be at least one on the port side and one on the starboard side. The Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.

                                      (ii) In coal-burning ships there shall be provided in the stokehold, in addition to the other suctions required by this Regulation, a flexible suction hose of suitable diameter and sufficient length, capable of being connected to the suction side of an independent power pump.

                                      (g)
                                      (i) In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph (f) of this Regulation there shall be in the machinery space a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two-thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case of motorships.

                                      (ii) Where in the opinion of the Administration the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount satisfactory to the Administration.

                                      (iii) The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine room platform.

                                      (iv) Where the fuel is, or may be, coal and there is no watertight bulkhead between the engines and the boilers, a direct discharge overboard or alternatively a by-pass to the circulating pump discharge, shall be fitted from any circulating pump used in compliance with sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph.

                                      (h)
                                      (i) All pipes from the pumps which are required for draining cargo or machinery spaces shall be entirely distinct from pipes which may be used for filling or emptying spaces where water or oil is carried.

                                      (ii) All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other approved material.

                                      (i) The diameter of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formulae provided that the actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be of the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration :


                                      where: d = internal diameter of the bilge main in millimeters, L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship in meters, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and D = moulded depth of the ship to bulkhead deck in meters ; or


                                      where: d = internal diameter of the bilge main in inches, L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship in feet, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and
                                      D = moulded depth of the ship to bulkhead deck in feet. The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall be determined by rules to be made by the Administration.

                                      (j) The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Special provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connexions being inadvertently run up from the sea when containing cargo, or pumped out through a bilge pipe when containing water ballast.

                                      (k) Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed, or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one-fifth the breadth of the ship (measured at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end.

                                      (l) All the distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connexion with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible at all times under ordinary circumstances. They shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one-fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary cocks or valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck. Where in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding conditions; in that case only the cocks and valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck.

                                      (m) All cocks and valves mentioned in paragraph (l) of this Regulation which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) Ships shall be provided with an efficient bilge pumping plant capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment which is neither a permanent oil compartment nor a permanent water compartment under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions will generally be necessary except in narrow compartments at the ends of the ship, where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where in relation to particular compartments the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in paragraph (b) of Regulation 7 of this Chapter show that the safety of the ship will not be impaired. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.

                                      (b)
                                      (i) Ships shall have at least three power pumps connected to the bilge main, one of which may be attached to the propelling unit. Where the criterion numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pump shall be provided.
                                      (ii) The requirements are summarized in the following table :
                                      (iii) Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.

                                      (c) Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments so arranged or situated that these compartments will not readily be flooded by the same damage. If the engines and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed throughout these compartments as far as is possible.

                                      (d) On ships 91.5 metres (300 feet) or more in length or having a criterion numeral of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power pump shall be available for use in all ordinary circumstances in which a ship may be flooded at sea. This requirement will be satisfied if :

                                      (i) one of the required pumps is an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck ; or

                                      (ii) the pumps and their sources of power are so disposed throughout the length of the ship that under any condition of flooding which the ship is required to withstand, at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.

                                      Criterion numeralLess than 30 30 and over

                                      main engin pump (may be replaced by  

                                      one independent pump)

                                       

                                      1

                                       

                                      1

                                       

                                      Independent pumps2 3


                                      (e) With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be arranged to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                      (f)
                                      (i) Each power bilge pump shall be capable of giving a speed of water through the required main bilge pipe of not less than 122 meters (400 feet) per minute. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided there shall be at least one on the port side and one on the starboard side. The Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.

                                      (ii) In coal-burning ships there shall be provided in the stokehold, in addition to the other suctions required by this Regulation, a flexible suction hose of suitable diameter and sufficient length, capable of being connected to the suction side of an independent power pump.

                                      (g)
                                      (i) In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph (f) of this Regulation there shall be in the machinery space a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two-thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case of motorships.

                                      (ii) Where in the opinion of the Administration the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount satisfactory to the Administration.

                                      (iii) The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine room platform.

                                      (iv) Where the fuel is, or may be, coal and there is no watertight bulkhead between the engines and the boilers, a direct discharge overboard or alternatively a by-pass to the circulating pump discharge, shall be fitted from any circulating pump used in compliance with sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph.

                                      (h)
                                      (i) All pipes from the pumps which are required for draining cargo or machinery spaces shall be entirely distinct from pipes which may be used for filling or emptying spaces where water or oil is carried.

                                      (ii) All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other approved material.

                                      (i) The diameter of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formulae provided that the actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be of the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration :


                                      where: d = internal diameter of the bilge main in millimeters, L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship in meters, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and D = moulded depth of the ship to bulkhead deck in meters ; or


                                      where: d = internal diameter of the bilge main in inches, L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship in feet, as defined in Regulation 2 of this Chapter, and
                                      D = moulded depth of the ship to bulkhead deck in feet. The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall be determined by rules to be made by the Administration.

                                      (j) The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Special provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connexions being inadvertently run up from the sea when containing cargo, or pumped out through a bilge pipe when containing water ballast.

                                      (k) Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed, or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one-fifth the breadth of the ship (measured at right angles to the centre line at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end.

                                      (l) All the distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connexion with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible at all times under ordinary circumstances. They shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one-fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary cocks or valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck. Where in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding conditions; in that case only the cocks and valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck.

                                      (m) All cocks and valves mentioned in paragraph (l) of this Regulation which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed.
                                      Reg. 18 Construction and initial tests of watertight doors, sidescutttles, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      Construction and initial tests of watertight doors, sidescutttles, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      1. In passenger ships:

                                      1. the design, materials and construction of all watertight doors, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports, valves, pipes, ash-shoots and rubbish-shoots referred to in these Regulations shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration;

                                      2. the frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove at the bottom in which dirt might lodge and prevent the door closing properly.

                                      • In passenger ships and cargo ships each watertight door shall be tested by water pressure to a head up to the bulkhead deck . The test shall be made before the ship is put into service, either before or after the door is fitted.

                                      Reg. 19 Stability Information for Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships*


                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Intact Stability for Passenger and Cargo Ships under 100 metres in length, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.167 (ES.IV) and Amendments to this Recommendation, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.206(VII).

                                      (a) Every passenger ship and cargo ship shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. The master shall be supplied with such reliable information as is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service, and a copy shall be furnished to the Administration.

                                      (b) Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined.

                                      (c) The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual ship to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data.

                                      (d) The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships, especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk, to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar ships clearly indicates that due to the ship's proportions and arrangements more than sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Intact Stability for Passenger and Cargo Ships under 100 metres in length, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.167 (ES.IV) and Amendments to this Recommendation, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.206(VII).

                                      (a) Every passenger ship and cargo ship shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. The master shall be supplied with such reliable information as is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service, and a copy shall be furnished to the Administration.

                                      (b) Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined.

                                      (c) The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual ship to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data.

                                      (d) The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships, especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk, to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar ships clearly indicates that due to the ship's proportions and arrangements more than sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.
                                      Reg. 19 Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks, etc., in passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      1 Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration. Watertight ventilators and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkhead deck in passenger ships and up to the freeboard deck in cargo ships.

                                      2 After completion, a hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight decks and a hose test to watertight trunks, tunnels and ventilators.

                                      Reg. 20 Damage Control Plans


                                      There shall be permanently exhibited, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementioned information shall be made available to the officers of the ship.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      There shall be permanently exhibited, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementioned information shall be made available to the officers of the ship.
                                      Reg. 20 Watertight integrity of passenger ships above the margin line

                                      1 The Administration may require that all reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate vicinity of main subdivision bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight.

                                      2 The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight. All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly cleaning the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.

                                      3 Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other means for closing openings in the shell plating above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision load line.

                                      4 Efficient inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.

                                      Reg. 20-1 Closure of cargo loading doors

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1990-04-29 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 20-2 Watertight integrity from the ro-ro deck (bulkhead deck) to spaces below

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 20-3 Access to ro-ro decks

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 20-4 Closure of bulkheads on the ro-ro deck

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1997-07-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 21 Marking, Periodical Operation and Inspection of Watertight Doors, etc.


                                      (a) This Regulation applies to new and existing ships.

                                      (b) Drills for the operating of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers, ash-shoots and rubbish-shoots shall take place weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in duration a complete drill shall be held before leaving port, and others thereafter at least once a week during the voyage. In all ships all watertight power doors and hinged doors, in main transverse bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be operated daily.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected therewith, all valves the closing of which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessary for damage control cross connections shall be periodically inspected at sea at least once a week.
                                      (ii) Such valves, doors and mechanisms shall be suitably marked to ensure that they may be properly used to provide maximum safety.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) This Regulation applies to new and existing ships.

                                      (b) Drills for the operating of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers, ash-shoots and rubbish-shoots shall take place weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in duration a complete drill shall be held before leaving port, and others thereafter at least once a week during the voyage. In all ships all watertight power doors and hinged doors, in main transverse bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be operated daily.

                                      (c)
                                      (i) The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected therewith, all valves the closing of which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessary for damage control cross connections shall be periodically inspected at sea at least once a week.
                                      (ii) Such valves, doors and mechanisms shall be suitably marked to ensure that they may be properly used to provide maximum safety.
                                      Reg. 21 Bilge pumping arrangements

                                      1Passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      1.1 An efficient bilge pumping system shall be provided, capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment other than a space permanently appropriated for the carriage of fresh water, water ballast, oil fuel or liquid cargo and for which other efficient means of pumping are provided, under all practical conditions. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.

                                      1.2 Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.

                                      1.3 All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other suitable material.

                                      1.4 The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently flooded from the sea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a bilge pipe when containing water ballast.

                                      1.5 All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible under ordinary circumstances.

                                      2 Passenger ships

                                      2.1 The bilge pumping system required by paragraph 1.1 shall be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally be fitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where, for particular compartments, the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in Regulation 8.2.1 to 8.2.3 show that the survival capability of the ship will not be impaired.

                                      2.2 At least three power pumps shall be fitted connected to the bilge main, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. Where the criterion numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pump shall be provided.

                                      2.3 Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments and so arranged or situated that these compartments will not be flooded by the same damage. If the main propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed as far as is possible throughout these compartments.

                                      2.4 On a ship of 91.5 m in length and upwards or having a criterion numeral of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power bilge pump shall be available for use in all flooding conditions which the ship is required to withstand, as follows :
                                      .1 one of the required bilge pumps shall be an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck; or
                                      .2 the bilge pumps and their sources of power shall be so distributed throughout the length of the ship that at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.

                                      2.5 With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be so arranged as to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph 1.1.

                                      2.6 Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water through the required main bilge pipe at a speed of not less than 2 m/sec. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. The Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.

                                      2.7.1 In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph 2.6 a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve shall be provided in the machinery space. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two-thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case of motorships.

                                      2.7.2 Where in the opinion of the Administration the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of are a required bilge pump by an amount deemed satisfactory by the Administration.

                                      2.7.3 The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine room platform.

                                      2.8 All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall be independent of other piping.

                                      2.9 The diameter d of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formula. However, the actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be rounded off to the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration :
                                      d = 25 + 1.68 √ L (B + D)
                                      where d is the internal diameter of the bilge main (millimeters) ;

                                      L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship (metres) as defined in Regulation 2; and
                                      D is the moulded depth of the ship to bulkhead deck (meters). The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall meet the requirements of the Administration. 2.10 Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one-fifth of the breadth of the ship(as defined in Regulation 2 and measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end. 2.11 Distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping system shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment ; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one-fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck. Where in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding condition as specified in paragraph 2.1; in that case only the valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck. 2.12 All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph 2.11 which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed. 3.Cargo ShipsAt least two power pumps connected to the main bilge system shall be provided, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. If the Administration is satisfied that the safety of the ship is not impaired, bilge pumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.

                                      Reg. 22 Entries in Log


                                      (a) This Regulation applies to new and existing ships.

                                      (b) Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other openings, which are required by these Regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the ship leaves port. The time of closing and the time of opening (if permissible under these Regulations) shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (c) A record of all drills and inspections required by Regulation 21 of this Chapter shall be entered in the log book with an explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed.
                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      (a) This Regulation applies to new and existing ships.

                                      (b) Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and coaling ports and other openings, which are required by these Regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the ship leaves port. The time of closing and the time of opening (if permissible under these Regulations) shall be recorded in such log book as may be prescribed by the Administration.

                                      (c) A record of all drills and inspections required by Regulation 21 of this Chapter shall be entered in the log book with an explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed.
                                      Reg. 22 Stability information for passenger ships and cargo ships

                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Intact Stability for Passenger and Cargo Ships under 100 metres in length, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.167 (ES.IV) and Amendments to this Recommendation adopted by the Organization by resolution A.206 (VII).

                                      1 Every passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship having a length, as defined in the International Convention on Load lines in force, of 24 m and upwards, shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. The master shall be supplied with such information satisfactory to the Administration as is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service. A copy of the stability information shall be furnished to the Administration.

                                      2 Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined.

                                      3 The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual ship to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data..

                                      4 The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar ships clearly indicates that due to the ship's proportions and arrangements more than sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.
                                      Reg. 22 Stability information for passenger ships and cargo ships*
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1990-04-29 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 23 Damage control plans in passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 23-1 Damage control in dry cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 23-2 Integrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and control


                                      (This regulation applies to all passenger ships with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/3, except that for ships constructed before 22 October 1989, paragraph 2 shall apply not later than 22 October 1992)

                                      1 Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge for all shell doors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead to major flooding of a special category space or ro-ro cargo space. The indicator system* shall be designed on the fail safe principle and shall show if the door is not fully closed or not secured. The power supply for the indicator system shall be independent of the power supply for operating and securing the doors.

                                      *Refer to resolution MSC.11(55), by which the Maritime Safety Committee resolved that ships constructed before 22 October 1989 which are already fitted with indicators approved by the Administration which may be different from those required by this regulation should not be required to change their systems.

                                      2 Means shall be arranged, such as television surveillance or a water leakage detection system, to provide an indication to the navigating bridge of any leakage through bow doors, stern doors or any other cargo or vehicle loading doors which could lead to major flooding of special category spaces or ro-ro cargo spaces.

                                      3 Special category spaces and ro-ro cargo spaces shall either be patrolled or monitored by effective means, such as television surveillance, so that movement of vehicles in adverse weather and unauthorized access by passengers can be observed whilst the ship is underway.

                                      Reg. 23-3 Water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2007-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 24 Marking, periodical operation and inspection of watertight doors, etc., in passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25 Entries in log of passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1984-09-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Part B-1 Subdivision and damage stability

                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-12-2008

                                      Part B-1 Stability

                                      Reg. 05 Intact stability information

                                      Intact stability information1

                                      1. Every passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship having a length (L) of 24 m and upwards, shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined.

                                      2. The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual cargo ship to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data, as required by regulation 5-1. A weight survey shall be carried out upon completion and the ship shall be inclined whenever in comparison with the data derived from the sister ship, a deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 1% for ships of 160 m or more in length and 2% for ships of 50 m or less in length and as determined by linear interpolation for intermediate lengths or a deviation from the lightship longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 0.5% of Ls is found.

                                      3. The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships especially designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk to be dispensed with when reference to existing data for similar ships clearly indicates that due to the ship's proportions and arrangements more than sufficient metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.

                                      4. Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined. The ship shall be re-inclined if anticipated deviations exceed one of the values specified in paragraph 5.

                                      5. At periodical intervals not exceeding five years, a lightweight survey shall be carried out on all passenger ships to verify any changes in lightship displacement and longitudinal centre of gravity. The ship shall be re-inclined whenever, in comparison with the approved stability information, a deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 2% or a deviation of the longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 1% of Ls is found or anticipated.

                                      6. Every ship shall have scales of draughts marked clearly at the bow and stern. In the case where the draught marks are not located where they are easily readable, or operational constraints for a particular trade make it difficult to read the draught marks, then the ship shall also be fitted with a reliable draught indicating system by which the bow and stern draughts can be determined.


                                      1 Refer to the Code on Intact Stability for All Types of Ships covered by IMO Instruments, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.749(18).
                                      Reg. 05 Intact stability
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]
                                      Reg. 05-1 Stability information to be supplied to the master
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 06 Required subdivision index R
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 07 Attained subdivision index A
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 07-01 Calculation of the factor pi
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 07-02 Calculation of the factor si
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 07-03 Permeability
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 08 Special requirements concerning passenger ship stability
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]
                                      Reg. 08-01 System capabilities

                                      Regulation 8-1 - System capabilities after a flooding casualty on passenger ships

                                      1. Application
                                        This regulation applies to passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010 to which regulation II-2/21 applies.

                                      2. Availability of essential systems in case of flooding damage1
                                        A passenger ship shall be designed so that the systems specified in regulation II-2/21.4 remain operational when the ship is subject to flooding of any single watertight compartment.

                                       


                                      1 Refer to the Performance standards for the systems and services to remain operational on passenger ships for safe return to port and orderly evacuation and abandonment after a casualty (MSC.1/Circ.1214).

                                      Reg. 25-01 Application


                                      1 The requirements in this part shall apply to cargo ships over 100 m in length ("Ls") but shall exclude those ships which are shown to comply with subdivision and damage stability regulations in other instruments** developed by the Organization.

                                      ** Ships shown to comply with the following regulations may be excluded from the application of part B-1;

                                      .1 annex I to MARPOL 73/78 ;
                                      .2 International Bulk Chemical Code ;
                                      .3 International Gas Carrier Code ;
                                      .4 Guidelines for the Design and Construction of Offshore Supply vessels(resolution A.469(XII) ;
                                      .5 Code of Safety for Special Purpose ships(resolution A.534(13)) ;
                                      .6 Damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 1966 Load Line Convention as applied in compliance with resolutions A.320(IX) and A.514(13), provided that in the case of ships to which regulation 27(9) applies, main transverse watertight bulkheads, to be considered effective, are spaced according to paragraph(12)(f) of resolution A,320(IX)


                                      2 Any reference hereinafter to regulations refers to the set of regulations contained in this part.

                                      3 The Administration may for a particular ship or group of ships accept alternative arrangements, if it is satisfied that at least the same degree of safety as represented by these regulations is achieved. Any Administration which allows such alternative arrangements shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof.

                                      Reg. 25-02 Definitions

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-03 Required subdivision index R


                                      1 These regulations are intended to provide ships with a minimum standard of subdivision.

                                      2 The degree of subdivision to be provided shall be determined by the required subdivision index "R", as follows ;

                                      Reg. 25-04 Attained subdivision index A

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-05 Calculation of the factor pi

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-06 Calculation of the factors Si

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-07 Permeability*

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-08 Stability information

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-09 Openings in watertight bulkhead and internal decks in cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Reg. 25-10 External openings in cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid van 1992-02-01 tot en met 2008-12-31)]

                                      Part B-2 Subdivision, watertight and weathertight integrity

                                      Reg. 09 Double bottoms in passenger ships and cargo ships other than tankers

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 10 Construction of watertight bulkheads

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 11 Initial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc.

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 12 Peak and machinery space bulkheads, shaft tunnels, etc.

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 13 Openings in watertight bulkheads below the bulkhead deck in passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 13-1 Openings in watertight bulkheads and internal decks in cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 14 Passenger ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 15 Openings in the shell plating

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 15-1 External openings in cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 16 Construction and initial tests of watertight doors, sidescuttles, etc.

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 16-1 Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks, etc.

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 17 Internal watertight integrity of passenger ships above the bulkhead deck

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 17-1 Integrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and control on ro-ro passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Part B-3 Subdivision load line assignment for passenger ships

                                      Reg 18 Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load lines for passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Part B-4 Stability management

                                      Reg. 19 Damage control information

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 20 Loading of passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 21 Operation and inspection of watertight doors

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 22 Prevention and control of water ingress, etc.

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 22-01 Flooding detection systems

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 23 Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 24 Prevention and control of water ingress, etc. in cargo ships

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Reg. 25 Water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers

                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                      Part C Machinery and Electrical Installations*


                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Safety Measures for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo Ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII).

                                      (Part C applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)

                                      Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                      Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                      * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Safety Measures for Periodically Unattended Machinery Spaces of Cargo Ships additional to those normally considered necessary for an Attended Machinery Space, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.211(VII).

                                      (Part C applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)

                                      Part C Machinery Installations*


                                      (Except where espressly otherwise Part C applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)
                                      Reg. 26 General

                                      Regulation 26

                                      1. The machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, associated piping systems and fittings shall be of a design and construction adequate for the service for which they are intended and shall be so installed and protected as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board, due regard being paid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other hazards. The design shall have regard to materials used in construction, the purpose for which the equipment is intended, the working conditions to which it will be subjected and the environmental conditions on board.

                                      2. The Administration shall give special consideration to the reliability of single essential propulsion components and may require a separate source of propulsion power sufficient to give the ship a navigable speed, especially in the case of unconventional arrangements.

                                      3. Means shall be provided whereby normal operation of propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes inoperative. Special consideration shall be given to the malfunctioning of:

                                        1. a generating set which serves as a main source of electrical power;

                                        2. the sources of steam supply;

                                        3. the boiler feed water systems;

                                        4. the fuel oil supply systems for boilers or engines;

                                        5. the sources of lubricating oil pressure;

                                        6. the sources of water pressure;

                                        7. a condensate pump and the arrangements to maintain vacuum in condensers;

                                        8. the mechanical air supply for boilers;

                                        9. an air compressor and receiver for starting or control purposes;

                                        10. the hydraulic, pneumatic or electrical means for control in main propulsion machinery including controllable pitch propellers.

                                        However, the Administration, having regard to overall safety considerations, may accept a partial reduction in propulsion capability from normal operation.

                                      4. Means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery can be brought into operation from the dead ship condition without external aid.

                                      5. All boilers, all parts of machinery, all steam, hydraulic, pneumatic and other systems and their associated fittings which are under internal pressure shall be subjected to appropriate tests including a pressure test before being put into service for the first time.

                                      6. Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the ship shall, as fitted in the ship, be designed to operate when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to and including 15°either way under static conditions and 22.5°under dynamic conditions(rolling) either way and simultaneously inclined dynamically(pitching) 7.5°by bow or stern. The Administration may permit deviation from these angles, taking into consideration the type, size and service conditions of the ship.

                                      7. Provision shall be made to facilitate cleaning, inspection and maintenance of main propulsion and auxiliary machinery including boilers and pressure vessels.

                                      8. Special consideration shall be given to the design, construction and installation of propulsion machinery systems so that any mode of their vibrations shall not cause undue stresses in this machinery in the normal operating ranges.
                                      Reg. 27 Machinery
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                      Reg. 28 Means of going astern
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                      Reg. 29 Steering gear
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                      Reg. 30 Additional requirements for electric and electrohydraulic steering gear
                                      [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                      Reg. 31 Machinery controls

                                      1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship shall be provided with effective means for its operation and control.

                                      2 Where remote control of propulsion machinery from the navigating bridge is provided and the machinery spaces are intended to be manned, the following shall apply:
                                        .1 the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigating bridge under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring ;

                                        .2 the remote control shall be performed, for each independent propeller, by a control device so designed and constructed that its operation does not require particular attention to the operational details of the machinery. Where multiple propellers are designed to operate simultaneously, they may be controlled by one control device;

                                        .3 the main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigating bridge which shall be independent of the navigating bridge control system ;

                                        .4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigating bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate ;

                                        .5 remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time, at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigating bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main machinery space or the main machinery control room. This system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to another ;

                                        .6 it shall be possible to control the propulsion machinery locally, even in the case of failure in any part of the remote control system ;

                                        .7 the design of the remote control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be given. Unless the Administration considers it impracticable the preset speed and direction of thrust of the propeller shall be maintained until local control is in operation ;

                                        .8 indicators shall be fitted on the navigating bridge for :

                                          .8.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers ;

                                          .8.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers ;
                                          .9 an alarm shall be provided on the navigating bridge and in the machinery space to indicate low starting air pressure which shall be set at a level to permit further main engine starting operations. If the remote control system of the propulsion machinery is designed for automatic starting, the number of automatic consecutive attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited in order to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure for starting locally. 3 Where the main propulsion and associated machinery, including sources of main electrical supply, are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manual supervision from a control room the arrangements and controls shall be so designed, equipped and installed that the machinery operation will be as safe and effective as if it were under direct supervision; for this purpose Regulations 46 to 50 shall apply as appropriate. Particular consideration shall be given to protect such spaces against fire and flooding.
                                          4 In general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shall include provisions for manually overriding the automatic controls. Failure of any part of such systems shall not prevent the use of the manual override.
                                          Reg. 32 Steam boilers and boiler feed systems
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 33 Steam pipe systems
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 34 Air pressure systems
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 35 Ventilating systems in machinery spaces
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 35-1 Bilge pumping arrangements

                                          Bilge pumping arrangements

                                          1. This regulation applies to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2009.

                                          2. Passenger ships and cargo ships
                                            1. An efficient bilge pumping system shall be provided, capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment other than a space permanently appropriated for the carriage of fresh water, water ballast, oil fuel or liquid cargo and for which other efficient means of pumping are provided, under all practical conditions. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.

                                            2. Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.

                                            3. All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other suitable material.

                                            4. The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently flooded from the sea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a bilge pump when containing water ballast.

                                            5. All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible under ordinary circumstances.

                                            6. Provision shall be made for the drainage of enclosed cargo spaces situated on the bulkhead deck of a passenger ship and on the freeboard deck of a cargo ship, provided that the Administration may permit the means of drainage to be dispensed with in any particular compartment of any ship or class of ship if it is satisfied that by reason of size or internal subdivision of those spaces the safety of the ship is not thereby impaired.


                                              2.6.1
                                              Where the freeboard to the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck, respectively, is such that the deck edge is immersed when the ship heels more than 5°, the drainage shall be by means of a sufficient number of scuppers of suitable size discharging directly overboard, fitted in accordance with the requirements of regulation 15 in the case of a passenger ship and the requirements for scuppers, inlets and discharges of the International Convention on Load Lines in force in the case of a cargo ship.


                                              2.6.2 Where the freeboard is such that the edge of the bulkhead deck or the edge of the freeboard deck, respectively, is immersed when the ship heels 5° or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces on the bulkhead deck or on the freeboard deck, respectively, shall be led to a suitable space, or spaces, of adequate capacity, having a high water level alarm and provided with suitable arrangements for discharge overboard. In addition it shall be ensured that:
                                              1. the number, size and disposition of the scuppers are such as to prevent unreasonable accumulation of free water;

                                              2. the pumping arrangements required by this regulation for passenger ships or cargo ships, as applicable, take account of the requirements for any fixed pressure water-spraying fire extinguishing system;

                                              3. water contaminated with petrol or other dangerous substances is not drained to machinery spaces or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present; and

                                              4. where the enclosed cargo space is protected by a carbon dioxide fire extinguishing system the deck scuppers are fitted with means to prevent the escape of the smothering gas.


                                          3. Passenger ships
                                            1. The bilge pumping system required by paragraph 2.1 shall be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally be fitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where, for particular compartments, the Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in regulations 7 and 8 show that the survival capability of the ship will not be impaired.

                                            2. At least three power pumps shall be fitted connected to the bilge main, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. Where the bilge pump numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power pump shall be provided.

                                              The bilge pump numeral shall be calculated as follows: 


                                              where:
                                              L=the length of the ship (metres), as defined in regulation 2;
                                              M=the volume of the machinery space (cubic metres), as defined in regulation 2, that is below the bulkhead deck; with the addition thereto of the volume of any permanent oil fuel bunkers which may be situated above the inner bottom and forward of, or abaft, the machinery space;
                                              P=the whole volume of the passenger and crew spaces below the bulkhead deck (cubic metres), which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers and crew, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms;
                                              V=the whole volume of the ship below the bulkhead deck (cubic metres);
                                              P1=KN,
                                              where:
                                              N = the number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified; and
                                              K = 0.056L
                                              However, where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the actual passenger spaces above the bulkhead deck, the figure to be taken as P1 is that sum or two-thirds KN, whichever is the greater.

                                               
                                            3.  Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments and so arranged or situated that these compartments will not be flooded by the same damage. If the main propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed as far as is possible throughout these compartments.

                                            4. On a ship of 91.5 m in length and upwards or having a bilge pump numeral, calculated in accordance with paragraph 3.2, of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power bilge pump shall be available for use in all flooding conditions which the ship is required to withstand, as follows:

                                              1. one of the required bilge pumps shall be an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck; or

                                              2. the bilge pumps and their sources of power shall be so distributed throughout the length of the ship that at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.

                                            5. With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be so arranged as to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph 2.1.

                                            6. Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water through the required main bilge pipe at a speed of not less than 2 m/s. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided, there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. The Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.

                                            7.  
                                              1. In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph 3.6, a direct suction from the main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve shall be provided in the machinery space. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two thirds of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the case of motorships.

                                              2. Where in the opinion of the Administration the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose, a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet of the pump used. The capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount deemed satisfactory by the Administration.

                                              3. The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine-room platform.

                                            8. All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall be independent of other piping.

                                            9. The diameter d of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formula. However, the actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be rounded off to the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration:



                                              where:


                                              d is the internal diameter of the bilge main (millimetres);


                                              L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship (metres) as defined in regulation 2; and


                                              D is the moulded depth of the ship to the bulkhead deck (metres) provided that, in a ship having an enclosed cargo space on the bulkhead deck which is internally drained in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 2.6.2 and which extends for the full length of the ship, D shall be measured to the next deck above the bulkhead deck. Where the enclosed cargo spaces cover a lesser length, D shall be taken as the moulded depth to the bulkhead deck plus lh/L where l and h are the aggregate length and height respectively of the enclosed cargo spaces (metres). The diameter of the bilge branch pipes shall meet the requirements of the Administration.

                                            10. Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one fifth of the breadth of the ship (as defined in regulation 2 and measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end.

                                            11. Distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping system shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck. Where in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding condition as specified in paragraph 3.1; in that case only the valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck.

                                            12. All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph 3.11 which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed.

                                          4. Cargo ships

                                            At least two power pumps connected to the main bilge system shall be provided, one of which may be driven by the propulsion machinery. If the Administration is satisfied that the safety of the ship is not impaired, bilge pumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.
                                          Reg. 36 Protection against noise*
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 37 Communication between navigation bridge and machinery space

                                          At least two independent means shall be provided for communicating orders from the navigating bridge to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the engines are normally controlled: one of these shall be an engine room telegraph which provides visual indication of the orders and responses both in the machinery space and on the navigating bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be provided to any other positions from which the engines may be controlled.
                                          Reg. 38 Engineers alarm
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]
                                          Reg. 39 Location of emergency installations in passenger ships
                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                          Reg. 23 General

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a) Electrical installations in passenger ships shall be such that:
                                          (i) services essential for safety will be maintained under various emergency conditions; and
                                          (ii) the safety of passengers, crew and ship from electrical hazards will be assured.

                                          b) Cargo ships shall comply with Regulations 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 32 of this Chapter.

                                          Reg. 24 Marking periodical operationand inspection of watertight doors,etc., in passenger ships

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a) Every passenger ship, the electrical power of which constitutes the only means of maintaining the auxiliary services indispensable for the propulsion and the safety of the ship, shall be provided with at least two main generating sets. The power of these sets shall be such that it shall still be possible to ensure the functioning of the services referred to in sub-paragraph (a)(i) of Regulation 23 of this Chapter in the event of any one of these generating sets being stopped.

                                          (b) In a passenger ship where there is only one main generating station, the main switchboard shall be located in the same main fire zone. Where there is more than one main generating station, it is permissible to have only one main switchboard.

                                          Reg. 25 Entries in log of passenger ships

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a) There shall be above the bulkhead deck and outside the machinery casings a self-contained emergency source of electrical power. Its location in relation to the main source or sources of electrical power shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty to the machinery space as defined in paragraph (h) of Regulation 2 of this Chapter will not interfere with the supply or distribution of emergency power. It shall not be forward of the collision bulkhead.

                                          (b) The power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are, in the opinion of the Administration, necessary for the safety of the passengers and the crew in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. Special consideration shall be given to emergency lighting at every boat station on deck and oversides, in all alleyways, stairways and exits, in the machinery spaces and in the control stations as defined in paragraph (r) of Regulation 3 of Chapter II-2, to the sprinkler pump, to navigation lights, and to the daylight signalling lamp if operated from the main source of power. The power shall be adequate for a period of 36 hours, except that, in the case of ships engaged regularly on voyages of short duration, the Administration may accept a lesser supply if satisfied that the same standard of safety would be attained.

                                          (c) The emergency source of power may be either :
                                          (i) a generator driven by a suitable prime-mover with an independent fuel supply and with approved starting arrangements ; the fuel used shall have a flash point of not less than 43 °C (110°F.) ; or
                                          (ii) an accumulator (storage) battery capable of carrying the emergency load without recharging or excessive voltage drop.

                                          (d)
                                          (i) Where the emergency source of power is a generator there shall be provided a temporary source of emergency power consisting of an accumulator battery of sufficient capacity :
                                          (1) to supply emergency lighting continuously for half an hour ;
                                          (2) to close the watertight doors (if electrically operated) but not necessarily to close them all simultaneously ;
                                          (3) to operate the indicators (if electrically operated) which show whether power-operated watertight doors are open or closed; and
                                          (4) to operate the sound signals (if electrically operated) which give warning that power-operated watertight doors are about to close. The arrangement shall be such that the temporary source of emergency power will come into operation automatically in the event of failure of the main electrical supply.
                                          (ii) Where the emergency source of power is an accumulator battery, arrangements shall be made to ensure that emergency lighting will automatically come into operation in the event of failure of the main lighting supply.

                                          (e) An indicator shall be mounted in the machinery space, preferably on the main switchboard, to indicate when any accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this Regulation is being discharged.

                                          (f)
                                          (i) The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of power.
                                          (ii) Where the emergency source of power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same space as the emergency source of power, unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.
                                          (iii) No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this Regulation shall be installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard.
                                          (iv) The Administration may permit the emergency switchboard to be supplied from the main switchboard in normal operation.

                                          (g) Arrangements shall be such that the complete emergency installation will function when the ship is inclined 22 ½ degrees and/or when the trim of the ship is 10 degrees.

                                          (h) Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the emergency source of power and the temporary source of power, if provided, which shall include the testing of automatic arrangements.

                                          Reg. 26 Emergency Source of Electrical Power in Cargo Ships

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a) Cargo ships of 5,000 Tons Gross Tonnage and upwards.
                                          (i) In cargo ships of 5,000 tons gross tonnage and upwards there shall be a self-contained emergency source of power, located to the satisfaction of the Administration above the uppermost continuous deck and outside the machinery casings, to ensure its functioning in the event of fire or other casualty causing failure to the main electrical installation.
                                          (ii) The power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services which are, in the opinion of the Administration, necessary for the safety of all on board in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. Special consideration shall be given to :
                                          (1) emergency lighting at every boat station on deck and oversides, in all alleyways, stairways and exits, in the main machinery space and main generating set space, on the navigating bridge and in the chartroom ;
                                          (2) the general alarm ; and
                                          (3) navigation lights if solely electric, and the daylight signalling lamp if operated by the main source of electrical power. The power shall be adequate for a period of 6 hours.

                                          (iii) The emergency source of power may be either :
                                          (1) an accumulator (storage) battery capable of carrying the emergency load without recharging or excessive voltage drop ; or
                                          (2) a generator driven by a suitable prime-mover with an independent fuel supply and with starting arrangements to the satisfaction of the Administration. The fuel used shall have a flashpoint of not less than 43 °C (110°F.).

                                          (iv) Arrangements shall be such that the complete emergency installation will function when the ship is inclined 22½ degrees and/or when the trim of the ship is 10 degrees.
                                          (v) Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency installation.

                                          (b) Cargo ships of less than 5,000 Tons Gross Tonnage
                                          (i) In cargo ships of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage there shall be a self-contained emergency source of power located to the satisfaction of the Administration, and capable of supplying the illumination at launching stations and stowage positions of survival craft prescribed in sub-paragraphs (a)(ii), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) of Regulation 19 of Chapter III, and in addition such other services as the Administration may require, due regard being paid to Regulation 38 of Chapter III.
                                          (ii) The power available shall be adequate for a period of at least 3 hours.
                                          (iii) These ships shall also be subject to sub-paragraphs (iii), (iv), and (v) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                          Reg. 27 Precautions against Shock, Fire and other Hazards of Electrical Origin

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a)Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships .
                                          (i)
                                          (1) All exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be "live" but are liable to become "live" under fault conditions, shall be earthed (grounded); and all electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed that danger of injury in ordinary handling shall not exist.
                                          (2) Metal frames of all portable electric lamps, tools and similar apparatus, supplied as ship's equipment and rated in excess of a safety voltage to be prescribed by the Administration shall be earthed (grounded) through a suitable conductor, unless equivalent provisions are made such as by double insulation or by an isolating transformer. The Administration may require additional special precautions for electric lamps, tools or similar apparatus for use in damp spaces.

                                          (ii) Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easy access back and front, without danger to attendants. The sides and backs and, where necessary, the fronts of switchboards shall be suitably guarded. There shall be non-conducting mats or gratings front and rear where necessary. Exposed current-carrying parts at voltages to earth (ground) exceeding a voltage to be specified by the Administration shall not be installed on the face of any switchboard or control panel.

                                          (iii)
                                          (1) Where the hull return system of distribution is used, special precautions shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.
                                          (2) Hull return shall not be used in tankers.

                                          (iv)
                                          (1) All metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed (grounded).
                                          (2) Where the cables are neither sheathed nor armoured and there might be a risk of fire in the event of an electrical fault, precautions shall be required by the Administration.

                                          (v) Lighting fittings shall be arranged to prevent temperature rises that would be injurious to the wiring, and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.
                                          (vi) Wiring shall be supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other injury.
                                          (vii) Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit. Each separate circuit shall also be protected against overload, except in accordance with Regulation 30 of this Chapter or where the Administration grants an exemption. The current-carrying capacity of each circuit shall be permanently indicated, together with the rating or setting of the appropriate overload protective device.
                                          (viii) Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartments used primarily for their accommodation shall be properly constructed and efficiently ventilated.

                                          (b)Passenger Ships only.
                                          (i) Distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire in any main fire zone will not interfere with essential services in any other main fire zone. This requirement will be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any zone are separated both vertically and horizontally as widely as is practicable.
                                          (ii) Electric cables shall be of a flame retarding type to the satisfaction of the Administration. The Administration may require additional safeguards for electric cables in particular spaces of the ship with a view to the prevention of fire or explosion.
                                          (iii) In spaces where inflammable mixtures are liable to collect, no electrical equipment shall be installed unless it is of a type which will not ignite the mixture concerned, such as flameproof (explosion proof) equipment.
                                          (iv) A lighting circuit in a bunker or hold shall be provided with an isolating switch outside the space.
                                          (v) Joints in all conductors except for low voltage communication circuits shall be made only in junction or outlet boxes. All such boxes or wiring devices shall be so constructed as to prevent the spread of fire from the box or device. Where splicing is employed it shall only be by an approved method such that it retains the original mechanical and electrical properties of the cable.
                                          (vi) Wiring systems for interior communications essential for safety and for emergency alarm systems shall be arranged to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high risk of fire except in so far as it is necessary to provide communication or to give alarm within those spaces. In the case of ships the construction and small size of which do not permit of compliance with these requirements, measures satisfactory to the Administration shall be taken to ensure efficient protection for these wiring systems where they pass through galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces having a high risk of fire.

                                          (c)Cargo Ships only .

                                          Devices liable to arc shall not be installed in any compartment assigned principally to accumulator batteries unless the devices are flameproof (explosion proof).

                                          Reg. 28 Means of going astern

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          (a) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships. Ships shall have sufficient power for going astern to secure proper control of the ship in all normal circumstances.

                                          (b) Passenger Ships only. The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in sufficient time, under normal manoeuvring conditions, and so to bring the ship to rest from maximum ahead service speed shall be demonstrated at the initial survey.

                                          Reg. 29 Steering gear*


                                          ___________
                                          * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Steering Gear for Large Ships, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.210(VII).

                                          (a) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships
                                          (i) Ships shall be provided with a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear to the satisfaction of the Administration.
                                          (ii) The main steering gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the ship at maximum service speed. The main steering gear and rudder stock shall be so designed that they are not damaged at maximum astern speed.
                                          (iii) The auxiliary steering gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the ship at navigable speed and capable of being brought speedily into action in an emergency.
                                          (iv) The exact position of the rudder, if power operated, shall be indicated at the principal steering station.

                                          (b) Passenger Ships only
                                          (i) The main steering gear shall be capable of putting the rudder over from 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other side with the ship running ahead at maximum service speed. The rudder shall be capable of being put over from 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in 28 seconds at maximum service speed.
                                          (ii) The auxiliary steering gear shall be operated by power in any case in which the Administration would require a rudder stock of over 228.6 millimetres (9 inches) diameter in way of the tiller.
                                          (iii) Where main steering gear power units and their connexions are fitted in duplicate to the satisfaction of the Administration, and each power unit enables the steering gear to meet the requirements of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, no auxiliary steering gear need be required.
                                          (iv) Where the Administration would require a rudder stock with a diameter in way of the tiller exceeding 228.6 millimetres (9 inches) there shall be provided an alternative steering station located to the satisfaction of the Administration. The remote steering control systems from the principal and alternative steering stations shall be so arranged to the satisfaction of the Administration that failure of either system would not result in inability to steer the ship by means of the other system.
                                          (v) Means satisfactory to the Administration shall be provided to enable orders to be transmitted from the bridge to the alternative steering station

                                          (c) Cargo Ships only
                                          (i) The auxiliary steering gear shall be operated by power in any case in which the Administration would require a rudder stock of over 355.6 millimetres (14 inches) diameter in way of the tiller.
                                          (ii) Where power-operated steering gear units and connections are fitted in duplicate to the satisfaction of the Administration, and each unit complies with sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation, no auxiliary steering gear need be required, provided that the duplicate units and connexions operating together comply with sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.
                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 30-04-1981

                                          ___________
                                          * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Steering Gear for Large Ships, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.210(VII).

                                          (a) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships
                                          (i) Ships shall be provided with a main steering gear and an auxiliary steering gear to the satisfaction of the Administration.
                                          (ii) The main steering gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the ship at maximum service speed. The main steering gear and rudder stock shall be so designed that they are not damaged at maximum astern speed.
                                          (iii) The auxiliary steering gear shall be of adequate strength and sufficient to steer the ship at navigable speed and capable of being brought speedily into action in an emergency.
                                          (iv) The exact position of the rudder, if power operated, shall be indicated at the principal steering station.

                                          (b) Passenger Ships only
                                          (i) The main steering gear shall be capable of putting the rudder over from 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other side with the ship running ahead at maximum service speed. The rudder shall be capable of being put over from 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in 28 seconds at maximum service speed.
                                          (ii) The auxiliary steering gear shall be operated by power in any case in which the Administration would require a rudder stock of over 228.6 millimetres (9 inches) diameter in way of the tiller.
                                          (iii) Where main steering gear power units and their connexions are fitted in duplicate to the satisfaction of the Administration, and each power unit enables the steering gear to meet the requirements of sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph, no auxiliary steering gear need be required.
                                          (iv) Where the Administration would require a rudder stock with a diameter in way of the tiller exceeding 228.6 millimetres (9 inches) there shall be provided an alternative steering station located to the satisfaction of the Administration. The remote steering control systems from the principal and alternative steering stations shall be so arranged to the satisfaction of the Administration that failure of either system would not result in inability to steer the ship by means of the other system.
                                          (v) Means satisfactory to the Administration shall be provided to enable orders to be transmitted from the bridge to the alternative steering station

                                          (c) Cargo Ships only
                                          (i) The auxiliary steering gear shall be operated by power in any case in which the Administration would require a rudder stock of over 355.6 millimetres (14 inches) diameter in way of the tiller.
                                          (ii) Where power-operated steering gear units and connections are fitted in duplicate to the satisfaction of the Administration, and each unit complies with sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation, no auxiliary steering gear need be required, provided that the duplicate units and connexions operating together comply with sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of this Regulation.

                                          Reg. 30 Electric and Electrohydraulic Steering Gear*

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          ____________
                                          * Reference is made to the Recommendation on Steering Gear for Large Ships, adopted by the Organization by Resolution A.210(VII)

                                          (a) Passenger Ships and Cargo Ships Indicators for running indication of the motors of electric and electrohydraulic steering gear shall be installed in a suitable location to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                          (b) All Passenger Ships (irrespective of tonnage) and Cargo Ships of 5,000 Tons Gross Tonnage and upwards
                                          (i) Electric and electrohydraulic steering gear shall be served by two circuits fed from the main switchboard. One of the circuits may pass through the emergency switchboard, if provided. Each circuit shall have adequate capacity for supplying all the motors which are normally connected to it and which operate simultaneously. If transfer arrangements are provided in the steering gear room to permit either circuit to supply any motor or combination of motors, the capacity of each circuit shall be adequate for the most severe load condition. The circuits shall be separated throughout their length as widely as is practicable.
                                          (ii) Short circuit protection only shall be provided for these circuits and motors.

                                          (c) Cargo Ships of less than 5,000 Tons Gross Tonnage
                                          (i) Cargo ships in which electrical power is the sole source of power for both main and auxiliary steering gear shall comply with sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (b) of this Regulation, except that if the auxiliary steering gear is powered by a motor primarily intended for other services, paragraph (b) (ii) may be waived, provided that the Administration is satisfied with the protection arrangements.
                                          (ii) Short circuit protection only shall be provided for motors and power circuits of electrically or electrohydraulically operated main steering gear.

                                          Reg. 31 Location of Emergency Installations in Passenger Ships

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          The emergency source of electrical power, emergency fire pumps, emergency bilge pumps, batteries of carbon dioxide bottles for fire extinguishing purposes and other emergency installations which are essential for the safety of the ship shall not be installed in a passenger ship forward of the collision bulkhead.

                                          Reg. 32 Communication between Bridge and Engine Room

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                          Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984

                                          Ships shall be fitted with two means of communicating orders from the bridge to the engine room. One means shall be an engine room telegraph.

                                          Part D Electrical installations

                                          Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                          Reg. 40 General

                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                          Reg. 41 Main source of electrical power and lightingsystems

                                          1.1 A main source of electrical power of sufficient capacity to supply all those services mentioned in Regulation 40.1.1 shall be provided. This main source of electrical power shall consist of at least two generating sets.
                                          1.2 The capacity of these generating sets shall be such that in the event of any one generating set being stopped it will still be possible to supply those services necessary to provide normal operational conditions of propulsion and safety. Minimum comfortable conditions of habitability shall also be ensured which include at least adequate services for cooking, heating, domestic refrigeration, mechanical ventilation, sanitary and fresh water.
                                          1.3 The arrangements of the ship's main source of electrical power shall be such that the services referred to in Regulation 40.1.1 can be maintained regardless of the speed and direction of the propulsion machinery or shafting.
                                          1.4 In addition, the generating sets shall be such as to ensure that with any one generator or its primary source of power out of operation, the remaining generating sets shall be capable of providing the electrical services necessary to start the main propulsion plant from a dead ship condition. The emergency source of electrical power may be used for the purpose of starting from a dead ship condition if its capability either alone or combined with that of any other source of electrical power is sufficient to provide at the same time those services required to be supplied by Regulations 42.2.1 to 42.2.3 or 43.2.1 to 43.2.4.
                                          1.5 Where transformers constitute an essential part of the electrical supply system required by this paragraph, the system shall be so arranged as to ensure the same continuity of the supply as is stated in this paragraph.

                                          2.1 A main electric lighting system which shall provide illumination throughout those parts of the ship normally accessible to and used by passengers or crew shall be supplied from the main source of electrical power.
                                          2.2 The arrangement of the main electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the main switchboard and the main lighting switchboard, will not render the emergency electric lighting system required by Regulations 42.2.1 and 42.2.2 or 43.2.1, 43.2.2 and 43.2.3 inoperative.
                                          2.3 The arrangement of the emergency electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard will not render the main electric lighting system required by this Regulation inoperative.

                                          3. The main switchboard shall be so placed relative to one main generating station that, as far as is practicable, the integrity of the normal electrical supply may be affected only by a fire or other casualty in one space. An environmental enclosure for the main switchboard, such as may be provided by a machinery control room situated within the main boundaries of the space, is not to be considered as separating the switchboards from the generators.

                                          4. Where the total installed electrical power of the main generating sets is in excess of 3 MW, the main busbars shall be subdivided into at least two parts which shall normally be connected by removable links or other approved means; so far as is practicable, the connection of generating sets and any other duplicated equipment shall be equally divided between the parts. Equivalent arrangements may be permitted to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                          Reg. 42 Emergency source of electrical power in passenger ships


                                          1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall be provided.

                                          1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergency switchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above the uppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the open deck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead.

                                          1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power and associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency power, the emergency switchboard and the emergency electric lighting switchboards in relation to the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard or in any machinery space of category A will not interfere with the supply, control and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far as practicable the space containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency electrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, or the main switchboard.

                                          1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding independent emergency operation under all circumstances the emergency generator may be used exceptionally, and for short periods, to supply non-emergency circuits.

                                          2 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currents and the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation :

                                          2.1 For a period of 36 hours, emergency lighting:
                                          .1 at every embarkation station on deck and over sides as required by Regulations III/19 and III/30 ;
                                          .2 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways, and exits, personnel lift cars ;
                                          .3 in the machinery spaces and main generating stations including their control positions;
                                          .4 in all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at each main and emergency switchboard ;
                                          .5 at all stowage positions for firemen's outfits;
                                          .6 at the steering gear; and
                                          .7 at the fire pump, the sprinkler pump and the emergency bilge pump referred to in paragraph 2.4 and at the starting position of their motors.

                                          2.2 For a period of 36 hours, the navigation lights and other lights required by the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                          2.3 For a period of 36 hours :
                                          .1 all internal communication equipment required in an emergency ;
                                          .2 the navigational aids as required by Regulation V/12; where such provision is unreasonable or impracticable the Administration may waive this requirement for ships of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage;
                                          .3 the fire detection and fire alarm system, and the fire door holding and release system ; and
                                          .4 for intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, the ship's whistle, the manual fire alarms and all internal signals that are required in an emergency; unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 36 hours from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.

                                          2.4 For a period of 36 hours :
                                          .1 one of the fire pumps required by Regulation II-2/4.3.1 and 4.3.3 ;
                                          .2 the automatic sprinkler pump, if any; and
                                          .3 the emergency bilge pump and all the equipment essential for the operation of electrically powered remote controlled bilge valves.

                                          2.5 For the period of time required by Regulation 29.14 the steering gear if required to be so supplied by that Regulation.

                                          2.6 For a period of half an hour :
                                          .1 any watertight doors required by Regulation 15 to be power operated together with their indicators and warning signals. Provided the requirements of Regulation 15.9.2 are complied with, sequential operation of the doors may be permitted providing all doors can be closed in 60 seconds ;
                                          .2 the emergency arrangements to bring the lift cars to deck level for the escape of persons. The passenger lift cars may be brought to deck level sequentially in an emergency.

                                          2.7 In a ship engaged regularly on voyages of short duration, the Administration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would be attained may accept a lesser period than the 36 hour period specified in paragraphs 2.1 to 2.5 but not less than 12 hours.

                                          3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following :

                                          3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:
                                          .1 driven by a suitable prime-mover with an independent supply of fuel having a flashpoint (closed cup test) of not less than 43 ° ;
                                          .2 started automatically upon failure of the electrical supply from the main source of electrical power and shall be automatically connected to the emergency switchboard ; those services referred to in paragraph 4 shall then be transferred automatically to the emergency generating set. The automatic starting system and the characteristic of the prime-mover shall be such as to permit the emergency generator to carry its full rated load as quickly as is safe and practicable, subject to a maximum of 45 seconds; unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided, the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system; and
                                          .3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power according to paragraph 4.

                                          3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery, it shall be capable of :
                                          .1 carrying the emergency electrical load without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12 percent above or below its nominal voltage ;
                                          .2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the main source of electrical power ; and
                                          .3 immediately supplying at least those services specified in paragraph 4.

                                          4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power required by paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12 percent above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power at least the following services, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:

                                          4.1 For half an hour :
                                          .1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2;
                                          .2 all services required by paragraphs 2.3.1, 2.3.3 and 2.3.4 unless such services have an independent supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.

                                          4.2 Power to close the watertight doors but not necessarily all of them simultaneously, together with their indicators and warning signals as required by paragraph 2.6.1.

                                          5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of electrical power.

                                          5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.

                                          5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this Regulation shall be installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.1.3 or 4 are being discharged.

                                          5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the inter connector feeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.

                                          5.5 In order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power, arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnect automatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard to ensure that power shall be available to the emergency circuits.

                                          6 The emergency generator and its prime-mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to 22.5° or when inclined up to 10° either in the fore or aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.

                                          7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the testing of automatic starting arrangements.

                                          Reg. 42-1 Supplementary emergency lighting for ro-ro passenger ships

                                          [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1989-10-22)]

                                          Reg. 43 Emergency source of electrical power in cargoships


                                          1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall be provided.

                                          1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, transitional source of emergency power, emergency switchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above the uppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the open deck. They shall not be located forward of the collision bulkhead, except where permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances.

                                          1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency power, the emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard in relation to the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty in the space containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard, or in any machinery space of category A will not interfere with the supply, control and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far as practicable the space containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency electrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or those spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main switchboard.

                                          1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding independent emergency operation under all circumstances, the emergency generator may be used, exceptionally, and for short periods, to supply non-emergency circuits.

                                          2 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are essential for safety in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currents and the transitory nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the following services for the periods specified hereinafter, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation :

                                          2.1 For a period of 3 hours, emergency lighting at every embarkation station on deck and over the sides as required by Regulations III/19 and III/38.

                                          2.2 For a period of 18 hours, emergency lighting :
                                          .1 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits, personnel lift cars and personnel lift trunks ;
                                          .2 in the machinery spaces and main generating stations including their control positions ;
                                          .3 in all control stations, machinery control rooms, and at each main and emergency switchboard ;
                                          .4 at all stowage positions for firemen's outfits ;
                                          .5 at the steering gear ; and
                                          .6 at the fire pump referred to in paragraph 2.5, at the sprinkler pump, if any, and at the emergency bilge pump, if any, and at the starting positions of their motors.

                                          2.3 For a period of 18 hours, the navigation lights and other lights required by the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                          2.4 For a period of 18 hours :
                                          .1 all internal communication equipment as required in an emergency;
                                          .2 the navigational aids as required by Regulation V/12; where such provision is unreasonable or impracticable the Administration may waive this requirement for ships of less than 5,000 tons gross tonnage ;
                                          .3 the fire detection and fire alarm system ; and
                                          .4 intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, the ship's whistle, the manual fire alarms and all internal signals that are required in an emergency ; unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 18 hours from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.

                                          2.5 For a period of 18 hours one of the fire pumps required by Regulation II-2/4.3.1 and 4.3.3 if dependent upon the emergency generator for its source of power.

                                          2.6.1 For the period of time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gear where it is required to be so supplied by that Regulation.

                                          2.6.2 In a ship engaged regularly in voyages of short duration, the Administration if satisfied that an adequate standard of safety would be attained may accept a lesser period than the 18 hour period specified in paragraphs 2.2 to 2.5 but not less than 12 hours.

                                          3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which shall comply with the following:

                                          3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:
                                          .1 driven by a suitable prime-mover with an independent supply of fuel, having a flashpoint (closed cup test) of not less than 43° ;
                                          .2 started automatically upon failure of the main source of electrical power supply unless a transitional source of emergency electrical power in accordance with paragraph 3.1.3 is provided; where the emergency generator is automatically started, it shall be automatically connected to the emergency switchboard; those services referred to in paragraph 4 shall then be connected automatically to the emergency generator; and unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generator is provided the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system; and .3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power as specified in paragraph 4 unless an emergency generator is provided capable both of supplying the services mentioned in that paragraph and of being automatically started and supplying the required load as quickly as is safe and practicable subject to a maximum of 45 seconds.

                                          3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery it shall be capable of :
                                          .1 carrying the emergency electrical load without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12 percent above or below its nominal voltage ;
                                          .2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the main source of electrical power; and
                                          .3 immediately supplying at least those services specified in paragraph 4.

                                          4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power where required by paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12 percent above or below its nominal voltage and be of sufficient capacity and shall be so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of either the main or the emergency source of electrical power for half an hour at least the following services if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation :
                                          .1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3. For this transitional phase, the required emergency electric lighting, in respect of the machinery space and accommodation and service spaces may be provided by permanently fixed, individual, automatically charged, relay operated accumulator lamps; and
                                          .2 all services required by paragraphs 2.4.1, 2.4.3 and 2.4.4 unless such services have an independent supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.

                                          5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of electrical power.

                                          5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.

                                          5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this Reg. shall be installed in the same space as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the energy source of electrical power or the transitional source of electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.2 or 4 are being discharged.

                                          5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnector feeder is also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.

                                          5.5 In order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power, arrangements shall be made where necessary to disconnect automatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard to ensure that electrical power shall be available automatically to the emergency circuits.

                                          6 The emergency generator and its prime-mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so designed and arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to 22.5° or when inclined up to 10° either in the fore or aft direction, or is in any combination of angles within those limits.

                                          7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the testing of automatic starting arrangements.

                                          Reg. 44 Starting arrangements for emergency generating


                                          1 Emergency generating sets shall be capable of being readily started in their cold condition at a temperature of 0° C. If this is impracticable, or if lower temperatures are likely to be encountered, provision acceptable to the Administration shall be made for the maintenance of heating arrangements, to ensure ready starting of the generating sets.

                                          2 Each emergency generating set arranged to be automatically started shall be equipped with starting devices approved by the Administration with a stored energy capability of at least three consecutive starts. A second source of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within 30 minutes unless manual starting can be demonstrated to be effective.

                                          3 The stored energy shall be maintained at all times, as follows :
                                            .1 electrical and hydraulic starting systems shall be maintained from the emergency switchboard ;

                                            .2 compressed air starting systems may be maintained by the main or auxiliary compressed air receivers through a suitable non-return valve or by an emergency air compressor which, if electrically driven, is supplied from the emergency switchboard ;

                                            .3 all of these starting, charging and energy storing devices shall be located in the emergency generator space; these devices are not to be used for any purpose other than the operation of the emergency generating set. This does not preclude the supply to the air receiver of the emergency generating set from the main or auxiliary compressed air system through the non-return valve fitted in the emergency generator space. 4.1 Where automatic starting is not required, manual starting is permissible, such as manual cranking, inertia starters, manually charged hydraulic accumulators, or powder charge cartridges, where they can be demonstrated as being effective.

                                            4.2 When manual starting is not practicable, the requirements of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be complied with except that starting may be manually initiated.

                                            Reg. 45 Precautions against shock fire and other hazards of electrical origin


                                            1.1 Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be live but which are liable under fault conditions to become live shall be earthed unless the machines or equipment are :
                                              .1 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 55 V direct current or 55 V, root mean square between conductors; auto-transformers shall not be used for the purpose of achieving this voltage ; or

                                              .2 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V by safety isolating transformers supplying only one consuming device; or

                                              .3 constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation. 1.2 The Administration may require additional precautions for portable electrical equipment for use in confined or exceptionally damp spaces where particular risks due to conductivity may exist.

                                              1.3 All electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed as not to cause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.

                                              2 Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easy access as may be needed to apparatus and equipment, without danger to personnel. The sides and the rear and, where necessary, the front of the switchboards shall be suitably guarded. Exposed live parts having voltages to earth exceeding a voltage to be specified by the Administration shall not be installed on the front of such switchboards. Where necessary, non-conducting mats or gratings shall be provided at the front and rear of the switchboard.

                                              3.1 The hull return system of distribution shall not be used for any purpose in a tanker, or for power, heating, or lighting in any other ship of 1,600 tons gross tonnage and upwards.

                                              3.2 The requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude under conditions approved by the Administration the use of :
                                                .1 impressed current cathodic protective systems ;

                                                .2 limited and locally earthed systems ; or

                                                .3 insulation level monitoring devices provided the circulation current does not exceed 30 mA under the most unfavourable conditions. 3.3 Where the hull return system is used, all final subcircuits, i.e. all circuits fitted after the last protective device, shall be two-wire and special precautions shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                                4.1 Earthed distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker. The Administration may exceptionally permit in a tanker the earthing of the neutral for alternating current power networks of 3,000 V(line to line) and over, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow directly through any of the dangerous spaces.

                                                4.2 When a distribution system, whether primary or secondary, for power, heating or lighting, with no connection to earth is used, a device capable of continuously monitoring the insulation level to earth and of giving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation values shall be provided.

                                                5.1 Except as permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances, all metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed.

                                                5.2 All electric cables and wiring external to equipment shall be at least of a flame retardant type and shall be so installed as not to impair their original flame retarding properties. Where necessary for particular applications the Administration may permit the use of special types of cables such as radio frequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing.

                                                5.3 Cables and wiring servicing essential or emergency power, lighting, internal communications or signals shall so far as practicable be routed clear of galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their casings and other high fire risk areas. Cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency switchboard shall be of a fire resistant type where they pass through high fire risk areas. Where practicable all such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.

                                                5.4 Where cables which are installed in hazardous areas introduce the risk of fire or explosion in the event of an electrical fault in such areas, special precautions against such risks shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                                5.5 Cables and wiring shall be installed and supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other damage.

                                                5.6 Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be so made as to retain the original electrical, mechanical, flame retarding and, where necessary, fire resisting properties of the cable.

                                                6.1 Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit and against overload, except as permitted in Regulations 29 and 30 or where the Administration may exceptionally otherwise permit.

                                                6.2 The rating or appropriate setting of the overload protective device for each circuit shall be permanently indicated at the location of the protective device.

                                                7 Lighting fittings shall be so arranged as to prevent temperature rises which could damage the cables and wiring, and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.

                                                8 All lighting and power circuits terminating in a bunker or cargo space shall be provided with a multiple pole switch outside the space for disconnecting such circuits.

                                                9.1 Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartments used primarily for their accommodation shall be properly constructed and efficiently ventilated.

                                                9.2 Electrical or other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted in these compartments except as permitted in paragraph 10.

                                                9.3 Accumulator batteries shall not be located in sleeping quarters except where hermetically sealed to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                                10 No electrical equipment shall be installed in any space where flammable mixtures are liable to collect including those on board tankers or in compartments assigned principally to accumulator batteries, in paint lockers, acetylene stores or similar spaces, unless the Administration is satisfied that such equipment is :
                                                  .1 essential for operational purposes ;

                                                  .2 of a type which will not ignite the mixture concerned;

                                                  .3 appropriate to the space concerned; and

                                                  .4 appropriately certified for safe usage in the dusts, vapours or gasses likely to be encountered. 11 In a passenger ship, distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire in any main vertical zone as is defined in Regulation II-2/3.9 will not interfere with services essential for safety in any other such zone. This requirement will be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any such zone are separated both vertically and horizontally as widely as is practicable.

                                                  Part E Additional requirements for periodically unattended machinery spaces

                                                  Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                  Reg. 46 General

                                                  [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                  Reg. 47 Fire precautions

                                                  [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                  Reg. 48 Protection against flooding

                                                  [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                  Reg. 49 Control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge


                                                  1 Under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigating bridge.

                                                  1.1 Such remote control shall be performed by a single control device for each independent propeller, with automatic performance of all associated services, including where necessary, means of preventing overload of the propulsion machinery.

                                                  1.2 The main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigating bridge which shall be independent of the navigating bridge control system.

                                                  2 Propulsion machinery orders from the navigating bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room or at the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate.

                                                  3 Remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time; at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigating bridge and machinery space shall be possible only in the machinery space or in the machinery control room. The system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to another.

                                                  4 It shall be possible for all machinery essential for the safe operation of the ship to be controlled from a local position, even in the case of failure in any part of the automatic or remote control systems.

                                                  5 The design of the remote automatic control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be given. Unless the Administration considers it impracticable, the present speed and direction of thrust shall be maintained until local control is in operation.

                                                  6 Indicators shall be fitted on the navigating bridge for :
                                                    .1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers; or

                                                    .2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers 7 The number of consecutive automatic attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure. An alarm shall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure set at a level which still permits starting operations of the propulsion machinery.

                                                    Reg. 50 Communication

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                    Reg. 51 Alarm system

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                    Reg. 52 Safety systems

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                    Reg. 53 Special requirements for machinery boiler and electrical installations

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                    Reg. 54 Special consideration in respect of passenger ships

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1984-09-01)]

                                                    Part F Alternative design and arrangements

                                                    Reg. 55 Alternative design and arrangements

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-07-01)]

                                                    CHAPTER 06 Carriage of grain

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993

                                                    CHAPTER 06 Carriage of cargoes

                                                    CHAPTER 06 Carriage of cargoes and oil fuels

                                                    Part A General provisions
                                                    Reg. 1 Application
                                                    1 This chapter applies to the carriage of cargoes (except liquids in bulk, gases in bulk and those aspects of carriage covered by other chapters) which, owing to their particular hazards to ships or persons on board, may require special precautions in all ships to which the present regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage. However, for cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage, the Administration, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of voyage are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of part A or B of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, may take other effective measures to ensure the required safety for these ships.

                                                    2 To supplement the provisions of parts A and B of this chapter, each Contracting Government shall ensure that appropriate information on cargo and its stowage and securing is provided, specifying, in particular, precautions necessary for the safe carriage of such cargoes.1


                                                    1 Refer to:
                                                    .1 the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing adopted by the Organization ;
                                                    .2 the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes adopted by the Organization ; and
                                                    .3 the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes (BC Code) adopted by the Organization by resolution A.434(XI), as amended.
                                                    Reg. 1-1 Definitions
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2011-01-01)]
                                                    Reg. 1-2 Requirements for the carriage of solid bulk cargoes other than grain
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2011-01-01)]
                                                    Reg. 2 Cargo information
                                                    1 The shipper shall provide the master or his representative with appropriate information on the cargo sufficiently in advance of loading to enable the precautions which may be necessary for proper stowage and safe carriage of the cargo to be put into effect. Such information shall be confirmed in writing* and by appropriate shipping documents prior to loading the cargo on the ship.

                                                    * Reference to documents in this regulation does not preclude the use of electronic data processing (EDP) and electronic data interchange (EDI) transmission techniques as an aid to paper documentation.

                                                    2 The cargo information shall include:
                                                    .1 in the case of general cargo, and of cargo carried in cargo units, a general description of the cargo, the gross mass of the cargo or of the cargo units, and any relevant special properties of the cargo;
                                                    .2 in the case of bulk cargo, information on the stowage factor of the cargo, the trimming procedures, likelihood of shifting including angle of repose, if applicable, and any other relevant special properties. In the case of a concentrate or other cargo which may liquefy, additional information in the form of a certificate on the moisture content of the cargo and its transportable moisture limit.
                                                    .3 in the case of a bulk cargo not classified in accordance with the provisions of regulation VII/2, but which has chemical properties that may create a potential hazard, in addition to the information required by the preceding sub paragraphs, information on its chemical properties.

                                                    3 Prior to loading cargo units on board ships, the shipper shall ensure that the gross mass of such units is in accordance with the gross mass declared on the shipping documents.
                                                    Reg. 3 Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment

                                                    Regulation 3 - Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment

                                                    1 When transporting a bulk cargo which is liable to emit a toxic or flammable gas, or cause oxygen depletion in the cargo space, an appropriate instrument for measuring the concentration of gas or oxygen in the air shall be provided together with detailed instructions for its use. Such an instrument shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.

                                                    2 The Administration shall take steps to ensure that crews of ships are trained in the use of such instruments.

                                                    Reg. 4 The use of pesticides in ships*
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1994-01-01)]
                                                    Reg. 5 Stowage and securing
                                                    1 Cargo and cargo units carried on or under deck shall be so loaded, stowed and secured as to prevent as far as is practicable, throughout the voyage, damage or hazard to the ship and the persons on board, and loss of cargo overboard.

                                                    2 Cargo carried in a cargo unit shall be so packed and secured within the unit as to prevent, throughout the voyage, damage or hazard to the ship and the persons on board.

                                                    3 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport of heavy cargoes or cargoes with abnormal physical dimensions to ensure that no structural damage to the ship occurs and to maintain adequate stability throughout the voyage.

                                                    4 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport of cargo units on board ro-ro ships, especially with regard to the securing arrangements on board such ships and on the cargo units and with regard to the strength of the securing points and lashings.

                                                    5 Containers shall not be loaded to more than the maximum gross weight indicated on the Safety Approval Plate under the International Convention for Safe Containers (CSC).
                                                    Reg. 5-1 Material safety data sheets

                                                    Material safety data sheets

                                                    Ships carrying MARPOL Annex I cargoes, as defined in Appendix I to Annex I of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, and marine fuel oils shall be provided with a material safety data sheet prior to the loading of such cargoes based on the recommendations developed by the Organization.1


                                                    1Refer to the Recommendation for material safety data sheets (MSDS) for MARPOL Annex I cargoes and marine fuel oils, adopted by the Organization by resolution MSC.150(77), as may be amended.

                                                    MSC/Res.150(77) is revoked by MSC/Res.286(86).

                                                    Reg. 5-2 Prohibition of the blending of bulk liquid cargoes
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2014-01-01)]
                                                    Part B Special provisions for bulk cargoes other than grain
                                                    Part B - Special provisions for bulk cargoes other than grain
                                                    Part B Special provisions for solid bulk cargoes
                                                    Part B - Special provisions for solid bulk cargoes
                                                    Reg. 6 Acceptability for shipment

                                                    Acceptability for shipment

                                                    1. Prior to loading a bulk cargo, the master shall be in possession of comprehensive information on the ship's stability and on the distribution of cargo for the standard loading conditions. The method of providing such information shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.1

                                                    2. Concentrates or other cargoes which may liquefy shall only be accepted for loading when the actual moisture content of the cargo is less than its transportable moisture limit. However, such concentrates and other cargoes may be accepted for loading even when their moisture content exceeds the above limit, provided that safety arrangements to the satisfaction of the Administration are made to ensure adequate stability in the case of cargo shifting and further provided that the ship has adequate structural integrity.

                                                    3. Prior to loading a bulk cargo which is not a cargo classified in accordance with the provisions of regulation VII/2 but which has chemical properties that may create a potential hazard, special precautions for its safe carriage shall be taken.

                                                     


                                                    1 Refer to:
                                                    1. the Recommendation on Intact Stability for Passenger and Cargo Ships under 100 Metres in Length, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.167(ES.IV) and amendments to this Recommendation, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.206(VII), and
                                                    2. the Recommendation on a Severe Wind and Rolling Criterion (Weather Criterion) for the Intact Stability of Passenger and Cargo Ships of 24 Metres in Length and Over, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.562(14).
                                                    Reg. 7 Stowage of bulk cargo
                                                    1 Bulk cargoes shall be loaded and trimmed reasonably level, as necessary, to the boundaries of the cargo space so as to minimize the risk of shifting and to ensure that adequate stability will be maintained throughout the voyage.

                                                    2 When bulk cargoes are carried in 'tween-decks, the hatchways of such 'tween-decks shall be closed in those cases where the loading information indicates an unacceptable level of stress of the bottom structure if the hatchways are left open. The cargo shall be trimmed reasonably level and shall either extend from side to side or be secured by additional longitudinal divisions of sufficient strength. The safe load-carrying capacity of the 'tween-decks shall be observed to ensure that the deck-structure is not overloaded.
                                                    Reg. 7 Loading, unloading and stowage of bulk cargoes *

                                                    1 For the purpose of this regulation, terminal representative means a person appointed by the terminal or other facility, where the ship is loading or unloading, who has responsibility for operations conducted by that terminal or facility with regard to the particular ship.

                                                    2 To enable the master to prevent excessive stresses in the ship's structure, the ship shall be provided with a booklet, which shall be written in a language with which the ship's officers responsible for cargo operations are familiar. If this language is not English, the ship shall be provided with a booklet written also in the English language. The booklet shall, as a minimum, include:
                                                    .1 stability data, as required by regulation II-1/22;
                                                    .2 ballasting and deballasting rates and capacities;
                                                    .3 maximum allowable load per unit surface area of the tank top plating;
                                                    .4 maximum allowable load per hold;
                                                    .5 general loading and unloading instructions with regard to the strength of the ship's structure including any limitations on the most adverse operating conditions during loading, unloading, ballasting operations and the voyage;
                                                    .6 any special restrictions such as limitations on the most adverse operating conditions imposed by the Administration or organization recognized by it, if applicable; and
                                                    .7 where strength calculations are required, maximum permissible forces and moments on the ship's hull during loading, unloading and the voyage.

                                                    3 Before a solid bulk cargo is loaded or unloaded, the master and the terminal representative shall agree on plan* which shall ensure that the permissible forces and moments on the ship are not exceeded during loading or unloading, and shall include the sequence, quantity and rate of loading or unloading, taking into consideration the speed of loading or unloading, the number of pours and the deballasting or ballasting capability of the ship. the plan and any subsequent amendments thereto shall be lodged with the appropriate authority of the port State.

                                                    4 Bulk cargoes shall be loaded and trimmed reasonably level, as necessary, to the boundaries of the cargo space so as to minimize the risk of shifting and to ensure that adequate stability will be maintained throughout the voyage.

                                                    5 When bulk cargoes are carried in 'tween-decks, the hatchways of such 'tween-decks shall be closed in those cases where the loading information indicates an unacceptable level of stress of the bottom structure if the hatchways are left open. The cargo shall be trimmed reasonably level and shall either extend from side to or be secured by additional longitudinal divisions of sufficient strength. The safe load-carrying capacity of the 'tween-decks shall be observed to ensure that the deck-structure is not overloaded.

                                                    6 The master and terminal representative shall ensure that loading and unloading operations are conducted in accordance with the agreed plan.

                                                    7 If during loading or unloading any of the limits of the ship referred to in paragraph 2 are exceeded or are likely to become so if the loading or unloading continues, the master has the right to suspend operation and the obligation to notify accordingly the appropriate authority of the port State with which the plan has been lodged. The master and the terminal representative shall ensure that corrective action is taken. when unloading cargo, the master and terminal representative shall ensure that the unloading method does not damage the ship's structure.

                                                    8 The master shall ensure that ship's personnel continuously monitor cargo operations. Where possible, the ship's draught shall be checked regularly during loading or unloading to confirm the tonnage figures supplied. Each draught and tonnage observation shall be recorded in a cargo log-book. If significant deviations from the agreed plan are detected, cargo or ballast operations or both shall be adjusted to ensure that the deviations are corrected.


                                                    * Refer to the Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers adopted by the Organization by resolution A.862(20).
                                                    Reg. 7 Loading, unloading and stowage of bulk cargoes

                                                    Loading, unloading and stowage of bulk cargoes1

                                                    1. For the purpose of this regulation, terminal representative means a person appointed by the terminal or other facility, where the ship is loading or unloading, who has responsibility for operations conducted by that terminal or facility with regard to the particular ship.

                                                    2. To enable the master to prevent excessive stresses in the ship's structure, the ship shall be provided with a booklet, which shall be written in a language with which the ship's officers responsible for cargo operations are familiar. If this language is not English, the ship shall be provided with a booklet written also in the English language. The booklet shall, as a minimum, include:

                                                      1. stability data, as required by regulation II-1/5-1;

                                                      2. ballasting and deballasting rates and capacities;

                                                      3. maximum allowable load per unit surface area of the tank top plating;

                                                      4. maximum allowable load per hold;

                                                      5. general loading and unloading instructions with regard to the strength of the ship's structure including any limitations on the most adverse operating conditions during loading, unloading, ballasting operations and the voyage;

                                                      6. any special restrictions such as limitations on the most adverse operating conditions imposed by the Administration or organization recognized by it, if applicable; and

                                                      7. where strength calculations are required, maximum permissible forces and moments on the ship's hull during loading, unloading and the voyage.

                                                    3. Before a solid bulk cargo is loaded or unloaded, the master and the terminal representative shall agree on plan* which shall ensure that the permissible forces and moments on the ship are not exceeded during loading or unloading, and shall include the sequence, quantity and rate of loading or unloading, taking into consideration the speed of loading or unloading, the number of pours and the deballasting or ballasting capability of the ship. the plan and any subsequent amendments thereto shall be lodged with the appropriate authority of the port State.

                                                    4. Bulk cargoes shall be loaded and trimmed reasonably level, as necessary, to the boundaries of the cargo space so as to minimize the risk of shifting and to ensure that adequate stability will be maintained throughout the voyage.

                                                    5. When bulk cargoes are carried in 'tween-decks, the hatchways of such 'tween-decks shall be closed in those cases where the loading information indicates an unacceptable level of stress of the bottom structure if the hatchways are left open. The cargo shall be trimmed reasonably level and shall either extend from side to or be secured by additional longitudinal divisions of sufficient strength. The safe load-carrying capacity of the 'tween-decks shall be observed to ensure that the deck-structure is not overloaded.

                                                    6. The master and terminal representative shall ensure that loading and unloading operations are conducted in accordance with the agreed plan.

                                                    7. If during loading or unloading any of the limits of the ship referred to in paragraph 2 are exceeded or are likely to become so if the loading or unloading continues, the master has the right to suspend operation and the obligation to notify accordingly the appropriate authority of the port State with which the plan has been lodged. The master and the terminal representative shall ensure that corrective action is taken. when unloading cargo, the master and terminal representative shall ensure that the unloading method does not damage the ship's structure.

                                                    8. The master shall ensure that ship's personnel continuously monitor cargo operations. Where possible, the ship's draught shall be checked regularly during loading or unloading to confirm the tonnage figures supplied. Each draught and tonnage observation shall be recorded in a cargo log-book. If significant deviations from the agreed plan are detected, cargo or ballast operations or both shall be adjusted to ensure that the deviations are corrected.


                                                    1 Refer to the Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers adopted by the Organization by resolution A.862(20).
                                                    Part C Carriage of grain
                                                    Reg. 8 Definitions
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1994-01-01)]
                                                    Reg. 9 Requirements for cargo ships carrying grain
                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 1994-01-01)]

                                                    Part A General provisions

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Reg. 01 Application
                                                    Unless expressly provided otherwise this Chapter applies to the carriage of grain in all ships to which the present Regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage.
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
                                                    Unless expressly provided otherwise this Chapter applies to the carriage of grain in all ships to which the present Regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 tons gross tonnage.
                                                    Reg. 02 Definitions
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) The term "grain" includes wheat, maize (corn), oats, rye, barley, rice, pulses, seeds and processed forms thereof, whose behaviour is similar to that of grain in its natural state.

                                                    (b) The term "filled compartment" refers to any compartment in which, after loading and trimming as required under Regulation 3, the bulk grain is at its highest possible level.

                                                    (c) The term "partly filled compartment" refers to any compartment wherein bulk grain is not loaded in the manner prescribed in paragraph (b) of this Regulation.

                                                    (d) The term "angle of flooding" ( f ) means an angle of heel at which openings in the hull, superstructures or deckhouses, which cannot be closed weathertight, immerse. In applying this definition, small openings through which progressive flooding cannot take place need not be considered as open.
                                                    Reg. 03 Trimming of Grain
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    All necessary and reasonable trimming shall be performed to level all free grain surfaces and to minimize the effect of grain shifting.

                                                    (a) In any "filled compartment", the bulk grain shall be trimmed so as to fill all the spaces under the decks and hatch covers to the maximum extent possible.

                                                    (b) After loading, all free grain surfaces in "partly filled compartments" shall be level.

                                                    (c) The Administration issuing the document of authorization may, under Regulation 9 of this Chapter, grant dispensation from trimming in those cases where the underdeck void geometry resulting from free flowing grain into a compartment, which may be provided with feeding ducts, perforated decks or other similar means, is taken into account to its satisfaction when calculating the void depths.
                                                    Reg. 04 Intact Stability Requirements
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) The calculations required by this Regulation shall be based upon the stability information provided in accordance with Regulation 19 of Chapter II-1, of the present Convention, or with the requirements of the Administration issuing the document of authorization under Regulation 10 of this Chapter.

                                                    (b) The intact stability characteristics of any ship carrying bulk grain shall be shown to meet, throughout the voyage, at least the following criteria after taking into account in the manner described in Part B, the heeling moments due to grain shift:
                                                    (i) the angle of heel due to the shift of grain shall be not greater than 12 degrees except that an Administration giving authorization in accordance with Regulation10 of this Chapter may require a lesser angle of heel if it considers that experience shows this to be necessary;*

                                                    * For example, the permissible angle of heel might be limited to the angle of heel at which the edge of the weather deck would be immersed in still water.

                                                    (ii) in the statical stability diagram, the net or residual area between the heeling arm curve and the righting arm curve up to the angle of heel of maximum difference between the ordinates of the two curves, or 40 degrees or the "angle of flooding" ( f ), whichever is the least, shall in all conditions of loading be not less than 0.075 metre-radians; and
                                                    (iii) the initial metacentric height, after correction for the free surface effects of liquids in tanks, shall be not less than 0.30 metre.

                                                    (c) Before loading bulk grain the master shall, if so required by the Contracting Government of the country of the port of loading, demonstrate the ability of the ship at all stages of any voyage to comply with the stability criteria required by paragraph (b) of this Regulation using the information approved and issued under Regulations 10 and 11 of this Chapter.

                                                    (d) After loading, the master shall ensure that the ship shall be upright before proceeding to sea.
                                                    Reg. 05 Longitudinal Divisions and Saucers
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) In both "filled compartments" and "partly filled compartments", longitudinal divisions may be provided as a device either to reduce the adverse heeling effect of grain shift or to limit the depth of cargo used for securing the grain surface. Such divisions shall be fitted grain-tight and constructed in accordance with the provisions of Section I of Part C of this Chapter.

                                                    (b) In a "filled compartment", a division, if fitted to reduce the adverse effects of grain shift, shall:
                                                    (i) in a tween deck compartment extend from deck to deck; and
                                                    (ii) in a hold extend downwards from the underside of the deck or hatch covers as described in Section II of Part B of this Chapter. Except in the case of linseed and other seeds having similar properties, a longitudinal division beneath a hatchway may be replaced by a saucer formed in the manner described in Section I of Part C of this Chapter.

                                                    (c) In a "partly filled compartment", a division, if fitted, shall extend from one-eighth of the maximum breadth of the compartment above the level of the grain surface and to the same distance below the grain surface. When used to limit the depth of overstowing, the height of the centreline division shall be at least 0.6 metre above the level grain surface.

                                                    (d) Furthermore, the adverse heeling effects of grain shift may be reduced by tightly stowing the wings and ends of a compartment with bagged grain or other suitable cargo adequately restrained from shifting.
                                                    Reg. 06 Securing
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) Unless account is taken of the adverse heeling effect due to grain shift in accordance with these Regulations, the surface of the bulk grain in any "partly filled compartment"shall be level and topped off with bagged grain tightly stowed and extending to a height of not less than one-sixteenth of the maximum breadth of the free grain surface or 1.2 metres, whichever is the greater. Instead of bagged grain, other suitable cargo exerting at least the same pressure may be used.

                                                    (b) The bagged grain or such other suitable cargo shall be supported in the manner described in Section II of Part C of this Chapter. Alternatively, the bulk grain surface may be secured by strapping or lashing as described in that Section.
                                                    Reg. 07 Feeders and Trunks
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    If feeders or trunks are fitted, proper account shall be taken of the effects thereof when calculating the heeling moments as described in Section III of Part B of this Chapter. The strength of the divisions forming the boundaries of such feeders shall conform with the provisions of Section I of Part C of this Chapter.
                                                    Reg. 08 Combination arrangements
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Lower holds and 'tween-deck spaces in way thereof may be loaded as one compartment provided that, in calculating transverse heeling moments, proper account is taken of the flow of grain into the lower spaces.
                                                    Reg. 09 Application of Parts B and C
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    An Administration or a Contracting Government on behalf of an Administration may authorize departure from the assumptions contained in Parts B and C of this Chapter in those cases where it considers this to be justified having regard to the provisions for loading or the structural arrangements, provided the stability criteria in paragraph (b) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter are met. Where such authorization is granted under this Regulation, particulars shall be included in the document of authorization or grain loading data.
                                                    Reg. 10 Authorization
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) A document of authorization shall be issued for every ship loaded in accordance with the Regulations of this Chapter either by the Administration or an organization recognized by it or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration. It shall be accepted as evidence that the ship is capable of complying with the requirements of these Regulations.

                                                    (b) The document shall accompany and refer to the grain loading stability booklet provided to enable the master to meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter. This booklet shall meet the requirements of Regulation 11 of this Chapter.

                                                    (c) Such a document, grain loading stability data and associated plans may be drawn up in the official language or languages of the issuing country. If the language used is neither English nor French, the text shall include a translation into one of these languages.

                                                    (d) A copy of such a document, grain loading stability data and associated plans shall be placed on board in order that the master, if so required, shall produce them for the inspection of the Contracting Government of the country of the port of loading.

                                                    (e) A ship without such a document of authorization shall not load grain until the master demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administration or the Contracting Government of the port of loading on behalf of the Administration that the ship in its proposed loaded condition will comply with the requirements of these Regulations.
                                                    Reg. 11 Grain loading information
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    This information shall be sufficient to allow the master to determine in all reasonable loading conditions the heeling moments due to grain shift calculated in accordance with Part B of this Chapter. It shall include the following:

                                                    (a) Information which shall be approved by the Administration or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration:
                                                    (i) curves or tables of grain heeling moments for every compartment, filled or partly filled, or combination thereof, including the effects of temporary fittings ;
                                                    (ii) tables of maximum permissible heeling moments or other information sufficient to allow the master to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter;
                                                    (iii) details of the scantlings of any temporary fittings and where applicable the provisions necessary to meet the requirements of Section I(E) of Part C of this Chapter;
                                                    (iv) typical loaded service departure and arrival conditions and where necessary, intermediate worst service conditions;
                                                    (v) a worked example for the guidance of the master;
                                                    (vi) loading instructions in the form of notes summarizing the requirements of this Chapter.

                                                    (b) Information which shall be acceptable to the Administration or to a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration:
                                                    (i) ship's particulars;
                                                    (ii) lightship displacement and the vertical distance from the intersection of the moulded base line and midship section to the centre of gravity (KG);
                                                    (iii) table of free surface corrections;
                                                    (iv) capacities and centres of gravity.
                                                    Reg. 12 Equivalents
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Where an equivalent accepted by the Administration in accordance with Regulation 5 of Chapter I of this Convention is applied, particulars shall be included in the document of authorization or grain loading data.
                                                    Reg. 13 Exemptions for Certain Voyages
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    The Administration, or a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as to render the application of any of the requirements of Regulations 3 to 12 of this Chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt from those particular requirements individual ships or classes of ships.

                                                    Part B Calculations of assumed heeling moments

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Section I Description of the assumed voids and method of calculating intact stability
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A General
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) For the purpose of calculating the adverse heeling moment due to a shift of cargo surface in ships carrying bulk grain it shall be assumed that:
                                                    (i) In "filled compartments" which have been trimmed in accordance with Regulation 3 of this Chapter a void exists under all boundary surfaces having an inclination to the horizontal less than 30ºC and that the void is parallel to the boundary surface having an average depth calculated according to the formula



                                                    Where:
                                                    V d= Average void depth in mm ;
                                                    V d 1 = Standard void depth from Table I below;
                                                    d = Actual girder depth in mm .
                                                    In no case shall Vd be assumed to be less than 100mm .

                                                    TABLE I

                                                    Distance from hatch end or hatch side to boundary of compartment.

                                                    Standard void depth Vd1

                                                    m

                                                    mm

                                                     

                                                    0.5 

                                                    1.0 

                                                    1.5 

                                                    2.0 

                                                    2.5 

                                                    3.0 

                                                    3.5 

                                                    4.0 

                                                    4.5 

                                                    5.0 

                                                    5.5 

                                                    6.0 

                                                    6.5 

                                                    7.0 

                                                    7.5 

                                                    8.0

                                                     

                                                    570

                                                    530

                                                    500

                                                    480

                                                    450

                                                    440

                                                    430

                                                    430

                                                    430

                                                    430

                                                    450

                                                    470

                                                    490

                                                    520

                                                    550

                                                    590



                                                    Notes on Table I:

                                                    For distances greater than 8.0 m the standard void depth Vd1 shall be linearly extrapolated at 80mm increase for each 1.0 metre increase in distance. Where there is a difference in depth between the hatch side girder or its continuation and the hatch end beam the greater depth shall be used except that:
                                                    (1) when the hatch side girder or its continuation is shallower thin the hatch end beam the voids abreast the hatchway may be calculated using the lesser depth; and
                                                    (2) when the hatch end beam is shallower than the hatch side girder or its continuation the voids fore and aft of the hatchway inboard of the continuation of the hatch side girder may be calculated using the lesser depth;
                                                    (3) where there is a raised deck clear of a hatchway the average void depth measured from the underside of the raised deck shall be calculated using the standard void depth in association with a girder depth of the hatch end beam plus the height of the raised deck.
                                                    (ii) In "filled compartments" which are not trimmed in accordance with Regulation 3 of this Chapter and where the boundary surface has an inclination to the horizontal which is less than 30ºC, the cargo surface has an inclination of 30ºC to the horizontal after loading.
                                                    (iii) Within filled hatchways and in addition to any open void within the hatch cover there is a void of average depth of 150mm measured down to the grain surface from the lowest part of the hatch cover or the top of the hatch side coaming, whichever is the lower.

                                                    (b) The description of the pattern of grain surface behaviour to be assumed in "partly filled compartments" is shown in Section IV of this Part.



                                                    Notes on Figure 1: (1) Where:



                                                    Stowage factor = Volume per unit weight of grain cargo;
                                                    Displacement = Weight of ship, fuel, fresh water, stores etc. and cargo.

                                                    (2) The righting arm curve shall be derived from cross-curves which are sufficient in number to accurately define the curve for the purpose of these requirements and shall include cross-curves at 12 ºC and 40 ºC.

                                                    (c) For the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the stability criteria in paragraph (b) of Regulation 4 of this Chapter (see Figure 1), the ship's stability calculations shall be normally based upon the assumption that the centre of gravity of cargo in a "filled compartment" is at the volumetric centre of the whole cargo space. In those cases where the Administration authorizes account to be taken of the effect of assumed underdeck voids on the vertical position of the centre of gravity of the cargo in "filled compartments" it will be necessary to compensate for the adverse effect of the vertical shift of grain surfaces by increasing the assumed heeling moment due to the transverse shift of grain as follows :
                                                    total heeling moment = 1.06 x calculated transverse heeling moment.
                                                    In all cases the weight of cargo in a "filled compartment" shall be the volume of the whole cargo space divided by the stowage factor.

                                                    (d) In "partly filled compartments" the adverse effect of the vertical shift of grain surfaces shall be taken into account as follows:
                                                    total heeling moment = 1.12 x calculated transverse heeling moment.

                                                    (e) Any other equally effective method may be adopted to make the compensation required in paragraphs (c) and (d) above.
                                                    Section II Assumed volumetric heeling moment of a filled compartment
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A General
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) The pattern of grain surface movement relates to a transverse section across the portion of the compartment being considered and the resultant heeling moment should be multiplied by the length to obtain the total moment for that portion.

                                                    (b) The assumed transverse heeling moment due to grain shifting is a consequence of final changes of shape and position of voids after grain has moved from the high side to the low side.

                                                    (c) The resulting grain surface after shifting shall be assumed to be at 15 degrees to the horizontal.

                                                    (d) In calculating the maximum void area that can be formed against a longitudinal structural member, the effects of any horizontal surfaces, e.g. flanges or face bars, shall be ignored.

                                                    (e) The total areas of the initial and final voids shall be equal.

                                                    (f) A discontinuous longitudinal division shall be considered effective over its full length.
                                                    B Assumptions
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    In the following paragraphs it is assumed that the total heeling moment for a compartment is obtained by adding the results of separate considerations of the following portions:

                                                    (a) Before and abaft hatchways:
                                                    (i) If a compartment hastwo or more main hatchways through which loading may take place the depth of the underdeck void for the portion(s) between such hatchways shall be determined using the fore and aft distance to the midpoint between the hatchways.
                                                    (ii) After the assumed shift of grain the final void pattern shall be as shown in Figure 2 below:



                                                    Notes on Figure 2:
                                                    (1) If the maximum void area which can be formed against the girder at B is less than the initial area of the void under AB, i.e. AB x Vd, the excess area shall be assumed to transfer to the final void on the high side.
                                                    (2) If the longitudinal division at C is one which has been provided in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)(ii) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter it shall extend to at least 0.6 metre below D or E whichever gives the greater depth.

                                                    (b) In and abreast hatchways: After the assumed shift of grain the final void pattern shall be as shown in the following Figure 3 or Figure 4.



                                                    Notes on figure 3:
                                                    (1) AB Any area in excess of that which can be formed against the girder at B shall transfer to the final void area in the hatchway.
                                                    (2) CD Any area in excess of that which can be formed against the girder at E shall transfer to the final void area on the high side.



                                                    Notes on Figure 4:
                                                    (1) If the centreline division is one which has been provided in accordance with sub-paragraph (b)(ii) of Regulation 5 of this Chapter it shall extend to at least 0.6 metre below H or J whichever gives the greater depth.
                                                    (2) The excess void area from AB shall transfer to the low side half of the hatchway in which two separate final void areas will be formed viz. one against the centreline division and the other against the hatch side coaming and girder on the high side.
                                                    (3) If a bagged saucer or bulk bundle is formed in a hatchway it shall be assumed, for the purpose of calculating transverse heeling moment, that such a device is at least equivalent to the centreline division.

                                                    C Compartments loaded in combination
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    The following paragraphs describe the pattern of void behaviour which shall be assumed when compartments are loaded in combination:

                                                    (a) Without effective centreline divisions:
                                                    (i) Under the upper deck - as for the single deck arrangement described in Section II(B) of this Part.
                                                    (ii) Under the second deck - the area of void available for transfer from the low side, i.e. original void area less area against the hatch side girder, shall be assumed to transfer as follows: one half to the upper deck hatchway and one quarter each to the high side under the upper and second deck.
                                                    (iii) Under the third and lower decks - the void areas available for transfer from the low side of each of these decks shall be assumed to transfer in equal quantities to all the voids under the decks on the high side and the void in the upper deck hatchway.

                                                    (b) With effective centreline divisions which extend into the upper deck hatchway:
                                                    (i) At all deck levels abreast the division the void areas available for transfer from the low side shall be assumed to transfer to the void under the low side half of the upper deck hatchway.
                                                    (ii) At the deck level immediately below the bottom of the division the void area available for transfer from the low side shall be assumed to transfer as follows: one half to the void under the low side half of the upper deck hatchway and the remainder in equal quantities to the voids under the decks on the high side.
                                                    (iii) At deck levels lower than those described in sub-paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph the void area available for transfer from the low side of each of those decks shall be assumed to transfer in equal quantities to the voids in each of the two halves of the upper deck hatchway on each side of the division and the voids under the decks on the high side.

                                                    (c) With effective centreline divisions which do not extend into the upper deck hatchway:
                                                    Since no horizontal transfer of voids may be assumed to take place at the same deck level as the division the void area available for transfer from the low side at this level shall be assumed to transfer above the division to voids on the high sides in accordance with the principles of paragraphs (a) and (b) above.
                                                    Section III Assumed volumetric heeling moment of feeders and trunks
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A Suitably placed wing feeders
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    It may be assumed that under the influence of ship motion underdeck voids will be substantially filled by the flow of grain from a pair of longitudinal feeders provided that:

                                                    (a) the feeders extend for the full length of the deck and that the perforations therein are adequately spaced;

                                                    (b) the volume of each feeder is equal to the volume of the underdeck void outboard of the hatch side girder and its continuation.
                                                    B Trunks situated over main hatchways
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993

                                                    After the assumed shift of grain the final void pattern shall be as shown in

                                                    Notes on Figure 6
                                                    If the wing spaces in way of the trunk cannot be properly trimmed in accordance with Regulation 3 of this Chapter it shall be assumed that at 25 degree surface shift takes place.
                                                    Section IV Assumed volumetric heeling moment of partly filled compartments
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A General
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    When the free surface of the bulk grain has not been secured in accordance with Regulation 6 of this Chapter it shall be assumed that the grain surface after shifting shall be at 25 degrees to the horizontal.
                                                    B Discontinuous longitudinal divisions
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    In a compartment in which the longitudinal divisions are not continuous between the transverse boundaries, the length over which any such divisions are effective as devices to prevent full width shifts of grain surfaces shall be taken to be the actual length of the portion of the division under consideration less two-sevenths of the greater of the transverse distances between the division and its adjacent division or ship's side.
                                                    This correction does not apply in the lower compartments of any combination loading in which the upper compartment is either a "filled compartment" or a "partly filled compartment".
                                                    Section V Assumed loading arrangements for existing ships
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A General
                                                    A ship loaded in accordance with either Sub-Section (B) or Sub-Section (C) below shall be considered to have intact stabilitycharacteristics at least equivalent to the requirements of paragraph (b) of Reg. 4 of this Chapter. Documents of authorization permitting such loadings shall be accepted under the provisions of paragraph (e) of Reg. 10 of this Chapter.
                                                    For the purpose of this Part, the term "Existing Ship" means "a ship, the keel of which is laid before 25 May 1980."
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
                                                    A ship loaded in accordance with either Sub-Section (B) or Sub-Section (C) below shall be considered to have intact stabilitycharacteristics at least equivalent to the requirements of paragraph (b) of Reg. 4 of this Chapter. Documents of authorization permitting such loadings shall be accepted under the provisions of paragraph (e) of Reg. 10 of this Chapter.
                                                    For the purpose of this Part, the term "Existing Ship" means "a ship, the keel of which is laid before 25 May 1980."
                                                    B Stowage of specially suitable ships
                                                    (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in Part B of this Chapter, bulk grain may be carried without regard to the requirements specified therein in ships which are constructed with two or more vertical or sloping grain-tight longitudinal divisions suitably disposed to limit the effect of any transverse shift of grain under the following conditions:
                                                    (i) as many holds and compartments as possible shall be full and trimmed full;
                                                    (ii) for any specified arrangement of stowage the ship will not list to an angle greater than 5 degrees at any stage of the voyage where:
                                                    (1) in holds or compartments which have been trimmed full the grain surface settled 2 per cent by volume from the original surface and shifts to an angle of 12 degrees with that surface under all boundaries of these holds and compartments which have an inclination of less than 30 degrees to the horizontal;
                                                    (2) in partly filled compartments or holds free grain surfaces settle and shift as in sub-paragraph (1) or to such larger angle as may be deemed necessary by the Administration, or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, and grain surfaces if overstowed, with the bulk grain levelled and topped off with bagged grain or other suitable cargo tightly stowed and extending to a height of not less than 1.22 m above the top of the bulk grain within spaces divided by a longitudinal bulkhead or shifting board, and not less than 1.52 m within spaces not so divided and the bagged grain or other suitable cargo supported on suitable platforms laid over the whole surface of the bulk grain, such platforms consisting of bearers spaced not more than 1.22 m apart and 25 mm boards laid thereon spaced not more than 0.10 m apart or of strong separation cloths with adequate overlapping, will shift to an angle of 8 degrees with the original levelled surfaces. For the purpose of this paragraph shifting boards, if fitted, will be considered to limit the transverse shift of the surface of the grain;
                                                    (iii) the master is provided with a grain loading plan covering the stowage arrangements to be adopted and a stability booklet, both approved by the Administration, or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, showing the stability conditions upon which the calculations given in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph are based.

                                                    (b) The Administration, or a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, shall prescribe the precautions to be taken against shifting in all other conditions of loading of ships designed in accordance with paragraph (B)(a) of this Section which meet the requirements of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of that paragraph.
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-08-1984
                                                    (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in Part B of this Chapter, bulk grain may be carried without regard to the requirements specified therein in ships which are constructed with two or more vertical or sloping grain-tight longitudinal divisions suitably disposed to limit the effect of any transverse shift of grain under the following conditions:
                                                    (i) as many holds and compartments as possible shall be full and trimmed full;
                                                    (ii) for any specified arrangement of stowage the ship will not list to an angle greater than 5 degrees at any stage of the voyage where:
                                                    (1) in holds or compartments which have been trimmed full the grain surface settled 2 per cent by volume from the original surface and shifts to an angle of 12 degrees with that surface under all boundaries of these holds and compartments which have an inclination of less than 30 degrees to the horizontal;
                                                    (2) in partly filled compartments or holds free grain surfaces settle and shift as in sub-paragraph (1) or to such larger angle as may be deemed necessary by the Administration, or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, and grain surfaces if overstowed, with the bulk grain levelled and topped off with bagged grain or other suitable cargo tightly stowed and extending to a height of not less than 1.22 m above the top of the bulk grain within spaces divided by a longitudinal bulkhead or shifting board, and not less than 1.52 m within spaces not so divided and the bagged grain or other suitable cargo supported on suitable platforms laid over the whole surface of the bulk grain, such platforms consisting of bearers spaced not more than 1.22 m apart and 25 mm boards laid thereon spaced not more than 0.10 m apart or of strong separation cloths with adequate overlapping, will shift to an angle of 8 degrees with the original levelled surfaces. For the purpose of this paragraph shifting boards, if fitted, will be considered to limit the transverse shift of the surface of the grain;
                                                    (iii) the master is provided with a grain loading plan covering the stowage arrangements to be adopted and a stability booklet, both approved by the Administration, or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, showing the stability conditions upon which the calculations given in sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph are based.

                                                    (b) The Administration, or a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration, shall prescribe the precautions to be taken against shifting in all other conditions of loading of ships designed in accordance with paragraph (B)(a) of this Section which meet the requirements of sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of that paragraph.
                                                    C Ships without documents of authorization
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993

                                                    A ship not having on board documents of authorization issued in accordance with Regulations 4 and 10 of this Chapter may be permitted to load bulk grain under the requirements of Sub-Section (B) of this Section or provided that:

                                                    (a) All "filled compartments" shall be fitted with centreline divisions extending for the full length of such compartments which extend downwards from the underside of the deck or hatch covers to a distance below the deck line of at least one-eighth of the maximum breadth of the compartment or 2.4 metres, whichever is the greater except that saucers constructed in accordance with Section I of Part C may be accepted in lieu of a centreline division in and beneath a hatchway except in the case of linseed or other seeds having similar properties.

                                                    (b) All hatches to "filled compartments" shall be closed and covers secured in place.

                                                    (c) All free grain surfaces in "partly filled compartments" shall be trimmed level and secured in accordance with Section II of Part C.

                                                    (d) Throughout the voyage the metacentric height after correction for the free surface effects of liquids in tanks shall be 0.3 metre or that given by the following formula,

                                                    whichever is the greater:

                                                    GM(R) = L x B x  V d x  

                                                    ( 0. 25 x B - 0. 645 x √   V d x  B )÷  SF      

                                                     x D x 0. 0875

                                                    Where:

                                                    L = total combined length of all full compartments;

                                                    B = moulded breadth of vessel;

                                                    SF = stowage factor;

                                                    Vd = calculated average void depth as per paragraph (a)(i) of Section I(A) of this Part;

                                                    D = displacement.

                                                    Part C Grain fittings and securing

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Section I Strength of grain fittings
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A General
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a)
                                                    Timber All timber used for grain fittings shall be of good sound quality and of a type and grade which has been proved to be satisfactory for this purpose. The actual finished dimensions of the timber shall be in accordance with the dimensions hereinafter specified in this Part. Plywood of an exterior type bonded with waterproof glue and fitted so that the direction of the grain in the face plies is perpendicular to the supporting uprights or binder may be used provided that its strength is equivalent to that of solid timber of the appropriate scantlings.

                                                    (b) Working Stresses
                                                    When calculating the dimensions of divisions loaded on one side, using the Tables in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Sub-Section (C) of this Section, the following working stresses should be adopted:
                                                    For divisions of steel. . . . . . 2000 kg per square cm
                                                    For divisions of wood. . . . . . 160 kg per square cm

                                                    (c) Other Materials
                                                    Materials other than wood or steel may be approved for such divisions provided that proper regard has been paid to their mechanical properties.

                                                    (d) Uprights
                                                    (i) Unless means are provided to prevent the ends of uprights being dislodged from their sockets, the depth of housing at each end of each upright shall be not less than 75 mm. If an upright is not secured at the top, the uppermost shore or stay shall be fitted as near thereto as is practicable.
                                                    (ii) The arrangements provided for inserting shifting boards by removing a part of the cross-section of an upright shall be such that the local level of stresses is not unduly high.
                                                    (iii) The maximum bending moment imposed upon an upright supporting a division loaded on one side shall normally be calculated assuming that the ends of the uprights are freely supported. However, if an Administration is satisfied that any degree of fixity assumed will be achieved in practice, account may be taken of any reduction in the maximum bending moment arising from any degree of fixity provided at the ends of the upright.

                                                    (e) Composite Section
                                                    Where uprights, binders or any other strength members are formed by two separate sections, one fitted on each side of a division and inter-connected by through bolts at adequate spacing, the effective section modules shall be taken as the sum of the two module of the separate sections.

                                                    (f) Partial Division
                                                    Where divisions do not extend to the full depth of the hold such divisions and their uprights shall be supported or stayed so as to be as efficient as those which do extend to the full depth of the hold.
                                                    B Divisions loaded on both sides
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) Shifting Boards
                                                    (i) Shifting boards shall have a thickness of not less than 50mm and shal be fitted grain-tight and where necessary supported by uprights.
                                                    (ii) The maximum unsupported span for shifting boards of various thicknesses shall be as follows:

                                                    Thickness

                                                    Maximum Unsupported Span

                                                    50 mm

                                                    60 mm

                                                    70 mm

                                                    80 mm

                                                    2.5 m

                                                    3.0 m

                                                    3.5 m

                                                    4.0 m



                                                    If thicknesses greater than these are provided the maximum unsupported span will vary directly with the increase in thickness.
                                                    (iii) The ends of all shifting boards shall be securely housed with 75mm minimum bearing length.

                                                    (b) Other Materials Divisions formed by using materials other than wood shall have a strength equivalent to the shifting boards required in paragraph (a) of this Sub-Section.

                                                    (c) Uprights
                                                    (i) Steel uprights used to support divisions loaded on both sides shall have a section modulus given by:
                                                    W= a x W1
                                                    Where :
                                                    W = section modulus in cm³.;
                                                    a = horizontal span between uprights in m.
                                                    The section modulus per m span W1 shall be not less than that given by the formula:
                                                    W1 = 14.8(h1 - 1.2) cm³ per m;
                                                    Where :
                                                    h 1 is the vertical unsupported span in m and shall be taken as the maximum value of the distance between any two adjacent stays or between the stay or either end of the upright. Where this distance is less than 2.4 m the respective modulus shall be calculated as if the actual value was 2.4 m.
                                                    (ii) The module of wood uprights shall be determined by multiplying by 12.5 the corresponding module for steel uprights. If other materials are used their module shall be at least that required for steel increased in proportion to the ratio of the permissible stresses for steel to that of the material used. In such cases attention shall be paid also to the relative rigidity of each upright to ensure that the deflection is not excessive.
                                                    (iii) The horizontal distance between uprights shall be such that the un-supported spans of the shifting boards do not exceed the maximum span specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of this Sub-Section.

                                                    (d)Shores
                                                    (i) Wood shores, when used, shall be in a single piece and shall be securely fixed at each end and heeled against the permanent structure of the ship except that they shall not bear directly against the side plating of the ship.
                                                    (ii) Subject to the provisions of sub-paragraphs (iii) and (iv) below, the minimum size of wood shores shall be as follows:

                                                    Length if shores in metresRectangular Section (mm )Diameter of Circular Section (mm )
                                                    Not exceeding 3m150 x 100140
                                                    Over 3m but not exceeding 5m 150 x 150 165
                                                    Over 5m but not exceeding 6m150 x 150 180
                                                    Over 6m but not exceeding 7m200 x 150190
                                                    Over 7m but not exceeding 8m200 x 150200
                                                    Exceeding 8m200 x 150215


                                                    Shores of 7m or more in length shall be securely bridged at approximately mid-length.
                                                    (iii) When the horizontal distance between the uprights differs significantly from 4 metres, the moments of inertia of the shores may be changed in direct proportion.
                                                    (iv) Where the angle of the shore to the horizontal exceeds 10 degrees the next larger shore to that required by sub-paragraph (ii) of this paragraph shall be fitted provided that in no case shall the angle between any shore and the horizontal exceed 45 degrees

                                                    (e) Stays Where stays are used to support divisions loaded on both sides, they shall be fitted horizontally or as near thereto as practicable, well secured at each end and formed of steel wire rope. The sizes of the wire rope shall be determined assuming that the divisions and upright which the stay supports are uniformly loaded at 500 kg/m². The working load so assumed in the stay shall not exceed one-third of its breaking load.
                                                    C1 Divisions loaded on one side only
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) Longitudinal Divisions
                                                    The load in kg per metre length of the division shall be taken to be as follows :

                                                    TABLE I¹

                                                    h(m)234567810
                                                    1.5850900101012251500177020602645
                                                    213901505171019852295260529303590
                                                    2.519852160243027403090343538004535
                                                    326152845315035003885427046705480
                                                    3.532453525387042554680510055406425
                                                    438904210459050155475593564107370
                                                    4.545354890531057706270676572808315
                                                    551855570603065307065760081509260
                                                    6647569357470804586559265989011150
                                                    7776583008910956010245109301163013040
                                                    890559665103501107511835125951137014930
                                                    91034511030117901259013425142601511016820
                                                    10163512395132301410515015159251685018710


                                                    h = height of grain in m from the bottom of the division²
                                                    B = transverse extent of the bulk grain in m

                                                    ¹ For the purpose of converting the above loads into British units(ton/ft) 1 kg per metre length shall be taken to be equivalent to 0.0003 ton per foot length.

                                                    ² Where the distance from a division to a feeder or hatchway is 1 metre or less, the height - h - shall be taken to the level of the grain within that hatchway or feeder. In all other cases the height shall be taken to the overhead deck in way of the division.


                                                    For other values of h or B the loads shall be determined by linear interpolation or extrapolation as necessary.

                                                    (b) Transverse Divisions
                                                    The load in kg per metre length of the division shall be taken to be as follows :

                                                    TABLE II¹

                                                     

                                                    L (m)

                                                    h (m)

                                                    234567810121416
                                                     

                                                    1.5

                                                       670  
                                                    690730780 835 8909351000104010501050
                                                    2.0104011001170 124513251400 1470157516401660 1660
                                                    3.014601565167517801880198020752210 228523052305
                                                    3.51925206522052340 2470 2590269528452925 29502950
                                                    4.024252605 277029303075320533203480357035953595
                                                    4.52950 31603355 35353690 383039504120421042354240
                                                    5.03495372539404130429544404565 4750 4850 48804885
                                                    6.04050430545354735  4910506051905385549055255530
                                                    7.051755465572059456135630064456655677568156825
                                                    8.063006620690571507365744577007930805581058115
                                                    9.074257780809083608590868589509200934093959410
                                                    10.08550

                                                    9680

                                                    8935

                                                    10095

                                                    9275

                                                    10460

                                                    9565

                                                    10770

                                                    9820

                                                    11045

                                                    9930

                                                    11270

                                                    10205

                                                    11460

                                                    10475

                                                    11745

                                                    10620

                                                    11905

                                                    10685

                                                    11975

                                                    10705

                                                    11997



                                                    h = height of grain in m from the bottom of the division 2
                                                    L = longitudinal extent of the bulk grain in metres

                                                    ¹ For the purpose of converting the above loads into British units(ton/ft) 1 kg per metre length shall be taken to be equivalent to 0.0003 ton per foot length.

                                                    ² Where the distance from a division to a feeder or hatchway is 1 metre or less, the height - h - shall be taken to the grain within that hatchway or feeder.In all other cases the height shall be taken to the overhead deck in way of the division.


                                                    For other values of h or L the loads shall be determined by linear interpolation or extrapolation as necessary.

                                                    (c) Vertical Distribution of the Loads
                                                    The total load per unit length of divisions shown in the Tables I and II above may, if considered necessary, be assumed to have a trapezoidal distribution with height. In such cases, the reaction loads at the upper and lower ends of a vertical member or upright are not equal. The reaction loads at the upper end expressed as percentages of the total load supported by the vertical member or upright shall be taken to be those shown in Tables III and IV below.

                                                    TABLE III LONGITUDINAL DIVISIONS LOADED ON ONE SIDE ONLY
                                                    Bearing Reaction at the Upper End of Upright as Percentage of Load (Table I)

                                                    L (m)

                                                    h (m)

                                                    234567810
                                                    1.543.345.145.946.246.246.246.2 46.2
                                                    244.546.7 47.647.847.847.847.847.8
                                                    2.545.4 47.648.648.8 48.8 48.8 48.8 48.8
                                                    346.048.3 49.249.449.449.449.449.4
                                                    3.546.5 48.849.749.849.849.849.849.8
                                                    4 47.049.149.950.150.150.150.150.1
                                                    4.547.4 49.450.1 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    547.749.450.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    647.949.550.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    747.949.550.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    847.949.550.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    947.949.550.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2
                                                    1047.949.550.150.2 50.2 50.2 50.2 50.2


                                                    B = transverse extent of the bulk grain in metres
                                                    For other values of h or B the reaction loads shall be determined by linear interpolation or extrapolation as necessary.

                                                    See further C2
                                                    C2 Divisions loaded on one side only
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993


                                                    TABLE IV TRANSVERSE DIVISIONS LOADED ON ONE SIDE ONLY
                                                    Bearing Reaction at the Upper End of Upright as Percentage of Load (Table II)

                                                    L (m)

                                                    h (m)

                                                    234567810121416
                                                    1.537.3 38.739.740.641.442.142.6 43.6 44.344.8 45.0
                                                    239.640.6 41.442.142.743.143.644.3 44.745.045.2
                                                    2.541.0 41.842.543.043.543.8 44.244.7 45.0 45.2  45.2
                                                    342.142.8 43.3 43.844.244.544.7 45.0 45.2 45.3 45.3
                                                    3.542.9 43.543.944.3 44.644.8 45.0 45.2  45.3 45.3 45.3
                                                    443.5 44.0 44.444.744.945.0 45.2  45.4  45.4  45.4  45.4
                                                    543.944.3 44.6 44.8 45.0 45.2 45.3 45.5 45.5 45.5 45.5
                                                    644.244.5 44.845.0 45.245.3 45.4 45.645.645.645.6
                                                    744.3 44.6 44.9 45.1 45.345.445.545.645.645.645.6
                                                    844.3 44.6 44.9 45.1 45.345.445.545.645.645.645.6
                                                    944.3 44.6 44.9 45.1 45.345.445.545.645.645.645.6
                                                    1044.3 44.6 44.9 45.1 45.345.445.545.645.645.645.6


                                                    L = longitudinal extent of the bulk grain in m

                                                    For other values of h or L the reaction loads shall be determined by linear interpolation or extrapolation as necessary.

                                                    The strength of the end connexions of such vertical members or uprights may be calculated on the basis of the maximum load likely to be imposed at either end. These loads are as follows:
                                                    Longitudinal Divisions
                                                    Maximum load at the top ......50 % of the appropriate total load from Table I
                                                    Maximum load at the bottom...55 % of the appropriate total load from Table I
                                                    Transverse Divisions
                                                    Maximum load at the top......45 % of the appropriate total load from Table II
                                                    Maximum load at the bottom ...60 % of the appropriate total load from Table II

                                                    The thickness of horizontal wooden boards may also be determined having regard to the vertical distribution of the loading represented by Tables III and IV above and in such cases



                                                    Where:
                                                    t = thickness of board in mm;
                                                    a = horizontal span of the board i.e. distance between uprights in m;
                                                    h = head of grain to the bottom of the division in m;
                                                    p = total load per unit length derived from Table I or II in kilograms;
                                                    k = factor dependent upon vertical distribution of the loading.

                                                    When the vertical distribution of the loading is assumed to be uniform, i.e. rectangular, k shall be taken as equal to 1.0. For a trapezoidal distribution

                                                    k = 1.0 + 0.06 (50 - R )

                                                    Where: R is the upper end bearing reaction taken from Table III or IV.

                                                    (d) Stays or Shores The sizes of stays and shores shall be so determined that the loads derived from Tables I and II in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not exceed one-third of the breaking loads.
                                                    D Saucers
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    When a saucer is used to reduce the heeling moments in a "filled compartment", its depth, measured from the bottom of the saucer to the deck line, shall be as follows: For ships with a moulded breadth of up to 9.1 metres, not less than 1.2 metres. For ships with a moulded breadth of 18.3 metres or more, not less than 1.8 metres. For ships with a moulded breadth between 9.1 metres and 18.3 metres, the minimum depth of the saucer shall be calculated by interpolation. The top (mouth) of the saucer shall be formed by the underdeck structure in the way of the hatchway, i.e. hatch side girders or coamings and hatch end beams. The saucer and hatchway above shall be completely filled with bagged grain or other suitable cargo laid down on a separation cloth or its equivalent and stowed tightly against adjacent structures and the portable hatchway beams if the latter are in place.
                                                    E Bundling of bulk
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    As an alternative to filling the saucer with bagged grain or other suitable cargo a bundle of bulk grain may be used provided that:

                                                    (a) The saucer is lined with a material acceptable to the Administration having a tensile strength of not less than 274kg per 5cm strip and which is provided with suitable means for securing at the top.

                                                    (b) As an alternative to paragraph (a) above a material acceptable to the Administration having a tensile strength of not less than 137kg per 5cm strip may be used if the saucer is constructed as follows: Athwartship lashings acceptable to the Administration shall be placed inside the saucer formed in the bulk grain at intervals of not more than 2.4 metres. These lashings shall be of sufficient length to permit being drawn up tight and secured at the top of the saucer. Dunnage not less than 25 mm in thickness or other suitable material of equal strength and between 150 to 300 mm in width shall be placed fore and aft over these lashings to prevent the cutting or chafing f he material which shall be placed thereon to line the saucer.

                                                    (c) The saucer shall be filled with bulk grain and secured at the top except that when using material approved under paragraph (b) above further dunnage shall be laid on top after lapping the material before the saucer is secured by setting up the lashings.

                                                    (d) If more than one sheet of material is used to line the saucer they shall be joined at the bottom either by sewing or a double lap.

                                                    (e) The top of the saucer shall be coincidental with the bottom of the beams when these are in place and suitable general cargo or bulk grain may be placed between the beams on top of the saucer.
                                                    F Securing hatch covers of filled compartments
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    If there is no bulk grain or other cargo above a "filled compartment" the hatch covers shall be secured in an approved manner having regard to the weight and permanent arrangements provided for securing such covers. The documents of authorization issued under Regulation 10 of this Chapter shall include reference to the manner of securing considered necessary by the Administration issuing such documents.
                                                    Section II Securing of partly filled compartments
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    A Strapping or lashing
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    (a) When, in order to eliminate heeling moments in "partly filled compartments", strapping or lashing is utilized, the securing shall be accomplished as follows :
                                                    (i) The grain shall be trimmed and levelled to the extent that it is very slightly crowned and covered with burlap separation cloths, tarpaulins or the equivalent.
                                                    (ii) The separation cloths and/or tarpaulins shall overlap at least 1.8 metres.
                                                    (iii) Two solid floors of rough 25 mm by 150 mm to 300 mm lumber shall be laid with the top floor running longitudinally and nailed to an athwartships bottom floor. Alternatively, one solid floor of 50 mm lumber, running longitudinally and nailed over the top of a 50 mm bottom bearer not less than 150 mm wide, may be used. The bottom bearers shall extend the full breadth of the compartment and shall be spaced not more than 2.4 metres apart. Arrangements utilizing other materials and deemed by an Administration to be equivalent to the foregoing may be accepted.
                                                    (iv) Steel wire rope (19 mm diameter or equivalent), doubled steel strapping (50 mm x 1.3 mm and having a breaking load of at least 5000kg), or chain of equivalent strength, each of which shall be set tight by means of a 32 mm turnbuckle, may be used for lashings. A winch tightener, used in conjunction with a locking arm, may be substituted for the 32 mm turnbuckle when steel strapping is used, provided suitable wrenches are available for setting up as necessary. When steel strapping is used, not less than three crimp seals shall be used for securing the ends. When wire is used, not less than four clips shall be used for forming eyes in the lashings.
                                                    (v) Prior to the completion of loading the lashing shall be positively attached to the framing at a point approximately 450 mm below the anticipated final grain surface by means of either a 25 mm shackle or beam clamp of equivalent strength.
                                                    (vi) The lashings shall be spaced not more than 2.4 metres apart and each shall be supported by a bearer nailed over the top of the fore and aft floor. This bearer shall consist of not less than 25 mm by 150 mm lumber or its equivalent and shall extend the full breadth of the compartment.
                                                    (vii) During the voyage the strapping shall be regularly inspected and setup where necessary.
                                                    B Overstowing arrangements
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Where bagged grain or other suitable cargo is utilized for the purpose of securing "partly filled compartments", the free grain surface shall be covered with a separation cloth or equivalent or by a suitable platform. Such platforms consist of bearers spaced not more than 1.2 metres apart and 25 mm boards laid thereon spaced not more than 100 mm apart. Platforms may be constructed of other materials provided they are deemed by an Administration to be equivalent.
                                                    C Bagged grain
                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-12-1993
                                                    Bagged grain shall be carried in sound bags which shall be well filled and securely closed.

                                                    CHAPTER 11-1 Special measures to enhance maritime safety

                                                    ( A.850(20), A.863(20) )

                                                    Reg. 1 Authorization of recognized organizations

                                                    ( A.739(18), MSC/Circ.710, MSC/Circ.788, MSC/Circ.807, MSC/Circ.891 )

                                                    Organizations referred to in regulation I/6 shall comply with the guidelines developed by the Organization*


                                                    * Refer to the Guidelines for the Authorization of Organizations Acting on Behalf of the Administration, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.739(18).

                                                    Reg. 2 Enhanced surveys*

                                                    ( A.744(18), A.866(20), LBR3.654, MSC/Circ.655, MSC/Circ.686, MSC.49(66) )

                                                    Bulk carriers as defined in regulation IX/1.6 and oil tankers as defined in regulation II-1/2.12 shall be subject to an enhanced programme of inspections in accordance with the guidelines adopted by the assembly of the Organization by resolution A.744(18), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the Annex other than chapter I.


                                                    * Refer to MSC/Circ.665 on guidance for the planning the enhanced programme of inspections surveys of bulk carriers and oil tankers and MSC/Circ.686, Guidelines on the means of access to structures for inspection and maintenance of oil tankers and bulk carriers.

                                                    Reg. 3 Ship identfcation number

                                                    ( A.600(15), VUT2.3 )

                                                    1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships of 100 gross tonnage and upwards and to all cargo ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards.

                                                    2 Every ship shall be provided with an identification number which conforms to the IMO ship identification number scheme adopted by the Organization.*

                                                    3 The ship's identification number shall be inserted on the certificates and certified copies thereof issued under regulation I/12 or regulation I/13.

                                                    4 For ships constructed before 1 January 1996, this regulation shall take effect when a certificate is renewed on or after 1 January 1996.


                                                    *Refer to the IMO Ship Identification Number Scheme, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.600(15).

                                                    Reg. 3-1 Company and registered owner identification number

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2009-01-01)]

                                                    Reg. 4 Port State control on operational requirements*

                                                    ( A.787(19), A.882(21) )

                                                    1 A ship when in a port of another Contracting Government is subject to control by officers duly authorized by such Government concerning operational requirements in respect of the safety of ships, when there are clear grounds for believing that the master or crew are not familiar with essential shipboard procedures relating to the safety of ships.

                                                    2 In the circumstances defined in paragraph 1 of this regulation, the Contracting Government carrying out the control shall take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not sail until situation has been brought to order in accordance with the requirements of the present Convention.

                                                    3 Procedures relating to the port State control prescribed in regulation I /19 shall apply to this regulation.

                                                    4 Nothing in the present regulation shall be construed to limit the rights and obligations of a Contracting Government carrying out control over operational requirements specifically provided for in the regulation.


                                                    * Refer to the Procedures for the port state control adopted by the Organization by resolution A.789(19).

                                                    Reg. 5 Continuous Synopsis Record

                                                    Continuous Synopsis Record

                                                    1 Every ship to which chapter I applies shall be issued with a Continuous Synopsis Record.

                                                    2.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record is intended to provide an on-board record of the history of the ship with respect to the information recorded therein.

                                                    2.2 For ships constructed before 1 July 2004, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall, at least, provide the history of the ship as from 1 July 2004.

                                                    3 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be issued by the Administration to each ship that is entitled to fly its flag and it shall contain at least, the following information:

                                                    1. the name of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly;
                                                    2. the date on which the ship was registered with that State;
                                                    3. the ship's identification number in accordance with regulation 3;
                                                    4. the name of the ship;
                                                    5. the port at which the ship is registered;
                                                    6. the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address(es);
                                                    7. the name of the registered bareboat charterer(s) and their registered address(es), if applicable;
                                                    8. the name of the Company, as defined in regulation IX/1, its registered address and the address(es) from where it carries out the safety management activities;
                                                    9. the name of all classification society(ies) with which the ship is classed;
                                                    10. the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization which has issued the Document of Compliance (or the Interim Document of Compliance), specified in the ISM Code as defined in regulation IX/1, to the Company operating the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the audit on the basis of which the document was issued, if other than that issuing the document;
                                                    11. the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization that has issued the Safety Management  Certificate (or the Interim Safety Management Certificate), specified in the ISM Code as defined in regulation IX/1, to the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the audit on the basis of which the certificate was issued, if other than that issuing the certificate;
                                                    12. the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized security organization that has issued the International Ship Security Certificate (or an Interim International Ship Security Certificate), specified in part A of the ISPS Code as defined in regulation XI-2/1, to the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the verification on the basis of which the certificate was issued, if other than that issuing the certificate; and
                                                    13. the date on which the ship ceased to be registered with that State.

                                                    4.1 Any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraphs 3.4 to 3.12 shall be recorded in the Continuous Synopsis Record so as to provide updated and current information together with the history of the changes.

                                                    4.2 In case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration shall issue, as soon as is practically possible but not later than three months from the date of the change, to the ships entitled to fly its flag either a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record or appropriate amendments thereto.

                                                    4.3 In case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration, pending the issue of a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record, shall authorise and require either the Company as defined in regulation IX/1 or the master of the ship to amend the Continuous Synopsis Record to reflect the changes. In such cases, after the Continuous Synopsis Record has been amended the Company shall, without delay, inform the Administration accordingly.

                                                    5.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in English, French or Spanish language. Additionally, a translation of the Continuous Synopsis Record into the official language or languages of the Administration may be provided.

                                                    5.2 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in the format developed by the Organization and shall be maintained in accordance with guidelines developed by the Organization. Any previous entries in the Continuous Synopsis Record shall not be modified, deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced.

                                                    6 Whenever a ship is transferred to the flag of another State or the ship is sold to another owner (or is taken over by another bareboat charterer) or another Company assumes the responsibility for the operation of the ship, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall be left on board.

                                                    7 When a ship is to be transferred to the flag of another State, the Company shall notify the Administration of the name of the State under whose flag the ship is to be transferred so as to enable the Administration to forward to that State a copy of the Continuous Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship was under their jurisdiction.

                                                    8 When a ship is transferred to the flag of another State the Government of which is a Contracting Government, the Contracting Government of the State whose flag the ship was flying hitherto shall transmit to the Administration as soon as possible after the transfer takes place a copy of the relevant Continuous Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship was under their jurisdiction together with any Continuous Synopsis Records previous issued to the ship by other States.

                                                    9 When a ship is transferred to the flag of another State, the Administration shall append the previous Continuous Synopsis Records to the Continuous Synopsis Record the Administration will issue to the ship so to provide the continuous history record intended by this regulation.

                                                    10 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspection at all times.

                                                    Reg. 6 Investigation of marine casualties and incidents

                                                    [Niet geldig (geldigheid vanaf 2010-01-01)]

                                                    Part 1 Articles of the SOLAS 1974 Convention

                                                    Articles of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

                                                    THE CONTRACTING GOVERNMENTS

                                                    BEING DESIROUS of promoting safety of life at sea by establishing in a common agreement uniform principles and rules directed thereto,

                                                    CONSIDERING that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention to replace the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, taking account of developments since that Convention was concluded,

                                                    HAVE AGREED as follows:

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Articles of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

                                                    THE CONTRACTING GOVERNMENTS

                                                    BEING DESIROUS of promoting safety of life at sea by establishing in a common agreement uniform principles and rules directed thereto,

                                                    CONSIDERING that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention to replace the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, taking account of developments since that Convention was concluded,

                                                    HAVE AGREED as follows:

                                                    Article I General obligations

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    General obligations under the Convention

                                                    1. The Contracting Governments undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention and the annex thereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the present Convention. Every reference to the present Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex. 

                                                    2. The Contracting Governments undertake to promulgate all laws, decrees, orders and regulations and to take all other steps which may be necessary to give the present Convention full and complete effect, so as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, a ship is fit for the service for which it is intended.

                                                    Article II Application

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Application

                                                    The present Convention shall apply to ships entitled to fly the flag of States the Governments of which are Contracting Governments.

                                                    Article III Laws, regulations

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Laws, regulations

                                                    The Contracting Governments undertake to communicate to and deposit with the Secretary-General of the Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization* (hereinafter referred to as "the Organization"):


                                                    1. a list of non-governmental agencies which are authorized to act in their behalf in the administration of measures for safety of life at sea for circulation to the Contracting Governments for the information of their officers;

                                                    2. the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations which shall have been promulgated on the various matters within the scope of the present Convention;

                                                    3. a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under the provisions of the present Convention for circulation to the Contracting Governments for the information of their officers.


                                                    *.  The name of the Organization was changed to "International Maritime Organization" (IMO) by virtue of amendments to the Organization's Convention which entered into force on 22 May 1982.

                                                    Article IV Cases of force majeure

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Cases of force majeure 

                                                    1. A ship, which is not subject to the provisions of the present Convention at the time of its departure on any voyage, shall not become subject to the provisions of the present Convention on account of any deviation from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other case of force majeure.

                                                    2. Persons who are on board a ship by reason of force majeure or in consequence of the obligation laid upon the master to carry shipwrecked or other persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of ascertaining the application to a ship of any provisions of the present Convention.

                                                    Article IX Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession

                                                    1. The present Convention shall remain open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from 1 November 1974 until 1 July 1975 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. States may become parties to the present Convention by:
                                                      1. signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or

                                                      2. signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or approval; or

                                                      3. accession.

                                                    2. Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument to that effect with the Secretary-General of the Organization.

                                                    3. The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform the Governments of all States which have signed the present Convention or acceded to it of any signature or of the deposit of any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession and the date of its deposit.

                                                    Article V Carriage of persons in emergencies

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Carriage of persons in emergencies

                                                    1. For the purpose of evacuating persons in order to avoid a threat to the security of their lives a Contracting Government may permit the carriage of a larger number of persons in its ships than is otherwise permissible under the present Convention.

                                                    2. Such permission shall not deprive other Contracting Governments of any right of control under the present Convention over such ships which come within their ports.

                                                    3. Notice of any such permission, together with a statement of the circumstances, shall be sent to the Secretary-General of the Organization by the Contracting Government granting such permission.

                                                    Article VI Prior treaties and conventions

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Prior treaties and conventions

                                                    1. As between the Contracting Governments, the present Convention replaces and abrogates the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea which was signed in London on 17 June 1960.

                                                    2. All other treaties, conventions and arrangements relating to safety of life at sea, or matters appertaining thereto, at present in force between Governments parties to the present Convention shall continue to have full and complete effect during the terms thereof as regards:
                                                      1. ships to which the present Convention does not apply;
                                                      2. ships to which the present Convention applies, in respect of matters for which it has not expressly provided.

                                                    3. To the extent, however, that such treaties, conventions or arrangements conflict with the provisions of the present Convention, the provisions of the present Convention shall prevail.

                                                    4. All matters which are not expressly provided for in the present Convention remain subject to the legislation of the Contracting Governments.

                                                    Article VII Special rules drawn up by agreement

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Special rules drawn up by agreement

                                                    When in accordance with the present Convention special rules are drawn up by agreement between all or some of the Contracting Governments, such rules shall be communicated to the Secretary-General of the Organization for circulation to all Contracting Governments.

                                                    Article VIII Amendments

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Amendments

                                                    1. The present Convention may be amended by either of the procedures
                                                      specified in the following paragraphs.

                                                    2. Amendments after consideration within the Organization:

                                                      1. Any amendment proposed by a Contracting Government shall be submitted to the Secretary-General of the Organization, who shall then circulate it to all Members of the Organization and all Contracting Governments at least six months prior to its
                                                        consideration.

                                                      2. Any amendment proposed and circulated as above shall be referred to the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization for consideration.

                                                      3. Contracting Governments of States, whether or not Members of the Organization, shall be entitled to participate in the proceedings of the Maritime Safety Committee for the consideration and adoption of amendments.

                                                      4. Amendments shall be adopted by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the Maritime Safety Committee expanded as provided for in subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph (hereinafter referred to as "the expanded Maritime Safety Committee") on condition that at least one third of the Contracting Governments shall be present at the time of voting.

                                                      5. Amendments adopted in accordance with subparagraph (iv) of this paragraph shall be communicated by the Secretary-General of the Organization to all Contracting Governments for acceptance.


                                                        1. An amendment to an article of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex shall be deemed to have been accepted on the date on which it is accepted by two thirds of the Contracting Governments.
                                                        2. An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall be deemed to have been accepted

                                                          (aa) at the end of two years from the date on which it is communicated to Contracting Governments for acceptance; or


                                                          (bb) at the end of a different period, which shall not be less than one year, if so determined at the time of its adoption by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee.

                                                          However, if within the specified period either more than one third of Contracting Governments, or Contracting Governments the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than fifty per cent of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant fleet, notify the Secretary-General of the Organization that they object to the amendment, it shall be deemed not to have been accepted.

                                                      6.  
                                                        1. An amendment to an article of the Convention or to chapter I of the annex shall enter into force with respect to those Contracting Governments which have accepted it, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted, and with respect to each Contracting Government which accepts it after that date, six months after the date of that Contracting Government's acceptance.

                                                        2. An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall enter into force with respect to all Contracting Governments, except those which have objected to the amendment under subparagraph (vi)(2) of this paragraph and which have not withdrawn such objections, six months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted. However, before the date set for entry into force, any Contracting Government may give notice to the Secretary-General of the Organization that it exempts itself from giving effect to that amendment for a period not longer than one year from the date of its entry into force, or for such longer period as may be determined by a two thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting in the expanded Maritime Safety Committee at the time of the adoption of the amendment.

                                                    3. Amendment by a Conference:
                                                      1. Upon the request of a Contracting Government concurred in by at least one third of the Contracting Governments, the Organization shall convene a Conference of Contracting Governments to consider amendments to the present Convention.

                                                      2. Every amendment adopted by such a Conference by a two thirds majority of the Contracting Governments present and voting shall be communicated by the Secretary-General of the Organization to all Contracting Governments for acceptance.

                                                      3. Unless the Conference decides otherwise, the amendment shall be deemed to have been accepted and shall enter into force in accordance with the procedures specified in subparagraphs (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) respectively of this article, provided that references in these paragraphs to the expanded Maritime Safety Committee shall be taken to mean references to the Conference.


                                                      1. A Contracting Government which has accepted an amendment to the annex which has entered into force shall not be obliged to extend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of the certificates issued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Government of which, pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (b)(vi)(2) of this article, has objected to the amendment and has not withdrawn such an objection, but only to the extent that such certificates relate to matters covered by the amendment in question.

                                                      2. A Contracting Government which has accepted an amendment to the annex which has entered into force shall extend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of the certificates issued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Government of which, pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article, has notified the Secretary-General of the Organization that it exempts itself from giving effect to the amendment.

                                                    4. Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amendment to the present Convention made under this article, which relates to the structure of a ship, shall apply only to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of construction, on or after the date on which the amendment enters into force.

                                                    5. Any declaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amendment or any notice given under subparagraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary-General of the Organization, who shall inform all Contracting Governments of any such submission and the date of its receipt.

                                                    6. The Secretary-General of the Organization shall inform all Contracting Governments of any amendments which enter into force under this article, together with the date on which each such amendment enters into force.

                                                    Article X Entry into force

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Entry into force

                                                    1. The present Convention shall enter into force twelve months after the date on which not less than twenty-five States, the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than fifty per cent of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping, have become parties to it in accordance with article IX.

                                                    2. Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited after the date on which the present Convention enters into force shall take effect three months after the date of deposit.

                                                    3. After the date on which an amendment to the present Convention is deemed to have been accepted under article VIII, any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the Convention as amended.

                                                    Article XI Denunciation

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Denunciation

                                                    1. The present Convention may be denounced by any Contracting Government at any time after the expiry of five years from the date on which the Convention enters into force for that Government.

                                                    2. Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of denunciation with the Secretary-General of the Organization who shall notify all the other Contracting Governments of any instrument of denunciation received and of the date of its receipt as well as the date on which such denunciation takes effect.

                                                    3. A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as may be specified in the instrument of denunciation, after its receipt by the Secretary-General of the Organization.

                                                    Article XII Deposit and registration

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Deposit and registration

                                                    1. The present Convention shall be deposited with the Secretary-General of the Organization who shall transmit certified true copies thereof to the Governments of all States which have signed the present Convention or acceded to it.

                                                    2. As soon as the present Convention enters into force, the text shall be transmitted by the Secretary-General of the Organization to the Secretary-General of the United Nations for registration and publication, in accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.

                                                    Article XII Languages

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Languages

                                                    The present Convention is established in a single copy in the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. Official translations in the Arabic, German and Italian languages shall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.

                                                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned,* being duly authorized by their respective Governments for that purpose, have signed the present Convention.

                                                    DONE AT LONDON this first day of November one thousand nine hundred and seventy-four.


                                                    *.Signatures omitted.

                                                    Part 2 Annex 1-3

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    Annex 1 Resolution A. 883(21) Global and uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    The Assembly,
                                                    Recalling Article 15(j) of the Convention on the International Maritime Organization concerning the functions of the Assembly in relation to regulations and guidelines concerning maritime safety and the prevention and control of marine pollution from ships,

                                                    Recalling also that the International Conference on the Harmonized System of Survey and Certification, 1988 (1988 HSSC Conference), adopted the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (1988 SOLAS Protocol), and the Protocol of 1988 relating to the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966 (1988 Load Line Protocol), which introduce, interalia, the harmonized system of survey and certification under the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (1974 SOLAS Convention) and the International Convention on Load Lines, I966 (1966 Load Line Convention),

                                                    Noting that the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols are due to enter into force on 3 February 2000, resulting in the harmonized system of survey and certification taking effect as from that date with respect to ships entitled to fly the flag of States Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols,

                                                    Noting also that, by the resolutions given below, amendments have been adopted to introduce the harmonized system of survey and certification in the following instruments:
                                                    a Annexes I and lI of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified By the Protocol of 1978 relating there to (MArPOL 73/78), by resolution MEPC.39(29);
                                                    (b) the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code), by resolutions MEPC.40(29) and MSC.16(58);
                                                    (c) the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code), by resolution MSC.17(58); and
                                                    (d) the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (BCH Code), by resolutions MEPC.41(29) and MSC.18(58),

                                                    Noting Further that the aforementioned amendments to the above intruments will also enter into force on 3 February 2000, and that:
                                                    (a) amendments to MARPOL 73,/78, the IBC Code and BCH Code will take effect with respect to ships entitled to fly the flags of States Parties to MARPOL 73/78; and
                                                    (b) amendments to the IBC Code and the IGC Code will take effect with respect to ships entitled to fly the flags of States the Govermnents of which are Contracting Governments of the 1974 SOLAS Convention,

                                                    irrespective of whether or not they are also Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols,

                                                    Being Desirous that all States apply a single and uniform system of survey and certification to all types of ships entitled to fly their flags,

                                                    Recognizing the need for the change-over from the existing system of survey and certification to the harmonized system in a uniform manner,

                                                    Recalling resolution A.718(17) on early implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification, which encourages States to introduce the hammnized system of survey and certification prior to the entry into force of the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols,

                                                    Being Convinced that the harmonized system of survey and certification is at least equivalent to the system prescribed in the existing SOLAS and Load Line Conventions,

                                                    Believing that the implementation of a single and uniform system of survey and certification could best be achieved through the introduction of the harmonized system of survey and certification also by States which are not Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols, as equivalent to the existing system,

                                                    Believing also that the global and uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification by all States could avoid possible problems or confusion by contributing to the determination of the duration and validity of certificates issued,

                                                    Having Considered the recommendations made by the Maritime Safety Committee at its seventy-first session and by the Marine Environment Protection Committee at its forty-third session,
                                                    1. Invites States to introduce the harmonized system of survey and certification in the manner provided for in annex 1 to the present resolution;

                                                    2. Agrees that States which are Contracting Governments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and the 1966 Load Line Convention, but not Parties to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols, may:
                                                    a) implement the harmonized system of survey and certification as from 3 February 2000; and
                                                    (b) issue certificates in the form prescribed by the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols as modified in accordance with annex 2 to the present resolution;

                                                    3. Invites port States, whether or not they are Parries to the 1988 SOLAS and Load Line. Protocols, to accept the certificates issued in accordance with paragraph I above as equivalent to the certificates issued under the SOLAS and Load Line Convention or Protocols in force for those States;

                                                    4. Request Governments that implement the harmonized system of survey and certification in accordance with the provisions of this resolution to inform the Secretary-General of their action and of the date when it will take effect;

                                                    5. Request also that the Secretary-General keep Governments informed of those Govermnents that are introducing the harmonized system of survey and certification in accordance with the provisions of this resolution;

                                                    6. Urges States which have not yet become Party to the. 1988 SOLAS and Load Line Protocols to do so as soon as possible.

                                                    Annex 1
                                                    Introduction of the harmonized system of survey and certification


                                                    1 The current certificates that are on board a particular ship on 3 February 2000 will remain valid until they expire.

                                                    2 The date for the introduction of the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC) after 3 February 2000 should normally be the latest expiry date of certificates issued under the SOLAS, Load Line and MARPOL Conventions, unless another convenient date, e.g. the expiry date of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate, the date of drydocking or date of repair or renovation, is agreed upon between the shipowner or company and the Administration.

                                                    3 In the case where an existing certificate has expired before the date of introduction of the harmonized system, a new certificate using the form prescribed under the harmonized system may be issued after the renewal survey has been carried out. The validity of the new certificate may be limited to the date of introduction of the harmonized system as provided for in paragraph 2 above.

                                                    4 Notwithstanding that some certificates may still be valid when the harmonized system of survey and certification is introduced on a particular ship, renewal survey should be carried out whether or not they are due, and a new set of the relevant certificates under the harmonized system should be issued and tile anniversary date common to all certificates should be specified. In general, renewal surveys completed within three months of the date of introduction of the harmonized system may be valid, and the extent of renewal surveys to be carried out may take account of the date and extent of the previous renewal surveys if carried out only recently.

                                                    5 When implenlenting the harmonized system of survey and certification, it should be applied to all types of ships and in respect of all relevant instruments.

                                                    Annex 2 Certificates and documents required to be carried on board ships

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    1 All ships

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    All ships

                                                    International Tonnage Certificate (1969 )Reference
                                                    An International Tonnage Certificate (1969) shall be issued to every ship, the gross and net tonnage of which have been determined in accordance with the Convention.Tonnage Convention, art. 7

                                                    International Load Line Certifcate Reference
                                                    An International Load Line Certificate shall be issued under the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines, 1966, to every ship which has been surveyed and marked in accordance with the Convention or the Convention as modified by the 1988 LL Protocol, as appropriate. LL Convention, art. 16; 1988 LL Protocol, art. 18

                                                    International Load Line Exemption Certificate Reference
                                                    An International Load Line Exemption Certificate shall be issued to any ship to which an exemption has been granted under and in accordance with article 6 of the Load Line Convention or the Convention as modified by the 1988 LL Protocol, as appropriate, LL Convention, art. 6; 1988 LL Protocol, art. 18

                                                    Intact Stability Booklet Reference
                                                    Every passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship of 24 m and over shall be inclined on completion and the elements of their stability determined. The master shall be supplied with a 1988 Stability Booklet containing such information as is necessary to enable him, by rapid and simple procedures, to obtain accurate guidance as to the ship under varying conditions of loading. For bulk carriers, the information required in a bulk carrier booklet may be contained in the stability booklet.SOLAS 1974, regs. 11-1/22 and 11-1/25-8; LL Protocol, reg. 10

                                                    Damage control booklets Reference
                                                    On passenger and cargo ships, there shall be permanently exhibited plans showing clearly for cach deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls there of, and the arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. Booklets containing the aforementioned information shall be made available to the officers of the ship.SOLAS 1974, regs. 11-1/23, 23-1, 25-8

                                                    Minimum safe manning document Reference
                                                    Every ship to which chapter-I of the Convention applies shall be provided with an appropriate safe manning docmnent or equivalent issued by the
                                                    Administration as evidence of the minimum safe manning.
                                                    SOLAS 1974, (1989 amdts.), reg. V/13(b)

                                                    Certificates for masters, officers or ratings Reference
                                                    Certificates for masters, officers or ratings shall be issued to those candidates who, to the satisfaction of the Administration, meet the requirenments for service, age, medical fitness, training, qualifications and examinations in accordance with the provisions of the STCW Code annexed to the Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978. Formats of certificates are given in section A-I/2 of the STCW Code. Certificates must be kept available in their original form on board the ships on which the holder is serving.STCW 1978, (1995 amdts.), art. VI, reg. 1/2; STCW Code, section A-I/2

                                                    International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate Reference
                                                    An International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate shall be issued after sunrvey in accordance with regulation 4 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78, to any oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and any other ship of 400 gross tonnage and above which are engaged in voyages to ports or offshore terminals under the jurisdiction of othcr Parties to MARPOL 73/78. The certificate is supplemented by a Record of Construction and Equipment for Ships Odler Than Oil Tankers {Form A) or a Record of Construction and Equipment for Oil Tankers (Form B), as appropriate.MARPOL 73/78, Annex l, reg.5

                                                    Oil Record Book Reference
                                                    Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and every ship of 400 gross tonnage and above other than an oil tanker shall be provided with an Oil Record Book, Part 1 (Machinery space operations). Every oil' tanker oF 150 gross tonnage and above shall also be provided with an Oil Record Book, Part II (Cargo/ ballast operations). MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, reg. 20

                                                    Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan Reference
                                                    Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and , every ship other than an oil tanker of 400 gross tonnage and above shall carry on board a Shipboard Oil Pollntion Emergency Plan approved by the Administration.MARPOL 73/78 Annex l, reg. 26

                                                    Garbage Management Plan Reference
                                                    Every ship of 400 gross tonnage and above and every ship which is certified to carry 15 persons or more shall carry a garbage management plan which the crew shall follow.MARPOL 73/78, Annex V, reg. 9


                                                    Garbage Recod Book Reference
                                                    Every ship of 400 gross tonnage and above and every ship wbich is certified to carry 15 persons or more engaged in voyages to ports or offshore terminals under the jurisdiction of other Parties to the Convention and every fixed and floating platform engaged in exploration and exploitation of the seabed shall be provided with a Garbage Record Book.MARPOL 73/78, Annex V, reg. 9

                                                    Cargo Securing Manual Reference
                                                    Cargo milts, including containers, shall be loaded, stowed and secured throughout the voyage in accordance with the Cargo Securing Manual ap- proved by the Administration. The Cargo Securing Manual is required on all types of ships engaged in the carriage of all cargoes other than solid and liquid bulk cargoes, which shall be drawn up to a standard at least equivalent to the guidelines developed by the Organization.SOLAS 1974 regs. VI/5, VII/6; MSC/Circ.745

                                                    Document of Compliance Reference
                                                    A document of compliance shall be issued to every company which complies with the requirements of the ISM Code. A copy of the document shall be kept on board, SOLAS 1974, reg. IX/4; ISM Code, paragaraph 13

                                                    Safety Management Certificate Reference
                                                    A Safety Management Certificate shall be issued to every ship by the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration. The Administra tion or an organization recognized by it shall, before issuing the Safety Management Certificate, verify that the company and its shipboard management operate in accordance with the approved safety management system.SOLAS 1974, reg. IX/4; ISM Code, paragraph 13

                                                    2 Passenger ships

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in section 1 above, passenger ships shall carry:

                                                    Passenger Ship Safety Certificate 1Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and survey to a passenger ship which complies with the require ments of chapters II-l, 11-2, Ill and IV and any other relevant requirements of SOLAS 1974. A Record of Equipment for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (Form P) shall be permanently attached.SOLAS 1974, reg. 1/12, as amended by the GMDSS amdts.;1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. I/12

                                                    Exemption Certificate 2Reference
                                                    When an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of SOLAS 1974, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates listed above.SOLAS 1974, reg. 1/12; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12

                                                    Special trade passenger ships Reference
                                                    A form of safety certificate for special trade passenger ships, issued under the provisions of the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971.STP Agreement, reg. 6

                                                    Special Trade Passenger Ships Space Certificate issued Reference
                                                    under the provisions of the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.SSTP, rule 5

                                                    Search and rescue co-operation plan Reference
                                                    Passenger ships to which chapter I of the Convention applies, trading on fixed routes, shall have on board a plan for co-operation with appropriate search and rescue services in event
                                                    of an emergency,
                                                    SOLAS 1974, (1995 Conference amdts), reg. V/15(c)

                                                    List of operational limitations Reference
                                                    Passenger ships to which chapter 1 of the Convention applies shall keep on board a list of all limitations on the operation of the ship, including exemptions from any of the SOLAS regulations, restrictions in operating areas, weather restrictions, sea state restrictions, restrictions in permissible loads, trim, speed and any other limitations, whether imposed by the Administration or established during the design or the building stagesSOLAS 1974 (1995 Conference amdts), reg. V/23

                                                    Decision support system for masters Reference
                                                    In all passenger ships, a decision support system for emergency management shall be provided on the navigation bridge.SOLAS 1974, reg. III/24-4



                                                    1 The form of the certificate and its Record of Equipment may be found in the GMDSS amendments to SOLAS 1974.
                                                    2 SLS.14/[Circ.115 and Add. 1 refers to the issue of exemption certificates.

                                                    3 Cargo ships

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in section 1 above, cargo ships shall carry:

                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate 3Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage and over which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey, set out in regulation 1/10 of SOLAS 1974, and complies with the applicable requirements of chapters ll-I and II-2, other than those relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans.SOLAS 1974, reg. 1/12, as amended by the GMDSS amdts.; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12

                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate 4Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship of 500 gross tonnage and over which complies with the relevant rcquirements of chapters Il-1, 1l-2 and llI and any other relevant requirements of SOLAS 1974. A Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (Form E) shall be permanently attached.SOLAS 1974, reg. I/I2, as amended by the GMDSS amdts.; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12


                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate 5Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate shall be issued after survey to a cargo ship of 300 gross tonnage and over, fitted with a radio installation, including those used in life-saving appliances which complies with the requirements of chapters lll and IV and any other relevant requirements of SOLAS 1974. A Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (Form R) shall be permanently attached.SOLAS I974, reg. 1/12, as amended by the GMDSS amdts.; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12

                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Certificate Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Certificate may be issued after survey to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1, ll-2, IIl, IV and V and other relevant requirements of SOLAS 1974 as modified by the 1988 SOLAS Protocol, as an alternative to the above cargo ship safety certificates.1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12

                                                    Exemption Certificate 6Reference
                                                    When an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of SOLAS 1974, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates listed above.SOLAS 1974, reg. 1/12; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. 1/12

                                                    Document of compliance with the special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods Reference
                                                    An appropriate document as evidence of compliance with the construction and equipment requirements of that regulation.SOLAS 1974, reg. 11-2/54.3

                                                    Dangerous goods manifest or stowage plan Reference
                                                    Each ship carrying dangerous goods shall have a special list or manifest setting forth, in accordance with the classification set out in regulation V11/2, the dangerous goods on board and the location thereo A detailed stowage plan which identifies by class and sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board, may be used in place of such a special list or manifest. A copy of one of these documents shall be made available before departure to the person or organization designated by the port State authority.SOLAS 1974, reg. VII/5(5); MARPOL 73/78, Annex III, reg. 4

                                                    Document of authorization for the carriage of grain Reference
                                                    A document of authorization shall be issued for every ship loaded in accordance with the regulations of the International Code for the Safe Carriage of Grain in Bulk either by the Administration or an organization recognized by it or by a Contracting Government on behalf of the Administration. The document shall accompany or be incorporated into the grain loading manual provided to enable the master to meet the stability requirements of the Code.SOLAS 1974, reg. VI/9; International Code for the Safe Carriage of Grain in Bulk, section 3

                                                    Certificate of insurance or other financial security in respect of civil liability for oil pollution damage Reference
                                                    A certificate attesting that insurance or other financial security is in force shall be issued to each ship carrying more than 2,000 tons of oil in bulk as cargo. It shall be issued or certified by the appropriate authority of the State of the ship's registry after determining that the requirements of article Vll, paragraph 1, of the CLC Convention have been complied with.CLC 69, art. VII

                                                    Enhanced survey reportfile Reference
                                                    Bulk carriers and oil tankers shall have a survey report file and supporting documents complying with paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of annex A and annex B of resolution A.744(18), Guidelines on the enhanced programme of inspections during surveys of bulk carriers and oil tankers.MARPOL 73/78, Annex I,reg. 13G; SOLAS 1974, reg. X 1/2


                                                    Record of loil discharge monitoring and control system for the last ballast voyage Reference
                                                    Subject to provisions of paragraphs (4), (5), (6) and (7) of regulation 15 of Annex l of MARPOL 73/78, every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above shall be fitted with an oil discharge monitoring and control system approved by the Adnfinistration. The system shall be fitted With a recording device to provide a continuous record of the dischargd in litres per nautical mile and total quantity discharged, or the oil content and rate of discharge. This record shall be identifiable as to time and date and shall be kept for at least three years.MARPOL 73/78, Annex I, reg. 15(3)(a)

                                                    Bulk Carrier Booklet Reference
                                                    To enable the master to prevent excessive stress in the ship's structure, the ship loading and unloading of solid bulk cargoes shall be provided with a booklet referred to in SOLAS regulation VI/7.2. As an alternative to a separate booklet, the required information may be contained in the intact stability booklet. SOLAS 1974, (1996 amdts), reg. VI/7; the Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers (BLU Code)




                                                    3 The form of the certificate may be found in the GMDSS amendments to SOLAS1974.
                                                    4 The form of the certificateand its Record of Equipmentmay be found in the GMDSS amendments to SOLAS 1974.
                                                    5 The form of the Certificate and its Record of Equipment may be found in the GMDSS amendments to SOLAS 1974.
                                                    6 SLS.14/Circ.115 and Add. 1 refers to the issue of exemption certificates.

                                                    4 Ships carrying noxious liquid chemicals in bulk

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1 and 3 above, where appropriate, any ship carrying noxious liquid chemical substances in bulk shall carry:

                                                    International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk (NLS Certificate) Reference
                                                    An international pollution prevention certificate for the carriage of noxious liquid substances in bulk (NLS Certificate) shall be issued, after survey in accordance with the provisions of regulation 10 of Annex II of MARPOL 73/78, to any ship carrying noxious liquid substances in bulk and which is engaged in voyages to ports or terminals under the jurisdiction of other Parties to MARPOL 73/78. In respect of chemical tankers, the Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of dangerous Chemicals in Bulk and the International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, issued under the provisions of the Bulk Chemical Code and the International Bulk Chemical Code, respectively, shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as the NLS Certificate.MARPOL 73/78 Annex II, regs. 12 and 12a

                                                    Cargo Record Book Reference
                                                    Every ship to which Annex lI of MARPOL 73/78 applies shall be provided with a Cargo Record Book, whether as part of the ship's official log-book or otherwise, in the form specified in appendix lV to the Annex.MARPOL 73/78, Annex Il, reg. 9

                                                    Procedures and Arrangements Manual (P & A Manual) Reference
                                                    Every ship certified to carry noxious liquid substances in bulk shall have on board a Procedures and Arrangements Manual approved by the Administration. Resolution MEPC.18(22), chapter 2;

                                                    Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan for Noxious Liquid Substances Reference
                                                    Every ship of 150 gross tonnage and above certified to carry noxious liquid substances in bulk shall carry on board a shipboard marine pollution emergency plan for noxious liquid substances approved by the Administration. This requiremcnt shall apply to all such ships not later than 1 January 2003.MARPOL 73/78, Annex Il, reg. 16

                                                    5 Chemical tankers

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1 and 3 above, where applicable, any chemical tanker shall carry:

                                                    Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, the model form of which is set out in the appendix to the Bulk Chemical Code, should be issued after an initial or periodical survey to a chemical tanker engaged in international voyages which complies with the relevant requirements of the Code.BCH Code, section 1.6; BCH Code as modified by resolution MSC.18(58) section 1.6


                                                    Note : The Code is mandatory under Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 for chemical tankers constructed before l July 1986.

                                                    or

                                                    International Certificate of Fittness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk Reference
                                                    A certificate called an International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerons Chemicals in Bulk, the model form of which is set out in the appendix to the International Bulk Chemical Code, should be issued after an initial or periodical survey to a chemical tanker engaged in international voyages which complies with the relevant requirements of the Code.IBC Code, section 1.5; IBC Code as modified by resolutions MSC.16(58) and MEPC.40(29), section 1.5


                                                    Note : The Code is mandatory under both chapter VII of SOLAS 1974 and Annex 11of MARPOL 73/78 for chemical tankers constructed on or after I July 1986.

                                                    6 Gas carriers

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1 and 3 above, where applicable, any gas carrier shall carry:

                                                    Certifcate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk, the model form of which is set out in the appendix to the Gas Carrier Code, should be issued after an initial or periodical survey to a gas carrier which complies with the relevant requirements of the Code'.GC Code, section 1.6


                                                    or

                                                    lnternational Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk Reference
                                                    A certificate called an International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk, the model form of which is set out in the appendix to the International Gas Carrier Code, should be issued after an initial or periodical survey to a gas carrier which complies with the relevant requirements of the Code.IGC Code, section 1,5; IGC Code as modified by resolution MSC.17(58), section 1.5


                                                    Note: The Code is mandatory under chapter Vll of SOLAS 1974 for gas carriers constructed on or after 1 July 1986.

                                                    7 High-speed craft

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in sections I and 3 above; where applicable, high-speed craft shall carry:

                                                    High-Speed Craft Safety Cortificate Reference
                                                    A certificate called a High-Speed Craft Safety Certificate should be issued after completion of an initial or renewal survey to a craft which complies with the requirements of the High-Speed Craft (HSC) Code in its entirety.SOLAS 1974, reg. X/3; HSC Code, paragraph 1.8


                                                    Permit to Operate High-Speed Craft Reference
                                                    A certificate called a Permit to Operate High-Speed Craft should be issued to a craft which complies with the requirements set out in paragraphs 1.2.2 to 1.2.7 and 1.8 of the HSC Code.HSC Code, paragraph 1.9

                                                    8 Ships carrying INF cargo

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    In addition to the certificates listed in sections 1 and 3 above, where applicable, any ship carrying INF cargo shall carry:

                                                    lnternational Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of lNF Cargo 7 Reference
                                                    A ship carrying INF cargo shall comply with the requirements of the International Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships (INF Code) in addition to any other applicable requirements of the SOLAS regulations and shall be surveyed and be provided with the International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of lNF Cargo.SOLAS 1974 (1999 amdts), reg. 16; 1NF Code (resolution MSC 88(71)), paragraph 1.3


                                                    Other miscellaneous certificates

                                                    Special purpose ships


                                                    Special Purpose Ship Safety Certificate Reference
                                                    In addition to SOLAS certificates as specified in paragraph 7 of the Preamble of the Code of Safety for Special Purpose Ships, a Special Purpose Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after survey in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1.6 of the Code of Safety for Special Purpose Ships. The duration and validity of the certificate should be governed by the respective provisions for cargo ships in SOLAS 1974.
                                                    lf a certificate is issued for a special purpose ship of less than 500 gross tonnage, this certificate should indicate to what extent relaxations in accordance with 1.2 were accepted.
                                                    Resolution A.534(13) as amended by MSC/Circ.739; SOLAS 1974, reg. I/12; 1988 SOLAS Protocol, reg. I/12


                                                    Offshore support vessels

                                                    Certificate of Fitness for Offshore Support Vessls Reference
                                                    When carrying such cargoes, offshore support vessels should carry a Certificate of Fitness issued under the "Guidelines for the transport and handling of limited amounts of hazardous and noxious liquid substances in bulk on offshore support vessels".

                                                    If an offshore support vessel carries only noxious liquid substances, a suitably endorsed International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk may be issued instead of the above Certificate of Fitness.
                                                    Resolution A.673(16); MARPOL Annex ll, 73/78, reg. 13(4)


                                                    Diving systems

                                                    Diving System Safety Certificate Reference
                                                    A certificate should be issued either by the Administration or any person or organization duly authorized by it after survey or inspection to a diving system which complies with the requirements of the Code of Safety for Diving Systems. In every case, the Administration should assume full responsibility for the certificate.Resolution A.536(13), section 1.6


                                                    Dynamically supported craft

                                                    Dynamically Supported Craft Construction and Equipment Certificate Reference
                                                    To be issued after survey carried out in accordance with paragraph 1.5.1(a) of the Code of Safety for Dynamically Supported Craft.Resolution A.373(X), section 1.6


                                                    Mobile offshore drilling units

                                                    Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit Safety Certificate Reference
                                                    To be issued after survey carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 1979, or, for units constructed on or after 1 May 1991, the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, 1989.Resolution A.414(Xl), section 1.6; resolution A.649(16), section 1.6; resolution A.649(16) as modified by resolution MSC.38(63), section 1.6


                                                    Noise levels

                                                    Noise Survey Report Reference
                                                    A noise survey report should be made for each ship in accordance with the Code on Noise Levels on Board Ships. Resolution A.468(XII), section 4.3



                                                    7 Subject to articipated entry into force (1 January 2001) of the amendments to SOLAS1974, adopted by resolution MSC. 87(71) on 27 May 1999.

                                                    Annex 3 List of resolutions adopted by the SOLAS Conferences

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (October I974 )

                                                    Resolution 1 - Comprehensive revision of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 2 - Rapid amendment procedure and entry into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 3 - Voting rights in the Maritime Safety Committee for the adoption of amendments.
                                                    Resolution 4 - Recommendations of the 1960 Safety Conference and resolutions of the Assembly of the Organization related to regulations of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 5 - Recommendations on the use of a system of units in the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

                                                    Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (May 1994 )

                                                    Resolution 1 - Adoption of amendments to the annex to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 2 - Implementation of chapter IX of the 1974 SOLAS Convention on management for the safe operation of ships
                                                    Resolution 3 - Implementation of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code for cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage
                                                    Resolution 4 - Accelerated tacit acceptance procedure under the 1974 SOLAS Convention in exceptional circumstances
                                                    Resolution 5 - Future amendments to chapter XI of the 1974 SOLAS Convention on special measures to enhance maritime safety

                                                    Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (November 1995 )

                                                    Resolution 1 - Adoption of amendments to the annex to the International
                                                    Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 2 - Fire-extinguishing arrangements in machinery spaces of passenger ships
                                                    Resolution 3 - Escape arrangements in ships constructed before 1 July 1997
                                                    Resolution 4 - Maximum evacuation time for new ro-ro passenger ships
                                                    Resolution 5 - Amendments to chapter III of the 1974 SOLAS Convention
                                                    Resolution 6 - Low-powered radio homing devices for liferafts on ro-ro passenger ships
                                                    Resolution 7 - Development of requirements, guidelines and performance standards
                                                    Resolution 8 - Distress messages: obligations and procedures
                                                    Resolution 9 - Automatic ship identification transponder/transceiver systems
                                                    Resolution 10 - Establishment of working lauguages on ships
                                                    Resolution 11 - Operational limitations on passenger ships
                                                    Resolution 12 - Voyage data recorders
                                                    Resolution 13 - Cargo securing equipment
                                                    Resolution 14 - Regional agreements on specific stability requirements for ro-ro passenger ships

                                                    Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (November 1997 )

                                                    Resolution 1 - Adoption of amendments to the annex to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
                                                    Resolution 2 - Adoption of amendments to the Guidelines on the enhanced programme of inspections during surveys of bulk carriers and oil tankers (resolution A.744(18))
                                                    Resolution 3 - Recommendation on compliance with SOLAS regulation xll/5
                                                    Resolution 4 - Standards for the evaluation of scandings of the transverse watertight vertically corrugated bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds and for the evaluation of allowable hold loading of the foremost cargo hold
                                                    Resolution 5 - Recommendation on loading instruments
                                                    Resolution 6 - Interpretation of the definition of"bulk carrier", as given in chapter lX of SOLAS 1974, as amended in 1994
                                                    Resolution 7 - Enhanced surveys carried out prior to entry into force of the amendments
                                                    Resolution 8 - Further work on the safety of bulk carriers
                                                    Resolution 9 - Implementation of the International Safety Management (ISM) Code

                                                    Appendix Certificates

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980

                                                    01 Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (P)

                                                    PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (official sear) (Country)

                                                    For   an           international voyage

                                                            a short



                                                    Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SATIETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Particulars of voyages, if any, sanctioned under Regulation 27(c) (vii) of chapter

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1574, in which cases the actual date should be given. In the carte of a ship which is converted as provided in Regulation 1(b)(i) of Chapter II-1 or Regulations 1(a)(j) Of Chapter II-3 Of the Convention, the date on which the work of conversion was begun should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provision$ of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    II. That the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations annexed to the said Convention as regards :
                                                    (1) the structure, main and auxiliary boilers and other pressure vessels and machinery ;
                                                    (2) the watertight subdivision arrangements and details ;
                                                    (3) the following subdivision load lines :

                                                    Subdivision load lines assigned and marked on the ship's side at amidships (Regulation 1 1 of Chapter II - 1)

                                                    Freeboard

                                                    To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces

                                                    C.1

                                                    C.2

                                                    C.3

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........



                                                    III. That the life · saving appliances provide for a total number of .......... persons and no more, viz.
                                                    ..........lifeboats (including .......... motor lifeboats) capable of accommodating .......... persons, and ..........motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight (included in the total lifeboats shown above), requiring .......... certificated lifeboatmen ;
                                                    ...........liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating .......... persons : and
                                                    ..........liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    ........... buoyant apparatus capable of supporting .......... persons :
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets.

                                                    IV. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations

                                                    V. That the ship was provided with a line · throwing appliance and portable radio apparatus for survival craft in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vl. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     Requirements of RegulationsActual Provision
                                                    Hours of listening by operator..........

                                                    Number of operators.......................

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted.................

                                                    Whether main installation fitted..........

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted......

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically seperated or combinded....

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted............

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted....................................................

                                                    Whether radar fitted.............................

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated...........................................

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vlll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals, and distress signals in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations and also the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    IX. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the............ Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until Issued........... at........... the.......... day of..........19..
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following Paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue Certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (official sear) (Country)

                                                    For   an           international voyage

                                                            a short



                                                    Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SATIETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Particulars of voyages, if any, sanctioned under Regulation 27(c) (vii) of chapter

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1574, in which cases the actual date should be given. In the carte of a ship which is converted as provided in Regulation 1(b)(i) of Chapter II-1 or Regulations 1(a)(j) Of Chapter II-3 Of the Convention, the date on which the work of conversion was begun should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provision$ of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    II. That the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations annexed to the said Convention as regards :
                                                    (1) the structure, main and auxiliary boilers and other pressure vessels and machinery ;
                                                    (2) the watertight subdivision arrangements and details ;
                                                    (3) the following subdivision load lines :

                                                    Subdivision load lines assigned and marked on the ship's side at amidships (Regulation 1 1 of Chapter II - 1)

                                                    Freeboard

                                                    To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces

                                                    C.1

                                                    C.2

                                                    C.3

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........



                                                    III. That the life · saving appliances provide for a total number of .......... persons and no more, viz.
                                                    ..........lifeboats (including .......... motor lifeboats) capable of accommodating .......... persons, and ..........motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight (included in the total lifeboats shown above), requiring .......... certificated lifeboatmen ;
                                                    ...........liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating .......... persons : and
                                                    ..........liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    ........... buoyant apparatus capable of supporting .......... persons :
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets.

                                                    IV. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations

                                                    V. That the ship was provided with a line · throwing appliance and portable radio apparatus for survival craft in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vl. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     Requirements of RegulationsActual Provision
                                                    Hours of listening by operator..........

                                                    Number of operators.......................

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted.................

                                                    Whether main installation fitted..........

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted......

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically seperated or combinded....

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted............

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted....................................................

                                                    Whether radar fitted.............................

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated...........................................

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vlll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals, and distress signals in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations and also the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    IX. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the............ Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until Issued........... at........... the.......... day of..........19..
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following Paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue Certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    02 Safety Construction Certificate for Cargo Ships (E)

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE

                                                    (official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1953, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which Cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 10 of Chapter I of the Convention referred to above, and that the survey showed that the condition of the hull, machinery and equipment, as defined in the above Regulation, was in all respects satisfactory and that the ship complied with the applicable requirements of Chapter ll-1 and Chapter ll-2 (other than that relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans).

                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until..........Issued at......... the..........day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority, entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :

                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.

                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE

                                                    (official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1953, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which Cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 10 of Chapter I of the Convention referred to above, and that the survey showed that the condition of the hull, machinery and equipment, as defined in the above Regulation, was in all respects satisfactory and that the ship complied with the applicable requirements of Chapter ll-1 and Chapter ll-2 (other than that relating to fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans).

                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until..........Issued at......... the..........day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority, entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :

                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.

                                                    (Signature)

                                                    02 Safety Construction Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                    Form of Safety Construction Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                     

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Official seal)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (State)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                     

                                                                
                                                     

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE
                                                    AT SEA, 1974 as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto

                                                     

                                                    under the authority of the Government of

                                                     

                                                     
                                                     

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (name of the State)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     by

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (person or organization authorized)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of ship1

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Port of registry ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Gross tonnage ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Deadweight of ship (metric tons)2  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    IMO Number3 ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Type of ship4 

                                                    • Oil tanker
                                                    • Chemical tanker
                                                    • Gas carrier
                                                    • Cargo ship other than any of the above

                                                     

                                                    Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable, date on which work for a conversion or an alteration or modification of a major character was commenced ..........................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY
                                                    1

                                                    That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation I/10 of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    That the survey showed that the condition of the structure, machinery and equipment as defined in the above regulation was satisfactory and the ship complied with the relevant requirements of chapters II-1 and II-2 of the Convention (other than those relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans).

                                                     

                                                    3

                                                    That the last two inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom took place on .............................................................. and ............................................................................. (dates)

                                                     

                                                    4That an Exemption Certificates has/has not4 been issued.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    This certificate is valid until ..........................................5 subject to the annual and intermediate surveys and inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom in accordance with regulation I/10 of the Convention

                                                     

                                                    The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance with regulation I/14(h).

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of authorized official issuing the certificate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)


                                                    1 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.
                                                    2  for oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers only.
                                                    3  In accordance with resolution A.600(15)-IMO Ship Identification Number Scheme, this information may be included voluntarily.
                                                    4  Delete as appropriate.
                                                    5  Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation I/14(a) of the Convention. 

                                                    03 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (E)

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official sear) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA,1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly inspected in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    II. That the inspection showed that the life-saving appliances provided for a total number of .......... persons and no more viz. :
                                                    .......... lifeboats on port side capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... lifeboats on starboard side capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats (included in the total lifeboats shown above), including;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight, and .......... motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only ;
                                                    .......... liferaftt, for which approved launching devices are , required, capable of accommodating .......... persons : and
                                                    .......... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... Persons ;
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets

                                                    III. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of tile Regulations annexed to the Convention.

                                                    IV. That the ship was provided with a line-throwing apparatus and portable radio apparatus for survival craft In accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    V. That the Inspection showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the said Convention as regards fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans, echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation Lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals, in accordance with the provision of the Regulations and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force

                                                    Vl.That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations so far as these requirements apply thereto.

                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until..........
                                                    Issued at the .......... day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official sear) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA,1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                         


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly inspected in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    II. That the inspection showed that the life-saving appliances provided for a total number of .......... persons and no more viz. :
                                                    .......... lifeboats on port side capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... lifeboats on starboard side capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats (included in the total lifeboats shown above), including;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight, and .......... motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only ;
                                                    .......... liferaftt, for which approved launching devices are , required, capable of accommodating .......... persons : and
                                                    .......... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... Persons ;
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets

                                                    III. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of tile Regulations annexed to the Convention.

                                                    IV. That the ship was provided with a line-throwing apparatus and portable radio apparatus for survival craft In accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    V. That the Inspection showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the said Convention as regards fire-extinguishing appliances and fire control plans, echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation Lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals, in accordance with the provision of the Regulations and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force

                                                    Vl.That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations so far as these requirements apply thereto.

                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until..........
                                                    Issued at the .......... day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    03b Cargo Ship Safety Certificate (C)

                                                    Form of Safety Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                     

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                     

                                                    This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment
                                                    (Form C)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Official seal)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (State)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                     

                                                                
                                                     

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE
                                                    AT SEA, 1974 as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto

                                                     

                                                    under the authority of the Government of

                                                     

                                                     
                                                     

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (name of the State)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     by

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (person or organization authorized)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of ship1

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Port of registry ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Gross tonnage ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Deadweight of ship (metric tons)2  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Length of ship(regulation III/3.10)  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Sea areas in which ship is certified to operate(regulation IV/2)  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    IMO Number3 ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Type of ship4 

                                                    • Bulk carrier
                                                    • Oil tanker
                                                    • Chemical tanker
                                                    • Gas carrier
                                                    • Cargo ship other than any of the above

                                                     

                                                    Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable, date on which work for an alteration or modification of a major character was commenced  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY
                                                    1

                                                    That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation I/8, I/9 and I/10 of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    That the survey showed that:

                                                     

                                                    2.1

                                                    the condition of the structure, machiner and equipment as defined in regulation I/10 was satisfactory and the ship complied with the relevant requirements of chapter II-1 and chapter II-2 of the Convention (other than those relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans); 

                                                     

                                                    2.2

                                                    the last two inspection of the outside of the ship's bottom took place on .......................................... and .............................................................................................................................. (dates)

                                                     

                                                    2.3

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans;

                                                     

                                                    2.4

                                                    the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided in accordance with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.5

                                                    the ship was provided with line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances in accordance with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.6

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;

                                                     

                                                    2.7

                                                    the functioning of the radio installation used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.8

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, means of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;

                                                     

                                                    2.9

                                                    the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the requirements of the Convention and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;

                                                     

                                                    2.10

                                                    in all other respects, the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    3

                                                    That the ship operates in accordance with regulation III/26.1.1.1 within the limits of the trade area  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    4

                                                    That an Exemption Certificate has/has not4 been issued.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    This certificate is valid until ..........................................5 subject to the annual, intermediate and periodical surveys and inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom in accordance with regulation I/8, I/9 and I/10 of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of authorized official issuing the certificate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)

                                                    Endorsement for annual and intermediate surveys relating to structure, machinery and equipment referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this certificate

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/10 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention. 

                                                     

                                                    Annual survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual/Intermediate4 survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual/Intermediate4 survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Annual/intermediate survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/intermediate4 survey in accordance with regulation I/10 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom6

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an inspection required by regulation I/10 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    First inspection:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Second inspection:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for annual and periodical surveys relating to life-saving appliances and other equipment referred to in paragraphs 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.8 and 2.9 of this certificate

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/8 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    Annual survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual/Periodical4 survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual/Periodical4 survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Annual survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                    Annual/periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at an annual/periodical4 survey in accordance with the regulations I/8 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for periodical surveys relating to radio installations referred to in paragraphs 2.6 and 2.7 of this certificate

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/9 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention. 

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                    Periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/9 and I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement to extend the Certificate if valid for less than 5 years where regulation I/14(c) applies

                                                     

                                                    The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(c) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation I/14(d) applies

                                                     

                                                    The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey or for a period of grace where regulation I/14(e) or I/14(f) applies

                                                     

                                                    This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(e)/I/14(f)4 of the Convention, be accepted as valid until .

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for advancement of anniversary date where regulation I/14(h) applies

                                                     

                                                    In accordance with regulation I/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    In accordance with regulation I/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     


                                                    1 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.
                                                    2  for oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers only.
                                                    3  In accordance with resolution A.600(15)-IMO Ship Identification Number Scheme, this information may be included voluntarily.
                                                    4  Delete as appropriate.
                                                    5  Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation I/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date as defined in regulation I/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance with regulation I/14(h).6 Provision may be made for additional inspections

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Certificate
                                                    (Form C)

                                                    This Record shall be permanently attached to the 
                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Certificate


                                                    RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH
                                                    THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
                                                    OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL
                                                    OF 1988 RELATING THERETO

                                                     

                                                    1

                                                    Particulars of ship

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radio installations  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    Detail of life-saving appliances

                                                    1Total number of persons for which life-saving appliances are provided..........................................
                                                     

                                                    Port side

                                                    Starboard side

                                                    2

                                                    Total number of lifeboats

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.1

                                                    Total number of persons accomodated by them

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.2

                                                    Number of self-righting partially enclosed lifeboats (regulation III/43)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.3

                                                    Number of totally enclosed lifeboats (regulation III/44)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4

                                                    Number of lifeboats with a self-contained air support system (regulation III/45)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.5

                                                    Number of fire-protected lifeboats (regulation III/46)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.6Other lifeboats

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.6.1

                                                    Number

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.6.2

                                                    Type

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.7

                                                    Number of freefall lifeboats

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.7.1

                                                    Totally enclosed (regulation III/44)

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.7.2

                                                    Self-contained (regulation III/45)

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.7.3

                                                    Fire-protected (regulation III/46)

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3

                                                    Number of motor lifeboats (included in the total lifeboats shown above)

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1

                                                    Number of lifeboats fitted with searchlights

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Number of rescue boats

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.1

                                                    Number of boats which are included in the total lifeboats shown above

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    Liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1

                                                    Those for which approved launching appliances are required

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1.1

                                                    Number of liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1.2

                                                    Number of persons accommodated by them

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2

                                                    Those for which approved launching appliances are not required

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2.1

                                                    Number of liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2.2

                                                    Number of persons accommodated by them

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.3

                                                     Number of liferafts required by regulation III/26.1.4

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6

                                                    Number of lifebuoys

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7

                                                    Number of lifejackets

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8

                                                    Immersion suits

                                                    .........................

                                                    8.1

                                                    Total number

                                                    .........................

                                                    8.2

                                                    Number of suits complying with the requirements for lifejackets

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    9

                                                    Number of thermal protective aids7

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    10

                                                    Radio installations used in life-saving appliances

                                                    .........................

                                                    10.1

                                                    Number of radar transponders

                                                    .........................

                                                    10.2

                                                    Number of two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus

                                                    .........................

                                                     

                                                    3

                                                    Detail of radio facilities

                                                    Item

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    1Primary systems

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1

                                                    VHF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.1DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.2DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.3Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2MF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.1DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.2DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3MF/HF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.1DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.2DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.4

                                                    Direct-printing telegraphy

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.4

                                                    INMARSAT ship earth station

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2

                                                    Secondary means of alerting

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3Facilities for reception of maritime safety information

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1NAVTEX receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.2EGC receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.3

                                                    HF direct-printing radiotelegraph receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Satellite EPIRB

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.1

                                                    COSPAS-SARSAT

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.2

                                                    INMARSAT

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    VHF EPIRB

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6

                                                    Ship's radar transponder

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7

                                                    Radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver on 2,182 kHz8

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8

                                                    Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on 2,182 kHz9

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                     

                                                    4

                                                    Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (regulations IV/15.6 and 15.7)

                                                     

                                                    4.1

                                                    Duplication of equipment .........................

                                                     

                                                    4.2

                                                    Shore-based maintenance .........................

                                                     

                                                    4.3

                                                    At-sea maintenance capability .........................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    5

                                                    Detail of navigational systems and equipment

                                                    Item

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    1.1

                                                    Standard magnetic compass10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2

                                                    Spare magnetic compass10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3

                                                    Gyro compass10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.4

                                                    Gyro compass heading repeater10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.5

                                                    Gyro compass bearing10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.6

                                                    Heading or track control system10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.7

                                                    Pelorus or compass bearing device10

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.8

                                                    Means of correcting headings and bearings

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.9

                                                    Transmitting heading device (THD)10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.1

                                                    Nautical charts/Electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS)4

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.2

                                                    Back up arrangements for ECDIS

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.3

                                                    Nautical publications

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4

                                                    Back up arrangements for electronic nautical publications

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1

                                                    Receiver for a global navigation satellite system/terrestrial radionavigation system10, 4

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.2

                                                    9 GHz radar10

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.3

                                                    Second radar (3 GHz/9 GHz4)10

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.4

                                                    Automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA)10

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.5

                                                    Automatic tracking aid10

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.6

                                                    Second automatic tracking aid10

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.7

                                                    Electronic plotting aid10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Automatic identification system (AIS)

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    Voyage data recorder (VDR)

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.1

                                                    Speed and distance measuring device (through the water)10

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.2

                                                    Speed and distance measuring device (over the ground in the forward and athwartship direction)10

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.3

                                                    Echo sounding device10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7.1Rudder, propeller, thrust, pitch and operational mode indicator10

                                                    .........................

                                                    7.2Rate of turn indicator10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8

                                                    Sound reception system10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    9

                                                    Telephone to emergency steering position10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    10

                                                    Daylight signalling lamp10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    11Radar reflector10

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    12International Code of Signals

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of duly authorized official issuing the Record)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)



                                                    4 Delete as appropriate
                                                    7  Excluding those required by regulations III/38.5.1.24, III/41.8.31 and III47.2.2.13. 
                                                    8  Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, this item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.
                                                    9  This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.
                                                    10 Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case of other means they shall be specified.

                                                    04 Form of Safety Radiotelegraphy Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY RADIOTELEGRAPHY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA,1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                       


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the hee: was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. 1974, in which cases the tactual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship complies with the provisions of the Regulations annexed to the Convention referred to above as regards radiotelegraphy and radar :

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     

                                                     Requirements of RegulationsActual provisionHours of listening by operatorNumber of operatorsWhether auto alarm fittedWhether main installation fittedWhether reserve installation fittedWhether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combindedWhether direction-finder fittedWhether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fittedWhether radar fittedNumber of passengers for which certificated.................................................................................................... .................................................................................................... 


                                                    II. That the functioning of the radiotelegraphy installation for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complies with the provisions of the said Regulations.
                                                    This certificate Is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until....................Issued at ....................... the ....................... day of 19....................
                                                    Here fellows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate (Seal)
                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY RADIOTELEGRAPHY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA,1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                       


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the hee: was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. 1974, in which cases the tactual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship complies with the provisions of the Regulations annexed to the Convention referred to above as regards radiotelegraphy and radar :

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     

                                                     Requirements of RegulationsActual provisionHours of listening by operatorNumber of operatorsWhether auto alarm fittedWhether main installation fittedWhether reserve installation fittedWhether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combindedWhether direction-finder fittedWhether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fittedWhether radar fittedNumber of passengers for which certificated.................................................................................................... .................................................................................................... 


                                                    II. That the functioning of the radiotelegraphy installation for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complies with the provisions of the said Regulations.
                                                    This certificate Is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until....................Issued at ....................... the ....................... day of 19....................
                                                    Here fellows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate (Seal)
                                                    If signed, the following paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    04 Safety Radio Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                    Form of Safety Radio Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                     

                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY RADIO CERTIFICATE

                                                     

                                                    This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment of Radio Facilities

                                                    (Form R)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Official seal)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (State)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                     

                                                                
                                                     

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE
                                                    AT SEA, 1974 as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto

                                                     

                                                    under the authority of the Government of

                                                     

                                                     
                                                     

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (name of the State)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     by

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (person or organization authorized)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of ship1

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Port of registry ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Gross tonnage ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Sea areas in which ship is certified to operate (regulation IV/2)  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    IMO Number2 ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable, date on which work for an alteration or modification of a major character was commenced .........................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY
                                                    1

                                                    That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation I/9 of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    That the survey showed that:

                                                     

                                                    2.1

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;

                                                     

                                                    2.2

                                                    the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    3That an Exemption Certificate has/has not3 been issued.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    This certificate is valid until ..........................................4 subject to the periodical surveys in accordance with regulation I/9 of the Convention

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of authorized official issuing the certificate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for periodical surveys

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation I/9 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii)

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that, at a periodical survey in accordance with regulation I/14(h)(iii) of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    First inspection:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for less than 5 years where regulation I/14(c) applies

                                                     

                                                    The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(c) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until ..............................................

                                                     

                                                    First inspection:Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation I/14(d) applies

                                                     

                                                    The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until  ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey or for a period of grace where regulation I/14(e) or I/14(f) applies

                                                     

                                                    This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation I/14(e)/I/14(f)3 of the Convention, be accepted as valid until ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Endorsement for advancement of anniversary date where regulation I/14(h) applies

                                                     

                                                    In accordance with regulation I/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    In accordance with regulation I/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Signed:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                      

                                                    (Signature of authorized official)

                                                     

                                                     Place:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     Date:

                                                     ......................................................................................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the authority, as appropriate)

                                                     


                                                    1 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.
                                                    2  In accordance with resolution A.600(15)-IMO Ship Identification Number Scheme, this information may be included voluntarily.
                                                    3  Delete as appropriate.
                                                    4  Insert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation I/14(a) of the Convention. The day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date as defined in regulation 1/2(n) of the Convention, unless amended in accordance with regulation I/14(h).

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate
                                                    (Form R)

                                                    This Record shall be permanently attached to the
                                                    Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate


                                                    RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH
                                                    THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
                                                    OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL
                                                    OF 1988 RELATING THERETO

                                                     

                                                    1

                                                    Particulars of ship

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radio installations ..........................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    Detail of radio facilities

                                                    Item

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    1Primary systems

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1

                                                    VHF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.1DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.2DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.3Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2MF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.1

                                                    DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.2

                                                    DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3

                                                    MF/HF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.1

                                                    DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.2DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.4

                                                    Direct-printing telegraphy

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.4

                                                    INMARSAT ship earth station

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2

                                                    Secondary means of alerting

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3Facilities for reception of maritime safety information

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1NAVTEX receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.2NGC receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.3

                                                    HF direct-printing radiotelegraph receiver

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Satellite EPIRB

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.1

                                                    COSPAS-SARSAT

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.2

                                                    INMARSAT

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    VHF EPIRB

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6

                                                    Ship's radar transponder

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7

                                                    Radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver on 2,182 kHz5

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8

                                                    Device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on 2,182 kHz6

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                     

                                                    3

                                                    Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (regulations IV/15.6 and 15.7)

                                                     

                                                    3.1

                                                    Duplication of equipment .........................

                                                     

                                                    3.2

                                                    Shore-based maintenance .........................

                                                     

                                                    3.3

                                                    At-sea maintenance capability .........................

                                                     

                                                    4

                                                    Ships constructed before 1 February 1995 which do not comply with all the applicable requirements of chapter IV of the Convention as amended in 19987

                                                     

                                                    4.1 For ships required to be fitted with radiotelegraphy in accordance with the Convention in force prior to 1 February 1992.

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening by operator

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted

                                                    Whether main installation fitted

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters

                                                    electrically separated or combined

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                     

                                                    4.2 For ships required to be fitted with radiotelephony in accordance with the Convention in force prior to 1 February 1992.

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    ..........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    ..........................

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of duly authorized official issuing the Record)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)



                                                    5 Unless another date is determined by the Maritime Safety Committee, this item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.
                                                    6 This item need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.
                                                    7 This section need not be reproduced on the record attached to certificates issued after 1 February 1999.

                                                    05 Form of Safety Radiotelephony Certificate for Cargo Ships

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    CARGO SHIP SAFETY RADIOTELEPHONY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                       


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the Year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1952, 1905 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     

                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship complies with the provisions of the Regulations annexed to the Convention referred to above as regards Radiotelephony : Requirements of regulationsActual provisionHours of listening Number of operators.......................................................................................................II. That the functioning of the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if Provided, complies with the Provisions of the said Regulations This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government It will remain in force until..............................Issued at.............................. the......................... day of 19...... Here follows the seal or signature of the altho,sty entitled to issue thin certificate. (Seal) If signed, the fellowing Paragraph is to be added : The undersigned declares that he is drily authorized by the said Government to Issue this certificate. (Signature)

                                                    06 Form of Exemption Certificate

                                                    EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official sear) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                      

                                                     

                                                      


                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     

                                                    That the above-mentioned ship is, under the authority conferred by Regulation .................... of Chapter.................... of the Regulations annexed to the Convention referred to above, exempted from the requirements of +.................................................................................. of the Convention on the voyages.........................................................to .................................................... + Insert here references to Chapters and Regulations, specifying particular paragraphs * Insert here the conditions, * if any, on which the exemption certificate is granted.This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until.............................................. Issued at ........................... the ........................ day of 19.............. Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate. (Seal) If signed, the following paragraph is to be added : The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue this certificate. (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 31-01-1992
                                                    EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official sear) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                      

                                                     

                                                      


                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     

                                                    That the above-mentioned ship is, under the authority conferred by Regulation .................... of Chapter.................... of the Regulations annexed to the Convention referred to above, exempted from the requirements of +.................................................................................. of the Convention on the voyages.........................................................to .................................................... + Insert here references to Chapters and Regulations, specifying particular paragraphs * Insert here the conditions, * if any, on which the exemption certificate is granted.This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until.............................................. Issued at ........................... the ........................ day of 19.............. Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue this certificate. (Seal) If signed, the following paragraph is to be added : The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to Issue this certificate. (Signature)

                                                    07 Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (PNUC)

                                                    NUCLEAR PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of voyages, if any, sanctioned under Regulation 27(c) (vii) of chapter III

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                        


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, iii which cases the actual date should be given. In the case of a ship which is converted as provided in Regulation 1 (b) (i) of Chapter II-1 or Regulation 1 (a) (i) of Chapter II-2, the date on which the work of conversion was begun should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above · mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    ll. That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of Chapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship.

                                                    III. That the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations annexed to the said Convention as regards ;
                                                    (1) the structure, main and auxiliary · boilers and other pressure vessels and machinery ;
                                                    (2) the watertight subdivision arrangements and details ;
                                                    (3) the following subdivision load lines:

                                                    Subdivision load lines assigned and marked on the ship's side at amidships (Regulation 11 of Chapter -1)

                                                    Freeboard

                                                    To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces

                                                    C.1

                                                    C.2

                                                    C.3

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........



                                                    IV. That the life · saving appliances provided for a total number of.......... persons and no more, vita.
                                                    ............... lifeboats (including ............... motor life boats) capable of accommodating ................ persons, and ............... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight (included in the total lifeboats shown above) and ...............motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only (also Included in the total Lifeboats shown above), requiring ................ certificated lifeboatmen ;
                                                    ............... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating............... persons , and ............... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating ............... persons ;
                                                    ................. buoyant apparatus capable of supporting ................ persons ;
                                                    ................ lifebuoys ;
                                                    ................ life-jackets.

                                                    V. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vl. That the ship was Provided with a line-throwing appliance and portable radio apparatus for survival craft, in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of Regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening by operator

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted

                                                    Whether main installation fitted

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combinded

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted

                                                    Whether radar fitted

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vlll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of tile Regulations.

                                                    IX. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing appliances, radar echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the Provisions of the Regulations and also the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    X. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until.............................. Issued at .....................the ........................day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following Paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2006
                                                    NUCLEAR PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of voyages, if any, sanctioned under Regulation 27(c) (vii) of chapter III

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                        


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, iii which cases the actual date should be given. In the case of a ship which is converted as provided in Regulation 1 (b) (i) of Chapter II-1 or Regulation 1 (a) (i) of Chapter II-2, the date on which the work of conversion was begun should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above · mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    ll. That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of Chapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship.

                                                    III. That the survey showed that the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations annexed to the said Convention as regards ;
                                                    (1) the structure, main and auxiliary · boilers and other pressure vessels and machinery ;
                                                    (2) the watertight subdivision arrangements and details ;
                                                    (3) the following subdivision load lines:

                                                    Subdivision load lines assigned and marked on the ship's side at amidships (Regulation 11 of Chapter -1)

                                                    Freeboard

                                                    To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces

                                                    C.1

                                                    C.2

                                                    C.3

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........



                                                    IV. That the life · saving appliances provided for a total number of.......... persons and no more, vita.
                                                    ............... lifeboats (including ............... motor life boats) capable of accommodating ................ persons, and ............... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight (included in the total lifeboats shown above) and ...............motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only (also Included in the total Lifeboats shown above), requiring ................ certificated lifeboatmen ;
                                                    ............... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating............... persons , and ............... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating ............... persons ;
                                                    ................. buoyant apparatus capable of supporting ................ persons ;
                                                    ................ lifebuoys ;
                                                    ................ life-jackets.

                                                    V. That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vl. That the ship was Provided with a line-throwing appliance and portable radio apparatus for survival craft, in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of Regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening by operator

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted

                                                    Whether main installation fitted

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combinded

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted

                                                    Whether radar fitted

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vlll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of tile Regulations.

                                                    IX. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards fire-detecting and fire-extinguishing appliances, radar echo-sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the Provisions of the Regulations and also the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    X. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations, so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government.
                                                    It will remain in force until.............................. Issued at .....................the ........................day of 19..........
                                                    Here follows the seal or signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following Paragraph is to be added :
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    08 Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate (CNUC)

                                                    NUCLEAR CARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY-OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                       


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for the year 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    ll. That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of Chapter Vlll of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship.

                                                    III.That the survey showed that the ship satisfied the requirements set out in Regulation 10 of Chapter I of the Convention as to hull, machinery and equipment, and complied with the relevant requirements of Chapter II-1 and Chapter II-2.

                                                    IV. That the life · saving appliances provide for a total number of .......... persons and no morel viz. :
                                                    .......... lifeboats on port side capable of accommodating.......... persons ,
                                                    .......... Lifeboats on starboard side capable of accommodating.......... persons ;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats (included In the total lifeboats shown above) Including.......... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight, and .......... motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only ;
                                                    .......... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ; and
                                                    .......... llferafts for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets.

                                                    V That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations annexed to the Convention.

                                                    Vl.That the ship was provided with a line-throwing apparatus and portable radio apparatus for survival craft in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of Regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening by operator

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted

                                                    Whether main installation fitted

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combinded

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted

                                                    Whether radar fitted

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vlll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats, and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    IX. That the inspection showed that the shiv complied with the requirements of the said Convention as regards fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, Pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations and the International regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    X. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until.......................Issued at .........................the ..................day of 19................

                                                    Here follows the seal or. signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    Ingangsdatum: 25-05-1980
                                                    Geldig tot en met: 30-06-2006
                                                    NUCLEAR CARGO SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                    (Official Seal) (Country)

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY-OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974

                                                    Name of ship

                                                    Distinctive Number or Letters

                                                    Port of Registry

                                                    Gross

                                                    Tonnage

                                                    Date on which keel was laid (see NOTE below)

                                                      

                                                     

                                                       


                                                    NOTE : It will be sufficient to indicate the year in which the keel was laid or when the ship was at a similar stage of construction except for the year 1965 and the year of the coming into force of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, in which cases the actual date should be given.

                                                                   The                                                              (Name) Government certifies

                                                    1. the undersigned certify                                                        (Name) Name

                                                     



                                                    I. That the above-mentioned ship has been duly surveyed in accordance with the provisions of the Convention referred to above.

                                                    ll. That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of Chapter Vlll of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship.

                                                    III.That the survey showed that the ship satisfied the requirements set out in Regulation 10 of Chapter I of the Convention as to hull, machinery and equipment, and complied with the relevant requirements of Chapter II-1 and Chapter II-2.

                                                    IV. That the life · saving appliances provide for a total number of .......... persons and no morel viz. :
                                                    .......... lifeboats on port side capable of accommodating.......... persons ,
                                                    .......... Lifeboats on starboard side capable of accommodating.......... persons ;
                                                    .......... motor lifeboats (included In the total lifeboats shown above) Including.......... motor lifeboats fitted with radiotelegraph installation and searchlight, and .......... motor lifeboats fitted with searchlight only ;
                                                    .......... liferafts, for which approved launching devices are required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ; and
                                                    .......... llferafts for which approved launching devices are not required, capable of accommodating .......... persons ;
                                                    .......... lifebuoys ;
                                                    .......... life-jackets.

                                                    V That the lifeboats and liferafts were equipped in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations annexed to the Convention.

                                                    Vl.That the ship was provided with a line-throwing apparatus and portable radio apparatus for survival craft in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    Vll. That the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations as regards radiotelegraph installations, viz. :

                                                     

                                                    Requirements of Regulations

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    Hours of listening by operator

                                                    Number of operators

                                                    Whether auto alarm fitted

                                                    Whether main installation fitted

                                                    Whether reserve installation fitted

                                                    Whether main and reserve transmitters electrically separated or combinded

                                                    Whether direction-finder fitted

                                                    Whether radio equipment for homing on the radiotelephone distress frequency fitted

                                                    Whether radar fitted

                                                    Number of passengers for which certificated

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     



                                                    Vlll. That the functioning of the radiotelegraph installations for motor lifeboats, and/or the portable radio apparatus for survival craft, if provided, complied with the provisions of the Regulations.

                                                    IX. That the inspection showed that the shiv complied with the requirements of the said Convention as regards fire-extinguishing appliances, radar, echo sounding device and gyro-compass and was provided with navigation lights and shapes, Pilot ladder, and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the provisions of the Regulations and the International regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force.

                                                    X. That in all other respects the ship complied with the requirements of the Regulations so far as these requirements apply thereto.
                                                    This certificate is issued under the authority of the Government. It will remain in force until.......................Issued at .........................the ..................day of 19................

                                                    Here follows the seal or. signature of the authority entitled to issue the certificate.
                                                    (Seal)

                                                    If signed, the following
                                                    The undersigned declares that he is duly authorized by the said Government to issue this certificate.
                                                    (Signature)

                                                    BASIS document Cert. en Record

                                                    Form of Safety Certificate for Passenger Ships

                                                     

                                                    NUCLEAR PASSENGER SHIP SAFETY CERTIFICATE

                                                     

                                                    This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment
                                                    (Form PNUC)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Official seal)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (State)

                                                      

                                                    for international voyage

                                                     

                                                                
                                                     

                                                    Issued under the provisions of the
                                                    INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY OF LIFE
                                                    AT SEA, 1974 as modified by the Protocol of 1988 relating thereto

                                                     

                                                    under the authority of the Government of

                                                     

                                                     
                                                     

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (name of the State)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     by

                                                    _________________________________________________________________

                                                    (person or organization authorized)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    1 Delete as appropriate. 

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Particulars of ship2

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Port of registry ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Gross tonnage ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Sea areas in which ship is certified to operate (regulation IV/2) ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    IMO Number ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable, date on which work for a conversion or an alteration or modification of a major character was commenced ..........................................

                                                    2 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY
                                                    1

                                                    That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation VIII/9 of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    That the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all the requirements of chapter VIII of the Convention and conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship; and that:

                                                     

                                                    2.1

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards:

                                                     

                                                     .1the structure, main and auxiliary machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels;
                                                    including the nuclear propulsion plant and the collision protective structure;

                                                     

                                                     .2

                                                    the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;

                                                     

                                                     .3

                                                    the following subdivision load lines:

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    Subdivision load lines assigned and marked on the ship's side amidships (Regulation II - 1/13)

                                                    Freeboard

                                                    To apply when the spaces in which passengers are carried include the following alternative spaces

                                                    C.1

                                                    C.2

                                                    C.3

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                    ..........

                                                     

                                                    2.2

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards structural fire protection, fire safety systems and applications and fire control plans;

                                                     

                                                    2.3

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radiation protection systems and equipment;

                                                     

                                                    2.4

                                                    the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided in accordance with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.5

                                                    the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances in accordance with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.6

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;

                                                     

                                                    2.7

                                                    the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the Convention;

                                                     

                                                    2.8

                                                    the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, means of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;

                                                     

                                                    2.9

                                                    the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with the requirements of the Convention and the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;

                                                     

                                                    2.10

                                                    in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention.

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    This certificate is valid until ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Completion date of the survey on which this certificate is based: ..........................................(dd/mm/yyyy)

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of authorized official issuing the certificate)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)

                                                     

                                                     




                                                    Record of Equipment for the Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate
                                                    (Form PNUC)

                                                    This Record shall be permanently attached to the
                                                    Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate


                                                    RECORD OF EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLIANCE WITH
                                                    THE INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE SAFETY
                                                    OF LIFE AT SEA, 1974, AS MODIFIED BY THE PROTOCOL
                                                    OF 1988 RELATING THERETO

                                                     

                                                    1

                                                    Particulars of ship

                                                     

                                                    Name of ship ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Distinctive number or letters ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Number of passengers for which certified ..........................................

                                                     

                                                    Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radio installations ..........................................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    2

                                                    Detail of life-saving appliances2

                                                    1Total number of persons for which life-saving appliances are provided..........................................
                                                     

                                                    Port side

                                                    Starboard side

                                                    2

                                                    Total number of lifeboats

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.1

                                                    Total number of persons accomodated by them

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.2

                                                    Number of partially enclosed lifeboats (regulation III/21 ans LSA Code, section 4.5)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.3

                                                    Number of totally enclosed lifeboats  (regulation III/21 and LSA Code, section 4.6)

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4

                                                    Other lifeboats

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4.1

                                                    Number

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4.2

                                                    Type

                                                    .........................

                                                    .........................

                                                      

                                                    .........................

                                                    3

                                                    Number of motor lifeboats included in the total lifeboats shown above

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1

                                                    Number of lifeboats fitted with searchlights

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Number of rescue boats

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.1

                                                    Number of boats which are included in the total lifeboats shown above

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    Liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1

                                                    Those for which approved launching appliances are required

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1.1

                                                    Number of liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.1.2

                                                    Number of persons accommodated by them

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2

                                                    Those for which approved launching appliances are not required

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2.1

                                                    Number of liferafts

                                                    .........................

                                                    5.2.2

                                                    Number of persons accommodated by them

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6

                                                    Buoyant apparatus

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.1

                                                    Number of apparatus

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.2

                                                    Number of persons capable of being supported

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7

                                                    Number of lifebuoys

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8

                                                    Number of lifejackets

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    9

                                                    Immersion suits

                                                    .........................

                                                    9.1

                                                    Total number

                                                    .........................

                                                    9.2

                                                    Number of suits complying with the requirements for lifejackets

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    10

                                                    Number of thermal protective aids1

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    11

                                                    Radio installations used in life-saving appliances

                                                    .........................

                                                    11.1

                                                    Number of radar transponders

                                                    .........................

                                                    11.2

                                                    Number of two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                     1 Excluding those required by the LSA Code, paragraph 4.1.5.1.24, 4.4.8.31 and 5.1.2.213.

                                                     

                                                    3

                                                    Detail of radio facilities


                                                    Item

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    1

                                                    Primary systems

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1

                                                    VHF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.1

                                                    DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.2

                                                    DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.1.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2

                                                    MF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.1

                                                    DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.2

                                                    DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3

                                                    MF/HF radio installation

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.1

                                                    DSC encoder

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.2

                                                    DSC watch receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.3

                                                    Radiotelephony

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3.4

                                                    Direct-printing radiotelegraphy

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.4

                                                    INMARSAT ship earth station

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2

                                                    Secondary means of alerting

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3

                                                    Facilities for reception of maritime safety information

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1

                                                    NAVTEX receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.2

                                                    EGC receiver

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.3

                                                    HF direct-printing radiotelegraph receiver

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Satellite EPIRB

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.1

                                                    COSPAS-SARSAT

                                                    .........................

                                                    4.2

                                                    INMARSAT

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    VHF EPIRB

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6

                                                    Ship's radar transponder

                                                     

                                                    .........................


                                                     

                                                     

                                                    4

                                                    Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (regulations IV/15.6 and 15.7)

                                                     

                                                    4.1

                                                    Duplication of equipment .........................

                                                     

                                                    4.2

                                                    Shore-based maintenance .........................

                                                     

                                                    4.3

                                                    At-sea maintenance capability .........................

                                                     

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    5

                                                    Detail of navigation systems and equipment

                                                    Item

                                                    Actual provision

                                                    1.1

                                                    Standard magnetic compass2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.2

                                                    Spare magnetic compass2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.3

                                                    Gyro compass2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.4

                                                    Gyro compass heading repeater2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.5

                                                    Gyro compass bearing repeater2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.6

                                                    Heading or track control system2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.7

                                                    Pelorus or compass bearing device2

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.8

                                                    Means of correcting headings and bearings

                                                    .........................

                                                    1.9

                                                    Transmitting heading device (THD)2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.1

                                                    Nautical charts/Electronic chart display and information system (ECDIS)3

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.2

                                                    Back up arrangements for ECDIS

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.3

                                                    Nautical publications

                                                    .........................

                                                    2.4

                                                    Back up arrangements for electronic nautical publications

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.1

                                                    Receiver for a global navigation satellite system/terrestrial radionavigation system2, 3

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.2

                                                    9 GHz radar2

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.3

                                                    Second radar (3 GHz/9 GHz3)2

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.4

                                                    Automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA)2

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.5

                                                    Automatic tracking aid2

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.6

                                                    Second automatic tracking aid2

                                                    .........................

                                                    3.7

                                                    Electronic plotting aid2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    4

                                                    Automatic identification system (AIS)

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    5

                                                    Voyage data recorder (VDR)

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.1

                                                    Speed and distance measuring device (through the water)2

                                                    .........................

                                                    6.2

                                                    Speed and distance measuring device (over the ground in the forward and athwartship direction)2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    7

                                                    Echo sounding device2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    8.1Rudder, propeller, thrust, pitch and operational mode indicator2

                                                    .........................

                                                    8.2Rate of turn indicator2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    9

                                                    Sound reception system2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    10

                                                    Telephone to emergency steering position2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    11

                                                    Daylight signalling lamp2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    12Radar reflector2

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    13International Code of Signals

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    14IAMSAR Manual, Volume III

                                                     

                                                    .........................

                                                    2  Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. In case of other means they shall be specified.
                                                    3   Delete as appropriate.

                                                     

                                                    THIS IS TO CERTIFY that this Record is correct in all respects

                                                     

                                                    Issued at  ......................................................................................................

                                                    (Place of issue of certificate)

                                                    ..............................................

                                                    (Date of issue)
                                                                 


                                                    .......................................................................

                                                    (Signature of duly authorized official issuing the Record)

                                                     

                                                     

                                                    (Seal or stamp of the issuing authority, as appropriate)

                                                    Inhoudsopgave

                                                    Alles dichtklappenAlles openklappen
                                                    Naar boven